Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Meat Processing
Handbook of
Meat Processing
Fidel Toldrá
EDITOR
Blackwell Publishing was acquired by John Wiley & Sons in February 2007. Blackwell’s publishing
program has been merged with Wiley’s global Scientific, Technical, and Medical business to form
Wiley-Blackwell.
Editorial Office
2121 State Avenue, Ames, Iowa 50014-8300, USA
For details of our global editorial offices, for customer services, and for information about how to apply
for permission to reuse the copyright material in this book, please see our website at www.wiley.com/
wiley-blackwell.
Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use, or the internal or personal use of specific
clients, is granted by Blackwell Publishing, provided that the base fee is paid directly to the Copyright
Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923. For those organizations that have been
granted a photocopy license by CCC, a separate system of payments has been arranged. The fee codes
for users of the Transactional Reporting Service are ISBN-13: 978-0-8138-2182-5/2010.
Designations used by companies to distinguish their products are often claimed as trademarks. All brand
names and product names used in this book are trade names, service marks, trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective owners. The publisher is not associated with any product or vendor men-
tioned in this book. This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in
regard to the subject matter covered. It is sold on the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in
rendering professional services. If professional advice or other expert assistance is required, the services
of a competent professional should be sought.
A catalog record for this book is available from the U.S. Library of Congress.
Preface ix
List of Contributors xi
About the Editor xv
PART I. Technologies 3
v
0 Contents
For centuries, meat and its derived products worldwide meat products such as cooked
have constituted some of the most important ham and sausages, bacon, canned products
foods consumed in many countries around and pâté, dry-cured ham, mold-ripened sau-
the world. Despite this important role, there sages, semidry and dry fermented sausages,
are few books dealing with meat and its restructured meats, and functional meat
processing technologies. This book provides prod-ucts. The third part presents efficient
the reader with an extensive description of strate-gies to control the sensory and safety
meat processing, giving the latest advances quality of meat and meat products, including
in technologies, manufacturing processes, physi-cal sensors, sensory evaluation,
and tools for the effective control of safety chemical and microbial hazards, detection of
and quality during processing. GMOs, HACCP, and quality assurance.
To achieve this goal, the book contains 31 The chapters have been written by distin-
chapters distributed in three parts. The first guished international experts from fifteen
part deals with the description of meat chem- countries. The editor wishes to thank all the
istry, its quality for further processing, and the contributors for their hard work and for
main technologies used in meat processing, sharing their valuable experience, as well as
such as decontamination, aging, freezing, to thank the production team at Wiley-
curing, emulsification, thermal pro-cessing, Blackwell. I also want to express my appre-
fermentation, starter cultures, drying, smoking, ciation to Ms. Susan Engelken for her kind
packaging, novel technologies, and cleaning. support and coordination of this book.
The second part describes the manufacture and
main characteristics of Fidel Toldrá
ix
Contributors
xi
0 Contributors Maria Jo ão Fraqueza
Faculdade de Medicina Veterinária,
DPASA, TULisbon, Av. da Universidade
Silvina Fadda Tecnica, Polo Universitário, Alto da Ajuda,
Centro de Referencia para Lactobacilos 1300-477 Lisboa, Portugal. E-mail:
(CERELA), CONICET., Chacabuco 145, mjoaofraqueza@fmv.utl.pt
T4000ILC Tucumán, Argentina. E-mail:
fadda@cerela.org.ar
Daniel Y. C. Fung
Department of Animal Sciences and
Mustafa M. Farouk Industry, 207 Call Hall, Kansas State
AgResearch MIRINZ, Ruakura Research University, Manhattan, Kansas 66506,
Centre, East Street, Private Bag 3123, USA.
Hamilton 3240, New Zealand. E-mail: E-mail: dfung@ksu.edu
mustafa.farouk@agresearch.co.nz
Isabel Guerrero Legarreta
Alejandro Ferrando Departamento de Biotecnología,
Departamento de Bioquímica y Biología Universidad Autónoma, Metropolitana,
Molecular, Facultad de Biología, Unidad Iztapalapa, San Rafael Atlixco 186,
Universidad de Valencia, Dr Moliner, 50, Del. Iztapalapa, Apartado Postal 55-535,
Burjassot, 46100 Valencia, Spain. C.P. 092340, Mexico City. E-mail:
meat@xanum.uam.mx
Pedro Fito
Institute of Food Engineering for Marta Hernández
Development, Universidad Politécnica de Laboratory of Molecular Biology and
Valencia, Camino de Vera s/n, 46022 Microbiology, Instituto Tecnológico
Valencia, Spain. Agrario de Castilla y León (ITACyL), Ctra.
E-mail: pfito@tal.upv.es Burgos km.119, Finca Zamadueñas, 47071
Valladolid, Spain.
Pedro Jos é Fito
Institute of Food Engineering for Karl O. Honikel
Development, Universidad Politécnica de Max Rubner-Institut, Arbeitsgruppe
Valencia, Camino de Vera s/n, 46022 Analytik, Kulmbach, Germany. E-
Valencia, Spain. mail: karl-otto.honikel@t-online.de
E-mail: pjfito@tal.upv.es
Elisabeth Huff-Lonergan
Mónica Flores Muscle Biology, Department of Animal
Department of Food Science, Instituto de Science, Iowa State University, 2275 Kildee
Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Hall, Ames, IA 50011 USA. E-mail:
(CSIC), PO Box 73, 46100 Burjassot, elonerga@iastate.edu
Valencia, Spain.
E-mail: mflores@iata.csic.es Kálmán Incze
Hungarian Meat Research Institute, 1097
Cecilia Fontana Budapest, Gubacsi út 6/b, Hungary. E-
Centro de Referencia para Lactobacilos mail: ohki@interware.hu
(CERELA), CONICET., Chacabuco 145,
T4000ILC Tucumán, Argentina. E-mail:
cecilia.fontana@unicatt.it
Christian James Contributors xiii
Food Refrigeration and Process Engineering
Research Centre (FRPERC), The Grimsby
Institute of Further and Higher Douglas L. Marshall
Education(GIFHE), HSI Building, Origin College of Natural and Health Sciences,
Way, Europarc, Grimsby, North East University of Northern Colorado,
Lincolnshire, DN37 9TZ UK. Campus Box 134, Greeley, Colorado
E-mail: JamesC@grimsby.ac.uk 80639 USA.
E-mail: douglas.marshall@unco.edu
Stephen J. James
Leticia Mora
Food Refrigeration and Process Engineering
Department of Food Science, Instituto de
Research Centre (FRPERC), The Grimsby
Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos
Institute of Further and Higher
(CSIC), PO Box 73, 46100 Burjassot
Education(GIFHE), HSI Building, Origin
Valencia, Spain.
Way, Europarc, Grimsby, North East
E-mail: lemoso@iata.csic.es
Lincolnshire, DN37 9TZ UK. E-mail:
jamess@grimsby.ac.uk
Geoffrey R. Nute
University of Bristol, School of Clinical
Joseph P. Kerry Veterinary Science, Division of Farm
Department of Food and Nutritional Animal Science, Bristol BS40 5DU, Avon,
Sciences, University College Cork, Ireland. England.
E-mail: Joe.Kerry@ucc.ie E-mail: Geoff.Nute@bristol.ac.uk
Fidel Toldrá, Ph.D., is a research professor at years, including Handbook of Muscle Foods
the Department of Food Science, Instituto de Analysis and Handbook of Processed Meats
Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos and Poultry Analysis (2009), Meat
(CSIC), and serves as European editor of Biotechnology and Safety of Meat and
Trends in Food Science & Technology, editor Processed Meat (2008, 2009), Handbook of
in chief of Current Nutrition & Food Science, Food Product Manufacturing (2007),
and as section editor of the Journal of Muscle Advances in Food Diagnostics, and
Foods. He is also serving on the editorial Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry
board of the journals Food Chemistry, Meat (2007, 2008). Professor Toldrá also wrote
Science, Open Nutrition Journal, Food the book Dry-Cured Meat Products (2002).
Analytical Methods, Open Enzyme Inhibition Professor Toldr á was awarded the 2002
Journal and Journal of Food and Nutrition International Prize for meat science and
Research. He is a member of the European tech-nology by the International Meat
Food Safety Authority panel on flavorings, Secretariat and was elected in 2008 as
enzymes, processing aids, and materials in Fellow of the International Academy of
contact with foods. Food Science & Technology (IAFOST) and
Professor Toldr á has acted as editor or in 2009 as Fellow of the Institute of Food
associate editor of several books in recent Technologists (IFT).
xv
Handbook of
Meat Processing
Part I
Technologies
Chapter 1
5
23 Chapter 1 complex lipid found in muscle. In this class of
lipids, one of the hydroxyl groups of glyc-erol
is esterified to a phosphate group, while the
Table 1.1. Composition of Mammalian Muscle other constituents are fatty acids. The fatty
Component % of Muscle Weight acids associated with phospholipids are
Water 75% (65–80%) typically unsaturated. Phospholipids in skel-
Protein 18.5% (16–22%) etal muscle are commonly associated with
Lipid 3% (1–13%)
membranes. The relative high degree of
Carbohydrate 1% (0.5–1.5%)
Non-Protein Nitrogenous 1.7% (1–2%) unsaturation of the fatty acids associated with
Substances the phospholipids is a contributing factor to the
Other Non-Protein 0.85% (0.5–1%) fluidity of the cell membranes.
Substances (minerals,
vitamins, etc.) Carbohydrates make up a relatively small
percentage of muscle tissue, making up about
Numbers in parentheses indicate the average range of
that component.(U.S. Department of Agriculture, 2008) 1% of the total muscle weight (range of 0.5–
1.5%). The carbohydrate that makes up the
largest percentage is glycogen. Other carbo-
hydrates include glucose, intermediates of
teins) that include proteins involved in cel- glycogen metabolism, and other mono- and
lular signaling processes and enzymes disaccharides. Glycosoaminoglycans are also
important in metabolism and protein degra- found in muscle and are associated with the
dation/cellular remodeling. connective tissue.
The lipid content of the muscle can vary There are numerous non-protein nitroge-
greatly due to many factors, including animal nous compounds in skeletal muscle. They
age, nutritional level of the animal, and muscle include substances such as creatine and cre-
type. It is important to note that the lipid atine phosphate, nucleotides (ATP, ADP),
content varies inversely with the water content free amino acids, peptides (anserine, carno-
(Callow 1948). Some lipid is stored inside the sine), and other non-protein substances.
muscle cell; however, within a muscle, the
bulk of the lipid is found between muscle
bundles (groupings of muscle cells). Average Muscle Structure
lipid content of skeletal muscle is about 3% of Skeletal muscle has a very complex organi-
the muscle weight, but the range can be as zation, in part to allow muscle to efficiently
much as 1– 13% (U.S. Department of transmit force originating in the myofibrils to
Agriculture 2008). In skeletal muscle, lipid the entire muscle and ultimately, to the limb or
plays roles in energy storage, membrane structure that is moved. A relatively thick
structure, and in various other processes in the sheath of connective tissue, the epimysium,
organ, including immune responses and encloses the entire muscle. In most muscles,
cellular recognition pathways. the epimysium is continuous, with tendons that
The two major types of lipid found in link muscles to bones. The muscle is
skeletal muscle are triglycerides and phos- subdivided into bundles or groupings of
pholipids. Triglycerides make up the greatest muscle cells. These bundles (also known as
proportion of lipid associated with muscle. fasciculi) are surrounded by another sheath of
Triglycerides (triacylglycerides) consist of a connective tissue, the perimysium. A thin layer
glycerol molecule in which the hydroxyl of connective tissue, the endomysium,
groups are esterified with three fatty acids. The surrounds the muscle cells themselves. The
melting point and the iodine number of lipid endomysium lies above the muscle cell mem-
that is associated with the muscle is brane (sarcolemma) and consists of a base-
determined by the chain length and the degree
of saturation of the fatty acids. Phospholipids
(phosphoglycerides) are another type of
ment membrane that is associated with an Chemistry and Biochemistry of Meat 7
outer layer (reticular layer) that is surrounded
by a layer of fine collagen fibrils imbedded in
a matrix (Bailey and Light 1989). basis, they make up approximately 10– 12%
Skeletal muscles are highly diverse, in of the total weight of fresh skeletal muscle.
part because of the diversity of actions they Therefore, they are very important in meat
are asked to perform. Much of this diversity chemistry and in determining the functional-
occurs not only at the gross level, but also at ity of meat proteins.
the muscle cell (fiber) level. First, not only Myofibrils are the contractile “machinery”
do muscles vary in size, they can also vary of the cell and, like the cells where they reside,
in the number of cells. For example, the are very highly organized. When examining a
muscle that is responsible for adjusting the myofibril, one of the first obser-vations that
tension of the eardrum (tensor tympani) has can be made is that the cylindri-cal organelle is
only a few hundred muscle cells, while the made up of repeating units. These repeating
medial gastrocnemius (used in humans for units are known as sarco-meres. Contained in
walking) has over a million muscle cells each sarcomere are all the structural elements
(Feinstein et al. 1955 ). Not only does the needed to perform the physical act of
number of cells influence muscle function contraction at the molecular level. Current
and ultimately, meat quality, but also the proteomic analysis estimates that over 65
structure of the muscle cells themselves has proteins make up the structure of the
a profound effect on the function of living sarcomere (Fraterman et al. 2007). Given that
muscle and on the functionality of meat. the sarcomere is the most basic unit of the cell
and that the number quoted in this analysis did
Muscle cells are striated, meaning that not take into account the multiple isoforms of
when viewed under a polarized light micro- the proteins, this number is quite high. Many
scope, distinct banding patterns or striations of the proteins interact with each other in a
are observed. This appearance is due to spe- highly coordinated fashion, and some of the
cialized organelles, myofibrils, found in interactions are just now being discovered.
muscle cells. The myofibrils have a striated,
or banded, appearance because different The structure of the sarcomere is respon-
regions have different refractive properties. sible for the striated appearance of the muscle
The light bands have a consistent index of cell. The striations arise from the alternating,
refraction (isotropic). Therefore, these bands protein dense A-bands and less dense I-bands
are called I- bands in reference to this isotro- within the myofibril. Bisecting the I-bands are
pic property. The dark band appears dark dark lines known as Z-lines. The structure
because it is anisotropic and is thus called between two Z-lines is the sarcomere. In a
the A-band. relaxed muscle cell, the distance between two
The myofibrils are abundant in skeletal Z -lines (and thus the length of the sarco-mere)
muscle cells, making up nearly 80–90% of the is approximately 2.2 μm. A single myofibril is
volume of the cell. Myofibrillar proteins are made up of a large number of sarcomeres in
relatively insoluble at physiological ionic series. The length of the myo-fibril and also
strength, requiring an ionic strength greater the muscle cell is dependent on the number of
than 0.3 to be extracted from muscle. For this sarcomeres. For example, the semitendinosus,
reason, they are often referred to as “salt- a long muscle, has been estimated to have
soluble” proteins. Myofibrillar proteins make somewhere in the neigh-borhood of 5.8 × 104
up approximately 50 –60% of the total extract- to 6.6 × 104 sarcomeres per muscle fiber, while
able muscle proteins. On a whole muscle the soleus has been estimated to have
approximately 1.4 × 104 (Wickiewicz et al.
1983). Adjacent myofi-brils are attached to
each other at the Z-line
5888Chapter 1 each) and two sets of light chains (14,000–
20,000 daltons). One of the light chains is
required for enzymatic activity, and the
by proteinacious filaments, known as inter- other has regulatory functions.
mediate filaments. Outermost myofibrils are Actin is the second-most abundant
attached to the cell membrane (sarcolemma) protein in the myofibril, accounting for
by intermediate filaments that interact not approxi-mately 20% of the total protein in
only with the Z-line, but also with structures the myo-fibril. Actin is a globular protein
at the sarcolemma known as costameres (G-actin) that polymerizes to form filaments
(Robson et al. 2004). (F-actin). G- actin has a molecular weight of
Myofibrils are made up of many myofila- approxi-mately 42,000. There are
ments, of which there are two major types, approximately 400 actin molecules per thin
classified as thick and thin filaments. There is filament. Thus the molecular weight of each
also a third filament system composed pri- thin filament is approximately 1.7 × 107
marily of the protein titin (Wang et al. 1979; (Squire 1981). The thin filaments (F-actin
Wang 1984; Wang et al. 1984; Wang and polymers) are 1 μ m in length and are
Wright 1988; Wang et al. 1991; Ma et al. anchored in the Z-line.
2006;). With respect to contraction and rigor Two other proteins that are important in
development in postmortem muscle, it is the muscle contraction and are associated with the
interdigitating thick and thin filaments that thin filament are tropomyosin and tropo-nin.
supply the “machinery” needed for these pro- Tropomyosin is the second-most abun-dant
cesses and give skeletal muscle cells their protein in the thin filament and makes up about
characteristic appearance (Squire 1981). 7% of the total myofibrillar protein.
Within the myofibril, the less dense I-band is Tropomyosin is made up of two polypeptide
made up primarily of thin filaments, while the chains (alpha and beta) The alpha chain has an
A-band is made up of thick filaments and some approximate molecular weight of 34,000, and
overlapping thin filaments (Goll et al. 1984). the beta chain has a molecular weight of
The backbone of the thin filaments is made up approximately 36,000. These two chains
primarily of the protein actin, while the largest interact with each other to form a helix. The
component of the thick filament is the protein native tropomyosin molecule interacts with the
myosin. Together, these two pro-teins make up troponin molecule to regulate contrac-tion.
nearly 70% of the proteins in the myofibril of Native troponin is a complex that con-sists of
the skeletal muscle cell. three subunits. These are termed troponin I
Myosin is the most abundant myofibrillar (MW 23,000), troponin C (MW 18,000), and
protein in skeletal muscle, making up approx- troponin T (MW 37,000). Troponin C has the
imately 50% of the total protein in this organ- ability to bind calcium released from the
elle. Myosin is a negatively charged protein sarcoplasmic reticulum, troponin I can inhibit
with an isoelectric point of 5.3. Myosin is a the interaction between actin and myosin, and
large protein (approximately 500,000 daltons) troponin T binds very strongly to tropomyosin.
that contains six polypeptides. Myosin consists The cooperative action of troponin and
of an alpha helical tail (or rod) region that tropomyosin in response to calcium increases
forms the backbone of the thick filament and a in the sarco-plasm regulates the interaction
globular head region that extends from the between actin and myosin and thus is a major
thick filament and interacts with actin in the regulator of contraction. Calcium that is
thin filament. The head region of myosin also released from the sarcoplasmic reticulum is
has ATPase activity, which is important in the bound to the tropo-
regulation of con-traction. Each myosin
molecule contains two heavy chains
(approximately 220,000 daltons
nin complex and the resulting Chemistry and Biochemistry of Meat 9
conformational changes within troponin
cause tropomyosin to move away from sites
on actin to which myosin binds and allows Central to the existence of the muscle cell is
myosin and actin to interact. the production of adenosine triphosphate
For contraction to occur, the thick and (ATP), the energy currency of the cell. ATP
thin filaments interact via the head region of consists of adenosine (an adenine ring and a
myosin. The complex formed by the interac- ribose sugar) and three phosphate groups (tri-
tion of myosin and actin is often referred to phosphate). Cleavage of the bonds between the
as actomyosin. In electron micrograph phosphates (Pi) and the rest of the mole-cule
images of contracted muscle or of postrigor provides energy for many cellular func-tions,
muscle, the actomyosin looks very much including muscle contraction and the control of
like cross-bridges between the thick and thin the concentrations of key ions (like calcium) in
fila-ments; indeed, it is often referred to as the muscle cell. Cleavage of Pi from ATP
such. In postmortem muscle, these bonds are produces adenosine diphosphate (ADP), and
irre-versible and are also known as rigor cleavage of pyorphosphate (PPi) from ATP
bonds, as they are the genesis of the stiffness produces adenosine monophos-phate (AMP).
(rigor) that develops in postmortem muscle. Since the availability of ATP is central to
The globular head of myosin also has survival of the cell, there is a highly
enzymatic activity; it can hydrolyze ATP coordinated effort by the cell to main-tain its
and liberate energy. In living muscle during production in both living tissue and in the very
contraction, the ATPase activity of myosin early postmortem period.
provides energy for myosin bound to actin Muscular activity is dependent on ample
to swivel and ultimately pull the thin supplies of ATP within the muscle. Since it is
filaments toward the center of the so vital, muscle cells have developed several
sarcomere. This produces contraction by ways of producing/regenerating ATP. Muscle
shortening the myofibril, the muscle cell, can use energy precursors stored in the muscle
and eventually, the muscle. The myosin and cell, such as glycogen, lipids, and phosphagens
actin can disassociate when a new molecule (phosphocreatine, ATP), and it can use energy
of ATP is bound to the myosin head (Goll et sources recruited from the blood stream (blood
al. 1984). In postrigor muscle, the supply of glucose and circulating lipids). Which of these
ATP is depleted, resulting in the actomyosin reserves (intracellular or circulating) the
bonds becoming essentially permanent. muscle cell uses depends on the activity the
muscle is undergoing. When the activity is of
lower intensity, the muscle will utilize a higher
Muscle Metabolism proportion of energy sources from the blood
From a metabolic point of view, energy use stream and lipid stored in the muscle cell.
and production in skeletal muscle is simply These will be metabolized to produce ATP
nothing short of amazing in its range and using aerobic pathways. Obviously, ample
responsiveness. In an actively exercising oxygen is required for this process to proceed.
animal, muscle can account for as much as During high intensity activity, during which
90% of the oxygen consumption in the body. ATP is used very rapidly, the muscle uses
This can represent an increase in the mus- intracel-lular stores of phosphagens or
cle’s metabolic rate of as much as 200% glycogen. These two sources, however, are
from the resting state (Hargreaves and utilized very quickly and their depletion leads
Thompson 1999). to fatigue. This is not a trivial point.
Concentration of ATP in skeletal muscle is
critical; available ATP must remain above
23 Chapter 1 with ATP (100 mmol/kg dry muscle weight for
phosphocreatine compared with 25 mmol/ kg
dry muscle weight for ATP) but very low
approximately 30% of the resting stores, or abundance compared with glycogen (500
relaxation cannot occur. This is because mmol/kg dry muscle weight for glycogen).
relaxation of contraction is dependent on Phosphocreatine can easily transfer a phos-
ATP, which is especially important because phate group to ADP in a reaction catalyzed by
removal of calcium from the sarcoplasm is creatine kinase. This reaction is easily
an ATP-dependent process (Hargreaves and reversible and phosphocreatine supplies can be
Thompson 1999). readily restored when ATP demand is low. In
The primary fuels for muscle cells include living muscle, when activity is intense, this
phosphocreatine, glycogen, glucose lactate, system can be advantageous, as it consumes
free fatty acids, and triglycerides. Glucose and H+ and thus can reduce the muscle cell
glycogen are the preferred substrates for acidosis that is associated with anaerobic
muscle metabolism and can be utilized either glycolysis. Another advantage of the system is
aerobically (oxidative phosphorylation) or that the catalyzing enzyme is located very
anaerobically (anaearobic glycolysis). Lipid close to the actomyosin ATPase and also at the
and lactate utilization require oxygen. Lipids sarcoplasmic reticulum (where calcium is
are a very energy-dense storage system and are actively taken up from the sarco-plasm to
very efficient with respect to the high amount regulate contraction) and at the sar-colemma.
of ATP that can be generated per unit of However, this system is not a major
substrate. However, the rate of synthesis of contributor to postmortem metabo-lism, as the
ATP is much slower than when glycogen is supplies are depleted fairly rapidly.
used (1.5 mmol/kg/sec for free fatty acids
compared with 3 mmol/kg/sec for glycogen In general, glycogen is the preferred
utilized aerobically and 5 mmol/kg/sec when substrate for the generation of ATP, either
glycogen is used in anaerobic glycolysis) through the oxidative phosphorylation or
(Joanisse 2004). through anaerobic glycolysis (Fig. 1.1). One
Aerobic metabolism, the most efficient of the key steps in the fate of glycogen is
energy system, requires oxygen to operate, and whether or not an intermediate to the
that oxygen is supplied by the blood supply to process, pyruvate, enters the mitochondria to
the muscle and by the oxygen trans-porter, be completely broken down to CO 2 and
myoglobin. It has been estimated that in H2O (yielding 38 mol of ATP per mole of
working muscle, the myoglobin is some-where oxidized glucose-1-P produced from
in the neighborhood of 50% saturated. Under glycogen or 36 mol if the initial substrate is
conditions of extreme hypoxia (as found in glucose), or if it ends in lactate via the
postmortem muscle), oxygen sup-plies are
anaerobic gly-colysis pathway. The
depleted because blood flow is not sufficient
anaerobic pathway, while comparatively
(or does not exist), and myoglobin oxygen
less efficient (yielding 3 mol of ATP per mole
reserves are depleted if this state con-tinues
of glucose-1-P pro-duced from glycogen or
long enough. Prior to exsanguination, the
2 mol if the initial substrate is glucose), is
oxidation of glycogen or other substrates to
form water and carbon dioxide via oxida-tive much better at pro-ducing ATP at a higher
phosphorylation is a very efficient way for the rate. Early postmor-tem muscle obviously
cell to regenerate ATP. However, after uses the anaerobic pathway, as oxygen
exsanguination, the muscle cell must turn supplies are rapidly depleted. This results in
solely to anaerobic pathways for energy the buildup of the end product, lactate
production. (lactic acid), resulting in pH decline.
Phosphocreatine in living, rested muscle is
available in moderate abundance compared
Chemistry and Biochemistry of Meat 11
Desmin Filamin
It has been suggested that desmin, an inter- Filamin is a large (Mr = 245,000 in skeletal
mediate filament protein (O’Shea et al. 1979; and cardiac muscle) actin -binding protein that
Robson 1989) localized at the periphery of the exists in numerous cell types (Loo et al. 1998;
myofibrillar Z-disk in skeletal muscle Thompson et al. 2000; van der Flier et al.
(Richardson et al. 1981), plays a role in the 2002). There are several different iso-forms of
development of tenderness (Taylor et al. 1995; filamin (Hock et al. 1990). The amount of
Huff-Lonergan et al. 1996a; Boehm et al. filamin in skeletal and cardiac muscle is very
1998; Melody et al. 2004). The desmin low (approximately ≤0.1% of the total muscle
intermediate filaments surround the Z-lines of protein). In skeletal and cardiac muscle,
myofibrils. They connect adjacent myofi-brils filamin is localized at the periphery of the
at the level of their Z-lines, and the myofibrils myofibrillar Z-disk, and it may be associated
to other cellular structures, includ-ing the with intermediate fila-ments in these regions
sarcolemma (Robson, 1989; Robson et al. (Loo et al. 1998; Thompson et al. 2000; van
1995). Desmin may be important in der Flier et al. 2002). Thus, postmortem
maintaining the structural integrity of muscle degradation of filamin conceivably could
cells (Robson et al. 1981, 1991). It is possible disrupt key link-ages that serve to help hold
that degradation of structural elements that myofibrils in lateral register. Degradation of
connect the major components (i.e., the myo- filamin may also alter linkages connecting the
fibrils) of a muscle cell together, as well as the peripheral layer of myofibrils in muscle cells
peripheral layer of myofibrils to the cell to the sar-colemma by weakening interactions
membrane, could affect the development of between peripheral myofibrillar Z-disks and
tenderness. Desmin is degraded during post- the sarco-lemma via intermediate filament
mortem storage (Hwan and Bandman 1989; associations or costameres (Robson et al.
Huff-Lonergan et al. 1996a; Huff-Lonergan 1995). A study using myofibrils from beef
and Lonergan, 1999; Melody et al. 2004; showed that some filamin was degraded to
Rowe et al. 2004b; Zhang et al. 2006). form an approxi-mately 240-kDa degradation
Furthermore, it has been documented that product that migrated as a doublet in both
desmin is degraded more rapidly in myofi-brils myofibrils from naturally aged muscle and in
from samples with low shear force and higher μ-calpain-digested myofibrils (Huff-Lonergan
water-holding capacity (Huff-Lonergan et al. et al. 1996a). This same doublet formation
1996a; Huff-Lonergan and Lonergan, 1999; (com-posed of intact and degraded filamin) has
Melody et al. 2004; Rowe et al. 2004b; Zhang been seen in cultured embryonic skeletal
et al. 2006). A major degradation product that muscle cells and was attributed to calpain
is often seen in beef is a polypeptide of
approximately 38 kDa. This degradation
product also has been shown to be present in
μ-calpain-digested
activity (Robson et al. 1995). Uytterhaegen et Chemistry and Biochemistry of Meat 15
al. (1994) have shown increased degrada-tion
of filamin in muscle samples injected with
CaCl2, a process that has been shown to the total water in muscle cells; depending on
stimulate proteolysis and postmortem tender- the measurement system used, approximately
ization (Wheeler et al. 1992; Harris et al. 0.5 g of water per gram of protein is esti-mated
2001). Compared with other skeletal muscle to be tightly bound to proteins. Since the total
proteins, relatively little has been done to fully concentration of protein in muscle is
characterize the role of this protein in approximately 200 mg/g, this bound water
postmortem tenderization of beef. Further only makes up less than a tenth of the total
studies that employ a combination of sen-sitive water in muscle. The amount of bound water
detection methods (e.g., one- and two- changes very little if at all in postrigor muscle
dimensional gels, Western blotting, (Offer and Knight 1988b).
immunomicroscopy) are needed to determine Another fraction of water that can be found
the role of filamin in skeletal muscle systems in muscles and in meat is termed entrapped
and postmortem tenderization. (also referred to as immobilized) water
(Fennema 1985). The water molecules in this
fraction may be held either by steric (space)
effects and/or by attraction to the bound water.
Water-Holding
This water is held within the structure of the
Capacity/Drip Loss muscle but is not bound per se to protein. In
Evolution early postmortem tissue, this water does not
Lean muscle contains approximately 75% flow freely from the tissue, yet it can be
water. The other main components include removed by drying and can be easily converted
protein (approximately 18.5%), lipids or fat to ice during freezing. Entrapped or
(approximately 3%), carbohydrates (approxi- immobilized water is most affected by the
mately 1%), and vitamins and minerals (often rigor process and the conversion of muscle to
analyzed as ash, approximately 1%). The meat. Upon alteration of muscle cell struc-ture
majority of water in muscle is held within the and lowering of the pH, this water can also
structure of the muscle and muscle cells. eventually escape as purge (Offer and Knight
Specifically, within the muscle cell, water is 1988b).
found within the myofibrils, between the Free water is water whose flow from the
myofibrils themselves and between the myo- tissue is unimpeded. Weak surface forces
fibrils and the cell membrane (sarcolemma), mainly hold this fraction of water in meat.
between muscle cells, and between muscle Free water is not readily seen in pre-rigor
bundles (groups of muscle cells) (Offer and meat, but can develop as conditions change
Cousins 1992). that allow the entrapped water to move from
Water is a dipolar molecule and as such is the structures where it is found (Fennema
attracted to charged species like proteins. In 1985).
fact, some of the water in muscle cells is very The majority of the water that is affected by
closely bound to protein. By definition, bound the process of converting muscle to meat is the
water is water that exists in the vicin-ity of entrapped (immobilized) water. Maintaining as
nonaqueous constituents (like proteins) and much of this water as possible in meat is the
has reduced mobility (i.e., does not easily goal of many processors. Some of the factors
move to other compartments). This water is that can influence the retention of entrapped
very resistant to freezing and to being driven water include manipulation of the net charge of
off by conventional heating (Fennema 1985). myofibrillar proteins and the structure of the
True bound water is a very small fraction of muscle cell and its com-ponents (myofibrils,
cytoskeletal linkages, and membrane
permeability), as well as the
5888 Chapter 1 relaxation (Millman et al. 1981; Millman et al.
1983). This would indicate that in living
muscle the amount of water within the fila-
amount of extracellular space within the mentous structure of the cell would not nec-
muscle itself. essarily change. However, the location of this
water can be affected by changes in volume as
muscle undergoes rigor. As muscle goes into
Physical/Biochemical Factors
rigor, cross-bridges form between the thick and
in Muscles That Affect
thin filaments, thus reducing avail-able space
Water-Holding Capacity for water to reside (Offer and Trinick 1983). It
During the conversion of muscle to meat, has been shown that as the pH of porcine
anaerobic glycolysis is the primary source of muscle is reduced from physi-ological values
ATP production. As a result, lactic acid to 5.2 –5.6 (near the isoelec-tric point of
builds up in the tissue, leading to a reduction myosin), the distance between the thick
in pH of the meat. Once the pH has reached filaments declines an average of 2.5 nm
the isoelectric point (pI) of the major pro- (Diesbourg et al. 1988). This decline in
teins, especially myosin (pI = 5.3), the net filament spacing may force sarcoplasmic fluid
charge of the protein is zero, meaning the from between the myofilaments to the
numbers of positive and negative charges on extramyofibrillar space. Indeed, it has been
the proteins are essentially equal. These hypothesized that enough fluid may be lost
positive and negative groups within the from the intramyofibrillar space to increase the
protein are attracted to each other and result extramyofibrillar volume by as much as 1.6
in a reduction in the amount of water that times more than its pre- rigor volume (Bendall
can be attracted and held by that protein. and Swatland 1988).
Additionally, since like charges repel, as the During the development of rigor, the
net charge of the proteins that make up the diameter of muscle cells decreases (Hegarty
myofibril approaches zero (diminished net 1970; Swatland and Belfry 1985) and is likely
negative or positive charge), repulsion of the result of transmittal of the lateral shrinkage
structures within the myofibril is reduced, of the myofibrils to the entire cell (Diesbourg
allowing those structures to pack more et al. 1988). Additionally, during rigor
closely together. The end result of this is a development, sarcomeres can shorten; this also
reduction of space within the myofibril. reduces the space available for water within
Partial denaturation of the myosin head at the myofibril. In fact, it has been shown that
low pH (especially if the temperature is still drip loss can increase linearly with a decrease
high) is also thought to be responsible for a in the length of the sarco-meres in muscle cells
large part of the shrinkage in myofibrillar (Honikel et al. 1986). More recently, highly
lattice spacing (Offer 1991). sensitive low- field nuclear magnetic
Myofibrils make up a large proportion of resonance (NMR) studies have been used to
the muscle cell. These organelles constitute as gain a more complete understanding of the
much as 80–90% of the volume of the muscle relationship between muscle cell structure and
cell. As mentioned previously, much of the water distribution (Bertram et al. 2002). These
water inside living muscle cells is located studies have suggested that within the
within the myofibril. In fact, it is esti-mated myofibril, a higher proportion of water is held
that as much as 85% of the water in a muscle in the I-band than in the more protein-dense A-
cell is held in the myofibrils. Much of that band. This observation may help explain why
water is held by capillary forces arising from shorter sarcomeres (especially in cold-
the arrangement of the thick and thin filaments shortened
within the myofibril. In living muscle, it has
been shown that sarcomeres remain
isovolumetric during contraction and
muscle) are often associated with increased Chemistry and Biochemistry of Meat 17
drip losses. As the myofibril shortens and rigor
sets in, the shortening of the sarcomere would
lead to shortening and subsequent lowering of associated with intermediate filament struc-
the volume of the I-band region in myofibril. tures and structures known as costameres.
Loss of volume in this myofi-brillar region Costameres provide the structural framework
(where much water may reside), combined responsible for attaching the myofibrils to the
with the pH-induced lateral shrink-age of the sarcolemma. Proteins that make up or are
myofibril, could lead to expulsion of water associated with the intermediate filaments and
from the myofibrillar structure into the costameres include (among others) desmin,
extramyofibrillar spaces within the muscle cell filamin, synemin, dystrophin, talin, and
(Bendall and Swatland 1988). In fact, recent vinculin (Greaser 1991). If costameric linkages
NMR studies support this hypoth-esis remain intact during the conversion of muscle
(Bertram et al. 2002). It is thus likely that the to meat, shrinkage of the myofi-brils as the
gradual mobilization of water from the muscle goes into rigor would be transmitted to
intramyofibrillar spaces to the extramyofi- the entire cell via these pro-teinacious linkages
brillar spaces may be key in providing a source and would ultimately reduce volume of the
of drip. muscle cell itself (Offer and Knight 1988b;
All the previously mentioned processes Kristensen and Purslow 2001 ; Melody et al.
influence the amount of water in the myofi- 2004). Thus, the rigor process could result in
bril. It is important to note that shrinkage of mobilization of water not only out of the
the myofibrillar lattice alone could not be myofibril, but also out of the extramyofibril
responsible for the movement of fluid to the spaces as the overall volume of the cell is
extracellular space and ultimately out of the constricted. In fact, reduction in the diameter
muscle. The myofibrils are linked to each other of muscle cells has been observed in
and to the cell membrane via proteina-cious postmortem muscle (Offer and Cousins 1992).
connections (Wang and Ramirez-Mitchell This water that is expelled from the myofibril
1983). These connections, if they are and ultimately the muscle cell eventually
maintained intact in postmortem muscle, collects in the extracellular space. Several
would transfer the reduction in diameter of the studies have shown that gaps develop between
myofibrils to the muscle cell (Diesbourg et al. muscle cells and between muscle bundles
1988; Morrison et al. 1998; Kristensen and during the postrigor period (Offer et al. 1989 ;
Purslow 2001; Melody et al. 2004). Myofibril Offer and Cousins 1992). These gaps between
shrinkage can be translated into constriction of muscle bundles are the primary channels by
the entire muscle cell, thus creating channels which purge is allowed to flow from the meat;
between cells and between bundles of cells some inves-tigators have actually termed them
that can funnel drip out of the product (Offer “drip channels.”
and Knight 1988). Extracellular space around
muscle fibers con-tinually increases up to 24
hours postmortem, but gaps between muscle
fiber bundles decrease slightly between nine
Postmortem Changes in
and 24 hours postmortem, perhaps due to fluid Muscle That Influence Quality
outflow from these major channels (Schafer et As muscle is converted to meat, many changes
al. 2002). These linkages between adjacent occur, including: (1) a gradual deple-tion of
myofibrils and myofibrils and the cell mem- available energy; (2) a shift from aerobic to
brane are made up of several proteins that are anaerobic metabolism favoring the production
of lactic acid, resulting in the pH of the tissue
declining from near neutrality to 5.4– 5.8; (3) a
rise in ionic strength, in part, because of the
inability of ATP- dependent
23 Chapter 1 that is involved in increasing the tenderness
of fresh meat and in influencing fresh meat
water-holding capacity (Huff-Lonergan and
calcium, sodium, and potassium pumps to Lonergan 2005). Because μ-calpain and m-
function; and (4) an increasing inability of calpain enzymes contain both histidine and
the cell to maintain reducing conditions. All SH-containing cysteine residues at their
these changes can have a profound effect on active sites, they are particularly susceptible
numerous proteins in the muscle cell. The to inactivation by oxidation (Lametsch et al.
role of energy depletion and pH change have 2008). Therefore, oxidizing conditions in
been covered in this chapter and in other postmortem muscle lead to inactivation or
reviews (Offer and Trinick 1983; Offer and modification of calpain activity (Harris et al.
Knight 1988a). What has not been as thor- 2001; Rowe et al. 2004a, b; Maddock et al.
oughly considered is the impact of other 2006). In fact, evidence suggests oxidizing
changes on muscle proteins, such as oxida- conditions inhibit proteolysis by μ-calpain,
tion and nitration. but might not completely inhibit autolysis
(Guttmann et al. 1997; Guttmann and
Johnson 1998; Maddock et al. 2006). In
Protein Oxidation postmortem muscle, there are differences
Another change that occurs in postmortem between muscles in the rate that postmortem
muscle during aging of whole muscle prod- oxidation processes occur (Martinaud et al.
ucts is increased oxidation of myofibrillar and 1997). It has been noted that differences in
sarcoplasmic proteins (Martinaud et al. 1997; the rate of oxidation in muscle tissue are
Rowe et al. 2004a, b). This results in the seen when comparing the same muscles
conversion of some amino acid residues, between animals and/or carcasses that have
including histidine, to carbonyl derivatives been handled dif-ferently (Juncher et al.
(Levine et al. 1994; Martinaud et al. 1997) and 2001). These differ-ences may arise because
can cause the formation of intra - and/or inter- of differences in diet, breed, antemortem
protein disulfide cross-links (Stadtman 1990; stress, postmortem handling of carcasses,
Martinaud et al. 1997). In general, both these etc. In fact, there have been reports of
changes reduce the functionality of pro-teins in differences between animals and between
postmortem muscle (Xiong and Decker 1995). muscles in the activity of some enzymes
In living muscle, the redox state of muscle can involved in the oxidative defense system of
influence carbohydrate metabolism by directly muscle (Daun et al. 2001). Therefore, there
affecting enzymes in the glycolytic pathway. may be genetic differences in susceptibility
Oxidizing agents can also influence glucose to oxidation that could be capitalized on to
transport. Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) can improve meat quality. It is reasonable to
mimic insulin and stim-ulate glucose transport hypothesize that differences in the
in exercising muscle. H 2O2 is increased after antioxidant defense system between animals
exercise, and thus oxi-dation systems may play and/or muscles would influence calpain
a role in signaling in skeletal muscle (Balon activity, proteolysis, and thus tenderization.
and Yerneni 2001 ). Alterations in glucose Exposure to oxidizing conditions (H 2O2)
metabolism in the ante- and perimortem time under postmortem-like conditions inhibits
period do have the potential to cause changes calpain activity (Carlin et al. 2006 ). In a
in postmortem muscle metabolism and thus series of in vitro assays using either a fluo-
represent an important avenue of future rescent peptide or purified myofibrils as the
research. substrate it was shown that the presence of
In postmortem muscle, these redox oxidizing species does significantly impede
systems may also play a role in influencing
meat quality. The proteolytic enzymes, the
calpains, are implicated in the proteolysis
the ability of calpains to degrade their sub- Chemistry and Biochemistry of Meat 19
25
23 Chapter 2 polymorphisms within the gene for bovine
leptin, a chemical messenger that affects
feed intake, fatness (fat yield and
of different breeds or different genotypes of subcutaneous fat), and tenderness.
the same breed differ primarily in their Thomas et al. (2008) reported that beef
connective tissue characteristics (collagen from medium-framed, early maturing animals
cross-linking and solubility), content, and had the highest marbling scores, and had the
composition of intramuscular fat and/or the highest concentration of total n- 3 fatty acids,
characteristics of their muscle fibers (slow- and the lowest n-6/n -3 ratio. Lynch et al.
oxidative, fast-oxidoglycolytic, fast glyco- (2002) reported that meat from Hereford cattle
lytic). Mutations in the myostatin gene result had higher levels of C14:0, C16:1, and C18:0
in muscle hypertrophy, producing cattle with in the phospholipid fraction than that from
enlarged muscles. However, this mutation Friesian and Charolais cattle.
favors glycolytic muscle fiber metabolism and Breed can also have significant effects on
decreases collagen and intramuscular fat beef flavor. Nitrogen- and sulfur-compounds,
contents, favoring tenderness. free amino acids, alcohols, aldehydes, and
Collagen constitutes 20–25% of the protein ketones in the flavor volatiles differ in the
in mammals, and connective tissues are meat from different breeds of cattle (Sato et al.
composed mainly of collagen. It occurs in 1995 ; Insausti et al. 2005 ). Beef from Friesian
muscle tissue, binding the fibers together in cattle has a stronger fatty flavor and aftertaste,
bundles. However, collagen is not distrib-uted and a different volatile profile than that from
uniformly among muscle groups. Generally, Pirenaica cattle (Gorraiz et al. 2002). Enzymes,
the collagen content parallels the level of such as μ- and m-calpain, known primarily for
physical activity of the particular muscle. textural changes, can influence flavor by
Increasing intermolecular cross-link-ing producing peptides that make significant flavor
among collagen molecules decreases their contributions. Meat from Bos taurus and Bos
extensibility and their solubility (Forrest et al. indicus cattle inher-iting the CC genotype at
1975). Those muscles that are used extensively the calpastatin gene and the TT genotype at the
have higher amounts of collagen and are μ-calpain gene produce steaks with more
generally tougher. intense flavor (Casas et al. 2006). These genes
Smith et al. (2007a) reported that weight at correlate with increased rancid, sour, and salty
slaughter, hot carcass weight, loin muscle area, flavors, and decreased umami flavor (Toldrá
yield grade, calpastatin enzyme activ-ity, and and Flores 2000). In addition, content of
carcass quality grade were relatively highly several volatile compounds, such as hexane
heritable. They found moderate heri-tability and 2,2,4,6,6-pentamethylheptane, differs
estimates for marbling score, back fat between Friesian and Pirenaica cattle (Gorraiz
thickness, and feedlot average daily gain. et al. 2002). Breed also affects beef color.
MacNeil et al. (2001) reported that Limousin- Frickh and Solkner (1997) reported that beef
sired calves grew more rapidly than Hereford- from Holstein cattle had higher a * values
sired calves. By the finishing phase, Limousin- (redness) than did Simmental and Simmental x
and Hereford-sired calves had greater average Limousin cattle.
daily gains than Piedmontese-sired calves. A Genetic differences in swine have also
clear stratification of USDA yield grade, based resulted in pork with different quality char-
on differences in carcass weight, longissimus acteristics. Since 1990, producers have dra-
muscle area, fat depth, and percentage kidney, matically improved the nutritional profile of
pelvic, and heart fat, existed, depending on sire pork, producing a product that is 31% lower
breed. Hereford-sired calves had more
marbling than progeny of Limousin or
Piedmontese sires. Schenkel et al. (2005)
reported associations between
Technological Quality of Meat for Processing 27
in fat, 10% lower in cholesterol and 17% lower while that from Duroc and Duroc/Hampshire
in calories (USDA 2007). However, genetic was lower in fat. Pork from Danish Landrace
selection for leanness has not been without Duroc pigs was more tender than that from
unintended consequences. Pigs homozygous Landrace, Duroc, and various crosses with
for the Halothane gene (nn) have higher gain: Yorkshire pigs. Blanchard et al. (1999)
feed ratios, and their car-casses are leaner than reported that meat from crossbred pigs that
those from Halothane negative (NN) and were at least half Duroc were more tender than
heterozygotic (Nn) pigs (Leach et al. 1996). that from Large White and British Landrace
While pigs carrying one or two copies of the crosses. Brewer et al. (2002) also reported that
Halothane gene have higher lean content, they pork from Duroc -sired pigs is more tender
are likely to produce pale, soft, and exudative than that from Duroc/Landrace-and Pietrain-
(PSE) meat that has excessive drip loss sired pigs.
because of rapid pH decline while the carcass Wood et al. (2004) reported that breed
is still hot (Sather et al. 1990). Fernandez et al. affected the fatty acid composition of intra-
(2004) reported that NN and Nn pigs exhibited muscular neutral lipid. Pork from Berkshire
postmortem changes at the same rate, as and Tamworth pigs (fatter carcasses) had
evidenced by similar glycogen, lactate, more 14:0 and 16:0, while that from Duroc
creatine phosphate and ATP levels, and pH and Large White (leaner) contained more
values at 40 minutes postmortem. Raw meat polyunsaturated fatty acids. Meat from
(longissimus lumbo-rum) from nn pigs had Duroc pigs had high concentrations of
lower visual color intensity and homogeneity 20:5n-3 and 22:6n-3.
scores than meat from NN and Nn pigs. Meat Genetic markers for tenderness have been
from nn pigs was less tender than that from identified for Duroc-Landrace pigs (Rohrer
NN pigs; the Nn pigs were intermediate. et al. 2006). Chromosome 2 region 60–66
cM appears to be associated with all
Meat from pigs (Swedish Hampshire x measures of pork tenderness and the region
Finnish Landrace) that are homozygous and on chromo-some 17 (32–39 cM) was
heterozygous for the rendement napole associated with measures of intramuscular
(RN-; acid meat) allele has been shown to be fat and loineye area.
juicier than that from noncarriers. The RN-
allele also contributes to tenderness (Josell
Diet Effects on Meat Quality
et al. 2003). Emnett (1999) reported that
Berkshire and Chester White pigs had lower Diet can contribute to meat quality directly
glycolytic potential (thought to be an indica- (compounds from the feed source deposit in
tor of the RN- allele) than Hampshire or the meat) or indirectly (primarily by increas-
Hampshire crossbred pigs. High glycolytic ing fatness). Feeding fish byproducts, raw
potential values were associated with lower soybeans, canola oil, and meal can result in
pH, poorer WHC, higher cooking loss, and undesirable flavors in meat (Melton 1990).
paler color. Pork fat is more likely to be affected by alter-
Meat derived from pigs of these very dif- ation of dietary fat source than is beef fat
ferent genetic backgrounds does differ in because pigs have little capacity to biohydro-
quality characteristics (Brewer et al. 2002). genate unsaturated fats, depositing them in
Ellis et al. (1996) reported that Duroc pigs tissues in much the same form as they were
produce meat that is highly marbled and has consumed. Feeding pigs high levels of PUFA
good eating quality. Brewer et al. (2004) decreases saturation of carcass fat and has
reported that meat from Duroc/Landrace - and detrimental effects on pork quality (Whitney et
Large White-sired pigs was higher in fat, al. 2006). Unsaturated fatty acids result in
5888 Chapter 2 higher the phospholipid concentration (Larick
et al. 1989). Feedlot-finished cattle have a
different fatty acid profile from forage -fed
carcass fat that is soft and oily. In addition, cattle. Meat from forage- fed beef contains
carcass fat that is higher in PUFA content is more linolenic acid, and less oleic and lin-oleic
more susceptible to oxidation during storage acids than that from concentrate-fed beef
than fat that contains more saturated fat. (Elmore et al. 2004). Intense pasture rotation
Palm oil and whole linseed supplements systems of millet and grain have been shown
increase muscle levels of alpha-linolenic to alter concentrations of diter-penoids and
(C18:3) and EPA (eicosapentaenoic acid lactones (Maruri and Larick 1992). Lactones
[C20:5]); fish oil increases EPA and DHA correlate positively with roasted beef flavor
(docosahexaenoic acid [C22:6]; Elmore et and negatively with gamey/stale off-flavor;
al. 2004). The effects of changes in dietary diterpenoids posi-tively correlate with
fat source on pork fat are more apparent if gamey/stale off-flavor. Differences in oleic,
they occur during the last few weeks before linoleic and linolenic acids, diterpenoids, and
slaughter than if they occur 1 to 2 months lactones may be responsible for flavor
before slaughter. differences. Nelson et al. (2004) found that
Lampe et al. (2006) reported that while adding restaurant grease to cattle diets to
finishing diet (yellow corn, white corn, 1/3 increase energy intake increased initial
yellow corn and 2/3 white corn, 2/3 yellow tenderness and had no effect on drip or cook
corn and 1/3 white corn, or barley) altered loss, sustained tenderness, juiciness, and beef
saturated, mono- and poly-unsaturated fatty flavor.
acid content in the subcutaneous fat of pigs, Feeding antioxidants has been of signifi-
energy source had little effect on the eating cant interest with respect to maintaining
quality of pork. However Wood et al. (2004) post - harvest meat quality (Guo et al.
reported that a low- protein finishing diet 2006). Vitamin E locates in the cell
increased tenderness and juiciness but
membrane in proximity to phospholipids. It
decreased flavor quality of pork.
Rosenvold et al. (2001) reported that can prevent development of free radicals in
feeding finishing diets low in digestible car- membranes ante- and postmortem (Onibi
bohydrate can reduce muscle glycogen stores et al. 2000). Garber et al. (1996) reported
in slaughter pigs without compromising that vitamin E supplementation increased
growth rate. This diet reduced μ-calpain muscle alpha-tocopherol levels, delaying
activity and increased calpastatin activity, metmyoglobin formation (beef) and lipid
indicating less muscle protein degradation in oxidation in a dose-dependent manner.
the muscles compared to muscles of control Boler et al. (2009) found that feeding
animals. In an effort to improve the nutri-tional
natural sources of vitamin E to finishing pigs
profile of pork, Janz et al. (2008) fed pigs a
plant-based diet containing conjugated linoleic was more effective in reducing lipid
acid, selenium, and vitamin E. The dietary oxidation of pork during sub-sequent
treatments had some effects on meat quality, storage and display than were artifi-cial
but the overall effects on appearance and sources. Yang et al. (2002) found that meat
palatability were small. from pasture-fed cattle contained as much
Diet can shift the bone/muscle/fat ratio of alpha-tocopherol as grain-fed cattle
beef carcasses. Grain feeding (high-energy supplemented with 2500 IU vitamin E. It
diet) usually increases carcass weight and contained a higher percentage of linolenic
intramuscular fat content, and produces more
acid, a lower percentage of linoleic acid,
intense flavor in red meats than do low-energy
forage and grass diets (Melton 1990). The and was less prone to lipid oxidation and
longer the animal is in the feedlot, the devel-opment of warmed-over flavor. Diet
can also affect color of the resultant meat.
Vitamin E
Technological Quality of Meat for Processing 29
supplemented into swine diets has been been used as indicators of meat quality.
shown to stabilize meat color and decrease Highly marbled meat has traditionally been
fluid loss when fed at >200 mg/kd of diet thought to be the ideal because of the effects
during finishing (Asghar et al. 1980). of fat on flavor and tenderness. However,
Shifting carcass bone/muscle/fat ratio can Rincker et al. (2008) reported that intramus-
also be accomplished with steroid -like cular fat (0.8– 8.0%) explained less than
drugs. Feeding beta-agonists can have 15% of the variance in pork flavor scores.
significant effects on feedlot performance Consumers could tell no difference in pork
and/or carcass characteristics. Quinn et al. flavor scores until the fat content reached
(2008) reported that feeding ractopamine- 4.5%. In addition, visible fat content in pork
hydrochloride to finishing heifers generally is a major determinant of purchase intent
improved the efficiency of carcass gain with with consumers preferring leaner products
minimal effect on marbling score, yield (Brewer et al. 2001; Rincker et al. 2008).
grade, loin muscle area, or percentages of Fernandez et al. (1999) reported that pork
carcasses grading USDA Choice. texture and taste are enhanced at
Avendano-Reyes et al. (2006) reported that intramuscu-lar fat levels up to 3.25%, but
feeding either zilpaterol - or ractopamine- inconsistent effects occurred with respect to
hydrochloride considerably improved gain- tenderness/ toughness.
to-feed ratio, hot carcass weight, and carcass Ellis et al. (1996) reported that longissi-
yield. Zilpaterol increased loin muscle area. mus muscle from pig genotypes selected for
Both beta-agonists decreased meat the propensity to increase marbling are more
tenderness compared with controls. Smith et tender and juicy, and have lower shear
al. (2007b) reported that implanting anabolic values. The Duroc breed produces pork that
steroids increased hot carcass weight and is highly marbled with good eating quality
loin muscle area for both heifers and steers. (Ellis et al. 1996). Brewer et al. (2002)
However, implants had no effect on dressing reported that chops from Duroc and Pietrain
percent, fat thickness, yield grade, marbling pigs had the most visible marbling, while
score, intramuscular lipid content, or those from Duroc/Landrace and Large White
concentrations of major fatty acids. had the least. Chops from Duroc,
Montgomery et al. (2004) reported that Duroc/Hampshire, and Pietrain pigs had the
supplementation of three biological types of highest fat content. Meat from these breeds,
cattle (Bos indicus, Bos Taurus-Continental, however, differs from other breeds with
Bos Taurus-English) with vitamin D3 (0.5 regard to muscle fiber type and the incidence
million IU/d) for 8 days prior to slaughter of PSE (Chang et al. 2003).
improved tenderness by affecting muscle Cattle breeds with different growth rates
Ca++ concentrations, calpain activities, and but the same degree of marbling differ
muscle proteolysis. substantially in tenderness and Warner
Bratzler shear value (Chambaz et al. 2003).
Historically, selection of beef breeds has
Marbling Effects on been based on marbling, irrespective of
Meat Quality growth rate and simultaneous selection pres-
A high plane of nutrition, especially during the sure for reduced overall fat deposition.
finishing phase, can increase intramuscu-lar fat
to a greater or lesser degree depending on Postmortem pH Decline
species, breed, animal age, and a variety of
other factors. The fatness and marbling Postmortem biochemical changes dramati-
associated with a high plane of nutrition have cally affect tenderness and flavor. The loss of
23 Chapter 2 1979). During the immediate postmortem
period, tissues metabolize glycogen via
anaerobic pathways, lowering pH. ATP is
circulatory competency after harvest requires rapidly consumed, but as reducing equiva-
that the tissues shift to anaerobic metabolism, lents are consumed, it is not regenerated.
resulting in the accumulation of metabolic Without the plasticizing effect of ATP, actin
byproducts, including lactic acid, in the and myosin cross-link, the sarcomere short-
muscle. The pH declines from about 6.8 to 5.7. ens, fibers contract, and rigor results. During
Endogenous thiol proteinases (cathep-sins B the rigor process, muscle cells undergo both
and L) become activated near pH 5.4. They are longitudinal and lateral contraction, usually
redistributed (intracellularly) during aging within 24 hours. WHC decreases during the
(Spanier et al. 1990; Spanier and Miller 1993). postmortem period. Rigor mortis occurs in
Proteolytic enzyme activity is temper-ature- beef when the pH drops to 5.9 (Honikel et
dependent; some (cathepsins B and L) retain al. 1981). Factors that affect the rate of pH
high activity levels even at cooking decline, such as Halothane gene status of
temperatures (70°C). Pigs with defects in the pigs and residual glycogen in the tissues,
ryanodine receptor gene (rn+) undergo exces- affect tenderness, WHC, and color. Factors
sive (not necessarily rapid) pH decline, that affect the ultimate pH (ryanodine gene
resulting in abnormally acidic conditions in the status, stress that alters muscle glycogen
meat, which affects water-holding capac-ity, content) also affect these characteristics.
tenderness, and color (Leach et al. 1996; The peak solubility of actin and myosin
Bidner et al. 2004). occurs between pH 5.7 and 6.0 (Scopes 1964).
Water-holding capacity (WHC) is the It decreases dramatically as pH drops from 6.0
ability of meat to hold onto its own or added to 5.6. These proteins are almost completely
water when force (heat, pressure) is applied. insoluble below pH 4.9. Sarcoplasmic proteins
Water is the major component (about 75%) of are soluble between 4.8 and 5.2, regardless of
muscle tissue. Most exists in layers around temperature; however, at or above 37 ° C, even
polar molecules and between layers of cel-lular high pH will not prevent them from
materials. The majority is located in the precipitating onto myofibrillar proteins. This
intermolecular spaces between the salt-solu-ble decreases WHC as well as other quality
proteins (actin, myosin) of muscle tissue, characteristics of meat. The minimum water-
which varies depending on various intrinsic holding capacity of meat occurs around pH
and extrinsic factors (Offer and Knight 1988). 5.0, which corre-sponds to the isoelectric point
Its movement is restricted in a number of ways of actomyosin. In addition, toughness is
that are dependent primarily on the negatively corre-lated with initial pH and rate
myofilaments. Some of the factors that alter of pH decline (Zamora et al. 1996). Two-thirds
the spatial arrangement of the myofilaments of the WHC losses occurring during rigor are
include alterations in net charge induced by pH due to loss of ATP, with the remainder due to
changes, screening of charges by anions/ pH decline. The rate of pH decline is partially
cations, presence of divalent cations (Mg ++, genetic, in that pH decreases more rapidly in
Ca++), denaturing conditions that alter protein meat from some breeds, because of the fiber-
conformation (rapid pH decline while the type distri-bution in the muscle tissue, than it
carcass temperature is still high), and pres- does in meat from other breeds. Brewer et al.
ence of plasticizing agents such as ATP and (2002) reported that carcasses from Duroc and
enzymes (ATPase). Large White pigs experienced postmortem
In pre-rigor meat, Mg-ATP= serves to purge losses of 5–6%, while those from
prevent cross-linking between the contractile Pietrain,
proteins, actin and myosin (Fig. 2.1). This
maintains the interfilamental space such that
water can move in (Siegel and Schmidt
Technological Quality of Meat for Processing 31
Figure 2.1. Effect of excess hydrogen ion (pH decrease) on water located in muscle tissue.
Duroc/Landrace, and Duroc/Hampshire drip loss, poor WHC, and pale color of pale,
experienced purge losses of 12–13%. soft exudative (PSE) pork (Bendall and
Genetics appears to play a significant role in Wismer-Pedersen 1962). Development of the
WHC. PSE condition may also be due to denatur-
In addition to pH decline, alterations in ation and precipitation of sarcoplasmic pro-
carcass temperature can have significant teins onto myofibrillar proteins (Joo et al.
effects on meat quality (tenderness and WHC). 1999). The genetic profile of pigs that produce
Loss of circulatory and respiratory PSE pork is advantageous for production
competencies at slaughter allows accumula- reasons. Brewer et al. (2002) reported that
tion of metabolic heat. Carcass temperatures chops from Duroc- sired pigs were more tender
can increase to over 42 °C during the first 45– than those from Duroc/Landrace-and Pietrain-
60 minutes postmortem. At this tempera-ture, a sired pigs. Brewer et al. (2002) reported
rapid pH decline can result in denatur-ation of similar effects on “texture” of chops from
myofibrillar proteins such that WHC is Halothane positive (nn) and neg-ative (NN)
ultimately quite low, even if ultimate pH (24 Pietrain, RN- Hampshire, rn+ Hampshire,
h) is within normal ranges. Rapid post-mortem Berkshire, and Duroc lines of pigs.
glycolysis is associated with the high
5888 Chapter 2 of biohydrogenation of dietary lipids, or via
endogenous synthesis. Increased marbling,
because of the increased amount of fat avail-
Hambrecht et al. (2005) reported that able for formation of flavor compounds, has
high stress conditions (long transport, short traditionally been considered to have a rela-
lairage) decreased muscle glycolytic poten- tively large impact on the ultimate flavor of
tial and increased plasma lactate, cortisol, the meat product.
muscle temperature, rate of pH decline, ulti- “Meaty flavor,” the generic background
mate pH, and b* values (yellowness) of flavor of all types of red meat, is associated
pork. Other color measures were unaffected with the lean portions of meat. Phospholipids
by high stress but water-holding properties (0.5–1% of the lean tissue) contain a high
were impaired. Because supplemental proportion of fatty acids with four or more
dietary magnesium is related to postmortem double bonds (C18:4, C20:4, C20:5, C22:5,
glyco-gen breakdown of lactic acid and C22:6; Table 2.2) that are susceptible to
concomi-tant muscle pH decline, it has been oxidation and likely to make specific flavor
shown to help offset damage to color and contributions to the meat (Elmore et al. 1999 ).
water-holding capacity that result from the Endogenous antioxidant enzymes, especially
stress involved in transport and handling catalase and GSH-Px, can poten-tially delay
(Frandson and Spurgeon 1992). Feeding the onset of oxidative rancidity (Pradhan et al.
swine magne-sium during the finishing 2000). Some meat processing operations
phase results in higher initial and/or ultimate reduce the activity of these systems (Decker
muscle pH values and a decrease in the and Mei 1996). Of the 60-plus compounds that
incidence of PSE (D’Souza et al. 1998; contribute specifically to “meaty” aromas,
Swigert et al. 2004). most are sulfur- or car-bonyl-containing
compounds (Shahidi 1994). Phospholipids are
also the source of several sulfides that are
Flavor generated when they react with cysteine and/or
ribose to produce mild, slightly meaty-
Meaty Flavor flavor/odor compounds, such as 2-methyl-3-
“Flavor ” results from the combination of the [methylthio]thiophene (Rowe 2002).
basic tastes (sweet, sour, bitter, salt, umami)
derived from water-soluble compounds and
odors derived from a variety of substances
present in the raw meat. Flavor- and odor-
Species-Specific Flavor
active volatiles include alcohols, aldehydes, Species-specific flavor has traditionally been
aromatic compounds, esters, ethers, furans, associated with the lipid portion of meat. It
hydrocarbons, ketones, lactones, pyrazines, may result from quantitative dif-ferences of
pyridines, pyrroles, and sulfides (Shahidi several compounds (3,5-dimethyl-
1994). The relationship between some of the 1,2,4,trithiolane, 2,4,6-trimethylperhydro-
more common volatiles and their respective 1,3,5-dithiazine, mercaptothiophenes,
flavors is shown in Table 2.1. mercaptofurans; Shahidi et al. 1994). A beef-
The lipids present in muscle tissue (sub- like aroma compound, 12 -methyltridecanal, is
cutaneous fat, intramuscular fat, intermuscu- an important contributor to species flavor
lar fat, intramyocellular lipid, and structural (Mottram et al. 1982). It occurs in much
phospholipids) at slaughter serve as a source smaller amounts in species other than beef.
of many of these flavor constituents. These Other species-specific flavor compounds
lipids are composed of fatty acids that may include 2-methyl-3-[methyl]-furan and
be saturated, unsaturated and/or methyl-
branched (Fig. 2.2). They may be derived
directly from the diet, produced as the result
Table 2.1. Flavors and aromas associated with volatile compounds in meat
Compound Flavors and Aromas
Pentanal Pungent
Hexanal Green, grassy, fatty
Heptanal Green, fatty, oily
Nonanal Soapy
Methional Cooked potato
12-methyltridecanal Beefy
Nona-2(E)-enal Tallowy, fatty
Deca-2(E), 4(E)-dienal Fatty, fried potato
Butanoic Acid Rancid
Hexanoic Acid Sweaty
3-Hydroxy-2-butanone Buttery
2-propanone Livery
2,3-Octanedione Warmed over flavor, lipid oxidation
1-Octen-3-ol Mushroom
2-Pentyl furan Metallic, green, earthy, beany
2-methyl-3-[methylthio]furan Meaty, sweet, sulfurous
4-hydroxy-5-methyl-3(2H)-furanone (HMF) Meaty
Pyrazines Nutty, cracker-like, roasted
Amino acids: glycine, alanine, lysine, cysteine, methionine, Sweet
glutamine, succinic
Organic acids: lactic, inosinic, ortho-phosphoric, and pyrrolidone Sweet
carboxylic
Amino acids: aspartic acid, histidine, asparagines Sour
Organic acids: succinic, lactic, inosinic, ortho-phosphoric, Sour
pyrrolidone carboxylic
Hypoxanthine, anserine, carnosine Bitter
Amino acids: arginine, leucine, tryptophan Bitter
Monosodium glutamate (MSG), inosine and guanosine Savory, brothy, beefy.
monophosphate (IMP,GMP)
Bis(2-methyl-3-furyl) disulfide Roasted meat
2-methyl-3-furanthiol Roasted meat
4-hydroxy-5-methyl-3(2H)-furanone (HMF) Meaty
4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethyl-3(2H)-furanone Meaty
3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethyl-2(5H)-furanone Meaty
MacLeod and Ames, 1986; Ha and Lindsay, 1991; Spanier et al., 1992; Spanier and Miller, 1993; MacLeod, 1994;
Imafidon and Spanier, 1994; Maga, 1998; Mottram, 1998; Shahidi, 1998; Rowe, 2002; Gorraiz et al., 2002.
Figure 2.2. Triglyceride with saturated, mono-unsaturated, and poly-unsaturated fatty acid.
33
34
1
Table 2.2. Fatty acid composition of selected types of meat
Total lipid Total sat. 12:0 14:0 16:0 18:0 16.1 18.1 20:1 22:1 18:2 18:3 18:4 20:4 20:5 22:5 22:6
g/100 g fatty acids n−3 n−3 n−3
Chicken2 0.15 1.03 0.59
Breast 3.57 1.01 0 0.3 0.69 0.25 0.03 0 0.03 0 0.06 0.01 0.01 0.02
Dark 9.73 2.66 0.03 0.07 1.84 0.63 0.49 2.97 0.05 0 1.87 0.09 0 0.14 0.01 0.03 0.05
Turkey 0.40 1.98 1.45
Breast 3.46 2.10 0 0.01 0.05 1.28 0.01 0.01 0.08 0 0.16 0 0 0
Dark 7.22 2.45 0.02 0.05 1.28 0.72 0.24 1.35 0.03 0.02 1.75 0.07 0 0.26 0 0.04 0.06
Beef3 0.11 1.31 0.12
3.54 1.31 0 0.09 0.78 0.43 0 0 0.01 0 0.02 0 0 0
Pork3 0.10 1.42 0.30
3.53 1.21 0.01 0.45 0.76 0.38 0.02 0.30 0 0 0 0 0 0
4
Lamb 0.63 0.12
9.23 3.30 0.02 0.24 1.79 1.10 — — — — 0.09 — — — —
Ocean Perch 0.10 0.27 0.04
2.09 0.31 0 0.08 0.18 0.04 0.13 0.29 0.0 0.03 0.01 0.10 0.03 0.30
Atlantic Salmon 0.77 2.05 0.67
12.35 2.50 — 0.57 1.90 0.32 1.37 — — — 1.27 0.69 — 1.46
Tuna 0.025 0.018 0.008 0.012
5.97 0.95 0.009 0.011 0.152 0.051 0.007 0.014 0.005 0.028 0.037 0.013 0.18
3-methylcyclopentanone (Imafidon and Sex and carcass maturity also affect off-
Spanier 1994). Methyl-branched compounds flavors. Beef from bulls has a more livery,
appear to arise from phosphoglycerides bloody flavor than that from heifers, which
(Werkoff et al. 1993; Mottram 1998). These appears to be related to higher 2-propanone
compounds are affected by diet, breed, and and ethanol contents (Gorraiz et al. 2002). To
muscle. the extent that carcass maturity affects iron
Muscles vary in their concentrations of content, it can increase metallic, rancid,
compounds important to meat flavor/odor. bloody, salty, and bitter flavor notes (Calkins
Stetzer et al. (2008) reported that beef 2006). Volatile compounds impact these flavor
Complexus contained twice the notes as well. Higher concentrations of
concentration of 2,3-octanedione, nonanal, phospholipids, phosphatidylcholine, and
and butanoic acid, and 30% more hexanoic phosphatidylethanolamine increase livery and
acid than the Gludeus medius, Rectus ammonia flavors in beef (Larick et al. 1989).
femoris, Vastus lat-eralic, Vastus medialis, Several muscles (Triceps brachii, Vastus
Psoas major, and Longissimus dorsi. lateralis , and Vastus intermedius) with livery
off-flavor have more heptanol, hexanal,
hexanol, B-pinene, 1-octene-3-ol, and nonanal.
Off-Flavors
Muscle tissue also contains compounds that Because of their effects on desirable and
contribute to off-flavors in the finished product undesirable flavor components, diet, animal
as a result of genetics, sex of the animal, heme sex, age at slaughter, genetics, and muscle
content of the muscle tissue, and diet. Livery must be considered when meat tissues are to
flavor is an objectionable, off-flavor in beef be used for specific products (fresh, whole
that increases as iron content increases (Campo cuts vs. cured, smoked products).
et al. 1999; Calkins and Cuppett 2006; Yancey
et al. 2006). Sulfur-containing compounds
Factors Affecting
(thiols, sul-fides, thiazoles, sulfur- substituted
furans) can interact with carbonyl compounds
Tenderness/Texture
to produce a livery flavor (Werkhoff et al. In general, consumers rate tenderness as the
1993). Muscles often exhibiting liver-like major factor that determines the eating quality
flavor, such as the Psoas major (loin) and of meat (Brewer and Novakofski 2008).
Gluteus medius (round), have higher levels of Tenderness embodies all the mouth feel
heme iron and/or myoglobin (Yancey et al. characteristics perceived kinesthetically: those
2006). Compared with beef Infraspinatus, perceived prior to mastication (particle size,
Psoas major, and Rectus femoris, the Gluteus oiliness), during mastication (tender-ness,
medius had the highest liver off- flavor score juiciness), and after mastication (fibrous
(Stetzer et al. 2007). Of the Complexus, residue, mouth coating; Bourne 1992).
Serratus ventralis, Vastus lateralis, Vastus Tenderness is composed of mechanical
medialis, and Longissimus dorsi , the Vastus (hardness, cohesiveness, elasticity), particu-
lateralis had the highest liver off-flavor score late (grittiness and fibrousness), and chemi-cal
and the Longissimus dorsi had the lowest components (juiciness and oiliness; Bourne
(Stetzer et al. 2006). Stetzer et al. (2008) 1992). Minimally, meat tenderness is affected
reported that livery off-flavor was positively by myofibrillar, connective tissue, and
correlated with pentanal, hexanal, 3-hydroxy- compositional components. The myofi-brillar
2-butanone, and hexanoic acid. component can be affected by cold shortening
and proteolytic degradation; the
23 Chapter 2 animals and among muscles within an
animal; this may relate to initial tenderness
(Novakofski and Brewer 2006; Stolowski et
connective tissue component can be affected al. 2006). A major factor in this variation is
by animal age, degree of activity, mechanical high growth rate that requires a high plane
tenderization, and composition (Pearson and of nutrition. During growth, rapid protein
Young 1989). Muscle foods have an inherent turn-over increases proteolytic activity,
set of textural characteristics associated with which contributes to the aging process (Zgur
them by the nature of the raw material. These et al. 2003). This increased proteolytic
include fibers, fluid/fat exudation, and con- activity enhances aging because proteolytic
nective tissue. Textural parameters of interest cathep-sins degrade some structural proteins,
are those that are affected by these raw mate- allow-ing the sarcomere to relax (Kristensen
rials characteristics as well as those that are and Purslow 2001). This allows the inflow
affected by exogenously induced alterations of water previously expelled during rigor.
(formulation, aging). This inflow may be driven by the difference
Tenderness of the final product depends on in protein concentration existing between
the muscle(s) from which the meat was intra-and extracellular compartments of the
derived. Beef Psoas major was more tender muscle cell.
than the Gluteus medius, Infraspinatus, and Tenderness improvement with aging varies
Rectus femoris (Stetzer et al. 2007). Of the between animals within a breed, and between
Complexus, Serratus ventralis, Vastus later- muscles within an animal. It depends on
alis, Vastus medialis, and Longissimus dorsi, several factors that may also be related to
the Longissimus dorsi was the most tender and initial tenderness (Wicklund et al. 2005;
the Vastus lateralis was the least (Stetzer et al. Novakofski and Brewer 2006). Wicklund et al.
2006). In general, meat that is the most tender (2005) reported that changes in tenderness of
is derived from muscles that were least used strip steaks required 14 days of aging.
when the animal was alive, while meat that is Novakofski and Brewer (2006) reported that
the most tough is derived from muscles that the mean improvement in shear with aging
are used the most (locomotor, postural). over the first week differed depending on the
However, both genetics and age affect shear value starting point (original shear
tenderness. Meat from two-year-old value); however, no differences occurred
Angus/Wagyu heifers was as tender and juicy between 7 and 14 days. Rentfrow et al. (2004)
as that from yearlings. However, meat from reported that Warner Bratzler shear values
two -year- old pure Angus lines was less decreased and tenderness increased in beef
tender and juicy than that from yearlings or from one- and two-year-old heifers during
that from Angus/Wagyu animals (Rentfrow et aging; however, maximum improvement
al. 2004). occurred after only 7 days of aging. Bruce et
al. (2005) indicated that aging for up to 14
days increased tenderness.
Aging
Aging Effects on Tenderness Aging Effects on Flavor
Sarcomere length, muscle, connective tissue The effects of aging on flavor are unclear
proteins, and proteolytic degradation account (Mottram 1998). It can alter the makeup of
for most of the variation in tenderness the aroma and flavor precursors, which ulti-
(Koohmaraie et al. 2002). Tenderness depends, mately affects the characteristics of the
in part, on proteolytic degradation of structural cooked product. Aging can increase carbon-
and myofibrillar proteins (Koohmaraie et al.
2002). Large variation in aging-induced
improvement occurs among
Technological Quality of Meat for Processing 37
yls derived from lipid oxidation, which may (Fe3+ , Table 2.3). Oxygen can bind to heme
contribute to off-flavors, decrease flavor iron only if it is in the ferrous state (Fe 2+).
identity, and increase metallic flavor (Yancey However, many other ligands (CN, NO, CO,
et al. 2005). It can also increase fatty flavor N3) can bind to either the ferrous (Fe 2+) or
and negative attributes such as painty,
ferric (Fe3+) form. Water (H 2O) can bind to
cardboard, bitter, and sour (Spanier et al. 1992;
myoglobin (Mb) only if the iron is in the
Gorraiz et al. 2002; Bruce et al. 2005). Positive ferrous form. Under low oxygen tension con-
flavor compounds, such as 3-hydroxy-2- ditions, Mb exists in the purple-colored,
butanone, 2-pentyl furan, 2,3-octanedione, and
reduced form (Fe2+). Exposed to oxygen for a
1-octene3-ol, decrease with aging; and
short period of time, the central iron (Fe 2+)
negative compounds, such as pentanal,
reversibly binds oxygen, producing oxymyo-
nonanal, and butanoic acid, increase with
aging (Stetzer et al. 2008). Aging beef can globin (MbO2), which is bright pink or red.
result in changes in umami taste. Glutamic However, when exposed to O2 for an extended
acid content more than doubles during the first period, the central iron atom can lose an elec-
7 days of aging (Bauer 1983). tron (oxidized to Fe3+ ), producing metmyo-
The potential benefits of aging for globin (MetMb), which is grey-brown.
selected muscles for flavor development and Immediately post slaughter, the oxidized form
tender-ization must be weighed against the can be reduced by endogenous reducing
systems in the meat, as long as reducing
potential development of off-flavors.
equivalents (NADH) are available and the
globin fraction is in its native state (undena-
Color tured). Over time, these reducing equivalents
are depleted and the pigment is irreversibly
Color and appearance of fresh meat are major oxidized. Oxidation also occurs rapidly if the
factors in consumer purchase decisions globin moiety is denatured by rapidly declin-
because they are presumed to be indicators of ing pH while the carcass is “hot” or by exces-
meat freshness and quality (Brewer et al. sively low ultimate pH.
2002). Meat color is due to the concentration In pigs, color variations may have been
of heme pigments (myoglobin, hemoglobin), inadvertently selected for as pigs were bred for
their chemical states, and the light-scattering high gain/feed ratios and leanness. Brewer et
properties of the meat (Lawrie 2002). At high al. (2002) reported that genetic line had
pH, the heme iron is predominantly in the significant effects on a* value (redness), which
ferrous state (Fe2+); low pH accelerates ferrous ranged from 9.2 to 11 (on a 15-point scale)
iron conversion to the ferric state among pigs from genetic lines known
report to the National Cattlemen’s Beef Association. lipid fraction and sensory characteristic of
Centennial, Colo. Longissimus lumborum. Meat Science 53:59–65.
Cameron, D., P. Warris, S. J. Porter, and M. B. Enser. Fernandez, X., E. Neyraud, T. Astruc, and V. Sante.
1990. Comparison of Duroc and British Landrace 2004. Effects of halothane genotype and pre-
pigs for meat and eating quality. Danish Meat slaughter treatment on pig meat quality. 1.
Research Institute, Manuscript No. 720E. Postmortem metabo-lism, meat quality indicators and
Campo, M. M., C. Sanudo, B. Panea, P. Alberti, and P. sensory traits of Longissimus lumborum. Meat
Santolaria. 1999. Breed type and ageing time effects Science 62(4):429– 437.
on sensory characteristics of beef strip loin steaks. Forrest, J., C. Aberle, D. Elton, H. B. Hedrick, B.
Meat Science 38:443–451. Harold, M. D. Judge, and R. Merkel. 1975. Part II.
Casas, E., S. N. White, T. Wheeler, S. D. Shackelford, M. Muscle and associated tissues. In Principles of Meat
Koohmaraie, D. G. Riley, C. C. Chase, D. Johnson, and Science . San Franscisco, Calif. : W.H. Freeman and
T. P. L. Smith. 2006. Effects of calpastatin and o-calpain Company.
markers in beef cattle on tenderness traits. Journal of Frandson, R., and T. Spurgeon. 1992. Anatomy and
Animal Science 84(3):520–525. Physiology of Farm Animals, 5th Ed. Philadelphia,
Chambaz, A., M. R. L. Scheeder, M. Kreuzer, and P. A. Penn.: Lea and Febiger.
Dufey. 2003. Meat quality of Angus, Simmental, Frickh, J., and J. Solkner. 1997. Colour as a beef quality
Charolais and Limousin steers compared at the same trait—Results of a breed comparison.
intramuscular fat content. Meat Science 63:491–500. Zuchtungskunde 69(3):163–180.
Chang, K., N. da Costa, R. Blackley, O. Southwood, G. Friese, K., M. S. Brewer, and J. Novakofski. 2005.
Evans, and G. Plastow. 2003. Relationships of myosin Duplication of the pale, soft, and exudative (PSE)
heavy chain fibre types to meat quality traits in tradi- condition starting with normal post -mortem pork .
tional and modern pigs. Meat Science 64(1):93–103. Journal of Animal Science 83:2843–2852.
Decker, E. A., and L. Mei. 1996. Antioxidant mecha- Fujii, J., K. Otusu, F. Zorzato, S. De Leon, Khanna, K.
nisms and applications in muscle foods. In Proceed. VeJay, J. Weiler, P. O’Brien, and D. H. MacClennen.
Am. Meat Sci. Assn. 49 th Recip. Meat Conf., Brigham 1991. Identification of a mutation in porcine ryano-
Young University, Provo, Utah. dine receptor associated with malignant
Depreux, F., F. S., A. L. Grant, and D. E. Gerrard. hyperthermia. Science 253:448–449.
2002. Influence of halothane genotype and body- Garber, M. J., R. A. Roeder, P. M. Davidson, W. M.
weight on myosin heavy chain composition in pig Pumfrey, and G. T. Schelling. 1996. Dose-response
muscle as related to meat quality. Livestock effects of vitamin E supplementation on growth per-
Production Science 73(2–3):265–273 formance and meat characteristics in beef and dairy
D’Souza, D. N., R. D. Warner, B. J. Leury, and F. R. steers. Canadian Journal of Animal Science
Dunshea. 1998. The effect of dietary magnesium 76(1):63–72.
aspartate supplementation on pork quality. Journal Gorraiz, C., M. J. Beriain, J. Chasco, and K. Insausti.
of Animal Science 76:104–109. 2002. Effect of aging time on volatile compounds,
Ellis, M., A. Webb, P. Avery, and I. Brown. 1996. The odor, and flavor of cooked beef from Pirenaica and
influence of terminal sire genotype, sex, slaughter Friesian bulls and heifers . Journal of Food Science
weight, feeding regime and slaughter-house on 67:916–922.
growth performance and carcass and meat quality in Guo, Q., B. T. Richert, J. R. Burgess, D. M. Webel, D.
pigs and on the organoleptic properties of fresh pork. E. Orr, and M. Blair. 2006. Effects of dietary vitamin
Journal of Animal Science 62(3):521–530. E and fat supplementation on pork quality. Journal
Elmore, S., D. Mottram, M. Enser, and J. D. Wood. of Animal Science 84(11):3089–3099.
1999 . Effect of the polyunsaturated fatty acid Ha, J. K., and R. C. Lindsay. 1991. Volatile
compo-sition of beef muscle on the profile of aroma alkylphenols and thiophenol in species-related
volatiles. Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry characterizing flavors of red meats. Journal of Food
47(4):1619–1625. Science 56(5):1197–1202.
Elmore, S., H. E. Warren, D. S. Mottram, N. D. Scollan, M. Hambrecht, E., J. Eissen, D. Newman, C. H. M. Smits,
Enser, I. Richardson, and J. D. Wood. 2004. Comparison L. A. Hartog, and M. W. A. Verstegen. 2005.
of the aroma volatiles and fatty acid com-positions of Negative effects of stress immediately before
grilled beef muscle from Aberdeen Angus and Holstein slaughter on pork quality are aggravated by
Friesian steers fed diets based on silage or concentrates. suboptimal transport and lairage conditions. Journal
Meat Science 68:27–33. of Animal Science 83(2):440–448.
Emnett, R. S., S. J. Moeller, K. M. Irvin, and D. L. Hocquette, J. F., G. Renand, and H. Leveziel. 2006. The
Meeker. 1999. Effects of the rendement Napole gene: potential benefits of genetics and genomics to
muscle quality and breed differences for high and improve beef quality–A review. Animal Science
low glycolytic potential groups in swine. Special Papers and Reports 24(3):173–189.
Circular—Ohio Agricultural Research and Honikel, K., C. Fischer, and R. Hamm. 1981. Influence
Development Center, No. 171:45–49. of postmortem changes in bovine muscle on the
Fernandez, X., G. Monin, A. Talmont, J. Mourot, and B. water- holding capacity of beef. Postmortem storage
Lebret. 1999. Influence of intramuscular fat content on of muscle at 20 °C. Journal of Food Science 46: 1–6.
the quality of pig meat—1. Composition of the
23 Chapter 2 and gilts from two genotypes. Journal of Animal
Science 75:934–941.
Lynch, A., D. J. Buckley, K. Galvin, A. M. Mullen, D.
J. Troy, and J. P. Kerry. 2002. Evaluation of rib steak
Imafidon, G. I., and A. Spanier. 1994. Unraveling the colour from Friesian, Hereford and Charolais heifers
secret of meat flavor. Trends in Food Science and pastured or overwintered prior to slaughter. Meat
Technology 15:315–321. Science 61(3):227–232.
Ibrahim, R. M., D. E. Goll, J. A. Marchello, G. C. Duff, MacLeod, G. 1994. The flavor of beef. In Flavor of
V. F. Thompson, S. W. Mares, and H. A. Ahmad. Meat and Meat Products, edited by F. Shahidi.
2008 . Effect of two dietary concentrate levels on London: Blackie Academic and Professional.
ten-derness, calpain and calpastatin activities, and MacLeod, G., and J. M. Ames. 1986 The effect of heat
carcass merit in Waguli and Brahman steers. Journal on beef aroma: comparisons of chemical composition
of Animal Science 86(6):1426–1433. and sensory properties. Flavor and Fragrance
Insausti, K., V. Goni, E. Petri, C. Gorraiz, and M. J. Journal 13:91–104.
Beriain. 2005. Effect of weight at slaughter on the MacNeil, M. D., R. E. Short, and E. E. Grings. 2001.
volatile compounds of cooked beef from Spanish Characterization of topcross progenies from
cattle breeds. Meat Science 70:83–90. Hereford, Limousin, and Piedmontese sires . Journal
Janz, J., P. Morel, R. Purchas, V. Corrigan, S. of Animal Science 79(7):1751–1756.
Cumarasamy, B. Wilkinson, and W. Hendriks. 2008. Maga, J. A. 1998. Umami flavor in meat. In Flavor of
The influence of diets supplemented with con- Meat, Meat Products, and Seafoods, edited by F.
jugated linoleic acid, selenium, and vitamin E, with Shahidi. London: Blackie Academic and Professional.
or without animal protein, on the quality of pork Maruri, J. L., and D. K. Larick. 1992. Volatile concen-
from female pigs . Journal of Animal Science 86(6): tration and flavor of beef as influenced by diet.
1402–1409. Journal of Food Science 57(6):1275–1281.
Joo, S. T., R. Kauffman, B. C. Kim, and G. B. Park. Melton, S. L. 1990. Effects of feeds on flavor of red
1999. The relationship of sarcoplasmic and meat: A review. Journal of Animal Science 68:4421–
myofibril-lar protein solubility to colour and water- 4435.
holding capacity in porcine longissimus muscle. Montgomery, J. L., M. B. King, J. G. Gentry, A. R.
Meat Science 52:291–297. Barham, B. L. Barham, G. G. Hilton, J. R. Blanton
Josell, A., A. C. Enfalt, G. von Seth, G. Lindahl, I. Jr., R. L. Horst, M. L. Galyean, J. Morrow Jr., D. B.
Hedebro-Velander, L. Andersson, and K. Lundstrom. Wester, and M. F. Miller. 2004. Supplemental
2003. The influence of RN genotype, including the vitamin D3 concentration and biological type of
new V199I allele, on the eating quality of pork loin. steers. II. Tenderness, quality, and residues of beef.
Meat Science 65(4):1341–1351. Journal of Animal Science 82(7):2092–2104.
Koohmaraie, M., M. P. Kent, S. D. Shackelford, E. Mottram, D. 1998. Flavor formation in meat and meat
Veiseth, and T. Wheeler. 2002. Meat tenderness and products: A review. Food Chemistry 62:415– 424.
muscle growth: Is there any relationship? Meat
Science 62:345–352. Mottram, D. S., R. A. Edwards, and H. J. H. MacFie.
Kristensen, L., and P. P. Purslow. 2001. The effect of 1982. A comparison of the flavor volatiles from
aging on the water-holding capacity of pork: Role of cooked beef and pork meat systems. Journal of the
cytoskeletal proteins. Meat Science 58:17–23. Science of Food and Agriculture 33:934–944.
Larick, D. K., B. E. Turner, R. M. Koch, and J. D. Nelson, M. L., D. J. Marks, J. Busboom, J. Cronrath,
Crouse. 1989. Influence of phospholipid content and and L. Falen. 2004. Effects of supplemental fat on
fatty acid composition of individual phospholipids in growth performance and quality of beef from steers
muscle from bison, Herford and Brahman steers on fed bar-ley-potato product finishing diets. I. Feedlot
flavor. Journal of Food Science 54:521–526. perfor-mance, carcass traits, appearance, water
Lawrie, R.A. 2002. The eating quality of meat. In Meat binding, retail storage, and palatability attributes.
Science, 5th Ed. New York: Pergamon Press. Journal of Animal Science 82(12):3600–3610.
Lampe, J. F., T. J. Baas, and J. W. Mabry. 2006. Novakofski, J., and S. Brewer. 2006. The paradox of
Comparison of grain sources for swine diets and their toughening during the aging of tender steaks.
effect on meat and fat quality traits. Journal of Journal of Food Science 71:S473–479.
Animal Science 84(4):1022–1029. Offer, G., and P. Knight. 1988. The structural basis of
Lan, Y. H., F. McKeith, J. Novakofski, and T. Carr. 1993. water-holding in meat. In Developments in Meat
Carcass and muscle characteristics of Yorkshire, Science, 4th Ed., edited by R. A. Lawrie. London:
Meishan, Yorkshire x Meishan, Meishan x Yorkshire, Elsevier Applied Science.
Fengjing x Yorkshire, and Minzhy x Yorkshire pigs. Ohene-Adjai, S., M. Ellis, F. McKeith, and S. Brewer.
Journal of Animal Science 71:3344–3347. 2003. Effects of chilling rate and location within
Leach, L., M. Ellis, D. Sutton, F. McKeith, and E. muscle on the quality of ham and loin muscles.
Wilson. 1998. The growth performance, carcass Journal of Muscle Foods 14(2):107–118.
char-acteristics, and meat quality of Halothane Onibi, G. E., J. R. Scaife, I. Murray, and V. R. Fowler.
carrier and negative pigs. Journal of Animal Science 2000. Supplementary α-tocopherol acetate in
74:934–943.
Leach, L., M. Ellis, D. Sutton, F. McKeith, and E. Wilson.
full-fat rapeseed-based diets for pigs:
1996. Influence of slaughter weight on growth and Effect on performance,
carcass characteristics, commercial cutting and curing
yields, and meat quality of barrows
Technological Quality of Meat for Processing 41
plasma enzymes and meat drip loss. Journal of the edited by F. Shahidi. London: Blackie Academic and
Science of Food and Agriculture 80(11):1617–1624. Professional.
Pearson, A., and R. Young. 1989. Muscle and Meat Shahidi, F. 1998. Flavor of muscle foods: An overview.
Biochemistry. San Diego, Calif.: Academic Press. In Flavor of Meat, Meat Products, and Seafoods,
Pradhan, A., K. S. Rhee, and P. Hernández. 2000. edited by F. Shahidi. London: Blackie Academic and
Stability of catalase and its potential role in lipid oxi- Professional, pp. 1–4.
dation in meat. Meat Science 54:385–390. Schenkel, F. S., S. P. Miller, X. Ye, S. S. Moore, J. D.
Quinn, M. J., C. D. Reinhardt, E. R. Loe, B. E. Nkrumah, C. Li, J. Yu, I. B. Mandell, J. W. Wilton,
Depenbusch, M. E. Corrigan, M. L. May, and J. S. and J. L. Williams. 2005. Association of single
Drouillard. 2008. The effects of ractopamine-hydro- nucle-otide polymorphisms in the leptin gene with
gen chloride (Optaflexx) on performance, carcass carcass and meat quality traits of beef cattle. Journal
characteristics, and meat quality of finishing feedlot of Animal Science 83 (9):2009–2020.
heifers. Journal of Animal Science 86(4):902–908. Smith, T., J. D. Domingue, J. C. Paschal, D. E. Franke,
Rentfrow, G., M. S. Brewer, T. R. Carr, L. A. Berger, T. D. Bidner, and G. Whipple. 2007a. Genetic
and F. K. McKeith. 2004. The effects of feeding param-eters for growth and carcass traits of Brahman
elevated levels of vitamins D3 and E on beef quality. steers. Journal of Animal Science 85(6):1377–1384.
Journal of Muscle Foods 15(3):205–223. Smith, K. R., S. K. Duckett, M. J. Azain, R. N. Sonon
Rincker, P. J., J. Killefer, M. Ellis, M. S. Brewer, and F. Jr., and T. D. Pringle. 2007b. The effect of anabolic
K. McKeith. 2008. Intramuscular fat content has little implants on intramuscular lipid deposition in finished
influence on the eating quality of fresh pork loin beef cattle. Journal of Animal Science 85(2):430–
chops as determined by both trained and consumer 440.
sensory panels. Journal of Animal Science Spanier, A., K. McMillin, and J. A. Miller. 1990.
86(3):730– 737. Enzyme activity levels in beef: Effect of postmortem
Robbins, K., J. Jensen, K. Ryan, C. Homco-Ryan, F. aging and end point cooking temperature. Journal of
McKeith, and S. Brewer. 2003. Consumer attitudes Food Science 55:318–322, 326.
towards beef and acceptability of enhanced beef. Spanier, A., J. R. Vercellotti, and J. R. C. James. 1992.
Meat Science 65(2):721–729. Correlation of sensory, instrumental and chemical
Rohrer, G. A., R. M. Thallman, S. Shackelford, T. attributes of beef as influenced by meat structure and
Wheeler, and M. Koohmaraie. 2006. A genome scan oxygen exclusion. Journal of Food Science 57:10–
for loci affecting pork quality in a Duroc-Landrace 15.
F2 population. Animal Genetics 37(1):17–27. Spanier, A. M., and J. A. Miller. 1993. Role of proteins
Rosenvold, K., J. S. Petersen, H. N. Laerke, S. K. and peptides in meat flavor. In Food Flavor and
Jensen, M. Therkildsen, A. H. Karlsson, H. S. Safety, edited by A. M. Spanier, H. Okai, and M.
Moller, and H. J. Andersen. 2001. Muscle glycogen Tamura. ACS. Symposium Series No. 528.
stores and meat quality as affected by strategic Washington, D.C.: Am. Chem. Soc.
finishing feeding of slaughter pigs. Journal of Stetzer, A., E. Tucker, F. McKeith, and S. Brewer.
Animal Science 79(2):382– 391. 2006. Quality changes in various beef muscles
Rowe, D. 2002. High impact aroma chemicals. Part 2: enhanced prior to aging. II. Complexus, Serratus
The good, the bad, and the ugly. Perfumer and ventralis, Vastus lateralis, Vastus medialis and
Flavorist 27:24–29. Longissimus dorsi muscles. Journal of Food Science
Sather, A. P., A. L. Schaefer, and A. K. W. Tong. 1990. 73(1):S6– S10.
Muscle and rectal temperature response curves to a Stetzer, A., E. Tucker, F. McKeith, and S. Brewer.
short-term halothane challenge in eight-week-old 2007. Quality changes in various beef muscles
piglets with known genotype at the halothane locus. enhanced prior to aging. I. Gluteus medius,
Canadian Journal of Animal Science 70(1):9–14. Infraspinatus, Psoas major, Rectus femoris and
Sato, M., T. Nakamura, M. Numata, K. Kuwahara, S. Teres major. Journal of Food Science 72(4):S242–
Homma, A. Sato, and M. Fujimaki. 1995. Study on S246.
factors related to beef quality on the flavor and Stetzer, A., K. Cadwallader , T. K. Singh, F. McKeith,
umami taste of Japanese Black cattle branded beef. and S. Brewer. 2008. Effect of enhancement and
Animal Science and Technology 66:274–282. aging on flavor and volatile compounds in various
Schone, F., U. Kirchheim, and C. Kinast. 2006. Quality beef muscles. Meat Science 79:13–19.
of the meat of bullocks: 1. Physically-chemical char- Stolowski, G. D., B. E. Baird, R. K. Miller, J. Savell, A.
acteristics depending on breed, meat cut and storage. Sams, J. Taylor, J. O. Sanders, and S. B. Smith.
Fleischwirtschaft 86(11):101–107. 2006. Factors influencing the variation in tenderness
Scopes, R. K. 1964. The influence of post-mortem con- of seven major beef muscles from three Angus and
ditions on the solubilities of muscle proteins. Brahman breed crosses. Meat Science 73:475–483.
Biochemistry Journal 91:201–204. Swigert, K., F. McKeith, T. Carr, S. Brewer, and M.
Siegel, D. G., and G. Schmidt. 1979. Ionic, pH, and Culbertson. 2004. Effects of dietary vitamin D3,
temperature effects on the binding ability of myosin. vitamin E, and magnesium supplementation on pork
Journal of Food Science 44:1686–1691. quality. Meat Science 67(1):81–86.
Shahidi, F. 1994. Flavor of meat and meat products— Thomas, M.L., A. H., Jr. Brown, and D. W. Kellogg.
An overview. In Flavor of Meat and Meat Products, 2008. Fatty acids and meat characteristics of different
biological types of beef cattle developed under a
5888 Chapter 2 Yancey, E., M. Dikeman, K. Hachmeister, E. Chambers
IV., G. Millike. 2005. Flavor characterization of top
blade, top sirloin, and tenderloin steaks as affected by
pH, maturity, and marbling. Journal of Animal
management-intensive grazing system. Journal of Science 83:2618–2623.
Food Quality 31(2):189–204. Yancey, E., J. P. Grobbel, M. Dikeman, J. Smith, K.
Toldrá, F., and M. Flores. 2000. The use of muscle Hachmeister, E. Chambers, P. Gadgil, G. Milliken,
enzymes as predictors of pork meat quality. Food and E. Dressler. 2006. Effects of total iron,
Chemistry 69:387–395. myoglobin, hemoglobin, and lipid oxidation of
United States Department of Agriculture, Human uncooked muscles on livery flavor development and
Nutrition Information Service. 2007 . Composition of volatiles of cooked beef steaks. Meat Science
Foods Handbook 8 series. http://www.nal.usda.gov/ 73:680–686.
fnic/foodcomp/Data/SR13/reports/sr13page.htm, Yang, A., M. J. Brewster, S. L. Beilken, M. C. Lanari,
accessed July 2007. D. G. Taylor, and R. K. Tume. 2002. Warmed-over
Werkhoff, P., J. Bruening, R. Emberger, M. Guentert, and flavor and lipid stability of beef: Effects of prior
R. Hopp. 1993. Flavor chemistry of meat vola-tiles: New nutrition . Journal of Food Science 67(9):3309– 3313
results on flavor components from beef, pork, and
chicken. Recent developments in flavor and Zamora, F., E. Debiton, J. Lepetit, A. Lebert, E. Dransfield,
fragrance chemistry. Weinheim Conference and A. Ouali. 1996. Predicting variability of aging and
Proceedings, Weinheim, N.Y. toughness in beef longissimus lumborum et thoracis.
Whitney, M.H., G. C. Shurson, and L. J. Johnston. Meat Science 43(3/4):321–333.
2006. Growth performance and carcass Zgur, S., M. Cepon, and S. Cepin. 2003. Influence of
characteristics of grower-finisher pigs fed high- growth rate in two growth periods on intramuscular
quality corn distillers dried grain with solubles connective tissue and palatability traits of beef.
originating from a modern Midwestern ethanol plant. Czechoslovakian Journal of Animal Science 48:113–
Journal of Animal Science 84(12):3356–3363. 119.
Wicklund, S., C. Homco-Ryan, K. Ryan, F. McKeith, B. Zhu, L., and S. Brewer. 1998. Discoloration of fresh
McFarlane, and S. Brewer. 2005. Aging and enhance- normal, PSE, and DFD pork during retail display.
ment effects on quality characteristics of beef strip Journal of Food Science 63:763–767.
steaks. Journal of Food Science 70:S242–248.
Wood, J. D., G. R. Nute, and R. I. Richardson. 2004.
Effects of breed, diet and muscle on fat deposition and
eating quality in pigs. Meat Science 67(4):651–667
Chapter 3
Meat Decontamination
Panagiotis N. Skandamis, George-John E. Nychas, and John N. Sofos
43
23 Chapter 3 sure, sonication and pulsed light, or pulsed
electric fields (Cutter and Siragusa 1994a;
Reagan et al. 1996; Naidu and Bidlack 1998;
carcasses for E. coli for verification of the Sofos and Smith 1998; Huffman 2002;
effectiveness of control measures against fecal Castillo et al. 2003; Sofos 2005; Aymerich
contamination; and (iii) establishment of et al. 2008; Kalchayanand et al. 2008).
microbiological performance standards for However, most of these alternatives are still
Salmonella prevalence as a means of tracking under investigation and have not been
pathogen reduction (USDA-FSIS 1996c; Sofos applied in practice yet. The main focus of
et al. 1999a, b, c, d; Rose et al. 2002). The the following paragraphs is to discuss
need for compliance with zero tolerance and commercially applied decontamination
microbiological criteria imposed by reg- interventions on animals and carcasses.
ulatory authorities or the industry, as well as
the fact that knife-trimming may not be ade-
Animal Washing
quate for efficient removal of microbial con-
tamination, resulted in evaluation and Before slaughter, internal tissues of healthy
commercial application of washing and animals are considered sterile (Sofos 1994).
decontamination treatments (Smulders and Microbial contamination of meat usually starts
Greer 1998; Sofos and Smith 1998; Sofos during conversion of live animals into
2005; Stopforth and Sofos 2006) before carcasses and meat by the slaughter/dressing
slaughtering, during slaughtering at the pre- process and more specifically by the removal
and post-evisceration stage, during chilling, of the hide, pelt or feathers, and viscera.
and post-chilling (Fig. 3.1). Contamination is an unavoidable problem,
Decontamination treatments may be which may occur even in the best-managed
physical or chemical in nature, while the slaughter facilities. Nevertheless, highly soiled
combination of both as multiple interventions animals with long wool and visible fecal
is also used (Smulders and Greer 1998; Sofos contamination are expected to introduce in the
and Smith 1998; Bacon et al. 2000; Geornaras slaughter plant higher microbial popu-lations
and Sofos 2005; Kalchayanand et al. 2008). than shorn and “clean” animals (Biss and
Physical methods aim to mechanically remove Hathaway 1995; Hadley et al. 1997; Duffy et
soil from the external surfaces of animals (e.g., al. 2005; Childs et al. 2006). Therefore,
hides) or carcasses, as well as to reduce presentation of clean animals for slaughter is
microbial populations. They include animal desirable because it reduces the likelihood of
washing/cleaning and/or hair-trimming before pathogen presence and transfer onto carcasses
slaughtering, dehairing and defeathering, (Biss and Hathaway 1995; Hadley et al. 1997;
knife-trimming, and washing of carcasses, as Bolton et al. 2002; Arthur et al. 2004; Duffy et
well as thermal treatments, such as use of al. 2005).
steam/hot water-vacuum gen-erating A first step in efforts to minimize sources
equipment for spot-cleaning, “steam of carcass contamination at slaughter is to
pasteurization,” or spraying with hot water. wash animals before knife incision (Sofos and
Chemical treatments involve the application of Smith 1998). Pre-slaughter washing of sheep is
organic acid or other chemical solutions for a common intervention in New Zealand (Biss
chemical dehairing and as rinses for and Hathaway 1995 ). In addi-tion, Australia
contamination reduction. Thermal treatments has adopted washing of cattle, which is also
(hot water and steam) or organic acid solutions practiced in certain slaughter plants in the
are commonly used alone or in combination United States (Sofos 2002). The outcome of
(Sofos 2005). Alternative decontamination animal washing is variable and
methods/agents include ionizing radiation,
ozonated water, nisin, glu-conic acid,
lactoferrin, high hydrostatic pres-
Meat Decontamination 45
Stunning
Exsaguination
(sticking)
Chemical
dehairing
Hide opening
Knife-trimming
Steam-vacuuming
Water (cold/hot)- Head removal
washing
Chemical rinsing
Post-evisceration
Evisceration
Carcass-splitting
Knife-trimming
Steam-vacuuming
Trim rail Steam
Final washing
pasteurization
Hot water-spraying
Spray-chilling Chilling Chemical rinsing
Figure 3.1. Stages of beef-slaughtering dressing process and points where various physical or chemical
decon-tamination interventions may be applied. Based on Bell (1997); Gill and Bryant (1997b); and
Edwards and Fung (2006).
depends on climate, type of animal, and unwashed animals (Biss and Hathaway 1995;
availability of facilities (Sofos and Smith Mies et al. 2004 ). For instance, single or
1998; Kain et al. 2001). Indeed, although double pre -slaughter washing with water or
animal washing may remove almost all chemicals (e.g., lactic acid and chlorine)
visible contamination from animal surfaces, increased the percentage of positive
it may have limited effectiveness (<1 log10 Salmonella samples on hides of live cattle
CFU/cm2) in reducing microorganisms (Biss from 35–60% pre-treatment to 40–72% after
and Hathaway 1995; Kannan et al. 2007). A treatment (Mies et al. 2004). However, other
concern is that it may release microorgan- studies have demonstrated promising results
isms from feces and redistribute microbial against pathogen contamination. For instance,
contamination, resulting in washed animals power-hosing of pigs or cattle for 1–3 minutes,
carrying higher microbial loads than upon arrival at the abattoir, with
5888 Chapter 3 have shown that E. coli O157:H7 serotypes
present on animal hides matched those on the
feedlot and transportation trailers (Childs et al.
potable water (19°C) did not reduce the 2006; Woerner et al. 2006 ). Thus, ensuring
number of bacteria, but reduced the hygienic transportation and han-dling of
incidence of Salmonella on the neck, belly, animals prior to slaughtering, fol-lowed by
and ham areas of live animals, from 27% hygienic slaughtering practices, are likely
(before washing) to 10% (Bolton et al. more essential than simply improving the
2002), and caused 3 log10 CFU/cm2 presentation status of animals (Duffy et al.
reductions of artifi-cially inoculated E. coli 2000; Kain et al. 2001; Childs et al. 2006;
O157:H7 (Byrne et al. 2000). Woerner et al. 2006). An effective practice, for
U.S. regulatory guidelines require cattle to example, could be the combina-tion of animal
be dry, or at least not dripping, when they are washing with separation of washed or clean
slaughtered (Reed and Kaplan 1996; Sofos and from unwashed animals and application of pre-
Smith 1998), which can be a constraint when evisceration decontamina-tion treatment with
animal washing is considered before slaughter. chemicals. Such practice has been shown to
Nevertheless, when animals are wet or improve the microbial quality of cattle
excessively soiled, slaughter speeds should be carcasses by reducing aerobic plate count
reduced to minimize accidental transfer of (APC) levels and the prevalence of E. coli
contamination from the exterior of the animals O157:H7 from 56% to 34% (Bosilevac et al.
onto the carcass or the plant environment 2004b). However, physical separation of the
(Sofos 2002). Furthermore, modifications in processing of highly con-taminated from that
the steps involved in hide removal, or in of clean animals may be impractical in some
equipment used for hide removal, may help in systems of animal pro-duction, marketing,
minimizing transfer of contamination onto the distribution, and slaugh-tering (Gill 1998).
carcass surface (Hadley et al. 1997).
Considering the above as well as the reported Other methods for reducing microbial
low magnitude of microbial reduction contamination on external animal surfaces,
achieved by this inter-vention, animal include hide-on multiple interventions with
washing, is mostly accepted as a means to chemicals, such as chlorinated water, or steam
improve visual appearance, due to removal of of subatmospheric pressure (at 75– 80°C), on
visible contamination of animals presented in a shackled animals before the dehid-ing process
“dirty” state, rather than to enhance the (i.e., after stunning or exsanguination; McEvoy
microbial quality of meat (Bolton et al. 2002). et al. 2001, 2003; Bosilevac et al. 2004b,
Van Donkersgoed et al. (1997) found poor 2005). Other exam-ined chemicals include
correlation between coli-form and E. coli cetylpyridinium chlo-ride (CPC; 1%), sodium
counts on carcasses with the presentation hydroxide (SH; 1.6%), trisodium phosphate
status of animals before slaugh-tering (e.g., (TSP; 4%), or phosphoric acid (4%; Bosilevac
score and surface wetness) and the et al. 2004a, b, 2005). Evaluation of such
slaughtering speed, suggesting that there is treatments on a laboratory-scale in model
significant variability in factors affecting spraying-cabinets has demonstrated reductions
carcass contamination. of APC and total coliform count (TCC) of up
Poor sanitation, hygiene and manufactur- to 4 log10 CFU/cm2 and of E. coli O157:H7
ing practices pre-harvest, as well as during prevalence from 44% to 17% on cattle
slaughtering, fabrication, and processing (McEvoy et al. 2001, 2003; Bosilevac et al.
may lead to excessively contaminated meat, 2004a, b, 2005). Furthermore, in a comparative
even when less heavily soiled animals are evaluation of
processed. Especially, pre-harvest practices
play a key role on the microbial contamina-
tion of the external animal surfaces. Studies
simulated low-pressure (2.07 bar, 7 s) Meat Decontamination 47
chemi-cal sprays on whole beef hides
inoculated with E. coli O157:H7 and
Salmonella, Carlson et al. (2008a, b) found TCC (Castillo et al. 1998a; Graves Delmore
that 10% of warm (55 °C) lactic or acetic et al. 1998).
acid, or cold (23°C) solutions of sodium In commercial applications, chemical
metasilicate (SM; 4%), SH (3%), and SH dehairing reduced visible contamination (i.e.,
(1.5%) in combina-tion with chlorinated hair and carcass defects) and the amounts of
water (200 ppm) reduced the inoculated waste derived from carcass trimming
levels of the above pathogens by >2 log10 compared to the conventional process, but it
CFU/cm2. The above chemical treatments had negligible effect in reducing carcass
also caused similar reductions to the bacterial loads (Schnell et al. 1995). This was
populations of total bacte-ria, coliforms, and attributed to the fact that dehairing was
E. coli (Carlson et al. 2008a). evaluated during breaks on days when non-
In conclusion, strict hygienic measures dehaired animals were also processed in the
need to be applied during animal transporta- same facility, and thus, the plant environ-ment
tion to the abattoir and further handling carried microbial contamination (e.g., via
before the dressing process. Animal washing aerosol, human, and equipment) from
may reduce microbial contamination on the conventionally slaughtered animals. Nou et al.
external animal surfaces. However, this (2003) evaluated the APC, Enterobacteriaceae
inter-vention has variable results and its counts, and prevalence of E. coli O157:H7 on
effective-ness is uncertain. Nevertheless, 240 conventionally processed beef carcasses,
application of low-pressure spray rinses with 240 hides that were chemically dehaired before
approved chemicals, such as detergents, removal, and on two respective sets of 240
organic acids, hydrogen peroxide, and carcasses immediately after hide removal at
chlorine, on animal hides is practiced in the pre-evisceration in a plant that processed only
United States and Australia (Midgley and dehaired animals. It was shown that the APC
Small 2006; Stopforth and Sofos 2006). and Enterobacteriaceae populations on car-
casses at pre -evisceration that had received
chemical dehairing were lower than those on
conventionally processed carcasses by 2 and
Dehairing 1.8 log10 CFU/cm2, respectively. Similarly, the
Chemical dehairing of cattle hides is a pat- prevalence of E. coli O157:H7 on dehaired and
ented process (Bowling and Clayton 1992) that nondehaired carcasses was reduced from 67%
received FSIS-approval for experimental (pre -treatment) to 1% and from 88% to 50%,
testing by the industry (Sofos and Smith respectively (Nou et al. 2003). When simulated
1998). The aim of chemical dehairing is to chemical dehairing systems were tested in
remove hair, mud, manure, other extraneous vitro on removed whole beef hides inoculated
matter, and associated microbial contami-nants with E. coli O157:H7 and Salmonella, Carlson
from animal hides before their removal from et al. (2008b) found that deluging with SS
carcasses. Applications (in vitro) of chemical (6.2%, 30°C) or potassium cyanate (PC; 2.4%,
dehairing on artificially inoculated bovine hide 30°C) reduced E. coli O157:H7 by 4.8–5.1
samples suggested that treatment with 10% log10 CFU/cm2 and Salmonella by 0.7 (PC)
sodium sulfide (SS) for 16 seconds could and 4.2 (SS) log 10 CFU/cm2.
achieve >3 log cfu/cm2 reductions of
inoculated E. coli O157:H7, Salmonella spp., Physical separation of the dehairing process
L. monocytogenes, as well as of APC and from the hide removal operations would limit
microbial aerosols and the spread of
hydrolyzed hair and residual dehairing
23 Chapter 3 of carcasses are the first interventions after
hide removal, applied for removal of visible
soil from external surfaces of carcasses.
chemicals (SS and hydrogen peroxide) Such treatments include knife-trimming and
released by the dehairing process from steam-vacuuming. Both spot-carcass inter-
coming in contact with dehided carcasses. ventions are approved by FSIS for use in
Concerns with chemical dehairing include meat processing in order to achieve zero tol-
the corrosiveness and hazardous potential of erance of visible contamination on
the sulfides and their potential effect on the carcasses. However, given that such
skin and mucus membranes of workers interventions are based on visual inspection,
(Edwards and Fung 2006). Moreover, recy- and thus, invisi-ble carcass contamination
cling systems are needed to treat and recover may be over-looked, they should be
the liquid waste generated by dehairing combined with pre- and/or post-evisceration
(Edwards and Fung 2006). decontamina-tion treatments.
In contrast to cattle, pigs and chickens are
rarely skinned, as they are scalded (with hot
Knife-Trimming
water that may contain wetting agents or
alkali at up to 66°C) immediately after As indicated, knife-trimming is required by
bleed-ing (Gill and Bryant 1992; Bolton et FSIS in the United States for removal of
al. 2002). Scalding and singeing are known visible contamination (i.e., feces, soil, hair,
to cause up to 4.5 log 10 CFU/cm2 reductions milk fluids, and bruised tissue) from car-casses
of total aerobic bacteria and 6.0 log10 before any spraying with water or
decontamination liquids. In addition to
CFU/cm2 reductions of pathogens, such as cosmetic reasons, it is assumed that knife-
S. Typhimurium and C. jejuni, on poultry trimming removes microbial contamination
(Yang et al. 2001) or swine carcasses (Gill through proper removal of soiled tissue (Sofos
and Bryant 1992; Yu et al. 1999). However, and Smith 1998; Sofos 2002). The magnitude
despite these potential reductions in micro- of reported reductions of naturally occurring
bial counts, contamination levels may total bacteria and coliforms by knife-trimming
increase on scalded pork carcasses during of beef carcasses ranges from <1 to 2
subsequent polishing and/or mechanical
log10/cm2 (Gorman et al. 1995b; Reagan et al.
shaving (Gill and Bryant 1992; Gill and
Jones 1997a; Yu et al. 1999; Gill et al. 1996; Kochevar et al. 1997b ; Phebus et al.
2000), and on poultry carcasses during chill- 1997 ; Castillo et al. 1998c). Higher
ing. Therefore, there is a need for strict reductions, such as 2.9 to 4.9 log10/ cm2, have
hygiene control and additional decontamina- been observed on inoculated S. Typhimurium,
tion strategies in the slaughtering and E. coli O157:H7 and L. mono-cytogenes,
chilling process, in order to reduce microbial which may be associated with the higher
con-tamination on carcasses and maintain it inoculum levels applied on the beef tissue
at low levels. compared with naturally occurring levels of
contamination on carcasses (Hardin et al.
1995; Cabedo et al. 1996; Phebus et al. 1997;
Spot-Carcass Castillo et al. 1998c). However, knife-
Decontamination Treatments trimming may also increase microbial load of
treated spots (Gill et al. 1996) or disperse
Knife incision for bleeding (sticking) and for
contamination to adjacent areas (Gorman et al.
hide removal (skinning) is the first exposure of
1995a). The efficiency of this intervention
carcasses and muscle to contamination; the
depends on the skills of personnel perform-
hide also introduces animal contamina-tion on
the carcass and in the plant environ-ment,
equipment, and workers as it is removed from
the carcass. Therefore, spot- treatments
ing the trimming and the proper sanitation of Meat Decontamination 49
the knives used. To ensure better decontami-
nation of knives after use on a carcass, the
industry in the United States has introduced quent vacuum removes the contaminants.
the two- or three-knife system. As one knife is Kochevar et al. (1997a) tested two commer-
used, the others remain immersed in hot water cial steam-vacuuming systems according to the
for decontamination. Furthermore, given that operation protocol applied in operating plants.
knife-trimming removes visible contamination, They found that steam-vacuuming caused 1.7–
it is likely that low-level con-tamination, as 2.0 and 1.7–2.1 log10/cm2 reduc-tions of APC
well as contamination which is not associated and TCC, respectively, which were slightly
with visible soil, may be ignored (Edwards and higher than reductions achieved by knife-
Fung 2006). Thus, alternative decontamination trimming. Decrease in microbial populations
methods, such as steam-vacuuming, but due to steam-vacuuming may also exceed
especially whole-car-cass treatments in the those achieved with water spray-washing
form of multiple inter-ventions, such as (Castillo et al. 1999a). In general, reported
consecutive application of trimming and reductions of APC, TCC, and E. coli by steam-
spraying with hot (66 to 87.8° C) water or vacuuming of naturally contami-nated
chemical solutions, are nec-essary to improve carcasses have ranged from 0.5 to 2 log 10
the microbiological quality of carcasses (Dorsa CFU/cm2 (Gill and Bryant 1997b; Kochevar et
1997). al. 1997a), whereas those on tissues artificially
inoculated with bovine feces are commonly
higher, such as 3–4 log10 CFU/cm2 (Dorsa et
Steam/Hot Water-Vacuuming
al. 1996a; Castillo et al. 1999a). Considerable
In response to the need for interventions effectiveness of steam-vacuuming has also
alternative to knife-trimming for removal of been shown against pathogens artificially
visible contamination from carcasses, FSIS inoculated on beef carcass short plates or
approved the cleaning of carcass spots of up cutaneous trunci muscles. Specifically, average
to 2.5 cm in diameter with handheld equip- reported reductions of L. innocua, L.
ment, applying steam and vacuum; larger monocytogenes, S. Typhimurium, and
spots must be removed only by knife-trim- vegetative cells of Clostridium sporogenes
ming (USDA-FSIS 1996a). The aim of the ranged from 2 to 3.4 log10 CFU/cm2 (Dorsa et
steam-vacuuming process is to clean visible al. 1997b; Phebus et al. 1997), whereas a
soil as well as to remove or kill associated reduction of 5.5 log10 CFU/cm2 has been
microorganisms (Kochevar et al. 1997a). A reported for inoculated E. coli O157:H7 (Dorsa
very large portion of the U.S. meat industry et al. 1996b).
applies this economical process throughout
the slaughter chain (Gill and Bryant 1997b). The duration of vacuum application, the
Commercial steam -vacuuming units release processing stage, and the type or state of beef
steam (at 104–110°C, 2.07–3.45 bar) and/or tissue seem to play an important role on the
hot water (at 82–94°C, 0.34–1.03 bar) in efficiency of steam-vacuuming. Bacon et al.
con-junction with the application of vacuum (2002a) evaluated post-chilling steam-vacu-
and are continuously heat-sanitized (Dorsa et uming (130°C, 1.72 bar) on Salmonella-
al. 1996a, b, 1997b; Kochevar et al. 1997a; inoculated cold beef adipose tissue surfaces
Castillo et al. 1999a). The principle of the and found reduction of less than 1 log 10 CFU/
method is described as follows: initial appli- cm2. The limited efficacy of the applied treat-
cation of steam or hot water loosens soil and ment was attributed to the short contact time of
causes bacterial inactivation, while subse- the steam-vacuuming unit with the adipose
surface, in combination with the protective
effect of the hardened cold surface on micro-
colonies imbedded or attached to the tissue.
5888 Chapter 3 removal but before evisceration (Fig. 3.1).
Organic acids, such as lactic and acetic, are
the chemicals of choice in pre-evisceration
However, steam-vacuuming seems to be a treatments. However, due to the strong
useful decontamination approach on hot car- flavor of acetic acid, lactic acid is the
casses during dressing, as it may deliver sig- preferred compound. Details on the effect of
nificant reductions of APC and TCC. chemical solutions on the reduction of
Implementation of water/steam-vacuuming carcass micro-bial contamination are
reduces the amount of trimming needed on presented in the “chemical decontamination”
carcass-processing lines and hence, limits section of this chapter.
the effect of human subjectivity, as well as Given that bacterial attachment increases
the risks of contamination by insufficient with time elapsed between exposure of the
sanita-tion of knives and improper personnel carcass to contamination and application of
hygiene. In addition to visible contaminated the decontamination treatment, the sooner
spots, steam-vacuuming operators in U.S. the application of spray-washing after hide
slaughter plants also apply the intervention removal the higher the expected result. It is
on certain carcass sites (e.g., hide cutting believed that pre-evisceration washing is
pattern lines) known to carry microbial con- effective, as it may limit the adherence of
tamination even in the absence of visible bacteria to carcass by reducing the surface
soil. It should be noted that the effectiveness tension (i.e., the surface free energy and
of this intervention depends on appropriate contact angle) of the latter (Dickson 1995).
application and proper state of equipment Consequently, spray-washing before evis-
operation. ceration may result in significant reduction
of initial contamination because of the short
time for bacterial and soil attachment after
Pre-Evisceration Decontamination hide removal, and because the wet surface
Pre-evisceration interventions include washing limits subsequent bacterial attachment
with cold or hot water and/or rinsing with during evisceration and before final carcass-
chemical solutions, such as organic acids (Fig. washing (Sofos and Smith 1998).
3.1). In addition, water-washing of beef
carcasses is performed as a final step before
Final Carcass-Washing
decontamination and chilling (Fig. 3.1).
Washing with cold water may be con-sidered As indicated, water-washing is also applied at
equally or less effective than knife - trimming the end of the dressing process (post-
in removing bacterial contamination, whereas evisceration), following zero-tolerance
the combination of both treatments may not be inspection, before carcass-chilling. Typically,
more effective than each treat-ment alone carcass-washing may take place manually with
(Gorman et al. 1995a, b; Gill et al. 1996; hand-held hoses in small operations or by
Graves Delmore et al. 1997; Reagan et al. automated spraying systems in cabinets
1996). However, this comparison may be (Anderson et al. 1981), in which the nozzle
unjustified, since knife-trimming applies to type and configuration, and the spraying
defined carcass segments, while washing pressure determine the droplet size and tem-
applies to whole carcasses. Compared with perature of water as it hits the carcass surface
cold water, which physically removes bacte- (Bacon 2005). The main objective of final
ria, hot water-washing has an additional lethal carcass-washing is to improve the appear-ance
effect on microbial contamination (see relevant of the carcass by removing blood and sawdust
section of this book chapter). generated during carcass-splitting.
Apart from water-washing, rinsing with
chemical solutions may also be effective in
reducing microbial contamination after hide
Common temperatures of water-washing range Meat Decontamination 51
from 10 to 40°C (and rarely up to 56°C) and
pressures from 343 to 4134 kPa, whereas the
duration varies from 5 seconds up to 2 or 10 tively more effective when the initial con-
minutes for manual spraying (Sheridan 2004; tamination level is high (Gill and Landers
Bacon 2005). In contrast to automated 2003b). This may be explained on the basis
spraying systems, hand-washing lacks that large numbers of bacteria are likely
consistency because of human error, such as asso-ciated with solid particles, which are
lack of operator attention and fatigue easily washed off, whereas lower bacterial
(Anderson et al. 1981; Sheridan 2004). Studies popula-tions may be associated more firmly
evaluating the effectiveness of spray-washing with surface tissue (Gill and Landers
on whole carcasses or excised carcass tissues 2003b). Another reason could be that the
have used either commercial or model spray- higher the initial contamination the more
washing cabinets. Specifically, pre- bacteria exist to be removed.
evisceration washing of beef, veal, sheep, or The efficacy of cold water (2 to 40° C) in
lamp carcasses with cold (2 to 35°C) or reducing microbial contamination of car-casses
slightly warm water (e.g., 40 or 56° C) for 5– may be enhanced as spraying pressure
90 seconds, reduced counts of total bacteria increases from 27 to 41 bar (1 bar = 100 kPa),
and indicator organisms, such as E. coli and and/or as contact time increases from 5 to 90
coliforms by <1 to 2.3 log10 CFU/ cm2, either seconds (Kelly et al. 1981; Gorman et al.
inoculated through fecal paste (Gorman et al. 1995a, b; Gill et al. 1996; Bell 1997; Castillo
1995a, b; Reagan et al. 1996; Dorsa et al. et al. 1998c; Kain et al. 2001; Yang et al. 2001;
1996b, 1997a, 1998a, b, c ; Kochevar et al. Edwards and Fung 2006). For example, an
1997b; Graves Delmore et al. 1997, 1998; approximately tenfold increase in spray-ing
Castillo et al. 1998b, c; Penney et al. 2007) or pressure (i.e., from 2 –13 to 20–27 bar) of
naturally present on carcasses (Gill et al. 1996; water (16–35°C) increased the reduction of
Kain et al. 2001). The reported reductions for APC from <1 log10 to 1.24–1.35 CFU/cm2 on
pathogens such as E. coli O157:H7 and beef (Gorman et al. 1995a, b) and lamb
Salmonella inoculated on carcass tissues are in adipose tissue (Kochevar et al., 1997b).
the range 1.9 to 3.5 log 10 CFU/cm2 (Castillo et Certainly, the increase in pressure also
al. 1998b, c; Hardin et al. 1995 ; Cutter and improves the presentation of carcasses
Rivera- Betancourt 2000). (Kochevar et al. 1997b). However, careful
selection of washing pressure needs to be
In addition to washing time, temperature made, because application of high pressure
and pressure, the effectiveness of washing also water-washing may lead to potential penetra-
depends on bacterial population densi-ties, the tion of bacterial contamination to inner layers
condition (temperature of carcass based on of tissue, while low pressures may simply
postmortem and/or pre-chilling time) of the result in translocation of the microbial cells on
tissue, and the extent of bacterial attachment the carcass surface (De Zuniga et al. 1991;
(Bacon 2005; Hardin et al. 1995). Bacterial Anderson et al. 1992; Ellerboek et al. 1993;
adhesion, which depends on factors such as Gorman et al. 1995a). Castillo et al. (1998c)
formation of exopolymeric sub-stances, wool, inoculated beef carcass tissue with feces mixed
moisture of tissue, and micro-bial species, as with S. Typhimurium and E. coli O157:H7 and
indicated, also increases with time of carcass found that spray-washing with water caused
tissue exposure to fecal con-tamination (Bacon spreading of 0.7 and 1.8 log 10 CFU/cm2 of the
2005). Furthermore, it has been suggested that above microorganisms, respectively, to sites of
washing appears rela- carcasses adjacent to the inoculated areas. This
was attributed to washing run -off. Likewise,
Bell (1997) found that pre-chilling washing
(517.5 kPa)
23 Chapter 3 properly, with well-functioning equipment.
Simple water-washing alone may not be suf-
ficient for major improvements in carcass
of beef carcasses spread the microbial con- hygiene, unless it is followed by other physi-
tamination in a posterior to anterior direction, cal or chemical decontamination methods,
following the flow of wash water, down the which are discussed in the next sections.
carcass (i.e., from hind leg to forequarter).
Similarly, power-hosing of pork carcasses after
singeing increased bacterial numbers on ham,
Thermal Decontamination
belly, and neck by almost 3 log 10 CFU/ cm2 Research on meat decontamination since the
(Bolton et al. 2002). Polishing of pig carcasses 1980s has shown that the effectiveness of
following singeing and/or scalding may physical decontamination methods may be
increase APC, further necessitating a pre- significantly enhanced when the carcass
chilling washing/decontamination step (Gill et surface temperature is raised above 70° C
al. 1995, 2000; Yu et al. 1999). However, due (Kelly et al. 1981; Davey and Smith 1989;
to the aforementioned limita-tions, pre-chilling Smith 1992 ). Currently, commercially ap-
washing may be insuffi-cient to reduce the plied thermal treatments worldwide include hot
microbial contamination of carcasses entering water (70 –85° C) or saturated steam to reduce
the dressing process, especially if the dressing microbial contamination on carcasses. Both
process is not implemented under controlled interventions are commercially applied post-
hygienic con-ditions (Gill et al. 2000). In a evisceration, after final carcass-washing (Fig.
comparative evaluation of the hygienic 3.1), whereas hot water has also been
performance of eight pork plants, it was found evaluated as potential decontamination treat-
that APC, TCC, and E. coli after final washing ment of carcass trimmings. While hot water
were equal to or higher than after polishing in treatments may be applied in spraying cabi-
the majority of plants, suggesting that nets equipped with proper nozzles, steam
microbial contamination was either depos-ited pasteurization requires the installation of more
on carcasses or not removed from car-casses expensive steam cabinets. The com-mercial
during the dressing process (Gill et al. 2000). application of steam pasteurization costs more
than hot water. According to a recent review
by Midgley and Small (2006), hot water
In conclusion, spray-washing with tap/ requires approximately $400,000–$500,000 for
potable water may have a moderate effect on the installation of proper equipment and results
microbial reduction but it is very effective in in an average cost of $0.60– $0.70 per carcass,
improving the visual appearance of car-casses. whereas the respective costs estimated for
Nonetheless, if not done properly, spray- steam pas-teurization are $650,000 and up to
washing may lead to: (i) increased surface over $1 million and $0.75– $0.80 per carcass,
tissue moisture; (ii) entrapment, embedding, depend-ing on the number of carcasses
and subsequently potential pro-liferation of processed per hour.
bacteria into tissues; entrapment and
embedding may also act as a physical barrier
against subsequent decontamination
interventions; (iii) reduction of endogenous
Hot-Water Decontamination
spoilage microflora and thus of their com- Hot water (74–97°C) exerts decontamination
petitive effect on pathogens; and, (iv) redis- effects through physical removal and thermal
tribution or translocation of microbial inactivation of bacteria present on the surface
contamination from heavily contaminated to of meat. It is an intervention of high perfor-
cleaner parts of carcasses (Cabedo et al. 1996;
Bacon 2005). Therefore, it is suggested that
water spray-washing should be done
mance that may deliver microbial reductions Meat Decontamination 53
additional to those caused by previous water-
washing or knife-trimming (Gorman et al.
1995b; Reagan et al. 1996; Graves Delmore et reductions on pork carcasses are achieved by
al. 1997; Castillo et al. 1998b, c). The water of 65 or 80°C for 5 seconds
effectiveness of hot-water treatments mainly (Eggenberger-Solorzano et al. 2002) or 85°C
depends on the temperature, duration, and for 15 or 20 seconds (Gill et al. 1995, 1997).
pressure of application (Dorsa et al. 1996b; The highest reported reductions (4.0 to >4.8
Graves Delmore et al. 1997; Kochevar et al. log10/cm2) of E. coli O157:H7, S.
1997b; Gill et al. 1996, 1999, 2001; Bacon Typhimurium, APC, TCC, and
2005 ). Spraying of hot water is carried out Enterobacteriaceae were achieved by spray-
with properly designed nozzles to meet the ing beef carcass surfaces artificially contami-
requirements of flow rate, droplet size, pres- nated with inoculated bovine feces with water
sure of water, as well as the spray angle at 95°C for 5 seconds (Castillo et al. 1998b, c).
(Bacon 2005). The temperature achieved on Lower hot-water temperatures, such as 72°C
the carcass surface is commonly 6– 10° C (for 12 to 15 s), 74°C (for 12, 18 or 26 s), or
lower than that of sprayed water, depending on 77°C (for 8 s), were also effec-tive in carcass
duration of treatment and other factors (Dorsa decontamination (Gorman et al. 1995b, 1997 ;
et al. 1996b; Castillo et al. 1998b; Reagan et al. 1996; Dorsa et al. 1997b, 1998a,
Eggenberger-Solorzano et al. 2002). b, c; Graves Delmore et al. 1997). Average
Furthermore, the distance of nozzles from the reductions of APC, TCC, E. coli, and
carcass and the header temperature affect the inoculated E. coli O157:H7 and S.
turbulence of water flow and hence, the heat Typhimurium achieved at 72° C were 3.7, 2.7,
transfer from water to the targeted anatomi-cal 2.7, 1.8, and 2.7 log10 CFU/cm2, respectively
location of the carcass by the time of contact (Dorsa et al. 1998b, c; Cutter and Rivera-
(Bacon 2005). As with all water-washing Betancourt 2000). Increasing the water
interventions, the earlier the hot water is temperature by 2° C (i.e., 74°C) enhanced
applied the more effective it is in killing microbial inactivation, com-pared to 72 °C,
bacteria (Barkate et al. 1993). and markedly decreased the prevalence of
Studies evaluating the efficacy of hot pathogens, such as E. coli O157:H7 (from 27%
(>70°C) or warm (50–60°C) water-washing to 5%), on bovine heads (Bosilevac et al. 2006;
on chicken, pig, and beef carcasses have Kalchayanand et al. 2008), as well as the levels
involved immersion, spraying or deluging of APC on lamb adipose tissue (Kochevar et
with sheets of water. Immersion of whole al. 1997b). In contrast, lower temperatures,
broiler carcasses into water (95°C) for 3 such as those of warm water (56°C), did not
minutes was capable of reducing APC from contribute to meat decontamination more than
approximately 3–4 and 2–3 log10 CFU/cm2 washing with cold (<30°C) water (Cutter et al.
before treatment on skin and deboned subcu- 1997).
taneous meat, respectively, to <10 CFU/cm2 One concern with hot water treatments is
(Avens et al. 2002 ). On scalded and/or pol- their potential undesirable effect on the
ished uneviscerated pork carcasses, the appearance of carcass tissue. Hot water treat-
maximum reported reduction of natural ments at 82°C for 10 seconds may cause tem-
microbial contamination (e.g., mesophilic porary bleaching of the tissue, as the meat
aerobic bacteria and E. coli) by commercial regains its redness after chilling (Barkate et al.
application of hot water ranged from 2 to 3 1993 ). Other studies indicate that water
log10/cm2 (Gill et al. 1995, 1997 ; temperatures of 85 °C for 10– 20 seconds may
Eggenberger-Solorzano et al. 2002). Such confer both substantial microbial reductions
and acceptable appearance of carcasses (Gill et
al. 1995, 1997; 1999; Gill and Badoni 1997).
Long carcass hot water-washing dura-
5888 Chapter 3 beef adipose tissue with hot water (74°C),
whereas subsequent storage at 4 °C allowed
APC to reach only 4.3 log10 CFU/cm2 com-
tions, such as >20 seconds at temperatures pared with untreated samples in which APC
80– 85°C, do not improve the decontamina- exceeded the level of 6 log10 CFU/cm2. This
tion efficiency of hot water, while they may is potentially due to cell injury caused by
cause irreversible discoloration of meat (Gill hot-water treatments.
et al. 1995, 1999, 2001 ; Edwards and Fung In conclusion, hot water is more effective
2006 ). Deleterious effects on the color of than cold water in reducing microbial
meat are also caused by very high water spoilage and pathogenic contamination of
tem-peratures (e.g., 90°C), irrespective of carcasses. However, proper selection of
expo-sure time (Barkate et al. 1993 ; Gill et pressures, temperature, and duration of the
al. 1995; Gill and Badoni 1997). application is necessary in order to ensure
Apart from the immediate impact on microbial reductions and avoid permanent
microbial reduction, hot -water sprays have no discoloration of the carcass tissue.
residual antimicrobial effects during product Furthermore, hot water is a physical inter-
storage, while in some cases hot-water vention that involves no chemical risk and
application may actually enhance microbial requires lower capital investment. For these
growth; however, it may facilitate reduction or reasons, it has received commercial
inhibition of growth of injured cells by application in meat -processing industries
subsequent organic acid treatments (Ikeda et worldwide.
al. 2003; Koutsoumanis et al. 2004).
Specifically, although application of hot (72 or
74°C) or cold (33°C) water for 12 seconds on
Steam Pasteurization
beef tissue caused 2.1 –2.6 log10 CFU/cm2
reductions in APC, TCC, L. innocua, E. coli Use of steam, instead of hot water, is an alter-
O157:H7, and C. sporogenes, microbial native thermal decontamination treatment. A
growth occurred at least 1000-fold within 21 patented (Steam pasteurization™) process has
days of storage at 4 –5 °C in vacuum pack- been approved by FSIS for application in the
ages, with no pronounced differences in bac- United States (USDA- FSIS, 1996a) and is
terial counts compared to untreated samples used commercially at the post- evisceration
(Dorsa et al. 1997a, 1998a, b, c). Furthermore, stage, after final washing and before chilling
hot water (75°C, 30 s) enhanced growth of L. (Gill and Bryant 1997b; Nutsch et al. 1997)
monocytogenes during subsequent storage of (Fig. 3.1). Steam pasteurization™ consists of
treated meat in vacuum packages at tempera- the following steps (Bacon 2005): (i) removal
tures of 4, 10, and 25°C, compared to colder of water by vacuum from the meat surface in
(55°C) water or untreated meat (Ikeda et al. order to allow better penetration of steam; (ii)
2003; Koutsoumanis et al. 2004). This has application of “saturated” steam (commonly
been attributed to the potential of hot water to for 6.5–10 s) raising surface temperature to
increase available nutrients on the surface of 80–90°C; and, (iii) cooling of treated tissues in
meat possibly via denaturation of compo-nents order to prevent visual defects or microbial
or extraction from inner tissue, reduce natural growth. Moist heat treatment using a com-
psychrotrophic competitors of the pathogen, mercial steam cabinet was more effective in
and increase free water available for microbial reducing bacterial counts than cold (15 °C) or
growth (Ikeda et al. 2003). Significant delay in warm (54 °C) water, but equally effective for
growth of natural spoil-age flora has been hot (82°C) water, on lamb carcasses at pre-
reported on adipose tissue treated with hot evisceration after water-washing
water. Gorman et al. (1997) observed that APC
were reduced by 0.8– 2.8 log 10 CFU/cm2
following treatment of
(15–82°C for 10 s; Dorsa et al. 1996b). Meat Decontamination 55
Nonetheless, combination of steam pasteuri-
zation with knife-trimming or steam-vacu-
uming may increase microbial reductions Chemical Decontamination
(Phebus et al. 1997).
In addition to the aforementioned physical
Post-evisceration steam pasteurization of
carcasses in a beef slaughtering plant caused decontamination methods, interventions
decreases in the percentage of positive carcass involving chemical agents have also been
samples for E. coli, coliforms, and recommended and used on carcasses (Fig. 3.1)
Enterobacteriaceae, as well as Salmonella (Smulders and Greer 1998 ). A signifi-cant
from 16.4, 37.9, 46.4, and 0.7%, to 0, 1.4, 2.9, amount of research has been undertaken into
and 0%, respectively (Nutsch et al. 1997). the chemical decontamination of beef
However, concerns have been expressed as to carcasses over the last 30 years, in order to
whether steam- pasteurized carcasses become reduce total bacterial numbers and presence of
more susceptible to bacte-rial attachment in pathogens. Nowadays, chemical interven-tions
case of recontamination (Warriner et al. 2001). are applied as components of multiple
Reported reductions for E. coli O157:H7, S. sequential interventions, including knife-
Typhimurium, and L. monocytogenes, trimming, steam-vacuuming, and thermal (hot-
achieved by post-eviscera-tion steam water or steam) treatments (Dickson and
pasteurization (105°C, 6–15 s), range from 3.4 Anderson 1991; Hardin et al. 1995 ; Gorman et
to 3.7 log 10 CFU/cm2 (Phebus et al. 1997). al. 1997; Castillo et al. 1998c, 1999a, b, 2001a,
The respective reductions for APC, TCC, and b, 2003; Stopforth et al. 2004, 2005, 2007;
E. coli are 2 to 3 log 10 CFU/ cm2 (Gill and Geornaras and Sofos 2005; Table 3.1).
Bryant 1997b ; Nutsch et al. 1997). Chemicals used or proposed for use in carcass
Furthermore, ultra-high temperature steam decontamination include organic acids, acidic
calcium sulfate, acidified sodium chlorite, a
(140° C) for 5 seconds yielded 4 log 10
peroxyacetic acid- based solution, potassium
CFU/cm2 reductions of L. innocua on the hydroxide, and other commer-cially available
surface of poultry carcasses (Morgan et al. mixtures of approved chemi-cals (USDA-FSIS
1996). In addition to steam-flushed cham-bers, 2008c). Chemical rinses may be applied pre-
Retzlaff et al. (2004) proposed the use of a evisceration, or post-evisceration before
static steam system, applying a constant flow
chilling, as well as during spray-chilling and
of steam at temperatures of 82.2–98.9°C for 6–
after chilling as carcasses are removed to be
15 seconds. Steam of 98.9°C for 9 seconds
fabricated (Fig. 3.1).
afforded the highest reductions of E. coli
O157:H7 (4.1 log10 CFU/cm2), without
negatively affecting color and texture of beef Organic Acids
(Retzlaff et al. 2004).
Overall, steam pasteurization requires a Lactic and acetic acid have been widely used
major capital investment, but it can be an at concentrations of up to 5% and have
additional intervention that can cause further resulted in 2.2–5, 1.4–4.9, 0.40–1.6, 3.6–4.7,
reductions to those achieved by knife-trim- 1.6–4.9 and 1.5–>3.6 log10 CFU/cm2 reduc-
ming, washing, and/or chemical rinses tions of Salmonella, E. coli O157:H7, L.
before chilling (Dorsa et al. 1996b; Gill and monocytogenes, Yersinia enterocolitica,
Bryant 1997b; Phebus et al. 1997; Gill and Enterobacteriaceae, and APC, respectively,
Landers 2003b ). Therefore, in the United on beef, pig, lamb, or poultry carcass tissues
States, steam pasteurization has been (Anderson et al. 1988; Gorman et al. 1995b,
successfully used in beef slaughter. 1997; Hardin et al. 1995; Goddard et al.
1996; Podolac et al. 1996; Kochevar et al.
1997b; Castillo et al. 1998c, 2001a, b; van
Netten et al. 1997; Cutter 1999;
2
Table 3.1. Populations (log10 CFU/cm ) of indicator organisms and pathogens before and after application of decontamination interventions on
56
Interventions in sequence or g
1st 2nd 3rd 4th Before After
Water (72°C, 12 s) Water (32°C, NA NA Coliforms 5.2 1.9
12 s)
Steam-vacuuming (30 s) Water Water (32°C, 12 s) NA 5.0 0.8
(72°C, 12 s)
NA E. coli 4.9 0.6
Steam-vacuuming (6 s) NA NA NA APC 6.7 2.7 Castillo et al.
Coliforms 5.3 2.7 (1999a)
E. coli 5.2 2.8
Steam-vacuuming (6 s) Hot water (95°C, NA NA APC 6.7 4.4
5 s)
Coliforms 5.3 5.1
E. coli 5.2 5.2
Steam-vacuuming (6 s) Lactic acid (2%, NA NA APC 6.7 3.5
55°C, 11 s)
Coliforms 5.3 4.4
E. coli 5.2 4.4
Steam-vacuuming (6 s) Hot water (95°C, Lactic acid (2%, NA APC 6.7 4.4
5 s) 55°C, 11 s)
Coliforms 5.3 4.4
E. coli 5.2 4.5
Steam-vacuuming (6 s) Lactic acid (2%, Hot water (95°C, NA APC 6.7 4.3
55°C, 11 s) 5 s)
Coliforms 5.3 4.3
E. coli 5.2 4.4
Water (82°C, 30 s) Lactic acid (5%, NA NA E. coli O157:H7 6.0 2.4 Stopforth et al.
55°C, 30 s) (2005)
after 48 h of
chilling
Salmonella 6.0 2.3
Sodium metasilicate (1%, Water (82°C, Lactic acid (5%, NA E. coli O157:H7 6.0 2.7
82°C, 30 s) 30 s) 55°C, 30 s
pre-chilling)
Salmonella 6.0 2.9
Beef Ozonated water (1%, Acetic acid (5%, NA NA E. coli 6.8 5.4 Pohlman et al.
trimmings 15 min, 7.2°C) 15 min, 7.2°C) (2002a)
Coliforms 6.0 4.2
APC 7.1 5.8
Salmonella 5.8 4.2
Typhimurium
57
(continued)
58
2
Table 3.1. Populations (log10 CFU/cm ) of indicator organisms and pathogens before and after application of decontamination interventions on
hides, beef carcasses and beef or pork trimmings. (cont.)
Surface Microorganism(s) Log10 CFU/cm2 Reference
Interventions in sequence or g
1st 2nd 3rd 4th Before After
Ozonated water (1%, CPCe (0.5%, NA NA E. coli 6.8 5.1
15 min, 7.2°C) 15 min, 7.2°C)
Coliforms 6.0 4.1
APC 7.1 5.6
Salmonella 5.8 4.0
Typhimurium
ClO2 (200 ppm, 15 min, Trisodium NA NA E. coli 6.8 6.2
7.2°C) phosphate
(10%, 15 min,
7.2°C)
Coliforms 6.0 5.7
APC 7.1 6.8
Salmonella 5.8 5.5
Typhimurium
Acetic acid (5%, 3 min) CPC (0.5%, NA NA APC 7.1 5.3 Pohlman et al.
3 min) (2002b)
Salmonella 5.8 3.8
Typhimurium
ClO2 (200 ppm, 3 min) CPC (0.5%, NA NA APC 7.1 5.9
3 min)
Salmonella 5.8 4.4
Typhimurium
CPC (0.5%, 3 min) Trisodium NA NA APC 7.1 6.2
phosphate
(10%, 3 min)
Salmonella 5.8 4.6
Typhimurium
Surface Microorganism(s) Log10 CFU/cm2 Reference
Interventions in sequence or g
1st 2nd 3rd 4th Before After
Water (5 passes) Hot water (82°C, Hot air (510°C for Lactic acid APC 2.5 0.1–0.5 Kang et al.
3 passes) 6 passes) (2%, room (2001a)f
temperature, Coliforms 2.0 0
3 passes) Psychrotrophs 3.5–4.0 0–1
LABg 2 0–0.5
Lean or fat Water (5 passes) NA NA NA APC 5 4 Kang et al.
beef Coliforms 3.5 2.5 (2001b)f
trimmings E. coli 3.5 2.2–2.4
Psychrotrophs 5.0 4.0
LAB 4.5 3.5
Lactic acid (2%, 3 NA NA NA APC 5 3.8
passes)
Coliforms 3.5 2.2–2.4
E. coli 3.5 2.0
Psychrotrophs 5.0 3.8
LAB 4.5 3.6
Water Hot water (65°C, Hot air (510°C, 5 Lactic acid APC 5 3.2
1 pass) passes)
Coliforms 3.5 1.9
E. coli 3.5 1.8
Psychrotrophs 5.0 3.5
LAB 4.5 3.0
Water Hot water (82°C, Hot air (510°C, 5 Lactic acid APC 5 3.2
1 pass) passes)
Coliforms 3.5 1.9
E. coli 3.5 1.8
Psychrotrophs 5.0 3.5
LAB 4.5 3.0
Water Hot water (82°C, Hot air (510°C, 6 Lactic acid APC 5 3.0–3.1
3 passes) passes)
Coliforms 3.5 1.5
E. coli 3.5 1.1
Psychrotrophs 5.0 3.0–3.2
LAB 4.5 2.9–3.0
(continued)
59
60
2
Table 3.1. Populations (log10 CFU/cm ) of indicator organisms and pathogens before and after application of decontamination interventions on
hides, beef carcasses and beef or pork trimmings. (cont.)
Surface Microorganism(s) Log10 CFU/cm2 Reference
Interventions in sequence or g
1st 2nd 3rd 4th Before After
Fat pork Water (15°C, 120 s) NA NA Lactic acid APC 4.9–5.0 2.5 Castelo et al.
trimmings Coliforms 4.7–4.8 1.1 (2001a)f
E. coli 4.5 1.1
Psychrotrophs 3.8–3.9 0.5
LAB 7.0 3.0
Water Lactic acid (2%, NA APC 4.9–5.0 1.0
15°C, 75 s)
Coliforms 4.7–4.8 0.1–0.2
E. coli 4.5 0.0
Psychrotrophs 3.8–3.9 0.1–0.2
LAB 7.0 1.5
Water Hot water Hot air (510°C, Lactic acid APC 4.9–5.0 0.9
(65.5°C, 15 s) 60 s)
Coliforms 4.7–4.8 0.1–0.2
E. coli 4.5 0.1–0.2
Psychrotrophs 3.8–3.9 0.0
LAB 7.0 1.5
Water Hot water Hot air (510°C, Lactic acid APC 4.9–5.0 0.9–1.0
(82.2°C, 15 s) 75 s)
Coliforms 4.7–4.8 0.0
E. coli 4.5 0.0
Psychrotrophs 3.8–3.9 0.0
LAB 7.0 1.1–1.2
Water Hot water Hot air (510°C, Lactic acid APC 4.9–5.0 0.0
(82.2°C, 45 s) 90 s)
Coliforms 4.7–4.8 0.0
E. coli 4.5 0.0
Psychrotrophs 3.8–3.9 0.0
LAB 7.0 <1.0
Surface Microorganism(s) Log10 CFU/cm2 Reference
Interventions in sequence or g
1st 2nd 3rd 4th Before After
Lean beef Water (15°C, 120 s) NA NA NA APC 5.0 4.0 Castelo et al.
trimmings Coliforms 3.5 2.8–2.9 (2001b)f
E. coli 3.5 2.8–2.9
LAB 6.8 6.0
Water Lactic acid (2%, NA NA APC 5.0 2.9
15°C, 75 s)
Coliforms 3.5 1.8–1.9
E. coli 3.5 1.8–1.9
LAB 6.8 5.5
Water Lactic acid (2%, Hot air (510°C, NA APC 5.0 2.5
15°C, 75 s) 90 s)
Coliforms 3.5 1.5
E. coli 3.5 1.5
LAB 6.8 5.5
Hot air Water Hot air (510°C, NA APC 5.0 4.1
90 s)
Coliforms 3.5 3.0
E. coli 3.5 3.0
LAB 6.8 5.8–5.9
23 not available.
b
Acidified sodium chlorite.
5888 Peroxyacetic acid.
5889 Aerobic plate counts.
5890 Cetylpyridinium chloride.
5891 Approximate reductions based on data from figures.
5892 Lactic acid bacteria.
61
23 Chapter 3 perature (30–70°C) did not influence the
effectiveness of 2% acetic acid for 15 seconds
(Cutter et al. 1997), while an increase in tem-
Eggenberger-Solorzano et al. 2002; Bosilevac perature from 55 to 65 °C had a significant
et al. 2006). Furthermore, acetic (1.5–3%) and influence on the effectiveness of 2% or 4%
lactic (2%) acid spraying have also reportedly lactic acid for 15 or 30 seconds (Castillo et al.
decreased populations of spoilage bacteria of 2001b). With respect to the concentration
lamb or beef, such as psychrotro-phic Gram- alone, the effectiveness of lactic, acetic, and
negative flora (e.g., pseudomo-nads), lactic citric acid spraying rinses (24 or 32°C) against
acid bacteria, yeasts, and Brochothrix total bacterial counts, L. innocua, E. coli
thermosphacta (Anderson et al. 1988; Dorsa et O157:H7, and C. sporogenes on beef carcass
al. 1997a, 1998a, b, c; Koutsoumanis et al. tissue was found to increase with concentration
2004). The observed reductions were higher from 1.5% to 5% (Castillo et al. 2001b; Cutter
than those achieved by washing with cold and Siragusa 1994b; Dorsa et al. 1997a).
(32°C) or hot (72°C) water (Dorsa et al. 1998 Furthermore, an increase in the concentration,
a, b, c). Even though fumaric acid (1% and temperature, and duration of post- chilling
1.5% at 55 °C for 5 s) alone or as a mixture lactic acid treatment from 2% to 4%, 55 to
with acetic acid has also been found effective 65°C, and 15 to 30 seconds, respec-tively,
in reducing pathogens on beef carcass tissue enhanced reduction of E. coli (Castillo et al.
(Bell et al. 1986; Podolak et al. 1996), it is not 2001b). Nonetheless, concentrations exceeding
commercially applied. Fumaric acid has a 2% may cause discoloration or compromise
negative impact on the appearance and flavor flavor, and thus, levels of 1.2% to 2% at 55°C
of meat, even at low concentrations (0.046%), were recommended (Woolthuis and Smulders
while it has not been included in the list of safe 1985; Bell et al. 1986 ; Dickson and Anderson
and suitable ingredients for use in the 1991 ; Goddard et al. 1996); however, levels of
production of meat and poultry products up to 5% are also used even post-chilling.
(USDA-FSIS 2008c).
The efficiency of organic acid rinses in Organic acid treatments are more effec-tive
reducing contamination is affected by the type against low- compared with high-
of acid, its concentration, the tempera-ture and contamination levels (Greer and Dilts 1992;
duration of application, the type of Cutter et al. 1997). The target organisms and
microorganism and level of contamination, the meat tissue also affect microbial reductions
coverage of the carcass surface with the caused by organic acids. For instance, P.
solution, the carcass surface region, the type of fluorescens was less resistant to lactic, acetic,
tissue (e.g., lean or adipose, frozen or fresh and citric spray rinses than E. coli (Cutter and
tissues), and the stage of application Siragusa 1994b) and so was S. Typhimurium
(Anderson et al. 1988; Anderson and Marshall compared with E. coli O157:H7 when exposed
1989; Cutter and Siragusa 1994b; Hardin et al. to spray rinses with lactic or acetic acid
1995; Cutter et al. 1997; van Netten et al. (Hardin et al. 1995). Higher microbial
1997; Castillo et al. 2001b; Gill and Landers reductions were obtained on adipose than on
2003b). Lactic acid (2%, 55°C) was found lean tissues (Cutter and Siragusa 1994b;
more effective than acetic acid in reducing Dickson 1988). However, the inside round of
inoculated E. coli O157:H7 on beef carcass carcass, in which fecal material and asso-ciated
surfaces (Hardin et al. 1995). This may be microorganisms may be imbedded in muscle
associated with the higher reduction of surface bundles as well as between fat and lean, was
pH caused by lactic acid (pKa = 4.73) than the most difficult carcass surface region to
acetic acid (pKa = 3.86), when applied at the decontaminate even with organic
same concentrations. Perhaps the higher
effectiveness of lactic compared to acetic acid
also explains why spraying tem-
acid rinses (Hardin et al. 1995). E. coli Meat Decontamination 63
O157:H7 survived less on post-rigor frozen
beef tissue, treated with 2% acetic acid
(56°C, 15 s), compared with pre-rigor fresh on adipose tissue were 3.24–4.39 after treat-
tissue, presumably due to higher bacterial ment and 3.74–4.84 after 1 day (Cutter and
attachment on fresh than on frozen surfaces Siragusa 1994b). Following prolonged storage,
(Cutter et al. 1997). In general, however, the such as 21 days at 4 –5 °C, the pH on the
efficacy of organic acid treatments is surface of meat may increase up to the initial
reduced on chilled compared with hot values of 5.5–5.6 (Dorsa et al. 1997a, 1998a, b,
(fresh) car-casses, because bacterial c ; van Netten et al. 1997). For pathogens that
attachment increases with time from cannot grow at refrigeration temperatures, such
slaughtering to chilling, and the temperature as E. coli O157:H7, S. aureus, C. jejuni, and S.
of the rinsing solution is reduced by the Typhimurium, beef decontamination with 1.5–
chilled surface (Bacon et al. 2002b). 5% lactic, or 1.5– 3% acetic acid (25–65°C, 15
Application of organic acid early after or 30 s) contrib-uted to reductions of 2–3 log 10
slaughtering, such as after dehiding or after CFU/cm2 and/ or eliminated populations
evisceration, is highly effective (Prasai et al. during storage in air or vacuum at 4–5°C
1991). For instance, pre-chilling treatment (Podolak et al. 1996 ; Dorsa et al. 1997a,
of inoculated beef samples with lactic acid 1998a, b, c; van Netten et al. 1998; Berry and
and water resulted in 5.2 log 10 CFU/cm2 Cutter 2000; Cutter and Rivera-Betancourt
reduc-tions of inoculated S. Typhimurium 2000; Castillo et al. 2001b; Calicioglu et al.
and E. coli O157:H7, while post-chilling 2002; Gozález-Fandos and Dominguez 2006).
lactic acid spraying reduced these organisms Other studies (van Netten et al. 1997, 1998;
by only 1.6 and 2.4 log10 CFU/cm2, Dorsa et al. 1998a, b, c ; Ikeda et al. 2003;
respectively (Castillo et al. 2001b). Spraying Koutsoumanis et al. 2004) have found that
of carcass tissue with 5% Tween 20 (a organic acids at 2% and 5% suppressed growth
nonionic surfac-tant) 15 minutes before acid of the same pathogens at 12°C, and of L.
treatment was found to loosen or prevent monocytogenes and Y. enterocolitica during
bacterial attach-ment, thereby facilitating the aerobic storage or storage in vacuum sealed
subsequent decontamination by lactic acid packages at 4 to 10°C. However, Uyttendaele
spraying (Calicioglu et al. 2002 ). Such et al. (2001) found that treatment of beef
methods would probably be more effective tissues with 1% or 2% lactic acid/sodium
on fat-covered surfaces, such as briskets and lactate buffer solu-tion did not affect survival
ribs or poultry skin. of E. coli O157:H7 on beef stored (4 °C)
In addition to initial microbial reductions, aerobically. Organic acid applications may
the residual levels of acids, and thus, the also extend the shelf-life of treated meat, by
reduction of pH on treated meat surfaces, delaying growth of meat spoilage bacteria.
may suppress pathogen proliferation or even Lactic acid caused a shift in the dominant flora
exert bactericidal effects during storage of aerobically stored meat from pseudomonads
(Koutsoumanis et al. 2004). Specifically, to yeasts and lactic acid bacteria (van Netten et
spray-washing with acetic, lactic, or citric al. 1997; Koutsoumanis et al. 2004).
acid at concentrations 1 –5% reduced the pH Moreover, treatments (25 or 55°C) of lamb or
on the surface of lean tissues from 5.60 to beef with 2–5% acetic or lactic acid delayed
3.79–4.96 (with an average of 4.3–4.6) growth of the Gram-negative aerobic flora and
immediately after treatment, whereas after 1 to a lesser extend of lactic acid bacteria at −1
day, the pH rose to 5.29–5.39 (Cutter and to 25°C (Anderson et al. 1988; Kotula and
Siragusa 1994b). The respective pH changes Thelappurate 1994; Goddard et al. 1996; Dorsa
et al. 1997a, 1998a, b, c; van Netten et al.
1997, 1998; Koutsoumanis et al. 2004).
5888 Chapter 3 “available” chlorine is decreased by organic
material (due to oxidizing-reducing reac-
tions), while effectiveness is reduced at low
In conclusion, lactic acid spray rinses up temperatures, and it is highly affected by the
to 5% to constitute an effective pH of the solution, with maximum activity
decontamina-tion intervention for both in the 6.0–7.0 range (Oomori et al. 2000;
immediate reduc-tion of microbial Edwards and Fung 2006; Kalchayanand et
contamination on carcass surfaces and meat al. 2008).
as well as inhibition of growth in packaged Chlorine dioxide (ClO2) is an alternative
meat. Application of lactic acid after water- to chlorine, which is effective in controlling
washing is recom-mended in order to ensure the natural flora occurring in poultry chill
long-term antimi-crobial effects. water, with no interference of pH (Tsai et al.
Nonetheless, excessive use of organic acids 1995). However, it is not more effective in
may result in corrosion of meat processing reducing microbial contamination on car-
equipment (Theron and Lues 2007). casses than chlorine or spraying with water
Currently, lactic acid decontamination is alone (Cutter and Dorsa 1995; Stopforth et
widely used in U.S. beef slaughtering plants. al. 2007). Furthermore, given the lack of
information related to potential health risks
of ClO2 (Tsai et al. 1995), it has not been
Other Chemical Solutions
commercially applied as a decontaminant on
Chlorine is a well -known sanitizing agent, beef, but, as indicated, it finds use in poultry
which is commonly used in the food industry chill tank water as well as vegetables.
for sanitation of equipment, utensils, and water Other chemical agents containing various
supplies (Sofos and Smith 1998). It can also be forms of chlorine, such as 500–1200 ppm
added in the water used for final washing or acidified sodium chlorite (ASC) and 100 mM
chilling of carcasses. Chlorine solutions (20– sodium chlorate, have been shown to reduce
50 ppm) applied at 4–23°C reduced presence bacterial pathogens, APC, and TCC in chilled
of Salmonella and Cam-pylobacter on chicken meat or poultry carcasses and meat cuts (Kemp
carcasses by 56% and 12%, respectively et al. 2000 ; Anderson et al. 2001 ; Gill and
(Kelly et al. 1981; Tsai et al. 1995 ; Sofos and Badoni 2004; Lim and Mustapha 2004;
Smith 1998; Whyte et al. 2001; Park et al. Stopforth et al. 2007). Preliminary in vitro
2002; Fabrizio et al. 2002; Stopforth et al. studies showed that 20 mM of a commercial
2007; Bauermeister et al. 2008). On beef, the sodium chlorite-based oxyhalogen disinfec-
bacterial reductions achieved by 50–900 ppm tant (Salmide®) caused 3–5 log10 CFU/cm2
chlorine (pure or electrolytically generated), or reductions of E. coli O157:H7, Salmonella,
200–500 ppm of acidified chlorine are of and L. monocytogenes in aqueous solutions,
similar magnitude to those caused by water- whereas when combined with ethylenediami-
washing (Emswiler et al. 1976; Kochevar et al. netetracetic acid (EDTA) the observed reduc-
1997b; Bosilevac et al. 2005). Effectiveness of tions were >6 log10 CFU/cm2 (Mullerat et al.
chlorine treat-ments may be enhanced at high 1995). Spraying of beef carcass samples with
(74°C) com-pared to low (16°C) washing ASC (1200 ppm for 10 s at 69 kPa at 22– 24
temperatures (Kochevar et al. 1997b). °C) activated with phosphoric or citric acid
However, chlorine is considered a less (final pH 2.5–2.9) decreased inoculated E. coli
effective decontamina-tion agent than organic O157:H7 and S. Typhimurium counts by 4 to 5
acids (Acuff 2005; Edwards and Fung 2006), log10 CFU/cm2 and L. monocyto-genes and S.
whereas concerns have been expressed for aureus counts by 1–1.9 log10 CFU/cm2
corrosion of equip-ment, formation of harmful (Castillo et al. 1999b; Lim and
by-products when reacting with organic
matter, and oxi-dation of meat color and lipids.
Indeed,
Mustapha 2004). A mixture of ASC with 0.5% Meat Decontamination 65
CPC or 0.1% potassium sorbate yielded 1 log 10
CFU/cm2 additional reductions and suppressed
growth of pathogens during storage of treated Aqueous ozone solutions have also been
samples at 4°C for 14 days (Lim and Mustapha evaluated as decontamination interventions for
2004). A commercially available compound meat. Ozone is a GRAS substance for use in
(Sanova®) is comprised of 1200 ppm sodium foods in the United States (Sofos and Smith
chlorite and 2% citric acid. In general, chlorine 1998). In general, water containing 0.5% to
compounds are rec-ommended for use in 0.95% ozone applied for 16–36 seconds at 24–
poultry processing in order to keep 36°C was not more effective in reducing APC,
contamination low in chilling water. E. coli O157:H7, and Salmonella than knife-
TSP is a bactericidal agent approved for the trimming or washing with pure water alone
treatment of beef and poultry carcasses in the (Gorman et al. 1995b ; Reagan et al. 1996;
United States. The antimicrobial activity of Castillo et al. 2003; Kalchayanand et al. 2008).
TSP applied at 8–12% is attributed to its high Similarly, hydro-gen peroxide at levels of 5%
pH (11–12) and its ability to reduce attachment has been found only slightly more effective
of pathogens to carcass surfaces (Lillard 1994; than water-wash-ing and TSP (Gorman et al.
Mendonca et al. 1994; Cabedo et al. 1996; 1995b; Cabedo et al. 1996; Reagan et al. 1996;
Dorsa et al. 1998a, b, c). The latter effect may Kochevar et al. 1997b). The antimicrobial
be further enhanced by combining 5% Tween effect of hydro-gen peroxide is mainly
80 with 1% TSP for treatment of poultry skins attributed to the for-mation of radicals that
(Hwang and Beuchat 1995). A patented damage fundamental cellular components,
such as nucleic acids, lipids, and proteins.
solution of TSP (AvGARD TM, Rhone-
There have been con-trasting reports on the
Poulenc), commonly applied at 8–12% and
effectiveness of per-oxyacetic acid (PAA) as a
temperatures from 10–60°C (15–36 s), has
decontaminant, although a commercial PAA-
been shown to reduce Salmonella, E. coli
based solution (Inspexx 200™, Ecolab
O157:H7, L. monocyto-genes, C. sporogenes,
Company, St. Paul, MN) has been approved
and APC by 1 to >3 log10 CFU/cm2, on for application on carcasses in the United
chicken, beef, and pork tissues (Dickson et al. States. This product has demonstrated
1994; Lillard 1994; Gorman et al. 1995b;
approximately 1 log10 CFU/ cm2 reductions
Dorsa et al. 1997a; Kochevar et al. 1997b;
when applied at 200 ppm at the post
Xiong et al. 1998; Dorsa et al. 1998a, b, c;
-evisceration stage (Gill and Landers 2003a,
Cutter and Rivera-Betancourt 2000; Whyte et
b). However, Penney et al. (2007) observed 3–
al. 2001). Wang et al. (1997) also
demonstrated that increas-ing the water 4 log10 CFU/cm2 reductions of E. coli
temperature from 10 to 60°C and the spraying O157:H7 after treatment with 180 ppm PAA.
pressure from 206.8 to 1034.2 kPa may Conversely, under the conditions tested by Gill
improve the effectiveness of 10% TSP (30 s) and Badoni (2004) and Ransom et al. (2003),
in reducing S. Typhimurium on chicken skin. 0.02–0.04% PAA had little effect on APC,
In conclusion, TSP appears to be effective in TCC, and E. coli. In contrast to treat-ments
inhibiting bacterial attach-ment, thereby with hydrogen peroxide and PAA, application
facilitating removal of bacteria by washing. It of 1% CPC for 15 seconds at 35°C not only
is not used for treatment of beef, but it may reduced APC and inoculated E. coli O157:H7
find some application in poultry processing and S. Typhimurium by 6 log10 CFU/cm2, but
(Sofos and Smith 1998 ; Whyte et al. 2001). also totally inhibited their growth during
storage of vacuum -pack-aged beef at 4°C
(Cutter et al. 2000). Furthermore, two
consecutive washings of cattle hides (for 3 and
1 min) with 1% CPC decreased prevalence of
E. coli O157:H7 on
23 Chapter 3
1994); CarnatolTM (composed of copper
sulfate petahydrate) and Timsen TM (com-
posed of alkyldimethylbenzylammonium
pre-evisceration carcasses from 23% to 3%, chloride) (Cutter et al. 1996); solutions (10%
whereas APC and Enterobacteriaceae counts or 1.5% of commercial preparation) of
on treated surfaces decreased by 1 log10 CFU/ sodium tripolyphosphate, monosodium
cm 2 (Bosilevac et al. 2004a ). In poultry phos-phate, sodium acid pyrophosphate, or
decontamination, studies have shown that sodium hexametaphosphate; and 0.05–1.6%
0.1% or 0.5% CPC for 30 seconds to 3 minutes NaOH (Rathgeber and Waldroup 1995 ;
at 15–60°C reduced S. Typhimurium by 1.7 to Hwang and Beuchat 1995; Bosilevac et al.
2.5 log10 CFU/cm2, with reductions increasing 2005), 85 ppm of peracetic acid mixture
with temperature, duration, and concentration (comprised of peracetic acid and hydrogen
of spraying solution (Kim and Slavik 1995; peroxide; Bauermeister et al. 2008 ), 0.1%
Wang et al. 1997; Xiong et al. 1998). ammonium hydroxide, 1– 4% SM and
Moreover, reductions of 5 log 10 CFU/ cm2 in 0.005% acidic, or basic oxidized water (Hsu
S. Typhimurium were obtained either by et al. 2004; Stopforth et al. 2005)
spraying 0.4% CPC for 3 minutes or 0.2%
CPC for 10 minutes (Breen et al. 1997).
Multiple Decontamination
A variety of other antimicrobial sub-stances
have been proposed and evaluated with
Interventions
varying effectiveness for the decontami-nation Application of combinations of hurdles of low
of meat and poultry. Cutter and Siragusa intensity, or sublethal, may replace the use of
(1994a) illustrated 1.79 to 3.54 log10 CFU/cm2 single hurdles of higher or lethal inten-sity,
reductions of beef spoilage bacteria and L. thereby achieving the desired antimicro-bial
innocua by spraying with nisin solu-tion of effect without compromising sensory quality
5000 AU/ml. Bovine lactoferrin (LF) is an or other properties. Multiple hurdles or
iron-binding protein, commonly found in milk, interventions of sublethal intensity may be
saliva, tears, seminal fluids, and sec-ondary applied sequentially or simultaneously (Sofos
granules of neutrophils. “Activated lactoferrin” and Smith 1998; Sofos 2005). Sequential
is an LF derivative through a pat-ented process decontamination treatments, combining
that has received a GRAS status in the United physical and chemical methods, have been
States for use on fresh beef (Naidu 2001, proven more effective compared to single
2002). It is thought to interfere with bacterial treatments. Such a concept may improve the
adhesion on surfaces, causing detachment of effectiveness of some physical methods, such
microbial contamina-tion (Naidu et al. 2003). as washing with cold water or knife-trim-ming,
Lactoferricin B is a peptide, deriving from while using lower concentrations of chemicals
hydrolysis of LF that binds to the outer in subsequent stages (Graves Delmore et al.
membrane of Gram-negative bacteria, reported 1998). For instance, Reagan et al. (1996) found
to inhibit E. coli O157:H7 at the minimum that the combination of knife-trimming and
level of 8 μg/ml (Shin et al. 1998). USDA- washing of beef car-casses caused almost two-
FSIS has approved the use of LF either as 2% fold and six-fold higher reductions of the
water-based anti-microbial spray, for incidence of Listeria and Salmonella,
decontamination of beef carcasses and parts, or respectively, compared with washing or
as a spray that would deliver 1 g of LF per trimming alone. This study formed the
dressed carcass, fol-lowed by washing with research hypothesis on sequential
temperate water and lactic acid rinse (USDA- decontamination interventions. Then, Graves
FSIS 2008c). Delmore et al. (1998) validated the concept
Other potential decontaminants tested,
with limited effectiveness, include gluconic
acid at 1.5% and 3% (Garcia Zepeda et al.
by testing the efficacy of multiple spray- Meat Decontamination 67
washing/rinsing treatments in the laboratory
utilizing warm/hot water and/or acetic acid
solution separately and in sequence to reduce (Koutsoumanis et al. 2004). Likewise,
microbial contamination on beef tissue inoc- Castillo et al. (1998c, 1999a) found fewer
ulated with E. coli. Treatments applied beef carcasses with Enterobacteriaceae
achieved variable reductions of APC, E. coli, above 1 log10 CFU/cm2, or positive for
and TCC in the range of <1 to 1.7 or 4.3 log10 Salmonella and E. coli O157:H7, when hot
CFU/cm2 (Graves Delmore et al. 1998). water was applied before lactic acid.
Furthermore, the combination of steam-vac- However, delaying the application of lactic
uuming with hot (72 or 95°C at 24 bar for 5 s) acid after water-washing further enhances
and then cold (30°C) water, and/or 2% lactic the effectiveness of acid treatment by
acid (55°C, 11 s) increased log-reduc-tions of minimiz-ing the dilution of acid
aerobic bacteria, indicator organ-isms, and concentration by the residual surface
pathogens up to 4.3–5.3 log 10 CFU/ cm2, as moisture (Gill and Landers 2003b).
Stopforth et al. (2005) performed a study
compared with 1–3 log10 CFU/cm2 reductions
simulating application of multiple decontam-
obtained by application of single treatments
ination treatments (each one for 30 s), includ-
(Dorsa et al. 1996b; Castillo et al. 1999a;
ing lactic acid, ammonium hydroxide, SM, and
Phebus et al. 1997). Likewise, appli-cation of
acidified or basic electrolyzed oxidized water,
chemical agents, such as 1.8% acetic acid,
in order to reduce initial E. coli O157:H7 and
increased the decontamination efficacy of hot
S. Typhimurium contamination levels of 5.6–
water (80°C) by 2 log 10 CFU/ cm2 and also
5.7 log10 CFU/cm2 on beef tissue. Sequential
reduced the number of positive E. coli samples
applications involving use of SM or lactic acid
(Eggenberger-Solorzano et al. 2002). The
application were the most effective, achieving
impact of consecutive water-washings (i.e.,
first with hot and then with cold water) is 1.1–2.0 log10 CFU/ cm2 reductions (Stopforth
weaker compared with the combination of hot et al. 2005). Furthermore, in a multiple- hurdle
water with chemical agents (Dorsa et al. 1996b decontami-nation system of carcasses pre- and
; Stopforth et al. 2005). Moreover, the order of post-evisceration, as well as pre- and post-
application of hot water and lactic acid is chilling, the combinations of either two lactic
important for the microbial reduction and acid applications, or at least one hot and one
residual antimicro-bial effects during storage lactic acid application, were more effective
(Castillo et al. 1998c, 1999a; Koutsoumanis et than multiple hot -water or single lactic acid
al. 2004). Koutsoumanis et al. (2004) found sprays (Stopforth et al. 2005). More detailed
that appli-cation of hot water (75°C) first, exam-ples of the performance of multiple
followed by lactic acid (2%, 55°C; HW-LA), decon-tamination interventions are provided in
was more effective than the reverse sequence Table 3.1.
(LA -HW) in delaying growth of L.
monocytogenes during storage (4, 10, and The above suggests that all the physical and
25°C) of vacuum-packaged beef tissues. chemical decontamination treatments
Possible reasons for HW-LA being more described may be used as multiple interven-
effective than LA-HW include cellular damage tions from the stage of animals arriving at the
by heat and suscep-tibility of injured cells to abattoir, during the dressing process, until
subsequent acid exposure, while application of chilling and fabrication, in order to reduce
hot water after acid treatment may reduce microbial contamination on hides, carcasses,
residual acid levels on the surface of treated and cuts. Currently, the U.S. beef industry uses
meat sequential and simultaneous inter-ventions,
such as animal washing, knife-trimming,
steam-vacuuming,pre-evisceration
washing/rinsing, washing with hot water
256 Chapter 3 whereas E. coli and coliforms counts
remained stable (Gill and Landers 2003b).
However, pre-chilling decontamination
or steam pasteurization, post-evisceration inter-ventions, such as pre- and post-
washing, chemical rinses, and chilling, that evisceration spraying with 2% lactic acid
reduce contamination of E. coli O157:H7 and steam or hot water pasteurization,
from above 50% on animal hides to less than markedly reduced the populations of E. coli
0.5% on carcasses. and coliforms during chilling (Gill and
Landers 2003b). The latter may be
associated with a pre-chilling injury of cells
Chilling due to the decontamination treat-ments and
At the end of the dressing process, carcass- the subsequent death or inability of cells to
chilling takes place in cold ( −5 to 4°C) air repair their damage during chilling.
chambers with or without intermittent spray- In addition to lactic acid, other chemical
ing (or misting) carcasses with cold water for agents, such as 0.1 or 0.5% CPC, 0.05–0.1%
variable durations within 12– 24 hours, while ammonium hydroxide, 0.12% ASC, 0.02%
the total chilling process lasts 24–48 hours PAA, 0.01% NaOH, or 0.005% sodium
(Dickson and Anderson 1991; Hippe et al. hypochlorite within 48 hours of chilling of
1991; Strydom and Buys 1995; Gill and beef carcass at 3°C to 1° C have been reported
Bryant 1997a; Gill and Jones 1997b; Greer and to reduce inoculated E. coli O157:H7 by 1 to 3
Jones 1997; Stopforth and Sofos 2005; log10 CFU/cm2, that is 0.5 to 2 log 10 CFU/
Simpson et al. 2006). Spray-chilling has been cm2 higher than spray -chilling with water
adopted in various beef plants because it alone (Dickson 1991; Stopforth et al. 2004).
facilitates temperature reductions and reduces Stopforth et al. (2004) evaluated the above
losses of carcass surface moisture and weight. chemicals in simulated spray-chilling of beef
Such a process may cause bacterial injury and adipose tissue and found that CPC, followed
death either due to localized freezing of by lactic acid, were the most effective chemi-
surface moisture when cooling below 0°C cal agents, followed by PAA and ASC.
occurs or due to the evaporative water losses However, acid-habituated E. coli O157:H7
on the carcass surface (Sheridan 2004; cells (in acidic washings of pH 4.12) remained
Simpson et al. 2006 ). However, chilling is a at higher levels than non-acid-habituated cul-
step for control of microbial growth rather than tures after 10 hours of spray-chilling with CPC
a decontamination intervention, since it relies and after spray-chilling with lactic acid and 48
mainly on cold temperatures, unless pre- hours of storage of chilled tissues at 1°C
chilling decontamination interventions have (Stopforth et al. 2004). Commercial evaluation
been applied, or antimicrobials are added into of spray-chilling in three poultry processing
the spray-chilling water, which, combined with plants showed that chlorine (20– 50 ppm) and
cold temperatures, may lead to the death of ClO2 (500–1200 ppm ASC) spray-chilling
injured cells. Indeed, chilling of pig, lamb, and caused up to 1.2 log10 CFU/ cm2 reductions of
beef carcasses with cold water may increase APC and TCC on poultry carcasses (Stopforth
numbers of psychro-trophs and inhibit growth et al. 2007). A mixture of peracetic acid and
of E. coli and coli-forms (Gill and Bryant hydrogen peroxide (PAHP), approved for use
1997a ; Gill and Jones 1997b; Jericho et al. in poultry chillers in the United States, reduced
1998). In a study moni-toring the Salmonella and Campylobacter positive
microbiological changes on the surface of poultry carcass samples by 92% and 43%
carcasses after 22–36 hours of chilling with exiting the chiller, respectively, when applied
cold water to average tempera-tures of −1.4 to at 85 ppm in a
2.5°C in four beef packing plants, the total
aerobic counts on carcass surfaces increased
by 1–2 log10 CFU/cm2,
commercial facility (Bauermeister et al. Meat Decontamination 69
2008); PAHP mixture was more effective
than 30 ppm chlorinated water.
Nonetheless, chillers may also be sites of tions, have been suggested for post-chilling
cross-contamination. Studies have shown decontamination of carcasses and trimmings.
that chilling may increase the incidence of Specifically, post- chilling sequential expo-
Salmonella on poultry carcasses (Stopforth sure of beef and pork trimmings to temperate
et al. 2007) as well as E. coli counts on beef (25°C, 75–180 s) or hot (65 or 82°C, 15–45 s)
carcasses (Gill and Landers 2003b). Possible water, lactic acid (2% for 15– 120 s or 5% for
routes of contamination include the chiller 30 s) and hot air (510°C, 75 s) reduced total
exit contact surfaces, as well as contact bacteria and preserved ground products
between carcasses and conveyors (Stopforth derived from these trimmings during refrig-
et al. 2007 ; Gill and Landers 2003b). erated storage (Castelo et al. 2001a, b; Kang et
Therefore, post-chilling interventions may al. 2001a, b; Stopforth et al. 2005). Pohlman et
be useful for reduction of contamination al. (2002a, b, c) found that single or double
before and after fabrication. sequential treatments of beef trimmings with
solutions of chemical anti-microbials, such as
5% acetic acid, 1% ozonated water, 0.5% CPC,
200 ppm ClO2, and 10% TSP, may
Post-Chilling
significantly reduce Salmonella and E. coli,
Decontamination Treatments
TCC, and APC, while maintaining redness and
Despite the reduction of microbial popula- fresh odor of ground beef produced from the
tions and pathogen prevalence by decontami- treated trim-mings during storage under retail
nation interventions during slaughtering, display conditions at 4°C. Other
dressing, and chilling, surviving microorgan- antimicrobials, including low-molecular
isms or additional contamination may be weight polylactic acid (2%) and nisin (2%)
present on carcasses, primal and sub-primal (Ariyapitipun et al. 2000 ), applied alone or in
cuts, and trimmings (Gill and Bryant 1992; combination on beef cubes, have reportedly
Bacon et al. 2002b). Thus, post-chilling suppressed growth of L. monocytogenes during
decontamination treatments of whole carcass vacuum storage at 10°C.
sides and cuts may be useful in further reduc-
ing microbiological contamination of meat and Post-chilling interventions, applied fol-
preventing pathogen proliferation during lowing pre-chilling treatments, may increase
storage of packaged meat. For example, post- the total reductions achieved by pre-chilling
chilling spraying of beef carcass samples with interventions. Specifically, Castillo et al.
4% lactic acid (55°C, 30 s) reduced inoculated (2001b) found that pre-chilling water and lactic
Salmonella and E. coli O157:H7 by 1.9–2.4 acid (2%) treatments reduced Salmonella and
log10 CFU/cm2 and decreased their populations E. coli O157:H7 by 3 log 10 CFU/cm2, while
during storage (4°C) of ground meat prepared subsequent post-chilling application of lactic
from treated samples (Castillo et al. 2001b). acid (4%) by spraying increased total
Beef processors in the United States apply reductions to >5 log10 CFU/ cm2. Likewise,
decontamination interventions of lactic acid Stopforth et al. (2005) found that post- chilling
and Inspexx 200 ™ or Sanova® on carcass application of 5% LA (55°C, 30 s) on beef
sides as they exit the cooler and enter into carcass samples con-ferred additional
fabrication. reductions to those achieved by pre-chilling
Multiple sequential treatments, including sequential treatments with warm (55°C), hot
hot water and air, as well as chemical solu- (82°C) water, and 1% SM (82°C), simulating
pre- and post-evisceration of beef carcasses
and pre-chilling decontami-nation
interventions, respectively.
0 Chapter 3 al. 2001b; Kang et al. 2001b). However,
post-chilling interventions that may change
the properties of the product require change
In general, lower water and acid spray in the labeling requirements and the product
temperatures, as well as shorter exposure may have to be presented with a name more
durations compared with pre- chilling inter- complex than “meat,” unless the treatments
ventions, are recommended in order to avoid do not cause substantial changes in meat
any negative impact on color and odor of cuts properties and thus can be designated as a
or trimmings (Castelo et al. 2001a; Kang et al. “processing aid.”
2001a; Kotula and Thelappurate 1994; Table
3.1). Some discoloration may occur on the
Overview of Practical
surface (to a 2–3 mm depth) of trimmings
Improvements Achieved
subjected to multiple decontamination treat-
by Decontamination
ments, especially in those including heat and
acid. The discoloration of meat cuts by hot - The Pathogen Reduction final rule (USDA-
water treatment depends on the quality of meat FSIS 1996c) established microbial testing for
(normal, dark-firm-dry, or pale soft exudative), meat plants to assess the effectiveness of the
the type of tissue (i.e., muscle vs. fat, or pork control measures undertaken to prevent and
vs. beef), and the rigor (i.e. pre-vs. post-rigor) reduce contamination of carcasses with fecal
state (Gill and Badoni 1997). However, the material, hair, ingesta, and associated bacteria.
grinding process “dilutes” the surface color, The established criteria for E. coli and
and the resulting product has color similar to Salmonella were based on national baseline
that of products from untreated trimmings studies (1992–1993) that had col-lected data
(Kang et al. 2001b). The decontamination from various meat plants (USDA-FSIS 1994,
treatments are more effec-tive on fat than on 1996b). The adoption of HACCP principles
lean beef trimmings because the fat tissue (USDA-FSIS 1996c) and associ-ated critical
allows higher microbial reductions (Castelo et control points applied as decon-tamination
al. 2001a, b), whereas its color is more stable interventions constitute important measures for
than that of the lean tissue (Kang et al., 2001a). control of carcass contamina-tion. Following
The decision as to the intensity of post-chilling implementation of decon-tamination strategies
hot water treatments is also dependent on the in the U.S. beef plants, microbial testing of
com-mercial use of the product. For example, carcasses demonstrated significant
in case of frozen patties destined for restau- improvements in the hygiene of the
rants, discoloration by hot water is of limited slaughtering process. Specifically, FSIS
commercial importance. Conversely, discol- performed a national baseline data collection
oration may be important for the acceptabil-ity program (1997 –1998) for cattle and swine
of the product by consumers. In this respect, carcasses from approximately 1,400 and 1,250
treatment of beef cuts (manufactur-ing beef) establishments, respectively (USDA-FSIS
with hot water (85°C, 45 s) reduced APC by 2 1998a, b). Prevalence of E. coli and
log10 CFU/cm2 without any detect-able effect Salmonella in 1,881 cattle samples was 16.6%
and 1.2%, respectively, and 44.1% and 6.9% in
on the color and flavor of frozen beef patties
2,127 swine samples. Of the samples that were
produced from the treated meat (Gill et al.
positive for E. coli, 98.9% of cattle and 91.5%
2001).
of swine samples had E. coli between 0–10
Overall, application of decontamination CFU/cm2. Furthermore, a three-year survey
treatments on trimmings may contribute to (1998–2000) of 98,204 samples of various
immediate microbial reductions and residual meat and poultry prod-
antimicrobial effects during aerobic storage
or storage of trimming in vacuum sealed
packages (Castelo et al. 2001a, b; Castillo et
ucts, including broilers, cows, bulls, steers, and Meat Decontamination 71
heifers, as well as ground beef, ground
chicken, and ground turkey collected from
large to very small federally inspected U.S. O157:H7 and Salmonella was 0.68% and
establishments, showed that the prevalence of 1.28%, respectively, suggesting implementa-
Salmonella was significantly lower after than tion of effective decontamination strategies
before the implementation of HACCP (Rose et (USDA-FSIS 2007). In all positive samples,
al. 2002 ). The above results also showed pathogens were below 3 MPN/cm2.
significant compliance with per-formance Microbial surveys have also been carried
criteria for E. coli and standards for prevalence out by individual research groups in slaugh-
of Salmonella (USDA-FSIS 1996c; 1998a, b; tering plants (for steers, heifers, lambs, cows,
Rose et al. 2002). The prerequisites/HACCP and bulls) to evaluate whether and how much
verification testing program for Salmonella in the applied control measures increased the
raw meat (cows, bulls, steers, heifers, hogs) probabilities of carcasses passing the imposed
and poultry prod-ucts in the period 1998–2007 performance criteria (Sofos et al. 1999b, c, d;
showed that the average percentage of samples Bacon et al. 2000, 2002a, b ; Elder et al. 2000;
from different product categories, such as Duffy et al. 2001; Arthur et al. 2004). Some of
carcasses, cuts, or ground products, meeting these studies (Sofos et al. 1999b, c, d) were
the performance standards for prevalence of carried out in 1995–1996, while the industries
Salmonella exceeded 90% (USDA-FSIS were preparing to operate under HACCP, and
2008b). However, the presence of pathogenic thus, could be used to compare and evaluate
bacte-ria on the surface of carcasses, even the effectiveness of the control strategies to be
though of low prevalence, emphasizes the need applied. The establishments involved in these
for proper refrigeration, handling, and cooking surveys used either single or sequential
of meat products before consumption. Testing decontamination interventions. Pre-
of raw ground beef for E. coli O157:H7 from evisceration interventions (in the follow-ing
1994 to 2007 showed an average percentage of order of application) included: (i) steam-
less than 0.5% for positive samples from vacuuming; (ii) carcass-washing with water
federal establishments and retail stores, and a (21– 38°C) or organic acids (acetic or lactic
decreasing trend of E. coli O157:H7 acid 1.6 to 2.6%, 43–60°C); and, (iii) hot water
prevalence below 0.20% after 2003, in samples (71–77°C) or steam pasteurization. Post-
taken for the U.S. ground beef testing program evisceration interventions included: (i) organic
(USDA-FSIS 2008a). In order to keep the acid solution rinsing; (ii) pre-chilling carcass-
percentage of positive raw ground beef washing (final washing); and, (iii) 24-hour
samples low, FSIS considers it extremely chilling. Reductions in the magni-tude of 3–4
critical to keep the percent of positive ratings log10 CFU/cm2 were obtained for total
for beef trimmings low. Therefore, routine bacterial counts, TCC and E. coli start-ing
verification sampling of beef manufacturing immediately after hide removal and before any
trimmings intended for use in raw ground beef decontamination until the end of chilling
or beef patty products has also been initiated at (Bacon et al. 2000). Regarding the animal
the slaughter estab-lishments that produce such type, Salmonella incidence after chill-ing was
trimmings. The results of a one -year higher on cow-bull (0.5–4.4%) than on steer-
(December 2005– January 2007) study for heifer (0–2.2%) carcasses (Sofos et al. 1999c).
approximately 1,700–1,900 samples of beef The percentage of samples passing the
trimmings showed that the prevalence of E. performance criteria for E. coli counts (m < 5
coli CFU/cm2) increased from 68.3% at pre-
evisceration to 96.2% after final washing
(Sofos et al. 1999b, d). It was more difficult to
meet the performance criteria during the wet
(November through January) than the
0 Chapter 3 (r>0.99) between hide and pre-evisceration
carcass contamination. Therefore, the estab-
lishments should apply prerequisite pro-
dry (May through June) season (Sofos et al. grams, including good manufacturing
1999b, c, d). Likewise, total bacteria on lamb practices, sanitation standard operating pro-
carcasses were lower in the spring than in the cedures (SSOPs), HACCP programs, and
winter (Duffy et al. 2001). Elder et al. (2000) carcass-decontamination interventions, so
and Arthur et al. (2004) in their survey in four that carcasses enter the chillers with reduced
and two meat processing plants, respectively, contamination (USDA-FSIS 2002).
indicated that sanitary procedures and post- However, even the best decontamination
evisceration antimicrobial interventions could technologies require the foundation of a
reduce the prevalence of E. coli O157:H7 on good plant design and hygienic process
carcasses from 20.1– 43.4% pre-evisceration control (Sofos et al. 1999a).
to 0–1.8% post-processing. Similarly,
Barkocy-Gallagher et al. (2003) found that the
percentage of positive E. coli O157:H7 and
Salmonella carcass samples was reduced from
Potential Concerns and Risks
26.7% and 12.7% pre-evisceration to 1.2% and Associated with Decontamination
0.1%, on dressed carcasses, respectively; that An important concern of organic acid decon-
is after interven-tions with chemicals and tamination is the potential for selection of
chilling. Finally, a hot-water (80°C) strains that may be able to adapt and develop
decontamination system, consisting of a acid resistance. Subsequently, such strains may
stainless steel spraying cabinet and a colonize equipment surfaces, recontami-nate
recirculation water system, was effec-tive in carcasses, and resist subsequent decon-
reducing microbial contamination on carcasses tamination treatments (Samelis and Sofos
and gained approval by FSIS for commercial 2003, 2005). Berry and Cutter (2000) showed
use in beef slaughter (Sofos and Smith 1998). that acid-adapted E. coli O157:H7 was more
Of the aforementioned in-plant resistant against acetic acid sprays than non-
decontamination interventions, water/steam adapted cells. Similarly, acid-habituated E.
pasteurization and spraying with lactic acid are coli O157:H7 was more resistant to spray-
considerably more effective in reducing TCC chilling of beef with chemical solutions than
and E. coli than water-washing (Gill and nonhabituated cells (Stopforth et al. 2004).
Landers 2003a). Furthermore, combina-tion of Furthermore, there is a potential risk for
lactic acid rinses of carcasses, primal cuts, and extended survival of E. coli O157:H7 in envi-
contact surfaces for carcass fabrica-tion may ronmental niches, where acidic decontamina-
reduce the numbers of total bacte-ria, tion runoff fluids are mixed with water,
coliforms, and E. coli on carcasses and the forming sublethal pH environments (pH 4.5 –
processing environment, thereby improv-ing 5.0). These environments may allow devel-
the sanitary conditions of the plant (Bacon et opment and maintenance of acid resistance by
al. 2002a). E. coli O157:H7 with increased potential of
The reduction of E. coli O157:H7 during growth initiation compared to cells that have
the dressing process has been demonstrated in not been exposed to such adverse condi-tions
establishments using the best intervention (Samelis et al. 2002, 2004; Stopforth et al.
strategies and processing techniques. Pre- 2007; Skandamis et al. 2007, 2009). Such
harvest strategies that may reduce the preva- situations may also harden bacterial biofilms
lence in feces, as well as additional measures on equipment surfaces and render them less
to prevent pre-evisceration contamination, sensitive to sanitation agents (Stopforth et al.
would also markedly improve the microbial
safety of the final product (Elder et al. 2000).
Arthur et al. (2004) observed high correlation
2003). Moreover, even though cells exposed to Meat Decontamination 73
acidic environments formed by diluted organic
acid run-off fluids may be injured by sanitizing
agents and be undetectable with common 1995). However, excessive doses of the above
plating methods, they may recover and restore antimicrobials may allow for antimi-crobial
their acid resistance during sub-sequent resistance (EFSA 2008 ). Furthermore, in vitro
exposure to fresh meat decontamina-tion run- studies suggest that exposure of pathogens to
off fluids (Skandamis et al. 2009 ). However, sublethal levels of certain meat
the role of acid adaptation on microbial decontamination chemical agents may induce
resistance to decontamination treatments tolerance to lethal levels of the same bio-cides,
possibly depends on the microor-ganism and as well as to other (heterologous) stresses
product storage conditions, since acid (cross-resistance or protection). Specifically,
adaptation of L. monocytogenes did not seem Sampathkumar et al. (2004) found that pre-
to affect the survival and proliferation of the treatment of S. enterica serovar Enteritidis
organism during storage at 10°C of beef with sublethal levels of TSP (i.e., 1.5%)
treated with hot water and/or lactic acid (Ikeda increased tolerance to higher TSP
et al. 2003). An additional concern is that concentrations, and conferred cross - tolerance
organic acid treatments may alter the natural to heat (55°C) and alkaline pH (11.0).
flora of the beef carcass, thereby reducing the However, evidence for such cross-tolerance in
competitive effect of the back-ground flora situ is still lacking.
against enteric pathogens, or allowing Given that several Salmonella strains
proliferation of acid tolerant organ-isms, such implicated in foodborne outbreaks have been
as lactic acid bacteria or yeasts and molds, and identified as resistant to multiple antibiotics,
thus, altering the spoilage association in fresh the hypothesis that such strains are also resis-
meat (Ikeda et al. 2003; Samelis et al. 2002). tant to antimicrobial interventions in beef
processing has been tested. Bacon et al.
Concerns were expressed at the European (2002c) performed a survey for antibiotic
level about the development of antimicrobial resistant Salmonella strains in eight beef-
resistance to chemical agents that may be used packing plants and found that even though the
for carcass decontamination. Thus, the prevalence of Salmonella was reduced from
European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) 15.4% on hides to 1.3% on carcasses,
issued an opinion paper on the potential for approximately 60% of the isolates were resis-
pathogens acquiring “reduced susceptibility” tant to at least one antibiotic. Moreover, the
to ClO 2 , ASC, TSP, and PAA applied for isolation of two antibiotic resistant Salmonella
removal of meat surface contamination, or the strains from carcasses after final washing
potential to develop “ resistance to thera-peutic suggested potential resistance to decontami-
agents” as a result of exposure to the above nation interventions (Bacon et al. 2002c).
biocides (EFSA 2008). According to this However, studies have found no correlation
opinion, there was no existing evidence that between susceptibility to antimicrobial agents
proper use (in terms of concentration) of the and resistance to heat (55–61°C) or low pH
aforementioned biocides for carcass (2.3 or 3.0) stress (Bacon et al. 2003a, b).
decontamination would result in reduced sus- Likewise, Arthur et al. (2008) found that the
ceptibility in resistance to therapeutic agents. susceptibility of Salmonella to various meat
Similarly, it has been reported that disinfect- decontamination agents, including 2% acetic
ing poultry chiller water with 20 ppm ClO 2 is or lactic acid, electrolyzed-oxidizing, and
of negligible risk to human health, due to its ozonated (6 ppm) water as well as com-mercial
reduction of chlorite and chlorate (Tsai et al. acid (pH 1.6) products, was not influ-enced by
their multidrug resistance status. Similarly, the
ability of certain E. coli O157:H7 strains to
cause human disease was
0 Chapter 3 english/fssa/meavia/man/mane.shtml). In
Australia, beef plants exporting meat to the
United States have used lactic acid decon-
not associated with resistance to the above tamination technologies (Smulders and Greer
antimicrobial interventions (Arthur et al. 1998). However, no organic acid-treated meat
2008). is exported to Europe. Finally, even though
In conclusion, even though existing labo- chemical hide washing is approved in
ratory data suggest that acid decontamination Australia, chemical dehairing is not allowed
interventions may increase the potential of (Midgley and Small 2006), while in the United
pathogens to develop acid resistance, there is States chemical dehairing needs to be
no clear evidence that chemical decontami- approved on a case-by-case basis; no applica-
nation poses additional risks due to faster tion exists at this time.
pathogen growth or higher acid resistance The nonintervention HACCP relies on
during storage of products, compared with monitoring, and application of hygiene mea-
physical decontamination. Furthermore, mul- sures (strict adherence to GMP) that prevent
tidrug resistant pathogens are not more resis- occurrence of contamination (Bolton et al.
tant to decontamination treatments than 2001). It is currently adopted by the European
susceptible strains. Therefore, the proper use Union (EU) meat industry, even though the
of chemical rinses may lead to significant new EU regulations have approved or provide
reduction of pathogens on meat without raising the basis for approval of decontamination
concerns associated with stress-adapted interventions. More specifically, the existing
pathogens, provided that hygienic and sanitary Regulation 852/2004 on food hygiene
practices are applied throughout the processing (Commission of the European Communities
chain, as zero tolerance inspection assures in 2004a) and the need for implementation of
the United States. HACCP principles in the entire food chain
have forced establishments to improve their
hygiene and processing procedures, as well as
Legislative Aspects of to verify and validate their systems.
Decontamination Furthermore, according to Regulation
Two approaches are applied worldwide rela- 2160/2003, proper and effective measures
tive to microbial control during meat produc- should be taken for detection and control of
tion (Bolton et al. 2001 ; Midgley and Small zoonotic agents throughout the food chain
2006): (i) the “intervention HACCP”; and, (Commission of the European Communities
0 the “nonintervention HACCP.” The inter- 2003). In principle, such methods include
vention HACCP uses decontamination inter- hygienic practices during feed production, at
ventions along the production line to reduce the farm level and during transportation of the
microbial contamination and is adopted by the animals, good animal husbandry practices,
United States and many meat- processing record-keeping, and traceability (Commission
plants in Canada and Australia. More specifi- of the European Communities 2003 ).
cally, the USDA-FSIS has recognized and Application of strict hygiene mea-sures and
approved that one or more physical or chemi- good slaughter practices may be considered
cal decontamination steps should be included sufficient to avoid problems asso-ciated with
in the slaughter/dressing process as critical carcass contamination during slaughter under
control points under HACCP. In Canada, the conditions of slow slaughter speeds. In
use of lactic and acetic acid sprays is approved addition to these practices, thermal
as part of the Good Manufacturing Practices decontamination interventions, such as hot
(GMP) during the carcass-dressing process, water and steam pasteurization are also per-
provided that proper facilities, equipment, and
quality control are available (Theron and Lues
2007; http://www.inspection.gc.ca/
mitted and potentially used as critical control Meat Decontamination 75
points in HACCP systems applied in slaugh-
tering operations within the EU. Moreover,
carcass-chilling involving application of cold methods. An overview of such methods can
air and reduction of surface water activity at be found in the book chapter by Guan and
the end of the dressing processes is a manda- Hoover (2005) and the review article by
tory practice worldwide (Bolton et al. 2002). Aymerich et al. (2008). More specifically,
Chemical decontamination treatments have not these technologies include high hydrostatic
yet received official approval in the EU, even pressure (HHP; 300 to 600 MPa, 2–10 min),
though Regulation 853/2004 (Commission of irradiation with 1.5–5.5 kGy, pulsed electric
the European Communities 2004b) permits the fields, shock waves, high -intensity light,
use of substances other than potable and clean carbon dioxide treatment (supercritical
water for decontami-nation of surfaces of CO2), ultrasonics, gas plasma (ionized gas)
foods of animal origin intended for human treat-ment, and oscillating magnetic fields
consumption. Moreover, in agreement with (2–100 tesla; Tinney et al. 1997; Arthur et
U.S. authorities, EFSA suggests the use of al. 2005; Aymerich et al. 2008; Guan and
chemical decontamina-tion as a supplementary Hoover 2005). Most of these treatments are
(not primary) measure to reduce and control still in the experimental stage and may
microbial con-tamination of carcasses, as part require a long time and work before they
of an inte-grated control program (EFSA find commercial application as meat
2008). Permission for use of chemical decontami-nation technologies. However,
decontami-nants under EU legislation is HHP at 600 MPa for 2 to 10 minutes has
provided when preceded by a thorough been com-mercially used in meat products,
scientific evaluation in collaboration with such as ham and pre-cooked meals, as well
EFSA for the impact of suggested chemicals as chicken and pork cuts, to control L.
on public health (EFSA 2008). Lack of such monocytogenes during storage at 4°C
information has pre-cluded the approval of (Hugas et al. 2002; Garriga et al. 2004;
chemical decontami-nation in the EU so far. In Guan and Hoover 2005). In addition to the
this respect, EFSA encourages further research lethal effect on bacteria, HHP does not
on the scientific evaluation of the efficacy of compromise the nutritional characteristics of
antimicrobial treatments, their toxic effect on the product (Aymerich et al. 2008).
humans, as well as the potential for Nevertheless, this method is not applicable
development of resistant clones. on carcasses or big pieces of meat.
Although studies have demonstrated the
effectiveness of irradiation in reducing patho-
gens on fresh meat and it is approved in the
Future Trends
United States, the process has been commer-
In view of demands by consumers for high- cially applied only to a limited extent, due to
quality, natural, nutritious, fresh in appear- consumer concerns for potential adverse health
ance, and convenient meat products that effects. Presently, a petition is pending in the
maintain their freshness for extended periods, United States for use of irradiation to
alternative mild methods for improving safety decontaminate carcasses after dressing. On the
of meat have been developed and evaluated. other hand, active packaging systems,
The potential for adaptation of pathogens and including antimicrobial coating or incor-
the development of resistance to current poration of agents in the packaging film, may
decontamination technologies further control microbes during product storage
necessitate the development of new (Aymerich et al. 2008; Coma 2008).
Antimicrobials to be potentially used in such
packaging systems include compounds of
plant, microbial, or animal origin, such as
0 Chapter 3 Enterobacteriaceae, and Escherichia coli O157 at
various steps in commercial beef processing plants.
Journal of Food Protection 67(4):658–665.
Arthur, T. M., T. L. Wheeler, S. D. Shackelford, J. M.
essential oils, nisin, and lactoferrin, which also Bosilevac, X. Nou, and M. Koohmaraie. 2005.
Effects of low-dose, low-penetration electron beam
meet the demands of consumers for more
irradia-tion of chilled beef carcass surface cuts on
natural products. Such emerging anti-microbial Escherichia coli O157:H7 and meat quality. Journal
treatments, in combination with good hygiene of Food Protection 68(4):666–672.
practices and efficient control measures during Arthur, T. M., N. Kalchayanand, J. M. Bosilevac, D. M.
Brichta-Harhay, S. D. Shackelford, J. L. Bono, T. L.
slaughtering (such as decontamination Wheeler, and M. Koohmaraie. 2008. Comparison of
interventions), may further enhance meat effects of antimicrobial interventions on multidrug -
safety. However, further research is needed in resistant Salmonella, susceptible Salmonella, and
Escherichia coli O157:H7.
order to evaluate the effect of such Avens, J. S., S. N. Albright, A. S. Morton, B. E.
interventions on the sensory properties of Prewitt, P. A. Kendall, and J. N. Sofos. 2002.
foods and the feasibility of their application on Destruction of microorganisms on chicken carcasses
by steam and boiling water immersion. Food Control
an industrial scale. Furthermore, prior to 13(6–7): 445–450.
application of novel decontamination Aymerich, T., P. A. Picouet, and J. M. Monfort. 2008.
strategies, the potential of such interventions to Decontamination technologies for meat products.
Meat Science 78(1–2):114–129.
induce microbial resistance through adap- Bacon, R. T. 2005. Physical decontamination strategies
tation should also be considered. for meat. In Improving the Safety of Fresh Meat,
edited by J. N. Sofos, pp. 318–349. New York: CRC
Press.
Bacon, R. T., K. E. Belk, J. N. Sofos, R. P. Clayton, J.
References O. Reagan, and G. C. Smith. 2000. Microbial popula-
tions on animal hides and beef carcasses at different
Acuff, G. R. 2005. Chemical decontamination stages of slaughter in plants employing multiple-
strategies for meat. In Improving the Safety of Fresh sequential interventions for decontamination.
Meat, edited by J. N. Sofos. New York & Journal of Food Protection 63(8):1080–1086.
Washington, D.C.: CRC Press. Bacon, R. T., J. N. Sofos, K. E. Belk, and G. C. Smith.
Anderson, M. E., and R. T. Marshall. 1989. Interaction 2002a . Application of a commercial steam vacuum
of concentration and temperature of acetic acid solu- unit to reduce inoculated Salmonella on chilled fresh
tion on reduction of various species of microorgan- beef adipose tissue . Dairy, Food and Environmental
isms on beef surfaces. Journal of Food Protection Sanitation 22(3):184–190.
52(5):312–315. Bacon, R. T., J. N. Sofos, K. E. Belk, and G. C. Smith.
Anderson, M. E., H. E. Huff, H. D. Naumann, and R. T. 2002b. Commercial application of lactic acid to
Marshall. 1988. Counts of six types of bacteria on reduce bacterial population on chilled beef carcasses,
lamb carcasses dipped or sprayed with acetic acid at subprimal cuts and table surfaces during fabrication.
25°C or 55°C and stored vacuum packaged at 0°C. Dairy, Food and Environmental Sanitation 22(9):
Journal of Food Protection 51(11):874–877. 674–682.
Anderson, M. E., R. T. Marshall, and J. S. Dickson. Bacon, R. T., J. N. Sofos, K. E. Belk, D. R. Hyatt, and
1992. Estimating depths of bacterial penetration into G. C. Smith. 2002c. Prevalence and antibiotic
post-rigor carcass tissue during washing. Journal of suscep-tibility of Salmonella isolated from beef
Food Safety 12(3):191–198. animal hides and carcasses. Journal of Food
Anderson, M. E., R. T. Marshall, W. C. Stringer, and H. Protection 65(2): 284–290.
D. Naumann. 1981. Evaluation of a prototype beef Bacon, R. T., J. R. Ransom, J. N. Sofos, P. A. Kendall,
carcass washer in a commercial plant. Journal of K. E. Belk, and G. C. Smith. 2003a. Thermal
Food Protection 44(1):35–38. inactiva-tion of susceptible and multiantimicrobial-
Anderson, R. C., S. A. Buckley, T. R. Callaway, K. J. resistant Salmonella strains grown in the absence or
Genovese, L. F. Kubena, R. B. Harvey, and D. J. Nisbet. presence of glucose. Applied and Environmental
2001. Effect of sodium chlorate on Salmonella Microbiology 69(7):4123–4128.
Typhimurium concentrations in the weaned pig gut. Bacon, R. T., J. N. Sofos, P. A. Kendall, K. E. Belk,
Journal of Food Protection 64(2):255–258. and G. C. Smith. 2003b. Comparative analysis of
Ariyapitipun, T., A. Mustapha, and A. D. Clarke. 2000. acid resistance between susceptible and multi-
Survival of Listeria monocytogenes Scott A on vac- antimicro-bial-resistant Salmonella strains cultured
uum– packaged raw beef treated with polylactic acid, under sta-tionary-phaseacidtolerance-
lactic acid and nisin . Journal of Food Protection inducingandnoninducing conditions. Journal of Food
63(1):131–136. Protection 66(5):732– 740.
Arthur, T. M., J. M. Bosilevac, X. Nou, S. D. Shackelford,
T. L. Wheeler, M. P. Kent, D. Jaroni, D. M. Allen, and
M. Koohmaraie. 2004. Escherichia coli O157 prevalence
and enumeration of aerobic bacteria,
Barkate, M. L., G. R. Acuff, L. M. Lucia, and D. S. Meat Decontamination 77
Hale. 1993. Hot water decontamination of beef
carcasses for reduction of initial bacterial numbers.
Meat Science 35(3):397–401.
Barkocy-Gallagher, G. A., T. M. Arthur, M. Rivera- the prevalence of Escherichia coli O157:H7 on pre-
Betancourt, X. Nou, S. D. Shackelford, T. L. evisceration beef carcasses . Journal of Food
Wheeler, and M. Koohmaraie. 2003. Seasonal Protection 69(8):1808–1813.
prevalence of shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli, Bosilevac, J. M., X. Nou, M. S. Osborn, D. M. Allen,
including O157:h7 and non-O157 serotypes, and and M. Koohmaraie. 2005. Development and evalua-
salmonella in commercial beef processing plants. tion of an on-line hide decontamination procedure for
Journal of Food Protection 66(11):1978–1986. use in a commercial beef processing plant. Journal of
Bauermeister, L. J., J. W. J. Bowers, J. C. Townsend, Food Protection 68(2):265–272.
and S. R. McKee. 2008. Validating the efficacy of Bowling, R., and Clayton, R. P. 1992. Method for
peracetic acid mixture as an antimicrobial in poultry dehairing animals. U.S. Patent 5, 149,295. Greely,
chillers. Journal of Food Protection 71(6):1119– Colo.: Monfort Inc.
1122. Breen, P. J., H. Salari, and C. M. Compadre. 1997.
Bell, M. F., R. T. Marshall, and M. E. Anderson. 1986. Elimination of Salmonella contamination from
Microbiological and sensory tests of beef treated poultry tissues by cetylpyridinium chloride solutions.
with acetic and formic acids. Journal of Food Journal of Food Protection 60(9):1019–1021.
Protection 49(3):207–210. Buzby, J. C., T. Roberts, C. T. J. Lin, and K. McDonald.
Bell, R. G. 1997. Distribution and sources of microbial 1996. Bacterial foodborne disease: Medical costs and
contamination on beef carcasses. Journal of Applied productivity losses, Agricultural Economics Report No.
Microbiology 82(3):292–300. 741, Economic Research Service, U.S. Department of
Berry, E. D., and C. N. Cutter. 2000. Effects of acid Agriculture, available at http://www.ers.usda.gov/
adaptation of Escherichia coli O157:H7 on efficacy publications/aer741. Accessed 20 September 2008.
of acetic acid spray washes to decontaminate beef Byrne, C. M., D. J. Bolton, J. J. Sheridan, D. A.
carcass tissue. Applied and Environmental McDowell, and I. S. Blair. 2000. The effects of pre-
Microbiology 66(4):1493–1498. slaughter washing on the reduction of Escherichia
Biss, M. E., and S. C. Hathaway. 1995. Microbiological coli O157:H7 transfer from cattle hides to carcasses
and visible contamination of lamb carcasses accord- during slaughter. Letters in Applied Microbiology
ing to preslaughter presentation status: Implications 30(2):142–145.
for HACCP. Journal of Food Protection 58(7):776– Cabedo, L., J. N. Sofos, and G. C. Smith. 1996. Removal of
783. bacteria from beef tissue by spray washing after different
Bolton, D. J., A. M. Doherty, and J. J. Sheridan. 2001. times of exposure to fecal material. Journal of Food
Beef HACCP: intervention and non–intervention Protection 59(12):1284–1287.
systems. International Journal of Food Microbiology Calicioglu, M., C. W. Kaspar, D. R. Buege, and J. B.
66:119–129. Luchansky. 2002. Effectiveness of spraying with
Bolton, D. J., R. A. Pearce, J. J. Sheridan, I. S. Blair, D. Tween 20 and lactic acid in decontaminating inocu-
A. McDowell, and D. Harrington. 2002. Washing lated Escherichia coli O157:H7 and indigenous
and chilling as critical control points in pork Escherichia coli biotype I on beef. Journal of Food
slaughter hazard analysis and critical control point Protection 65(1):26–32.
(HACCP) systems. Journal of Applied Microbiology Carlson, B. A., I. Geornaras, Y. Yoon, J. A. Scanga, J.
92(5):893–902. N. Sofos, G. C. Smith, and K. E. Belk. 2008a.
Bosilevac, J. M., T. M. Arthur, T. L. Wheeler, S. D. Studies to evaluate chemicals and conditions with
Shackelford, M. Rossman, J. O. Reagan, and M. low-pres-sure applications for reducing microbial
Koohmaraie. 2004a. Prevalence of Escherichia coli counts on cattle hides. Journal of Food Protection
O157 and levels of aerobic bacteria and 71(7):1343–1348.
Enterobacteriaceae are reduced when hides are Carlson, B. A., J. Ruby, G. C. Smith, J. N. Sofos, G. R.
washed and treated with cetylpyridinium chloride at Bellinger, W. Warren-Serna, B. Centrella, R. A.
a commercial beef processing plant. Journal of Food Bowling, and K. E. Belk. 2008b. Comparison of anti-
Protection 67(4):646–650. microbial efficacy of multiple beef hide
Bosilevac, J. M., T. L. Wheeler, M. Rivera-Betancourt, decontamina-tion strategies to reduce levels of
X. Nou, T. M. Arthur, S. D. Shackelford, M. P. Kent, Escherichia coli O157:H7 and Salmonella. Journal
D. Jaroni, M. S. Osborn, M. Rossman, J. O. Reagan, of Food Protection 71(11):2223–2227.
and M. Koohmaraie. 2004b. Protocol for evaluating Castelo, M. M., D.-H. Kang, G. R. Siragusa, M.
the efficacy of cetylpyridinium chloride as a beef Koohmaraie, and E. D. Berry. 2001a. Evaluation of
hide intervention. Journal of Food Protection combination treatment processes for the microbial
67(2):303–309. decontamination of pork trim. Journal of Food
Bosilevac, J. M., X. Nou, G. A. Barkocy-Gallagher, T. Protection 64(3):335–342.
M. Arthur, and M. Koohmaraie. 2006. Treatments Castelo, M. M., M. Koohmaraie, and E. D. Berry.
using hot water instead of lactic acid reduce levels of 2001b. Microbial and quality attributes of ground
aerobic bacteria and Enterobacteriaceae and reduce pork pre-pared from commercial pork trim treated
with combi-nation intervention processes. Journal of
Food Protection 64(12):1981–1987.
Castillo, A., J. S. Dickson, R. P. Clayton, L. M. Lucia, and
G. R. Acuff. 1998a. Chemical dehairing of bovine
0 Chapter 3 Cutter, C. N. 1999. Combination spray washes of
saponin with water or acetic acid to reduce aerobic
and pathogenic bacteria on lean beef surfaces.
Journal of Food Protection 62(3):280–283.
skin to reduce pathogenic bacteria and bacteria of Cutter, C. N., and W. J. Dorsa. 1995. Chlorine dioxide
fecal origin. Journal of Food Protection 61(5):623– spray washes for reducing fecal contamination on
625. beef. Journal of Food Protection 58(2):1294–1296.
Castillo, A., L. M. Lucia, K. J. Goodson, J. W. Savell, Cutter, C. N., and M. Rivera-Betancourt. 2000.
and G. R. Acuff. 1998b. Use of hot water for beef Interventions for the reduction of Salmonella
carcass decontamination. Journal of Food Protection Typhimurium DT 4 and non-O157:H7 enterohemor-
61(1):19–25. rhagic Escherichia coli on beef surfaces. Journal of
Castillo, A., L. M. Lucia, K. J. Goodson, J. W. Savell, and Food Protection 63(10):1326–1332.
G. R. Acuff. 1998c. Comparison of water wash, Cutter, C. N., and G. R. Siragusa. 1994a.
trimming, and combined hot water and lactic acid Decontamination of beef carcass tissue with nisin
treatments for reducing bacteria of fecal origin on beef using a pilot scale model carcass waher. Food
carcasses. Journal of Food Protection 61(7):823– Microbiology 11(6):481–489.
828. Cutter, C. N., and Siragusa, G. R. 1994b. Efficacy of
Castillo, A., L. M. Lucia, K. J. Goodson, J. W. Savell, organic acids against Escherichia coli O157:H7
and G. R. Acuff. 1999a. Decontamination of beef attached to beef carcass tissue using a pilot scale
carcass surface tissue by steam-vacuuming alone and model carcass washer. Journal of Food Protection
combined with hot water and lactic acid sprays. 57(2):97–103.
Journal of Food Protection 62(2):146–151. Cutter, C. N., W. J. Dorsa, and G. R. Siragusa. 1996.
Castillo, A., L. M. Lucia, G. M. Kemp, and G. R. Application of Carnatrol(™) and Timsen(™) to
Acuff. 1999b. Reduction of Escherichia coli decon-taminate beef. Journal of Food Protection
O157:H7 and Salmonella Typhimurium on beef 59(12):1339–1342.
carcass surfaces using acidified sodium chlorite. Cutter, C. N., W. J. Dorsa, and G. R. Siragusa. 1997.
Journal of Food Protection 62(6):580–584. Parameters affecting the efficacy of spray washes
Castillo, A., L. M. Lucia, I. Mercado, and G. R. Acuff. against Escherichia coli O157:H7 and fecal contami-
2001a. In-plant evaluation of a lactic acid treatment nation on beef. Journal of Food Protection
for reduction of bacteria on chilled beef carcasses . 60(6):614–618.
Journal of Food Protection 64(5):738–740. Cutter, C. N., W. J. Dorsa, A. Handie, S. Rodriguez-
Castillo, A., L. M. Lucia, D. B. Roberson, T. H. Morales, X. Zhou, P. J. Breen, and C. M. Compadre.
Stevenson, I. Mercado, and G. R. Acuff. 2001b. 2000. Antimicrobial activity of cetylpyridinium
Lactic acid sprays reduce bacterial pathogens on cold chloride washes against pathogenic bacteria on beef
beef carcass surfaces and in subsequently produced surfaces. Journal of Food Protection 63(5):593– 600.
ground beef. Journal of Food Protection 64(1):58–
62. Davey, K. R., and K. G. Smith. 1989. A laboratory
Castillo, A., K. S. McKenzie, L. M. Lucia, and G. R. evaluation of a novel hot water cabinet for the decon-
Acuff. 2003. Ozone treatment for reduction of tamination of sides of beef. International Journal of
Escherichia coli O157:H7 and Salmonella Serotype Food Science and Technology 24:305–316.
Typhimurium on beef carcass surfaces. Journal of De Zuniga, A. G., M. E. Anderson, R. T. Marshall, and
Food Protection 66(5):775–779. E. L. Iannotti. 1991. A model system for studying the
Childs, K. D., C. A. Simpson, W. Warren-Serna, G. penetration of microorganisms into meat. Journal of
Bellinger, B. Centrella, R. A. Bowling, J. Ruby, J. Food Protection 54(4):256–258.
Stefanek, D. J. Vote, T. Choat, J. A. Scanga, J. N. Dickson, J. S. 1988. Reduction of bacteria attached to
Sofos, G. C. Smith, and K. E. Belk. 2006. Molecular meal surfaces by washing with selected compounds.
characterization of Escherichia coli O157:H7 hide Journal of Food Protection 51(11):869–873.
contamination routes: Feedlot to harvest. Journal of Dickson, J. S. 1991. Control of Salmonella typhimurium,
Food Protection 69(6):1240–1247. Listeria monocytogenes, and Escherichia coli O157:H7
Coma, V. 2008. Bioactive packaging technologies for on beef in a model spray chilling system. Journal of
extended shelf life of meat-based products. Meat Food Science 56(1):191–193.
Science 78(1–2):90–103. Dickson, J. S. 1995. Susceptibility of pre–evisceration
Commission of the European communities. 2003. washed beef carcasses to contamination by
Commission Regulation (EC) No 2160/2003 of the Escherichia coli O157:H7 and Salmonellae. Journal
17th of November 2003 on the control of salmonella of Food Protection 58(10):1065–1068.
and other specified food-borne zoonotic agents. Dickson, J. S., and M. E. Anderson. 1991. Control of
Official Journal of the European Union L325:1–15. Salmonella on beef tissue surfaces in a model system
Commission of the European Communities. 2004a. by pre- and post-evisceration washing and sanitizing,
Commission Regulation (EC) No 852/2004 of the with and without spray chilling. Journal of Food
29th of April 2004 on the hygiene of foodstuffs. Protection 54(7):514–518.
Official Journal of the European Union L139:1–54. Dickson, J. S., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1994.
Commission of the European Communities. 2004b. Antimicrobial effects of trisodium phosphate against
Commission Regulation (EC) No 853/2004 of the
29th of April 2004 laying down specific hygiene
rules for food of animal origin. Official Journal of
the European Union L139: 55–205.
bacteria attached to beef tissue. Journal of Food Meat Decontamination 79
Protection 57(11):952–955.
Dorsa, W. J. 1997. New and established carcass decon-
tamination procedures commonly used in the beef-
processing industry. Journal of Food Protection electrophoresis. Journal of Microbiological Methods.
60(9):1146–1151. 60:375–382.
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1996a. Edwards, J. R., and D. Y. C. Fung. 2006. Prevention
Effectiveness of a steam– vacuum sanitizer for and decontamination of Escherichia coli O157:H7 on
reduc-ing Escherichia coli O157:H7 inoculated to raw beef carcasses in commercial beef abattoirs.
beef carcass surface tissue . Letters in Applied Journal of Rapid Methods and Automation in
Microbiology 23(1):61–63. Microbiology 14(1):1–95.
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, G. R. Siragusa, and M. EFSA (European Food Safety Authority). 2008.
Koohmaraie. 1996b. Microbial decontamination of Scientific Opinion of the Panel on Biological
beef and sheep carcasses by steam, hot water spray Hazards on a request from DG SANCO on the
washes, and a steam-vacuum sanitizer. Journal of assessment of the possible effect of the four
Food Protection 59(2):127–135. antimicrobial treatment substances on the emergence
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1997a. of antimicrobial resis-tance. The EFSA Journal
Effects of acetic acid, lactic acid and trisodium phos- 659:1–26.
phate on the microflora of refrigerated beef carcass Eggenberger-Solorzano, L., S. E. Niebuhr, G. R. Acuff,
surface tissue inoculated with Escherichia coli and J. S. Dickson. 2002. Hot water and organic acid
O157:H7, Listeria innocua, and Clostridium sporo- interventions to control microbiological contamina-
genes. Journal of Food Protection 60(6):619–624. tion on hog carcasses during processing . Journal of
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1997b. Food Protection 65(8):1248–1252.
Effects of steam-vacuuming and hot water spray wash on Elder, R. O., J. E. Keen, G. R. Siragusa, G. A.
the microflora of refrigerated beef carcass surface tissue Barkocy– Gallagher, M. Koohmaraie, and W. W.
inoculated with Escherichia coli O157:H7, Listeria Laegreid. 2000. Correlation of enterohemorrhagic
innocua , and Clostridium sporogenes. Journal of Food Escherichia coli O157 prevalence in feces, hides, and
Protection 60(2):114–119. carcasses of beef cattle during processing .
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1998a. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of
Bacterial profile of ground beef made from carcass the United States of America 97(7):2999–3003.
tissue experimentally contaminated with pathogenic Ellerboek, L. F., J. F. Wegener, and G. Arndt. 1993.
and spoilage bacteria before being washed with hot Does spray washing of lamb carcasses alter bacterial
water, alkaline solution, or organic acid and then surface contamination? Journal of Food Protection
stored at 4 or 12° C . Journal of Food Protection 56(4):432–436.
61(9):1109–1118. Emswiler, B. S., A. W. Kotula, and D. K. Rough. 1976.
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1998b. Bactericidal effectiveness of three chlorine sources
Long-term bacterial profile of refrigerated ground used in beef carcass washing . Journal of Food
beef made from carcass tissue, experimentally con- Science 42(6):1445–1450.
taminated with pathogens and spoilage bacteria after Fabrizio, K. A., R. R. Sharma, A. Demirci, and C. N.
hot water, alkaline, or organic acid washes. Journal Cutter. 2002. Comparison of electrolyzed oxidizing
of Food Protection 61(12):1615–1622. water with various antimicrobial interventions to
Dorsa, W. J., C. N. Cutter, and G. R. Siragusa. 1998c. reduce Salmonella species on poultry. Poultry
Long-term effect of alkaline, organic acid, or hot Science 81(10):1598–1605.
water washes on the microbial profile of refrigerated Garcia Zepeda, C. M., C. L. Kastner, B. L. Willard, R. K.
beef contaminated with bacterial pathogens after Phebus, J. R. Schwenke, B. A. Fijal, and R. K. Prasai.
washing. Journal of Food Protection 61(3):300– 1994. Gluconic acid as a fresh beef decontami-nant.
306. Journal of Food Protection 57(11):956–962.
Duffy, E. A., K. E. Belk, J. N. Sofos, S. B. LeValley, Garriga, M., N. Grèbol, M. T. Aymerich, J. M. Monfort,
M. K. Kain, J. D. Tatum, G. C. Smith, and C. V. and M. Hugas. 2004. Microbial inactivation after high-
Kimberling. 2001. Microbial contamination pressure processing at 600 MPa in commercial meat
occurring on lamb carcasses processed in the United products over its shelf life . Innovative Food Science and
States. Journal of Food Protection 64(4):503–508. Emerging Technologies 5:451–457.
Duffy, E. A., S. B. LeValley, K. E. Belk, J. N. Sofos, Geornaras, I., and J. N. Sofos. 2005. Combining
and G. C. Smith. 2000. Pre–harvest management physical and chemical decontamination interventions
practices, good manufacturing practices during for meat. In Improving the Safety of Fresh Meat,
harvest, and microbiological quality of lamb car- edited by J. N. Sofos. New York and Washington,
casses. Dairy, Food and Environmental Sanitation D.C.: CRC Press.
20:753–762. Gill, C. O. 1998. Microbiological contamination of
Duffy, G., S. B. O’Brien, E. Carney, J. J. Sheridan, D. A. meat during slaughter and butchering of cattle, sheep
McDowell, and I. S. Blair. 2005. Characterization of and pigs. In The Microbiology of Meat and Poultry,
Escherichia coli O157 isolates from bovine hide and edited by A. Davies and R. Board. London: Blackie
beef trimming in Irish abattoirs by pulsed filed gel Academic & Professional.
Gill, C. O., and M. Badoni. 1997. The effects of hot
water pasteurizing treatments on the appearances of
pork and beef. Meat Science 46(1):77–87.
Gill, C. O., and M. Badoni. 2004. Effects of peroxyacetic
acid, acidified sodium chlorite or lactic acid solutions
5888 Chapter 3 chemical, physical, and microbial attributes of beef
strip loins stored at −1°C for 112 days. Journal of
Food Protection 59(8):849–853.
González-Fandos, E., and J. L. Dominguez. 2006.
on the microflora of chilled beef carcasses. Efficacy of lactic acid against Listeria
International Journal of Food Microbiology monocytogenes attached to poultry skin during
91(1):43–50. refrigerated storage. Journal of Applied
Gill, C. O., and J. Bryant. 1992. The contamination of pork Microbiology 101(6):1331– 1339.
with spoilage bacteria during commercial dress-ing, Gorman, B. M., S. L. Kochevar, J. N. Sofos, J. B.
chilling and cutting of pig carcasses. International Morgan, G. R. Schmidt, and G. C. Smith. 1997.
Journal of Food Microbiology 16(1):51–62. Changes on beef adipose tissue following decontami-
Gill, C. O., and J. Bryant. 1997a. Assessment of the nation with chemical solutions or water of 35°C or
hygienic performances of two beef carcass cooling 75°C. Journal of Muscle Foods 8(2):185–197.
processes from product temperature history data or Gorman, B. M., J. B. Morgan, J. N. Sofos, and G. C.
enumeration of bacteria on carcass surfaces. Food Smith. 1995a. Microbiological and visual effects of
Microbiology 14:593–602. trimming and/or spray washing for removal of fecal
Gill, C. O., and J. Bryant. 1997b. Decontamination of material from beef. Journal of Food Protection
carcasses by vacuum-hot water cleaning and steam 58(9):984–989.
pasteurizing during routine operations at a beef Gorman, B. M., J. N. Sofos, J. B. Morgan, G. R.
packing plant. Meat Science 47:(3–4):267–276. Schmidt, and G. C. Smith. 1995b. Evaluation of
Gill, C. O., and T. Jones. 1997a. Assessment of the hand-trim-ming, various sanitizing agents, and hot
hygienic characteristics of a process for dressing pas- water spray-washing as decontamination
teurized pig carcasses . Food Microbiology 14:81– interventions for beef brisket adipose tissue. Journal
91. of Food Protection 58(8):899–907.
Gill, C. O., and T. Jones. 1997b. Assessment of the Graves Delmore, L. R., J. N. Sofos, J. O. Reagan, and
hygienic performances of an air-cooling process for G. C. Smith. 1997. Hot water rinsing and trimming/
lamb carcasses and a spray - cooling process for pig washing of beef carcasses to reduce physical and
carcasses. International Journal of Food microbiological contamination. Journal of Food
Microbiology 38(2–3):85–93. Science 62(2):373–376.
Gill, C. O., and C. Landers. 2003a. Effects of spray- Graves Delmore, L. R., J. N. Sofos, G. R. Schmidt, and
cooling processes on the microbiological conditions G. C. Smith. 1998. Decontamination of inoculated
of decontaminated beef carcasses. Journal of Food beef with sequential spraying treatments. Journal of
Protection 66(7):1247–1252. Food Science 63(5):890–893.
Gill, C. O., and C. Landers. 2003b. Microbiological Greer, G. G., and B. D. Dilts. 1992. Factors affecting
effects of carcass decontaminating treatments at four the susceptibility of meatborne pathogens and
beef packing plants. Meat Science 65(3):1005– 1011. spoilage bacteria to organic acids. Food Research
International 25:355–364.
Gill, C. O., M. Badoni, and T. Jones. 1996. Hygienic Greer, G. G., and S. D. M. Jones. 1997. Quality and
effects of trimming and washing operations in a beef- bacteriological consequences of beef carcass spray-
carcass-dressing process. Journal of Food Protection chilling: Effects of spray duration and boxed beef
59(6):666–669. storage temperature. Meat Science 45(1):61–73.
Gill, C. O., D. Bedard, and T. Jones. 1997. The decon- Guan, D., and D. G. Hoover. 2005. Emerging decon-
taminating performance of a commercial apparatus tamination technologies for meat . In Improving the
for pasteurizing polished pig carcasses. Food Safety of Fresh Meat, edited by J. N. Sofos. New
Microbiology 14(1):71–79. York and Washington, D.C.: CRC Press.
Gill, C. O., J. Bryant, and M. Badoni. 2001. Effects of Hadley, P. J., J. S. Holder, and M. H. Hinton. 1997.
hot water pasteurizing treatments on the Effects of fleece soiling and skinning method on the
microbiologi-cal condition of manufacturing beef microbiology of sheep carcasses. Veterinary Record
used for ham-burger patty manufacture. 140(22):570–574
International Journal of Food Microbiology Hardin, M. D., G. R. Acuff, L. M. Lucia, J. S. Oman,
63(3):243–256. and J. W. Savell. 1995. Comparison of methods for
Gill, C. O., J. Bryant, and D. Bedard. 1999. The effects decontamination from beef carcass surfaces. Journal
of hot water pasteurizing treatments on the appear- of Food Protection 58(4):368–374.
ances and microbiological conditions of beef carcass Hippe, C. L., R. A. Field, B. Ray, and W. C. Russell.
sides. Food Microbiology 16(3):281–289. 1991. Effect of spray -chilling on quality of beef
Gill, C. O., F. Dussault, R. A. Holley, A. Houde, T. from lean and fatter carcasses. Journal of Animal
Jones, N. Rheault, A. Rosales, and S. Quessy. 2000. Science 69(1):178–183.
Evaluation of the hygienic performances of the pro- Hsu, S-Y., C. Kim, Y-C. Hung, and S. E. Prussia. 2004.
cesses for cleaning, dressing and cooling pig Effect of spraying on chemical properties and bacte-
carcasses at eight packing plants. International ricidal efficacy of electrolysed oxidizing water.
Journal of Food Microbiology 58(1–2):65–72. International Journal of Science and Technology
Gill, C. O., D. S. McGinnis, J. Bryant, and B. Chabot. 39(2):157–165.
1995. Decontamination of commercial, polished pig
carcasses with hot water. Food Microbiology
12(2):143–150.
Goddard, B. L., W. B. Mikel, D. E. Conner, and W. R.
Jones. 1996. Use of organic acids to improve the
Hugas, M., M. Garriga, and J. M. Monfort. 2002. New Meat Decontamination 81
mild technologies in meat processing: high pres-sure
as a model technology. Meat Science 62:359–371.
Huffman, R. D. 2002. Current and future technologies Kochevar, S. L., J. N. Sofos, R. R. Bolin, J. O. Reagan,
for the decontamination of carcasses and fresh meat . and G. C. Smith. 1997a. Steam vacuuming as a pre-
Meat Science 62(3):285–294. evisceration intervention to decontaminate beef car-
Hwang, C.-A., and L. R. Beuchat. 1995. Efficacy of casses. Journal of Food Protection 60(2):107–113.
selected chemicals for killing pathogenic and Kochevar, S. L., J. N. Sofos, S. B. LeValley, and G. C.
spoilage microorganisms on chicken skin. Journal of Smith. 1997b. Effect of water temperature, pressure
Food Protection 58(1):19–23. and chemical solution on removal of fecal material
Ikeda, J. S., J. Samelis, P. A. Kendall, G. C. Smith, and and bacteria from lamb adipose tissue by spray-wash-
J. N. Sofos. 2003. Acid adaptation does not promote ing. Meat Science 45(3):377–388.
survival or growth of Listeria monocytogenes on Kotula, K. L., and R.Thelappurate. 1994.
fresh beef following acid and nonacid Microbiological and sensory attributes of retail cuts
decontamination treatments. Journal of Food of beef treated with acetic and lactic acid solutions .
Protection 66(6):985– 992. Journal of Food Protection 57(8):665–670.
Jericho, K. W. F., G. O’Laney, and G. C. Kozub. 1998. Koutsoumanis K. P., I. Geornaras, and J. N. Sofos.
Verification of the hygienic adequacy of beef carcass 2006. Microbiology of land muscle foods. In
cooling processes by microbiological culture and the Handbook of Food Science, Technology and
temperature-function integration technique. Journal Engineering, vol. 1, edited by Y. H. Hui. New York:
of Food Protection 61(10):1347–1351. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, NW.
Kain, M. L., S. L. Kochevar, J. M. Sofos, K. E. Belk, C. Koutsoumanis, K., and J. N. Sofos. 2004. Microbial
Rossiter, J. O. Reagan, and G. C. Smith. 2001. contamination of carcasses and cuts. In Encyclopedia
Relationships of live animal scores for ambulatory of Meat Sciences, edited by W. K. Jensen.
status, body condition, hide cleanliness, and fecal Amsterdam: Elsevier Academic Press.
matter consistency to microbiological contamination Koutsoumanis, K. P., L. V. Ashton, I. Geornaras, K. E.
of dairy cow carcasses. Dairy, Food and Belk, J. A. Scanga, P. A. Kendall, G. C. Smith, and J.
Environmental Sanitation 21(12):990–996. N. Sofos. 2004. Effect of single or sequential hot
Kalchayanand, N., T. M. Arthur, J. M. Bosilevac, D. M. water and lactic acid decontamination treatments on
Brichta–Harhay, M. N. Guerini, T. L. Wheeler, and the survival and growth of Listeria monocytogenes
M. Koohmaraie. 2008. Evaluation of various antimi- and spoilage microflora during aerobic storage of
crobial interventions for the reduction of Escherichia fresh beef at 4, 10, and 25°C. Journal of Food
coli O157:H7 on bovine heads during processing. Protection 67(12):2703–2711.
Journal of Food Protection 71(3):621–624. Lillard, H. S. 1994. Effect of trisodium phosphate on
Kang, D.-H., M. Koohmaraie, and G. R. Siragusa. Salmonellae attached to chicken skin. Journal of
2001a. Application of multiple antimicrobial inter- Food Protection 57(6):465–469.
ventions for microbial decontamination of commer- Lim, K., and A. Mustapha. 2004. Effects of cetylpyri-
cial beef trim. Journal of Food Protection dinium chloride, acidified sodium chlorite, and potas-
64(2):168–171. sium sorbate on populations of Escherichia coli
Kang, D.-H., M. Koohmaraie, W. J. Dorsa, and G. R. O157:H7, Listeria monocytogenes, and
Siragusa. 2001b. Development of a multiple-step Staphylococcus aureus on fresh beef. Journal of
process for the microbial decontamination of beef Food Protection 67(2):310–315.
trim. Journal of Food Protection 64(1):63–71. McEvoy, J. M., A. M. Doherty, J. J. Sheridan, D. G.
Kannan, G., A. K. Jenkins, K. R. Eega, B. Kouakou, Bailey, I. S. Blair, and D. A. McDowell. 2003. The
and G. W. McCommon. 2007. Preslaughter spray- effects of treating bovine hide with steam at
wash-ing effects on physiological stress responses subatmo-spheric pressure on bacterial numbers and
and skin and carcass microbial counts in goats. Small leather quality. Letters in Applied Microbiology
Ruminant Research 67(1):14–19. 37(4):344–348.
Kelly, C. A., J. F. Dempster, and A. J. McLoughlin. McEvoy, J. M., A. M. Doherty, J. J. Sheridan, I. S.
1981. The effect of temperature, pressure and Blair, and D. A. McDowell. 2001. Use of steam
chlorine concentration on spray washing water on condensing at subatmospheric pressures to reduce
numbers of bacteria on lamb carcasses. Journal of Escherichia coli O157:H7 numbers on bovine hide.
Applied Bacteriology 51(3):415–424. Journal of Food Protection 64(11):1655–1660.
Kemp, K. G., M. L. Aldrich, and A. L. Waldroup. 2000. Mendonca, A. F., T. L. Amoroso, and S. J. Knabel.
Acidified sodium chlorite antimicrobial treatment of 1994. Destruction of Gram-negative food-borne
Broiler carcasses. Journal of Food Protection pathogens by high pH involves disruption of the
63(8):1087–1092. cytoplasmic membrane. Applied and Environmental
Kim, J. W., and M. E. Slavik. 1995. Cetylpyridinium Microbiology 60(11):4009–4014.
chloride (CPC) treatment on poultry skin to reduce Mies, P. D., B. R. Covington, K. B. Harris, L. M. Lucia,
attached Salmonella. Journal of Food Protection 59 G. R. Acuff, and J. W. Savell. 2004.
(3):322–326. Decontamination of cattle hides prior to slaughter
using washes with and without antimicrobial agents.
Journal of Food Protection 67(3):579–582.
Midgley, J., and A. Small. 2006. Review of new and
emerging technologies for red meat safety. Meat &
23 Chapter 3 Podolak, R. K., J. F. Zayas, C. L. Kastner, and D. Y. C.
Fung. 1996. Inhibition of Listeria monocytogenes
and Escherichia coli O157:H7 on beef by application
of organic acids. Journal of Food Protection
Livestock Australia LTD, ABN 39 081 678 364. Final 59(4):370–373.
Report, Food Safety, PRMS 0. 83. Available at http:// Pohlman, F. W., M. R. Stivarius, K. S. McElyea, and A.
www.meatupdate.csiro.au/new/Introduction%20 to L. Waldroup. 2002a. Reduction of E. coli,
%20Interventions.htm. Accessed 23 December 2008. Salmonella typhimurium, coliforms, aerobic bacteria,
and improvement of ground beef color using
Morgan, A. I., N. Goldberg, E. R. Radewonuk, and O. trisodium phosphate or cetylpyridinium chloride
J. Scullen. 1996. Surface pasteurization of raw before grind-ing. Meat Science 60(4):349–356.
poultry meat by steam. LWT-Food Science and Pohlman, F. W., MR. Stivarius, K. S. McElyea, Z. B.
Technology 29(5–6):447–451. Johnson, and M. G. Johnson. 2002b. Reduction of
Mullerat, J., B. W. Sheldon, and N. A. Klapes. 1995. microorganisms in ground beef using multiple
Inactivation of Salmonella species and other food- intervention technology. Meat Science 61(3):315–
borne pathogens with SalmideR, a sodium chlorite- 322.
based oxyhalogen disinfectant. Journal of Food Pohlman, F. W., M. R. Stivarius, K. S. McElyea, Z. B.
Protection 58(5):535–540. Johnson, and M. G. Johnson. 2002c. The effects of
Naidu, A. S. 2001. Immobilized lactoferrin antimicro- ozone, chlorine dioxide, cetylpyridinium chloride and
bial agents and the use. U.S. patent 6,172,040 B1. trisodium phosphate as multiple antimicrobial inter-
Naidu, A. S. 2002. Activated lactoferrin: A new approach ventions on microbiological, instrumental color, and
to meat safety. Food Technology 56(3):40–45. sensory color and odor characteristics of ground beef.
Naidu, A. S., and W. R. Bidlack. 1998. Milk lactofer- Meat Science 61(3):307–313.
rin—natural microbial blocking agent (MBA) for Prasai, R. K., G. R. Acuff, L. M. Lucia, D. S. Hale, J.
food safety. Environmental and Nutritional W. Savell, and J. B. Morgan. 1991. Microbiological
Interactions 2:35–50. effects of acid decontamination of beef carcasses at
Naidu, A. S., J. Tulpinski, K. Gustilo, R. Nimmagudda, various locations in processing. Journal of Food
and J. B. Morgan. 2003. Activated lactoferrin part 2: Protection 54(1):868–872.
Natural antimicrobial for food safety. Agrofood Ransom, J. R., K. E. Belk, J. N. Sofos, J. D. Stopforth,
Industry Hi-Tech May/June:27–31. J. A. Scanga, and G. C. Smith. 2003. Comparison of
Nou, X., M. Rivera–Betancourt, J. M. Bosilevac, T. L. intervention technologies for reducing Escherichia
Wheeler, S. D. Shackelford, B. L. Gwartney, J. O. coli O157:H7 on beef cuts and trimmings. Food
Reagan, and M. Koohmaraie. 2003. Effect of chemi- Protection Trends 23:24–34.
cal dehairing on the prevalence of Escherichia coli Rathgeber, B. M., and A. L. Waldroup. 1995.
O157:H7 and the levels of aerobic bacteria and Antibacterial activity of a sodium acid pyrophosphate
Enterobacteriaceae on carcasses in a commercial product in chiller water against selected bacteria on
beef processing plant. Journal of Food Protection broiler carcasses. Journal of Food Protection
66(11):2005–2009. 58(5):530–534.
Nutsch, A. L., R. K. Phebus, M. J. Riemann, D. E. Reagan, J. O., G. R. Acuff, D. R. Buege, M. J. Buyck,
Schafer, J. E. Boyer Jr., R. C. Wilson, J. D. Leising, J. S. Dickson, C. L. Kastner, J. L. Marsden, J. B.
and C. L. Kastner. 1997. Evaluation of a steam pas- Morgan, I. R. Nickelson, G. C. Smith, and J. N.
teurization process in a commercial beef processing Sofos. 1996. Trimming and washing of beef
facility. Journal of Food Protection 60(5):485– 492. carcasses as a method of improving the
microbiological quality of meat. Journal of Food
Oomori, T., T. Oka, T. Inuta, and Y. Arata. 2000. The Protection 59(7):751– 756.
efficiency of disinfection of scidic electrolyzed water Reed, C. A., and B. Kaplan. 1996. Foodborne illness
in the presence of organic materials. Analytical prevention before slaughter? Yes! Journal of the
Sciences 16(4):365–369. American Veterinary Medical Association 208(9):
Park, H., Hung, Y-C., and R. E. Brackett. 2002. 1366.
Antimicrobial effect of electrolyzed water for inacti- Reid, C. A., A. Small, S. M. Avery, and S. Buncic. 2002.
vating Campylobacter jejuni during poultry washing. Presence of food-borne pathogens on cattle hides.
International Journal of Food Microbiology Food Control 13(6–7):411–415.
72(2):77–83. Retzlaff, D., R. Phebus, A. Nutsch, J. Riemann, C.
Penney, N., T. Bigwood, H. Barea, D. Pulford, G. Kastner, and J. Marsden. 2004. Effectiveness of a
LeRoux, R. Cook, G. Jarvis, and G. Brightwell. laboratory-scale vertical tower static chamber steam
2007. Efficacy of a peroxyacetic acid formulation as pasteurization unit against Escherichia coli O157:H7,
an anti-microbial intervention to reduce levels of Salmonella Typhimurium, and Listeria innocua on
inoculated Escherichia coli O157:H7 on external prerigor beef tissue. Journal of Food Protection
carcass sur-faces of hot-boned beef and veal. Journal 67(8):1630–1633.
of Food Protection 70(1):200–203. Rose, B. E., W. E. Hill, R. Umholtz, G. M. Ransom,
Phebus, R. K., A. L. Nutsch, D. E Schafer, R. C. and W. O. James. 2002. Testing for Salmonella in
Wilson, M. J. Riemann, J. D. Leising, C. L. Kastner, raw meat and poultry products collected at federally
J. R. Wolf, and R. K. Prasai. 1997. Comparison of
steam pasteurization and other methods for reduction
of pathogens on surfaces of freshly slaughtered beef .
Journal of Food Protection 60(5):476–484.
inspected establishments in the United States, 1998 Meat Decontamination 83
through 2000. Journal of Food Protection
65(6):937–947.
Samelis, J., P. Kendall, G. Smith, and J. N. Sofos. 2004.
Acid tolerance of acid-adapted and nonadapted Smith, M. G 1992. Destruction of bacteria on fresh
Escherichia coli O157:H7 following habituation (10° meat by hot water. Epidemiology and Infection
C) in fresh beef decontamination runoff fluids of 109(3):491–496.
different pH values. Journal of Food Protection Smulders, F. J. M., and G. G. Greer, G. G. 1998.
67(4):638–645. Integrating microbial decontamination with organic
Samelis, J., and J. N. Sofos. 2003. “Strategies to control acids in HACCP programmes for muscle foods:
stress-adapted pathogens. ” In Microbial Stress Prospects and controversies. International Journal of
Adaptation and Food Safety, edited by A. E. Yousef, Food Microbiology 44(3):149–169.
and V. K. Juneja. New York: CRC Press. Sofos, J. N. 1994. Microbial growth and its control in
Samelis, J., and J. N. Sofos. 2005. Meat meat, poultry and fish . In Quality Attributes and
decontamination and stress adaptation. In Improving Their Measurement in Meat, Poultry, and Fish
the Safety of Fresh Meat, edited by J. N. Sofos. New Products, edited by A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson.
York and Washington, D.C.: CRC Press. Glasgow: Blackie Academic and Professional.
Samelis, J., J. N. Sofos, P. A. Kendall, and G. C. Smith. Sofos, J. N. 2002. Approaches to pre-harvest food
2002. Effect of acid adaptation on survival of safety assurance. In Food Safety Assurance and
Escherichia coli O157:H7 in meat decontamination Veterinary Public Health, vol. 1, edited by F. J. M.
washing fluids and potential effects of organic acid Smulders and J. D. Collins. Wageningen, The
interventions on the microbial ecology of the meat Netherlands: Wageningen Academic Publishers.
plant environment. Journal of Food Protection Sofos, J. N. 2005. Improving the Safety of Fresh Meat.
65(1):33–40. New York and Washington, D.C.: CRC Press.
Sampathkumar, B., G. G. Khachatourians, and D. R.
Korber. 2004. Treatment of Salmonella enterica Sofos, J. N., and G. C. Smith. 1998. Nonacid meat
serovar Enteritidis with a sublethal concentration of decontamination technologies: Model studies and
trisodium phosphate or alkaline pH induces thermo- commercial applications. International Journal of
tolerance. 2004. Applied and Environmental Food Microbiology 44(3):171–188.
Microbiology 70(8):4613–4620. Sofos, J. N., K. E. Belk, and G. A. Smith. 1999a.
Schnell, T. D., J. N. Sofos, V. G. Littlefield, J. B. Processes to reduce contamination with pathogenic
Morgan, B. M. Gorman, R. P. Clayton, and G. C. microorganisms in meat. Proceedings of 45th
Smith. 1995. Effects of postexsanguination dehairing International Congress of Meat Science and
on the microbial load and visual cleanliness of beef Technology, Yokohama, Japan, 2:596–605.
carcasses. Journal of Food Protection 58(12):1297– Sofos, J. N., S. L. Kochevar, G. R. Bellinger, D. R.
1302. Buege, D. D. Hancock, S. C. Ingham, J. B. Morgan,
Sheridan, J. J. 2004. Decontamination. In Encyclopedia J. O. Reagan, and G. C. Smith. 1999b. Sources and
of Meat Sciences, edited by W. K. Jensen, C. Devine, extent of microbiological contamination of beef car-
and M. Dikeman. Oxford: Elsevier Science. casses in seven United States slaughtering plants.
Shin, K., K. Yamauchi, S. Teraguchi, M. Tomita, Y. Journal of Food Protection 62(2):140–145.
Otsuka, and S. Yamazaki. 1998. Antibacterial Sofos, J. N., S. L. Kochevar, J. O. Reagan, and G. C.
activity of bovine lactoferrin and its peptides against Smith. 1999c. Incidence of Salmonella on beef car-
entero-haemorrhagic Escherichia coli O157:H7. casses relating to the U.S. Meat and Poultry
Letters in Applied Microbiology 26(6):407–411. Inspection regulations. Journal of Food Protection
Simpson, C. A., J. A. Ransom, J. A. Scanga, K. E. 62(5):467–473.
Belk, J. N. Sofos, and G. C. Smith. 2006. Changes in Sofos, J. N., S. L. Kochevar, J. O. Reagan, and G. C.
micro-biological populations on beef carcass surfaces Smith. 1999d. Extent of beef carcass contamination
exposed to air- or spray-chilling and characterization with Escherichia coli and probabilities of passing
of hot box practices. Food Protection Trends U.S. regulatory criteria. Journal of Food Protection
26:226–235. 62(3):234–238.
Skandamis, P. N., J. D. Stopforth, P. A. Kendall, K. E. Stopforth, J. D., R. O’Connor, M. Lopes, B. Kottapalli,
Belk, J. A. Scanga, G. C. Smith, and J. N. Sofos. W. E. Hill, and M. Samadpour. 2007. Validation of
2007. Modeling the effect of inoculum size and acid individual and multiple-sequential interventions for
adapta-tion on growth/no growth interface of reduction of microbial populations during processing
Escherichia coli O157:H7. International Journal of of poultry carcasses and parts . Journal of Food
Food Microbiology 120(3):237–249. Protection 70(6):1393–1401.
Skandamis, P. N, J. D. Stopforth, L. V. Ashton, I. Stopforth, J. D., and J. N. Sofos. 2005. Carcass chilling.
Geornaras, P. A. Kendall, and J. N. Sofos. 2009. In Improving the Safety of Fresh Meat, edited by J.
Escherichia coli O157:H7 survival, biofilm N. Sofos. New York and Washington, D.C.: CRC
formation and acid tolerance under simulated Press.
slaughter plant moist and dry conditions. Food Stopforth, J. D., and J. N. Sofos. 2006. Recent advances in
Microbiology 26:112–119. pre- and post-slaughter intervention strategies for control
of meat contamination. In Advances in Microbial Food
Safety, ACS Symposium 931. Recent Advances in
Intervention Strategies to Improve Safety, edited by V. J.
Juneja, J. P Cherry, and M. H. Tunick.
5888 Chapter 3 Baseline_Data/index.asp. Accessed 26 November
2008.
USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
Safety and Inspection Service). 1996c. Pathogen
Washington, D.C.: American Chemical Society, Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control
Oxford University Press. Point (HACCP) Systems; Final Rule, Federal
Stopforth, J. D., J. Samelis, J. N. Sofos, P. A. Kendall, Register, Vol. 61, No. 144, pp. 38806–38989.
and G. C. Smith. 2003. Influence of extended acid USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
stressing in fresh beef decontamination runoff fluids Safety and Inspection Service). 1998a. Nationwide
on sanitizer resistance of acid-adapted Escherichia beef microbiological baseline data collection
coli O157:H7 in biofilms. Journal of Food program: cattle, June 1997–May 1998. USDA-FSIS,
Protection 66(12):2258–2266. Science and Technology, Microbiological Division,
Stopforth, J. D., Y. Yoon, K. E. Belk, J. A. Scanga, P. A. Washington, D.C. Available at http://www.fsis.usda.
Kendall, G. C. Smith, and J. N. Sofos. 2004. Effect of gov/Science/Baseline_Data/index.asp. Accessed 26
simulated spray chilling with chemical solutions on acid- November 2008.
habituated and non-acid-habituated Escherichia coli USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
O157:H7 cells attached to beef carcass tissue. Journal of Safety and Inspection Service). 1998b. Nationwide
Food Protection 67(10):2099–2106. beef microbiological baseline data collection
Stopforth. J. D., L. V. Ashton, P. N. Skandamis, J. A. program: swine, June 1997–May 1998. USDA-FSIS,
Scanga, G. C. Smith, J. N. Sofos, and K. E. Belk. Science and Technology, Microbiological Division,
2005. Single and Sequential treatment of beef tissue Washington, D.C. Available at: http://www.fsis.usda.
with lactic acid, ammonium hydroxide, sodium meta- gov/Science/Baseline_Data/index.asp. Accessed 26
silicate, and acidic and basic oxidized water to November 2008.
reduce numbers of inoculated Escherichia coli USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
O157:H7 and Salmonella Typhimurium. Food Safety and Inspection Service). 2002. Petition for the
Protection Trends 25(1):14–22. implementation of a new program for microbial
Strydom, P. E., and E. M. Buys. 1995. The effects of testing of raw beef carcasses and trimmings for the
spray- chilling on carcass mass loss and surface asso- presence of E. coli O157:H7. Available at: http://
ciated bacteriology. Meat Science 39(2):265–276. www.fsis.usda.gov/OPPDE/rdad/FRPubs/00-022N/
Theron, M. M., and J. F. R. Lues. 2007. Organic acids ecoli.pdf. Accessed 15 September 2008.
and meat preservation: a review. Food Reviews USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
International 23:141–158. Safety and Inspection Service). 2007. Nationwide
Tinney, K. S., M. F. Miller, C. B. Ramsey, L. D. microbiological baseline data collection program for
Thompson, and M. A. Carr. 1997. Reduction of the raw ground beef component: domestic beef trim-
microorganisms on beef surfaces with electricity and mings, December 2005–January 2007. USDA-FSIS,
acetic acid. Journal of Food Protection 60(6): 625– Science and Technology, Microbiological Division,
628. Washington, D.C. Available at: http://www.fsis.usda.
Tsai, L.-S., R. Higby, and J. Schade. 1995. Disinfection gov/Science/Baseline_Data/index.asp. Accessed 26
of poultry chiller water with chlorine dioxide: November 2008.
Consumption and byproduct formation. Journal of USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
Agricultural and Food Chemistry 43(10): 2768– Safety and Inspection Service). 2008a. Raw ground
2773. beef—E. coli O157:H7 testing results. Available at:
USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food Safety http://www.fsis.usda.gov/Science/Ground_Beef_E.
and Inspection Service). 1994. Nationwide beef Coli_Testing_Results/index.asp. Accessed 02
microbiological baseline data collection program: cows January 2009.
and bulls, December 1993–November 1994. USDA- USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food
FSIS, Science and Technology, Microbiolo-gical Safety and Inspection Service). 2008b. Progress
Division, Washington, D.C. Available at: http:// report on Salmonella testing of raw meat and poultry
www.fsis.usda.gov/Science/Baseline_Data/index.asp. products, 1998–2007. Available at: http://www.fsis.
Accessed 26 November 2008. usda.gov/Science/Progress_Report_Salmonella_
USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food Testing_Tables/index.asp. Accessed 26 November
Safety and Inspection Service). 1996a. Achieving the 2008.
zero tolerance performance standard for beef car- USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food Safety
casses by knife-trimming and vacuuming with hot and Inspection Service). 2008c. Safe and suit-able
water and steam: Use of acceptable carcass interven- ingredients used in the production of meat and poultry
tions for reducing carcass contamination without products, FSIS Directive 7120. 1 Amendment 15,
prior agency approval: Notice of Policy Change. USDA-FSIS. Available at: http://www.fsis.usda.
Federal Register. 60:15024–15027. USDA-FSIS. gov/OPPDE/rdad/FSISDirectives/7120.1Amend15. pdf).
Washington, D. C Accessed 28 August 2008.
USDA-FSIS (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Food Uyttendaele, M., E. Jozwik, A. Tutenel, L. De Zutter, J.
Safety and Inspection Service) . 1996b. Nationwide Uradzinski, D. Pierard, and J. Debevere. 2001. Effect
beef microbiological baseline data collec-tion of acid resistance of Escherichia coli O157:H7 on
program: steers and heifers, October 1992–
September 1993. USDA-FSIS, Science and
Technology, Microbiological Division, Washington,
D.C. Available at: http://www.fsis.usda.gov/Science/
efficacy of buffered lactic acid to decontaminate Meat Decontamination 85
chilled beef tissue and effect of modified atmosphere
packaging on survival of Escherichia coli O157:H7
on red meat. Journal of Food Protection
64(11):1661–1666. Whyte, P., J. D. Collins, K. McGill, C. Monahan, and
Van Donkersgoed, J. K., W. F. Jericho, H. Crogan, and H. O’Mahony. 2001. Quantitative investigation of the
B. Thorlackson. 1997. Preslaughter hide status of effects of chemical decontamination procedures on
cattle and the microbiology of carcasses . Journal of the microbiological status of broiler carcasses during
Food Protection 60(12):1502–1508. processing. Journal of Food Protection 64(2):179–
van Netten, P., A. Valentijn, D. A. A. Mossel, and J. H. 183.
J. Huis in’t Veld. 1997. Fate of low temperature and Woerner, D., J. Ransom, J. N. Sofos, G. Dewell, G. C.
acid-adapted Yersinia enterocolitica and Listeria Smith, M. Salman, and K. E. Belk, K. E. 2006.
monocytogenes that contaminate lactic acid decon- Determining the prevalence of Escherichia coli O157
taminated meat during chill storage. Journal of in cattle and beef from the feedlot to the cooler.
Applied Microbiology 82(6):769–779. Journal of Food Protection 69(12):2824– 2827.
van Netten, P., A. Valentijn, D. A. A. Mossel, and J. H.
J. Huis in’t Veld. 1998. The survival and growth of Woolthuis, C. H. J., and F. J. M. Smulders. 1985.
acid-adapted mesophilic pathogens that contaminate Microbial decontamination of calf carcasses by lactic
meat after lactic acid decontamination. Journal of acid sprays. Journal of Food Protection 48(10):832–
Applied Microbiology 84(4):559–567. 837.
Wang, W.-C., Y. Li, M. F. Slavik, and H. Xiong. 1997. Xiong, H., Y. Li, M. F. Slavik, and J. T. Walker. 1998.
Trisodium phosphate and cetylpyridium chloride Spraying chicken skin with selected chemicals to
spraying on chicken skin to reduce attached reduce attached Salmonella typhimurium. Journal of
Salmonella typhimurium. Journal of Food Protection Food Protection 61(3):272–275.
60(8):992–994. Yang, H., Y. Li, and M. G. Johnson. 2001. Survival and
Warriner, K., K. Eveleigh, J. Goodman, G. Betts, M. death of Salmonella Typhimurium and
Gonzales, and W. M. Waites. 2001. Attachment of Campylobacter jejuni in processing water and on
bacteria to beef from steam -pasteurized carcasses. chicken skin during poultry scalding and chilling.
Journal of Food Protection 64(4):493–497. Journal of Food Protection 64(6):770–776.
Yu, S.-L., D. Bolton, C. Laubach, P. Kline, A. Oser, and S.
A. Palumbo. 1999. Effect of dehairing operations on
microbiological quality of swine carcasses. Journal of
Food Protection 62(12):1478–1481.
Chapter 4
Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms
Brian C. Bowker, Janet S. Eastridge, Ernie W. Paroczay, Janice A. Callahan,
and Morse B. Solomon
87
0 Chapter 4 fied within the lysosome. On the other hand,
lysosomes have fragile membranes that may
rupture with the decreasing temperature and
cytoskeletal proteins. Thus, the purpose of this pH in the muscle during postmortem storage.
chapter is to provide an overview of the Only cathepsins B, D, H, and L have been
established theory of enzymatic aging tender- found to degrade the same proteins as observed
ization and to review recent developments that during postmortem aging (Etherington 1984;
contribute to a more complete under-standing Etherington et al. 1987, 1990; Prates 2002;
of the underlying mechanisms that influence Sentandreu et al. 2002; Li et al. 2008).
postmortem proteolysis and the aging Inhibition of cathepsins B and L, however,
tenderization of meat. does not prevent tenderization (Hopkins and
Thompson 2001). Cathepsin B degrades
myosin, and actin to a lesser extent, while
Enzyme Systems cathepsin D degrades both actin and myosin
into small peptide fragments. Cathepsin L acts
Skeletal muscle contains numerous enzymes on myosin, actin, α-actinin, troponin-T, and
that drive various metabolic pathways in the troponin-I. Both an endo-and exopeptidase,
living tissue. Many of these enzyme systems cathepsin H is reported to act on myosin (Allen
are thought to remain active in postmortem and Goll 2003). Although cathepsins probably
muscle and influence meat-quality develop- do not account for the bulk of postmortem
ment. In particular, the cathepsin, calpain, proteolysis during aging, their contributions
and proteasome enzyme systems have been cannot be com-pletely discounted.
extensively studied to determine their roles
in the proteolysis associated with the aging
tenderization of meat. Calpains
Calpains are Ca 2+-dependent cysteine prote-
ases with optimal activity at neutral pH and are
Cathepsins
found in all kinds of living organisms,
Cathepsins are acid proteases usually including animals, plants, fungi, and bacteria.
located in the lysosomes (DeDuve et al. Discovered about a decade after cathepsins
1955) and in phagocyte cells but have also (Guroff 1964), calpains have been exten-sively
been found in the sarcoplasmic reticulum of researched and the subject of many reviews on
muscle cells (Allen and Goll 2003). muscle proteolysis (Goll et al. 1992, 1998,
Ultrastructural studies indicate lysosomes 2003; Geesink et al. 2000; Ilian et al. 2001;
are prevalent in fetal muscle tissue but occur Friedrich and Bozóky 2005; Geesink et al.
much less fre-quently in adult skeletal 2005; Koohmaraie and Geesink 2006; Geesink
muscle. Cathepsins are distinguished by and Veiseth 2009). Currently, at least 15
their active sites (aspar-tic, cysteine, and different calpains have been iden-tified in
serine proteases) and substrate specificity. mammals (Suzuki et al. 2004). Six different
Over 15 lysosomal cathepsins have been calpains are expressed as mRNA in the
identified, but only eight (B, L, H, S, F, K, mammalian skeletal muscle, but only μ-and m-
D, E) have been found in skeletal muscle calpains and p94/calpain 3 isoforms can be
fibers (Barnier 1995; Hopkins and detected at the protein level (Sorimachi et al.
Thompson 2002; Sentandreu et al. 2002). 1990; Spencer et al. 1995; Sorimachi and
Cathepsins often are not considered as Suzuki 2001; Huang and Wang 2001). The
important in meat tenderization because their Ca2+ requirements, optimum pH and
membrane-bound location is thought to limit
substrate accessibility. Lysosomes are inca-
pable of engulfing the myofibril structure and
no myofibrillar fragments have been identi-
temperature of activity, autolysis, and inhibi- Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 89
tors of calpains have been extensively
reviewed (Allen and Goll 2003; Geesink and
Veiseth 2009). Calpain 1, or μ-calpain, Geesink et al. 2005). Although the mRNA
requires micromolar (10–50 μM) calcium levels for p94 are 10 times greater than μ-
concentration for full activity. Calpain 2, m- and m -calpain mRNA (Kinbara et al. 1998),
calpain, is activated at 0.3–1.0 mM Ca 2+, while purification from muscle is difficult because
the Ca 2+ requirement of p94/calpain 3 is it is highly unstable. The p94 has both a cys-
reported to be at submicromolar levels (Branca teine protease domain and a calmodulin-like
et al. 1999; Ono et al. 2004). Chicken muscle Ca+2 binding domain in the same
expresses a distinct μ/m-calpain, intermediate polypeptide chain that binds to the N2A and
to μ- and m-calpains in Ca 2+ requirements for M -line regions of titin (Ojima et al. 2007).
activation (Sorimachi et al. 1990; Sorimachi The endogenous N-terminal (but not C-
and Suzuki 2001; Lee et al. 2008). In terminal) domain of p94 is localized in the
postmortem chicken muscle, μ/m-calpain Z-bands and also directly binds to
activity remains steady during aging, in sarcomeric α-actinin, suggesting
contrast to μ-calpain activity, which disap- incorporation of proteolytic frag-ments into
pears by 6 hours postmortem (Lee et al. 2008). the Z-bands. It has been suggested that p94
From this finding it was postulated that protects titin from degradation by μ- and m-
chicken muscle tenderizes more rapidly than calpains (Ojima et al. 2007; Beckmann and
beef due to greater activation of the calpain Spencer 2008; Hayashi et al. 2008). Because
system (Lee et al. 2008). p94 is active even in the absence of Ca2+
Ubiquitous μ- and m-calpains are het- (Sorimachi and Suzuki 2001 ), it is thought
erodimers that dissociate in the presence of to have a role in the regu-lation of μ- and m-
Ca2+ into a regulatory 28 kDa subunit that is calpain activity or be a negative regulator of
identical in both isoforms (Carafoli and apoptosis (Goll et al. 2003).
Molinari 1998) and into a large catalytic Less than 10% of total calpain is normally
subunit (∼80 KDa). It is the catalytic activated in the skeletal muscle (Goll et al.
subunit (Dutt et al. 2002) that dictates the Ca 2003). Research has demonstrated that the
2+
level for activation. The μ- and m- optimal condition for calpain activity is pH 7.5
calpains are located in the sarcoplasm and at 25°C (Zeece et al. 1986), but activity is still
are concen-trated around the Z-disk region detected at pH 5. Meat tenderization begins at
bound to their inhibitor, calpastatin (Allen about pH 6.3 (approximately 6 h postmortem
and Goll 2003). The equilibrium binding of in beef), as μ-calpain is activated at low Ca +2
calpains to calpastatin also is Ca2+- and pH- concentrations. M-calpain, or calpain 2, is
dependent, with binding decreasing as pH optimally active at pH range of 6.5 to 8.0 and
decreases (Dransfield 1993). Moreover, the 1–2 mM Ca2+ but shows minimal activity at
Ca+2 required for calpains to bind to pH 5.5 and 5°C, condi-tions achieved in 24 to
calpastatin is significantly lower than that 48 hours postmortem in the beef carcass. It is
for activating μ-calpain proteolysis (Cong et estimated that approximately 30% of m-
al. 2000, 2002). calpain remains inactive and can be detected
The p94/calpain 3 isoform, unique to skel- up to 56 days postmortem (Geesink and
etal muscle, is not fully inhibited by and can Koohmaraie 1999). With this limited
degrade calpastatin (Ono et al. 2004); postmortem activity range and reported
however, its role in postmortem aging is not discrepancies between in vitro and intracellular
fully understood (Parr et al. 1999; Ilian et al. Ca2+ concentrations, some researchers doubt
2000, 2001a, b, 2004; Stevenson et al. 2002; that calpains alone are responsible for aging of
meat. Furthermore, purification of calpains and
calpastatin is dif-ficult to accomplish, and
techniques for mea-
0 Chapter 4 Ladrat et al. 2006). The proteasome, first
isolated in 1980 (Wilk and Orlowski 1980), is
a barrel-shaped polypeptide structure with
suring calpain under different pH/temperature active sites in its interior core (Mykles and
and ionic strength combinations may not Harie 1995; Attaix et al. 1998, 2001; Glickman
provide an accurate estimation of activity and Cienchanover 2002 ). A 20S latent form is
because of precipitation of calpain or the part of the 26S proteasome (Attaix et al. 1998,
alteration of the interaction with substrates. 2001) and can be acti-vated by mild denaturing
These issues have been the topic of much treatments (Yamamoto et al. 2009) such as
debate in the literature (Prates 2002; Goll et al. heat, chemi-cals, or high pressure. At least five
2003; Geesink and Veiseth 2009), but the multipep-tidase activities (Mykles and Harie
prevailing belief is that μ-calpain is the 1995) have been described: trypsin-like,
essential and predominant enzyme responsi-ble chymo-trypsin-like, branched-chain amino
for postmortem proteolysis and that com-bined acid-pre-ferring, small neutral amino acid-
m- and μ-calpain activity may be responsible preferring, and peptidylglutamyl peptide
for up to 85% of postmortem meat hydrolase (PGPH). The MCP proteasome
tenderization (Geesink et al. 2000; Geesink et enzymes have optimal pH activity at pH 7.0–
al. 2006) 8.0, and the proteasome is found in the
sarcoplasm (Foucrier et al. 2001) of skeletal
muscle. Control of indiscriminate proteolysis
appears to be regulated by two methods. The
Proteasomes MCP preferentially degrades polypeptides that
Evidence has been accumulating that cal- have been ubiquitinated and secondly by
pains are necessary to initiate the physical size limitation; that is, only poly-
degradation of myofibrillar proteins by peptides that can pass through the narrow 10–
releasing them from the surface of the 13Å opening to the central core of the barrel
myofibril and making them available for are easily degraded into 6–12 amino acid
subsequent degradation. Given that calpains fragments in a single pass (Attaix et al. 1998,
cleave proteins at a limited number of sites 2001; Glickman and Cienchanover 2002). It is
and produce large polypeptide fragments likely that another protease, cal-pains for
rather than small pep-tides or amino acids, it example, acts in concert or synergy to release
is clear that other proteases may be involved proteins from the myofibrillar assembly in
in the bulk degra-dation of sarcomeric order to make large proteins available for
structures (Goll et al. 2003). For the degradation into amino acids by the MCP
subsequent breakdown of myofibrillar (Hasselgren 1999; Allen and Goll 2003). The
proteins, once calpains have released them MCP plays a major role in degrad-ing
from the sarcomere, the main candidate is sarcoplasmic proteins and myofibrillar
the proteasome (Attaix et al. 1998, 2001; fragments; however, there is insufficient evi-
Delbarre-Ladrat et al. 2006; Yamamoto et dence that MCP breaks down the same pro-
al. 2009; Geesink and Veiseth 2009). teins in postmortem muscle as in in vitro tests
The proteasome, or multicatalytic protein- (Huang et al. 2007). Proteasomes remained
ase complex (MCP), is a multisubunit prote- relatively stable throughout 7 days of aging in
ase complex with an apparent sedimentation beef and rabbit muscle (Yamamoto et al.
coefficient of 20S. Two types of regulatory 2009), supporting their potential role in meat
complexes bind to both ends of the cylindri-cal tenderization.
20S. One complex, the 26S proteasome, is a
eukaryotic ATP-dependent protease (Tanaka
1998) and hydrolyzes ubiquitin-conjugated
proteins (Tanaka 1998; Delbarre-
Current Enzymatic Model of Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 91
Postmortem Proteolysis and
Aging Tenderization
substantially diminishes early postmortem,
In order to identify enzymes responsible for and (2) the fact that many of the conclusions
the postmortem aging of meat, researchers regarding the calpain role in tenderization
have used the criteria that candidate enzyme are based on indirect evidence. Within the
systems must: (1) be endogenous to skeletal pH range of 7.4 to 5.8, both μ-calpain and
muscle and have access to substrates, and (2) m-calpain retain enzymatic activity, but as
have the ability to degrade the same proteins muscle pH drops more autolysis of μ-calpain
that are degraded during the postmortem occurs and proteolytic activity diminishes
storage of muscle (Goll et al. 1983, 2003, (Koohmaraie 1992). Over the first 24 hours
2008; Koohmaraie 1996). Of the three major postmortem, bovine μ-calpain retains <20%
enzyme systems investigated, only calpains of its activity when assayed at pH 7.0 and
meet both criteria. Calpains have access to 5°C (Koohmaraie 1992). Even though
substrates and have been shown to have Koohmaraie (1996) demonstrated that μ-
limited proteolytic capabilities (Goll et al. calpain in muscle retains 5% to 10% of its
2003), cleaving myofibrillar proteins at a original activity even after 14 days storage,
specific number of sites to produce large the question still remains whether this level
polypeptide fragments similar to those of activity is sufficient to explain the protein
observed after the postmortem storage of degradation observed in muscle beyond 24
muscle. In contrast, lysosomal cathepsins and to 48 hours postmortem. Direct evidence
proteasomes are capable of exhaustively that μ-calpain is involved in the postmortem
degrading proteins into small peptides or short proteolysis associated with tenderization
amino acid segments but cannot disas-semble was strongly provided by two studies in
the myofibril and do not generate the same which postmortem proteolysis of myofibril-
degradation patterns of myofibrillar proteins lar proteins was severely diminished in μ-
observed during meat aging. Furthermore, the calpain knockout mice (Geesink et al. 2006)
location of cathepsins in lysosomes is thought and in mice over-expressing calpastatin
to restrict their access to substrates. Thus, the (Kent et al. 2004). Despite such strong evi-
prevailing theory is that the calpain/calpastatin dence for the role of μ-calpain, some post-
system is the pre-dominant driver of mortem proteolysis was still detected in both
postmortem proteolysis and aging these studies, suggesting that μ-calpain does
tenderization. not account for postmortem proteolysis in its
While it is widely accepted that proteoly-sis entirety.
of key myofibrillar proteins by the calpain Many recent studies on meat tenderness
enzyme system is primarily responsible for have confirmed the importance of the calpain
increased tenderness during postmortem system but have further indicated that aging
storage (Koohmaraie et al. 1991; Uytterhaegen tenderization is a highly complex process that
et al. 1994 ; Goll et al. 2003; Koohmaraie and stretches beyond the explanation pro-vided by
Geesink 2006 ), it can be argued that calpains the current calpain theory of post-mortem
alone are not sufficient to fully explain post- tenderization. A growing body of evidence
mortem proteolysis and meat tenderization. suggests that multiple enzymes and
Questions regarding the role of calpains in interdependent muscle factors may be neces-
postmortem tenderization initially centered on: sary to fully explain postmortem proteolysis
(1) the observation that calpain activity and its link to tenderization. The remainder of
this chapter will focus on recent novel findings
that contribute to a more complete
understanding of the underlying mechanisms
0 Chapter 4 group of neutral cysteine proteinases that
upon activation, which involves cleavage of
the pro- domain and dimerization, cleave
that control postmortem proteolysis and proteins at specific aspartic acid residues
aging tenderization of meat. (Sentandreu et al. 2002; Fuentes-Prior and
Salvesen 2004; Herrera-Mendez et al. 2006).
To date there are 14 caspases that are
Apoptosis Theory of
divided into three classes based on
Aging Tenderization
biological func-tion: cytokine activators that
Recent data has indirectly shown that the function in inflammation, apoptosis initiator
process of apoptosis may play a role in post- caspases, and effector caspases (Fuentes-
mortem proteolysis and meat tenderization Prior and Salvesen 2004; Herrera-Mendez et
(Herrera-Mendez et al. 2006; Ouali et al. al. 2006). During the apoptosis process, the
2006). In living organisms, apoptosis, or pro- initiator caspases (caspases 8, 9, 10, and 12)
grammed cell death, is a complex mechanism activate the downstream effector caspases
by which cells can be eliminated without (caspases 3, 6, and 7), which cleave specific
damaging surrounding cells (Kerr et al. 1972; target proteins (Earnshaw et al. 1999). Since
Fidzianska et al. 1991). Apoptosis is initiated the primary in vivo function of caspases is to
and regulated by either the target cell or the enzymatically degrade cellular structures
central nervous system, and is mediated by the (Creagh and Martin 2001), in regards to
caspase enzyme system. As a result of the meat tenderization it has been postulated
slaughter process, the muscle tissue will be that caspases would probably initially
deprived of oxygen and nutrients due to the degrade proteins involved in the spatial
loss of the blood supply. The hypothesis is that organization of myofibrils and that further
under these anoxic conditions, the muscle cells degradation of cellular components would
will have no alternative but to initiate proceed with the contribution of additional
apoptosis, which through the caspase system proteolytic systems such as the calpains,
would induce a series of biochemical and cathepsins, and proteasomes (Ouali et al.
structural changes important in the tenderiza- 2006). Similar to calpains, caspases have
tion process. Thus, the traditional model of the been shown to degrade a large number of
conversion of muscle to meat would include a muscle proteins (Earnshaw et al. 1999;
phase corresponding to the initia-tion of cell Nicholson 1999; Fischer et al. 2003). In
death in addition to the phases of rigor mortis particular, caspase 3 has been shown to
development and aging tender-ization (Ouali et cleave myofibrillar pro-teins in muscle
al. 2006). The apoptotic process would then during catabolic conditions (Du et al. 2004).
occur until muscle condi-tions (pH, ionic Only a few studies, however, have inves-
strength, energy availability) would be tigated caspases in skeletal muscle in regards
unfavorable for enzyme activity (Ouali et al. to their potential contribution to postmortem
2006). Direct evidence to support this proteolysis and meat tenderization. Using
emerging hypothesis is still lacking, however. porcine trapezius, psoas, longissimus dorsi,
and semitendinosus muscle, it was demon-
strated that caspases and the caspase inhibitor
Caspases apoptosis repressor with caspase recruitment
domain (ARC) can be detected in different
Apoptosis within the cell occurs through the muscle types at varying levels of expression
action of the caspase enzyme system. (Kemp et al. 2006a). Incubation of recombi-
Detailed information on the structure, activ- nant caspase 3 with porcine myofibrils
ity, activation, and inhibition of caspases can
be found in the review of Fuentes-Prior and
Salvesen (2004). In brief, caspases are a
resulted in the degradation of desmin, tropo- Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 93
nin I, actin, troponin T, and myosin light
chains under in vitro conditions similar to
those found in muscle during postmortem have observed cross-talk between the calpain
aging (Kemp and Parr 2008). One study and caspase systems during apoptosis, in
investigated the in vivo behavior of the which calpain activity is indirectly up-regu-
caspase system by measuring caspase 3/7 lated by caspase enzymes cleaving calpastatin
and caspase 9 activities and the degradation (Wang et al. 1998; Porn- Ares et al. 1998 ;
of caspase substrates, alpha II spectrin, and Neumar et al. 2003). Calpains have also been
poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in shown to impact caspase activity during
porcine longissimus muscle between 0 and 8 apoptosis (Nakagawa and Yuan 2000; Chua et
days postmortem (Kemp et al. 2006b). In al. 2000; Neumar et al. 2003). There is
this study, caspases were found to be most relatively little data, however, on the interac-
active early postmortem (<4 hr), and caspase tion between caspases and the calpain enzyme
activ-ity diminished with postmortem time. system in skeletal muscle as it relates to post-
It was also observed that caspase activity mortem proteolysis. A negative relationship
(caspase 3/7 and caspase 9) and the between peak caspase 3/7 activity at 8 hours
abundance of alpha II spectrin degradation postmortem and calpastatin activity at 0 and 2
products were negatively correlated to days postmortem has been observed in the
Warner-Bratzler shear force measurements. muscles of normal lambs but not in callipyge
This led to the conclusion that the changes lambs (Kemp et al. 2009). Thus, while there is
in caspase activity and caspase-mediated no direct evidence that caspases contribute
cleavage of muscle proteins observed during significantly to postmortem tenderization, data
postmortem aging may be associated with suggest that they may play an indirect role by
meat tenderization. degrading calpastatin. More data is needed,
Other research, however, contends that however, to determine definitively the direct
caspases are not likely to play a major role in and indirect contribution of the caspase system
the postmortem proteolysis associated with to postmortem proteolysis and meat
meat tenderization. In beef muscle, it was tenderization.
observed that caspase 3 activity is present
immediately after slaughter but that it
decreases with time postmortem (Underwood
Heat Shock Proteins
et al. 2008). In this study, pro-caspase 3 was Due to their anti-apoptotic functions in living
not activated during postmortem storage and tissue, small heat shock proteins (HSP) are
caspase 3 activity was not correlated with increasingly being investigated as potential
Warner- Bratzler shear force in beef longis- factors influencing the conversion of muscle to
simus. The data from one study using muscle meat and meat quality. In living muscle tissue,
from callipyge and normal lambs indicated that HSP such as alpha β-crystallin, HSP20, and
caspase 3/7 and caspase 9 activities decreased HSP27 have a homeostatic func-tion in which
between 1 and 21 days postmor-tem but did they stabilize unfolded pro-teins, help refold
not directly support or reject the involvement denatured proteins, and prevent protein
of the caspase system in meat tenderization aggregation (Liu and Steinacker 2001). Due to
(Kemp et al. 2009). their abilities to protect cellular proteins from
There is some speculation that caspases denaturation and loss of function, HSP
may influence postmortem proteolysis through expression is up-regulated in living tissues in
their interaction with the calpain/ calpastatin response to stress. It is speculated that HSP
enzyme system. Numerous studies expression could be stimulated after slaughter
in response to the muscle cell stress and death
during the conversion of muscle to meat and
0 Chapter 4 Instrinsic Muscle Factors
Influencing Postmortem
Proteolysis
that they may influence postmortem prote-
olysis (Ouali et al. 2006 ). Several recent In order to fully understand how calpains
studies have demonstrated that HSP are up- contribute to postmortem proteolysis and aging
regulated in postmortem muscle (van Laack et tenderization, researchers have also looked at
al. 1993 ; Bouley et al. 2004; Hwang et al. postmortem characteristics of muscle that
2005; Jia et al. 2006a, b; Sayd et al. 2006; Jin could influence either calpain activation or the
et al. 2006). In a study comparing microar-rays efficacy of calpain-mediated proteolysis.
between high and low quality meat groups Differences in muscle factors such as protein
from beef longissimus muscles, the down- oxidation levels and sarco-mere length have
regulation of alpha β-crystallin and HSP27 in been investigated for their potential to account
muscle samples taken at 10 minutes for some of the variabil-ity observed in the rate
postmortem was associated with improved and extent of post-mortem myofibrillar protein
tenderness, juiciness, and flavor (Bernard et al. degradation.
2007). In this study, the expression of
DNAJA1, which encodes for a member of the
Effect of Oxidation on
large 40 kDa heat shock protein family, was
negatively correlated to tenderness mea- Calpain-Mediated Proteolysis
surements after 14 days of aging and alone There is increasing evidence that postmortem
explained 63% of the variability in sensory proteolysis and aging tenderization are influ-
assessed tenderness (Bernard et al. 2007). enced by dynamic changes that occur in the
From this it was suggested that the anti-apop- microenvironment of the muscle cells during
totic activity of this gene could slow cellular the conversion of muscle to meat. In addition
death during the conversion of muscle to meat to a decline in pH and an increase in ionic
and lower meat tenderization. HSP27 content strength, there is a rise in the formation of
in fresh beef muscle and levels of HSP27 reactive oxygen species and an increase in
fragments in 14-day aged beef were found to protein oxidation within postmortem muscle
explain up to 91% of the variation in sensory (Martinaud et al. 1997; Harris et al. 2001;
tenderness scores (Morzel et al. 2008). In pre- Rowe et al. 2004a, b). Using vitamin E sup-
rigor beef, HSP20 and alpha β-crystallin levels plementation and irradiation to generate a
peak at 0.5 and 3 hours postmortem and then range of oxidation levels in beef longissimus
decline until 22 hours postmortem (Pulford et muscle, researchers have found that increased
al. 2008). HSP content postmortem is also oxidation of muscle proteins early postmor-
influenced by postmortem muscle pH (Pulford tem (<24 h) negatively impacts meat tender-
et al. 2008). Similarly, high levels of alpha β- ness (Rowe et al. 2004a, b). Similar to the
crystallin at 22 hours postmortem are reversible inactivation of calpain that occurs in
associated with diminished protein degradation vivo (Guttmann and Johnson 1998), oxida-tive
in beef muscle with low ultimate pH, conditions in postmortem muscle can diminish
suggesting that HSP may shield the muscle calpain activity and reduce myofi-brillar
structure from proteolytic degradation during proteolysis (Rowe et al. 2004a, b; Maddock et
aging (Pulford et al. 2009). Further data are al. 2006) and limit tenderization (Rowe et al.
needed, however, to determine if HSP levels in 2004a, b). Since both μ- and m-calpain have a
postmortem muscle are merely indicators of cysteine residue at their active sites and require
postmortem proteolysis and meat tenderization reducing conditions
or if they play a mechanistic role in the aging
process.
for activity, it is not surprising that oxidizing Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 95
conditions inhibit proteolysis by μ-calpain
(Guttmann et al. 1997). It has also been
dem-onstrated that oxidation alters calpain uted to differences in the extent of troponin-T
activity and the inhibition of calpains by proteolysis in excised beef semitendinosus
calpastatin differently, depending on the pH muscle from 2 to 10 days postmortem (Weaver
and ionic strength conditions of the muscle et al. 2008). Using an in vitro model, in which
(Maddock et al. 2006). Overall, these studies myofibrils with varying sarcomere lengths
indicate that oxidative conditions in were digested with exogenous μ-calpain, it
postmortem muscle may influence the was observed that sarcomere length influenced
postmortem prote-olysis associated with the the rate and extent of tro-ponin-T degradation
aging tenderization of meat. (Weaver et al. 2009). In both of these studies,
less proteolysis was observed in samples with
shorter sarcomeres. The limited protein
Effect of Muscle Shortening on
degradation with shorter sarcomeres was
Calpain-Mediated Proteolysis
hypothesized to be a func-tion of limited
The direct impact of muscle shortening and substrate availability (Weaver et al. 2008,
sarcomere length on meat tenderness has been 2009), but more data is required to elucidate
well -established and it is thought that this mechanism. It is also unclear from these
sarcomere shortening dictates tenderness early studies if the range in sarcomere lengths that
postmortem (<24 h) while variations in resulted in proteolytic differ-ences is indicative
proteolysis control differences in tenderness of the natural variation in sarcomere length
during aging (Wheeler and Koohmaraie that exists in muscles from commercially
1994 ). Numerous studies have demonstrated processed beef. Nevertheless, these studies
that muscles with longer sarcomeres have indicate that besides having a direct effect on
lower resistance to shearing than those with tenderness, large differences in sarcomere
shorter sarcomeres (Herring et al. 1965; length may also impact the postmortem
Herring et al. 1967; Hostetler et al. 1972; proteolysis responsible for the aging
Marsh and Carse 1974 ; Smulders et al. 1990 ; tenderization of meat.
Wang et al. 1994). Past data has reported that
sarcomere length does not impact postmortem
Nonenzymatic Mechanisms
proteolysis and that the negative impact of
short sarcomeres on ten-derness is solely due
of Aging Tenderization
to the increased overlap of the thick and thin Since there is nearly universal agreement that
filaments (Young et al. 1980; Locker and Wild aging reduces meat toughness in all but sar-
1982; Jaime et al. 1992; Wheeler and comere-shortened muscle, and an over-
Koohmaraie 1999). More recently, however, whelming number of studies have shown that a
several studies have dem-onstrated that there decrease in toughness of meat is accompa-nied
may be some interaction between sarcomere by a corresponding increase in protein
length and the degrada-tion of myofibrillar degradation and protein solubility as meat
proteins (Weaver et al. 2008, 2009). Using a ages, most research efforts have focused solely
muscle stretching model to generate muscle on the endogenous proteolytic enzymes as the
samples with a wider range in sarcomere primary mechanism regulating tender-ization.
lengths than have been used in previous The accumulated evidence on pro-teolytic
investigations, one study found that sarcomere systems, however, has numerous
length contrib- contradictions and more importantly, does not
fully explain the large variation in meat
tenderness or great differences in tenderiza-
tion rates among species. It has been demon-
0 Chapter 4 animal species, evidence was presented that
the rate of free calcium increase paralleled the
respective tenderizing rates for different
strated that a minimal amount of proteolysis species in the order of chicken (fastest), rabbit,
occurs during the first 3 days of aging, yet pork, and beef (slowest) muscles (Yamanoue
the largest changes (∼65%) in postmortem et al. 1994; Ji and Takahashi 2006). A
tenderization occur during the first 3 days prevalent argument that proteolysis could not
postmortem (Wheeler and Koohmaraie 1994 be a factor is that meat during aging is under
; Taylor et al. 1995). Although much less nonphysiological conditions, so the activity
investigated, some mechanisms not related levels of the highly pH and tempera-ture
to proteolysis appear to contribute to dependent proteolytic systems are too low or
postmor-tem tenderization. inactive (Kanawa et al. 2002) in a postmortem
cellular environment (ultimate pH 5.5–5.8; 2°–
5°C temperature) to elicit the postmortem
Calcium Theory of Tenderization changes observed. One concern regarding all
these studies is the absence of objective
The rise in free sarcoplasmic Ca2+ from 10−4
measurements of tenderness to further support
mM in living skeletal muscle to 0.2 mM in
the calcium theory of tender-ization. One
postmortem muscle has been hypothesized to
report (Geesink et al. 2001) observed a rise in
be responsible for postmortem tenderiza-tion,
regardless of proteolysis (Takahashi 1992, sarcoplasmic Ca2+ in post-mortem muscle and
1996, 1999). The calcium theory of meat correlated it to the myo-fibrillar fragmentation
tenderization is based on evidence that all index (MFI) and shear force, which seems to
structural weakening of myofibrils and rigor support the calcium theory, but provided
linkages, which contain molecular con- alternative interpreta-tions of these results that
stituents with an affinity for binding with Ca2+, contradicted the calcium theory of
are fully induced when the concentra-tion of tenderization.
free Ca2+ increases to more than 0.1 mM
(Takahashi 1992, 1996, 1999 ). This concept, Osmotic Pressure
however, has not received wide-spread
acceptance. Based on reports over the last four One of the most extensively investigated
decades, the mechanism underlying the factors during the development of rigor mortis
weakening of myofibrils (Takahashi et al. is the postmortem fall in pH. The intracellular
1967; Hattori and Takahashi 1979) has been osmotic pressure (i.e., ionic strength) increases
related to the liberation of phospholipids from nearly twofold and has a close relationship
Z-disks (Ahn et al. 2003), and the frag- with pH (r = 0.97) during the time course of
mentation of cytoskeletal structure proteins rigor mortis (Ouali 1990), yet it has received
titin (Tatsumi et al. 1999), nebulin (Tatsumi comparatively little atten-tion in meat research
and Takahashi 1992, 2003), and desmin studies. It was sug-gested that the pH drop was
(Takahashi 1996) through direct binding likely the major cause for the large increase in
reactions with free Ca2+. The second key osmotic pres-sure through alteration of
element, weakening of rigor linkages, was proteins to which ions (mainly Na +, K+, Ca2+,
attributed to the translocation of paratropo- and Mg 2+) are normally bound (Ouali et al.
myosin from the A-I junction region onto thin 1991). In general, salt concentrations above
filament actin (Hattori and Takahashi 1988; physiolog-ical values (∼0.15 M) raise
Takahashi et al. 1995; Fei et al. 1999). All myofibrillar protein solubility; consequently, it
these ultrastructural changes were dem- was pos-tulated the ionic strength attained at
onstrated specifically by 0.1 mM Ca2+ ion the com-
treatments in vitro, in muscles from beef, pork,
chicken, and rabbits. With regard to the
different speeds of meat tenderization among
pletion of rigor (0.24–0.30 M) could be high Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 97
enough to induce partial dissociation of the
myofibrillar structure and increase proteo-lytic
susceptibility of myofibrillar proteins. The logical advances during that time frame have
high ionic strength in postmortem muscle (0.3 helped uncover new pieces to the puzzle.
M) was shown to be responsible for the Traditionally, most of the research on post-
solubilization of structural proteins (C-protein, mortem proteolysis and meat aging was
M line protein, troponoin T, actin, done using classic SDS-PAGE and western
tropomyosin, and α-actinin; Wu and Smith blotting techniques to document protein deg-
1985, 1987) and changes in myofibril-lar radation in either tissue sampled from aged
ATPase activity with aging (Ouali 1992 ). This intact muscle cuts or from protein extracts
was further supported by the fact that the following the in vitro digestion of isolated
highest osmotic pressure values coin-cided myofibrils and muscle proteins. Researchers
with the contraction speed of muscles (i.e., fast are increasingly taking a proteomics
-twitch white muscles tenderize faster than approach to understanding protein changes
slow -twitch red muscles; Geesink et. al. 1992; related to meat quality by utilizing two-
Ouali et al. 1991, 1992). From these studies it dimensional electrophoresis (2DE)
was concluded that elevated osmotic pressure, combined with protein identification by
in addition to proteolytic enzymes, has a mass spectrometry (MS). Rather than just
physico-chemical impact on myofibrillar investigating a few proteins at a time, this
proteins that could be associated with powerful tool allows resear-chers to
improvements in tenderness. simultaneously and efficiently sepa-rate a
Results so far do not support a synergistic wide range of proteins expressed in muscle
role of elevated ionic strength with proteoly- tissue and to identify numerous protein
sis. The pH/ionic strength conditions in post- changes that occur in postmortem muscle.
mortem muscle induce conformational changes Lametsch and Bendixen (2001) first dem-
in the substrate proteins, conse-quently altering onstrated in porcine muscle the use of pro-
their susceptibility by ren-dering specific teome analysis to determine postmortem
cleavage sites inaccessible to proteolytic protein changes. Using 2DE to separate pro-
attack. Secondly, an increase in ionic strength teins from 5–200 kDa with pIs ranging from
was also shown to inhibit the activity of μ- and pH 4– 9, 15 significant changes were observed
m-calpain (Huff-Lonergan et al. 1995; Geesink in the proteome patterns of porcine longis-
and Koohmaraie 2000; Li et al. 2004; simus muscle between slaughter and 48 hours
Maddock et al. 2005). Increased ionic strength, postmortem. A subsequent study using matrix-
similar to the fall in pH, is an important assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-
variable to examine in determining the relative flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS)
contribution of proteolytic enzymes to to identify proteins demonstrated that peptide
postmortem tenderization. fragments from three structural proteins (actin,
myosin heavy chain, and troponin-T) and six
metabolic proteins (gly-cogen phosphorylase,
Emerging Use of
creatine kinase, phos-phopyruvate hydratase,
Proteomic Approaches to myokinase, pyruvate kinase, and
Study Aging Tenderization dihydrolipoamide succinyltrans-ferease)
While the basic understanding of the mecha- accumulated in porcine longissimus muscle
nisms that control postmortem proteolysis between slaughter and 48 hours post-mortem
and aging tenderization have not changed (Lametsch et al. 2002).
substantially over the last decade, techno- Several studies have investigated protein
changes in porcine longissimus muscle
between 0 and 72 hours postmortem
(Lametsch et al. 2003; Morzel et al. 2004).
0 Chapter 4 chain fragments, myosin light chain II, and
triose phosphate isomerase at 72 hours post-
mortem correlate to shear force measure-
From these studies, myofibrillar proteins or ments at 1 and 4 days postmortem in porcine
fragments of myofibrillar proteins found to longissimus muscle (Lametsch et al. 2003).
change with postmortem storage include Similarly, spots corresponding to actin,
actin, myosin heavy chain, titin, myosin myo-kinase, F-actin capping protein,
light chain I, myosin light chain II, CapZ, HSP27, myosin light chain I, peroxiredoxin
cofilin, troponin-T, cypher proteins, and 2, trios-ephosphate isomerase, and troponin
myozenin. Sarcoplasmic proteins enolase, T were correlated to shear force changes
phosphoglycerate kinase, pyruvate dehydro- between 1 and 7 days postmortem in porcine
genase, glycogen phosphorylase, triosephos- longissi-mus muscle (Hwang et al. 2005). In
phate isomerase, myokinase, eukaryotic longis-simus muscle from Korean native
translation initiation factor 5A, α-crystallin, cattle, researchers identified seven proteins
creatine kinase, and pyruvate kinase were that are differentially expressed in samples
also found to change with postmortem from carcasses segregated into high- and
storage in these studies (Lametsch et al. low-qual-ity beef grades (based on marbling,
2003; Morzel et al. 2004). Using a model in lean color, fat color, maturity, and
which isolated myofibrils were incubated tenderness) (Kim et al. 2008). Both HSP27
with μ-calpain under simulated postmortem and inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate (IP3R1),
conditions and protein degradation was mea- which is involved in the intracellular
sured by combining MALDI -TOF MS with pathways that mediate Ca2+ release from
SDS- PAGE and 2DE, one study observed intracellular stores (Berridge and Lipp
that desmin, actin, myosin heavy chain, 2000), were higher in low-quality beef, and
myosin light chain I, troponin-T, tropomyo- HSP27 was positively correlated to 2-day
sin, thioredoxin, and CapZ were degraded in postmortem shear force measurements.
vitro by μ-calpain (Lametsch et al. 2004). In Proteomic studies on postmortem muscle
both bovine longissimus and semitendinosus have led to new insights into the mechanisms
muscles, levels of cofilin, lactoylglutathione of aging tenderization in meat. Based on
lyase, substrate protein of mitochondrial studies using one-dimensional SDS-PAGE, it
ATP-dependent proteinase SP-22, HSP27, has been accepted for years that actin is not
and HSP20 were found to be different degraded postmortem (Bandman and Zdanis
between samples removed at 0 and 24 hours 1988; Huff-Lonergan et al. 1995; Koohmaraie
postmortem (Jia et al. 2006 ). This study 1994). Several studies using 2DE separation,
also found 15 additional proteins that however, have demonstrated that fragments of
changed during postmortem storage in either actin accumulate with postmortem storage
the lon-gissimus or semitendinosus muscles (Lametsch et al. 2002; Lametsch et al. 2003;
(Jia et al. 2006). In a similar study, thirty- Morzel et al. 2004; Hwang et al. 2005) and that
nine proteins were identified from bovine the abundance of actin fragments correlates to
longissimus muscle that significantly change tenderness (Lametsch et al. 2003; Hwang et al.
during the first 24 hours postmortem (Jia et 2005). Similarly, these studies have also
al. 2007). Proteins undergoing changes observed that fragments of myosin accumulate
included meta-bolic enzymes, cellular- with postmortem storage (Lametsch et al.
defense and stress-response proteins, 2002, 2003; Morzel et al. 2004). While aging
structural proteins, and proteolytic enzymes. tenderization is usually thought to be a
Some of the proteomic changes observed manifestation of changes to
during postmortem aging have been corre-
lated with tenderness measurements. The
abundance of actin fragments, myosin heavy
the myofibrillar and cytoskeletal components Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 99
of muscle, the findings of proteomic studies on
postmortem muscle suggest that meta-bolic
enzymes and other water-soluble pro-teins References
within muscle may be potentially useful as
Ahn, D. H., K. Shimada, and K. Takahashi. 2003.
markers for meat tenderness. With the limited
Relationship between weakening of zdisks and
number of proteomic-based and high- liberation of phospholipids during postmortem aging
resolution studies on aged muscle, however, it of pork and beef. Journal of Food Science 68:94– 98.
is still unclear if the protein changes observed Allen, R. E., and D. E. Goll. 2003. Cellular and devel-
during postmortem storage play a mechanistic opmental biology of skeletal muscle as related to
role in aging tenderization or if they are simply muscle growth. In Biology of Growth of Domestic
Animals, edited by C. G. Scanes. Ames, Iowa: Wiley-
indicators of proteolysis. Blackwell.
Attaix, D., E. Aurousseau, L. Combaret, A. Kee, D.
Larbaud, C. Rallière, B. Souweine, D. Taillandier,
Conclusions and T. Tilignac. 1998. Ubiquitin-proteasome-
dependent proteolysis in skeletal muscle.
In summary, we can state that skeletal muscle Reproduction Nutrition Development 38:153–165.
is a product of exceedingly structured and Attaix, D., L. Combaret, M. N. Pouch, and D.
oriented proteins containing numerous Taillandier. 2001. Regulation of proteolysis. Current
Opinion in Clinical Nutrition and Metabolic Care
enzymes that drive various metabolic path- 4:45–49.
ways in the living tissue and is destined to
Bandman, E., and D. Zdanis. 1988. An immunological
undergo a variety of changes after death.
method to assess protein degradation in post-mortem
Dramatic changes take place both during muscle. Meat Science 22:1–19.
chilling and aging but most markedly during Barnier, V. M. H. 1995. Determinants and predictors of
beef tenderness. Ph.D. thesis, University of Utrech,
the immediate postmortem period as muscle is The Netherlands.
transformed to meat. The subject of utmost Beckmann, J. S., and M. Spencer. 2008. Calpain 3, the
importance in the minds of many is where do “gatekeeper” of proper sarcomere assembly, turnover
and maintenance. Neuromuscular Disorders 18:913–
we go from here in research on quality and
921.
palatability of meat? Postmortem aging is a Bernard, C., I. Cassar-Malek, M. Le Cunff, H.
process that occurs naturally in all muscle Dubroeucq, G. Renand, and J. F. Hocquette. 2007.
tissues, whether vacuum packaged or in the New indicators of beef sensory quality revealed by
expression of specific genes. Journal of Agricultural
form of carcasses or wholesale cuts. In the Food Chemicals 55:5229–5237.
conversion of muscle to meat, postmortem Berridge, M. J., and P. B. Lipp. 2000. The versatility
aging of carcasses and cuts is a natural process and universality of calcium signaling. Nature
Reviews Molecular Cell Biology 1:11–21.
that usually improves tenderness under Bouley, H. 1874. Physique appliquee et hygiene—
refrigerated conditions. Endogenous enzymes rapport sur la machine frigorifique par vaporisation
found in muscle cells fragment key proteins in de l’ether methylique, imaginee par M. Ch. Tellier, et
sur la conservation des viandes dans l ’air refroidi par
such a way that the fundamental integrity of cet appareil [Physics application and hygiene—
the muscle ultrastructure is altered, resulting in Report on the refrigeration machine by vaporization
improved meat tender-ness. Although of methyl ether, imagined by Mr. Ch. Tellier, and on
the con-servation of meats in air cooled by this
postmortem aging has a pro-found effect on apparatus]. Comptes Rendus de L’Academie des
meat tenderness, it does not ensure total and Sciences France 79:739–746.
uniformly tender meat. Aging tenderization of Bouley, J., C. Chambon, and B. Picard. 2004. Mapping
of bovine skeletal muscle proteins using two-
meat is a complex phenomenon with numerous dimensional gel electrophoresis and mass spectrom-
factors (both antemortem and postmortem) that etry. Proteomics 4:1811–1824.
influence the underlying enzymatic Branca, D., A. Gugliucci, D. Bano, M. Brini, and E.
Carafoli. 1999. Expression, partial purification and
mechanisms. functional properties of the muscle-specific calpain
isoform p94. European Journal of Biochemistry
265:839–846.
Carafoli, E., and M. Molinari. 1998. Calpain: A protease in
search of a function? Biochemical and Biophysical
Research Communications 247:193–203.
23 Chapter 4 Fischer, U., R. U. Jänicke, and K. Schulze-Osthoff.
2003. Many cuts to ruin: A comprehensive update of
caspase substrates. Cell Death and Differentiation
10:76–100.
Chua, B. T., K. Guo, and P. Li. 2000. Direct cleavage Foucrier, J., Y. Bassaglia, M. C. Grande, B. Rothen, J.
by the calcium-activated protease calpain can lead to C. Perriard, and K. Scherrer. 2001. Prosomes form
inactivation of caspases. Journal of Biological sarcomere-like banding patterns in skeletal, cardiac,
Chemistry 275:5131–5135. and smooth muscle cells. Experimental Cell
Cong, J., V. F. Thompson, and D. E. Goll. 2000. Research 266:193–200.
Phosphorylation of the calpains. Molecular Biology Friedrich, P., and Z. Bozóky. 2005. Digestive versus
of the Cell 11:386a. regulatory proteases: On calpain action in vivo.
Cong, J., V. F. Thompson, and D. E. Goll. 2002. Biological Chemistry 386:609–612.
Immunoaffinity purification of the calpains. Protein Fuentes-Prior, P., and G. S. Salvesen. 2004. The protein
Expression and Purification 25:283–290. structures that shape caspase-activity, specificity,
Creagh, E. M., and S. J. Martin. 2001. Caspases: acti-vation, and inhibition. Biochemical Journal
Cellular demolition experts. Biochemical Society 384:201–232.
Transactions 29:696–702. Geesink, G. H., A. Ouali, C. Tassy, and F. J. Smulders.
DeDuve, C., B. C. Pressman, R. Gianetto, R. Wattiaux, and 1992. Tenderization, calpain/calpastatin activities
F. Appelmans. 1955. Tissue fractionation studies. and osmolality of six different beef muscles.
5888 Intracellular distribution patterns of enzymes Proceedings of the 38th International Congress of
in rat-liver tissue. Biochemical Journal 60:604–617. Meat Science and Technology 363–366.
Delbarre-Ladrat, C., R. Chéret, R. Taylor, and V. Geesink, G. H., and M. Koohmaraie. 1999. Effect of
Verrez-Bagnis. 2006. Trends in postmortem aging in calpastatin on degradation of myofibrillar proteins by
fish: understanding of proteolysis and μ-calpain under postmortem conditions. Journal of
disorganization of the myofibrillar structure. Critical Animal Science 77:2685–2692.
Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition 46:409–421. Geesink, G. H., and M. Koohmaraie. 2000. Ionic
Dransfield, E. 1993. Modelling post-mortem tenderiza- strength-induced inactivation of μ-calpain in
tion—IV: Role of calpains and calpastatin in condi- postmor-tem muscle. Journal of Animal Science
tioning. Meat Science 34:217–234. 78:2336–2343.
Du, J., X. Wang, C. Miereles, J. L. Bailey, R. Debigare, Geesink, G. H., M. A. Ilian, J. D. Morton, and R.
B. Zheng, S. R. Price, and W. E. Mitch. 2004. Bickerstaffe. 2000. Involvement of calpains in post-
Activation of caspase-3 is an initial step triggering mortem tenderisation: A review of recent research.
accelerated muscle proteolysis in catabolic condi- Proceedings of New Zealand Society of Animal
tions. Journal of Clinical Investigation 113:115– Production 60:99–102.
123. Geesink, G. H., R. G. Taylor, A. E. D. Bekhit, and R.
Dutt, P., C. N. Spriggs, P. L. Davies, Z. Jia, and J. S. Bickerstaffe. 2001. Evidence against the non-enzy-
Elce. 2002. Origins of the difference in Ca2+ matic calcium theory of tenderization. Meat Science
require-ment for activation of μ-and m-calpain. 59:417–422.
Biochemical Journal 367:263–269. Geesink, G. H., R. G. Taylor, and M. Koohmaraie. 2005.
Earnshaw, W. C., L. M. Martins, and S. H. Kaufmann. Calpain 3/p94 is not involved in postmortem proteoly-
1999. Mammalian caspases: Structure, activation, sis. Journal of Animal Science 83:1646–1652.
substrates, and functions during apoptosis. Annual Geesink, G. H., S. Kuchay, A. H. Chishti, and M.
Review of Biochemistry 68:383–424. Koohmaraie. 2006. μ-calpain is essential for
Etherington, D. J. 1984. The contribution of proteolytic postmor-tem proteolysis of muscle proteins. Journal
enzymes to postmortem changes in muscle. Journal of Animal Science 84:2834–2840.
of Animal Science 59:1644–1650. Geesink, G. H., and E. Veiseth. 2009. Muscle enzymes:
Etherington, D. J., M. A. J. Taylor, and E. Dransfield. Proteinases. In Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis,
1987. Conditioning of meat from different species. edited by L. M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton,
Relationship between tenderising and the levels of Fla.: CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group.
cathepsin B, cathepsin L, calpain I, calpain II and β- Glickman, M. H., and A. Ciechanover. 2002. The ubiq-
glucuronidase. Meat Science 20:1–18. uitin- proteasome proteolytic pathway: Destruction
Etherington, D. J., M. A. J. Taylor, D. K. Wakefield, A. for the sake of construction. Physiological Reviews
Cousins, and E. Dransfield. 1990. Proteinase (cathep-sin 82:373–428.
B, D, L and calpains) levels and conditioning rates in Goll, D. E., Y. Otsuka, P. A. Nagainis, J. D. Shannon,
normal, electrically stimulated and high-ultimate-pH S. K. Sathe, and M. Muguruma. 1983. Role of
chicken muscle. Meat Science 28:99–109. muscle proteinases in maintenance of muscle
Fei, S., M. Yamanoue, and T. Okayama. 1999. integrity and mass. Journal of Food Biochemistry
Interaction of paratropomyosin with beta-connectin 7:137– 177.
and its 400-kilodalton fragment from chicken skeletal Goll, D. E., V. F. Thompson, R. G. Taylor, and A.
muscle as influenced by the calcium ion Ouali. 1998. The calpain system and skeletal muscle
concentration. Bioscience, Biotechnology, and growth. Canadian Journal of Animal Science
Biochemistry 63:1425–1432. 78:503– 512.
Fidzianska, A., A. Kaminska, and K. Glinka. 1991.
Muscle cell death. ultrastructural differences between
muscle cell necrosis and apoptosis. Neuropatologia
Polska 29:19–28.
Goll, D. E., V. F. Thompson, R. G. Taylor, and T. Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 101
Zalewska. 1992. Is calpain activity regulated by
mem-branes and autolysis or by calcium and
calpastatin? BioEssays 14:549–556.
Goll, D. E., V. F. Thompson, H. Li, W. Wei, and J. and indicators of proteolysis in ovine muscle. Meat
Cong. 2003. The calpain system. Physiological Science 59:175–185.
Reviews 83:731–801. Hopkins, D. L., and J. M. Thompson. 2002. Factors
Goll, D. E., G. Neti, S. W. Mares, and V. F. Thompson. contributing to proteolysis and disruption of myofi-
2008. Myofibrillar protein turnover: The proteasome brillar proteins and the impact on tenderisation in
and the calpains . Journal of Animal Science beef and sheep meat. Australian Journal of
86(14):E19–E35. Agricultural Research 53:149–166.
Guroff, G. 1964. Biosynthesis of phenylalanine hydrox- Hostetler, R. L., B. A. Link, W. A. Landmann, and H.
ylase cofactor by cell-free extracts of Pseusomonas A. Fitzhugh. 1972. Effect of carcass suspension of
sp. (ATCC 11299a). BBA—General Subjects sarcomere length and shear force of some major
90:623–624. bovine muscles. Journal of Food Science 37:132–
Guttmann, R. P., J. S. Elce, P. D. Bell, J. C. Isbell, and 135.
G. V. W. Johnson. 1997. Oxidation inhibits substrate Huang, Y., and K. K. W. Wang. 2001. The calpain
proteolysis by calpain I but not autolysis. Journal of family and human disease. Trends in Molecular
Biological Chemistry 272:2005–2012. Medicine 7:355–362.
Guttmann, R. P., and G. V. Johnson. 1998. Oxidative Huang, M., L. Zhao, X. Xu, X. Tang, and G. Zhou. 2007.
stress inhibits calpain activity in situ . Journal of Mechanism of myofibrillar proteins degradation during
Biological Chemistry 273:13331–13338. chicken postmortem aging. Nongye Gongcheng
Harris, S. E., E. Huff-Lonergan, S. M. Lonergan, W. R. Xuebao/Transactions of the Chinese Society of
Jones, and D. Rankins. 2001. Antioxidant status Agricultural Engineering 23(11):42–46.
affects color stability and tenderness of calcium chlo- Huff-Lonergan, E., F. C. Parrish, D. G. Olson, and R.
ride-injected beef. Journal of Animal Science M. Robson. 1995. Degradation of muscle structural
79:666–677. proteins by μ-calpain under conditions simulating
Hasselgren, P. O. 1999. Role of the ubiquitin-protea- postmortem pH, temperature and ionic strength.
some pathway in sepsis-induced muscle catabolism. Proceedings of the 41st International Congress of
Molecular Biology Reports 26:71–76. Meat Science and Technology 545–546.
Hattori, A., and K. Takahashi. 1979. Studies on the Huff-Lonergan, E., F. C. Parrish, Jr., and R. M. Robson.
post-mortem fragmentation of myofibrils. Journal of 1995. Effects of postmortem aging time, animal age,
Biochemistry 85:47–56. and sex on degradation of titin and nebulin in bovine
Hattori, A., and K. Takahashi. 1988. Localization of longissiums muscle. Journal of Animal Science
paratropomyosin in skeletal muscle myofibrils and 73:1064–1073.
its translocation during postmortem storage of Hwang, I. H., B. Y. Park, J. H. Kim, S. H. Cho, and J.
muscles. Journal of Biochemistry 103:809–814. M. Lee. 2005. Assessment of postmortem proteolysis
Hayashi, C., Y. Ono, N. Doi, F. Kitamura, M. Tagami, by gel-based proteome analysis and its relationship to
R. Mineki, T. Arai, H. Taguchi, M. Yanagida, S. meat quality traits in pig longissimus . Meat Science
Hirner, D. Labeit, S. Labeit, and H. Sorimachi. 2008. 69:79–91.
Multiple molecular interactions implicate the connec- Ilian, M. A., A. E. Bekhit, S. Parakrama, G. Geesink,
tin/titin N2A region as a modulating scaffold for p94/ and R. Bickerstaffe. 2000. Biochemistry of meat ten-
calpain 3 activity in skeletal muscle . Journal of derization during postmortem aging: Association
Biological Chemistry 283:14801–14814. with calpain 3 (p94). Proceedings of the 46th
Herrera-Mendez, C. H., S. Becila, A. Boudjellal, and A. International Congress of Meat Science and
Ouali. 2006. Meat ageing: Reconsideration of the Technology 468– 469.
current concept. Trends in Food Science & Ilian, M. A., J. D. Morton, M. P. Kent, C. E. Le Couteur, J.
Technology 17:394–405. Hickford, R. Cowley, and R. Bickerstaffe. 2001a.
Herring, H. K., R. G. Cassens, and E. J. Briskey. 1965. Intermuscular variation in tenderness: Association with
Further studies on bovine muscle tenderness as influ- the ubiquitous and muscle-specific calpains. Journal of
enced by carcass position, sarcomere length, and fiber Animal Science 79:122–132.
diameter. Journal of Food Science 30:1049–1054. Ilian, M. A., A. E. Bekhit, and R. Bickerstaffe. 2001b.
Herring, H. K., R. G. Cassens, G. G. Suess, V. H. Catalysis of meat tenderization during postmortem
Brungardt, and E. J. Briskey. 1967. Tenderness and aging by calpain 3 (p94). Journal of Animal Science
associated characteristics of stretched and contracted 79:437.
bovine muscles. Journal of Food Science 32:317– Ilian, M. A., A. E. D. Bekhit, and R. Bickerstaffe. 2004.
323. The relationship between meat tenderization, myofi-
Hoagland, R., C. N. McBryde, and W. C. Powick. 1917. bril fragmentation and autolysis of calpain 3 during
Changes in fresh beef during cold storage above freez- post-mortem aging. Meat Science 66:387–397.
ing. USDA Bulletin No. 433, Washington, D.C. Jaime, I., Beltrán, J.A., Ceña, P., López-Lorenzo, P.,
Hopkins, D. L., and J. M. Thompson. 2001. Inhibition Roncalés, P. 1992. Tenderisation of lamb meat: Effect of
of protease activity. Part 1. The effect on tenderness rapid postmortem temperature drop on muscle con-
ditioning and aging. Meat Science 32:357–403.
Ji, J. R., and K. Takahashi. 2006. Changes in concentra-
tion of sarcoplasmic free calcium during post-
mortem ageing of meat. Meat Science 73:395–403.
23 Chapter 4 Koohmaraie, M., G. Whipple, D. H. Kretchmar, J. D.
Crouse, and H. J. Mersmann. 1991. Postmortem pro-
teolysis in longissimus muscle from beef, lamb and
pork carcasses. Journal of Animal Science 69:617–
Jia, X., K. I. Hildrum, F. Westad, E. Kummen, L. Aass, 624.
and K. Hollung. 2006a. Changes in enzymes associ- Koohmaraie, M. 1992. Effect of pH, temperature, and
ated with energy metabolism during the early post inhibitors on autolysis and catalytic activity of bovine
mortem period in longissimus thoracis bovine muscle skeletal muscle mu-calpain. Journal of Animal
analyzed by proteomics . Journal of Proteome Science 70:3071–3080.
Research 5:1763–1769. Koohmaraie, M. 1996. Biochemical factors regulating
Jia, X., K. Hollung, M. Therkildsen, K. I. Hildrum, and the toughening and tenderization process of meat.
E. Bendixen. 2006b. Proteome analysis of early post- Meat Science 43:S193–S201.
mortem changes in two bovine muscle types: M. lon- Koohmaraie, M., and G. H. Geesink. 2006.
gissimus dorsi and M. semitendinosis. Proteomics Contribution of postmortem muscle biochemistry to
6:936–944. the delivery of consistent meat quality with particular
Jia, X., M. Ekman, H. Grove, E. M. Faergestad, L. focus on the calpain system. Meat Science 74:34–43.
Aass, K. I. Hildrum, and K. Hollung. 2007. Proteome Koohmaraie, M. 1994. Muscle proteinases and meat
changes in bovine longissimus thoracis muscle aging. Meat Science 36:93–104.
during the early postmortem storage period. Journal Koohmaraie, M. 1996. Biochemical factors regulating
of Proteome Research 6:2720–2731. the toughening and tenderization processes of meat.
Jin, H. J., B. Y. Park, J. C. Park, I. H. Hwang, S. S. Lee, Meat Science 43:193–201.
S. H. Yeon, C. D. Kim, C. Y. Cho, Y. K. Kim, K. S. Lametsch, R., and E. Bendixen. 2001. Proteome
Min, S. T. Feng, Z. D. Li, C. K. Park, and C. I. Kim. analysis applied to meat science: characterizing post
2006. The effects of stress related genes on carcass mortem changes in porcine muscle. Journal of
traits and meat quality in pigs. Asian-Australasian Agricultural Food Chemistry 49:4531–4537.
Journal of Animal Sciences 19:280– 285. Lametsch, R., P. Roepstorff, and E. Bendixen. 2002.
Identification of protein degradation during post-
Kanawa, R., J. R. Ji, and K. Takahashi. 2002. Inactivity mor-tem storage of pig meat. Journal of Agricultural
of μ-calpain throughout postmortem aging of meat. Food Chemistry 50:5508–5512.
Journal of Food Science 67:635–638. Lametsch, R., A. Karlsson, K. Rosenvold, H. J.
Kemp, C. M., T. Parr, R. G. Bardsley, and P. J. Buttery. Andersen, P. Roepstorff, and E. Bendixen. 2003.
2006a. Comparison of the relative expression of Postmortem proteome changes of porcine muscle
caspase isoforms in different porcine skeletal related to tenderness. Journal of Agricultural Food
muscles. Meat Science 73:426–431. Chemistry 51:6992–6997.
Kemp, C. M., R. G. Bardsley, and T. Parr. 2006b. Lametsch, R., P. Roepstorff, H. S. Moller, and E.
Changes in caspase activity during the postmortem Bendixen. 2004. Identification of myofibrillar sub-
conditioning period and its relationship to shear force strates for [mu]-calpain. Meat Science 68:515– 521.
in porcine longissimus muscle. Journal of Animal
Science 84:2841–2846. Lee, H. L., V. Santé-Lhoutellier, S. Vigouroux, Y.
Kemp, C. M., and T. Parr. 2008. The effect of recombi- Briand, and M. Briand. 2008. Role of calpains in
nant caspase 3 on myofibrillar proteins in porcine postmortem proteolysis in chicken muscle. Poultry
skeletal muscle. Animal 2:1254–1264. Science 87:2126–2132.
Kemp, C. M., D. A. King, S. D. Shackelford, T. L. Lehman, K. B. 1907. Studies of the causes for toughness of
Wheeler, and M. Koohmaraie. 2009. The caspase meats. Archives of Food Hygiene 63:134.
pro-teolytic system in callipyge and normal lambs in Li, H., V. F. Thompson, and D. E. Goll. 2004. Effects
lon-gissimus, semimembranosus, and infraspinatus of autolysis on properties of [mu]- and m-calpain.
muscles during postmortem storage. Journal of Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (BBA)—Molecular
Animal Science 87:2943–2951. Cell Research 1691:91–103.
Kent, M. P., M. J. Spencer, and M. Koohmaraie. 2004. Li, S. H., X. Q. Zhou, N. Zhang, H. Liu, and C. W. Ma.
Postmortem proteolysis is reduced in transgenic mice 2008. Purification and characterisation of cathepsin
overexpressing calpastatin. Journal of Animal L2 from dorsal muscle of silver carp
Science 82:794–801. (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix). Food Chemistry
Kerr, J. F., A. H. Wyllie, and A. R. Currie. 1972. 111:879–886.
Apoptosis: A basic biological phenomenon with Liu, Y., and J. M. Steinacker. 2001. Changes in skeletal
wide-ranging implications in tissue kinetics. British muscle heat shock proteins: pathological
Journal of Cancer 26:239–257. significance. Frontiers in Bioscience 6D:12–25.
Kim, N. K., S. Cho, S. H. Lee, H. R. Park, C. S. Lee, Y. Locker, R. H., and D. J. C. Wild. 1982. Yield point in
M. Cho, Y. H. Choy, D. Yoon, S. K. Im, and E. W. raw beef muscle. The effects of ageing, rigor
Park. 2008. Proteins in longissimus muscle of tempera-ture and stretch. Meat Science 7:93–107.
Korean native cattle and their relationship to meat Maddock, K. R., E. Huff-Lonergan, L. J. Rowe, and S.
quality. Meat Science 80:1068–1073. M. Lonergan. 2006. Effect of oxidation, pH, and
Kinbara, K., S. Ishiura, S. Tomioka, H. Sorimachi, S. ionic strength on calpastatin inhibition of μ- and m-
Y. Jeong, S. Amano, H. Kawasaki, B. Kolmerer, S. calpain. Journal of Animal Science 84:925–937.
Kimura, S. Labeit, and K. Suzuki. 1998. Purification
of native p94, a muscle -specific calpain, and charac-
terization of its autolysis. Biochemical Journal
335:589–596.
Maddock, K. R., E. Huff-Lonergan, L. J. Rowe, and S. Aging/Tenderization Mechanisms 103
M. Lonergan. 2005. Effect of pH and ionic strength
on μ- and m-calpain inhibition by calpastatin.
Journal of Animal Science 83:1370–1376.
Marsh, B. B., and W. A. Carse. 1974. Meat tenderness Revisiting the conversion of muscle into meat and
and the sliding-filament hypothesis. International the underlying mechanisms. Meat Science 74:44–58.
Journal of Food Science & Technology 9:129– 139. Parr, T., P. L. Sensky, G. P. Scothern, R. G. Bardsley, P. J.
Buttery, J. D. Wood, and C. Warkup. 1999. Relationship
Martinaud, A., Y. Mercier, P. Marinova, C. Tassy, P. between skeletal muscle-specific calpain and tenderness
Gatellier, and M. Renerre. 1997. Comparison of oxi- of conditioned porcine longissimus muscle. Journal of
dative processes on myofibrillar proteins from beef Animal Science 77:661–668.
during maturation and by different model oxidation Pörn-Ares, M. I., A. Samali, and S. Orrenius. 1998.
systems. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry Cleavage of the calpain inhibitor, calpastatin, during
45:2481–2487. apoptosis. Cell Death and Differentiation 5:1028–
Morzel, M., C. Chambon, M. Hamelin, V. Santé- 1033.
Lhoutellier, T. Sayd, and G. Monin. 2004. Proteome Prates, J. A. M. 2002. Factors and mechanisms respon-
changes during pork meat ageing following use of sible for meat ageing. Revue de Medecine
two different pre-slaughter handling procedures. Veterinaire 153:499–506.
Meat Science 67:689–696. Pulford, D. J., P. Dobbie, S. F. Vazquez, E. Fraser-
Morzel, M., C. Terlouw, C. Chambon, D. Micol, and B. Smith, D. F. Frost, and C. A. Morris. 2009. Variation
Picard. 2008. Muscle proteome and meat eating in bull beef quality due to ultimate muscle pH is cor-
quali-ties of Longissimus thoracis of “Blonde related to endopeptidase and small heat shock protein
d’Aquitaine” young bulls: A central role of HSP27 levels. Meat Science 83:1–9.
isoforms. Meat Science 78:297–304. Pulford, D. J., S. Fraga Vazquez, D. F. Frost, E. Fraser-
Mykles, D. L., and M. F. Haire. 1995. Branched-chain- Smith, P. Dobbie, and K. Rosenvold. 2008. The
amino-acid-preferring peptidase activity of the intra-cellular distribution of small heat shock proteins
lobster multicatalytic proteinase (proteasome) and in post-mortem beef is determined by ultimate pH.
the degra-dation of myofibrillar proteins . Meat Science 79:623–630.
Biochemical Journal 306:285–291. Robson, R. M., E. Huff-Lonergan, F. C. Parrish, C. Y.
Nakagawa, T., and J. Yuan. 2000. Cross-talk between Ho, M. H. Stromer, and T. W. Huiatt. 1997.
two cysteine protease families: Activation of Postmortem changes in the myofibrillar and cytoskel-
caspase-12 by calpain in apoptosis . Journal of Cell etal proteins in muscle. Proceedings of the 50th
Biology 150:887–894. Annual Reciprocal Meat Conference 43–52.
Neumar, R. W., Y. A. Xu, H. Gada, R. P. Guttmann, Rowe, L. J., K. R. Maddock, S. M. Lonergan, and E.
and R. Siman. 2003. Cross-talk between calpain and Huff-Lonergan. 2004a. Oxidative environments
caspase proteolytic systems during neuronal decrease tenderization of beef steaks through
apoptosis. Journal of Biological Chemistry 278 : inactiva-tion of μ-calpain. Journal of Animal Science
14162–14167. 82:3254–3266.
Nicholson, D. W. 1999. Caspase structure, proteolytic Rowe, L. J., K. R. Maddock, S. M. Lonergan, and E.
substrates, and function during apoptotic cell death. Huff-Lonergan. 2004b. Influence of early
Cell Death and Differentiation 6:1028–1042. postmortem protein oxidation on beef quality.
Ojima, K., Y. Ono, N. Doi, K. Yoshioka, Y. Kawabata, Journal of Animal Science 82:785–793.
S. Labeit, and H. Sorimachi. 2007. Myogenic stage, Sayd, T., M. Morzel, C. Chambon, M. Franck, P. Figwer,
sarcomere length, and protease activity modulate C. Larzul, P. LeRoy, G. Monin, P. Cherel, and E.
localization of muscle-specific calpain. Journal of Laville. 2006. Proteome analysis of the sarcoplasmic
Biological Chemistry 282:14493–14504. fraction of pig semimembranosus muscle: Implications
Ono, Y., K. Kakinuma, F. Torii, A. Irie, K. Nakagawa, S. on meat color development. Journal of Agricultural and
Labeit, K. Abe, K. Suzuki, and H. Sorimachi. 2004. Food Chemistry 54:2732–2737.
Possible regulation of the conventional calpain system Sentandreu, M. A., G. Coulis, and A. Ouali. 2002. Role
by skeletal muscle-specific calpain, p94/calpain 3. of muscle endopeptidases and their inhibitors in meat
Journal of Biological Chemistry 279:2761–2771. tenderness. Trends in Food Science and Technology
Ouali, A. 1990. Meat tenderization: Possible causes and 13:398–419.
mechanisms. Journal of Muscle Foods 1:129–165. Smulders, F. J. M., B. B. Marsh, D. R. Swartz, R. L.
Ouali, A. 1992. Proteolytic and physicochemical Russell, and M. E. Hoenecke. 1990. Beef tenderness
mecha-nisms involved in meat texture development. and sarcomere length. Meat Science 28:349– 363.
Biochimie 74:251–265.
Ouali, A., X. Vignon, and M. Bonnet. 1991. Osmotic Sorimachi, H., S. Ohmi, Y. Emori, H. Kawasaki, T. C.
pressure changes in postmortem muscles: Factors of Saido, S. Ohno, Y. Minami, and K. Suzuki. 1990. A
variation and possible causative agents. Proceedings novel member of the calcium- dependent cysteine
of the 37th International Congress of Meat Science pro-tease family. Biological Chemistry Hoppe-Seyler
and Technology 452–456. 371:171–176.
Ouali, A., C. H. Herrera-Mendez, G. Coulis, S. Becila, A. Sorimachi, H., and K. Suzuki. 2001. The structure of
Boudjellal, L. Aubry, and M. A. Sentandreu. 2006. calpain. Journal of Biochemistry 129:653–664.
Spencer, M. J., D. E. Croall, and J. G. Tidball. 1995.
Calpains are activated in necrotic fibers from mdx
dystrophic mice. Journal of Biological Chemistry
270:10909–10914.
5888 Chapter 4 and solubility. Journal of Animal Science 72:1209–
1223.
Van Laack, R. L., C. Faustman, and J. G. Sebranek.
1993. Pork quality and the expression of stress
Stevenson, B. J., J. D. Morton, M. A. Ilian, and R. protein Hsp 70 in swine. Journal of Animal Science
Bickerstaffe. 2002. Effect of muscle stretching on 71:2958–2964.
titin and calpain 3: Implication for tenderness. Wang, H., J. R. Claus, and N. G. Marriott. 1994.
Proceedings of the 48th International Congress of Selected skeletal alterations to improve tenderness of
Meat Science and Technology 598–599. beef round muscles. Journal of Muscle Foods 5:137–
Strehler, B. L. 1986. Genetic instability as the primary 147.
cause of human aging. Experimental Gerontology Wang, K. K. W., R. Posmantur, R. Nadimpalli, R. Nath,
21(4–5):283–319. P. Mohan, R. A. Nixon, R. V. Talanian, M. Keegan,
Suzuki, K., S. Hata, Y. Kawabata, and H. Sorimachi. L. Herzog, and H. Allen. 1998. Caspase-mediated
2004. Structure, activation, and biology of calpain. fragmentation of calpain inhibitor protein calpastatin
Diabetes 53(1):S12–S18. during apoptosis. Archives of Biochemistry and
Takahashi, K., T. Fukazawa, and T. Yasui. 1967. Biophysics 356:187–196.
Formation of myofibrillar fragments and reversible Weaver, A. D., B. C. Bowker, and D. E. Gerrard. 2008.
contraction of sarcomeres in chicken pectoral Sarcomere length influences postmortem proteolysis
muscle. Journal of Food Science 32:409–413. of excised bovine semitendinosus muscle. Journal of
Takahashi, K. 1992. Non-enzymatic weakening of Animal Science 86:1925–1932.
myo-fibrillar structures during conditioning of meat: Weaver, A. D., B. C. Bowker, and D. E. Gerrard. 2009.
Calcium ions at 0.1 mM and their effect on meat ten- Sarcomere length influences mu-calpain mediated
derization. Biochimie 74:247–250. proteolysis of bovine myofibrils. Journal of Animal
Takahashi, K., A. Hattori, and H. Kuroyanagi. 1995. Science 87:2096–2103.
Relationship between the translocation of paratropo- Wheeler, T. L., and M. Koohmaraie. 1994. Prerigor and
myosin and the restoration of rigor-shortened sarco- postrigor changes in tenderness of ovine longis-sius
meres during post-mortem ageing of meat—A muscle. Journal of Animal Science 72:1232– 1238.
molecular mechanism of meat tenderization. Meat
Science 40:413–423. Wheeler, T. L., and M. Koohmaraie. 1999. The extent
Takahashi, K. 1999. Mechanism of meat tenderization of proteolysis is independent of sarcomere length in
during postmortem aging: calcium theory. lamb longissimus and psoas major. Journal of
Proceedings of the 45th International Congress of Animal Science 77:2444–2451.
Meat Science and Technology 230–235. Wilk, S., and M. Orlowski. 1980. Cation-sensitive
Takahashi, K. 1996. Structural weakening of skeletal neutral endopeptidase: Isolation and specificity of the
muscle tissue during post-mortem ageing of meat: bovine pituitary enzyme. Journal of Neurochemistry
The non-enzymatic mechanism of meat 35:1172–1182.
tenderization. Meat Science 43:67–80. Wu, F. Y., and S. B. Smith. 1985. The role of ionic
Tanaka, K. 1998. Molecular biology of the proteasome. strength in the postmortem tenderization of meat.
Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 247:537–541. Proceedings of the 38th Annual Reciprocal Meat
Tatsumi, R., and K. Takahashi. 1992. Calcium-induced Conference 209.
fragmentation of skeletal muscle nebulin filaments. Wu, F. Y., and S. B. Smith. 1987. Ionic strength and
Journal of Biochemistry 112:775–779. myofibrillar protein solubilization. Journal of Animal
Tatsumi, R., K. Maeda, and K. Takahashi. 1999. Science 65:597–608.
Calcium-induced splitting of connectin/titin fila- Yamamoto, S., A. Suzuki, and T. Nishiumi. 2009.
ments: Localization and characterization of calcium - Stability of proteasomes extracted from pressurized,
binding sites. Proceedings of the 45th International aged skeletal muscle . Asian-Australasian Journal of
Congress of Meat Science and Technology 270– 271. Animal Sciences 22:282–288.
Yamanoue, M., Y. Akamatsu, T. Okayama, and I.
Tatsumi, R., and K. Takahashi. 2003. Structural Nishikawa. 1994. Comparison of myofibrillar struc-
changes in titin and nebulin filaments specific to ture weakening with tenderness of chicken, rabbit
calcium ions at 0.1 mM: Factors of meat and porcine skeletal muscles during postmortem
tenderization during post-mortem aging. Journal of aging. Animal Science Technology 65:320–329.
Food Science 68:756– 760. Young, O. A., A. E. Graafhuis, and C. L. Davey. 1980.
Taylor, R. G., G. H. Geesink, V. F. Thompson, M. Post- mortem changes in cytoskeletal proteins of
Koohmaraie, and D. E. Goll. 1995. Is z-disk degrada- muscle. Meat Science 5:41–55.
tion responsible for postmortem tenderization? Zeece, M. G., R. M. Robson, M. L. Lusby, and F. C.
Journal of Animal Science 73:1351–1367. Parrish. 1986. Effect of calcium activated protease
Underwood, K. R., W. J. Means, and M. Du. 2008. (CAF) on bovine myofibrils under different condi-
Caspase 3 is not likely involved in the postmortem tions of pH and temperature. Journal of Food
tenderization of beef muscle. Journal of Animal Science 51:797–803.
Science 86:960–966.
Uytterhaegen, L., E. Claeys, and D. Demeyer. 1994.
Effects of exogenous protease effectors on beef ten-
derness development and myofibrillar degradation
Chapter 5
Freezing/Thawing
Christian James and Stephen J. James
105
23 Chapter 5 sub-zero temperatures but does not undergo
a phase change and freeze until the pressure
is released. Rapid nucleation results in small
quarters, or boned-out primals in 25-kg even ice crystals. However, studies on pork
cartons. It is not unusual for meat to be frozen and beef (Fernandez-Martin et al. 2000) and
twice before it reaches the consumer. During on pork (Zhu et al. 2004) failed to show any
industrial processing, frozen raw material is real commercial quality advantages, and an
often thawed or tempered before being turned increase in toughness was found in the later
into meat-based products (i.e., pies, conve- study.
nience meals, burgers, etc., or consumer por- There are few published data relating
tions, fillets, steaks, and so on). These thawing processes to the palatability of
consumer-sized portions are often refrozen meat, and eating quality is generally
before storage, distribution, and sale. independent of thawing method. However,
two reports indicated that cooking directly
from the frozen state produced less juicy
The Effect of Freezing and
lamb rib-loins (Woodhams and Smith 1965)
Thawing on Meat Quality
and less tender beef rolled rib joints (James
There is a general view that fast freezing offers and Rhodes 1978) when compared with
some quality advantage, with “quick frozen” meat that had been thawed before cooking.
appearing on many meat products with the
expectation that consumers will pay more for a
Tenderness and Texture
quick -frozen product. Studies have shown that
freezing rate influences ice crystal size, To quote an Australia CSIRO report (1988) , “
location (intra- or extra-cellular), and Toughness (in meat) is caused by three major
morphology (Grujic et al. 1993 ). However, factors—advancing age of the animal, ‘cold
there are little data in the literature to suggest shortening’ (the muscle fiber contrac-tion that
that, in general, the method of freezing or the can occur during chilling), and unfa-vorable
rate of freezing has any sub-stantial influence meat acidity (pH).” There is general agreement
on the quality characteris-tics or final eating on the importance of these factors, with many
quality of meat. Slightly superior chemical and experts adding cooking as a fourth equally
sensory attributes have been found in meat important influence.
cryogenically frozen in a few trials (Dobrzycki The texture of frozen meat will have been
et al. 1977; Sebranek et al. 1978; Sebranek generally fixed by what happened to the meat
1980), but other trials have not shown any during the primary chilling of the carcass.
appreciable advantage (Lampitt and Moran Chilling can have serious effects on the texture
1933), especially during short- term storage of meat if it is carried out too rapidly when the
(Hill and Glew 1973). As an example, in a meat is still in the pre-rigor condi-tion, that is,
study comparing frozen beef burgers, no before the meat pH has fallen below about 6.2
significant difference could be seen in cooking (Bendall 1972 ). In this state, the muscles
losses or eating quality between samples contain sufficient amounts of the contractile
frozen using either spiral, impingement, or fuel adenosine triphosphate (ATP) for forcible
cryogenic methods, even after 2 months shortening to set in as the tem-perature falls
storage (Sundsten et al. 2001). In terms of below 11°C, the most severe effect occurring
increased throughput, however, the study did at about 3°C. This is the so-called “cold
reveal some slight commercial advantages of shortening” phenomenon, first observed by
fast freezing. Locker and Hagyard (1963) and its mechanism
High- pressure freezing and in particular described by Jeacocke (1986).
“pressure shift” freezing is attracting consid-
erable scientific interest (LeBail et al. 2002).
The meat is cooled under high pressure to
Freezing/Thawing 107
The meat “sets” in the shortened state as
rigor comes on, and this causes it to become
extremely tough when it is subsequently
cooked. If no cooling is applied and the tem- pre-rigor state. However, pork and beef car-
perature of the meat is above 25°C at casses, with their greater insulation of fat,
comple-tion of rigor, then another form of cool more slowly; thus thaw shortening is
shortening rigor or “heat shortening” will rarely encountered in these meats. Thaw
occur (Dransfield 1994), also on cooking. shortening may be prevented in lamb car-
The severity of cold shortening is highly casses by applying electrical stimulation
pH-dependent. It is much greater if muscle prior to freezing, or by tempering the meat at
temperatures below 10° C are achieved while temperatures between −2 and −5°C for up to
the pH is 6.8 (i.e., exceptionally rapid chill- 6 days during thawing (Dransfield 1974).
ing) than at pH 6.2 (i.e., at an easily attain-able When meat is stored at above freezing
commercial rate of chilling). To allow a safety temperatures it becomes progressively more
margin, and taking into account the fact that tender. This process, known as “aging” (or,
some carcasses will show high initial pH alternatively, as conditioning or maturation),
values in the eye muscle, it is recom-mended is traditionally carried out by hanging meat
that any part of a beef or lamb carcass should carcasses for periods of 14 days or longer (in
not be chilled below 10°C until at least 10 the case of beef) in a controlled environment
hours after slaughter. In pork, cold shortening at between −1 and 5°C (so called “dry
occurs if temperatures between 3 and 5°C are aging” ). Alternately, the carcass may be
reached before the onset of rigor (normally 3 divided into sub-primals and aged in
to 8 hours); this will only occur in rapid pork vacuum packs (usually referred to as “wet
chilling systems and is not as common. aging”). The rate of aging differs
Avoiding cold short-ening in beef through the significantly between animal species
use of slow chilling rates can lead to problems (Dransfield 1986) and neces-sitates different
of “bone-taint” (James and James 2002). times for tenderization. Beef, veal, and
Electrical stimula-tion of the carcass after rabbit age at about the same rate and take
slaughter can allow rapid chilling to be carried about 10 days at 1° C to achieve 80% of
out without much of the toughening effect of aging. Lamb ages slightly faster than beef
cold shortening. However, electrical but more slowly than pork. The ultimate
stimulation followed by moderate cooling may tenderness will depend on the initial “back-
affect tenderness in an unpredictable way and ground” tenderness of the meat and the
could result in tougher meat (Buts et al. 1986). tenderization that has occurred during chill-
Electrical stimulation will hasten rigor and ing. The age of the animal is also important.
cause tenderization to start earlier at the Frozen meat that has been aged prior to
prevailing higher tempera-ture. In beef, meat freezing is more tender than that frozen within
from carcasses given high - or low- voltage 1 or 2 days, and the difference has been shown
stimulation and slow cooling can obtain to be maintained throughout frozen storage for
adequate aging in about half the time of non- 9 months (Jakobsson and Bengtsson 1973).
stimulated meat. However, there is evidence that aging shortens
If freezing is applied immediately after the frozen storage life. Chilled storage of lamb
slaughter, cold shortening may be prevented. for one day at 0°C prior to freezing can reduce
However, a more severe shortening, thaw the subsequent storage life by as much as 25%
shortening, will occur on thawing (Bendall when com-pared to lamb that has undergone
1974 ). An entire lamb carcass can be frozen accelerated conditioning and only 2 hours
in 6 hours, thus freezing all the meat in a storage at 0° C (Winger 1984). It has been
shown that pork that has been held for 7 days
prior to freezing deteriorates at a faster rate
during subsequent
5888 Chapter 5 “drip.” Drip can be referred to by a number
of different terms including “purge loss,”
“press loss,” and “thaw loss,” depending on
frozen storage than carcasses chilled for 1 to the method of measurement and when it is
3 days prior to freezing (Harrison et al. measured. The protein concentration of drip
1956). Aging for periods greater than 7 days is about 140 mg ml−1 (i.e., about 70% of that
was found by Zeigler et al. (1950) to of meat itself). The proteins in drip are the
produce meat with high peroxide and free intracellular, soluble proteins of the muscle
fatty acid values when stored at −18°C or cells. The red color is due to the protein
−29°C. Although shorter aging times appear myo-globin, the main pigment of meat. Drip
to have a beneficial effect on storage life, loss occurs throughout the cold chain and
there is obviously a necessity for it to be repre-sents a considerable economic loss to
coupled with accelerated conditioning to the red meat industry. The potential for drip
prevent any toughening effects. loss is inherent in fresh meat and related to
There is some evidence that freezing rate the development of rigor mortis in the
affects the rate of tenderizing after thawing but muscle after slaughter and its effect on pH.
not the ultimate tenderness (Dransfield 1986). It is influ-enced by many factors. Some of
Freezing at −10°C more than doubles the rate, these, including breed, diet, and
while freezing in liquid nitrogen almost trebles physiological history, are inherent in the live
the rate. Freezing is known to cause structural animal. Others, such as the rate of chilling,
damage by ice crystal forma-tion. It seems storage temperatures, freezing, and thawing,
likely that ice crystals, particu-larly small occur during processing.
intracellular ice crystals formed by very fast When meat is frozen quickly, the water,
freezing rates, enhance the rate of aging by both that released by the fibrils as the meat has
release of enzymes (Dransfield 1986). gone into rigor and that which is still held, is
Repeated freeze-thaw cycles using relatively frozen simultaneously. Consequently, there is
low freezing rates do not seem to cause any no change in the water’s relative positions or
enhanced tenderising (Locker and Daines amounts. At slower freezing rates, however,
1973). There is little evidence of any the water balance is altered, the extracellular
relationship between chilling rates and sub- water freezing first. As freezing, continues, the
sequent frozen storage life. existing ice crystals grow at the expense of
Whether aged or unaged, chilled or frozen, water from the intrafi-brillar space. When meat
it is in the cooked final product that the con- is thawed, the reverse of freezing process
sumer will assess tenderness and texture. Thus, occurs. Water that has been frozen is released
the way the meat is cooked must always be and has to rees-tablish equilibrium with the
considered. The consumers’ envi-ronment or muscle proteins and salts. Obviously, if the
setting can also influence their appreciation of muscle proteins have been denatured, they will
tenderness. In one study, con-sumers were reabsorb less water. Since the fibers have been
found to be more critical of the tenderness of squeezed and distorted by ice formation, this
beef steaks cooked in the home than those nonreab-sorbed water will lie in wider
cooked in restaurants (Miller et al. 1995). The channels within the meat structure, thus
Warner-Bratzler force transition level for increasing the poten-tial drip. If cell walls have
acceptable steak tenderness was between 4.6 also been damaged by freezing, even less
and 5.0 kg in the home and between 4.3 and water will be reab-sorbed and will exude as
5.2 kg in restaurants. drip.
Drip potential clearly appears to be related
to species. In general, beef tends to lose pro-
Drip Production
When meat is frozen, its water-hold capacity is
reduced. This in turn gives rise to increased
Freezing/Thawing 109
portionately more drip than pork and lamb.
The potential for drip loss is inherent in
fresh meat and related to the development of
rigor mortis in the muscle after slaughter vidual pieces or cartons of smaller portions.
and its effect on pH. In pigs, especially, In commercial situations, freezing rates of
there are large differences in drip loss from 0.5 cm h−1 in the deeper sections would be
meat from different breeds. Taylor (1972) considered “fast,” and there would be
showed that there was a substantial consid-erable variation in freezing time
difference, up to 2.5-fold, in drip loss within the meat. The samples frozen by
between four different breeds of pig. Sacks et al. (1993) were much smaller (77.6
There can be large differences in drip loss g in weight) than most commercial products.
between different muscles. Taylor (1972) Even with such small samples, there was no
showed that there was a 1.7- to 2.8-fold dif- significant difference in drip after 48 hours
ference in drip between muscle types in pigs. between cryogenic freezing at −90°C and a
Since most of the exudate comes from the cut walk-in freezer operating at −21°C.
ends of muscle fibers, small pieces of meat Even partial freezing will increase drip.
also drip more than large intact carcasses, and Hence tempering of meat to aid cutting,
the way that different muscles are cut will also dicing, slicing, etc. will increase drip loss,
have an influence on drip. though not to the same extent as full
A number of scientific investigations, freezing. Irie and Swatland (1993) found
which can be compared to commercial prac- that drip loss from 3 mm thick slices of pork
tice, have defined the effect of freezing rate on that had been “lightly frozen” before slicing
drip production. Petrovic et al. (1993) stated average 8.0 ± 4.2% over a 4-day period.
that the optimal conditions for freezing Drip losses from samples that had been kept
portioned meat are those that achieve freez-ing in a freezer at −10°C for 6 days had a higher
rates between 2 and 5 cm h−1 to −7°C. Grujic drip loss of 14.0 ± 4.3%.
et al. (1993) suggest even tighter limits: 3.33 to Excessive drip may have a small effect
3.95 cm h−1 . They found that “slow freezing” on the eating quality of meat. Perceived
up to 0.39 cm h−1 resulted in decreased juici-ness is one of the important sensory
solubility of myofibrillar proteins; increase in attributes of meat. Dryness is associated
weight loss during freezing, thawing, and with a decrease in the other palatability
cooking; lower water-binding capacity; and attributes, especially with lack of flavor and
tougher cooked meat. “Very quickly frozen” increased toughness (Pearson 1994).
meat (>4.9 cm h−1) had a somewhat lower However, moisture losses during cooking
solubility of myofibrillar proteins, lower are typically an order of mag-nitude higher
water-binding capacity, and somewhat tougher than most drip losses during refrigeration.
and drier meat. The samples were thawed after Consequently, small differ-ences in drip loss
storage times of 2 to 3 days at −20°C so the will have little effect on eating quality.
relationship between freezing rates and storage
life was not inves-tigated. Sacks et al. (1993)
found that after 2.5 months, drip loss from Odor and Flavor
mutton samples frozen using cryogenics was There is no evidence that freezing and thawing
>2% less than in those using air freezing. has any effect on meat flavor. However, meat
flavor can alter during frozen storage. This is
These results are scientifically very inter- principally caused by lipid (fat) oxidation, also
esting; however, in industrial practice most referred to as oxidative rancidity, which results
meat is air frozen in the form of large indi- in unacceptable “off ” or “rancid” flavors. The
importance of lipid oxidation in frozen meat
may be illustrated by a short quotation from a
paper published
23 Chapter 5 (Morrissey et al. 1998 ). This process can
also be significantly slowed in frozen meat if
oxygen is completely eliminated and the
by Lea (1931): “it is often the deterioration storage temperature is extremely low (i.e.,
of the fat which limits the storage life— under −60°C) (Pérez Chabela and Mateo-
from the point of view at least of palatability Oyague 2006).
—of the meat.” This view has been
reiterated many times since (Watts 1954;
Color and Appearance
Love and Pearson 1971 ; Morrissey et al.
1998 ), and as freezing technology has The appearance of meat at its point of sale is
improved, it is true to say that lipid the most important quality attribute govern-
oxidation remains the obstacle to very long ing its purchase. Changes in color of the
term storage of frozen meat. muscle and blood pigments (myoglobin and
The reaction of oxygen with fat is an auto- hemoglobin, respectively) determine the
catalytic process (Enser 1974). Once the attractiveness of fresh red meat, which in
reaction starts, the products of the reaction turn influences the consumer’s acceptance of
stimulate it to go faster. The initial reaction is meat products (Pearson 1994). Consumers
that between a molecule of oxygen and a fatty prefer bright red fresh meats, brown or gray
acid to form a peroxide. This is a slow reaction cooked meats, and pink cured meats
but, like any other chemical reac-tion, raising (Cornforth 1994).
the temperature increases its rate. The type of The pigment concentration in meat that
fatty acid also influences the rate. Saturated governs its color is certainly influenced by
fatty acids react slowly, but unsaturated fatty species. Beef and lamb contain substantially
acids react more rapidly, and the more double more myoglobin than pork and poultry meat,
bonds that a fatty acid contains, the more thus accounting for the difference between
reactive it is. The presence of peroxides in fat “red” (beef and lamb) and “white” (pork and
does not change the flavor; it is the breakdown poultry) meats. Pigment concentration (myo-
products of the peroxides that produce the globin content) also increases with age; for
rancid odor and flavor. The breakdown of example, veal is brownish pink, while beef
peroxide is accelerated by heat, light, organic from three-year-old steers is bright, cherry
iron catalysts, and traces of metal ions, red (Miller 2002). However, within a
especially copper and iron. It is also the species, meat color can be adversely affected
breakdown products of the perox-ides that by a variety of factors, including
cause the oxygen to react more rapidly with postmortem han-dling, chilling, storage, and
the fatty acids, thus producing the autocatalytic packaging (Miller 2002).
effect. The color of frozen meat varies with the
The development of oxidative rancidity rate of freezing. There is a direct relationship
in meat is affected by many factors (Enser between freezing rate and muscle lightness; the
1974; Morrissey et al. 1998; Pérez Chabela faster the rate, the lighter the product
and Mateo-Oyague 2006), some intrinsic (MacDougall 1974 ). These differences in
(such as species, muscle type, amount and frozen meat lightness result from the depen-
type of fat in the diet, enzymes), others dence of ice crystal growth on the freezing
extrinsic (such as light, heat, damage to rate. Small crystals formed by fast freezing
muscle structures caused by freezing, scatter more light than large crystals formed by
mincing, and the addition of sodium chlo- slow freezing, and hence fast frozen meat is
ride). There is considerable evidence that opaque and pale and slow frozen meat is
dietary vitamin E supplementation reduces translucent and dark (MacDougall 1974).
lipid oxidation (Morrissey et al. 1998). It is
less clear what other components of the diet
may beneficially effect lipid stability
“Freezer burn” is the main appearance Freezing/Thawing 111
problem that traditionally affected the appear-
ance of meat in frozen storage. Desiccation
from the surface tissues produces a dry, rapidly deteriorate. Meat that has lost its
spongy layer that is unattractive and does not attractiveness during frozen storage because
recover after thawing. This is commonly called of oxidation of oxymyoglobin on the surface
freezer burn. It occurs in unwrapped or poorly will remain brown after thawing.
wrapped meat. The problem is accentuated in Unwrapped meat thawed in high
areas exposed to low-humid-ity air at high humidity air, water, or in steam under
velocities, and by poor tem-perature control. vacuum appears very white and milky after
Since most meat is now wrapped and thawing. However, if then stored in a chill
temperature control much improved, this is room for 10 to 24 hours, it will be almost
less of a problem than it once was indistinguishable from fresh meat.
commercially. Provided problems of freezer Unwrapped meat thawed in air at high
burn can be eliminated, the major appearance temperatures and low humidities will take
problem that affects frozen meat arises from on a dark, dry, tired appearance. It will not
the oxidation of oxymyoglobin to recover its appearance during chilled storage
metmyoglobin. and will often require exten-sive trimming
Both temperature and illumination level before sale (James and James 2002).
affect the rate of discoloration during frozen The major problem in retail marketing of
storage, but light is by far the more serious frozen meat is its appearance. The freezing
factor. Lentz (1971) reported the progress of process causes changes in the structure and
discoloration in the light (160–220 dekalux) color of the muscle, and the deterioration in
and in the dark for frozen beef stored at a appearance during frozen storage and display
range of temperatures in terms of the Munsel ultimately leads to rejection of the product by
color notation. At −18°C, a temperature typical the consumer. Storage tempera-ture, light
of good commercial display, the color intensity on the display area, and method of
remained attractive for 3 months in the dark packaging all affect the rate of deterioration.
but only 3 days in the light. The appearance of fresh meat is a primary
There is an interaction between the color of factor in acceptability at retail level, and the
meat after thawing and its freezing rate. same criteria of attractiveness will apply to
Jakobsson and Bengtsson (1969, 1973) found frozen meat, retailed either frozen or after
that slowly frozen beef, which darkened on thawing. The poor color of the frozen product
freezing, also showed considerable loss of and the drip associated with it when it thaws
redness after thawing. In contrast, meat frozen have in the past both con-tributed to consumer
in liquid nitrogen and then defrosted was a resistance. The appear-ance of frozen meat is
light bright red. Little difference was also markedly improved if retail-sized portions are
found between thawed beefsteaks that were first packed in film to exclude air between the
frozen at 15 cm h−1 in liquid nitrogen spray meat surface and the film and then rapidly
and those that were blast frozen at 4 cm h −1 frozen. With this product, however, the price
(Pap 1972). In thawed meat, the rate of differential between fresh and frozen would
pigment oxidation is increased (Cutting 1970), necessarily be small, and the consumer would
and therefore, the color will be less stable than have to be persuaded by the trade that such
in fresh. On prolonged frozen storage, a dark frozen meat was in no way inferior to fresh.
brown layer of metmyoglobin may form 1 –2
mm beneath the surface so that, on thawing,
the surface color will
Freezing Systems for Meat
Heat transfer can only occur by four basic
mechanisms: conduction, radiation,
5888 Chapter 5 comes the problem of uneven air
distribution, since each item is subjected to
the same velocity/time profile. Some meat
convection, and evaporation/condensation. products are frozen on racks of trays (2 m
Conduction requires a good physical contact high), while pulled or pushed through a
between the meat to be cooled and the cooling freezing tunnel by mechanical means. For
medium, and this is generally difficult to larger operations, it is more satisfactory to
achieve with carcasses and other irregular meat feed meat on a con-tinuous belt through
cuts. Radiation does not require any physical linear tunnels or spiral freezers.
contact, but a large temperature dif-ference is In the past decade, the use of impingement
required between the surface of the meat being technology to increase the surface heat transfer
cooled and that of surrounding surfaces to in freezing systems has received attention
achieve significant heat flow. In primary (Newman 2001; Sundsten et al. 2001;
freezing, radiation is only important in the Everington 2001). Impingement is the process
initial stages of the process in a system where of directing a jet or jets of fluid at a solid
the meat is not surrounded by other product. surface to effect a change. The very high
Again, in the initial stages of the freezing of velocity (20–30 m s−1) impingement gas jets
cooked meat products (e.g., pies, pasties, break up the static surface boundary layer of
joints), radiant heat loss can be sub-stantial if gas that surrounds a meat product. The
the products are surrounded by cold surfaces. resulting medium around the product is more
Evaporation from a meat surface reduces yield turbulent, and the heat exchange through this
and is not desirable in most meat refrigeration zone becomes much more effec-tive.
operations but can be useful again in the initial Impingement freezing is best suited for
cooling of cooked meat products. Convection products with high surface-area-to-weight
is by far the most important heat transfer ratios (i.e., hamburger patties or products with
mechanism employed in the majority of meat one small dimension). Testing has shown that
refrigeration systems. In most cases, products with a thickness less than 20 mm
refrigerated air is the transfer medium; freeze most effectively in an impingement heat
however, in some cases water, brine, or a transfer environment. When freezing products
cryogenic gas can be used. thicker than 20 mm, the benefits of
impingement freezing can still be achieved;
however, the surface heat trans-fer coefficients
Air Freezing Methods later in the freezing process should be reduced
Air is by far the most widely used method of to balance the overall process efficiency. The
freezing meat, as it is economical, hygienic, process is also very attractive for products that
and relatively noncorrosive to equipment. The require very rapid surface freezing and
big advantage of air systems is their ver- chilling.
satility, especially when there is a require-ment
to freeze a variety of irregularly shaped
Contact Freezing Methods
products or individual products. However,
relatively low rates of heat transfer are attained Contact freezing methods are based on heat
from product surfaces in air systems. Systems transfer by contact between products and
range from the most basic, in which a fan metal surfaces (which in turn are cooled by
draws air through a refrigerated coil and blows either primary or secondary refrigerants) or
the cooled air around an insulated room, to direct immersion in a refrigerated liquid.
purpose-built conveyerized blast freezing Modern plate cooling systems differ little
tunnels or spirals. In a continuous system, in principle from the first contact freezer
meat is conveyed through a freezing tunnel or
refrigerated room, usually by an overhead
conveyor or on a belt. This over-
Freezing/Thawing 113
patented in 1929 by Clarence Birdseye.
Essentially, product is pressed between
hollow metal plates containing a circulating
refrigerant. A hydraulic cylinder is used to liquid ice. Such systems may achieve higher
bring the freezing plates into pressure rates of heat transfer than the single-state
contact with the product. These plates can be liquids (Maria et al. 2005).
either horizontal or vertical (Fig. 5.1). Good Contact freezing offers several
heat transfer is dependent on product advantages over air cooling—for example,
thickness, good contact, and the much better heat transfer and significant
conductivity of the product. Plate freezers energy savings. However, disadvantages are
are often limited to a maximum thickness of the need for regularly shaped products with
50 to 70 mm. Good contact is a prime large flat sur-faces with plate systems, and
requirement. Air spaces in packaging and the need to wrap and wash off the
fouling of the plates can have a significant immersion liquid in immersion systems.
effect on cooling time; for example, a water Cryogenic freezing is essentially a subset
droplet frozen on the plate can lengthen the of immersion freezing, in that it directly uses
freezing time in the concerned tray by as cryogenic refrigerants, such as liquid nitro-
much as 30% to 60%. gen or solid carbon dioxide. The method of
An immersion freezer is made up of a tank cooling is essentially similar to water-based
with a cooled freezing liquid that can be any evaporative cooling, where cooling is
nontoxic salt, sugar, or alcohol solution in brought about by boiling off the refriger-ant,
water, and a means of conveying the wrapped the essential difference being the tem-
meat through the tank. The freezing process is perature required for boiling. As well as
often completed in an air blast system. Ice using the latent heat absorbed by the boiling
slurries are being considered as an alternative liquid, sensible heat is absorbed by the
to conventional immersion liquids. Such result-ing cold gas. Due to very low
binary systems are described in the scientific operating tem-peratures and high surface
literature as flow ice, fluid ice, slush ice, or heat transfer coefficients between product
and medium, cooling rates of cryogenic
systems are often substantially higher than
other refrigeration systems.
Figure 5.1. Vertical plate freezer for freezing of blocks of boned meat.
0 Chapter 5
Frozen Storage Systems for Meat are commonly believed to have the main
influence on frozen storage life.
Theoretically, there are clear differences
between the environmental conditions
required for cooling, which is a heat
Storage Temperature
removal/ temperature reduction process, and
those required for storage, where the aim is Extensive data are available on the optimum
to maintain a set product temperature. storage conditions and attainable frozen
However, in many air-based systems, storage lives for many meats (IIR 2006;
cooling and storage take place in the same ASHRAE 2006), as shown in Table 5.1. It is
chamber, and even where two separate generally accepted that lowering the frozen
facilities are used, in many cases not all the storage temperature of meat extends the
required heat is removed in the cooling storage life. However, there are surprisingly
phase. This failure to remove the required few articles where data are presented from
heat can be due to a number of causes: experiments on the PSL of meat at different
storage temperatures. Some researchers, such
0 Insufficient time allowed. as Pérez Chabela and Mateo-Oyague (2006),
1 Insufficient refrigeration capacity to have also questioned the validity of some of
cater to high initial product load. the data used, since much is “rather old, based
2 Overloading. on freezing conditions that nowadays are old-
3 Variability in size of products. fashioned.” Experimental data (James and
4 Incorrect environmental conditions. Evans 1997) from many different publi-cations
have been plotted against the tem-perature of
Three factors during storage—the storage storage for beef (Fig 5.2), pork (Fig 5.3), and
temperature, the degree of fluctuation in the lamb (Fig 5.4). There is a clear effect of
storage temperature, and the type of wrap- temperature on storage life, with lower
ping/packaging in which the meat is stored— temperatures resulting in extended
Table 5.1. Practical storage life (months) of meats and meat products at different storage
temperatures
Product −12°C −15°C −18°C −22 to −29 to Reference
−24°C −30°C
Beef 4 to 12 6 to 18 12 to 24 >12 ASHRAE 2006
Beef 6 12 Lawrie and Ledward
2006
Beef carcasses 8 15 24 IIR 2006
Beef steaks/cuts 8 18 24 IIR 2006
Ground beef 6 10 15 IIR 2006
Beef liver 2 to 3 2 to 4 ASHRAE 2006
Veal carcass 6 12 15 IIR, 2006
Veal steaks/cuts 6 12 15 >12 IIR 2006
Lamb 3 to 8 6 to 16 12 to 18 ASHRAE 2006
Lamb carcasses 18 24 >24 IIR 2006
Lamb steaks 12 18 24 IIR 2006
Pork 2 to 6 4 to 12 8 to 15 10 ASHRAE 2006
Pork 3 6 12 Lawrie and Ledward
2006
Pork carcasses 6 10 15 IIR 2006
Pork steaks/cuts 6 10 15 IIR 2006
Sliced bacon (vac.) 12 12 12 IIR 2006
Liver 4 12 18 IIR 2006
Freezing/Thawing 115
1000
800
600
400
200
0
–40 –30 –20 –10 0
Temperature (°C)
Figure 5.2. Experimental data on the frozen storage life of beef at different temperatures.
storage, but considerable scatter between and have asked whether there is any real
results at any one temperature. eco-nomic advantage in very low
There is some evidence that consumer temperature preservation.
panels are often not very sensitive to quality
changes. In a study on the quality of lamb
Temperature Fluctuation
stored at −5°C and −35°C, a consumer panel
could not tell the difference between Generally, fluctuating temperatures in storage
samples, although a trained taste panel could are considered to be detrimental to the product.
differentiate and scored the samples stored However, it has been reported that repeated
at −5°C as rancid (Winger 1984). Some freeze-thaw cycles do not cause any essential
researchers, such as Jul (1982), have ques- change in the muscle ultrastructure (Carrol et
tioned the wisdom of storage below −20°C al. 1981) and that several freeze-
1200
1000
Storage life of pork
(days)
800
600
400
200
0
–40 –30 –20 –10 0
Temperature (°C)
Figure 5.3. Experimental data on the frozen storage life of pork at different temperatures.
0 Chapter 5
1200
1000
Storage life of lamb
(days)
800
600
400
200
0
–40 –30 –20 –10 0
Temperature (°C)
Figure 5.4. Experimental data on the frozen storage life of lamb at different temperatures.
0 dimensions and shape of the product, on the other hand, employ heat generation
particularly the thickness, inside the product. There is no simple guide to
1 change in enthalpy, the choice of an optimum thawing system
2 thermal conductivity of the product, (Table 5.2). A thawing system should be con-
sidered as one operation in the production
3 initial and final temperatures,
chain. It receives frozen material, hopefully,
4 surface heat transfer coefficient, and
within a known temperature range and of
5 temperature of the thawing medium. specified microbiological condition. It is
Thermal conductivity has an important expected to deliver that same material in a
effect in thawing. The conductivity of frozen given time in a totally thawed state. The
meat muscle is three times that of the weight loss and increase in bacterial numbers
thawed material. When thawing commences, during thawing should be within acceptable
the surface rises above the initial freezing limits, which will vary from process to
point. Subsequently, an increasing thickness process. In some circumstances (e.g., direct
of poorly conducting material extends from sale to the consumer), the appearance of the
the surface into the foodstuff, reducing the thawed product is crucial; in others, it may be
rate of heat flow into the centre of the irrelevant. Apart from these factors, the
material. This substantially increases the economics and overall practicality of the
time required for thawing. thawing operation, including the capital and
There are two basic methods of thawing: running costs of the plant, the labor require-
thermal and electrical. Thermal methods are ments, ease of cleaning, and the flexibility of
dependant upon conventional heat conduc- the plant to handle different products, must be
tion through the surface. Electrical methods, considered.
Curing
Karl O. Honikel
125
5888 Chapter 6
Figure 6.1. Scheme of the proposal of Hoagland (1910, 1914) for the action of nitrate in cured meat
products.
in the presence of oxygen, does not take ions. NaCl is soluble to 35.7 g/100 ml in cold
place in nitrite- cured meat, since nitrite has water and 39.1 g/100 ml in hot water. Its
sequestered the oxygen. Commonly, this molecular weight is 58.45 Dalton. A solution
change in ßavor is called curing ßavor. of 1% NaCl is equivalent to a concentration of
Furthermore, nitrite or its derivatives bind to 0.17 mol/litre (M); in sausage batters, the
myoglobin (forming NO-myoglobin, common 2% NaCl is equivalent to 0.34 M,
responsible for the heat-stable red color of while the Þnal concentration of NaCl in a dry
meat products), or they react with ascorbate, cured ham is around 5% 0.85 M.
amino acids, and other compounds (Honikel
2008).
Microbial Inhibition
Additionally, NO2− and NO3− anions bind
cations like Fe2+/Fe3+, which exist in cells in The ions go into solution by becoming sur-
the form of free ions. There are microorgan- rounded by water molecules (Fig. 6.3). The
isms in which the binding to Fe ions by nitrite polar water (H2O) molecules, which are mol-
inhibits the growth of the microorganisms such ecules with a 105¡ angle between the two
as Clostridium botulinum (Grever and Ruiter hydrogen atoms and the oxygen atom, exhibit
2001; LŸcke 2008). a partially negative load around the oxygen
So we now understand more about the atom and a partially positive charge at the H
action of salt and nitrate/nitrite in curing. But atoms. Due to this polarity, the water mole-
due to the different modes of action, the curing cules are immobilized (no free movement)
with salt and salt plus nitrite or nitrate is around the ions in several layers and are no
discussed separately in this chapter. longer available for chemical/enzymatic
reactions, neither in food nor in microorgan-
isms. We call this immobilization: the water
Action of Salt in Meat Products activity (aw) is reduced. In pure water, the a w =
Chemically, salt is sodium chloride (NaCl), 1.00. In a totally dry product, a w = 0. By
freezing, the water molecules are also bound
which dissociates in water into Na+ and Cl−
H2 O
O H2
+ –
H2O Na OH2 OH2 Cl H 2O
O H
2
H2 O
+H N- - COO Na
+ –
organisms, this aw is already too low for Na Cl
+ N-
growth. In raw meat products with higher H
3
salt concentrations like salami or raw ham, swelling
aw falls < 0.93. Bacteria do not grow any
longer; only molds can cope with such low Figure 6.4. Diffusion and immobilization of water
aw values (Lawrie 1998). surrounded salt ions into myoÞbrillar structures. The
width of myoÞbers increases through swelling.
Figure 6.5. Scheme of myoÞbers and the action of salt. A shows the myoÞbers of meat with immobilized
water (background net structures in an aqueous environment); B shows salt-swollen meat myoÞbers with
more immobilized water within the myoÞbers; C shows that some myoÞbers are dissolved in the aqueous
environ-ment with only a few immobilized water layers (thin lines along the Þbers).
drip loss of PSE pork (Honikel and Kim (actin) (Quinn et al. 1980). Meat and fat cells
1986). Between 40 and 50¡C, some soluble are surrounded by connective tissue, which
proteins in the sarcoplasm denature and denatures and shrinks between 50Ð65¡C,
become insoluble, as can be seen also in the depending on age of the animal. The collagen
paleness of PSE pork (dispersion of light, as in connective tissue starts to dissolve in this
in milk). Whereas soluble proteins coagulate process between 55 and 85¡C, again depend-
(denature) into a random structure by ing on the age of the animal.
heating, Þbrillar proteins shrink during By coagulation and shrinkage, water is
denaturation (Fig. 6.7 left side). pressed out of myoÞbrils or proteins in
Both denatured protein structures encoun- general and cooking loss occurs (Table 6.1).
ter less space. MyoÞbers consist of many Cooking loss may increase to 45% or 60%
proteins, as can be seen in Figure 6.6. They of the total water (75%) in meat (45%/75%
denature between 50¡C (myosin) and 70¡C = 0.6).
Figure 6.6. Electron microscope picture of myoÞbers in meat in their well-ordered structure.
Curing 129
salt
heating
heating
Table 6.1. Cooking loss of lean beef in cubes This water release is called cooking loss
of meat of about 100Ð120 g (75% water at
pH 5.5) with a heating velocity of 2.5¡C/min
or cookout if fat is also released in fat-
from 7¡C to the temperatures indicated and containing meat. Table 6.2 shows that when
kept there for 40 min a lean meat (pork < 2% fat) is cooked, it
% cooking loss loses 28% of its weight as cooking loss or
20¡C 0 37.5% of the water in the meat (Table 6.2,
30¡C 0 A). Let us call this the Òreference cooking
40¡C 2 loss.Ó Mincing, without any further
50¡C 6
55¡C 9 addition, reduces the cooking loss by a few
60¡C 13 percent due to the more open structure of the
65¡C 18 minced meat (Table 6.2, A to B).
70¡C 23
75¡C 28 Mixing salt into the minced meat (B to C)
80¡C 33 improves its water-holding capacity consid-
90¡C 41 erably (only 6% cooking loss). As can be
100¡C 45
expected, the addition of water (B to D), as
is common in Òemulsion typeÓ sausages,
enhances the cooking loss dramatically to
5888 Chapter 6
Table 6.2. Inßuence of the addition of salt, water, fat on cookout in meat and comminuted meat
(B to G)
Heating was carried out from about 7¡C with about 2.5¡C/min until 80¡C was reached. The size of meat in A
was 3 cubes of 10 g each, from B-G, 30 g of mince or batter; lean pork contains 75% water
Code Composition % water loss water loss of % fat loss fat loss of
at 80¡Ca total water %b at 80¡Ca total fatb
A piece of lean pork 28 37.5 0 Ñ
reference (<2% fat)
B minced lean pork 24 32 0 Ñ
(<2% fat)
C B + 2% salt 6 8 0 Ñ
D B + 50% water 41 33 0 Ñ
E D + 2% salt 8 6.5 0 Ñ
F B + 25% water + 25% 33 33 10 37
back fat
G F + 2% salt 2 2 1 4
23 % related to the material weight
24 % related to total water/fat weight in the meat or mixture
41% from the reference value of 28%. But if Heating of an Emulsion Type
2% salt is added to the meat plus water Sausage Batter (with Fat)
5888 (Table 6.2 E), then the cooking loss
is low again, at 8%, near to what it would be The addition of salt and water at low tem-
without water addition (C). The addition of peratures (0Ð10¡C) causes a denaturation in
water and fat (F) shows a cooking loss of myoÞbers by swelling and dissolving, as
33%. In experiment G, 2% salt is added to described earlier. If the meat is heated, the
the composition of F, and the cooking loss is shrinkage is prevented, as shown in the
the lowest of all experiments shown in Table experiments given in Table 6.2.
6.2. The proteins in the myoÞbers at physio-
If one relates the cooking loss to the total logical conditions (about 0.1 M salt, pH 7,
content of water/fat in the product, then a and 37Ð38¡C) are insoluble. They are kept
meat piece (reference) loses 37.5% of total together by chemical bonds like SÐS
water; mincing (B) with the addition of 50% bridges or (reduced) Schiff bases (such as
water (D) or 25% water and 25% back fat those in collagen), by ionic attraction (Van-
releases about 32/33% of the total water in der-Waal forces), hydrogen bonds, or
the product. The addition of 2% salt with or hydrophobic interactions of the lipid side
without added water reduces the cooking chains of the amino acids. On denaturation
loss to 6.5/8% from 32/33% without salt; with salt and heat, the native structure
salt, water, and fat (experiment G) reduces it changes differ-ently, as shown in Figure 6.7.
further to 2% of total water loss. The fat The heat enhances the hydrophobic bonds of
cookout is also reduced by salt. protein side chains, and the proteins become
In conclusion: mincing (comminuting) insolu-ble or shrink. With salt, the
enhances the water-binding slightly; addition denaturation leads to a different structure,
of salt reduces the cookout considerably even where the hydrophobicity is also enhanced
if water is added. The comminuting of addi- (Fig. 6.7, right side), due to the weakening
tional fat and salt strongly improves the water- of ionic attraction and loss of hydrogen
and fat-binding. The latter happens in bonds. The swollen myoÞbrillar protein
emulsion type sausages, where salt and/or fat structure becomes wider, and the
are needed for a sausage without cookout. hydrophobic side chains are at the surface.
As already described, some of the Curing 131
proteins even dissolve and attract each other
by the hydrophobic side chains. These
swollen and dissolved proteins form a three-
dimensional heat- stable network, as they do
in emulsion - type sausages (scheme in Fig.
6.8 ). The hydrophobic bonds on the surface
are able to interact with each other (Fig. 6.7) comminuted
lean meat
or interact with small ÒemulsiÞedÓ fat plus salt and
particles of meat batters (Fig. 6.9) water
surrounding them, thus pre-venting their
cohesion to larger fat droplets (Fig. 6.10)
fat addition
and the cookout of fat in a batter (Table 6.2)
When meat is heated without salt, the
denatured shrunken protein (Fig. 6.7, left
side) is no longer able to be dissolved or
swollen by the addition of salt. This is why
products like liver patŽ and blood sausages, fat particles
which are cooked before salt is added, do comminuted
not form a heat-stable batter. PatŽ, with
liver as the only protein source, as well as
blood sau-sages, do not form heat-stable heating
batters because liver and blood proteins do
not swell and dissolve like myoÞbrillar
proteins. These products may be sliceable
fat droplet surrounded
below ambient temperatures, but above 20 by protein structures
to 25¡ C they are usually spreadable.
native protein
water
fat
Figure 6.9. Covering of fat particlesÕ surfaces by protein. For explanation of structures, see Figure 6.7.
23 Chapter 6
Figure 6.10. Electron microscope picture of a fat globule surrounded by protein sheets.
Furthermore, ascorbate in batters reduces (EU) has reconsidered its regulation, and in
the toxin production by proteolytic Clostri- directive 2006/52/EC/ (Directive 2006), the
dium botulinum type A and B together with use of nitrite and nitrate was limited as
nitrite and salt (Robinson et al. 1982). The shown in Table 6.3.
microbial action of nitrite has been In general, 150 mg nitrite/kg are allowed
discussed in the introduction and very to be added to all meat products, plus 150
thoroughly by EFSA (2003). mg nitrate/kg for unheated meat products.
All this makes clear that nitrite is a very That is a maximum of 300 mg nitrite plus
reactive substance that undergoes many nitrate/ kg that may be added to a batter or a
reac-tions in meat products, and thus its use piece of raw ham. A large number of
has to be controlled. exceptions, such as Wiltshire or dry cured
bacon, may have 175 mg residual nitrite/kg
plus 250 mg residual nitrate/kg (i.e., 425 mg
Legislative Requirements residual nitrite plus nitrate/kg are possible).
Many countries have issued directives or other This means that well above 500 mg nitrite
regulations for the use of nitrite and nitrate in plus nitrate have been added when the
meat products. The European Union production starts.
Table 6.3. Directive (2006) of the European Union regarding nitrite and nitrate for meat products
shortened in the list of speciÞ ed products
E No name foodstuff maximum amount that maximum residual
may be added during level (expressed
manufacturing as NaNO2
(expressed as NaNO 2)
E249a potassium nitrite meat products 150 mg/kg Ñ
E 250a sodium nitrite Ñ
sterilized meat products 100 mg/kg
(FO > 3.00)b
traditional immersion cured Ñ 50Ð175 mg/kg
meat products (number or
products)
traditional dry cured meat Ñ 50Ð175 mg/kg
products (number of
products)
other traditionally cured 180 mg/kg 50 mg/kg
meat products (number of
products)
E 251c potassium nitrate non-heat-treated meat 150 mg/kg Ñ
E 252c sodium nitrate products
traditional immersion cured 300 mg/kg 10Ð250 mg/kg
meat products (number of (some without
products) added)
traditional dry cured meat 300 mg/kg >50 mg/kg (some
products (number of without nitrite
products) added)
other traditionally cured 250Ð300 mg/kg 10Ð250 mg/kg
meat products (without nitrite
added)
0 When labelled Òfor food useÓ nitrite may be sold only in a mixture with salt or a salt substitute
1 FO-value 3 is equivalent to 3 minutes heating at 121¡C
2 Nitrates may be present in some heat-treated meat products resulting from natural conversion of nitrites to
nitrates in a low acid environment
Curing 135
Table 6.5. Nitrite breakdown and nitrate appearance after nitrite addition (100 mg/kg) to meat
-
batters of various pH values after heating and storage (adapted from ÐordevicÔ et al. 1980)
pH of batter days of storage nitrite (mg/kg) nitrate (mg/kg) sum of nitrite +
nitrate (mg/kg)
5.3 0 28 20 48
12 5 9 14
5.8 0 45 30 75
12 13 8 21
6.3 0 58 18 76
12 31 10 41
and that nitrate also forms. The nitrite con- The oxidation of nitrite to nitrate in meat is
centration at day 0 (immediately after prepa- also the primary reason why nitrate will be
ration) with pH 6.3 is twice the concentration found in considerable concentrations in meat
at pH 5.3; after twelve days in storage at pH products to which only nitrite has been added
6.3, it is six times higher. The nitrate formed (see also footnotes to Table 6.3). In Figure
from nitrite by sequestering oxygen is less 6.11 the nitrite concentrations of German meat
inßuenced by pH during manufacturing. It is products are shown. The emulsion type and
reduced during storage but rather indepen- cooked sausages and cooked hams are
dently of pH. Immediately after heating, the manufactured with nitrite only, but they
measured sum of nitrite and nitrate at pH 5.3 contain a mean of 20Ð30 mg nitrate/kg, as is
amounts to 48%; at pH 5.8 and pH 6.3 it is also shown in a very recent survey outlined in
75/76%. During storage for twelve days, the Table 6.8. Nitrite is in most cases lower than
amount of the sum is reduced to 14% at pH 5.3 nitrate in the Þnished product, with con-
and 41% at pH 6.3. centrations below 20 mg nitrite/kg in the
Table 6.6 shows that the disappearance of median value. Only a few samples of sau-sages
nitrite continues with storage. Heating and hams contain above 60 mg nitrite/ kg (Fig.
reduces the nitrite to ca. 30% of its added 6.11), and these also have higher nitrate
amount, while 0.5 mg nitrite/kg remain after concentrations. Nitrate may have been added
sixty days of chilled storage. When 75 mg to the raw meat products.
nitrite/kg was added to the batter, a similar It can be assumed that the concentration
degree of breakdown was observed after the of nitrate, in a sausage to which only nitrite
addition of 200 mg nitrite/kg.
Table 6.7 shows nitriteÕs possible reaction
partners. The wide range of percentages is due Table 6.7. Nitrite and metabolites in meat
prod-ucts (adapted and changed from
to the various concentrations of nitrite, heating Cassens et al. 1978)
and storage conditions, and pH. bound to/or form % of total assumption
Honikel
nitrite 5Ð20 10Ð40a
Table 6.6. Nitrite remaining (mg/kg) during nitrate 1Ð10
chilled storage (2¡C) after addition of 75 and myoglobin 5Ð15
200 mg/kg after heating to 80¡C (adapted bound to ÐSH 1Ð15
from Kudryashow 2003) bound to lipids 1Ð15
time nitrite 75 mg/kg nitrite 200 mg/kg bound to proteins 20Ð30
gas 1Ð5
added added
sum ∼70 90
after heating 22 (30%) 54 (27%)
20 days 75 15.4
60 days 0.5 5.8 0 according to results presented in Þg. 6.11
and tables 6.5 and 6.6
Curing 137
20
10
Figure 6.11. Nitrite concentrations in meat products. (Adapted from Dederer 2006.)
is added, is related to the nitrite content. Figure around 90%. In products with access to
6.12 shows that with emulsion-type sausages oxygen, the remaining concentrations are by
(only nitrite curing salt used), the residual far lower than 90% (see Tables 6.5, 6.6, and
amounts of nitrite and nitrate exhibit no 6.8).
relationship above 20 mg residual nitrite/ kg.
There is no generally recognizable increase of
Nitrosamine Formation
nitrate with increasing residual amounts of
nitrite. Without nitrite addition, a residual
in Meat Products
amount of nitrate up to 30 mg/kg is probably In the 1970s in the United States, a discus-sion
due to the addition of drinking water to the arose about the formation of nitrosa-mines in
batter (0Ð50 mg nitrate/l). cured meat products, especially fried bacon.
It is interesting to note that the application Fiddler et al. (1978) showed that bacon and its
of ultra- high pressure does change the nitrite cookout on frying contained considerable
concentration, as the sum of nitrite plus nitrate amounts of nitrosopyrrolidine.
is > 95% at control (no pressure, no heat in According to the reactions shown in
vacuo) up to 800 MPa (Table 6.9). Even after Figure 6.13, nitrosamines are formed by
storage for twenty-one days (in vacuo), the amines with nitrite at higher temperatures.
sum of nitrite plus nitrate is But there are some prerequisites for the
sequence of reactions to nitrosamines to
Table 6.8. Nitrate and nitrite concentration in occur.
German meat products 2003 Ð2005
(adapted from Dederer 2006) 0 Amines must be present. In fresh meat
sausage type N median
there are very minute amounts of amines
present, which are the decarboxylation
nitrite nitrate
(mg/kg) (mg/kg)
products of amino acids. During aging and
emulsion type 91 13 24 fermentation, amines will be formed.
sausages 1 Only secondary amines form stable nitro-
non-heat treated 15 18 59
sausages
samines. Primary amines are immediately
non-heat treated 14 19 17 degraded to alcohol and nitrogen. Tertiary
ham amines cannot react. Most amines in meat
liver/blood 16 12 43
sausages
are primary amines derived from α-amino
acids.
0 Chapter 6
80
70
ppm
60
50
Nitrate
40
30
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Nitrite ppm
Figure 6.12. Relationship of nitrite and nitrate concentrations in emulsion-type sausage, N = 48. (Adapted
from Dederer 2006.)
Table 6.9. Nitrite and nitrate concentration in emulsion type sausage (Bologna/Lyoner) (72 ppm
nitrite added) after ultra -high-pressure application and storage of the unheated batter (adapted
from Honikel 2007)
days 0 7 21 0 7 21 0 7 21
Treatment nitrite (mg/kg) nitrate (mg/kg) nitrite + nitrate (mg/kg)
control 54.3 47.1 39.3 15.15 19.5 26.2 69.45 66.55 65.5
400 MPa 53.3 46.4 37.7 15.8 22 26.95 69.05 68.4 64.6
600 MPa 53.0 44.8 37.2 16.15 23.85 29.1 69.1 68.65 66.25
800 MPa 52.3 44.7 37.7 17.5 23.95 26.6 69.75 68.65 64.25
Curing 139
Figure 6.13. Chemical reactions leading to possible nitrosamine formation; M/M + are transition metal ions
(like Fe2+/Fe3+ and others).
Nitrite and the Color of and other oxidizing agents such as nitrite can
Meat Products oxidize the Fe2+ to Fe3+. The metmyoglobin
(MetMb) that is formed is brown.
For consumers, the red color of cured meat The ÒoriginalÓ myoglobin (Mb), the oxi-
products is one of the important effects of
myoglobin (MbO2), and the metmyoglobin
nitrite in meat products. The red color devel-
ops in a number of complicated reaction occur together in meat. In the muscle of a live
animal there is very little metmyoglobin, but it
steps until NO-myoglobin (Fe2+) is formed.
increases postmortem with the disappear-ance
Myoglobin exists in muscle in three
of oxygen, except when meat is packed with
states, in which the cofactor heme, a
high oxygen. In MAP -packs with about 70%
porphyrin ring with an iron ion in its center,
oxygen, the color is bright red. Oximyoglobin
binds different ligands or in which the iron
is not heat or light stable, and
exists in the Fe 2+ or Fe3+ state. In the native
myoglobin, the porphyrin moiety (Fig. 6.14)
is supported in the ligand binding by amino
– –
acids of neigh-boring protein. COO COO
In its ÒoriginalÓ state, myoglobin with CH2 CH2
Fe2+ in the porphyrin cofactor does not bind CH2 H CH2
any ligand except water molecules. In the C C C
presence of oxygen, the porphyrin can bind H3C C C C C CH3
an O2 molecule, and it becomes bright red.
The iron ion is in the Fe2+ state. But oxygen C N N C
HC Fe CH
C N N C
Table 6.10. NO-dimethylamine in foods (μg/ C C C C
H2C CH3
kg); adapted from Deierling et al. (1997)
C
Food N >0.5 Content H C C C
min max CH3 H C
H CH2
Beer 195 3 0.5 1.2
Pizza 57 6 0.5 8.7 Haem
Meat products 17 0 0 0
Milk products 6 0 0 0 Figure 6.14. Haem/Fe-protoporphyrin (IX),
cofactor of myo - and hemoglobin.
23 Chapter 6 venting their release on heating. By dissolv-
ing and swelling the meat protein structure,
salt also tenderizes meat and leads to heat-
if oxygen is used up, it turns brown (because stable structures in Òemulsion typeÓ
of the presence of metmyoglobin) or green sausages.
(indicating spoilage from microbial action). The curing agents nitrite and nitrate react
Reducing enzymes, or chemical reactions with meat ingredients due to the easily
with a reducing agent like ascorbate, reduce changeable oxidation status of nitrogen into
the Fe3+ to Fe2+. The NO formed from N2O3 many derivatives. Nitrite gives the products
can bind to the myoglobin (Fe 2+) and form a an esteemed and stable red color, acts as an
heat-stable NO-myoglobin. Oximyoglobin is antioxidant by sequestering oxygen, pre-
not heat stable and dissociates. The meat vents or retards mircobial growth, and
turns grey or brown. Þnally, adds a pleasant ßavor. The positive
Oxygen, carbon monoxide (CO), and NO effects are overwhelming compared to the
are biatomic molecules. Like NO, CO binds to small possibility of the formation of
myoglobin very tightly. In some countries, nitrosamines. The intake of curing agents
MAP packaging of fresh meat with 1Ð2% CO (nitrite plus nitrate) through meat products is
is permitted. CO and NO addition to fresh small (a few percent) in comparison with
meat are not permitted in the EU. other foods (EFSA 2008).
TheCO-myoglobinandtheNO-myoglobin
are heat stable. Heating denatures the References
protein moiety, but the red NO-porphyrin
ring system (often called nitroso- Adamsen, C. E., J. K. S. M¿ller, K. Laursen, K. Olsen,
hemochromogen) still exists and is found in and L. H. Skibsted. 2006. Zn-porphyrin formation in
cured meat products: Effect of added salt and nitrite.
meat products heated to 120¡C. This heat- Meat Science 72:672Ð679.
stable red color will change after bacterial Andersen, H. J., and L. H Skibsted. 1992. Kinetics and
spoilage, and it fades under UV light. The mechanism of thermal oxidation and photooxidation
of nitrosylmyoglobin in aqueous solution. Journal of
Þrst is advantageous, since it allows the Agricultural Food Chemicals 40:1741Ð1750.
consumer to recognize spoilage, as fresh Cassens, R. G., L. Ito, M. Lee, and D. Buege. 1978. The
meat also changes color when it spoils. CO use of nitrite in meat. Bioscience 28(10):633Ð337.
Dahl, H., L. Lotte, and C. A. Bunton. 1960. 42. †ber die
bound to myoglobin is light resistant. Oxydation von AscorbinsŠure durch salpetrige
In the last two years the riddle of the red SŠure. Teil VI: †bersicht und Diskussion der
color of cured raw hams, like Parma ham Ergebnisse. 18. Mitteilung Ÿber Reduktone und
1,2,3-Tricarbonylverbindungen. Helvetica Chimica
produced without nitrite or nitrate, has been Acta 53:320Ð333.
solved. Various authors have proved that the Dederer, I. 2006. Personal communication.
Fe2+ in the porphyrin ring is exchanged with Deierling, H., U. Hemmrich, N. Groth, and H.
Taschan. 1997. Nitrosamine in Lebensmitteln.
Zn2+, which gives the hams a pleasant red Lebensmittelchemie 51:53Ð61.
color. Nitrite addition prevents the exchange Directive 2006. Directive 2006/52/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 5 July 2006 amend-
(M¿ller et al. 2003; Parolari et al. 2003; ing Directive 95/2/EC on food additives other than
Wakamatsu et al. 2004a, b; Adamsen et al. colors and sweeteners and Directive 95/35/EC on
2006). sweeteners for use in foodstuffs, O. J. L204 of
26.7.2006.
- -
Emulsification
Irene Allais
143
23 Chapter 7
Table 7.1. Classification and Examples of Emulsified Meat Products (From Heinz 2007 and
Feiner 2006)
Classification criteria Examples
Shape Sausages, balls, loaves
Size — Small-caliber: Frankfurters, Vienna, hot-dogs sausages
— Large caliber: Bologna, Lyoner sausages
Composition Pork, beef, poultry mixed or pure, cereals, vegetables, various seasoning
and flavorings
Geographical origin — mortadella (Italy)
— Lyoner sausage, foam or emulsion or block of fattened duck liver
(France)
— Chicken sausage with oil
— Frankfurter, Cooked Bratwurst, Bockwurst, Weisswurst, Fine liver
sausage, … (Germany)
— Krakowska Sausage (Poland)
— Yor sausages (Thailand)
— Luncheon or “Devon” or “Polony” (Australia)
— Wiener Fine Veal Liver Sausage, Fine liver sausage (Austria)
— Fine liver sausage (Russia, South Africa)
—…
Thermal treatment Cooking, sterilization, smoking
Way of consuming Cooked, cold or reheated
Final product or ingredient — Final product used alone : Frankfurters or liver pate
— Ingredient as a basic mix containing coarse particles product: Buffalo,
coarse ham or Krakow sausages
Main stabilizing treatment — Raw-cooked meat products : Cold emulsions
— Precooked-cooked meat products : Hot emulsions (Fine liver
sausages/pates)
ice protein
solubilisation
thermal treatment
Production flow 1 for hot emulsion Production flow 2 for hot emulsion
precooked
liver + salt + milk liver + salts +
fatty tissue
proteins + egg white egg white
(>80°C)
Figure 7.1. a. Processing diagrams for “cold” emulsions. b. Processing diagrams for “hot” emulsions.
Polyunsaturated fatty acids 15.8 [2] 15.8 [2] 21.0 [1] 7.3 [3]
(% fat content) 16.0 [2]
10.7–10.0 [3]
20.7 [6]
8.7–11.4 [7]
C18:2 7.4 [3] C18:2 17.1 [1] C18:2 6.0 [3]
C18:2 9.2 [3] C18:2 14.4 [6]
C18:2 n-6 18.5 [6] C18:2 n-6 13.0 [6]
C18:3 2.0 [1]
C18:3 n-6 0.8 [6] C18:3 n-6 0.6 [6]
C20:2 0.55 [1]
UFA:SFA ratio 1.92 [2] 1.85 [2] 1.15 [3] 1.54 [1] 1.16 [3]
1.78 [2]
1.18 [3]
Firmness at T° < 30°C Soft Firm Soft Firm Firm
Melting at T° > 30°C Low Average Low High Very high
% melted fat 10°C: 20.9 [4] 10°C: 20.1 [4] 10°C: 17.4 [4] 10°C: 17.2 [4] 10°C: 9.1 [4]
40°C: 73.9 [4] 40°C: 76.4 [4] 40°C: 64.5 [4] 40°C: 73.7 [4] 40°C: 64.5 [4]
Recommended use Hot emulsion Cold emulsion Hot emulsion Cold emulsion Lard
Fat emulsion
Sources: [1] Al-Rashood et al. 1996, Egyptian pig, [2] Benz et al. 2008, PIC pig, [3] Bucharles et al 1987, Large White pig, [4] Favreau 1981, unknown pig, [5] Solignat
2003, unknown pig, [6] Renaudeau 2007, Large White pig, [7] Ninoles et al. 2007, Iberian pig.
151
5888 Chapter 7 The swelling depends both on pH and NaCl
content (Hamm 1972; Offer and Knight
1988 ). Without salt, there is a maximum at pH
Sodium Chloride 3.0, a minimum (the average isoelectric point
of meat proteins) at pH 5.0, and from there a
Sodium chloride (NaCl) is involved in water constant increase within the physio-logical pH
holding, firmness, taste, and flavor, as well as range (Rusunen and Puolonne 2005 ). Due to
the microbiological safety of meat products the selective binding of ions, salts move the
(Puolanne et al. 2001). NaCl usually ranges isoelectric point. In cooked pork and beef
from 0% in salt- free products to 4% in steril- sausages, approximately the same water
ized products. In meat processing, typically holding as with 2.5% NaCl in pH 5.7 can be
2%–3% salt is incorporated in the product reached with 1.5% NaCl in pH 6.1 and above
formulation (Claus et al. 1994). Sodium (Puolanne et al. 2001).
chloride increases water binding in meat lin- Since sodium intake generally exceeds
early from 0 to 0.8–1.0 ionic strengths in the nutritional recommendations in industrial-ized
water phase (Hamm 1972 ; Offer and Knight countries and approximately 20%– 30% of
1988). This corresponds to less than 5% NaCl common salt intake comes from meat products,
in lean meat, provided that the water content is there is increasing interest among consumers
about 75% (Ruusunen and Puolanne 2005). and processors in reducing the use of NaCl
Salt induces important changes in myofibrils. content in meat processing (Jimenez -
Negative protein charges are increased because Colmenero et al. 2005). In cooked sausages, it
chloride ions are more strongly bound to the can be concluded that without phosphate, the
proteins than sodium ions. According to NaCl content can be lowered to 1.5%– 1.7%,
Hamm (1972), this causes repulsion between and with phosphate, to 1.4% without
the myofibril-lar proteins (myofilaments), jeopardizing the technological quality and
which results in a swelling of myofibrils or yield approaches (Ruusunen and Puolanne
even a partial solubilization of filaments. Offer 2005 ). However, lowering salt content raises
and Knight (1988) indicate that the selective several problems. In low-salt meat products,
binding of chloride ions to the myofibrillar the increased meat protein content (i.e., lean
proteins causes a loosening of the myofibrillar meat content) reduces perceived saltiness and
lattice, due to a repulsion between the the intensity of the characteristic flavor
molecules of myosin filaments breaking down decreases (Ruusunen and Puolanne 2005). The
the shaft of the filament. Moreover, sodium functionality of the traditional myosin heat-set
ions are pulled very close to the filament matrix may be limited due to low ionic
surfaces by the proteins’ electrical forces. This strength (Pietrasik and Li-Chan 2002). This
increases osmotic pressure within the can lead to a decrease in textural char-
myofibrils, causing the filament lattice to acteristics: low-salt batters produce gels that
swell. The factors inhibiting the unlimited are less hard and chewy, and they have poorer
swelling are the actomyosin cross -bridges binding properties than gels produced with
between the filaments and Z-lines. In sausage higher salt (Pietrasik and Li-Chan 2002).
meat, the sarcomere alteration depends on the Excessive loss of water can lead to a mushy
interac-tion of the ionic strength with the texture. Depending on their origin (beef, pork,
processing conditions, particularly of the or poultry), meat proteins show differ-ent
mincing and mixing conditions (Ripoche et al. gelation patterns and different responses to salt
2001). Comminution alone enhances the meat- (Barbut and Mittal 1989).
setting properties, in that the thermal stabili- The simultaneous reduction of both salt
ties of myosin and actin are modified and content and fat content is not easily achieved.
proteinsalt-solubilityisincreased(Fernández-
Martín et al. 2002).
Emulsification 153
Indeed, to maintain the same NaCl ionic
strength, the NaCl content must increase
when the fat content is decreased (Ruusunen
and Puolanne 2005). the addition of MTG at the levels studied
A variety of approaches to reduce sodium (0%–0.6%).
content of meat products has been reported: It was also suggested to use seaweeds,
23 lowering the level of sodium chloride which contain a high concentration of
(NaCl) added; (2) replacing all or part of the mineral elements, to reduce the amount of
NaCl with other chloride salts (KCl, CaCl2, added NaCl in meat processing (Cofrades et
and MgCl2); (3) replacing part of the NaCl al. 2008).
with nonchloride salts, such as phosphates
or with new processing techniques or
process modifications; and (4) combinations Nonmeat Components
of any of the above approaches (Ruusunen
and Puolanne 2005). Nonmeat components play an important role in
The sodium chloride content of meat can be “emulsified ” meat products, since they
reduced when using prerigor meat without influence nutritional, sensory, and functional
detrimentally affecting the physical, chemi-cal, properties. They were used from very ancient
or sensory properties of frankfurter-type times in comminuted products: the Egyptians
sausages (Puolanne and Terrell 1983). At used colors and flavorings; and the Romans
lowered salt additions, it appears important to used saltpeter (potassium nitrate), spices, and
keep the pH of raw materials high enough to colors for preservation and to improve the
ensure a high level of water holding and appearance of foods. More recently, in addi-
firmness in cooked sausages, irrespective of tion to meat proteins, a variety of nonmeat
how the high pH has been obtained (Puolanne ingredients have been used as fillers, binders,
et al. 2001 ). This would then mean, for and extenders to reduce cook shrink and for-
example, that high-pH phosphates could be mulation costs. The use of nonmeat compo-
utilized to raise the batter pH. A sausage of nents is changing due to several reasons: new
normal gel-forming capacity can be made with components or new forms of them (i.e., nano-
about 0.3%– 0.5% units lower sodium chloride ingredients having specific properties) are
content when phosphates are used, compared available; and knowledge about their role has
with a sausage made without added phosphates increased, while nutritional concerns have
(Ruusunen and Puolanne 2005). become increasingly important, leading man-
ufacturers to develop new formulations or to
Another way to reduce the required amount modify traditional products to make them
of salt and phosphate is to use micro-bial healthier.
transglutaminase (MTG). It is a calcium - The use of some nonmeat components can
independent enzyme that catalyzes the be submitted to food regulation (e.g., addi-
polymerization and crosslinking of proteins tives defined in the Council Directive 89/107/
through the formation of covalent bonds EEC 1989). Most food additives are consid-
between protein molecules (Carballo et al. ered safe. However, some are known to be
2006; Heinz 2007). Although the addition of carcinogenic or toxic. Allergic reactions to
MTG had beneficial effects on reducing cook colorings and hyperactivity from phosphates
loss and increasing hardness and chewi-ness, have been reported for sensitive individuals.
Pietrasik and Li-Chan (2002) found that the Moreover, some nonmeat ingredients, such as
detrimental effects of salt reduction on these vegetables, egg, or milk proteins, contain
properties were not overcome by substances that cause allergic reactions in
some consumers (e.g., gluten enteropathy or
lactose intolerance) (Jimenez-Colmenero
2000).
5888 Chapter 7 increasing water binding (Heinz and
Hautzinger 2007). They stabilize color by
chelating free divalent cations (Fe and Cu).
There is a gap between theoretical They can indirectly increase shelf life because
knowledge of nonmeat ingredients in model higher temperatures or longer cooking times
foods and their behavior in real food can be used without increasing weight loss.
systems. A systematic approach to the study Phosphates are believed to act on muscle pro-
of nonmeat ingredients’ effects in meat teins by increasing the pH and ionic strength
prod-ucts is missing. Thus, synergetic or (Fernandez-Martin 2002). They affect meat
antago-nist effects between several fibers in a similar way as ATP. The simulta-
ingredients have to be studied for each meat neous addition of NaCl and phosphate to meat,
product individually. therefore, yields considerable modifi-cation of
Meat products are generally recognized as the physicochemical features of the
contributing to nutrition in that they consti-tute myofibrillar proteins (Kijowski and Mast 1988
an important source of high biological value ; Findlay and Barbut 1992). The interest in
proteins, group B vitamins, minerals, trace phosphate addition to maintain water binding
elements, and other bioactive com-pounds. and gel strength in low-salt products is well
However, a negative image often attaches to known. Phosphate usage is limited to 0.5% in
meat products as a source of fat, saturated fatty countries such as the United States and
acids, cholesterol, sodium, and other Canada, and totally prohibited in Germany for
substances that in inappropriate amounts may meat products (Trespalacios et al. 2007).
produce negative physiological effects
(Cofrades et al. 2008). Numerous researchers
are working to optimize meat product Phospholipids
composition in order to achieve a composition
Surfactants are amphiphilic molecules that
that is better suited to nutrient intake goals. To
have a hydrophilic head group, which has a
achieve this, nonmeat ingre-dients play a
high affinity for water, and a lipophilic tail
crucial role (Cofrades et al. 2008).
group, which has a high affinity for oil.
Their principal role is to enhance emulsion
Only nonmeat ingredients having a role
forma-tion and stability (McClements 1999).
in the emulsification process will be detailed
A typical example of such a molecule is
here. In the following, we will present
leci-thin, which in comminuted products is
nonmeat ingredients through their chemical
often from eggs or soybeans.
structures that can explain their functional
roles.
Proteins
Proteins are polymers of amino acids; they
Mineral Salts
have a high proportion of nonpolar groups, and
The main salts having a role in the emulsi- they are surface active. They must rapidly
fication of comminuted meat products are absorb to the surface (McClements 1999).
NaCl and phosphates. Phosphates have a Nonmeat proteins are mainly used for their
wide application in the meat-processing emulsifying and thickening properties
industry and improve binding and texture in (Delaitre et al. 1988 ). They have been used in
processed meat products. For meat prepara- meat products for technological purposes (e.g.,
tions such as sausage mixes, where phos- protein isolates as binders) and to lower costs
phates are added as dry powder, phosphates (e.g., soy flour as meat extenders). They also
with moderate alkaline effect are preferred, provide nutritional benefits (e.g., soy
in particular di-phosphates (pH 7.3).
Diphosphates have a low water solubility,
but they are the most effective form of
Emulsification 155
protein has a positive impact on blood
cholesterol content, and whey proteins
contain bioactive compounds that may have
a positive effect on cardiovascular disease) heating. Casein can impart a pale color and
(Jimenez-Colmenero et al. 2006). Their soft texture to meat products. In intensively
functional properties are determined by their heated products, this disadvantage is out-
molecular weight, conformation, flexi-bility, weighed by the good binding properties, and
polarity, and interactions (McClements prevention of jelly and fat separation (Heinz
1999). Three typical configurations were 2007). Barbut (2006) compared the effects
defined for proteins in aqueous solution: of adding dry caseinate, whole milk, skim
globular, rod-like, and random-coil. milk, and regular and modified whey protein
Membranes formed by globular proteins powders in emulsified chicken meat batters.
tend to be more resistant to rupture than Caseinate and modified whey contributed
those formed from random -coil proteins. In more to enhancing the textural properties of
prac-tice, many biopolymers have some the meat batters compared with the other
regions that are random coil, rod-like, or dairy proteins. Overall, the most cost-effec-
globular, and they can change from one tive ingredient appeared to be the modified
conformation to another if their environment whey, which also provided the best moisture
is altered (McClements 1999). retention.
Globular proteins form relatively thin but Blood plasma is rich in proteins (8%–
dense interfacial layers that have high visco- 9%) and these proteins have a higher water-
elasticities. When globular proteins unfold, bind-ing capacity than meat proteins.
they expose amino acids capable of forming Moreover, the pH of blood plasma is slightly
disulfide bonds with their neighbors and alkaline (7.5–7.8), which is also beneficial to
thus an interfacial membrane that is partly the water-binding capacity. Flakes of plasma
stabi-lized by covalent bonds. This occurs ice are particularly suitable for raw-cooked
when emulsion ages or when proteins are meat products where water or ice has to be
heated (i.e., when β-Lactoglobulin is heated added (Heinz 2007).
to 70°C). Examples of globular proteins
used in comminuted meat products are
Polysaccharides
plasma or lactoserum proteins (α-
lactalbumin, β-Lactoglobulin, lysozyme), Polysaccharides are polymers of monosac-
which mainly have a stabilizing role when charides. They are mainly used for their
they form a geli-fied network during heat thickening and gelifying properties due to their
treatment (Delaitre 1988). high molecular weights and their extended
Native and modified dairy proteins are structure. Indeed, large highly extended linear
known for their stabilizing role (Barbut biopolymers increase the viscosity more
2006). Different fractions can be extracted. effectively than small compact branched
They have various protein compositions and biopolymers. Most polysaccharides are
thus different functional properties. Caseins predominantly hydrophilic and are therefore
are amphiphilic and unfolding molecules not particularly surface active, except a small
that mainly play a role in emulsifying and number of polysaccharides (gum Arabic) or
viscos-ity. They rapidly adsorb and stabilize some modified starches (McClements 1999).
a newly formed oil/water interface. Because Polysaccharides increase water binding and fat
the caseins exist in open structures, they are binding, thus improving products’ juiciness
not as sensitive to structural alterations; for and texture. Plant products rich in
example, the caseins are very stable to polysaccharides are used as fillers for cost
reduction and volume addition. Previous
studies have reported that emulsion stability
was increased due to the
23 Chapter 7 Various types of fiber additives such as
soy fiber (Cofrades et al. 2000); citrus fiber
(Fernandez-Lopez et al. 2004); oat fiber
addition of various polysaccharides in differ- (Chang and Carpenter 1997; Desmond et al.
ent meat emulsion products such as frank- 1998; Steenblock et al. 2001); edible sea-
furters and bologna-type sausages (Lee et al. weeds such as sea Spaghetti, Wakame, and
2008). Polysaccharides from various origins Nori (Cofrades et al. 2008); pea fiber (Claus
were tested in low- fat meat products: xanthan and Hunt 1991); peach dietary fiber
(Wallingford and Labuza 1983; Pearson and (Grigelmo-Miguel et al. 1999); and kimchi
Gillett 1996), carrageenan (Trius and Sebranek powder (Lee et al. 2008) have been used
1996), carboxymethylcellulose, beta-glucan, alone or combined with other ingredients in
guar gum, gellan, locust bean gum, and starch the formulation of meat products. Inulins
(Pietrasik 1999 ; Chattong et al. 2007; García- were used to replace fat and to reduce
García and Totosaus 2008). These energy intake in breakfat sausages (Archer
polysaccharides are available under purified et al. 2004), bologna sausages (Nowak et al.
form and are generally considered as additives. 2007), and mortadella sausages (10% fat)
Interactions between several poly-saccharides (Garcia et al. 2006).
and between polysaccharides and salts or
nonmeat proteins were often studied: iota-
Process
carrageenan, xanthan, and guar gum (Solheim
and Ellekjær 1993), potato starch, locust bean Three steps are required to manufacture finely
gum, and kappa-carrageenan (García-García comminuted meat products: lean frag-
and Totosaus 2008), blood plasma, microbial mentation, protein solubilization, and struc-
transgluta-minase, and kappa-carrageenan turation. The order of these steps depends on
(Jarmoluk and Pietrasik 2003). the emulsion type (cold or hot) and the process
used (Figure 7.1). For cold emul-sions, these
More recently, several studies were dedi- three steps can be achieved either successively
cated to the use of dietary fibers from differ- in different apparatus (e.g., grinder, mixer,
ent sources (Cofrades et al. 2008). Using raw colloid mill) or simultane-ously in a unique
materials directly instead of purified extracts chopper (Figure 7.2).
has several advantages: (a) it reduces formu- For hot emulsions, when a traditional
lation costs; (b) it enhances meat products’ process is used, liver fragmentation and
potential health-beneficial properties by pro- protein solubilization are first achieved
viding not only dietary fiber but also other simultaneously, then poached fats are frag-
bioactive components such as polyphenols or mented, and the emulsion is formed (Figure
carotenoids; and (c) raw materials are not
considered as additives for labeling (Cofrades
et al. 2000; Cofrades et al. 2008).
Fragmentation Mincer
Cutter
Protein
Blender Cutter
solubilisation
Mixture design was used to optimize emul- used to select compatible ingredients from
sion characteristics in a model system con- eleven alternates to optimize the sensory
taining beef, chicken, and turkey meat (Zorba quality of extended meat cubes (Modi and
and Kurt 2006). Plackett–Burman design was Prakash 2008). Response surface methodol-
23 Chapter 7 sensory characteristics at the end of the
chop-ping step. These characteristics were
evalu-ated as a global index called the
ogy was used to determine the optimum salt chopping degree (CD). The processing
level (1.3%–2.1%) and pectin level (0.25%– conditions established at the end of the
1.0%) when olive oil replaced pork backfat Simplex algo-rithm (six trials only) were 3
(0%–100%) for the production of highly minutes and 2000 rpm. They achieved a
acceptable low-fat frankfurters (9% fat, 13% high value for the CD (4.8/5; 5 being the
protein) (Pappa et al. 2000). Gunvor et al. maximum value) (Curt et al. 2004a). This
(2005) used a cross-mixture design to con- result was confirmed by another study using
struct the sensory attributes model for sau- response surface methodology, where the
sages’ firmness and color. The color and effects of four process parameters —
firmness were instrumentally measured and chopping duration, speed, temperature, and
modeled as mathematical functions of bio- pressure—on the chopping degree were
chemical composition (protein, connective studied (Curt et al. 2004b).
tissue, and fat) and muscle content. These Chopping is often performed as a batch
models were constrained by acceptability operation. Another strategy to determine the
limits found through a consumer test. optimal processing conditions is to use the
Constraints were then applied in a nonlinear repetitive nature of batch processes in batch-
least-cost optimization model. The objective to-batch methodologies. Curt et al. (2007)
function to be minimized was the cost func- showed that a batch-to-batch algorithm using
tion of the meat ingredients, which were human knowledge was able to control the
varied. Constraints for protein, fat, and con- process to obtain the desired sensory proper-
nective tissue contents were also made ties at the end of the chopping process. Ten
according to legal restrictions. Three optimal runs were carried out independently from each
solutions were compared. A least-cost solu- other to validate the algorithm in various
tion was found fulfilling consumer accept- processing situations. For each of the ten run
ability, without fulfilling the legal restrictions. tests, only one batch was necessary to achieve
In the second optimal solution, a bit more the targeted chopping degree.
expensive solution fulfilling the legal restric-
tion without fulfilling the consumer accept-
ability was found. In the third optimal solution,
Conclusion
the biochemical composition (legal Emulsification control is based on smart
restrictions) and linear sensory attributes were combinations between ingredients’ choice and
restricted but the total cost became sig- processing definition. Although commi-nuted
nificantly higher compared to the previous meat products are traditional products and their
solutions. These results illustrate the diffi-culty manufacturing follows ancient rules of thumb,
in fulfilling several quality require-ments new combinations have to be invented to face
(legal, sensory, and cost) using only changing requirements, such as lowering cost,
formulation parameters (quantities of the bio- improving nutritional balance, and decreasing
chemical components and protein sources). energy consumption. To achieve this, a better
Few studies deal with process optimiza- knowledge of ingre-dients’ properties and their
tion. One difficulty that has been encountered behavior in com-minuted meat products is
in the optimization of processing conditions is required; the use of new ingredients and
the measurement of certain food product technologies can be useful; and the
properties and the lack of suitable on-line development of on-line sensors and control
sensors. Curt et al. (2004a) used the Simplex strategies is necessary.
method to determine the value of two process
parameters, mixing duration and mixer rota-
tion speed, to obtain a product with desired
Emulsification 163
Acknowledgment
Many thanks to Dr. Christophe Vial and Pr.
Jean -Bernard Gros, both from LGCB, K. J. Prusa. 2008. Effects of dried distiller grains
Polytech’Clermont-Ferrand, for supplying with solubles on fat quality of finishing pigs, Swine
me with useful bibliographical sources. Day 2007. Report of Progress 985, Kansas State
University Agricultural Experiment Station and
Cooperative Extension Service 105–113.
Bergenstahl, B. 1995. Emulsions. In Physico-chemical
References Aspects of Food Processing, edited by S. Beckett.
London: Blackie Academic and Professional,
Al-Rashood K. A., R. R. A. Abou-Shaaban, E. M. Chapman & Hall.
Abdel-Moety, and A. Rauf. 1996. Compositional and Bishop, D. J., D. G. Olson, and C. L. Knipe. 1993. Pre-
thermal characterization of genuine and randomized emulsified corn oil, pork fat or added moisture affect
lard: A comparative study. Journal of the American quality of reduced fat bologna quality. Journal of
Oil Chemists’ Society 73:303–309. Food Science 58(3):484–487.
Allais, I., C. Viaud, A. Pierre, and E. Dufour. 2004. A Bloukas, I., and K. O. Honikel. 1992. The influence of
rapid method based on front-face fluorescence additives on the oxidation of pork back fat and its
spectroscopy for the monitoring of the texture of effect on water and fat binding in finely comminuted
meat emulsions and frankfurters. Meat Science batters. Meat Science 32(1):31–43.
67:219–229. Bloukas, J. G., E. D. Paneras, and G. C. Fournitzis.
Álvarez, D., M. Castillo, F. A. Payne, M. D. Garrido, S. 1997. Sodium lactate and protective culture effects
Bañón, and Y. L. Xiong. 2007. Prediction of meat on quality characteristics and shelf -life of low- fat
emulsion stability using reflection photometry. frank-furters produced with olive oil. Meat Science
Journal of Food Engineering 82(3):10–315. 45(2):223–238.
Andrés, S. C., M. E. Garcia, N. E. Zaritzky, and A. N. Brown, D. D., and R. T. Toledo. 1975. Relation
Califano. 2006. Storage stability of low-fat chicken between chopping temperatures and fat and water
sausages. Journal of Food Engineering 72(4): 311– binding in comminuted meat batters. Journal of
319. Food Science 40:1061–1064.
Archer, B. J., S. K. Johnson, H. M. Devereux, and A. L. Bucharles, C., J. P. Girard, B. Desmoulin, C. W. Yuan,
Baxter. 2004. Effect of fat replacement by inulin or and M. Bonnet. 1987. Influence de la nature des
lupin-kernel fibre on sausage patty acceptability, lipides ingérés et du type sexuel sur la composition et
post-meal perceptions of satiety and food intake in les propriétés fonctionnelles des tissus adipeux sous-
men. British Journal of Nutrition 91(4):591–599. cutanés du porc. Revue française Corps Gras 34:68–
Bañón, S., P. Díaz, G. Nieto, M. Castillo, and D. 75.
Álvarez. 2008. Modelling the yield and texture of Cáceres, E., M. L. García, and M. D. Selgas. 2008.
comminuted pork products using color and tempera- Effect of pre-emulsified fish oil—As source of PUFA
ture. Effect of fat/lean ratio and starch. Meat Science n−3—on microstructure and sensory properties of
80(3):649–655. mortadella, a Spanish bologna-type sausage. Meat
Barbut, S., and G. S. Mittal 1989. Effects of salt reduc- Science 80(2):183–193.
tion on the rheological and gelation properties of Calderon-Cervantes, F. 1984. Transferts de matières
beef, pork and poultry meat batters. Meat Science sous l’effet de la chaleur en cours de fragmentation,
26(3): 177–191. restructuration et cuisson des produits carnés
Barbut, S., A. Gordon, and A. Smith. 1996. Effect of divisés. Thè se de Doctorat, Universit é B. Pascal,
cooking temperature on the microstructure of meat Clermont - Ferrand, France.
batters prepared with salt and phosphate. Lebensmittel- Candogan, K., and N. Kolsarici. 2003. The effects of
Wissenschaft und-Technologie 29(5–6):475–480. carrageenan and pectin on some quality characteris-
Barbut, S. 1998. Use of a fiber optic probe to predict tics of low-fat beef frankfurters. Meat Science
meat emulsion breakdown. Italian Journal of Food 64(2):199–206.
Science 3(10):253–259. Carballo, J., J. Ayo, and F. Jiménez-Colmenero. 2006.
Barbut, S. 2006. Effects of caseinate, whey and milk Microbial transglutaminase and caseinate as cold set
powders on the texture and microstructure of emulsi- binders: Influence of meat species and chilling
fied chicken meat batters. LWT—Food Science and storage. LWT—Food Science and Technology
Technology 39(6):660–664. 39(6):692–699.
Bentley, D. S., J. O. Reagan, and M. F. Miller. 1988. Carr, S. N., P. J. Rincker, J. Killefer, D. H. Baker, M.
The effects of hot-boned fat type, preblending treat- Ellis, and F. K. McKeith. 2005. Effects of different
ment and storage time on various physical, cereal grains and ractopamine hydrochloride on
processing and sensory characteristics of nonspecific performance, carcass characteristics, and fat quality
luncheon loaves. Meat Sciences 23(2):131–138. in late-finishing pigs. Journal of Animal Science
Benz, J. M., S. K. Linneen, M. D. Tokach, S. S. Dritz, J. L. 83:223–230.
Nelssen, J. M. DeRouchey, R. D. Goodband, and Chattong, U., A. Apichartsrangkoon, and A. E. Bell.
2007. Effects of hydrocolloid addition and high pres-
sure processing on the rheological properties and
microstructure of a commercial ostrich meat product
“Yor” (Thai sausage). Meat Science 76(3):548–554.
5888 Chapter 7 poultry meat on the rheological properties of sausage.
Journal of Food Engineering 68(2):185–189.
Delaitre, J. M., N. Corcuff, and D. Lorient. 1988.
Utilisation des additifs protéiques en charcuterie-
Chang, H. C., and J. A. Carpenter. 1997. Optimizing salaison, Les cahiers de l’Ensbana, n°6. Propriétés
quality of frankfurters containing oat bran and adder fonctionnelles des degree ture es alimentaires 259–
water. Journal of Food Science 62:194–197. 268.
Cheftel, J. C., J. L. Cuq, and D. Lorient. 1985. Le Denoyer, C. 1978. Influence des caractéristiques de la
système protéique musculaire. In Protéines alimen- phase lipidique sur la stabilité des degree tu. Thèse
taires. Paris: Ed. Lavoisier Tec et Doc, 123–146. de Doctorat de l’Université, Clermont II.
Cheftel, J. C., and J. Culioli. 1997. Effects of high Desmond E. M., and T. A. Kenny. 1998. Preparation of
pressure on meat: A review. Meat Science 46(3): surimi-like extract from beef hearts and its utilisation
211–236. in frankfurters. Meat Science 50(1):81–89.
Claus J. R., and M. C. Hunt. 1991. Low-fat, high Desmond, E., D. Troy, and D. Buckley. 1998. The
added-water bologna formulated with texture- effects of tapioca starch, oat fibre and whey protein
modify-ing ingredients. Journal of Food Science on the physical and sensory properties of low-fat beef
56:643– 652. burgers. Lebensmittel Wissenschaft und Technologie
Claus, J. R., C. Jhung-Won, and G. J. Flick 1994. 31(7&8):653–657.
Processed meats/poultry/seafood . In Muscle Foods: Farouk, M. M., and J. E. Swan. 1997. Effect of pH at
Meat, Poultry, and Seafood Technology , edited by time of salting on the functional properties of pre-
D. M. Kinsman, A. W. Kotula, and B. C. rigor beef. Meat Science 45:463–472.
Breidenstein. New York: Chapman and Hall. Favreau, G., A. Melan, G. Soligna, and J.C. et
Claus, J. R., and O. Sørheim. 2006. Preserving prerigor Mouchot. 1981. Fusion des gras de porc: Influence
meat functionality for beef patty production. Meat de la egree ture et du egree de hachage. Viandes et
Science 73(3):459–466. Produits Carnés 2(8):23–27.
Cofrades, S., M. A. Guerra, J. Carballo, F. Fernández- Feiner, G. 2006. Meat Products Handbook: Practical
Martín, and F. Jiménez-Colmenero. 2000. Plasma Science and Technology. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
protein and soy fiber content effect on bologna Fernández-Martín, F., P. Fernández, J. Carballo, and F.
sausage properties as influenced by fat level. Journal Jiménez Colmenero. 1997. Pressure/heat combina-
of Food Science 65:281–287. tions on pork meat batters: Protein thermal behavior
Cofrades, S., I. López-López, M. T. Solas, L. Bravo, and product rheological properties. Journal of
and F. Jiménez-Colmenero. 2008. Influence of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 45:4440–4445.
different types and proportions of added edible Fernández-López, J., J. M. Fernández-Ginés, L. Aleson-
seaweeds on characteristics of low-salt gel/emulsion Carbonell, E. Sendra, E. Sayas-Barberá, and J. A. Pérez-
meat systems. Meat Science 79(4):767–776. Alvarez. 2004. Application of functional citrus by-
Council Directive 89/107/EEC. 1989. On the approxi- products to meat products, Trends in Food Science
mation of the laws of the Member States concerning Technology 15(3–4):176–185.
food additives authorized for use in foodstuffs Fernández-Martín, F., S. Cofrades, J. Carballo, and F.
intended for human consumption. Jiménez-Colmenero. 2002. Salt and phosphate effects
Crehan, C. M., D. J. Troy, and D. J. Buckley. 2000. on the gelling process of pressure/heat treated pork
Effects of salt level and high hydrostatic pressure batters. Meat Science 61(1):15–23.
pro-cessing on frankfurters formulated with 1.5 and Findlay, C. J., and S. Barbut. 1992. A response surface
2.5% salt. Meat Science 55(1):123–130. investigation of the effects of sodium chloride and
Culioli, J., C. Boyer, X. Vignon, and A. Ouali. 1993. tripolyphosphate on the thermal properties of beef
Heat-induced gelation properties of myosin— muscle. Meat Science 31:155–164.
Influence of purification and muscle type. Sci. Alim. Galluzzo, S. J., and J. M. Regenstein. 1978. Emulsion
13:249–260. capacity and timed emulsification of chicken breast
Curt, C. 1995. Evolution de la conductivité en fonction muscle myosin. Journal of Food Science 43: 1757–
de la temperature pour des mêlées de pâtes fines de 1760.
charcuterie. Dé termination du coefficient thermique. García, M. L., E. Cáceres, and M. D. Selgas. 2006.
Viandes et Produits Carnés 16(2):49–54. Effect of inulin on the textural and sensory properties
Curt, C., I. Allais, N. Perrot, V. Leblanc, and G. of mortadella, a Spanish cooked meat product.
Trystram. 2004a. Optimisation of the meat International Journal of Food Science & Technology
emulsifica-tion process using at-line human 41 10:1207–1215.
evaluations and the Simplex method. Journal of García-García, E., and A. Totosaus. 2008. Low-fat
Food Engineering 64(1):33–41. sodium-reduced sausages: Effect of the interaction
Curt, C., C. Francon, and G. Trystram. 2004b. between locust bean gum, potato starch and κ-
Optimisation of the chopping process using at-line carrageenan by a mixture design approach. Meat
human evaluations and response surface methodol- Science 78(4):406–413.
ogy. International Journal of Food Science and Girard, J. P. 1981. Contribution à l’étude de la
Technology 39:1043–1052. technolo-gie des pâtes fines. Sciences des Aliments
Curt, C., J. Hossenlopp, and G. Trystram. 2007. Control 1(3):315–327.
of food batch processes based on human knowledge.
Journal of Food Engineering 79:1221–1232.
Daros, F. G., M. L. Masson, and S. C. Amico. 2005. The
influence of the addition of mechanically deboned
Girard, J. P., C. Denoyer, and T. Maillard. 1990. Le Emulsification 165
hachage grossier. La restructuration des pâtes fines.
In Technologie de la viande et des produits carnés,
col-lection sciences & techniques agroalimentaire.
Paris: Ed. Lavoisier Tec et Doc. Iwasaki, T., K. Noshiroya, N. Saitoh, K. Okano, and K.
Gordon, A., and S. Barbut. 1997. Meat batters: Effect Yamamoto. 2006. Studies of the effect of hydrostatic
of chemical modification on protein recovery and pressure pretreatment on thermal gelation of chicken
functionality. Food Research International 30:15– myofibrils and pork meat patty. Food Chemistry
11. 95(3):474–483.
Gordon, A., and S. Barbut. 1992. Mechanisms of meat Jarmoluk, A., and Z. Pietrasik. 2003. Response surface
batter stabilization: a review. CRC Critical Review in methodology study on the effects of blood plasma,
Food, Science and Nutrition 32:299–332. microbial transglutaminase and κ-carrageenan on
Gunvor, I. D., E. Kubberød, T. Næs, and B. pork batter gel properties . Journal of Food
Egelandsdal. 2005. Critical quality constraints of Engineering 60(3):327–334.
sensory attributes in frankfurter-type sausages, to be Jiménez-Colmenero, F. 2000. Relevant factors in strate-
applied in optimi-zation models. LWT —Food gies for fat reduction in meat products. Trends in
Science and Technology 38(6):665–676. Food Science & Technology 11(2):56–66.
Grigelmo-Miguel, N., M. I. Abadías-Serós, and O. Jiménez-Colmenero, F. 2002. Muscle protein gelation
Martín-Belloso. 1999. Characterisation of low-fat by combined use of high pressure/temperature.
high-dietary fibre frankfurters. Meat Science Trends in Food Science & Technology 13(1):22–30.
52(3):247–256. Jiménez-Colmenero, F., M. J. Ayo, and J. Carballo.
Hamm, R. 1972. Kolloidchemie des Fleisches. Berlin 2005. Physicochemical properties of low sodium
and Hamburg: Paul Parey. frankfurter with added walnut: effect of transgluta-
Hamm, R. 1982. Post mortem changes in muscle with minase combined with caseinate, KCl and dietary
regard to processing of hot-boned beef. Food fibre as salt replacers. Meat Science 69(4):781– 788.
Technology 36(11):105–115.
Haq, A., N. B. Webb, J. D. Whitfield, and F. J. Ivey. Jiménez-Colmenero, F., M. Reig, and F. Toldra. 2006.
1973. Effect of composition on the stability of New approaches for the development of functional
sausage-type emulsions. Journal of Food Science meat products. In Advanced Technologies for Meat
38:271–274. Processing, edited by L. Nollet and F. Toldra.
Harding Thomsen, H., and P. Zeuthen. 1988. The Jiménez-Colmenero, F. 2007. Healthier lipid formula-
influence of mechanically deboned meat and pH on tion approaches in meat- based functional foods.
the water-holding capacity and texture of emulsion Technological options for replacement of meat fats
type meat products. Meat Science 22(3): 189–201. by nonmeat fats. Trends in Food Science &
Technology 18(11):567–578.
Heinz, G., and P. Hautzinger. 2007. Meat processing Kato, A., T. Fujishige, N. Matsudomi, and K.
technology for small-to-medium-scale producers. Kobayashi. 1985. Determination of emulsifying
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United properties of some proteins by conductivity
Nations Regional Office for Asia and Pacific, Rap measurements. Journal of Food Science 50:56–62.
publication 2007/20, Bangkok. Kijowski, J. M., and M. G. Mast. 1988. Effect of
Honikel, K. O., and R. Hamm. 1978. Influence of sodium chloride and phosphates on the thermal
cooling and freezing of minced pre-rigor muscle on properties of chicken meat proteins. Journal of Food
the breakdown of ATP and glycogen. Meat Science Science 53:367–370, 387.
2(3):181–188. Koolmes, P. A., G. Winjgaards, M. H. G. Tersteeg, and
Honikel, K. O., C. Fischer, A. Hamid and R. Hamm. J. G. Van Logtestijn. 1993. Changes of the micro-
1981. Influence of postmortem changes in bovine structure of a comminuted meat system during
muscle on the water-holding capacity of beef. heating. Food Structure 12:427–441.
Postmortem storage of muscle at 20°C. Journal of Krishnan, K. R., and N. Sharma. 1990. Studies on
Food Science 46:1–6. emul-sion-type buffalo meat sausages incorporating
Hong, G. P., S. H. Ko, M. J. Choi, and S. G. Min. 2008. skeletal and offal meat with different levels of pork
Effect of glucono-δ-lactone and κ-carrageenan com- fat. Meat Science 28(1):51–60.
bined with high pressure treatment on the physico- Lavelle, C. L., and E. A. Foegeding. 1993. Gelation of
chemical properties of restructured pork. Meat turkey breast and thigh myofibrils—effects of pH,
Science 79(2):236–243. salt and temperature . Journal of Food Science
Hughes, E., S. Cofrades, and D. J. Troy. 1997. Effects 58:727–730.
of fat level, oat fibers and carrageenan on Lebret, B., L. Lefaucheur, J. Mourot, and M. Bonneau.
frankfurters formulated with 5%, 12%, and 30% fat. 1996. Influence des facteurs d’élevage sur la qualité
Meat Science 45(3):273–281. de la viande de porc, Journées Rech. Porcine en
Hughes, E., A. M. Mullen, and D. J. Troy. 1998. France 28:137–156.
Effects of fat level, tapioca starch and whey protein Lebret, B., and J. Mourot. 1998. Caractéristiques et
on frank-furters formulated with 5% and 12% fat. qualit é des issues adipeux chez le porc. Facteurs de
Meat Science 48(1–2):169–180. variation non génétiques. INRA Prod. Anim.
11(2):131–143.
Lee, M. A., D. J. Han, J. Y. Jeong, J. H. Choi, Y. S.
Choi, H. Y. Kim, H.-D. Paik, and C. J. Kim 2008.
Effect of kimchi powder level and drying methods on
Chapter 7 Mourot, J., and D. Hermier. 2001. Lipids in monogastric
animal meat. Reprod. Nutr. Dev. 41:109–118.
Niñoles, L., G. Clemente, S. Ventanas, and J. Benedito.
2007. Quality assessment of Iberian pigs through
quality characteristics of breakfast sausage. Meat backfat ultrasound characterization and fatty acid
Science 80(3):708–714. composition. Meat Science 76(1):102–111.
Li-Chan, E., S. Nakai, and D. F. Wood. 1985. Nowak, B., T. Von Mueffling, J. Grotheer, G. Klein,
Relationship between functional (fat binding, emulsi- and B. M. Watkinson. 2007. Energy content, sensory
fying) and physicochemical properties of muscle pro- properties, and microbiological shelf life of german
teins. Effects of heating, freezing, pH and species. bologna-type sausages produced with citrate or phos-
Journal of Food Science 50(4):1034–1040. phate and with inulin as fat replacer. Journal of Food
Lin, K. W., and H. Y. Huang. 2003. Konjac/gellan gum Science 72(9):S629–S638.
mixed gels improve the quality of reduced-fat frank- Ockerman, H., and L. Basu. 2004. Other ingredients. In
furters. Meat Science 65(2):749–755. Chemistry and physics of comminuted products . In
Lurueña-Martínez, M. A., A. M. Vivar-Quintana, and I. Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, vol. 1, edited by C.
Revilla. 2004. Effect of locust bean/xanthan gum Devine and M. Dikeman. Oxford: Elsevier.
addition and replacement of pork fat with olive oil on Offer, G., and J. Trinick. 1983. On the mechanism of
the quality characteristics of low-fat frankfurters. water holding in meat: The swelling and shrinking of
Meat Science 68(3):383–389. myofibrils. Meat Science 8:245–281.
Macfarlane, J. J., I. J. Mckenzie, R. H. Turner, and P. Offer, G., and P. Knight. 1988. The structural basis of
N. Jones 1984. Binding of comminuted meat: Effect water-holding in meat. In Developments in Meat
of high pressure. Meat Science 10:307–320. Science, vol. 4, edited by R. A. Lawrie. London:
Macfarlane, J. J., I. J. Mckenzie, and R. H. Turner Elsevier Applied Science, London.
1986. Pressure–heat treatment of meat: Changes in Paneras, E. D., J. G. Bloukas, and S. N. Papadima. 1996.
myofi-brillar proteins and ultrastructure. Meat Effect of meat source and fat level on processing and
Science 17:161–176. quality characteristics of frankfurters. Lebensmittel-
Mandigo, R. W., and O. Esquivel. 2004. Emulsions and Wissenschaft und-Technologie 29(5–6):507–514
batters. In Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, vol. 1: Papadima, S. N., and J. G. Bloukas. 1999. Effect of fat
Chemistry and Physics of Comminuted Products, level and storage conditions on quality characteristics
edited by C. Devine and M. Dikeman. Oxford: of traditional Greek sausages. Meat Science
Elsevier. 51(2):103–113.
McClement, J. 1999. Food Emulsions: Principles, Pappa, I. C., J. G. Bloukas, and I. S. Arvanitoyannis.
Practice and Techniques. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC 2000. Optimization of salt, olive oil and pectin level
Press. for low-fat frankfurters produced by replacing pork
Mielnik, M. B., K. Aaby, K. Rolfsen, M. R. Ellekjær, backfat with olive oil. Meat Science 56:81–88.
and A. Nilsson. 2002. Quality of comminuted sau- Pointner, J. 2007. Preparing sausages e.g. raw sausages
sages formulated from mechanically deboned poultry and boiled sausages, comprises using animal ingredi-
meat. Meat Science 61(1):73–84. ents such as muscle meat from the leg and/or the
Modi, V. K., and M. Prakash. 2008. Quick and reliable shoulder of pigs and optionally pork liver,
screening of compatible ingredients for the formula- Fraunhofer Institute, patent DE 102005026752.
tion of extended meat cubes using Plackett–Burman Pearson, A. M., and T. A. Gillett. 1996. Reduced and
design. LWT—Food Science and Technology low-fat meat products. In Processed Meats, 3rd ed.,
41(5):878–882. edited by A. M. Pearson and T. A. Gillett. New York:
Mittal, G. S., and S. Barbut. 1994. Effects of fat reduc- Chapman & Hall.
tion on frankfurters’ physical and sensory character- Pearson, A. M., and F. W. Tauber. 1984. Processed
istics. Food Research International 27(5):425–431. Meats (2nd ed.). New York: AVI Publication.
Mor-Mur, M., and J. Yuste. 2003. High pressure pro- Pietrasik, Z. 1999. Effect of content of protein, fat and
cessing applied to cooked sausage manufacture: modified starch on binding textural characteristics,
Physical properties and sensory analysis. Meat and colour of comminuted scalded sausages. Meat
Science 65(3):1187–1191. Science 51(1):17–25.
Morrison, G. S., N. B. Webb, T. N. Blumer, F. J. Ivey, Pietrasik, Z., and E. Li-Chan. 2002. Response surface
and A. Haq. 1971. Relationship between composition methodology study of the effect of salt, microbial
and stability of sausage-type emulsions. Journal of transglutaminase and heating temperature on pork
Food Science 36:426–430. batter gel properties. Food Research International
Nakai, S., and E. Li-Chan. 1988. Hydrophobic interac- 35(4):387–396.
tions in muscle proteins and their role in comminuted Pisula, A., and A. Tyburcy. 1996. Hot processing of
meat systems. In Hydrophobic Interactions in Food meat. Meat Science 43(Special issue):S125– S134.
Systems. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Morin, L. A., F. Temelli, and L. McMullen. 2004. Puolanne, E., and R. N. Terrell. 1983. Effects of salt
Interactions between meat proteins and barley levels in prerigor blends and cooked sausages on
(Hordeum spp.):β-glucan within a reduced-fat break- water binding, released fat and pH. Journal of Food
fast sausage system. Meat Science 68(3):419–430. Science 48:1022–1024.
Mourot, J. 2001. Mise en place des tissus adipeux sous-
cutanés et intramusculaires et facteurs de variation
quantitatifs et qualitatifs chez le porc. INRA Prod.
Anim. 14:355–363.
Puolanne, E. J., M. H. Ruusunen, and J. I. Vainionpää. Emulsification 167
2001. Combined effects of NaCl and raw meat pH on
water-holding in cooked sausage with and without
added phosphate. Meat Science 58(1):1–7.
Püssa, T., R. Pällin, P. Raudsepp, R. Soidla, and M. Steenblock, R., J. Sebranek, D. Olson, and J. Love.
Rei. 2008. Inhibition of lipid oxidation and dynamics 2001. The effects of oat fiber on the properties of
of polyphenol content in mechanically deboned meat light bologna and fat-free frankfurters. Journal of
supplemented with sea buckthorn (Hippophae Food Science 66(9):1409–1415.
rhamnoides):berry residues. Food Chemistry 107(2): Supavititpatana, T., and A. Apichartsrangkoon. 2007.
714–721. Combination effects of ultra-high pressure and
Regenstein, J. M. 1988. Meat batter: Why it is not an temperature on the physical and thermal properties of
emulsion. Proc Recip Meat Conf 41:40–43. ostrich meat sausage (yor) . Meat Science 76(3):555–
Renaudeau, D., and J. Mourot. 2007. A comparison of 560.
carcass and meat quality characteristics of Creole and Trespalacios, P., and R. Pla. 2007. Simultaneous appli-
Large White pigs slaughtered at 90 kg BW. Meat cation of transglutaminase and high pressure to
Science 76(1):165–171. improve functional properties of chicken meat gels.
Ripoche, A., L. Le Guern, J. L. Martin, R. G. Taylor, Food Chemistry 100(1):264–272.
and J. L. Vendeuvre. 2001. Sausage structure Trius, A., and J. G. Sebranek. 1996. Carrageenans and
analysis. Journal of Food Science 66:670–674. their use in meat products. Critical Reviews in Food
Ruiz-Capillas, C., J. Carballo, and F. Jiménez- Science and Nutrition 36:69–85.
Colmenero. 2007. Consequences of high-pressure Wang, S. F., and D. M. Smith. 1992. Functional proper-
processing of vacuum-packaged frankfurters on the ties and microstructure of chicken breast salt-soluble
formation of polyamines: Effect of chilled storage. protein as influenced by pH and temperature. Food
Food Chemistry 104(1):202–208. Structure 11:273–285.
Ruiz-Carrascal, J., and J. Regenstein. 2002. Emulsion Wallingford, L. W., and T. P. Labuza. 1983. Evaluation
stability and water uptake ability of chicken breast of the water binding properties of food hydrocolloids
muscle proteins as affected by microbial transgluta- by physical/chemical methods and in a low meat
minase. Journal of Food Science 67(2):734– 739. emulsion. Journal of Food Science 48:1–5.
Wilson, N. R. 1981. Sausages and other comminuted
Ruusunen, M. H., and E. J. Puolanne. 2005. Reducing meat products. In Meat and Meat Products, Factors
sodium intake from meat products. Meat Science Affecting Quality Control. London: Applied Science
70(3):531–541. Publishers.
Sarıçoban, C., B. Özalp, M. T. Yılmaz, G. Özen, M. Whiting, R. C. 1987. Influence of various salts and
Karakaya, and M. Akbulut. 2008. Characteristics of water soluble compounds on the water and fat
meat emulsion systems as influenced by different exudation and gel strength of meat batters. Journal of
levels of lemon albedo. Meat Science 80(3): 599– Food Science 52:1130–113.
606. Whiting, R. C. 1988. Ingredients and processing factors
Schut, J. 1976. Meat emulsions. In Food Emulsions, that control muscle protein functionality. Food
edited by S. Friberg. New York: Marcel Dekker. Technology 42:104–114, 210.
Sebranek, J. G. 2003. Sausages and comminuted prod- Xiong, Y. L. 1992. Thermally induced interactions and
ucts. Encyclopedia of Food Sciences and Nutrition, gelation of combined myofibrillar protein from white
Volume 6, edited by B. Caballero, L. C. Trugo, P. M. and red broiler muscles. Journal of Food Science
Finglas. Oxford: Elsevier Academic Press. 57(3):581–585.
Selmane, D., C. Vial, and G. Djelveh. 2008. Extraction Xiong, Y. L., E. A. Decker, G. H. Robe, and W. G.
of proteins from slaughterhouse by-products: Moody. 1993. Gelation of crude myofibrillar protein
Influence of operating conditions on functional prop- isolated from beef heart under antioxidative condi-
erties. Meat Science 79(4):640–647. tions. Journal of Food Science 58:1241–1244.
Solheim, R., and M. R. Ellekjær. 1993. Sensory quality Xiong, Y. L. 1994. Myofibrillar protein from different
of low -fat sausages affected by fat substitutes. Food muscle fiber types: Implications of biochemical and
Quality and Preference 4(3):127–131. functional properties in meat processing. Critical
Samejima, K., B. Egelandsdal, and L. Fretheim. 1985. Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition 34:293– 320.
Heat gelation properties and protein extractability of
beef myofibrils. Journal of Food Science 50:1540– Xiong, Y. L. 1997. Structure–function relationships of
1543, 1555. muscle proteins. In Food Proteins and Their
Solignat, G., and F. Crouseilles. 2003. Produits de char- Applications, edited by S. Damodaran and A. Paraf.
cuterie. Matières carnées de base. F6500 in Techniques New York: Marcel Dekker.
de l’Ingénieur, traité Agroalimentaire. Paris: Xiong, Y. L., X. Lou, R. J. Harmon, C. Wang, and W.
FRANCE ISSN. G. Moody. 2000. Salt and pyrophosphate-induced
Sørheim, O., S. Uglem, P. Lea, J. R. Claus, and B. structural changes in myofibrils from chicken red and
Egelandsdal. 2006. Functional properties of pre- white muscles. Journal of the Science of Food and
rigor, pre-salted ground beef chilled with solid Agriculture 80:1176–1182.
carbon dioxide. Meat Science 73(3):459–466. Yilmaz, I. 2004. Effects of rye bran addition on fatty
acid composition and quality characteristics of low-
fat meatballs. Meat Science 67(2):245–249.
Yuste, J., M. Mor-Mur, M. Capellas, B. Guamis, and R.
Pla. 1999a. Mechanically recovered poultry meat sau-
Chapter 7 Zorba, Ö., and S. Kurt. 2006. Optimization of emulsion
characteristics of beef, chicken and turkey meat mix-
tures in model system using mixture design. Meat
Science 73(4):611–618.
sages manufactured with high hydrostatic pressure.
Poultry Science 78(6):914–921.
Yuste, J., M. Mor-Mur, M. Capellas, and R. Pla. 1999b.
Pressure- vs. heat -induced bacterial stress in cooked
poultry sausages: A preliminary study. Letters in
Applied Microbiology 29:233–237.
Zayas, J. F. 1997. Emulsifying properties of proteins. In
Functionality of Proteins in Food, edited by J. F.
Zayas. Berlin: Springer.
Chapter 8
Thermal Processing
Jane Ann Boles
169
Chapter 8 components identified in raw meat (Seideman
and Durland 1984). Hamm and Hofmann
(1965) observed that the evolution of meat
recontamination of the product, along with flavors happens as temperatures exceeding
refrigeration to slow down multiplication of 70°C are reached and the oxidation of sulf-
bacteria, the storage life is extended. The hydryl groups to disulfide groups occurs.
length of storage will depend largely on the Although the aroma of cooked meat has a
care taken to prevent recontamination and characteristic sulfury note, there appears to be
minimize conditions favorable to growth of a number of other components that make
organisms still present in the meat. Different important contributions to the odor (Table 8.2).
pathogens can be a problem. Listeria mono- Taste becomes relatively less important as the
cytogenes is the current focus of much aroma develops during cooking, but the overall
research on ready-to-eat meat products. The impact of the taste of cooked meat is still a
bacteria are not greatly heat resistant but like combination of taste and aroma.
cold temperatures. If a ready-to-eat product is Methods of cooking can profoundly
contaminated with Listeria after process-ing, influ-ence the flavor of meat; in fact, it is
during packaging or slicing, and no post question-able if any other factor is as
packaging treatments are used to destroy the important. Browning of meat, various flavor
bacteria, this can be a problem. Many recalls additives used in cooking, and a variety of
have been conducted because of this patho- modifica-tions during cooking markedly
gen. Specific internal temperatures of cooked affect the flavor of the end product
products must be met to control other patho- (Seideman and Durland 1984).
gens such as Salmonella spp., Campylobacter Both the amount and kinds of fat present
jejuni, and Escherichia coli. Time and tem- have an influence on the flavor of meat prod-
perature combinations can be used to control ucts. Since fat is believed to impart the char-
different pathogens (Table 8.1). acteristic species flavor, not only the kind but
In the manufacture of smoked meats, also the percentage of fat will have a great
cooking is done primarily to produce a influence on the characteristic flavor of various
table-ready product. However, cooking also meat products. Fat is also important in carrying
plays a major role in extending the shelf life added flavors from seasonings.
of such products. Although raw meat is Texture of meat is affected greatly by
subject to spoilage within a few days, cooking (Table 8.3). Meat samples become
finished cured meat products can normally harder and drier as the internal temperature of
be stored for several weeks after cooking, the meat increases (Ritchey and Hostetler
with proper packaging and refrigeration. 1965; Bertola et al. 1994). The greatest dif-
ferences seen are between 74°C and 80°C
internal temperature. However, as the inter-nal
Improvement in Palatability
temperature increases, mealiness scores have
Cooking is an important factor in developing also been reported to increase (Bertola et al.
the palatability of meat products. Although 1994 ). Bertola et al. (1994) observed an
some people like to eat raw meat, most interesting phenomenon; at an intermediate
prefer the flavor and aroma of cooked meat. range of temperatures 66–68°C, hardness
Cooking intensifies the flavor of meat and decreased very quickly, reached a minimum
changes the “blood-like” or “serumy” taste value, and then increased until maximum value
of fresh meat to pronounced cooked flavor was reached above 80°C. Bertola et al. (1994)
and aroma. attributed the increased toughening associated
Aromatic compounds become a bigger with increased cooking tempera-
contributor to the palatability of meat after
cooking; prior to cooking, the basic tastes
(sour, salty, sweet, bitter) are the major flavor
Table 8.1. Effect of cooking on selected pathogenic bacteria
Author Product Bacteria Cooking Process Effect
Pepe et al. 2006 Breaded chicken Staphylococcus Baking Absent from 3.5 × 107
cutlet aureus
Whyte et al., Chicken livers Campylobacter Pan fry to internal No positive samples
2006 temperature 70°C
Yilmaz et al, Veal meatballs Stapylococcus Grill 160°C for 3 min 1.02 log reduction
2005 aureus
Conventional oven 1.08 log reduction
160°C 6 min
Escherichia coli Grill 160°C for 3 min 4 log reduction
O157:H7
Conventional oven 4 log reduction
160°C 6 min
Murphy et al Franks, pork Escherichia coli 55°C 33.44 min D-value a
2004a O157:H7
57°C 10.37 min D-value
60°C 3.22 min D-value
62.5°C 3.22 min D-value
65°C 0.80 min D-value
67.5°C 0.077 min D-value
70°C 0.048 min D-value
Murphy et al Franks, pork Salmonella 55°C 45.87 min D-value
2004a 57°C 26.67 min D-value
60°C 5.07 min D-value
62.5°C 2.56 min D-value
65°C 1.91 min D-value
67.5°C 0.36 min D-value
70°C 0.083 min D-value
Murphy et al Franks, pork Listeria 55°C 47.17 min D-value
2004a monocytogenes
57°C 22.32 min D-value
60°C 5.61 min D-value
62.5°C 2.87 min D-value
65°C 1.56 min D-value
67.5°C 0.44 min D-value
70°C 0.085 min D-value
Murphy et al Beef/Turkey Escherichia coli 55°C 23.23 min D-value
2004b link O157:H7
57°C 7.43 min D-value
60°C 2.38 min D-value
62.5°C 0.76 min D-value
65°C 0.24 min D-value
67.5°C 0.08 min D-value
70°C 0.03 min D-value
Murphy et al Beef/Turkey Listeria 55°C 50.35 min D-value
2004b link monocytogenes
57°C 18.60 min D-value
60°C 6.87 min D-value
62.5°C 2.54 min D-value
65°C 0.84 min D-value
67.5°C 0.35 min D-value
70°C 0.13 min D-value
(continued)
171
Chapter 8
ture to the contraction and likely hardening force after internal temperature reach 70°
of filamentous materials present within the (Ritchey and Hostetler 1965; Bouton et al.
meat. These results showed that two reac- 1976, 1982; Leander et al. 1980). However,
tions with opposite effects were taking other researchers have reported a decrease in
place, one producing tenderization and the shear force values at temperatures between
other increasing hardness of the samples. 50°C and 60°C (Davey and Neiderer 1977;
Many researchers have observed an Hearne et al. 1978). The different observa-
increased shear force with increasing internal tions could be associated with temperatures
temperature, followed by a decrease in shear being evaluated. Bouton et al. (1976) reported
Table 8.2. Compounds contributing to flavor and odor of cooked meat
Author Compound Flavor or Odor
Prescott et al., 2001 Branched chain fatty acids Barnyard, milky, sour, sheepmeat
flavor
Calkins and Hodgen, 2007 n-caprioc acid Goaty
Cyclobutanol Roasted
2-decenal Tallow, orange
2,4-decadienal Deep fat flavor, chicken flavor
1,3-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)benzene Cooked beef
Hexanal Fatty-green, grassy, strong green,
tallow, fat
2-acetyl-1-pyrroline Roasty beef note
2 acetylthazole Roasty beef note
12-methyltridecanal Tallow beef like
Gasser and Grosch, 1988 2-methyl-3-furanthiol Beef aroma
Bis(2-methyl-3-furyl)disulphide Beef aroma
Young and Baumeister, 4 hetanal Fat yucky, sweaty feet odor
1999 Heptanal Fat yucky, sweaty feet odor
1-octen-3-ol Mushroom odor
Nonanal Fatty odor
Nonanoic acid Fat/cheese odor
2-decenal Fat/cheese odor
2.4-decadienal Fat odor
Farmer and Patterson, 1991 Bis(2-methyl-3-furyl)disulphide Meat, roasted, burnt odor
2-furfuryl 2-methyl-3-furyl disulphide Meaty, roasted, burnt odor
Bis(2-furfuryl) disulphide Roasted burnt odor
Werkhoff et al., 1990 2 methyl-3-[(cis-2-methyltetrahydor-3- Meaty, grilled, mushroom-like,
thienyl)thio] furan grilled odor
2 methyl-3-[(trans-2-methyltetrahydor-3- Roasted notes, vegetable-like,
thienyl)thio] furan mushroom-like, meaty odor
2-methyl-2-[(2-methyl)-3-thienyl)thio] Typical meat note, characteristic,
tetrahydrothiopene roast meat odor
2-methyl-3-[(2methyltetrahydro-2-thienyl) Roasted, meaty, typical meat note
thio]furan odor
173
Chapter 8 observed by other researchers is usually a
surface phenomenon. Shear force values are
measured in a way to avoid the surface hard-
an increase in shear force upon cooking ening. Sensory panels, however, evaluate all
occurred between ambient temperature and of the cooked meat, including the surface.
60°. Laakkonen et al. (1970), however, This may explain the differences seen
reported a major decrease in shear values between shear force measurements and
between 50 and 60°C, and Leander et al. sensory evaluation.
(1980) observed an increase in shear force Cooking temperatures are important to the
as the internal temperature increased from tenderness of meat from older animals. The
63° C to 73 °C. Hearne et al. (1978) reported increased cross-linking of collagen due to age
a small decrease in shear values when the reduces tenderness. Beilken et al. (1986)
internal temperature was between 40°C and reported peak shear force values were not
50°C, with a greater decrease in shear value influenced by animal age until heating tem-
taking place between 50°C and 60°C, and no peratures reached 50° C. Peak shear force
differ-ence seen between 60° C and 70°C. values of veal decreased above 50°C, and at
Alterations in the collagen and meat 55°C, animal age differences became signifi-
microstructure could explain some of the cant. Peak shear force values decreased above
differences in the observations reported. 55°C and 60°C for intermediate and oldest age
Davey and Neiderer (1977) suggested groups. At temperatures above 65° C, peak
that heat tenderizes meat in three distinct shear force values increased up to 80 °C before
stages. The first stage, up to 65 °C, was decreasing. The initial force values increased
from increased proteolytic breakdown of steadily, with heating tem-peratures up to 70–
myofi-brillar elements; the second stage, 80°C before declining.
between 70° C and 100 °C, was through the Final internal temperature also impacts
destruction or solubilization of collagen with the juiciness of meat products. Fjelkner-
little loss of myofibrillar strength; and the Modig (1986) reported pork fried to an inter-
third stage, beyond 100°C, was from a nal temperature of 60°C was much more
combination of collagen and myofibril juicy than that fried to 80°C. Boles et al.
breakdown. These researchers concluded (1991) also reported improved sensory
that cooking in the range of 70° to 100°C scores for pork chops cooked to 71°C
halved shear force values and were as compared with chops cooked to 77°C. This
effective as aging in increasing tenderness. difference in juiciness could be related to the
Sensory evaluation of meat cooked to dif- increased cook yields seen with lower final
ferent internal temperatures has been reported. internal temperatures (Boles et al. 1991).
Some of the information does not agree with
what has been reported for shear force values.
Ritchey and Hostetler (1965) reported no
difference in ease to fragment a sample when
Color Development
steaks were cooked to an inter-nal temperature Cooking has an important function in stabi-
between 61°C and 80°C, and scores for lizing cured meat pigment formed by the
amount of connective tissue and softness of action of nitric oxide with myoglobin (Vösgen
connective tissue increased as the internal 1992). Without cooking of the product, the
temperature increased. Boles et al. (1991) color is more red than pink and is less stable
however reported reduced initial and sustained than it is after cooking. This is one of the
tenderness when pork chops were cooked to important functions of cooking for cured meat
77°C compared with 71°C. Fjelkner-Modig production. End-point tempera-
(1986) also reported reduced tenderness when
chops were cooked to higher internal
temperatures. The hardening
ture can affect the development of color in Thermal Processing 175
cured-meat products. Tauber and Simon
(1963) reported that cured-meat color devel-
oped more rapidly in frankfurters as the tem- increased, subjective color scores increased,
perature was raised from 76.7°C to 98.9°C. indicating less redness and a more apparent
Wirth (1986) observed that if the degree of doneness. Objective measurements
temperature was applied for too short a time supported this observation. Hunter L values
or if the temperature was not high enough, increased, while both Hunter a and b values
then the proper cured color would not be decreased, with increasing internal tempera-
reached. Any products cooked to lower ture. Boles and Swan (2002b) reported similar
temperatures will have a less stable color. results. The final internal temperature
Fox et al. (1967) reported samples cooked to increased lightness, and decreased redness and
68.9°C had a more stable pigment than those yellowness of cooked beef roasts.
cooked to 54.4°C.
Fresh meat color is also affected by
cooking. The extent of denaturation of the
Types of Cooking
globular portion of myoglobin affects how Many small processors utilize smokehouses to
consistent the brown color is in cooked meat. cook their processed products. These houses
Protection of the myoglobin pigment by high can be very complicated with com-puter
pH results in a redder appearance of the controls or more simple with manual controls.
cooked meat at the same internal temperature Small batch ovens (Fig. 8.1) are often used by
(Swan and Boles 2002). This phenomenon is small processors because of space restraints as
sometimes called the “ hard to cook” defect well as versatility. Larger processors may
and is often seen in high pH meat products. utilize continuous cooking ovens to increase
Meat with normal pH will appear redder at output. These ovens have stages that allow for
lower final internal temperatures than at higher different cooking rates, as well as smoke
internal temperatures. Lyon et al. (1986) application. Other options that are used for
reported as final internal temperature cooking of processed meat products are steam
jacketed kettles and water baths. Products
cooked in this equipment are submerged in the
heated water to cook and
losses. Beyond 70° C, drip losses rose rapidly. related to changes in protein solubility. The
These researchers suggest that drip loss can be matrix density decreases as temperature is
minimized if internal temperatures can be kept raised (Barbut et al. 1996). The major
below 65°C. Furthermore, evaporative losses changes in microstructure could be related to
could be kept to a minimum by increas-ing the changes observed in gel rigidity and the
relative humidity in the cooking environment. reduction in extractable proteins.
185
Chapter 9
new, powerful, and reliable techniques has is not taken into consideration. This weak-
enabled the detailed study of this complex ness can be addressed by the application of
ecosystem. Table 9.1 lists techniques used for techniques such as PCR-DGGE, which
the identification of technological micro-biota instead of relying on culturing of the
in fermented sausages throughout the world. bacteria, incorporates the direct extraction of
The phenotypic approach (i.e., the the DNA from the food sample.
identification based on assimilation –fermen- Furthermore, another technique that has not
tation–growth challenges) has been the first to yet been applied in fermented sausages is
be applied and is still in use, despite its fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH). In
drawbacks regarding reliability and accu-racy, this technique, the direct detection of a
even at species level. The most fre-quently microorganism in a food sample is achieved
applied and most reliable technique is by using specific probes that allow spatial
sequencing of the 16S-rRNA gene. This distribution studies to take place.
technique has been applied either in combi- The microorganisms that are most fre-
nation with other techniques, such as SDS- quently encountered are Lactobacillus curva-
PAGE of whole cell proteins, RAPD-PCR, or tus, Lb. plantarum, Lb. sakei, Staphylococcus
PFGE, or directly to the isolated microor- carnosus, St. saprophyticus, and St. xylosus
ganism. Although this approach provides (Table 9.1). These microorganisms seem to be
accurate identification at strain level, an autochthonous in this ecosystem and have the
equally important part of the microbiota, capacity to prevail during fermentation. The
namely the viable but not culturable fraction, competitiveness of Lb. sakei has been
Table 9.1. Microbial diversity in spontaneously fermented sausages throughout the world
Species Origin of spontaneously Identification approach
fermented sausages
Lb. alimentarius Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Hungary PCR-DGGE7
Phenotypic10
Lb. bavaricus Hungary Phenotypic10
Lb. brevis Greece Species specific PCR1
Croatia Phenotypic10
Italy PCR-DGGE1, 16
Spain SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene20
Lb. casei Italy Species specific PCR1
PCR-DGGE1
RAPD-PCR—sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene21
Lb. casei/paracasei Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
PCR-DGGE7
Lb. cellobiosus Serbia Phenotypic10
Lb. collinoides Serbia Phenotypic10
Lb. curvatus Italy Species specific PCR1, 12
Greece PCR-DGGE1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 16, 22, 23
Hungary Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Croatia Phenotypic10
Bosnia and Herzegovina RAPD-PCR-Species specific PCR 13
Spain RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene14, 21
Argentina SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene20
Lb. delbrueckii spp. Serbia Phenotypic10
bulgaricus
Table 9.1. Microbial diversity in spontaneously fermented sausages throughout the world (cont.)
Species Origin of spontaneously Identification approach
fermented sausages
Lb. fermentum Croatia Phenotypic10
Italy
Serbia
Lb. paracasei Italy Phenotypic10
RAPD-PCR-Species specific PCR 13
Lb. paraplantarum Italy Species specific PCR1
Greece PCR-DGGE1, 7, 16
Lb. paraplantarum/ Italy PCR-DGGE16
pentosus
Lb. paraplantarum/ Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
plantarum Hungary PCR-DGGE7
Lb. pentosus Greece Phenotypic10
Croatia PCR-DGGE15
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Argentina
Lb. plantarum Italy Species specific PCR1
Greece PCR-DGGE1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 16, 22
Hungary Phenotypic4, 10, 24
Croatia RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene4, 14
Bosnia and Herzegovina Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Argentina RAPD-PCR-Species specific PCR 13
Spain SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene20
Lb. plantarum/pentosus Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Italy PCR-DGGE7
Lb. rhamnosus Greece Phenotypic10, 24
Lb. sakei Italy Species specific PCR1, 12
Greece PCR-DGGE1, 3, 7,14, 15, 16, 23
Hungary Phenotypic4, 10, 24
Bosnia and Herzegovina RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene4, 14, 21
Spain sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Argentina RAPD-PCR-Species specific PCR 13
SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene20
Lb. sanfranciscensis Hungary Phenotypic10
Lc. garvieae Italy Species specific PCR1
PCR-DGGE1
Lc. lactis Italy Species specific PCR1
PCR-DGGE1
Phenotypic10
Lc. lactis ssp. lactis Italy PCR-DGGE 3, 7, 16
Greece Phenotypic10
Ln. carnosum Italy Species specific PCR1
PCR-DGGE1
Ln. citreum Hungary PCR-DGGE7, 16
Italy
Ln. mesenteroides Italy Species specific PCR1
Hungary PCR-DGGE1, 7, 16
Spain Phenotypic10
Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene12
Ln. mesenteroides Hungary Phenotypic10
mesenteroides Serbia
(continued)
187
Table 9.1. Microbial diversity in spontaneously fermented sausages throughout the world (cont.)
Species Origin of spontaneously Identification approach
fermented sausages
Pd. acidilactici Italy PCR-DGGE3, 15
Argentina Phenotypic10
Spain SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene20
Pd. pentosaceus Italy Phenotypic10
Ws. hellenica Italy Species specific PCR1
PCR-DGGE1
Ws. paramesenteroides Italy Species specific PCR1
Greece PCR-DGGE1
Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Ws. paramesenteroides/ Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
hellenica Hungary PCR-DGGE7, 16
Italy
Ws. viridescens Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Hungary PCR-DGGE7
St. aureus Spain SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene18
St. auricularis serbian Phenotypic10
St. capitis Serbia Phenotypic10
Croatia
St. caprae Greece Phenotypic10
Bosnia-Herzegovina
St. carnosus Slovakia Species specific PCR2,11
Spain 16S–23S rDNA intergenic region amplification—
Croatia species specific PCR9
Italy Phenotypic10
St. cohnii Italy PCR-DGGE11
St. cohnii cohnii Greece Phenotypic24
St. cohnii urealyticum Greece Phenotypic10
St. epidermidis Spain 16S–23S rRNA intergenic region amplification-species
Bosnia-Herzegovina specific PCR9
Italy Phenotypic10
Species specific PCR11
SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene18
St. equorum Italy PCR-DGGE6,11,14, 15, 23
France PFGE-Sequencing of sodAint gene8
Argentina SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene18
Spain RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene21
St. gallinarum Greece Phenotypic24
St. haemolyticus Italy PCR-DGGE6
St. hominis Greece Phenotypic10
Italy
St. lentus Hungary Phenotypic10
Italy
St. pasteuri Italy PCR-DGGE6, 11
St. saprophyticus Italy PCR-DGGE6, 14, 15
Greece Phenotypic10, 24
Boznia-Herzegovina RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene14
Croatia SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene18
Argentina
Spain
188
Table 9.1. Microbial diversity in spontaneously fermented sausages throughout the world (cont.)
Species Origin of spontaneously Identification approach
fermented sausages
St. sciuri Italy Phenotypic4, 10
Boznia-Herzegovina RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene4
St. simulans Greece Phenotypic10, 24
Bosnia-Herzegovina
St. succinus Italy PCR-DGGE6, 23
France PFGE-Sequencing of sodAint gene8
RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene 21
St. vitulus Spain SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene18
St. warneri Italy PCR-DGGE6
France PFGE-Sequencing of sodAint gene8
Spain 16S–23S Rdna intergenic region amplification-species
Serbia specific PCR9
Phenotypic10
Species specific PCR11
St. xylosus Slovakia Species specific PCR2, 11
Italy Phenotypic4, 10, 24
Spain RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene4
Greece PCR-DGGE6, 18,22, 23
Croatia 16S–23S rDNA intergenic region amplification-species
Hungary specific PCR9
SDS-PAGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene18
Mc. caseolyticus Italy PCR-DGGE11
Bc. subtilis Italy RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene21
Kc. varians Spain 16S–23S rDNA intergenic region amplification-species
specific PCR9
En. faecalis Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
Serbia PCR-DGGE15
Argentina
En. faecium Greece PFGE-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene25
En. faecium/durans Greece Sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene5
PCR-DGGE7
En. flavescens Argentina PCR-DGGE15
En. mundtii Argentina PCR-DGGE15
En. pseudoavium Italy PCR-DGGE7, 16
En. durans Argentina PCR-DGGE15
Db. hansenii Italy PCR-DGGE3, 17, 22, 23
RAPD-PCR-sequencing of 16S-rRNA gene21
Cd. psychrophila Italy PCR-DGGE3
Sc. barnettii Italy PCR-DGGE3
Pn. hirsutum Italy PCR-DGGE3
Mt. pulcherrima Italy PCR-DGGE17
Lc.: Lactococcus; Lb.: Lactobacillus; Ln.: Leuconostoc; Pd.: Pediococcus; Ws.: Weissella; St.: Staphylococcus; Mc.:
Macrococcus; Bc.: Bacillus; Kc.: Kocuria; En.: Enterococcus; Db.: Debaryomyces; Cd.: Candida; Sc.: Saccharomyces;
Pn.: Penicillium; Mt.: Metschnikowia
Urso et al. 2006; 2 Simonova et al. 2006; 3 Silvestri et al. 2007; 4 Rebecchi et al. 1998; 5 Rantsiou et al. 2006; 6 Rantsiou et al.
2005a; 7 Rantsiou et al. 2005b; 8 Morot-Bizot et al. 2006; 9 Martin et al. 2006; 10 Kozacinski et al. 2008; 11 Iacumin
et al. 2006; 12Aymerich et al. 2006; 13Andrighetto et al. 2001; 14 Fontana et al. 2005a; 15 Fontana et al. 2005b;
Comi et al. 2005; 17 Cocolin et al. 2006; 18 Cocolin et al. 2001; 19 Benito et al. 2008a; 20 Benito et al. 2008b; 21 Baruzzi et al. 2006;
22
Aquilanti et al. 2007; 23Villani et al. 2007; 24 Drosinos et al. 2007; 25 Paramithiotis et al. 2008
189
Chapter 9
studied in detail and has been attributed partly apart from contributing to the inhibition of
to the presence of genes involved in the spoilage and pathogenic microorganisms,
energetic catabolism of nucleosides, such as favors water release through protein coagula-
adenosine and inosine that are abundant in tion, as well as the hydrolytic action of both
meat (Chaillou et al. 2005), and partly to its cathepsin D and lysosomal acid lipase.
mode of arginine catabolism (Champomier- Addition of heterofermentative lactic acid
Verges et al. 1999; Zuriga et al. 2002; Chaillou bacteria results in the production of addi-tional
et al. 2005). Other species, such as the ones compounds, such as acetoin and diace-tyl. On
mentioned in Table 9.1, are also likely to be the other hand, addition of sugars, apart from
sporadically present. being the decisive parameter on the final pH,
means that their residual amount will
inevitably contribute to taste develop-ment,
Biochemical Changes given that they are present in levels above their
during Ripening sensory threshold.
The main biochemical changes that occur As a general rule, proteolysis, at least at its
during ripening, affecting appearance, organ- early stages, is primarily a function of the
oleptic quality, and safety of fermented muscle proteinases (Luecke 2000), especially
sausages, are shown in Figure 9.1. These cathepsin D. Complete hydrolysis into free
biochemical reactions lead to the formation of amino acids takes place by bacterial pepti-
a variety of metabolic end products, which are dases, along with endogenous ones (Sanz et al.
summarized in Table 9.2. 1999a). The proteolytic capacity of several
Carbohydrates serve as carbon and energy lactic acid bacteria and staphylococci strains
sources for the native microbiota or the added isolated from fermented meat prod-ucts has
starter culture. Microbial fermentation results been investigated (Fadda et al. 1998, 1999a, b;
in the production of lactic acid, the configura- Sanz et al. 1999a, b; Mauriello et al. 2002 ;
tion of which depends upon the dominant Drosinos et al. 2007 ), and a rather rare
species. The lactic acid results in a decrease of proteolytic capacity of lactic acid bacte-ria has
the pH value that has a manifold effect on the been stated, as well as a compara-tively
quality of the product. This pH drop, common one of staphylococci. In both
glycogenolysis
Muscleproteases
phospholipids
oxidation
Table 9.2. Metabolic end products formed during fermentation and ripening of dry fermented
sausages
End product Natural flora Starter culture Kocuria added Yeast-molds added
Lactic acid x x x
Acetic acid x x x
Butyric acid x x
Oxalic acid x
Citric acid x
Pyruvic acid x
Malic acid x
Formic acid x
Fumaric acid x
Propionic acid x x
Diacetyl x x x
Acetoin x x x
2,3-butyleneglycol x
Ethanol x x x
Free fatty acids x x x
Peptides x x x
Free amino acids x x x x
Amines x x x
Ammonia x x x x
Aldehydes, ketones x x
cases, it seems that the mode of proteolysis is a xylosus strain AS27) has been reported,
strain- dependent property. Drosinos et al. whereas in the study by Drosinos et al. (2007),
(2007) reported that six Lb. sakei strains were seven Staphylococcus sp. strains hydrolyzed
found proteolytic only against the myofibril-lar the sarcoplasmic protein fraction by the same
protein fraction and by a mode quite dif-ferent mode and only one St. xylosus strain LQC
from the one already described by Fadda et al. 5401 by a different mode. As far as the
(1999a) referring to Lb. planta-rum strain CRL myofibrillar protein fraction was con-cerned,
681. In the former case, a complete Mauriello et al. (2002) reported that strains
decomposition of myosin, actin, and all ES2 and BS5 resulted in a complete
myofibrillar proteins ranging in molecular decomposition of myosin and actin, and the
weight from 200 to 12 kDa was observed, appearance of bands at about 100 and 25 kDa.
compared with the partial hydroly-sis of only On the other hand, Drosinos et al. (2007)
actin and myosin that was observed by Lb. reported that all 53 Staphylococcus sp. strains
plantarum strain CRL 681 (Fadda et al. found to be proteolytic were able to com-
1999a ). Comparable differences were pletely hydrolyze the myofibrillar fraction to
observed in the proteolysis of sarco-plasmic polypeptides with molecular weight less than
and myofibrillar protein fractions by kDa.
staphylococci (Drosinos et al. 2007). The Lipolysis in fermented sausages has been
results obtained in that study were not in attributed partly to the microbiota and partly
accordance with the ones obtained by to tissue lipases. It has been estimated that
Mauriello et al. (2002) referring to the muscle lipases contribute at 60%–80%, with
decomposition of sarcoplasmic proteins. In the the rest being due to microbial ones (Molly
latter study, the decrease in intensity of protein et al. 1996, 1997). Several authors have
bands at approximately 48.4, 41.6, 22.4, and studied the lipolytic activities of both lactic
20.3 kDa (St. xylosus strains BS5 and ES1) or acid bacteria and staphylococci in pork fat.
their complete hydrolysis (St. In general, lactic acid bacteria hydrolyze
Chapter 9
mono-, di-, and triacylglycerols at a lower rate The rationale is to minimize the variability
(Sanz et al. 1998), stating their weak lipolytic quelling from spontaneous fermentation and
system (El Soda et al. 1986; Montel et al. 1998 to enrich organoleptic quality and safety.
; Drosinos et al. 2007), whereas the production Toward this direction, a huge amount of
of lipolytic enzymes among staphylococci research has taken place. Desirable techno-
seems to be a common charac-teristic (Miralles logical features include acidification, cata-
et al. 1996 ; Coppola et al. 1997; Kenneally et lase, protease, and lipase activity, as well as
al. 1998; Mauriello et al. 2004; Casaburi et al. avoidance of possible discoloration phenom-
2007). Once free fatty acids are released, they ena through the production of peroxides
are subjected to oxidative reactions that give according to Figure 9.2. Regarding the
rise mainly to aliphatic hydrocarbons, safety of the product, bacteriocin production
alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, and esters, with is involved in antibiotic resistance, as well
the latter being pro-duced in the absence of as the absence of amino acid decarboxylase
nitrite in the recipe. Excessive oxidation activity and transferable genes.
results in the formation of off-flavors such as Acidification possesses a key role in fer-
rancidity. The micro-biota, through the mented sausage manufacture, as it enables
consumption of oxygen, negatively affects control of spoilage and pathogenic microbi-
rancidity formation. ota and affects flavor, color, and texture
development. It has also been reported that a
rapid decrease of the pH value can prevent
Development of Starter Cultures
biogenic amine accumulation (Maijala et al.
The concept of starter cultures for fermented 1993 ). Catalase activity is important, as it
sausages is nearly as old as the product itself. hydrolyses the hydrogen peroxide (produced
-2e -2e
2+
Myoglobin (purple-red) Fe
NO3 NO2 NO
2
2H H O H+ OH-
3+
Myoglobin (brown) Fe
-O2
Bacterial
action Nitric oxide myoglobin
2+
(bright pink) Fe
Lactate HO Heat or Smoking
2 2
Cholemyoglobin Nitrosohemochrome
(Green) 2+
(pink stable) Fe
by most lactobacilli), which increases rancid- the assessment of such a potential in strains
ity and discoloration of the final product. involved in meat fermentation. In has been
Despite the fact that catalase production is a shown that several Lb. alimentarius, Lb.
constitutive characteristic of coagulase-neg- cur-vatus, Lb. plantarum, and Lb. sakei
ative staphylococci, it is still regarded as a strains harbor such genes, making horizontal
desirable property for lactic acid bacteria as gene transfer possible (Gevers et al. 2003).
well, and therefore its presence and activity in Whole-genome sequencing of bacteria and,
lactic acid bacteria has been studied (Abriouel more accurately, of bacteria capable of serving
et al. 2004 ; Noonpakdee et al. 2004; Ammor as starter cultures has provided new tools in
et al. 2005). the quest for the suitable starter culture.
The utilization of bacteriocinogenic strains, Genome analysis of Lb. sakei 23K revealed a
either as starter or as protective cultures, has lack of main aroma-production pathways, as
drawn special attention. Several autochthonous well as genes responsible for amino acid
meat lactic acid bacteria, among them decarboxylation (Chaillou et al. 2005).
Lactococcus lactis (Rodriguez et al. 1995 ; Similarly, genome analysis of St. car-nosus
Noonpakdee et al. 2003), Lb. sakei (Mortvedt TM 300 has revealed that the genetic
et al. 1991; Aymerich et al. background was present for encoding a series
2000), Pediococcus acidilactici (Cintas et al. of desired technological properties, such as
1995; Albano et al. 2007), Lb. curvatus branched-chain amino acid aminotransferase
(Mataragas et al. 2003; Messens et al. 2003), producing flavor compounds, superoxide
Enterococcus faecium (Cintas et al. 1997, dismutase, and catalase contributing to the
1998), and Leuconostoc mesenteroides control of lipid oxidation (Barriere et al. 2001 ;
(Mataragas et al. 2003 ; Drosinos et al. 2006) Madsen et al. 2002). The presence of the
strains have been screened for bacteriocin required genes does not necessarily mean a
production against several food-borne patho- functional biochemical pathway, but once the
gens. Bacteriocin production has been in many mechanisms that influence their transcrip-tion
cases optimized, and mathematical models and translation are understood, it will be
have been created in order to predict its possible to assess the presence of desired
production under various conditions (Drosinos properties, merely by the use of specific probes
et al. 2008). Increased attention has also been bypassing classical microbiological
given to the production and concomitant techniques.
accumulation of biogenic amines, due to their
potential toxic effects on consumption. The
biogenic amine content of a variety of meat
Nutritional Aspects
products has been studied (Ruiz-Capillas and Generally, lactic acid fermentation can have
Jimenez-Colmenero 2004). In the case of multiple effects on food nutritional value,
fermented sausages, the microorganisms either by modifying the level and bioavail-
present possess a key role in their formation, ability of nutrients or by interacting with the
and thus absence of amino acid decarbolyxase gut microbiota and even the human immune
activity has become a key requirement in the system. The nutrients that determine the
selection of a starter culture (Ammor and nutritional value of meat are the high biologi-
Mayo 2007). Finally, the increased concern cal value proteins and micronutrients such as
regarding the transmis-sion of antibiotic vitamins B1 and B12, niacin equivalents, zinc,
resistance genes, along with the ability of and iron, with the latter being mainly in the
several food-associated lactic acid bacteria to heme form that can be efficiently absorbed by
survive passage through the human humans (Hambraeus 1999; Mann 2000).
gastrointestinal tract, inevitably led to Currently, there is no data available concern-
Chapter 9 gested by Pennacchia et al. (2004), leading
to the isolation of twenty potentially probi-
otic Lactobacillus strains, eleven of which
ing the effect of fermentation on the level of exhibited good adhesion capability to Caco-
the above-mentioned nutrients. 2 cell layers, most of them belonging to Lb.
The substitution of NaCl and fat and the plantarum group (Pennacchia et al. 2006).
concomitant re-formulation of fermented Klingberg and Budde (2006) demonstrated
sausage recipes has also been the subject of the capacity of two Lb. plantarum strains to
extensive research, the former due to its rela- survive the passage through the human GIT
tion to the development of hypertension in either as freeze -dried culture or embedded
sensitive individuals, and the latter due to the in a sausage matrix. Microencapsulation has
high saturated fatty acid and cholesterol also been proposed as an alternative for the
content and their relation to cardiovascular incorporation of either probiotic or bacterio-
disease. Since both ingredients possess a spe- cinogenic strains. In the latter case, though,
cific role in the manufacture of dry fermented the inhibitory action of reuterin, producing
sausages, this task seems to be quite chal- Lb. reuteri against E. coli O157:H7, was
lenging. Potassium chloride, potassium lactate, found to be reduced during sausage fermen-
glycine, manganese chloride, calcium chloride, tation compared with that of the free micro-
and calcium ascorbate (Ibanez et al. 1995, organism (Muthukumarasamy and Holley
1996, 1997; Gou et al. 1996 ; Gimeno et al. 2006, 2007).
1998, 1999, 2001) have been examined for
their potential to substitute sodium chlo-ride,
Public Health Aspects
and the difference regarding the senso-rial
quality of the end product has been pointed The ability of pathogens (e.g., Salmonella spp.,
out, without, however, studying the effect on E. coli, L. monocytogenes ) to survive in many
safety from a microbiological point of view. low-acid as well as low- water activity meat
On the other hand, fat reduc-tion with the products, such as fermented meat prod-
addition of compounds such as inulin
ucts, makes it unlikely that complete sup-
(Mendoza et al. 2001) and dietary fiber (Garcia
pression can be achieved by the application
et al. 2002) and even substitution by olive oil
(Bloukas et al. 1997; Muguerza et al. 2001, of control measures at a single source
2002) or soy oil (Muguerza et al. 2004) has (Skandamis and Nychas 2007 ). Thus, effec-
been studied with interesting and promising tive control strategies must consider the
results. multiple points at which pathogens can gain
Since the idea of using probiotic starter access to the human food chain. The
cultures in sausage fermentation has devel- persistence and the ability of very small
oped, several lactic acid bacteria have been numbers of these organisms to establish
screened for their capacity to survive their life-threatening infections with serious long-
passage through the human gastrointestinal
term clinical consequences, particularly
tract and their possible in-site actions. Lb.
curvatus strain RM10 and Pd. acidilactici among at-risk sections of the human
strain P2, isolated from freeze -dried com- population, mean that many elements of
mercial meat starter cultures, exhibited the our food safety strate-gies have to be
strongest capacity for surviving acidic condi- improved. Measures to control pathogens
tions and 0.30% bile salts (Erkkila and Petaja during fermented meat produc-tion,
2000). The suitability of three probiotic Lb. processing, and distribution, at the retail
rhamnosus strains (GG, E -97800, and LC- level and during commercial/domestic
705) to produce dry sausage has been
preparation, should be considered in detail.
demonstrated by Erkkila et al. (2001). A very
Therefore, the best approach to control
effective screening procedure has been sug-
pathogens in fermented meat products is to
Fermentation: Microbiology and Biochemistry 195
implement HACCP principles into the food Aquilanti, L., S. Santarelli, G. Silvestri, A. Osimani, A.
Petruzzelli, and F. Clementi. 2007. The microbial
safety management systems at all stages of ecology of a typical Italian salami during its natural
meat and meat product production and distri- fermentation. International Journal of Food
bution. However, due to their unusual toler- Microbiology 120:136–145.
Aymerich, T., B. Martın, M. Garriga, M. C. Vidal-
ance to low pH (i.e., L. monocytogenes, E.
Carou, S. Bover-Cid, and M. Hugas. 2006. Safety
coli, and Salmonella spp.), some pathogens properties and molecular strain typing of lactic acid
should be considered at higher risk than other bacteria from slightly fermented sausages. Journal of
Applied Microbiology 100:40–49.
pathogens (e.g., St. aureus ) in meat products
Aymerich, T., M. Garriga, J. M. Monford, I. F. Nes, and M.
(sausages) that have a low pH and are mini- Hugas. 2000. Bacteriocin producing lactobacilli in
mally processed or are not cooked before Spanish-style fermented sausages: Characterization of
bacteriocins. Food Microbiology 17:33–45.
consumption. The basic control measures
Barriere, C., R. Bruckner, and R. Talon. 2001.
should include the following: Characterization of the single superoxide dismutase
of Staphylococcus xylosus. Applied and
A quantitative microbiological hazard Environmental Microbiology 67:4096–4104.
analysis or quantitative microbial risk Baruzzi, F., A. Matarante, L. Caputo, and M. Morea.
2006. Molecular and physiological characterization
assessment on current practices should be of natural microbial communities isolated from a
carried out for products in these tradi-tional Southern Italian processed sausage. Meat
categories. Science 72:261–269.
Benito, M. J., M. J. Serradilla, A. Martın, E. Aranda, A.
Training of personnel working in food Hernandez, and M. G. Cordoba. 2008a.
preparation and food service industries Differentiation of Staphylococci from Iberian dry
coupled with consumer education on fermented sausages by protein fingerprinting. Food
Microbiology 25:676–682.
hygienic handling and adequate cooking Benito, M. J., M. J. Serradilla, S. Ruiz-Moyano, A.
of food can play a role in reducing the Alberto, F. Pirez-Nevado, and M. G. Cordoba.
inci-dence of pathogenic infection. 2008b. Rapid differentiation of lactic acid bacteria
from autochthonous fermentation of Iberian dry-
fermented sausages. Meat Science 80:656–661.
Bloukas, J. G., E. D. Paneras, and G. C. Fournitzis.
References 1997. Effect of replacing pork backfat with olive oil
on processing and quality characteristics of
Abriouel, H., A. Herrmann, J. Starke, N. M. Yousif, A. fermented sausages. Meat Science 45:133–144.
Wijaya, B. Tauscher, W. Holzapfel, and C. M. A. P. Casaburi, A., M. C. Aristoy, S. Cavella, R. Di Monaco,
Franz. 2004. Cloning and heterologous expression of D. Ercolini, F. Toldra, and F. Villani. 2007.
hematin-dependent catalase produced by Biochemical and sensory characteristics of traditional
Lactobacillus plantarum CNRZ 1228. Applied and fermented sausages of Vallo di Diano (Southern
Environmental Microbiology 70:603–606. Italy) as affected by use of starter cultures. Meat
Albano, H., S. D. Todorov, C. A. van Reenen, T. Hogg, L. Science 76:295–307.
M. T. Dicks, and P. Teixeira. 2007. Characterization of Chaillou, S., M. C. Champomier-Verges, M. Cornet, A.-M.
two bacteriocins produced by Pediococcus acidi-lactici Crutz-Le Coq, A.-M. Dudez, V. Martın, S. Beaufils, E.
isolated from Alheira, a fermented sausage traditionally Darbon-Rongere, R. Bossy, V. Loux, and M. Zagorec.
produced in Portugal. International Journal of Food 2005. The complete genome sequence of the meat-borne
Microbiology 116:239–247. lactic acid bacterium Lactobacillus sakei 23K. Nature
Ammor, M. S., and B. Mayo. 2007. Selection criteria Biotechnology 23:1527–1533.
for lactic acid bacteria to be used as functional starter Champomier-Verges, M. C., M. Zuniga, F. Morel-
cultures in dry sausage production: An update. Meat Deville, G. Perez-Martinez, M. Zagorec, and S. D.
Science 76:138–146. Ehrlich. 1999. Relationships between arginine degra-
Ammor, S., E. Dufour, M. Zagorec, S. Chaillou, and I. dation, pH and survival in Lactobacillus sakei.
Chevallier. 2005. Characterisation and selection of FEMS Microbiology Letters 180:297–304.
Lactobacillus sakei strains isolated from traditional Chevallier, I., S. Ammor, A. Laguet, S. Labayle, V.
dry sausage for their potential use as starter cultures. Castanet, E. Dufour, and R. Talon. 2006. Microbial
Food Microbiology 22:529–538. ecology of a small-scale facility producing traditional
Andrighetto, C., L. Zampese, and A. Lombardi. 2001. dry sausage. Food Control 17:446–453.
RAPD-PCR characterization of lactobacilli isolated Cintas, L. M., J. M. Rodriguez, M. F. Fernandez, K.
from artisanal meat plants and traditional fermented Sletten, I. F. Nes, P. E. Hernandez, and H. Holo. 1995.
sausages of Veneto region (Italy). Letters in Applied Isolation and characterization of Pediocin L50, a new
Microbiology 33:26–30. bacteriocin from Pediococcus acidilactici with a
Chapter 9 Lactobacillus rhamnosus strains. International
Journal of Food Microbiology 64:205–210.
Fadda, S., G. Vignolo, A. P. R. Holgado, and G. Oliver.
1998. Proteolytic activity of Lactobacillus strains iso-
broad inhibitory spectrum. Applied and lated from dry-fermented sausages on muscle sarco-
Environmental Microbiology 61:2643–2648. plasmic proteins. Meat Science 49:l–18.
Cintas, L. M., P. Casaus, H. Holo, P. E. Hernandez, I. Fadda, S., Y. Sanz, G. Vignolo, M.-C. Aristoy, G.
F. Nes, and L. S. Havarstein. 1998. Enterocins L50A Oliver, and F. Toldra. 1999a. Characterization of
and L50B, two novel bacteriocins from muscle sarcoplasmic and myofibrillar protein hydro-
Enterococcus faecium L50, and related to lysis caused by Lactobacillus plantarum. Applied
staphylococcal hemoly-sins. Journal of Bacteriology and Environmental Microbiology 65:3540–3546.
180:1988–1994. Fadda, S., Y. Sanz, G. Vignolo, M.-C. Aristoy, G.
Cintas, L. M., P. Casaus, L. S. Havarstein, P. E. Oliver, and F. Toldra. 1999b. Hydrolysis of pork
Hernandez, and I. F. Nes. 1997. Biochemical and muscle sarcoplasmic proteins by Lactobacillus
genetic characterization of enterocin P, a novel sec- curva-tus and Lactobacillus sake. Applied and
dependent bacteriocin from Enterococcus faecium Environmental Microbiology 65:578–584.
P13 with a broad antimicrobial spectrum. Applied Fontana, C., G. Vignolo, and P. S. Cocconcelli. 2005b.
and Environmental Microbiology 63:4321–4330. PCR-DGGE analysis for the identification of micro-
Cocolin, L., M. Manzano, D. Aggio, C. Cantoni, and G. bial populations from Argentinean dry fermented
Comi. 2001. A novel polymerase chain reaction sau-sages. Journal of Microbiological Methods
(PCR) denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis 63:254–263.
(DGGE) for the identification of Micrococcaceae Fontana, C., P. S. Cocconcelli, and G. Vignolo. 2005a.
strains involved in meat fermentations. Its Monitoring the bacterial population dynamics during
application to naturally fermented Italian sausages. fermentation of artisanal Argentinean sausages.
Meat Science 57:59–64. International Journal of Food Microbiology
Cocolin, L., R. Urso, K. Rantsiou, C. Cantoni, and G. 103:131–142.
Comi. 2006. Dynamics and characterization of yeasts Garcia, M. L., R. Dominguez, M. D. Galvez, C. Casas,
during natural fermentation of Italian sausages. and M. D. Selgas. 2002. Utilization of cereal and
FEMS Yeast Research 6:692–701. fruit fibres in low fat dry fermented sausages. Meat
Comi, G., R. Urso, L. Iacumin, K. Rantsiou, P. Cattaneo, Science 60:227–236.
C. Cantoni, and L. Cocolin. 2005. Characterisation of Gevers, D., M. Danielsen, G. Huys, and J. Swings.
naturally fermented sausages produced in the North East 2003. Molecular characterization of tet(M) genes in
of Italy. Meat Science 69:381–392. Lactobacillus isolates from different types of fer-
Coppola, R., M. Iorizzo, R Saotta, E. Sorrentino, and L. mented dry sausage. Applied and Environmental
Grazia. 1997. Characterization of micrococci and Microbiology 69:1270–1275.
staphylococci isolated from soppressata molisana, a Gimeno, O., I. Astiasaran, and J. Bello. 1998. A
Southern Italy fermented sausage. Food mixture of potassium, magnesium and calcium
Microbiology 14:47–53. chlorides as a partial replacement of sodium chloride
Drosinos, E. H., M. Mataragas, and J. Metaxopoulos. in dry fer-mented sausages. Journal of Agricultural
2006. Modeling of growth and bacteriocin and Food Chemistry 46:4372–4375.
production by Leuconostoc mesenteroides E131. Gimeno, O., I. Astiasaran, and J. Bello. 1999. Influence
Meat Science 74:690–696. of partial replacement of NaCl with KCl and CaCl 2
Drosinos, E. H., M. Mataragas, and S. Paramithiotis. on texture and colour of dry fermented sausages.
2008. Antimicrobial activity of bacteriocins and their Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 47:873–
applications . In Meat Biotechnology, edited by F. 877.
Toldra. New York: Springer. Gimeno, O., I. Astiasaran, and J. Bello. 2001. Calcium
Drosinos, E. H., S. Paramithiotis, G. Kolovos, I. ascorbate as a potential partial substitute for NaCl in
Tsikouras, and I. Metaxopoulos. 2007. Phenotypic dry fermented sausages: Effect on colour, texture and
and technological diversity of lactic acid bacteria and hygienic quality at different concentrations. Meat
staphylococci isolated from traditionally fermented Science 57:23–29.
sausages in Greece. Food Microbiology 24:260– 270. Gou, P., L. Guerrero, J. Gelabert, and J. Arnau. 1996.
Potassium chloride, potassium lactate and glycine as
Drosinos, E. H., M. Mataragas, N. Xiraphi, G. sodium chloride substitutes in fermented sausages
Moschonas, F. Gaitis, and J. Metaxopoulos. 2005. and in dry-cured pork loin. Meat Science 42:37–48.
Characterization of the microbial flora from a tradi- Hambraeus, L. 1999. Meat or wheat for the next millen-
tional Greek fermented sausage. Meat Science nium? Plenary lecture. Animal- and plant-food-based
6:307–317. diets and iron status: benefits and costs. Proceedings
of the Nutrition Society 58:235–242.
El Soda, M., M. Korayem, and N. Ezzat. 1986. The Iacumin, L., G. Comi, C. Cantoni, and L. Cocolin. 2006.
esterolytic and lipolytic activities of lactobacilli. III: Ecology and dynamics of coagulase-negative cocci
Detection and characterisation of the lipase system. isolated from naturally fermented Italian sausages.
Milchwissenschaft 41:353–355. Systematic and Applied Microbiology 29:480–486.
Erkkila, S., and E. Petaja. 2000. Screening of commer-
cial meat starter cultures at low pH and in the
presence of bile salts for potential probiotic use.
Meat Science 55:297–300.
Erkkila, S., M.-L. Suihko, S. Eerola, E. Petaja, and T.
Mattila-Sandholm. 2001. Dry sausage fermented by
Fermentation: Microbiology and Biochemistry 197
Ibanez, C., L. Quintanilla, A. Irigoyen, I. Garcıa-Jalon, Mataragas, M., J. Metaxopoulos, M. Galiotou, and E.
C. Cid, I. Astiasaran, and J. Bello. 1995. Partial H. Drosinos. 2003. Influence of pH and temperature
replacement of sodium chloride with potassium chlo- on growth and bacteriocin production by
ride in dry fermented sausages: Influence on Leuconostoc mesenteroides L124 and Lactobacillus
carbohy-drate fermentation and the nitrosation curvatus L442. Meat Science 64:265–271.
process . Meat Science 40:45–53. Mauriello, G., A. Casaburi, and F. Villani. 2002.
Ibanez, C., L. Quintanilla, C. Cid, I. Astiasaran, and J. Proteolytic activity of Staphylococcus xylosus strains
Bello. 1996. Part I. Effect of partial replacement of on pork myofibrillar and sarcoplasmic proteins and
NaCl with KCl on the stability and the nitrosation use of selected strains in the production of Naples
process. Meat Science 44:227–234. type salami. Journal of Applied Microbiology 92:
Ibanez, C., L. Quintanilla, I. Astiasaran, and J. Bello. 482–490.
1997. Dry fermented sausages elaborated with Mauriello, G., A. Casaburi, G. Blaiotta, and F. Villani.
Lactobacillus plantarum–Staphylococcus carnosus. 2004. Isolation and technological properties of coagu-
Part II. Effect of partial replacement of NaCl with lase negative staphylococci from fermented sausages of
KCl on the proteolytic and insolubilization processes. Southern Italy. Meat Science 67:149–158.
Meat Science 46:277–284. Mendoza, E., M. L. Garcıa, C. Casas, and M. D. Selgas.
Kenneally, P. M., R. G. Leuschner, and E. K. Arendt. 2001. Inulin as fat substitute in low fat, dry
1998. Evaluation of the lipolytic activity of starter fermented sausages. Meat Science 57:387–393.
cultures for meat fermentation purposes. Journal of Messens, W., J. Verluyten, F. Leroy, and L. De Vuyst.
Applied Microbiology 84:839–846. 2003. Modeling growth and bacteriocin production
Klingberg, T. D., and B. B. Budde. 2006. The survival by Lactobacillus curvatus LTH 1174 in response to
and persistence in the human gastrointestinal tract of tem-perature and pH values used for European
five potential probiotic lactobacilli consumed as sausage fermentation processes . International
freeze-dried cultures or as probiotic sausage. Journal of Food Microbiology 81:41–52.
International Journal of Food Microbiology Miralles, M. C., J. Flores, and G. Perez-Martinez. 1996.
109:157–159. Biochemical tests for the selection of Staphylococcus
Kozacinski, L., E. H. Drosinos, F. Caklovica, L. strains as potential meat starter cultures. Food
Cocolin, J. Gasparik-Reichardt, and S. Veskovic. Microbiology 13:27–236.
2008. Investigation of microbial association of Molly, K., D. I. Demeyer, G. Johansson, M. Raemaekers,
traditionally fermented sausages. Food Technology M. Ghistelinck, and I. Geenen. 1997. The importance of
and Biotechnology 46:93–106. meat enzymes in ripening and flavor generation in dry
Lebert, I., S. Leroy, P. Giammarinaro, A. Lebert, J. P. fermented sausages. First results of a European project.
Chacornac, S. Bover-Cid, M. C. Vidal-Carou, and R. Food Chemistry 54:539–545.
Talon. 2007. Diversity of microorganisms in the Molly, K., D. I. Demeyer, T. Civera, and A. Verplaetse.
environment and dry fermented sausages of small 1996 . Lipolysis in Belgian sausages: Relative impor-
tra-ditional French processing units. Meat Science tance of endogenous and bacterial enzymes. Meat
76:112–122. Science 43:235–244.
Luecke, F.-K. 2000. Utilization of microbes to process Montel, M. C., F. Masson, and R. Talon. 1998.
and preserve meat. Meat Science 56:105–115. Bacterial role in flavour development. Meat Science
Luecke, F.-K. 1998. Fermented sausages. In Micro- 49:S111–S123.
biology of Fermented Foods, 2nd ed., edited by B. J. Morot-Bizot, S. C., S. Leroy, and R. Talon. 2006.
B. Wood. London: Blackie Academic and Staphylococcal community of a small unit manufac-
Professional. turing traditional dry fermented sausages. International
Madsen, S. M., H. C. Beck, P. Ravn, A. Vrang, A. M. Journal of Food Microbiology 108:210–217.
Hansen, and H. Israelsen. 2002. Cloning and Mortvedt, C. I., J. Nissen-Meyer, K., Sletten, and I. F.
inactiva-tion of a branched-chainamino-acid Nes. 1991. Purification and amino acid sequence of
aminotransferase gene from Staphylococcus lactocin S, a bacteriocin produced by Lactobacillus
carnosus and characteriza-tion of the enzyme. sake L45. Applied and Environmental Microbiology
Applied and Environmental Microbiology 68:4007– 57:1829–1834.
4014. Muguerza, E., G. Fista, D. Ansorena, I. Astiasaran, and
Maijala R., S. Eerola, M. Aho, and J. Hirn. 1993. The J. G. Bloukas. 2002. Effect of fat level and partial
effect of GDL- induced pH decrease on the formation replacement of pork backfat with olive oil on
of biogenic amines in meat. Journal of Food process-ing and quality characteristics of fermented
Protection 56:125–129. sausages. Meat Science 6:397–404.
Mann, N. 2000. Dietary lean red meat and human Muguerza, E., O. Gimeno, D. Ansorena, and I.
evolution. European Journal of Nutrition 39:71– 79. Astiasaran. 2004. New formulations for healthier dry
fermented sausages: a review. Trends in Food
Martin, B., M. Garriga, M. Hugas, S. Bover-Cid, M. T. Science and Technology 15:452–457.
Veciana-Nogues, and T. Aymerich. 2006. Molecular, Muguerza, E., O. Gimeno, D. Ansorena, J. G. Bloukas,
technological and safety characterization of Gram- and I. Astiasaran. 2001. Effect of replacing pork
positive catalase-positive cocci from slightly fer- backfat with preemulsified olive oil on lipid fraction
mented sausages. International Journal of Food and sensory quality of Chorizo de Pamplona—A
Microbiology 107:148–158.
Chapter 9 Rodriguez, J. M., L. M. Cintas, P. Casaus, N. Horn, H.
M., Dodd, P. E., Hernandez, and M. J. Gasson. 1995.
Isolation of nisin-producing Lactococcus lactis
strains from dry fermented sausages. Journal of
traditional Spanish fermented sausage. Meat Science Applied Bacteriology 78:109–115.
59:251–258. Ruiz-Capillas, C., and F. Jimenez-Colmenero. 2004.
Muthukumarasamy, P., and R. A. Holley. 2006. Biogenic amines in meat and meat products. Critical
Microbiological and sensory quality of dry fermented Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition 44:489–599
sausages containing alginate-microencapsulated Samelis, J., J. Metaxopoulos, M. Vlassi, and A. Pappa.
Lactobacillus reuteri. International Journal of Food 1998. Stability and safety of traditional Greek salami
Microbiology 111:164–169. — —A microbiological ecology study. International
Muthukumarasamy, P., and R. A. Holley. 2007. Survival of Journal of Food Microbiology 44:69–82.
Escherichia coli O157:H7 in dry fermented sau-sages Sanz, B., D. Selgas, I. Parejo, and J. A. Ordonez. 1998.
containing micro-encapsulated probiotic lactic acid Characteristics of lactobacilli isolated from dry
bacteria. Food Microbiology 24:82–88. fermented sausages. International Journal of Food
Noonpakdee, W., C. Santivarngkna, P. Jumriangrit, K., Microbiology 6:199–205.
Sonomoto, and S. Panyim. 2003. Isolation of nisin- Sanz, Y., S. Fadda, G. Vignolo, M.-C. Aristoy, G.
producing Lactococcus lactis WNC 20 strain from Oliver, and F. Toldra. 1999b. Hydrolysis of muscle
nham, a traditional Thai fermented sausage. myofibrillar proteins by Lactobacillus curvatus and
International Journal of Food Microbiology 81:137– Lactobacillus sake. International Journal of Food
145. Microbiology 53:115–125.
Noonpakdee, W., S. Sitthimonchai, S. Panyim, and S. Sanz, Y., S. Fadda, G. Vignolo, M.-C. Aristoy, G.
Lertsiri. 2004. Expression of the catalase gene katA Oliver, and F. Toldra. 1999a. Hydrolytic action of
in starter culture Lactobacillus plantarum TISTR850 Lactobacillus casei CRL 705 on pork muscle sarco-
tolerates oxidative stress and reduces lipid oxidation plasmic and myofibrillar proteins. Journal of
in fermented meat product . International Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry 47:3441–3448.
Food Microbiology 95:127–135. Silvestri, G., S. Santarelli, L. Aquilanti, A. Beccaceci, A.
Paramithiotis, S., D.-M. Kagkli, V. A. Blana, G.-J. E. Osimani, F. Tonucci, and F. Clementi. 2007.
Nychas, and E. H. Drosinos. 2008. Identification and Investigation of the microbial ecology of Ciauscolo, a
characterisation of Enterococcus spp. in Greek spon- traditional Italian salami, by culture-dependent tech-
taneous sausage fermentation. Journal of Food niques and PCR-DGGE. Meat Science 77:413–423.
Protection 71:1244–1247. Simonova, M., V. Strompfova, M. Marcinakova, A.
Pennacchia, C., D. Ercolini, G. Blaiotta, O. Pepe, G. Laukova, S. Vesterlund, M. L. Moratalla, S. Bover-
Mauriello, and F. Villani. 2004. Selection of Cid, and C. Vidal-Carou. 2006. Characterization of
Lactobacillus strains from fermented sausages for Staphylococcus xylosus and Staphylococcus
their potential use as probiotics. Meat Science carnosus isolated from Slovak meat products. Meat
67:309–317. Science 73:559–564.
Pennacchia, C., E. E. Vaughan, and F. Villani. 2006. Skandamis, P., and G.-J. E. Nychas. 2007. Pathogens:
Potential probiotic Lactobacillus strains from fer- Risks and control. In Handbook of Fermented Meat
mented sausages: Further investigations on their pro- and Poultry, edited by F. Toldra, Y. H. Hui, I.
biotic properties. Meat Science 73:90–101. Astiasaran, W.-K. Nip, J. G. Sebranek, E.-T. F.
Rantsiou, K., E. H. Drosinos, M. Gialitaki, I. Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and R. Talon. Oxford, U.K.:
Metaxopoulos, G. Comi, and L. Cocolin. 2006. Use Blackwell Publishing.
of molecular tools to characterize Lactobacillus spp. Urso, R., G. Comi, and L. Cocolin. 2006. Ecology of
Isolated from Greek traditional fermented sausages. lactic acid bacteria in Italian fermented sausages:
International Journal of Food Microbiology Isolation, identification and molecular characteriza-
112:215–222. tion. Systematic and Applied Microbiology 29:671–
680.
Rantsiou, K., E. H. Drosinos, M. Gialitaki, R. Urso, J. Villani, F., A. Casaburi, C. Pennacchia, L. Filosa, F. Russo,
Krommer, J. Gasparik-Reichardt, S. Toth, J. and D. Ercolini. 2007. Microbial ecology of the
Metaxopoulos, G. Comi, and L. Cocolin. 2005b. Soppressata of Vallo di Diano, a traditional dry
Molecular characterization of Lactobacillus species fermented sausage from Southern Italy, and In Vitro and
isolated from naturally fermented sausages produced In Situ selection of autochthonous starter cultures.
in Greece, Hungary and Italy. Food Microbiology Applied and Environmental Microbiology 73:5453–
22:19–28. 5463.
Rantsiou, K., L. Iacumin, C. Cantoni, G. Comi, and L. Zuriga M., M. Miralles, and G. Perez-Martinez. 2002.
Cocolin. 2005a. Ecology and characterization by The product of arcR, the sixth gene of the arc operon
molecular methods of Staphylococcus species of Lactobacillus sakei, is essential for expression of
isolated from fresh sausages. International Journal the arginine deiminase pathway. Applied and
of Food Microbiology 97:277–284. Environmental Microbiology 68:6051–6058.
Rebecchi, A., S. Crivori, P. G. Sarra, and P. S.
Cocconcelli. 1998. Physiological and molecular tech-
niques for the study of bacterial community develop-
ment in sausage fermentation. Journal of Applied
Microbiology 84:1043–1049.
Chapter 10
199
Chapter 10 natural diversity of wild strains that occur in
traditional artisan foods is being explored.
These approaches permit rapid high- through-
The aim of this chapter is to provide the put screening of promising wild strains, with
most recent information on bacterial inocu- interesting functional properties that lack
lants and their potential functionalities, negative characteristics to develop starter
explaining how they can improve the quality cultures based on indigenous technological
of fermented meat products. bacteria of traditional sausages, since these
strains are well adapted to the environment
(Villani et al. 2007; Talon et al. 2008).
Starter Cultures for
Fermented Meats Bacterial Starter Cultures
History for Meat Fermentations
Research on the use of starter cultures in meat Lactic acid bacteria play a major role in the
products began in the United States in the microbial consortium of fermented and cured
1940s, inoculating the batter with lacto-bacilli, meat: they affect both the technological prop-
with the aim being to govern and accelerate erties and the microbial stability of the final
fermentation. In the late fifties, the Finn product through the production of lactic and
Niinivaara (1955) helped to launch this idea in acetic acids, and the consequent pH decrease.
Europe, developing mixed cul-tures of At pH values of 4.6–5.9, muscle proteins
Micrococcus sp. and Pediococcus cerevisiae. coagulate and lose their water- holding capac-
After this experience, a first gen-eration of ity. This results in an improvement in the final
meat starter bacterial cultures, generally based product’s sliceability, firmness, and
on microorganisms derived from cultures for cohesiveness. Ripening is also favored at this
vegetable fermentation, was developed. These acidic environment, as well as color develop-
bacterial cultures, mainly selected for their ment. Moreover, the accumulation of lactic
acidification properties, were usually and acetic acids inhibits growth of spoilage
composed of L. plantarum and members of the and pathogenic microorganisms. Gram-
genus Pediococcus. Successively, a new positive catalase-positive cocci also have a
generation of starter cultures composed of relevant role in the manufacture of fermented
strains iso-lated from meat, such as L. sakei sausages. They enhance color stability, prevent
and coa-gulase negative staphylococci (CNS), rancidity, reduce spoilage, decrease processing
was developed that harbored phenotypic traits time, and contribute to flavor development.
of technological relevance (Buckenhüskes Yeasts and molds are used mainly for flavor
1994). This second generation is now widely development, the first through carbohydrate
used in the industrial processes of fermented fermentation and the latter by lactate oxidation,
meat production. proteolysis, degra-dation of amino acids, and
lipolysis (Hugas and Monfort 1997; Lücke
In the last years, more efforts have been 2000).
dedicated to the study of technological Actually, most of the commercially avail-
properties of LAB and staphylococci able meat starter cultures contain mixtures of
isolated from traditional fermented sausages LAB (Lactobacillus and Pediococcus) and
to develop functional starter cultures, with GCC+ (Staphylococcus and Kocuria). These
increased diversity, stability, and industrial bacterial groups are responsible for basic
performance (García-Varona et al. 2000; microbial reactions that occur simultane-ously
Mauriello et al. 2004; Casaburi et al. 2005; during fermentation. Table 10.1 lists
Drosinos et al. 2007). Using comparative
genomics, microarray analysis, transcrip-
tomics, proteomics, and metabolomics, the
Table 10.1. Composition of some commercial starter cultures used for meat fermentation
Species Functional and technological Quality characteristics
properties for meat fermentation
Lactobacillus curvatus, Fast acidification, and positive mild Preservation
Staphylococcus carnosus aroma developments as well as a Firmness (consistency)
stable color in the product. The Aroma
final pH may be adjusted with the
amount of fermentable sugars
added to the meat mix.
Pediococcus acidilactici, Create a combination of normal Preservation
Pediococcus pentosaceus, acidification, a positive aroma Firmness (consistency)
development, and a good, stable Aroma
red color in the product. The final
pH may be adjusted with the
amount of fermentable sugars
added to the meat mix.
Staphylococcus xylosus, Acidification process initiates Preservation
Pediococcus pentosaceus quickly and results in a medium Firmness (consistency)
pH-decline. S. xylosus gives a
strong and stable color and an
aromatic flavor.
Pediococcus acidilactici, Fast fermentation, distinct and very Preservation (pH and bacteriocin)
Lactobacillus curvatus and good taste, good color formation Firmness (consistency)
Staphylococcus xylosus and stability. Due to bacteriocin Aroma
production, both L. curvatus and
P. acidilactici contribute to
suppressing growth of Listeria
monocytogenes.
Lactobacillus sakei, Mild acidification, and positive mild Preservation
Staphylococcus carnosus aroma developments as well as a Firmness (consistency)
stable color in the product. Aroma
Pediococcus pentosaceus, Mild acidification, and positive mild Preservation
Staphylococcus carnosus aroma developments as well as a Firmness (consistency)
stable color in the product*
Lactobacillus pentosus, Aromatic cultures with intermediate Color
Staphylococcus carnosus acidification Aroma
Preservation
Lactobacillus sakei, Proteolysis Color
Staphylococcus xylosus and Amino acid catabolism Aroma
Staphylococcus carnosus Lipolysis Preservation
Antioxidant properties: catalase and
SOD
Nitrate reduction
Staphylococcus equorum Flavor development Color
Nitrate reduction Aroma
Preservation
Kocuria varians Nitrate reduction Color
Preservation
201
Chapter 10 been investigated (Chaillou et al. 2008) by
analyzing the genomic variations. This study
revealed that L. sakei strains show extensive
the compostition of some commercial starter differences in chromosomal size, which
cultures. range from 1.8 to 2.3 Mb. Cluster analysis
revealed that there are ten different strains
clusters, comprising two main groups of
Lactic Acid Bacteria strains: L. sakei subsp. carnosus, the more
The genus Lactobacillus is of great impor- diverse, comprised of seven clusters; and L.
tance in meat fermentation, and for this reason, sakei subsp. sakei, comprised of three
species of this genus are frequently used as clusters.
starter cultures in sausage and cured meat L. sakei has evolved to adapt itself to the
production. The genus Lactobacillus includes meat environment, harboring the genetic
more than 150 different species, with a large function that gives it the ability to grow and
variety of phenotypic, biochemi-cal, and survive there. L. sakei seems very well
physiological traits (Axelsson 2004). The suited to derive energy from other
diversity and complexity of Lactobacillus compounds that are more abundant in meat.
genus is reflected by the presence of three Its adaptation to meat, an environment rich
phylogenetic groups: the L. casei subgroup, in amino acids because of the activity of
containing the facultative heterofermentative endogenous proteases, has caused it to lose
lactobacilli; the Leuconostoc group, which biosynthetic pathways for amino acid
encompass the obligate heterofermentative; synthesis. L. sakei is therefore auxotrophic
and the L. acidophilus group, composed of for all amino acids except aspartic and
obligate homofermentative lactobacilli. glutamic acid (Champomier-Verges et al.
Only a limited number of Lactobacillus 2002). Amino acid metabolism can provide
species is commonly isolated from meat fer- an alternative energy source for L. sakei
mentations and used as starter cultures. Among when glucose is exhausted, and this affects
them, L. sakei, L. curvatus and L. plantarum, the sensorial properties of the sausage, as
belonging to the sub-group of facultative discussed later. The genome shows a
heterofermentative lactobacilli, are generally particularly well-developed potential for
used for this purpose. The main energetic amino acid catabo-lism, and in addition, L.
metabolism of these bacteria is the sakei has the ability to use purine
dissimilation of sugar to organic acid by means nucleosides for energy produc-tion (a unique
of glycolysis and phosphoketolase pathways. property among lactic acid bacteria).
When hexoses are the energy source, lactic Although L. plantarum has been identified
acid is the major fermentation end product. as part of the meat microbiota and is used as
Several studies clearly demon-strated that L. starter cultures for meat fermentation, this
sakei is the predominant species in fermented species lacks the specific adaptation to meat
meat products, and its use as a starter culture environment found in L. sakei. L. plantarum is
for sausage production is widespread (Leroy et a highly versatile bacterium, frequently
al. 2006). encountered in a variety of different environ-
The first complete genome sequence of ments, such as vegetable and dairy fermen-
bacteria from meat fermentation was that of tation and the gastrointestinal tract of warm-
the sausage isolate L. sakei 23K (Berthier et al. blooded animals. The metabolic and
1996). Its 1.88-Mb chromosome, which environmental flexibility of this organism is
encodes 1,883 predicted genes, harbors the reflected by the size of its genome, 3.3 Mb
genetic determinates for a specialized meta- (Kleerebezem et al. 2003), which is the
bolic repertoire that reflects the adaptation to
meat fermentation (Chaillou et al. 2005). The
intra-specific diversity of L. sakei species has
largest of the Lactobacillus genus. Starter Cultures for Meat Fermentation 203
Although, L. curvatus is frequently isolated
from meat fermentations and has a role in
the control of undesirable bacteria due to the with other Gram-positive cocci, such as
production of antimicrobial peptides (see Micrococcus genus, because these two genera
Chapter 14), less information on its often cohabit the same habitats. However,
physiology and genetics is available. molecular taxonomy has revealed that these
Pediococci, although they do not compose a genera are phylogenetically separate and dis-
relevant part of the microbial community of tinct. The genus Staphylococcus belongs to the
European fermented sausages, occasion-ally Clostridium subdivision of Gram -positive
occur in small amounts (Papamanoli et al. bacteria, while Micrococcus is part of the
2003 ). They are more common in fer-mented Actinomycetales., Kocuria varians (formerly
sausages from the United States, where they classified as Micrococcus varians), is a
are intentionally added as starter cultures to member of the Micrococcaceae family, and is
accelerate acidification of the meat batter. used in meat starter cultures for its nitrate
Pediococci are Gram-positive, coccus-shaped reductase ability.
lactic acid bacteria, showing the distinctive The genus Staphylococcus comprises 41
characteristic of tetrad forma-tion via cell validly described species and subspecies of
division in two perpendicular directions on a Gram-positive, catalase-positive cocci
single plane. Pediococci is a typical example (Ghebremedhin et al. 2008; Bannerman 2003;
of a rapid fermentative organism, with a higher Kwok and Chow 2003; Spergser et al. 2003),
optimum growth temperature requirement, and 10 of which contain subdivisions with
of homo-fermentative lactate production subspecies designations (Place et al. 2003 ;
during sausage fermentation (Axelsson 2004). Spergser et al. 2003; Garrity et al. 2004). The
Phylogenetically Pediococcus species belong staphylococci present a spherical shape, and
to the L. casein-Pediococcus sub-cluster of the the cells are often grouped to form clusters.
Lactobacillus cluster. The genus consists These microorganisms are widespread in
currently of nine species, but only P. pento- nature; their major habitats are skin, skin
saceus is generally used as a starter culture for glands, and the mucous membranes of
meat fermentation. The species P. cerevi-siae, mammals and birds. Some species, mainly
frequently mentioned as a starter culture, has coagulase-negative staphylococci (CNS) such
now been reclassified as P. pentosaceus. The as Staphylococcus xylosus, S. carnosus, S.
genome-sequencing project of P. pento-saceus equorum, and S. saprophyticus, are frequently
ATCC 25745 is complete ( http:// genome.jgi- isolated from dry fermented sausages, but
psf.org/draft_microbes/pedpe/ other species occur, too. Staphylococci are
pedpe.info.html). facultative anaerobes capable of metabolizing
a number of differ-ent sugars. Under anaerobic
conditions, the major end product is lactic acid,
but acetate, piruvate, and acetoin are also
Gram-Positive Catalase-Positive formed.
Cocci (GCC+)
Since S. xylosus and S. carnosus are
Micrococcaceae were frequently mentioned highly competitive in meat fermentation,
as components of meat starter cultures, but present important technological properties,
this term generally referred to members of and generally lack virulence determinants,
the Staphylococcus genus (which belongs to these are the most common CNS species
the family Staphylococcaceae). used as starter cultures. These organisms
Staphylococcus were originally grouped show the ability to survive under environ-
mental stress, such as high salt and low
temperatures encountered during meat fer-
mentation. CNS primarily contribute to the
Chapter 10 ing the shift from aerobic to anaerobic
metabolism as a function of environmental
conditions.
development and stability of the desired red The genome sequencing of S. xylosus is
color of fermented sausages by means of their ongoing, and information can be obtained at
nitrate reductase activity (Miralles et al. 1996). www.cns.fr/externe/English/Projets/Projet_
In addition, they contribute to the development NN/NN.html. Knowledge of the whole chro-
of other organoleptic properties such as texture mosome sequence of S. xylosus, whose size
and flavor (Hammes and Hertel 1998). These has been estimated to be 2.86 Mb (Dordet-
functions are accom-plished by specific Frisoni et al. 2007), will provide for a better
enzymes involved in the metabolism of understanding of the physiology of this
proteins and lipids. Previous studies have species. A proteomics approach to study
demonstrated that the aroma of fermented meat cell-envelope proteins of S. xylosus has been
products can be modulated by the presence of developed (Planchon et al. 2006, 2007), in
different Staphylococcus spp. (Berdagué et al. which a significant set of cell-enveloped
1993; Stahnke 1995; Sondergaard and Stahnke proteins can be recovered. When such infor-
2002). mation is integrated with future analyses of
A deeper view of the technological prop- the transcripts, a more integrated and com-
erties of S. carnosus derives from the analy-sis prehensive knowledge of the mechanism by
of its genome sequence (Rosenstein et al. which meat starter bacteria contribute to the
2009). S. carnosus TM300 has a genome size fermentation of meat can be obtained, as can
of 2.56 Mb, similar to that of pathogenic how these bacteria interact with one another.
members of the Staphylococcus genus, such as
S. aureus (2.71–2.91 Mb) and S. epidermi-dis
(2.49–2.64). Although this species has a set of
conserved genes corresponding to 46%–50% Starter Cultures:
of the entire chromosome, in common with S. Technological Advantage in
aureus, S. epidermidis, S. haemolyticus, and S. the Meat Environment
saprophyticus , the lack of known
staphylococcal virulence factors in S. carnosus
Competitiveness
was confirmed by genome sequence. Thus, To make the ideal starter culture for any par-
gene coding for alpha-hemolysin, gamma- ticular technology and recipe, it is necessary to
hemolysin, exfoliative toxins, and understand the function we seek and to have
superantigens, such as toxic shock syndrome tools to monitor the efficacy of the culture
toxin 1 and enterotoxins, was not found in S. (Hansen 2002 ). One of the fundamen-tal
carnosus TM300 genome. A complete set of properties of bacterial starter cultures is the
genes involved in meat adaptation and coding ability to compete with the adventitious
for technological rel-evant properties is microbiota of meat, to colonize this environ-
harbored in the genome of S. carnosus. ment, and to dominate the microbial com-
Genome-based analysis of the metabolic munity of the fermented products. The starter
pathways for energy generation revealed that culture must compete with the natural micro-
this species possesses the genetic potential for biota of the raw material and undertake the
the transport into the cell and the metabolism metabolic activities expected of being condi-
of several sugars occur-ring in meat or added tioned by its growth rate and survival in the
in the batter, such as glucose, lactose, and conditions prevailing in the sausage (i.e., an
ribose. All the enzymes of the glycolytic anaerobic atmosphere, rather high salt con-
pathway, the lactate dehy-drogenase and the centrations, low temperatures, and low pH).
tricarboxilic acid cycle, and all components of
the respiratory chain are coded by the S.
carnosus genome, allow-
Two of the most common preservative Starter Cultures for Meat Fermentation 205
conditions employed in meat processing are
low temperatures and high salt concentra-
tions. L. sakei is remarkably well equipped 2005), thus increasing the competitiveness
to cope with these conditions. It contains of L. sakei in a meat environment.
several transporters for osmoprotective sub- The competiveness during fermentation
stances and has more cold stress proteins is strictly related to the ability of the cells to
than other lactobacilli. L. sakei has psychro- adapt to the environmental conditions of the
trophic and osmotolerant properties, and is meat batter and to the ecological conditions
able to grow at low temperatures and in the present during fermentation. In a study on L.
presence of up to 10% sodium chloride sakei gene expression, environmental condi-
(NaCl). These physiological features are tions of sausage were found to induce 15
associated with the presence in its genome genes (Hüfner et al. 2007). Consistent with
of a higher number of genes coding for the expected metabolic adaptation, these
stress-response proteins, such as cold shock genes code for proteins involved in the
and osmotolerance proteins, than found in amino acids and carbohydrate transport,
other lactobacilli. L. sakei lacks proteins lipid metabolism, and stress response. The
involved in adhesion to intestinal mucous, inacti-vation of the heat shock regulator
but its genome codes for numerous proteins gene ctsR resulted in an improved growth of
that may be involved in adhesion to the meat L. sakei in fermented sausages.
surface (e.g., to collagen), aggregation, and The ability of CNS to colonize cured and
biofilm formation. Thus, the bacterium fermented meats has been well described
seems well equipped to adhere to and spread (Leroy et al. 2006 ). Thus, these organisms,
on a meat surface (Eijsink and Axelsson which are present in the adventitious micro-
2005). biota of meat or are added as starter cultures to
Sanz and Toldrá (2002) reported an argi- the batter, become a dominant population
nine-specific aminopeptidase activity in L. during fermentation. Physiological proper-ties,
sakei that is important for the release of the such as the ability to grow at low tem-
free amino acid, since it could be further peratures and low water activity, contribute to
channeled into the arginine deiminase the competiveness. Information derived from
pathway. The genes encoding the proteins the S. carnous genome provides a sci-entific
required for arginine catabolism in L. sakei are basis for adaptation to low water activity
organized in a cluster (Zúrí ga et al. 2002), and environments, such as cured and fer-mented
their transcription is repressed by glucose and meat. Nine pathways involved in
induced by arginine. Arginine, in par-ticular, is osmoprotection, which contribute to the
an essential amino acid for L. sakei and accumulation of biocompatible solutes in the
specifically promotes its growth in meat; it is cytoplasm, are present in S. carnous TM300.
used as an energy source in the absence of These include four proline transport systems;
glucose (Champomier-Verges et al. 1999). The three glycine betaine transporters; one multi-
concentration of free arginine in raw meat is component transporter for choline, glycine
low, although it is relatively abundant in betaine, and carnitine; and one system for the
muscle myofibrillar proteins. Moreover, the choline uptake (Rosenstein et al. 2009).
genome analysis has shown that L. sakei
harbors a second putative arginine deaminase Acid Production
pathway, containing two peptydil-arginine
deaminases, enzymes that can contribute to the Sugars (glucose and occasionally lactose or
metabolism of arginine (Chaillou et al. sucrose) are usually included in the industrial
manufacture of fermented meat products,
though in Spain, chorizo is traditionally man-
ufactured with little or no added sugar.
Chapter 10 inosine hydrolase, and nucleoside phosphor-
ylase, all of which enable the release of a
ribose moiety from nucleoside (adenosine
During fermentation and ripening, LAB and inosine) and its subsequent metabolism
convert glucose (their primary energy source) (Chaillou et al. 2005). Moreover, the pres-
to lactic acid, which is the main component ence of methylglyoxal synthase, a novel
responsible for the pH decrease. This acidifi- genetic trait in lactic acid bacteria, has been
cation has a preservative effect, due to inhibi- proposed as a pathway to counteract
tion of pathogenic and spoilage bacteria with frequent glucose starvation and modulate the
little resistance to low pH, and it contributes to metabo-lism of alternative carbon sources
the development of the typical organolep-tic (Chaillou et al. 2005).
characteristics of the fermented sausages The effect of environmental challenges
(Bover-Cid et al. 2001). Although it is well on the growth and acidification kinetics of
established that fermentable carbohydrates L. sakei in sausages has been recently
have an influence on flavor, texture, and yield studied by H üfner and Hertel (2008). In this
of fermented sausages, carbohydrates for use study, it was demonstrated that L. sakei
in dry sausages formulations are generally improves its acidification performances if
chosen to ensure an adequate initial drop in cells are exposed to sub-lethal stresses, such
meat pH (Bacus 1984; Lücke 1985) for pres- as cold and osmotic shocks. This adaptation
ervation reasons, and less importance is given to stress improves the performance of L.
to the product texture. The level of sakei during sausage fermentation.
acidification and the selection of the starter
culture to be used depend on the desired sen-
sorial properties of the product. In northern
Catalase Activity
European sausage technologies, more acid The metabolism of most lactic acid bacteria,
products are preferred, obtained by adding such as the adventitious lactobacilli that con-
Lactobacillus starter cultures and more car- taminate raw meat, could lead to the forma-
bohydrates to the sausage matrix (0.6%– tion of hydrogen peroxide, a compound that
0.8%). On the other hand, less acidic products interferes with the sensorial properties of meat
are obtained using a lower concentration of products, as it is involved in discolor-ation of
glucose and also by using Staphylococcus nitroso- heme pigment and lipid oxi-dation.
starter cultures, as occurs in typical southern Bacterial strains used in meat cultures can
European fermented sausages. In these last produce catalase, antioxidant enzymes that
products, which are characterized by a longer cause disproportionate levels of hydro-gen
ripening period (up to 60 days), an increase of peroxide compared with oxygen and water,
pH occurs in the later stages of fermenta-tion, preventing the risk of reduced quality in the
related to ammonia release from ATP and fermented meat. Thus, catalase produc-tion is
amino acid metabolisms. considered a relevant technological property of
Acidification could also be the result of starter cultures for fermented meat products
alternative pathways. In L. sakei, the pres-ence (Leroy et al. 2006). Production of this
of genes involved in the energetic catab-olism antioxidant enzyme is a common trait in
of nucleoside, such as adenosine and inosine, aerobic bacteria, such as CNS. The char-
is an example of the adaptation of this acterization of catalase and superoxide dis-
organism to the meat environment. Glucose, mutase in S. carnosus and S. xylosus has been
the favorite carbon source of L. sakei, is reported. The catalase gene katA of S. xylosus
rapidly consumed in meat, while adenosine has been studied in detail (Barriè re et al.
and inosine are abundant, reaching twice the 2001a, b, 2002). Transcriptional activity of
concentration of glucose. In addi-tion (as
shown in Fig. 10.1), L. sakei harbors genes
coding for adenosine deaminase,
Starter Cultures for Meat Fermentation 207
catalase
catalase
lipase
phosphoketolase
fatty-acids
peptides glucose
reductasenitrate
-boxidation
oxidaseNAD
glycolysis
ysis
gly
col
Methylketon
transa mi
deim i
nase
Arg a.a.
nas e
es
Figure 10.1. Meat starter culture bacteria: major metabolic pathways in meat fermentation. Main enzymatic
activities of coagulase negative staphylococci and lactobacilli are indicated by light grey arrows and dark grey
arrows, respectively. The metabolic activities ascribed to both bacterial groups are indicated by white arrows.
Dotted-line arrows indicate action of endogenous meat enzymes. Abbrevations: a.a., amino acids; Arg, arginine;
B.A., Biogenic Amines; Orn, ornithine. Sugars added to the batter are rapidly metabolized to lactate by starter
cultures of lactic acid bacteria. Glycogen, proteins, and lipids catabolism are also used for microbial growth during
fermentation. Ribose is released by ATP hydrolysis, and the subsequent metabolism of ribose - derived
molecules is used for energy production by L. sakei. When sugar concentration declines, free amino acids (a.a)
are utilized for microbial growth. Via the arginine deiminase (ADI) pathway, arginine is converted to ornithine and
supports the growth of lactobacilli in the latter stage of meat fermentation. Staphylococci modu-late the aroma
through the conversion of amino acids (particularly the branched-chain amino acids leucine, isoleucine, and
valine) into methyl-branched aldehyde, methyl -branched acids and sulphites, diacetyl, and ethyl ester. The
methyl ketones (2- pentanone and 2-heptanone) derive from intermediates of an incomplete ß-oxidation pathway
in staphylococci.
this gene is activated and induced by oxygen heme catalase and the second group nonheme
and hydrogen peroxide upon entry into the Mn-containing catalase. The presence of a
stationary phase. Moreover, a second gene heme-dependent catalase has been demon-
coding for heme-dependent catalase has been strated in L. plantarum (Igarashi et al. 1996)
detected in S. xylosus. The well-described and L. sakei (Noonpakdeea et al. 1996); it can
antioxidant property of S. carnous TM300, be active in meat products because these
involved in the protection of meat products substrates contain abundant heme sources
from hydrogen peroxide damage, depends on a (Hertel et al. 1998). Moreover, analysis of the
set of genes, one superoxide dismutase, two genome of L. sakei revealed that this meat
catalases, and various peroxidases, involved in organism harbors systems for protection
the protection against oxygen reactive species against reactive oxygen species, such as Mn-
(Rosenstein et al. 2009). dependent SOD and heme-dependent cata-lase
Although lactic acid bacteria have long (Chaillou et al. 2005). The L. sakei genome
been considered as catalase-negative micro- contains genes encoding a heme-dependent
organisms, two groups of catalase activity catalase, a superoxide dismutase, and a NADH
have been reported in the last decade in oxidase to cope with reactive oxygen species,
genera Lactobacillus, Pediococcus, and and there are several systems to cope with
Leuconostoc. The first group is defined as changes in the redox potential.
Chapter 10 The pattern of the proteolysis in fermented
sausages is influenced by several variables,
such as product formulation, processing con-
A summary of the main metabolic path- dition, and starter culture (Hughes et al. 2002 ).
ways used by the meat starter bacteria The volatiles so far recognized as being
(Lactobacillus and Staphylococcus) is given produced by staphylococci are primar-ily
in Figure 10.1. amino acid catabolites, piruvate metabo-lites,
and methylketones from incomplete β-
oxidation of fatty acids (Stahnke et al. 2002).
Nitrate Reduction In particular, S. xylosus and S. carno-sus
Nitrate is added to fermented sausages for its modulate the aroma through the con-version of
capacity to obtain and fix the typical color of amino acids (particularly the branched-chain
cured products, rather than for its antimicro- amino acids BCAA: leucine, isoleucine, and
bial properties. To be effective, the added valine). The BCAA can be degraded into
nitrate must be reduced to nitrite. Besides methyl-branched aldehydes, alcohols, and
contributing to flavor, Staphylocuccus and acids by S. xylosus and S. carnosus (Vergnais
Kocuria also have a role because of their et al. 1998 ; Larrouture et al. 2000; Beck et al.
nitrate reductase and antioxidant activities 2002). Furthermore, addition of S. carnosus
(Talón et al. 1999, 2002). These microorgan- starter culture has been shown to decrease the
isms reduce nitrate to nitrite, which is impor- maturation time of Italian dried sausages by
tant for the formation of nitrosylmyoglobin, more than two weeks (Stahnke et al. 2002).
the compound responsible for the character- Olesen et al (2004) reported that curing
istic red color of fermented meats. The nitrate conditions had a considerable influence on the
reductase activity is widespread in CNS; it has development of volatile compounds in
been detected in S. xylosus, S. carnosus, S. sausages. In addition, major differences were
epidermidis, S. equorum, S. lentus, and S. observed in the development of volatile
simulans (Talón et al. 1999; Mauriello et al. compounds, depend-ing on whether S. xylosus
2004). In S. carnosus, the molecular genetic or S. carnosus were used as starter culture.
determinants for nitrogen regulation, the
nreABC genes, were identified and shown to Even though microbial proteolytic activity
link the nitrate reductase operon (narGHJI) is generally low in the conditions found in
and the putative nitrate transporter gene narT. fermented sausages (Kenneally et al. 1999 ), a
The data provide evidence for a global minor, strain-dependent activity may still
regulatory system, with oxygen as the effec- partly contribute to initial protein breakdown
tors molecule (Fedtke et al. 2002 ). The high (Molly et al. 1997; Fadda et al. 1999a, b, 2002;
dissimilatory nitrate respiration, typical of S. Sanz et al. 1999). Several studies lead the
carnosus and involved in nitrate reduction in hypothesis that both endogenous and bac-terial
meat products, was found to be present in the peptidases are required for complete hydrolysis
genome of S. carnosus TM300 (Rosenstein et of oligopeptides, and the activity of these
al. 2009). enzymes could be strongly involved in the
quality of the final product (Rodríguez et al.
1998 ; Fadda et al. 1999a, b; Mauriello et al.
Flavor Formation 2002, 2004; Casaburi et al. 2005; Drosinos et
The flavor and aroma of fermented meats is al. 2007). It has been described in vitro that
a combination of several elements. Lactic several Lactobacillus spp. exhibit proteolytic
acid bacteria produce lactic acid and small activity on porcine muscle myo-fibrillar and
amounts of acetic acid, ethanol, and acetoin; sarcoplasmic proteins. Fadda et al. (2001a)
however, to ensure the sensory quality of reported the contribution of
fermented sausages, the contribution of the
proteolytic and lipolytic activities of staphy-
lococci is fundamental.
curing conditions to the generation of hydro- Starter Cultures for Meat Fermentation 209
philic peptides and free amino acids by the
proteolytic activity of L. curvatus CRL 705.
Moreover, it has been demonstrated that L. LAB, referred to as bioprotective cultures.
sakei plays an important role in amino acid Bioprotective cultures may act as starter cul-
generation (Fadda et al. 1999a, b; Sanz et al. tures in food fermentation processes, such as
1999). dry sausage manufacturing, or they may
Lipolysis, together with proteolysis, is protect foods without any detrimental organ-
believed to play a central role in aroma oleptic changes.
formation. This phenomena is only the first The ability to produce different antimicro-
step in the process and is followed by further bial compounds, such as bacteriocins and/or
oxidative degradation of fatty acids into low-molecular mass antimicrobial com-
alkanes, alkenes, alcohols, aldehydes, and pounds, may be one of the critical character-
ketones (Viallon et al. 1996; Chizzolini et al. istics for effective competitive exclusion. As
1998 ), which enhances the development of the mentioned above, one of the main roles of
flavor. In fact, medium- and long-chain fatty meat LAB starter cultures is the rapid pro-
acids act as precursors of aroma com-pounds, duction of organics acids; this inhibits the
whereas the short-chain fatty acids (Co6) lead growth of unwanted biota and enhances
to strong cheesy odors (Ansorena et al. 2001). product safety and shelf life. Likewise, several
Although some authors (Molly et al. 1997; authors have reported the role of
Kenneally et al. 1998; Galgano et al. 2003) Staphylococcus in proteolysis, lipolysis, and
have concluded that tissue lipases are primarily formation of flavor in sausages (Berdagué et
responsible for lipolysis during fermentation, al. 1993; Montel et al. 1998, 1996; Engelvin et
numerous studies over the last decade al. 2000 ; Stahnke 2002; Olesen et al. 2004 ;
described lipolytic bacteria, especially Tjener et al. 2004). Some strains are able to
staphylococci (Hugas and Monfort 1997; produce antimicrobial substances (Martín et al.
Montel et al. 1998; Mauriello et al. 2004). 2007).
Hugas and Monfort (1997) highlighted the The production of bacteriocins, one of the
need to use selected strains of Gram-positive, most promising technological features of
catalase-positive cocci to ensure sensory starter cultures, is discussed in Chapter 14.
quality of fermented sausages. Moreover,
Stahnke et al. (2002), Beck et al. (2004), and
Olesen et al. Probiotics
(2004) described the capability of Foods that have health benefits beyond their
Staphylococcus xylosus and Staphylococcus nutritional content (functional foods), and
carnosus strains to modulate the aroma particularly foods containing probiotics, are
through the conversion of amino acids and products that are growing in popularity.
free fatty acids (FFA). Strains of S. xylosus Probiotics are available as dietary supple-
have been recommended for the production ments or they may be incorporated directly
of the very aromatic sausages of southern into foods. They are live microorganisms
Europe (Samelis et al. 1998). that when administered in adequate
amounts, confer a health benefit to the host
(FAO 2006 ); they are added to a variety of
foods. Recently, attention has been directed
Bacteriocin and Biopreservation
to the use of fermented sausages as a food
In recent years, there has been a considerable carrier because these products could contain
increase in studies of the natural antimicro-bial high numbers of viable lactic acid bacteria.
compounds on and in food produced by To use probiotics as starter cultures for
fermented sausages, in addition to the
demonstrated probiotic features (FAO
2006), other proper-ties are demanded.
Chapter 10 bile resistance, from finished products
(Papamanoli et al. 2003; Pennacchia et al.
2004). This approach requires an extensive
Although dairy products are the most study of the isolates for other beneficial
commonly used food vehicles for delivery of prop-erties, such as intestinal colonization
probiotics, the future of dry-fermented poten-tial and inhibitory activity against
sausages in this field has been termed pathogenic bacteria.
“prom-ising” (Incze 1998). The probiotic Commercial probiotic cultures, such as
culture should be well adapted to the strains L. rhamnosus GG, L. rhamnosus LC-
conditions of the fermented sausage in order 705, L. rhamnosus E-97800, and L. planta-
to domi-nate in the final product, competing rum E-98098, have been tested as functional
with other bacterial populations from meat starter culture strains in northern European
and from the starter culture. In addition, the sausage fermentation without negatively
culture should not develop off-flavors in the affecting the technological or sensory
final product. proper-ties, with the exception of L.
The potential for dry-fermented sausages to rhamnosus LC-705 (Erkkilä et al. 2001).
serve as a vehicle for probiotic organisms has Klingberg et al. (2005) identified L.
been comprehensively reviewed by Työppönen plantarum and L. pentosus strains,
et al. (2003). Most of the studies discussed in originating from the dominant NSLAB of
this review relied on the fermen-tative abilities fermented meat pro-ducts, as promising
of the probiotic organisms used, so the candidates for probiotic meat starter cultures
selection of probiotics was limited to suitable for the manu-facture of the
organisms that were capable of fermenting Scandinavian-type fermented sausage.
carbohydrates in meat. It is worthwhile to mention that in the
Various studies have shown that probiotic European Union there is specific regulation
organisms have poor survival in fermented (EC No 1924/2006) aimed at ensuring that
foods such as yoghurt, fermented milks, and any health claim made on a food label is
dry- fermented sausages (Kailasapathy and clear, accurate, and scientifically
Rybka 1997; Lücke 2000; Shah 2000; Shah substantiated.
and Ravula 2000; Erkkilä et al. 2001). Dry-
fermented sausages with their low aw and pH,
Safety of Selected
plus curing salts and competing organisms,
Bacterial Starter Cultures
would seem to present a challeng-ing
environment for the survival of probiotics Members of the genus Lactobacillus and
during processing. Kearney et al. (1990) was Pediococcus are generally considered non-
the first to report the use of microen- pathogenic for the consumer. The safety of
capsulation in alginate to protect starter cul- these two bacterial genera has recently been
tures during meat fermentation. Recently, assessed by EFSA in the risk-assessment
Muthukumarasamy and Holley (2006) used approach named Qualified Presumption of
microencapsulation technology as a means to Safety (EFSA 2008). However, risk factors
protect a recognized probiotic organism (L. could be the production of biogenic amines
reuteri) from the harsh environment during or the presence of transmissible
sausage processing. Based on their results, the determinants for the antibiotic resistance.
authors suggest that microencapsulation may The Staphylococcus genus also encompasses
be an option for formulation of fer-mented several species responsible for infections or
meat products with viable health-promoting intoxications. For this reason, the production
bacteria. Another approach for selecting of enterotoxins and the presence of acquired
bioprotective and probiotic cultures for use in
dry-fermented sausages involved the isolation
of LAB, which possess acid and
resistance to antibiotic are major concerns in Starter Cultures for Meat Fermentation 211
CNS.
Lactobacillus sakei LTH677. Applied and Stencl, and B. Klejdus. 2004. Effect of starter culture,
Environmental Microbiology 64(4):1359–1365. spice mix and storage time and temperature on bio-
Holley, R. A., and M. Blaszyk. 1997. Antibiotic chal-lenge genic amine content of dry fermented sausages. Meat
of meat starter cultures and effects upon fermen-tations. Science 67:607–616.
Food Research International 30:513–522. Kwok, A., and A. Chow. 2003. Phylogenetic study of
Hüfner, E., and C. Hertel. 2008. Improvement of raw Staphylococcus and Macrococcus species based on
sausage fermentation by stress-conditioning of the partial hsp60 gene sequences. International Journal
starter organism Lactobacillus sakei. Current of Systematic Evolutionary Microbiology 53:87– 92.
Microbiology 57(5):490–496.
Hüfner, E., T. Markieton, S. Chaillou, A. Crutz-Le Coq, Larrouture, C., V. Ardaillon, M. Pepin, and C. Montel.
M. Zagorec, and C. Hertel. 2007. Identification of 2000. Ability of meat starter cultures to catabolize
Lactobacillus sakei genes induced during meat fer- leucine and evaluation of the degradation products by
mentation and their role in survival and growth. using an HPLC method. Food Microbiology 17:563–
Applied Environmental and Microbiology 73:2522– 570.
2531 Leroy, F., J. Verluyten, and L. De Vuyst. 2006.
Hugas, M., and J. Monfort. 1997. Bacterial starter cul- Functional meat starter cultures for improved sausage
tures for meat fermentation. Food Chemistry 29:547– fermentation. International Journal of Food
554. Microbiology 106:270–285.
Hughes, M., P. Kerry, E. Arendt, P. Kenneally, P. Lin, C., Z. Fung, C. Wu, and T. Chung. 1996. Molecular
McSweeney, and E. O’Neill. 2002. Characterization characterization of a plasmid-borne (pTC82) chloram-
of proteolysis during the ripening of semi-dry fer- phenicol resistance determinant (cat- TC) from
mented sausages. Meat Science 62:205–216. Lactobacillus reuteri G4. Plasmid 36:116–124.
Igarashi, T., Y. Kono, and K. Tanaka. 1996. Molecular Lizaso, G., J. Chasco, and J. Beriain. 1999.
cloning of manganese catalase from Lactobacillus Microbiological and biochemical changes during rip-
plantarum. Journal of Biological Chemistry ening of salchichon, a Spanish dry cured sausages.
271:29521–29524. Food Microbiology 6:219–228.
Incze, K. 1998. Dry fermented sausages. Meat Science Lücke, K. 2000. Utilization of microbes to process and
49(1):S169–S177. preserve meat. Meat Science 56:105–115.
Jacobsen, L., A. Wilcks, K. Hammer, G. Huys, D. Lücke, K. 1998. Fermented sausages. In Microbiology
Gevers, and S. Andersen. 2007. Horizontal transfer of Fermented Foods, edited by B. J. B. Wood.
of tet(M) and erm(B) resistance plasmids from food London: Blackie Academic and Professional.
strains of Lactobacillus plantarum to Enterococcus Lücke, K. 1985. Fermented sausages. In Microbiology
faecalis JH2-2 in the gastrointestinal tract of gnotobi- of Fermented Foods, edited by B. J. Wood. London:
otic rats. FEMS Microbiology Ecology 59:158–166. Elsevier.
Kailasapathy, K., and S. Rybka. 1997. L. acidophilus Martín, A., B. Colìn, E. Aranda, M. Benito, and M.
and Bifidobacterium spp.—Their therapeutic Còrdoba. 2007. Characterization of Micrococcaceae
potential and survival in yogurt . The Australian isolated from Iberian dry -cured sausages. Meat
Journal of Dairy Technology 52:28–33. Science 75:696–708.
Kearney, L., M. Upton, and A. McLoughlin. 1990. Meat Martin, B., M. Garriga, M. Hugas, S. Bover-Cid, M. T.
fermentations with immobilized lactic acid bacteria. Veciana-Nogues, and T. Aymerich. 2006. Molecular,
Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology 33:648– technological and safety characterization of Gram -
651. positive catalase-positive cocci from slightly fer-
Kenneally, M., G. Fransen, H. Grau, E. O’Neill, and K. mented sausages. International Journal of Food
Arendt. 1999. Effects of environmental conditions on Microbiology 107:148–158.
microbial proteolysis in a pork myofibril model Martuscelli, M., A. Crudele, F. Gardini, and G. Suzzi.
system. Journal of Applied Microbiology 87:794– 2000. Biogenic amine formation and oxidation by
803. Staphylococcus xylosus from artisanal fermented sau-
Kenneally, P., G. Shwarz, N. Fransen, and E. Arendt.
1998. Lipolytic starter culture effects on the produc-
tion of free fatty acids in fermented sausages.
Journal of Food Science 63:538–543.
sages. Letters and Applied Microbiology 31:228– Starter Cultures for Meat Fermentation 217
232.
Mauriello, G., A. Casaburi, G. Blaiotta, and F. Villani.
2004. Isolation and technological properties of
coagu-lase negative staphylococci from fermented Pereira, C., M. Crespo, and V. Romão. 2001. Evidence
sausages of Southern Italy. Meat Science 67:49–158. for proteolytic activity and biogenic amines produc-
Mauriello, G., A. Casaburi, and F. Villani. 2002. tion in Lactobacillus curvatus and L. homohiochii.
Proteolytic activity of Staphylococcus xylosus strains International Journal of Food Microbiology
on pork myfibrillar and sarcoplasmic proteins and 68(3):211–216.
use of selected strains in the production of “Naples Place, R., D. Hiestand, H. Gallmann, and M. Teuber.
type” salami. Journal of Applied Microbiology 2003. Staphylococcus equorum subsp. linens, subsp.
92:482– 490. nov., a starter culture component for surface ripened
Miralles, M. C., J. Flores, and G. Perez-Martinez. 1996. semi-hard cheese. Systematic Applied Microbiology
Biochemical tests for the selection of Staphylococcus 26:30–7.
strains as potential meat starter cultures. Food Planchon, S., C. Chambon, M. Desvaux, I. Chafsey, S.
Microbiology 13:1–10. Leroy, R. Talon, and M. Hebraud. 2007. Proteomic
Molly, K., D. Demeyer, G. Johansson, M. Raemaekers, analysis of cell envelope proteins from
M. Ghistelinck, and I. Geenen. 1997. The importance Staphylococcus xylosus C2a . Journal of Proteomics
of meat enzymes in ripening and flavour generation Research 6(9):3566–80.
in dry fermented sausages. First results of a European Planchon, S., B. Gaillard-Martinie, E. Dordet-Frisoni,
project. Food Chemistry 59(4):539–545. M. Bellon-Fontaine, S. Leroy, J. Labadie, M.
Montel, M., J. Reitz, R. Talon, J. Berdagué, and S. Hébraud, and R. Talon. 2006. Formation of biofilm
Rousset-Akrim. 1996. Biochemical activities of by Staphylococcus xylosus. International Journal of
Micrococcaceae and their effects on the aromatic Food Microbiology 25-109(1–2):88–96.
pro-files and odours of a dry sausage model. Food Rantsiou, K., and L. Cocolin. 2006. New developments
Microbiology 13:489–499. in the study of the microbiota of naturally fermented
Montel, M., F. Masson, and R. Talon. 1998. Bacterial sausages as determined by molecular methods: A
role in flavour development. Meat Science 49:111– review. International Journal of Food Microbiology
123. 108:255–267.
Muthukumarasamy, P., and R. Holley. 2006. Rodríguez, M., F. Nùnez, J. Còrdoba, M. Bermùdez,
Microbiological and sensory quality of dry fermented and M. Asensio. 1998. Evaluation of proteolytic
sausages containing alginate-microencapsulated activity of micro-organisms isolated from dry cured
Lactobacillus reuteri. International Journal of Food ham. Journal of Applied Microbiology 85:905–912.
Microbiology 111:164–169. Rosenstein, R., C. Nerz, L. Biswas, A. Resch, G.
Niinivaara, F. 1955. Über den Einfluss von Raddatz, S. Schuster, and F. Götz. 2009. Genome
Bacterienreinkulturen auf die Reifung und Umrötung analysis of the meat starter culture Staphylococcus
der Rohwurst. Acta Agralia Fennica 84:1–128. carnosus TM300. Applied and Environmental
Noonpakdeea, W., K. Pucharoen, R. Valyasevi, and S. Microbiology 75(3):811–822.
Panyim. 1996. Molecular cloning, DNA sequencing Samelis, J., J. Metaxopoulos, M. Vlassi, and A. Pappa.
and expression of catalase gene of Lactobacillus sake 1998. Stability and safety of traditional Greek salami
SR911. Journal of Molecular Biology and — —A microbiological ecology study. International
Biotechnology 4:229–235. Journal of Food Microbiology 44:69–82.
Olesen, P., A. Strunge Meyer, and L. Stahnke. 2004. Sanz, Y., and F. Toldrá. 2002. Purification and charac-
Generation of flavour compounds in fermented terization of an arginine aminopeptidase from
sausages—the influence of curing ingredients, Lactobacillus sakei. Applied and Environmental
Staphylococcus starter culture and ripening time. Microbiology 68(4):1980–1987.
Meat Science 66:675–687. Sanz, Y., S. Fadda, G. Vignolo, C. Aristoy, G. Oliver,
Papamanoli, E., N. Tzanetakis, E. Litopoulou- and F. Toldrá. 1999. Hydrolysis of muscle myofibril-
Tzanetaki, and P. Kotzekidou. 2003. Characterization lar proteins by Lactobacillus curvatus and
of lactic acid bacteria isolated from a Greek dry Lactobacillus sakei. International Journal of Food
fermented sausage in respect of their technological Microbiology 53:115–125.
and probiotic properties. Meat Science 65:859–867. Shah, N. 2000. Probiotic bacteria: Selective
Parente, E., M. Martuscelli, F. Gardini, S. Grieco, M. enumeration and survival in dairy foods. Journal of
A. Crudele, and G. Suzzi. 2001. Evolution of Dairy Science 83(4):894–907.
microbial populations and biogenic amine production Shah, N., and R. Ravula. 2000. Microencapsulation of
in dry sausages produced in Southern Italy. Journal probiotic bacteria and their survival in frozen fer-
of Applied Microbiology 90(6):882–891. mented dairy desserts. Australian Journal of Dairy
Pennacchia, C., D. Ercolini, G. Blaiotta, O. Pepe, G. Technology 55(3):139–144.
Mauriello, and F. Villani. 2004. Selection of Shalaby, A. 1996. Significance of biogenic amines to
Lactobacillus strains from fermented sausages for food safety and human health. Food Research
their potential use as probiotics. Meat Science International 29(7):675–690.
67:309–317. Sondergaard, A., and H. Stahnke. 2002. Growth and
aroma production by Staphylococcus xylosus, S. car-
nosus and S. equorum—A comparative study in
model systems. International Journal of Food
Microbiology 75:99–109.
Chapter 10 International Journal of Food Microbiology 83:233–
244.
Urso, R., G. Comi, and L. Cocolin. 2006. Ecology of
lactic acid bacteria in Italian fermented sausages:
Spergser, J., M. Wieser, M. Taubel, R. Rossello-Mora, R. Isolation, identification and molecular characteriza-
Rosengarten, and H. Busse. 2003. Staphylococcus tion. Systematic Applied Microbiology 29:671– 680.
nepalensis sp. nov., isolated from goats of the Himalayan
region. International Journal of Systematic Evolutionary Vandekerckove, P. 1977. Amines in dry fermented
Microbiology 53:2007–2011. sausage: A research note. Journal of Food Science
Stahnke, L. 1995. Dried sausages fermented with 42:283–285.
Staphylococcus xylosus at different temperatures and Vergnais, L., F. Masson, M. Montel, J. Berdagué, and
with different ingredient levels. Part II. Volatile com- R. Talon. 1998. Evaluation of solid-phase microex-
ponents. Meat Science 2:193–209. traction for analysis of volatile metabolites produced
Stahnke, L. 2002. Flavour formation in fermented by staphylococci. Journal of Agricultural and Food
sausage. In Research Advances in the Quality of Chemistry 46:228–234.
Meat and Meat Products, edited by F. Toldra. Vernozy-Rozand, C., C. Mazuy, G. Prevost, C. Lapeyre, M.
Kerala, India: Research Signpost. Bes, Y. Brun, and J. Fleurette. 1996. Enterotoxin
Stahnke, H., A. Holck, A. Jensen, A. Nilsen, and E. production by coagulase-negative staphylococci iso-lated
Zanardi. 2002. Maturity acceleration of Italian dried from goat ’s milk and cheese . International Journal of
sausage by Staphylococcus carnosus—relationship Food Microbiology 30(3):271–280.
between maturity and flavor compounds . Journal of Viallon, C., J. Berdagué, M. Montel, R. Talon, J. F.
Food Science 67:1914–1921. Martin, N. Kondjoyan, and C. Denoyer. 1996. The
Suzzi, G., and F. Gardini. 2003. Biogenic amines in dry effect of stage of ripening and packaging on volatile
fermented sausages: A review. International Journal content and flavour of dry sausage. Food Research
of Food Microbiology 88:41–54. International 29:667–674.
Talon R., S. Leroy, I. Lebert, P. Giammarinaro, J. Villani, F., A. Casaburi, C. Pennacchia, L. Filosa, F.
Chacornac, M. Latorre-Moratalla, C. Vidal-Carou, E. Russo, and D. Ercolini. 2007. The microbial ecology
Zanardi, M. Conter, and A. Lebecque. 2008. Safety of the Soppressata of Vallo di Diano, a traditional dry
improvement and preservation of typical sensory fermented sausage from Southern Italy, and in vitro
qualities of traditional dry fermented sausages using and in situ selection of autochthonous starter
autochthonous starter cultures. International Journal cultures. Applied and Environmental Microbiology
of Food Microbiology 15-126(1–2):227–34. 73:5453– 5463.
Talón, D., E. Deliere, and X. Bertrand. 2002. Vogel, R., M. Becke-Schmid, P. Entgens, W. Gaier, and
Characterization of methicillin-resistant Staphy- W. Hammes. 1992. Plasmid transfer and segregation
lococcus aureus strains susceptible to tobramycin. in Lactobacillus curvatus LTH1432 in vitro and
International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents during sausage fermentations. Systematic and
20(3):174–179. Applied Microbiology 15:129–136.
Talón, R., D. Walter, S. Chartier, C. Barriere, and M. Wielders, C., M. Vriens, S. Brisse, L. de Graaf-
Montel. 1999. Effect of nitrate and incubation condi- Miltenburg, A. Troelstra, A. Fleer, F. Schmitz, J.
tions on the production of catalase and nitrate reduc- Verhoof, and A. Fluit. 2001. Evidence for in vivo
tase by staphylococci. International Journal of Food transfer of mecA DNA between strains of
Microbiology 52:47–50. Staphylococcus aureus. Lancet 357:1674–1675.
Tannock, G., J. Luchansky, L. Miller, H. Connell, S. Witte, W. 2000. Selective pressure by antibiotic use in
Thode-Andersen, and A. Mercer. 1994. Molecular livestock. International Journal of Antimicrobial
characterization of a plasmid-borne (pGT633) eryth- Agents 16:S19–S24.
romycin resistance determinant (ermGT) from Z’Graggen, J., H. Fankhauser, F. Lammer, T. Bregenzer,
Lactobacillus reuteri 100–63. Plasmid 31:60–71. and D. Conen. 2005. Pancreatic necrosis infection due to
Teuber, M., and V. Perreten. 2000. Role of milk and Lactobacillus paracasei in an immunocompetent patient.
meat products as vehicles for antibiotic-resistant Pancreatology 5:108–109.
bacteria. Acta Veterinaria Scandinavica Suppl Zúríga, M., M. Miralles, and G. Pérez- Martínez.
93:75–87. 2002.The product of arcR, the sixth gene of the arc
Tjener, K., L. Stahnke, L. Andersen, and J. peron of Lactobacillus sakei, is essential for expres-
Martinussen. 2004. Growth and production of sion of the arginine deiminase pathway. Applied
volatiles by Staphylococcus carnosus in dry Environmental Microbiology 68(12):6051–6058.
sausages: Influence of inoculation level and ripening
time. Meat Science 67:447–452.
Työppönen, S., E. Petäjä, and T. Mattila-Sandholm.
2003. Bioprotectives and probiotics for dry sausages.
Chapter 11
Drying
Endre Zukál and Kálmán Incze
219
Chapter 11
The aw of the material has to be decreased rial. Two groups of components are able to
to a certain level in order to inhibit the growth diminish the aw value:
of contaminating microorganisms. During
the water soluble compounds
drying, this decrease will be achieved by
lowering the moisture content. It is necessary materials able to swell in water (In meat,
to know the relation between the moisture structural proteins are such components.)
content and aw. This relation is rather com- In meat products, the first group is impor-
plicated and changes from material to mate- tant, and in meat meal, it is the second one.
It needs to be stressed that the other compo- Drying 221
7.00
nents of meat—for example, fat—are inef-
fective in terms of aw, and therefore, aw does
not depend on the material’s moisture content
but on the ratio of water to the effective com- 6.50
ponents. The raw fat has an aw close to 1
independent of its low moisture content.
spoiling
The soluble components decrease aw
6.00
value by means of their “diluting” effect.
The basic relation for aw is:
pH
aw = number of water particles ( number 5.50 stable range
of water particles + number of particles 5.00
in solution) ( Nernst law)
Number of particles = mass of component 4.50
in the solution mass of particles
The mass of a particle is the molecular 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
mass in the case of molecules, and ion mass aw
in the case of ions. If the solubility is limited
in a saturated solution, no more soluble Figure 11.1. The stable aw-range as a function of
com-ponent goes into solution, and pH.
0.6
The swelling components bind a little
a
0.5
part of water independent of the a w; another
0.4
part of water is bound increasingly parallel
0.3
with aw-increase. The amount of bound
water depends on the state of swelling 0.2
material (denaturation). 0.1
The contents of water, soluble materials, 0.0
and swelling materials together determine
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
the aw; the other components have no moisture content of raw meat in %
influence.
low limits high limits
also shows that the water content of raw The saturated solution of NaCl contains
meat must be decreased to 40% to get an a w 26.5% NaCl (aw = 0.75). The NaCl content
of 0.90. is much lower in meat products; NaCl does
The meat loses 60% of its original mass not separate in solid form (Krispien et al.
during this process. This loss and the 1979). Other meat components (phosphates,
amount of used energy is too high. In amino acids) can be crystalized by strong
addition, the product has a skin- like texture; drying (Zukál 1959).
the product can become edible only by a The fat -free part of raw meat must
complicated swelling process. contain 6.6% NaCl to reach aw = 0.95. Such
That is why raw meat as such is not dried product is inedibly salty. The salty taste can
without some supplementary treatment. be decreased by adding fat to the mix. This
Meat powder and meat granules are method is used when producing meat
produced from cooked meat to use in soup creams, but these products are not dried.
powders, soup insets, and feeds. Another method to reduce the salty taste of
Less drying is necessary when soluble the end product is to start with lower salt
materials are introduced into the meat. Two content and then dry to the necessary extent.
materials, NaCl and sugar, can be used In this case, the salty taste eases because of
because of health and organoleptic reasons. the higher content of proteins and fat. This
Lower amounts of NaCl than sugar is neces- method is used with dried meat products;
sary for a sufficient reduction of a w, because therefore, the raw material of these products
of the lower particle mass of NaCl. NaCl is is salted or cured meat. Another benefit of
used in meat products and in some sour veg- the salt treatment is that salt swells the meat,
etables, while sugar is added to fruits and and so the chewiness and sliceability of the
candies because of accustomed taste. product is improved. These are impor-tant
The Na+ and Cl− ions bind about two attributes of dried meat products.
molecules of water in solution; therefore, the During the planning of a w reduction, the
NaCl decreases the aw more than would be following factors need to be taken into
expected according to Nernst law (Fig. 11.3). account:
0.9
aw
0.8
0.7
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
NaCl content in % of the solution
measured calculated by Nernst law
Figure 11.4. Change of aw as a function of water loss and initial salt content of meat products.
the characteristic composition of the end The mechanical and organoleptical pro-
product (water, meat -protein, salt, other perties of the originally soft material
soluble materials, insoluble materials) improve.
aw to be reached.
Meat’s aw— which is necessary for Details of the Steps
stabil-ity—depends on pH. The higher the
The water vapor leaves the surface layer of
pH, the lower the aw must be (Fig. 11.1).
The loss of mass and the initial salt the product if the aw of the surface layer is
content can be calculated on the basis of the higher than the relative humidity of the air
around the product. In reversed cases, the
planned end characteristics (Fig. 11.4).
surface layer binds water and becomes wet.
The next task is to determine the drying
The rate of drying depends on:
rate. To do this, we need to understand the
drying process. the measurements of the drying surface
the difference between the aw and the
The Drying Process humidity of the air (driving force)
the characteristics of the outer layers with
During drying pores (e.g ., casing, mold, surface layer of
Water vapor evaporates from the surface of the product/drying resistance)
the product, and consequently, the compo- The drying surface is the geometrical
sition of the surface layer changes. surface multiplied by the ratio of the water-
Materials move from one layer of the permeable elements (meat) to the surface. Ham
product to the other. with skin dries only on the meat side; the skin
The thickness (and eventually the shape too) side is isolated by the fat. This barrier effect is
of the layers changes to different degrees. utilized during ripening of some types of hams.
If the meat surface is smeared
Chapter 11
with fat, the ripening process that produces radius of product is more equilibrated than
aroma proceeds with very slow drying. the water content. So the salt content com-
The geometric surface of chopped prod- pared with the water mass is lower in the
ucts decreases during drying because the outer layers (Fig. 11.5) (Kárpáti 1960; Gou
diameter of the rods decreases. The perme- et al. 2004).
able part of the surface decreases to a higher In the initial phase of drying, the moisture
degree than the geometrical surface because content of outer layers decreases, while the
the impermeable fat particles flatten out, inner layers lose water in the later periods.
occupying a greater part of the surface. The The equilibration of water content becomes
water vapor leaving the surface increases the slower and slower, which in turn slows
moisture content of the ambient air. The down drying. The differences in water
rela-tive vapor content will be higher content of the layers barely changes after the
because the evaporation cools down the end of drying (Fig. 11.6) (Imre 1974).
surface and the environment. The air The mechanical properties of dried meat
surrounding the product has to become drier products, such as chewiness, easy slicing,
and warmer to maintain the driving force. appropriate firmness, and sufficient flexibil-
The high rate of air circulation decreases ity, are very important. During drying
the air-side drying resistance too. The prod-
uct-sided resistance depends on the porosity of the initial plasticity comes to an end.
the casing, the mold, and the fat film on the the mentioned attributes increase.
surface. This resistance steadily increases chewiness and sliceability improve.
during the process, lowering the drying rate.
The salt content of the surface layer grows The firmness is highest in the surface layer
with the water loss and decreases with the as a consequence of the higher content of dry
diffusion of salt into the inner layer. The material (Fig. 11.7) (Kovács 1961; Ruiz-
driving force of diffusion is the difference in Ramirez et al. 2005b ). Too low water content
the salt content compared with the water in overdried products causes denaturation of
content. The diffusion of salt seems to be proteins and a loss of swelling capacity. The
quicker because the salt content along the result is a product that is too chewy.
100
moisture content in % of 90
80
the initial one
70
60
50
40
30
20
10 r= distance from the center in % of radius
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
80 90 100
days
Figure 11.5. Pattern of moisture content in the layers of salami during drying.
Drying 225
8.5
free material
salt content in % compared to the
8.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
6.0
fat- 5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
days
outer layer intermediate part central part
Figure 11.6. The salt content in the layers of salami during drying.
The loss of volume causes tensile strength The oxygen itself and the initiation of
in the outer layer; therefore, at first, this layer aerobic microbe activity makes the inner
stretches plastically, and later, elastically. Too part rancid and green, with a bad odor. That
rapid drying makes denaturation in the external is why the meat products must be dried
layer, so this layer becomes irrevers-ibly hard slowly in order to avoid case hardening. The
(case hardening). The layer should shrink air holes remaining in the sausage batter
during further drying, but it is unable to do so. during stuffing mechanically weaken the
The external layer will be separated from the product. Such products become hollow more
inner layers, causing hollows and breakages. easily.
Therefore, air gets into the deeper part of the The chopped products always have fat
product. particles. Case hardening, air holes, and form
100
90
80
tensile-strength kPa 70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
the distance from center in % of radius
Figure 11.7. The change of tensile strength of the layers of salami during drying.
Chapter 11
Air Circulation
Canals for both blowing air and sucking it
are built into drying rooms. In one-level
defects occur too often without this compo-
rooms, the blowers are along the sides at the
nent. However, fat softens the product, so
bottom and blow the air horizontally to the
more drying is necessary for the sufficient
middle of the room; or the blowers are high
hardness. The fat particles need to stick to
on the walls and blow vertically down along
meat particles; otherwise, the product
the walls (Fig. 11.8). Rooms with more
becomes crumbly. Good adhesion requires a
levels have horizontal blowers placed at the
surface of fat tissue particles without fat film
bottom of all levels, while sucking the air
and a surface of meat covered with solved
back takes place higher, mostly in the
proteins, gluing the surfaces together.
middle of the room.
Smeared fat slows down the drying rate
by covering the outer surface and by block-
ing inner channels that could otherwise
Control of Air Conditions
serve for moisture migration.
As a result of the enzymatic decomposi- The only regulating factor in the drying of
tion of proteins, the meat softens during the meat products is, in fact, the air. The amount
drying-ripening (Toldrá 2006). The soft of water vapor, the temperature, and the rate
texture can be controlled by mild thermal of circulation must be controlled. The tem-
treatment (under 50°C) at the end of the perature is the most effective regulator; tra-
drying (Morales et al. 2008). ditional meat products, especially at the
beginning of drying, need low temperature
(about 10°C) to prevent microbial activity.
Preparation The product dries more slowly because
The raw material of dried products has to be control is more difficult at this temperature;
selected following stricter hygienic direc- however, the danger of case hardening and
tives than that of cooked products because other mechanical faults is also lower. The
of the initial, critical period of drying and range of the relative humidity expands from
because of the rational decisions to be 70% to 95%, according to the product’s
reached for achieving the proper aw. drying program.
Meat pieces will be salted without water When working with the starter culture for
(dry salting). In the preparation of the raw manufactured meat products, initial (incuba-
mass of chopped products, the fat must be tion) temperature is in general 20–24°C.
chopped frozen, with a sharp knife, to avoid (See Chapter 21 on mold ripened sausages.)
the fat film. During stuffing, smearing and The regulation of air parameters is per-
air holes have to be avoided. Air holes formed in the device connected to the drying
cannot be left over in the mass (vacuum room. The air sucked from the room is mixed
chopping, filling). with outside air from time to time. The super-
fluous humidity is eliminated by condensa-tion
or by absorption. With condensation, the
Drying temperature of the air is lowered below the
Meat products are dried in ventilated rooms, dewpoint temperature, and the water partially
hung upon suitable (eventually mobile) condenses. The dry air is warmed and even-
frames. The size of the room and the number tually moistened. To absorb water, two
of levels depends on the capacity, the timing methods are used. One of the methods is by
of production, and the choice of products.
The frames are mostly mobile, so that they
can be cleaned and loaded more easily.
Drying 227
Figure 11.8. Front view (cross section) of a single level drying room.
spraying an absorbing fluid into the air. The must be changed or regenerated. The total
other method sends air through layers of energy demand is lower as well (Fig. 11.9).
water-absorbing granules (e.g., silica gel). The dried air is recirculated into the drying
These systems leave out the cooling and room (Imre 1974). Temperature and relative
warming of the air to achieve moisture con- humidity of this air is adjusted to the drying
densation. The regulation of air humidity is program. This program determines the rate of
easier, too. However the absorbing medium air circulation, too. The circulation is either
room
outside
air
mixing
Observation of Drying
References
The temperature, humidity, and velocity of
Andrés, A., J. M. Barat, J. Grau, and P. Fito. 2007.
the blown and sucked air are easy to Principles of drying and smoking. In Handbook of
measure and register at the input and output Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá.
of the air channels. However, these data give Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Comaposada, J., J. Arnau, M. Garriga, M. Xargayó, L.
an overall view inside the room. This Freixanet, J. Bernardo, M. Corominas, P. Gou, J.
distribution must be periodically examined Lagares, and J. M. Monfort. 2008. Verfahren unter-
at various places in the room. stützt trendorientierte Formate. Fleischwirtschaft
10:34–38.
The water loss can be measured simply Gou, P., J. Comaposada, and J. Arnau. 2004. Moisture
by the (eventually continuous) weighing of diffusivity in the lean tissue of dry-cured ham at dif-
some of the product units in the room. This ferent process times. Meat Science 67:203.
Hamm, R. 1972. Kolloidchemie des Fleisches. Berlin
can be solved by weighing devices mounted and Hamburg: P. Parey.
on the drying frames. IFT/FDA. 2003. Factors that influence microbial
growth. Comp Rew Food Science and Food Safety
2:21.
Special Methods for Drying
Imre, L. 1974. Drying of salami sorts. In Handbook of
In order to avoid case hardening, a phenom- Drying (in Hungarian), edited by L. Imre. Budapest:
Müszaki Kiadó (Publisher of the Technics).
enon occurring mainly in the first part of Incze, K. 2004. Dry and semi-dry sausages. In
ripening- drying, a method was worked out Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, edited by W. K.
where after stuffing, sausages were put in Jensen, C. Devine, and M. Dikeman. London:
Elsevier Academic Press.
tanks with saline. Sausages with lower salt Kárpáti, G. 1960. The changing of salt and water
content lose water into the higher-concentra- content of salami during ripening (in Hungarian).
tion salt solution; in other words, the sau-sages Húsipar (Meat Industry) 9(2):77.
dry. When the salt content of the saline and the
sausage are adjusted properly, an
Kovács, E. 1961. Ripening and hardness of salami (in Drying 229
Hungarian). Húsipar (Meat Industry) 10(4):146.
Krispien, K., W. Rödel, and L. Leistner. 1979. A sug-
gested method for calculating the water activity of
meat products from the water and common salt con- Ruiz-Ramirez, J., X. Serra, J. Arnau, and P. Gou.
tents. Fleischwitschaft 59(8):1173. 2005a. Profiles of water content, water activity and
Leistner, L., and W. Rödel. 1976. Inhibition of microor- texture in crusted dry-cured loin and in noncrusted
ganisms in food by water activity. In Inhibition and dry- cured loin. Meat Science 69:519
Inactivation of Vegetative Microbes, edited by F. A. Ruiz-Ramirez, J., X. Serra, J. Arnau, and P. Gou.
Skinner, W. B. Hugo. London, New York, San 2005b. Relationship between water content, NaCl
Francisco: Academic Press. content, pH and texture parametes in dry-cured
Lewicki, P. P. 2004. Drying. In Encyclopedia of Meat muscles. Meat Science 70:579
Sciences, edited by W. K. Jensen, C. Devine and M. Toldrá, F. 2006. The role of muscle enzymes in dry-
Dikeman. London: Elsevier Academic Press. cured meat products with different drying conditions.
Morales, R., J. Arnau, X. Serra, L. Guerrero, and P. Trends in Food Science and Technology 17:164
Gou. 2008. Texture changes in dry-cured ham pieces van’t Hooft, B. J. 1999. Development of binding and
by mild thermal treatments at the end of the drying structure in semidry fermented sausages . Thesis
process. Meat Science 80: 231. Universiteit Utrecht. Utrecht, Neth.: Ponsen &
Mossel, D. A. A. 1971. Physiological and metabolic Loyen.
attitudes of microbial groups. Journal of Applied Zukál, E. 1973. Meat Processing. In Handbook of Meat
Bacteriology 34:95. Industry (in Hungarian), edited by F. Lörincz and J.
Offer, G. J. Tirinck. 1983. On the mechanism of water Lencsepeti. Budapest: Mezögazdasagi Kiadó
holding in meat. Meat Science 8:245. (Publisher of Agriculture).
Zukál, E. 1959. Crystals precipitated in salami (in
Hungarian). Húsipar (Meat Industry) 8(2):108.
Chapter 12
Smoking
Zdzisław E. Sikorski and Edward Kołakowski
231
Chapter 12 coalescence of some particles. Due to the
action of the gravitation and centrifugal
forces, as well as the temperature gradient,
use, along with procedures for their some components are deposited on the
application. smoked goods, in the smoke ducts, and on
the walls of the smokehouse. This leads to
changes in their concentration in the smoke.
Curing Smoke The surface electrical charge of the particles
also contributes to the physicochemical state
Generation and Properties of the aerosol. The dispersed components
of Wood Smoke absorb and disperse light; thus their concen-
Curing smoke develops as a result of the tration affects the optical density of the
partial burning of wood with a limited smoke. The optical density is proportional to
oxygen supply. Generally, hardwood is the number of particles in a unit volume of
used, mainly oak and beech. However, for the smoke. In constant conditions, when the
imparting spe-ciÞc color or ßavor to some dimensions of the particles do not change,
products, wood from other trees that are rich the optical density is correlated to the mass
in resins, includ-ing coniferous, as well as con-centration of the dispersed components
heather, may be used. In some areas, other in the smoke. Thus photo optical
carbohydrate-rich material (e.g., bagasse measurements can be used for the
[sugarcane], beet refuse from sugar making, determination of smoke density, which
or coconut husks) is used. reßects the contents of all components.
The smoke consists of gaseous products
of thermal degradation and subsequent
partial oxidation of the wooden material and Chemical Composition of Smoke
of the dispersed soot and compounds present
Introduction
in ßuid or particle form. The temperature of
thermal degradation in the wood constitu- The chemical composition of smoke and
entsÑhemicelluloses, cellulose, and ligninÑ smoke condensates produced from various
ranges from 180¡ to 300¡C, 260¡ to 350¡C, kinds of wood was comprehensively
and 300¡ to 500¡C, respectively. The tem- reviewed over two decades ago (T—th and
perature in the glowing zone may even reach Potthast 1984 ). In numerous later
up to 900¡C. publications, the effect of the conditions of
The numerous components of the smoke smoke production prevailing in different
differ in chemical and physical properties. The generators has also been investigated.
gases and low-boiling compounds con-stitute Wood smoke contains air, water vapor,
the gaseous phase, while the higher boiling CO2, CO, and at least several hundred organic
ones are dispersed in the form of ßuid droplets compounds in different concentrations. About
or solid particles. The mass of the dispersed 400 of them have been unequivocally
phase makes up about 90% of the total mass of identiÞed by chromatographic and spectral
the smoke. The proportion of different smoke analytical methods. The composition of the
constituents in both phases depends not only smoke depends on the kind of wood used for
on their chemical composi-tion, but also on the smouldering (i.e., mainly on its dryness and
conditions of smoke generation and the the contents of hemicelluloses, cellulose,
temperature and turbu-lence in the duct leading lignin, and resins), as well as on the tempera-
from the generator to the smokehouse. Cooling ture and access of air to the zone of oxidation
increases the weight proportion of the higher of the volatile products. The content of water
boiling com-pounds, while heating raises the
concentra-tion of vapors. Brownian motion
leads to
Smoking 233
vapor in the smoke is related to the humidity
of the wood and air. The relative humidity
of the smoke varies within a broad range and
can be controlled by the operator. Although pyrocatechol, phenol, and their various alkyl
numerous investigations have been carried derivatives. The highest yield of phenols,
out on the effect of the parameters of especially of guaiacol and syringol and their
genera-tion on the composition of the curing derivatives, compounds that are essential for
smoke, it is still not possible to predict the sensory and preservative action of
precisely the contents of various compounds smoking, is at 400Ð600¡C.
in the smoke. However, it is known which Aldehydes and ketones of smoke form a
factors affect the generation of phenols, group of about 110 compounds, which
aldehydes, ketones, alcohols, acids, esters, includes also a number of aldehydealcohols,
and hydrocarbons. The concentrations of ketoalcohols, and ketoaldehydes. In the smoke
these fractions in the curing smoke, in from alder and Þr wood, 28 and 34 carbonyl
mg/m3 of the aerosol or in mg/100 g of compounds, respectively, were identiÞed
wood, differ considerably as reported by (Borys 1978). Aliphatic and cyclic carbonyl
different investigators, since the conditions compounds, as well as furan deriva-tives, are
of smoke production in various experiments the products of pyrolytic degrada-tion of
were different. The yield and gross chemical cellulose and hemicelluloses, while aromatic
composition of smoke depends more on the carbonyls are formed from lignin. The total
temperature and oxygen access than on the content of carbonyl compounds ranges from
humidity and kind of wood. about 25 to 110 mg/m3; thus it is similar to that
of phenols. The carbonyls present in the
highest concentrations are acet-aldehyde,
The Main Groups of Compounds
formaldehyde, and acetone; also, several O-
The phenolic fraction of wood smoke con-sists heterocyclic carbonyls have been identiÞed in
of about 250 components, with 85 of them wood smoke (e.g., furfuralde-hyde and 5-
identiÞed. Phenols are formed primar-ily due hydroxymethyl-2-furaldehyde).
to pyrolysis and oxidation of lignin, at Wood smoke contains several aliphatic
comparatively low temperature (200Ð 400¡C), and aromatic alcohols, including methanol,
and cellulose at 700¡C. The total contents of ethanol, allylalcohol, n- amylalcohol, benzyl
phenols depend on the kind of wood, alcohol, and phenylethylalcohol. Methanol
temperature, and the density of the analyzed may be the substrate for the generation of
smoke. According to different data, it may be formaldehyde and formic acid.
from 10 to 200 mg/m 3; the yield of phenols The group of carboxylic acids in wood
from 100 g of wood ranges from 50 to 5000 smoke consists of about 30 various com-
mg. This fraction includes com-pounds pounds. In the aliphatic fraction, the follow-
containing one, two, or three hydroxyl groups ing acids were identiÞed: acetic, propionic,
bound to the benzene ring, besides alkyl or isobutyric, butyric, crotonic, isocrotonic,
ether derivatives, as well as those containing valeric, isovaleric, heptanoic, caprylic, and
additional alcohol, aldehyde, acid, and ester nonanoic (Kłossowska 1979). Among the
groups. Therefore, they differ in water dicarboxylic acids are oxalic, malonic,
solubility, boiling point, sensitivity to fumaric, maleic, and succinic acids. Wood
oxidation, chemical reactivity, sensory prop- smoke also contains several ketocarboxylic
erties, and antibacterial activity. Among the acids. In the esters group, the methyl esters
identiÞed phenols, those present in the highest of formic, acetic, butyric, and acrylic acids
concentrations are syringol, guaiacol, were identiÞed, as well as the benzoic acid
ethyl ester.
One of the important groups of smoke
constituents contains aliphatic and aromatic
Chapter 12 phase is more effective than that of the
particles and droplets. A rise in the tempera-
ture of the smoke also accelerates sorption
hydrocarbons. In the fraction of about 20 of these compounds by the meat being
aliphatic hydrocarbons, the compound smoked.
present in the highest concentration is The quantity of different smoke compo-
methane, known also as the product of dry nents accumulated in the meat depends on the
distillation of wood. Much larger is the temperature, humidity, agitation, and
group of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons composition of the smoke; the properties of the
(PAH) identiÞed in numerous investigations components, particularly their volatility and
(Obiedzin« ski and Borys 1977). Some solubility; the characteristics of the surface of
smoked products contain up to 100 different the product; and the duration of smoking. Wet
PAH and their alkylated derivatives, of surfaces absorb about 20 times more phenols
molecular weights from 116 (indene) to 302 than dry ones. The published data on the total
(dibenzo-pyrenes). They are generated at amount of smoke compo-nents absorbed by
temperatures above 420¡C and, having high meat products are incom-plete and vary within
boiling tem-perature, are present mainly in a broad range. The large range of values is
the dispersed phase of smoke. Thus the caused both by the properties of the products
contents of PAH can be decreased by and the parameters of smoking, as well as by
reducing the wood smouldering temperature differences in the analytical procedures applied
and Þltering the smoke. by various investigators. The use of phenol as
Smoke ßavorings produced commercially a standard in colorimetric determination of
for the food industry contain only traces of total phenols may lead to signiÞcant
PAH. They are generally smoke extracts Þl- underestimation, since the amount of phenol in
tered and separated from the tars or smoked meats is rather low. The content of
distillates of pyroligneous liquids. Various phenols in dif-ferent smoked sausages,
ßavorings of different brands are available according to pub-lished data, ranges from
as aqueous solutions or in free-ßowing, dry about 0.02 to 300 μg/g. In smoked pork belly
form on salt, yeast, or other material. strips and summer sausage, the total recovery
Wood smoke also contains a number of of phenols was, according to Lustre and
other chemicals, including NO, NO2, and Issenberg (1970), about 280 μg/g and 60 μg/g,
NO3, as well as various heterocyclic com- respec-tively. The composition of the absorbed
pounds, including the N-heterocyclic fraction depends more on the conditions of
pyrrole, pyrazine, and carbazole. smoking, especially the humidity of the surface
of the meats, than on the concentra-tion of
individual phenols in the smoke. The quantity
Accumulation and Interactions of formaldehyde in cold smoked goods may be
of Smoke Components in Meats as high as 20Ð40 μg/g. The amount of
formaldehyde in different assort-ments of
Deposition on Smoked Surfaces sausages may reach 2 to 50 μg/g; the surface
Due to Brownian motion, the smoke particles layers of some products may contain about Þve
and droplets undergo coalescence and settle on times more than the inner layer.
the smoked products under the effect of
gravitational and centrifugal forces. Their
natural, electrostatic charge and absorption in The rate of deposition of smoke compo-
the wet surface layer also contribute some- nents can be greatly increased by applying
what to deposition on the meat. Thus, the high high-voltage electrostatic precipitation, as in
humidity of the smoke increases the rate of
smoking. On wet surfaces, the deposition of
components present in the dispersing
Smoking 235
–40 kV
bottom and top to handle the Þreplace and arranged so that their common back walls
enable the access of air and to control the can be lifted. In such an arrangement, the
airßow and humidity, respectively. The third, a loading and pre-drying of the product takes
large door in the middle, is used for manual place in the front row of ovens. After lifting
loading and unloading of the frames, as well as the back wall, the meats are pushed into the
for observing the process. A duct to the back row for further heating, smoking, and
chimney connects the coned ceiling. Its coned Þnally unloading. This principle may be
shape assures that the water and smoke applied also in operating other types of
condensate does not drop on the meats but smokehouses.
drains down the walls. The smoke duct is Advanced types of smoking kilns, still with
equipped with a shutter to control the ßow. In a Þreplace in the bottom, may extend over two
order to produce smoked meats of fairly stories of a building. The drying, heating, and
standard quality, the operator may have to smoking conditions in the lower and higher
rearrange the frames at various distances from sections of such ovens differ sig-niÞcantly,
the Þreplace during smoking to coun-teract the which is convenient for processing different
effect of the differences of tem-perature, draft, assortments of meat products.
and humidity on the cross section of the oven.
Smoking in such condi-tions is a labor-
Smokehouses with External
intensive task if no mechani-zation of the
Smoke Generators
handling of the loaded frames is available. The
process may be improved if two smoking Modern smokehouses (Fig. 12.2) make pos-
ovens, or batteries of ovens, are sible full application of the principles of food
14 9 6 13
9 12
5 11 7
10
2
3
4
Figure 12.2. A smokehouse with external smoke generator. (1) Smoke generator, (2) sawdust container,
(3) electric heater, (4) ashtray, (5) smoke duct, (6) inlet fan, (7) smoke -distributing channel, (8) jet, (9)
throttle, (10) smoke inlet collector, (11) outlet fan, (12) afterburner, (13) smoke outlet passage, (14) heater.
(Courtesy of Jerzy Balejko.)
engineering regarding heat and mass transfer. Smoking 243
They are supplied with smoke of standard
quality from an external generator and are
heated by steam, gas, or electricity. Sawdust products within tunnel smoke houses, which
and chips of wood of various species of trees, are designed to operate in a continuous
standardized water content, and mesh size are system. In such tunnels, the meats to be
available commercially. The air and smoke smoked are carried through consecutive sec-
ßow or circulation is forced mechanically at tions, in which appropriate parameters of
controlled velocity. The temperature, humid- temperature, smoke density, humidity, and
ity, and density of the air/smoke, as well as the ßow rate are maintained.
process time, are adjusted according to a For electrostatic smoking, the smoke-
computer program to requirements depend-ing house is additionally equipped with a high-
on the desired properties of the meat products. voltage section, where the smoke deposition
The smoke is often Þltered or con-ditioned takes place within a few minutes (Sikorski
under a water spray to control its temperature 1962, Tilgner and Sikorski 1962). Because
and humidity, and to separate some tar the length of treatment is so short, the
fractions and soot. In smokehouses working in density of smoke has to be kept very
a half-open system, the smoke is circulated constant in order to assure a uniform degree
until its density drops below a critical level. At of smoking of the product. Electrostatic
that point, it is discharged into the chimney, deposition may also be applied in smoking
and new smoke from the generator is fed into ovens in which smoke preparations are used
the kiln. In a closed system, the smoke instead of smoke. The other phases of the
circulates within the kiln during the whole process (i.e., pre-drying and cooking)
cycle of smoking, and after-ward, a stream of proceed as in con-ventional smoking.
air forces out its residues. The closed system
bears the risk of self- igni-tion of the smoke,
which may contain CO at a concentration that Additional Equipment
is too high. To reliably operate a smokehouse, several
For smoking with smoke preparations or instruments are necessary for measuring and
ßavorings, the same smokehouses may be controlling the temperature, relative humid-ity,
used as in the conventional process. and ßow rate of the smoke and the tem-
However, additional equipment must be perature in the meat products. Similar
installed for atomization or vaporization of instruments are used for control of other pro-
the smoking liquids. Atomization nozzles in cesses in the food industry. The density of the
the smoke-house create a cloud of smoke smoke, a crucial parameter of smoking, can be
droplets in the range of 100 μm, while the easily determined by photoelectric mea-
smoke ßavor-ing sprayed onto a heated plate surement of the intensity of a light beam
turns into vapors. For processing cooked transmitted through a layer of smoke.
sausages, hot - water shower or steam The spent smoke and other exhaust gases,
injection systems must be Þtted, so that after leaving the smokehouse, should be
smoking and cooking can be carried out cleaned before entering the atmosphere.
concurrently in the same kiln. Depending on the contents of the polluting
In modern smokehouses, as well as in components, different equipment may be
advanced types of smoking ovens, the mate- used. Some installations comprise three sec-
rial to be smoked is usually loaded into the tions: an electro Þlter, a Þbrous Þlter, and
smoking chamber on trolleys. Trolleys or activated charcoal. Other systems use after-
conveyors are used also to transport the meat burners to oxidize the components of the
spent smoke at 800Ð1500¡C. In the presence
of catalyzers, the temperature may be
reduced to 600¡C.
Chapter 12 and less dense smoke. After smoking, the
salami is ripened for two to three months, as
described in chapter 22.
Many smokehouses are equipped with Warm smoking is carried out at 23¡ to
installations for automatic cleaning that are 45¡C and relative humidity of 70%Ð80% for
available as standard units. Alkaline deter- 4Ð48 hours. The pre-drying and smoke
gents may be used for the efÞcient removal penetration is restricted mainly to the outer
of smoke deposits and tar. layers of the product. It is usually followed
by cooking or baking. In smoking frankfurt-
ers, the Þrst phase is a tempering period at
Typical Procedures for
32Ð38¡C, aimed at removing the surface
Smoking Meats
moisture to ensure uniform coloring.
Meat may be smoked in the raw state or Smoking proper, lasting usually about 1
after previous salting, marinating, cooking, Ð1.5 hrs in dense smoke of controlled
or other treatment, which may also be humidity, brings the internal temperature of
followed by other processing. However, in the sausages to 60Ð68¡ C and imparts a
industrial practice, meat and meat products smoky color and ßavor. This is followed by
are usually smoked after salt curing, as cooking in a hot - water spray or steam and
described in chapter 6. The pre-treatment of by chilling. In smoking cooked sausages, too
the raw mate-rial and the conditions of high tempera-ture may lead to excessive fat
smoking, mainly the humidity and fat and weight loss and thus to creased surfaces
content of the surface layer of the sausage, of the sausages and nonuniformity of color.
the temperature, humid-ity, and density of Smoking at a temperature not exceeding
the smoke, and the dura-tion of the process, 40¡C is used also for preparation of salted,
affect both the characteristic sensory spiced, dried pork back fat.
properties and the shelf life of the products. In hot smoking, the Þrst stage (lasting
Many smoking procedures are used in the about 30 minutes, without smoke, at 40Ð
industry and in artisan meat processing. They 50¡C) results in pre-drying of the surface
lead to very different sensory properties and and is followed by several stages of smoking
shelf lives of various products. In these pro- in dense, hot smoke (at temperatures
cedures, the impact of drying, heating, and reaching 85¡C) and further surface drying. In
treating with smoke on the quality of the manu-facturing jagdwurst, the links are kept
products may be very different. 2 hours for settling at about 30¡C, surface-
Cold smoking is used in manufacturing dried at 40Ð60¡C, smoked about 80 minutes
raw, fermented sausages, made from cured at 45Ð80¡C, dry-heated at 85¡C during 25
meats. The smoke, at 12Ð25¡C and controlled minutes to reach internal temperature 68Ð
humidity, is applied for between several hours 72¡C, smoked again at 30¡C during 12 hours
to about 16 days, depending on the assortment. to a dark brown surface color, and dried at
The loss of water due to drying and the 14Ð18¡C during 5Ð7 days to a water
impregnation with smoke compo-nents should content of 55% Ð57% in the product. In
be equal on the whole cross section of the man-ufacturing other assortments, the
product. The surface of the freshly cut sausage thermal changes in the meat products are
should be light brown to dark brown, caused by dry heating at about 90¡C, steam
depending on the duration of the process. In cooking in the smokehouse, or cooking in
smoking salami, the links are Þrst surface dried water. The internal temperature of the
one day at 12¡C in low-density smoke. This is product should be 68Ð72¡C.
followed by Þve days of smoking in dense
smoke at 15 Ð22¡ C, and by the last phase of
two days in somewhat colder
Smoking 245
References
Meat Packaging
Maurice G. O’Sullivan and Joseph P. Kerry
247
Chapter 13 Modified Atmosphere
Packaging of Meat Products
ated with the development of off-flavors and MAP is defined as “a form of packaging
off- odors and loss of color in meat involving the removal of air from the pack
(Faustman and Cassens 1989). and its replacement with a single gas or
A variety of packaging systems and tech- mixture of gases” (Parry 1993). MA packs
nologies are currently available for muscle usually contain mixtures of two or three
foods. Fresh red meats may simply be gases: O2 (to enhance color stability), CO2
placed on trays and over-wrapped with an (to inhibit microbiological growth), and N 2
oxygen-permeable film, or placed within a (to maintain pack shape) (Sorheim et al.
gaseous-modified atmosphere. As the meat 1999; Jakobsen and Bertelsen 2000; Kerry et
industry moves toward central processing al. 2006). An example of MA packed meat
that employs MAP and vacuum packaging, is presented in Figure 13.1. The capacity for
they may need to overcome consumer such gases to promote the overall quality of
preference for fresh beef that is bright red in fresh red meat is well established (Gill
color and packaged with the traditional PVC 1996). Beef steaks are commonly displayed
over-wrap (Carpenter et al. 2001). under high oxygen concentrations in MAP
Finally, the changing faces of in order to promote color stability (Zakrys et
ecologically friendly packaging require the al. 2008). The color of lamb may also be
addressing of multiple aspects of packaging, extended by storage under MAP conditions
including recyclability, simple packaging, (Kerry et al. 2000).
reusable, refillable, renewable materials, less MAP has now been available to producers
materi-als, less or no plastics, and bulk for many years. As far back as 1933, Killefer
rather than individual packaging (Doyle (1930), using 100% carbon dioxide (CO 2) at
2008). Also, the noncontact preservative 4–7°C, found that pork and lamb remained
effect of active packaging offers the fresh for twice as long as equivalent products
opportunity to produc-ers of prolonging
shelf life further, while maintaining the
clean label status of meat products.
Figure 13.1. Modified atmosphere packed meats, beef burgers, and beef steak. Gas mixtures 80% oxygen
and 20% CO2.
stored in air and held at similar temperatures. Meat Packaging 249
Also, the shelf-life extension of bacon by
packaging in CO 2-enriched atmospheres was
investigated by Callow in 1932 (Callow 1932). order to maintain bloom, with at least 20%
Additionally, in the 1930s a carbon dioxide- CO2 to prevent selective microbial growth
enriched environment was employed to (Eilert 2005). Whether these gases were placed
transport refrigerated beef carcasses from in the primary package or in a master bag
Australia and New Zealand (Floros and Matsos surrounding the primary package, the basic
2005). The retail use of MAP did not occur technology has been unchanged for a number
until the 1950s, in the form of vacuum of years. This technology has been successful
for a number of larger retailers, as the shelf life
packaging (Floros and Matsos 2005). In 1981,
provided by this package has been sufficient
Marks & Spencer introduced to the United
for usage in a controlled dis-tribution system
Kingdom gas-flushed fresh meat in plastic
(Eilert 2005). High O 2 MA packs contain
trays (Inns 1987). It is now used ubiq-uitously
across the meat industry for many different atmospheres of O2 and CO2, and often N2.
meat products. As previously stated, MA packs Mixtures of O2/CO2 have been used
usually contain mixtures of two or three gases. commercially for a considerable time (Brody
1970). A patent in 1970 specified a range of O 2
The use of high O 2 concentrations in MA and CO2 concentrations suitable for MAP beef
packs promotes oxymyoglobin (OxyMb) for- (Georgala and Davidson 1970). Results
mation, the cherry red form of myoglobin demonstrated that at least 60% O 2 is required
(O’Grady et al. 2000). Packaging beef in MA to achieve a color shelf life of 9 days, and the
packs and storing at low temperatures extends patent claims that a mixture of 80% O 2 plus
the product shelf life considerably (Young et 20% CO2 keeps meat red for up to 15 days at
al. 1983). Beef and lamb are both red meats 4°C (Georgala and Davidson 1970). Typically,
and share similar properties, but con-siderable fresh red meats are stored in MAP containing
differences in shelf lives are apparent between 80% O2:20% CO2 (Georgala and Davidson
them due to their relative susceptibility to 1970 ), while cooked meat equivalents are
chemical and microbial spoilage. In contrast to stored in 70% N2:30% CO2 (Smiddy et al.
beef cuts, much of the surface of lamb is 2002).
adipose tissue, which has a pH close to Beefsteaks are commonly displayed under
neutrality and has no significant respiratory high oxygen concentrations in MAP in order to
activity (Robertson 2006). The pH of beef is promote color stability (Zakrys et al. 2008). As
lower than that of lamb, thus making it less previously stated, the major func-tion of O2 is
susceptible to microbial spoil-age (Gill 1989; to maintain the muscle pigment myoglobin in
Kerry et al. 2000). In order to optimize shelf its oxygenated (oxymyoglobin) form (Kerry et
life, sensory quality, and microbiological al. 2006), but high oxygen levels within MAP
safety using MAP, the pack-aging system also promote oxidation of muscle lipids over
applied must be product spe-cific (Church and time (O’Grady et al. 1998). These high O 2
Parsons 1995). levels may also impact negatively on the
oxidative stability of muscle lipids and lead to
the development of undesirable flavors (Rhee
High O2 MAP Meat Packs and Ziprin 1987; Estevez and Cava 2004 ).
This distinctive off-flavor develops rapidly in
The vast majority of meat products have been meat that has been precooked, chilled-stored,
and continue to be offered in high oxygen pack and reheated. The term warmed-over-flavor
formats (approximately 80% O2) in (WOF) has been adopted to identify this flavor
deterioration (Renerre and Labadie 1993).
Membrane phospholipids are particularly
susceptible to
Chapter 13
oxidation processes, thereby causing the the correct blend of gases that maximizes
rapid development of meat rancidity initial color, color stability, and shelf life,
(Renerre 1990). The oxidation of while also minimizing microbial growth,
polyunsaturated fatty acids not only causes lipid oxidation, and gaseous headspace
the rapid development of meat rancidity, but (Mancini and Hunt 2005 ). Jakobsen and
also affects the color, the nutritional quality, Bertelsen (2000) reported that while O2
and the texture of beef (Kanner 1994). levels higher than 20% were necessary to
High O2-MAP increases lipid oxidation in promote meat color, package O2 contents
meat: beef (Jakobsen and Bertelsen 2000; higher than 55% did not result in additional
Zakrys et al. 2008; Zakrys et al. 2009), pork color stabi-lizing benefits.
(Lund et al. 2007), and lamb (Kerry et al. High O2 concentrations can cause protein
2000). High-oxygen atmospheres (80% O2) oxidation, which has been linked to increased
also promote pigment oxygenation, and toughness in MAP meat, particularly beef.
therefore, prolong the time before metmyo- Thus, protein oxidation may decrease eating
globin is visible on the muscle surface. The quality by reducing tenderness and juiciness,
drawback to high O2 MAP is that although it and enhancing flavor deterioration and dis-
maintains redness during storage, rancidity coloration (Xiong 2000). Zakrys et al. (2008)
often develops in the meat while color is still showed that high O2 concentrations in MAP-
desirable (Jayasingh et al. 2002). Because stored beefsteaks were shown to have
consumers use meat color as an indicator of increased toughness scores after cooking, as
freshness and wholesomeness, recent advances determined by 134 consumers (Fig. 13.2;
in MAP have focused on finding Zakrys et al. 2008).
1.0
0.8
0.6 b′ value
–0.6 O240
Day 8
–0.8
–1.0
–1.0 –0.8 –0.6 –0.4 –0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Principal Component 1
Figure 13.2. An overview of the variation found in the mean data from the ANOVA-partial least squares
regression (APLSR) correlation loadings plot for each of the 5 MAP treatment groups: 40%, 50%, 60%,
70%, and 80% oxygen, with all packs containing 20% CO 2 and the make-up gas N2. Shown are the
loadings of the X and Y variables for the first 3 PCs for raw data. • = days and MAP treatments, = sensory
descriptor and instrumental variables. The concentric circles represent 100% and 50% explained variance,
respectively. (Adapted from Zakrys et al. 2009.)
Carpenter et al. (2001) showed that con- Meat Packaging 251
sumer preference for beef color was suffi-
cient to influence their likelihood to
purchase, but was not enough to bias taste concluded that the use of 0.4% CO during
scores. It is likely that once a decision to storage in MAP improved beef color without
purchase beef is made in the market, masking spoilage. Upon removal of product
whether the beef is presented in the form of from CO packaging, meat color (likely to be a
cherry red fresh-bloomed beef, the brown of combination of COMb and OMb) deterio-rated
discounted beef, or the purple of vacuum- during display in a manner not different from
packaged beef, con-sumer eating satisfaction product exposed only to air. Thus, the
at home will depend only on the beef quality inclusion of 0.4% CO in conjunction with O2
attributes of tender-ness, juiciness, and will not influence color stability, metmyo-
flavor (Carpenter et al. 2001). globin-reducing activity, or O2 consumption.
This is likely the result of greater formation of
Low O2 MAP Meat Packs oxymyoglobin (oxyMb) in atmospheres
containing 20–80% O2, which dominates or
Low O2 packaging systems have been limits the ability of carboxymyoglobin
readily available for usage in the United (COMb) to form (Seyfert et al. 2007). COMb
States, but are not as widely implemented as is more resistant to oxidation than oxymyo-
their high O2 counterparts (Eilert 2005). globin, owing to the stronger binding of CO to
Low O2 MAP are generally packed with the iron -porphyrin site on the myoglobin
CO2 (usually enough to dissolve into the molecule (Wolfe 1980 ). However, one of the
product) and also N2, while residual O 2 may main consumer fears relating to the use of CO
be present or included during the packing is the possible loss of quality due to a break in
process. The CO2 acts as the antimicrobial the cold chain, causing deteriora-tion in spite
and N2 as the pack shape stabilizer (Sørheim of its attractive appearance (Wilkinson et al.
et al. 1997). For Low O2 MAP in the United 2006). Concern has been expressed in the
States, carbon monoxide (CO) may also be United States in the past that such a system
used as a gas for meat color enhancement. would mask spoilage that could occur in fresh
Within the EU, only Norway adopted the meat products (Eilert 2005). The FDA noted
use of CO (0.3–0.5%) in primary packs in that while color did not degrade in a package
the mid 1980s; however, this practice has containing CO, offensive odors could still form
since ceased, following a decision by the EU normally in the product in the presence of CO
Parliament committee in 2004 not to allow (FDA 2004). Although there are distinct
the use of CO in meat packaging advantages for the storage and display life of
applications (Sørheim 2006). meat with CO in VP or low O2 MAP,
Industrially, CO has been added to pack- consumers have a negative image of CO
ages to eliminate the disadvantages of com- because of its haz-ardous nature and the
mercial ultra-low O2 MAP, because CO has concern that products may appear fresher than
a high affinity for myoglobin and forms a they actually are (Cornforth and Hunt 2008).
bright cherry red color on the surface of beef The declaration of CO for meat as generally
(Sørheim et al. 1999 ; Luno et al. 2000; recognized as safe (GRAS) in the United States
Jayasingh et al. 2001 ; Hunt et al. 2004). CO has a legal basis (Boeckman 2006 ). The use of
is a colorless, odorless and tasteless gas. It is CO in the primary package of fresh meat in the
produced mainly through incomplete com- United States is a major breakthrough. This
bustion of carbon -containing materials will allow for the wider distribution of case-
(Sørheim et al. 1997). Hunt et al. (2004) ready products and adequate shelf life needed
to achieve distribution of these products (Eilert
2005).
Chapter 13 (Dixon and Kell 1989). The absorption
capacity is related to biological factors (i.e.,
pH, water, and fat content) (Gill 1988;
Controlled Atmosphere Jakobsen and Bertelsen 2002), but also to a
Packaging of Meats large extent to packaging and storage con-
ditions, specifically CO2 partial pressure,
The storage life of chilled meat can be headspace to meat volume ratio, and storage
extended by packaging the product under temperature (Jakobsen and Bertelsen 2002;
controlled atmosphere packaging (CAP) with Zhao et al. 1995). O’Sullivan et al. (2010)
N2 or CO2 (Gill and Molin 1991 ). The used sensory panelists to assess the prefer-
ence of steaks packed under atmospheres
absence of O2 in an O2 -free MAP or CAP
containing 50% O2 (50 CO2 ), 70% O2 (30
system results in a significant shelf-life
extension, as these packaging formats offer CO2), 80% O2 (20 CO2), or 100% CO2. The
hostile envi-ronments to obligate aerobic principal aim of this study was to explore
spoilage micro-organisms. CAP packaging has off-flavors developed by CO2 in commercial
been used commercially for the shipment of MA packs as well as 100% CO 2. Samples
chilled lamb to distant markets (Gill 1990). were tested by assessors after immediate
However, these packaging systems initi-ate cooking, upon removal of the respective
the development of metmyoglobin in the meat, packaging, and a second identical sample set
which is unattractive to the consumer (Hunt et was served with samples left for 30 minutes
al. 1999). The meat will bloom to an attractive in ambient air to let any CO2 dissipate prior
bright red color shortly (20 – 30 min) after to cooking. From sensory analysis, panelists
opening the pack and exposing the meat to air. had a preference for steaks packed under
Another negative attribute associated with
atmospheres containing 50% O2. The 50%
these packaging formats is that the high usage
O2 packed treatments displayed a significant
of CO 2 may cause off-flavor or CO2 taint in
the meat, which can be detected upon
(P ≤ 0.05) and negative correlation with
consumption (Nattress and Jeremiah 2000). CO2 flavor, and this was even more
CO2 is highly soluble in water, most of which pronounced for samples where the CO2 was
is contained in the muscle, and also in fat allowed to dissipate (Dis, P ≤ 0.001). There
tissue. This solubility is increased with also appeared to be a directional correlation
decreasing temperature. When an atmosphere of the 100% CO2 samples to CO2 flavor,
rich in CO2 is used, the high solubility of the although these results were not significant
gas in meat tissues must be taken into account (Fig. 13.3). All other treatments proved to be
(Gill 2003). In an atmo-sphere of 100% CO 2, nonsignifi-cant. One explanation for this
meat will absorb approximately its own may be the leanness of the meat used in this
volume in gas. Thus, the initial gas volume study, which had a very low fat content. In
must exceed the required final volume by the addition, the meat purchased was very stable
volume of the enclosed meat (Gill 2003). in terms of composition, with no significant
When high CO 2 levels are applied in a variation in protein, fat, and moisture
content. These cuts are typical of those
package headspace, the concentration of CO 2 found in Irish supermarkets.
will decline due to absorption of CO 2 in the
In general, CAP is used for bulk product
meat. CO2 dissolves in meat until saturation or
or items of irregular shape, such as whole
equilibrium is reached. CO2 is also suspected lamb carcasses, or as master packs for
of affecting the chemical quality of the meat
retail-ready product (Gill 2003 ). CAP is not
(Jakobsen and Bertelsen 2002). A lowering of
suit-able for individual trays of retail-ready
meat pH is a result of CO 2 absorption into the
product because of the undesirable color of
meat and is a consequence of carbonic acid
being dissociated to bicarbonate and hydrogen
ions
Meat Packaging 253
Figure 13.3. An overview of the variation found in the mean data from the ANOVA-Partial Least Squares
Regression (APLSR) correlation loadings plot for each of the 4 MAP treatment groups. Shown are the
loadings of the X and Y variables for the first 2 PCs for = days and the individual MAP treatments, • =
sensory descriptor and instrumental variables. Im (Immediate) = meat samples cooked immediately after
opening of the MA packaging and presented to panelists. Dis (Dissipate) = meat samples left 30 min in
ambient air to let any CO2 dissipate, then cooked and presented to panelists. The concentric circles
represent 100% and 50% explained variance, respectively. (Adapted from O’Sullivan et al. 2010.)
(Gill and Gill 2005). The objective is that any The consumer has been shown to reject those
residual O2 in the remaining atmosphere, myoglobin forms that are not acceptable meat
including O2 dissolved in the product, will be colors from their perspective (Parry 1993;
removed by enzymatic reactions within the Allen et al. 1996). Consumers have
muscle tissue, or through other chemical demonstrated a bias against the purchase of
reactions with tissue components (Gill and Gill vacuum packaged beef, which displays the
2005). Respiration of the meat in vacuum purple color of deoxymyoglobin (Meischen et
packs will also quickly consume the vast al. 1987). Also, prolonged storage of meat in
majority of residual O2, replacing it with CO 2, vacuum packs results in the accumulation of
which eventually increases to 10–20% within drip, which is also unappealing to consum-ers
the package (Taylor 1985; Parry 1993; Gill (Jeremiah et al. 1992; Parry 1993; Payne et al.
1996). However, the amount of O 2 remaining 1997).
in the pack at the time of closure must be very VP continues to be used in numerous
small if the product is to be effectively ways for efficient meatpacking and is still
preserved, as the capacity of the muscle tissue the most cost -effective packaging strategy
for removing O2 is limited (Gill and Gill employed for the packing of meat. A recent
2005). The oxygen level is generally reduced innovation in VP has been the evolution of
to less than 1% under good vacuum conditions. shrinkable films in use with horizontal form-
Due to the barrier properties of the film used, fill- seal machinery (Salvage and Lipsky
entry of oxygen from the outside is restricted 2004).
(Parry 1993; Robertson 2006).
Vacuum Skin Packaging of Meat
Vacuum-packaged meat is unsuitable for
the retail market because depletion of O 2, Drip formation in vacuum packed meat, as
coupled with low O2 permeability of the discussed above, can partly be overcome by
packaging film, causes a change in meat vacuum skin packaging (VSP), using a film
color from red to purple, due to the conver- that fits very tightly to the meat surface,
sion of oxymyoglobin to deoxymyoglobin. leaving little space for the accumulation of
any fluid exudate (Hood and Mead 1993). Meat Packaging 255
This style of package uses a polystyrene or
polypropylene tray, coupled with the use of
a barrier film that can form around the gives rise to active packaging (Camo et al.
product to reduce any liquid purge 2008). An active package was defined by
emanating from it. An additional web of Rooney (1995) as a material that “performs a
film or a header can also be added for pre- role other than an inert barrier to the outside
pricing and pre-labeling. Depending on environment.” They can actively control
one’s perspective, an advantage or microbial contamination of foods during
disadvantage of this package is that it gives storage and distribution. The fundamental
the product a very unique appear-ance concept behind this technology is the incor-
(Belcher 2006). VSP involves produc-tion of poration of an antimicrobial agent into the
a skin package in which the product is the packaging material by either spraying, coating,
forming mold. It was first introduced using physical mixing, or chemical binding (Berry
an ionomer film, which softens on heating to 2000). Food manufacturers may be able to
such an extent that it can be draped over maintain the minimum inhibitory con-
sharp objects without puncturing (Robertson centration of an antimicrobial to prevent
2006). The product shelf life can be 15–22 growth of pathogenic and spoilage microor-
days, depending on the meat cut used. Since ganisms by using controlled-release packag-
the product is displayed in the myoglobin ing (Koontz 2006 ). The major potential
state, there is no loss of color in the display product applications for antimicrobial films
case and oxidation issues are minimized include meat, fish, poultry, bread, cheese,
using this packaging format (Belcher 2006). fruits, vegetables, and beverages (López-Rubio
In summary, VSP eliminates the wrinkled et al. 2004).
appearance of traditional vacuum- packaged Antimicrobial (AM) packaging research
meat products, thus improving the appear- generally started with the development of
ance of products, which will have a positive antimicrobial packaging materials that contain
effect on consumer appeal. antimicrobial chemicals in their mac-
romolecular structures (Han 2005). Chemical
preservatives can be employed in antimicro-
Active Packaging
bial-releasing film systems, including organic
Antimicrobial packaging is a promising and acids and their salts (sorbates, benzoates, and
rapidly emerging technology in which anti- propionates), parabens, sulfites, nitrites,
microbial agents are incorporated into or chlorides, phosphates, epoxides, alcohols,
coated onto food packaging materials to ozone, hydrogen peroxide, diethyl pyrocar-
prolong the shelf life of the packed food, bonate, antibiotics, and bacteriocins (Ozdemir
usually by extending the lag phase and and Floros 2004). Antimicrobial films can be
reduc-ing the growth rate of microorganisms classified into two types: (1) those that contain
(Floros et al. 1997; Han 2000; Suppakul et an antimicrobial agent that migrates to the
al. 2003). The aim of active packaging is to surface of the food, and (2) those that are
increase the display life of the contained effective against the surface growth of
products, while maintaining their quality, microorganisms without migration (Suppakul
safety, and sensory properties, without direct et al. 2003). Also, antimicrobial coatings may
addition of active agents to the product be developed by incorporating nisin,
(Camo et al. 2008 ). Inclusion of the active lactoferrin, sodium diacetate, sorbic acid, and
agents, be they antioxidants, antimicrobials, potassium sorbate into a coating material
or any other, within the packaging material (Limjaroen et al. 2003). Antimycotics and
antimicrobials have been added to food pack-
aging films to delay outgrowth of mold.
Potassium sorbate release from low-density
Chapter 13 dation in beef, leading to the enhanced
display life of the meat. Additionally, Camo
et al. (2008) investigated and compared the
polyethylene (LDPE) and high-density poly- effect of two natural antioxidant sources
ethylene (HDPE) films has been studied in (rosemary and oregano extracts) incorpo-
food systems. In such systems, release rates rated into an active package filled with a
and migration amounts must be closely mon- modified atmosphere on the display life of
itored for the system to effectively preserve the lamb steaks. These workers found that a
contents of the package (Han 2000). Looking rose-mary extract, a rosemary active film, or
to the consumers’ demand for chemical an oregano active film resulted in enhanced
preservative-free foods, food man-ufacturers oxi-dative stability of lamb steaks. Also,
are now using naturally occurring active films with oregano were significantly
antimicrobials to sterilize and/or extend the more efficient than those with rosemary,
shelf life of foods (Han 2005). Present plans exerting an effect similar to that of the direct
envisage the possible use of naturally derived addition of the rosemary extract and
AM agents in packaging systems for a variety extended fresh odor and color from 8 to 13
of processed meats, cheeses, and other foods, days compared to the control.
especially those with relatively smooth product Active packaging has the advantage of
surfaces that come in contact with the inner maintaining the preservative effects of
surface of the package. This solution is various compounds (antimicrobial, antifun-
becoming increasingly important, as it gal, or antioxidant), but without being in
represents a perceived lower risk to the direct contact with the food product. This is
consumer (Nicholson 1998). Various bacte- an important development, considering the
riocins, such as nicin, pediocin, lacticin, pro- consumer drive toward clean labeling of
pionicin, etc., can be incorporated into foods food products and the desire to limit the use
and/or food packaging systems to inhibit of food additives.
growth of spoilage and pathogenic microor-
ganisms (Daeschul 1989). The extracted
Summary and Future Trends
bacteriocins, which are generally small
molecular weight peptides, can be utilized in
in Meat Packaging
various ways; however, it is very important to In recent years, much attention has focused on
characterize their resistance to thermal the shift from consumers buying meat at the
treatment and pH (Han 2005). The storage family butcher shop to purchasing it at the
temperature may also affect the activity of AM local supermarket. More and more tradi-tional
packages. Several researchers have found that butcher shops have closed because they cannot
the protective action of AM films deteriorated compete on price, offer the same supermarket
at higher temperatures, due to high diffusion one-stop shop opportunity, or provide the
rates in the polymer (Vojdani and Torres extended shelf life of MAP meats to the
1989). The diffusion rate of the AM agent and consumer that are available on refriger-ated
its concentration in the film must be sufficient supermarket shelves. This is the situa-tion in
to remain effective throughout the shelf life of most developed countries, particularly within
the product (Cooksey 2000). the EU, where sales of fresh meat have
increased in supermarkets at the expense of the
Antioxidant packaging is a recent devel- specialized butcher ’s store (Mannion 1995).
opment in active packaging technologies that However, recently, consumers have become
has had some success. Nerín et al. (2006) very much more discerning with respect to the
described the promising results of a new anti- origins of the food they
oxidant active packaging system; a plastic film
with an embodied rosemary extract was able to
inhibit both myoglobin and lipid oxi-
consume. Poor labeling by the supermarkets Meat Packaging 257
has resulted in a swing back toward the local
butcher, where meat traceability is transparent
and promoted as a selling point; in addition, beef that is bright red in color and pack-aged
green issues relating to product movement to with the traditional PVC overwrap.
markets (air miles) and support for local Nevertheless, it is encouraging that the initial
product producers has encouraged this same perceptions of quality will likely not bias
trend. The impact of such develop-ing trends eating satisfaction once a decision to pur-chase
on the pre-pack sales of meat at the is made and the meat is taken home, thereby
supermarket level remains to be seen. hastening the acceptance of the newer
Mize and Kelly (2004) reported the packaging technologies (Carpenter et al. 2001).
trends in fresh meat packaging at retail level Additionally, meat processing and packaging
in the United States. They found that in technologies that are accepted by the market
2002, 69% of the linear footage of the self and adopted by the industry will have to
-service meat case was occupied by fresh become more efficient, consis-tent, and leaner
meat and poultry. This figure declined to in activity if future global challenges are to be
63% in 2004, reflect-ing a growing met. Low-oxygen pack-aging technologies will
conversion of meat items to products with continue to evolve as long as they can
greater consumer convenience, such as fully successfully and economi-cally enable the
cooked entrees and marinated meats, as well wider distribution of cen-trally packaged fresh
as hams and sausages. They also reported an meat (Eilert 2005).
increase in packages that were case ready, It is critical that we understand the factors
from 49% in 2002 to 60% in 2004. that will have the largest influence on the
As stated earlier, high O2 MAP is now evolution of meat packaging. The demand
used ubiquitously across the meat industry for convenience foods will continue to be
for many different meat products. fueled by the aging of our population, the
Alternatively, low O2 packaging systems diminished cooking skills of the typical con-
have been readily available in the United sumer, and the reduced time available for
States, but not as widely implemented as the home preparation of meals. The ability of
high O 2 counterparts. Vacuum packaging materials to offer flexibility in primary pro-
continues to be, in many cases, the most cessing as well as reheating at home will be
cost-effective packaging strategy. A critical (Eilert 2005).
relatively recent innovation in vacuum The volatility of oil prices has a direct
packaging has been the evolution of effect on the cost of traditional petrochemi-cal-
shrinkable films in use with horizontal form- based packaging materials. Also, the
fill-seal machinery (Salvage and Lipsky environmental considerations of disposing of
2004 ). This packaging format uses a traditional packaging after use have become
polystyrene or polypropylene tray and uses a center stage in recent years with respect to
barrier film that can form around the product green solutions to modern living. The
to reduce any amount of purge coming out increased costs of petroleum will continue to
of the product. An addi-tional web of film or drive the demands for bio-based packaging
a header can also be added for pre-pricing materials. Consumer demand for more envi-
and pre-labeling (Belcher 2006). ronmentally friendly packaging and more
As the meat industry moves toward central natural products will also create increased
processing that employs MAP and Vacuum- demand for packaging from biodegradable and
Skin Packaging (VSP), processors may need to renewable resources (Cutter 2006). Even
overcome consumer preference for fresh though food manufacturers cannot eliminate
packaging, they can redesign packages to
reduce the amount of material used or to
incorporate newly developed materials such
Chapter 13 “NatureTray” product aimed at fresh meat.
Both these companies use a foam form that
is derived from 100% annually renewable
as biodegradable plastic in their products’ resources. In the future, we can hope to see
packaging. This is particularly important in the even more applications for renewable pack-
European Union, where many countries are aging materials in the packaging of meat
considering tougher legislation to encour-age products. These products will address the
the use of less packaging material (Dodds various technical challenges of MAP and
2007). Biopolymer films may serve as poten- vacuum packaging and overcome the gas
tial replacements for synthetic films in food permeability issues required to make such
packaging applications to address strong packaging effective.
marketing trends toward more environmen-
tally friendly materials, but hydrophilicity is a
central limitation to replacement and full-scale References
commercial utilization of biodegrad-able films
Allen, P., A. M. Doherty, D. J. Buckley, J. Kerry, M. N.
(Han et al. 2005). However, a variety of bio- O’Grady, and F. J. Monahan. 1996. Effect of oxygen
based materials have been shown to prevent scavengers and vitamin E supplementation on colour
moisture loss, reduce lipid oxidation, improve stability of MAP beef. Proceedings of the 42nd
International Congress of Meat Science and
flavor, retain color, and stabilize microbial Technology, Lillehammer, Norway.
characteristics of foods (Cutter 2006). Belcher, J. N. 2006. Review: Industrial packaging
devel-opments for the global meat market. Meat
Science 74:143–148.
Additionally, any assessment of the envi- Bell, R. G., N. Penny, and S. M. Moorhead. 1995.
ronmental impact of food packaging must Growth of the psychrotrophic pathogens Aeromonas
consider the positive benefits of reduced hydrophila, Listeria monocytogenes and Yersinia
enterocolitica in smoked blue cod Parapercis colias
food waste in the supply chain (Marsh and packed under vacuum or carbon dioxide.
Bugusu 2007). The demand for pre- International Journal of Food Science and
packaged fresh meat will continue to grow, Technology 30:515– 521.
Berry, D. 2000. Packaging’s role—Brief article. Dairy
but it is critical that packaging formats that Foods August.
enable wider distribution of these products Boeckman, A. M. 2006. Regulatory status of carbon
evolve (Eilert 2005 ). Foamed food trays monoxide for meat packaging. In Proceedings 59th
Reciprocal Meat Conference. Champaign-Urbana,
made of polylactic acid (PLA) resin, the Illinois.
corn-based biopolymer, have recently been Brody, A. L. 1970. Shelf life of fresh meat. Modern
trialed in the United States and Europe for Packaging 1:81.
Buys, E. M. 2004. Colour changes and consumer accept-
commercial meat packaging applications ability of bulk packaged pork retail cuts stored under O2,
(Schut 2008). The polymers are said to CO2 and N2. Meat Science 68:641–647.
biodegrade when packages that are made Callow, E. H. 1932. Gas storage of pork and bacon. Part
1.Preliminary experiments . Journal of the Society of
from them are com-posted. Moisture and Chemical Industry 51:116–119.
heat in the compost pile break the PLA Camo, J., J. Antonio Beltrán, and P. Roncalés. 2008.
polymer chains to smaller chains, and then Extension of the display life of lamb with an antioxi-
dant active packaging. Meat Science 80:1086– 1091.
ultimately to lactic acid. Microorganisms in
the compost consume the lactic acid for Carpenter, C. E., D. P. Cornforth, and D. Whittier.
nourishment (Nachay 2008). 2001. Consumer preferences for beef color and
packaging did not effect eating satisfaction. Meat
An Italian company, Coopbox SpA in Science 57:359–363.
Reggio, which is a major producer of foam Cassens, R. G., C. Faustman, and F. Jimenez-
food packaging, introduced the first foamed Colmenero. 1988. Modern developments in research
on colour of meat. In Trends in Modern Meat
PLA trays, called Naturalbox, in 2005, which Technology, edited by B. Krol, P. Van Roon, and J.
can be used for the packaging of meat, fish, or Houben. Wageningen, The Netherlands: Pudoc.
poultry. Also Cryovac Inc. (Reading,
Pennsylvania) has commercialized a PLA
foam tray in the U.S. market with its
Chambers, E. IV, and J. Bowers. 1993. Consumer per- Meat Packaging 259
ception of sensory quality in muscle foods: Sensory
characteristics of meat influence consumer decisions.
Food Technology 47:116–120.
Church, I. J., and A. L. Parsons. 1995. Modified atmo- Gill, C. O. 1988. The solubility of carbon dioxide in
sphere packaging technology: Review. Journal of the meat. Meat Science 22:65–71.
Science of Food and Agriculture 67:143–152. Gill, C. O. 1989. Packaging for prolonged chill storage:
Cooksey, K. 2000. Utilization of antimicrobial packag- The Captech process. British Food Journal 917:11–
ing films for inhibition of selected microorganism. In 15.
Food Packaging: Testing Methods and Applications, Gill, C. O. 1990. Controlled atmosphere packaging of
edited by S. J. Risch. Washington, D.C.: American chilled meat. Food Control 1:74–78.
Chemical Society. Gill, C. O. 1996. Extending the storage life of raw
Cornforth, D., and M. Hunt. 2008. Low-oxygen chilled meats, Meat Science 43 Suppl.:S99– S109.
packag-ing of fresh meat with carbon monoxide.
Meat quality, microbiology, and safety. AMSA White Gill, C. O. 2003. CH17. Active packaging in practice:
Paper Series, no. 2:1–10. Savoy, Ill.: American Meat Meat. In Novel Food Packaging Techniques, edited
Science Association. by R. Ahvenainen. Cambridge, England: Woodhead
Cutter, C. N. 2006. Opportunities for bio-based packag- Publishing Ltd.
ing technologies to improve the quality and safety of Gill, C. O., and T. Jones. 1994. The display of retail-
fresh and further processed muscle foods . Meat packs of ground beef after their storage in master
Science 74:131–142. packs under various atmospheres. Meat Science
Daeschul, M. A. 1989. Antimicrobial substances from 37:281–295.
lactic acid bacteria for use as food preservatives. Gill, C. O., and G. Molin. 1991. Modified atmospheres
Food Technology 431:164–167. and vacuum packaging. In Food Preservatives,
Dixon, N. M., and B. Kell. 1989. A review. The inhibi- edited by N. J. Ruse1 and G. W. Gould. Glasgow:
tion by CO2, of the growth and metabolism of micro- Blackie and Sons.
organisms. Journal of Applied Bacteriology 67:109– Han, J. H. 2000. Antimicrobial food packaging. Food
136. Technology 543:56–65.
Dodds, A. 2007. The future of ethical food and drinks: Han, J. H. 2005. CH6. Antimicrobial packaging systems.
growth opportunities in organic and sustainable prod- In Innovations in Food Packaging , edited by J. H.
ucts and packaging. London: Business Insights Ltd. Han. London: Elsevier Academic Press.
Doyle, M. 2008. Green expectations are changing. Han, J. H., Y. Zhang, and R. Buffo. 2005. Surface
Food & Beverage Packaging 722:10–11. chem-istry of food, packaging and biopolymer
Eilert, S. J. 2005. New packaging technologies for the materials . In Innovations in Food Packaging, edited
21st century. Meat Science 71:122–127. by J. H. Han. London: Elsevier Academic Press.
Estevez, M., and R. Cava. 2004. Lipid and protein Hood, D. E., and G. C. Mead. 1993. Modified atmo-
oxida-tion, release of iron from heme molecule and sphere storage of fresh meat and poultry, In
colour deterioration during refrigerated storage of Principles and Applications of Modified Atmosphere
liver pate. Meat Science 68:551–558. Packing of Food, edited by R. T. Parry. London:
Faustman, C., and R. G. Cassens. 1989. Strategies for Blackie Academic and Professional.
improving fresh meat colour. In Proceedings, 35th Hood, D. E., and E. B. Riordan. 1973. Discoloration in
International Congress of Meat Science and pre-packed beef. Journal of Food Technology 8:333–
Technology. Copenhagen, Denmark. 348.
Faustman, C., and R. G. Cassens. 1990. Influence of Hunt, M. C., R. A. Mancini, K. A. Hachmeister, D. H.
aerobic metmyoglobin reducing capacity on colour Kropf, M. Merriman, G. DelDuca, et al. 2004.
stability of beef. Journal of Food Science 55:1279– Carbon monoxide in modified atmosphere packaging
1283. affects color, shelf life, and microorganisms of beef
FDA. 2004. Letter from Tarantino, L. to Kushner, G. J. steaks and ground beef. Journal of Food Science
Re: GRAS Notice No. GRN 000143. 691:C45–C52.
Floros, J. D., L. L. Dock, and J. H. Han. 1997. Active Hunt, M. C., O. Sorheim, and E. Slinde. 1999. Color
packaging technologies and applications. Food and heat denaturation of myoglobin forms in ground
Cosm. Drug Packag 20(1):10–17. beef. J. Food Science 64:847–851.
Floros, J. D., and H. I. Matsos. 2005. CH10. Inns, R. 1987. Modified atmosphere packaging. In
Introduction to modified atmosphere packaging. In Modern Processing, Packaging and Distribution
Innovations in Food Packaging, edited by J. H. Han. Systems for Food, vol. 4, edited by F. A. Paine.
London: Elsevier Acamemic Press. Glasgow: Blackie.
Georgala, D. L., and C. M. Davidson. 1970. Food Issanchou, S. 1996. Consumer expectations and percep-
Package. British Patent 1:199,998. tions of meat and meat products . Meat Science
Gill, A. O., and C. O. Gill. 2005. CH13. Preservative 43:S5–S19.
packaging for fresh meats, poultry and fin fish. In Jakobsen, M., and G. Bertelsen. 2000. Colour stability
Innovations in Food Packaging, edited by J. H. Han. and lipid oxidation of fresh beef. Development of a
London: Elsevier Acamemic Press. response surface model for predicting the effects of
temperature, storage time, and modified atmosphere
composition. Meat Science 54:49–57.
Jakobsen, M., and G. Bertelsen. 2002. The use of CO 2
in packaging of fresh red meats and its effect on
Chapter 13 Mancini, R. A., and M. C. Hunt. 2005. Current research
in meat colour. Meat Science 71:100–121.
Mannion, P. 1995. Meat retail: Major change. Meat
international 3(4):10–13.
chemical quality changes in the meat: A review. Marsh, K., and B. Bugusu. 2007. Food packaging—
Journal of Muscle Foods 13:143–168. Roles, materials, and environmental issues. Food
Jayasingh, P., D. P. Cornforth, C. P. Brennand, C. E. Science 72(3):39–55.
Carpenter, and D. R. Whittier. 2002. Sensory evalua- Meischen, H. W., D. L. Huffman, and G. W. Davis.
tion of ground beef stored in high-oxygen modified 1987. Branded beef-product of tomorrow today.
atmosphere packaging. Journal of Food Science Proceedings of the Reciprocal Meat Conference
679:3493–3496. 40:37–46.
Jayasingh, P., D. P. Cornforth, C. E. Carpenter, and D. Mize, J., and J. Kelly. 2004. America’s dynamic meat
Whittier. 2001. Evaluation of carbon monoxide treat- case. Cryovac Retail Wrap-up, December.
ment in modified atmosphere packaging or vacuum Morrissey, P. A., D. J. Buckley, P. J. A. Sheehy, and F.
packaging to increase color stability of fresh beef. J. Monaghan. 1994. Vitamin E and meat quality.
Meat Science 593:317–324. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society 53:289–295.
Jeremiah, L. E., C. O. Gill, and N. Penney. 1992. The Nachay, K. 2008. Sustainability. Seeking to reduce
effect on pork storage life of oxygen contamination energy costs and to protect the environment, compa-
in nominally anoxic packagings. Journal of Muscle nies are exploring “green” manufacturing practices
Foods 3:263–281. and sustainable/renewable packaging applications.
Kanner, J. 1994. Oxidative processes in meat and meat Food Technology 62(7):38–49.
products: quality implications. Meat Science 36:169– Nattress, F. M., and L. E. Jeremiah. 2000. Bacterial
189. mediated off-flavours in retail-ready beef after
Kennedy, C., D. J. Buckley, and J. P. Kerry. 2004. storage in controlled atmospheres. Food Research
Display life of sheep meats retail packaged under International 33:743–748.
atmospheres of various volumes and compositions. Nerín, C., L. Tovar, D. Djenane, J. Camo, J. Salafranca,
Meat Science 68:649–658. J. A. Beltrán, et al. 2006. Studies on the stabilization
Kerry, J. P., M. N. O’Grady, S. A. Hogan. 2006. Past, of beef meat by a new active packaging containing
current and potential utilisation of active and intelli- natural antioxidants. Journal of Agricultural and
gent packaging systems for meat and muscle-based Food Chemistry 54:7840–7846.
products: A review. Meat Science 74:113– 130. Nicholson, M. D. 1998. The role of natural antimicrobi-
als in food packaging biopreservation . Journal of
Kerry, J. P., M. G. O’Sullivan, D. J. Buckley, P. B. Plastic Film Sheeting 143:234–41.
Lynch, and P. A. Morrissey. 2000. The effects of O’Grady, M. N., F. J. Monahan, J. Bailey, P. Allen, D.
dietary α-tocopheryl acetate supplementation and J. Buckley, and M. G. Keane. 1998. Colour-
modified atmosphere packaging MAP on the quality stabilising effect of muscle vitamin E in minced beef
of lamb patties. Meat Science 56:61–66. stored in high oxygen packs. Meat Science 50:73–80.
Killefer, D. H. 1930. Carbon dioxide preservation of O’Grady, M. N., F. J. Monahan, R. M. Burke, and P.
meat and fish. Industry Engineering Chemistry Allen. 2000. The effect of oxygen level and exoge-
22:140–143. nous α-tocopherol on the oxidative stability of
Koontz, J. L. 2006. Controlled release of active ingredi- minced beef in modified atmosphere packs. Meat
ents from food and beverage packaging. Italian Science 55:39–45.
Packaging Technology Award IPTA Paper O’Sullivan, M. G., M. Cruz-Romero, and J. P. Kerry.
Competition, 15 February 2006. 2010. Evaluation of carbon dioxide flavour taint in
Limjaroen, P., E. Ryser, H. Lockhart, and B. Harte. modified atmosphere packed beef steaks. Meat
2003. Development of a food packaging coating Science, submitted.
mate-rial with antimicrobial properties. Journal of Ozdemir, M., and J. D. Floros. 2004. Active food pack-
Plastic Film and Sheeting 19(2):95–109. aging technologies . Critical Reviews in Food
Liu, Q., M. C. Lanari, and D. M. Schaefer. 1995. A Science and Nutrition 44:185–193.
review of dietary vitamin E supplementation for Parry, R. T. 1993. Introduction. In Principles and
improvement of beef quality. Journal of Animal Applications of Modified Atmosphere Packaging of
Science 73:3131–3140. Food, edited by R. T. Parry. New York: Blackie
López-Rubio, A., E. Almenar, P. Hernandez-Muñoz, J. Academic and Professional.
M. Lagarón, R. Catalá, and R. Gavara. 2004. Payne, S. R., C. J. Durham, S. M. Scott, N. Penney, R.
Overview of active polymer-based packaging G. Bell, and C. E. Devine. 1997. The effects of rigor
technologies for food applications. Food Reviews temperature, electrical stimulation, storage duration
International 20(4):357–387. and packaging systems on drip loss in beef.
Lund, M. N., R. Lametch, M. S. Hviid, O. N. Jensen, Proceedings of the 43rd International Congress of
and L. H. Skibsted. 2007. High-oxygen packaging Meat Science and Technology, Auckland, Gl–22:
atmosphere influences protein oxidation and tender- 592–593.
ness of porcine longissimus dorsi during chill storage Purdue, R. 1997. Vacuum packaging. In Encyclopedia
. Meat Science 77:295–303. of Packaging Technology, 2nd ed., edited by A. L.
Luno, M., P. Roncales, D. Djenane, and J. A. Beltran.
2000. Beef shelf life in low O2 and high CO2 atmo-
spheres containing different low CO concentrations.
Meat Science 554:413–419.
Brody and K. S. Marsh. New York: John Wiley & Meat Packaging 261
Sons.
Renerre, M. 1990. Review: Factors involved in the dis-
coloration of beef meat. International Journal of
Food Science and Technology 25:613–630. sphere with low carbon monoxide and high carbon
Renerre, M., and J. Labadie. 1993. Fresh meat dioxide. Meat Science 52:157–164.
packaging and meat quality. Proceedings of the 39th Sørheim, O. 2006. Prospects for utilization of carbon
International Congress of Meat Science and monoxide in the muscle food industry. In Modified
Technology, Calgary, Canada:361. Atmosphere Processing and Packaging of Fish,
Rhee, K. I., and Y. A. Ziprin. 1987. Lipid oxidation in edited by W. S. Otwell, H. G. Kristinsson, and M. O.
retail beef, pork and chicken muscles as affected by Balaban. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
concentrations of heme pigments and nonheme iron Suppakul, P., J. Miltz, K. Sonneveld, and S. W. Bigger.
and microsomal enzymic lipid peroxidation activity. 2003. Active packaging technologies with an empha-
Journal of Food Biochemistry 11:1–15. sis on antimicrobial packaging and its applications.
Robertson, G. L. 2006. Food packaging principles and Journal of Food Science 68(2):408–420.
practice. In Packaging of Flesh Foods, 2nd ed. Boca Taylor, A. A. 1985. Packaging fresh meat. In
Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Developments in Meat Science, vol. 3, edited by R.
Rooney, M. L. 1995. Active Food Packaging, Blackie A. Lawrie. Essex, U.K.: Elsevier Applied Science
Academic & Professional. London: Chapman & Hall. Publishers.
Salvage, B., and J. Lipsky. 2004. Focus on packaging
and process. The National Provisioner: 64–79. Vojdani, F., and J. A. Torres. 1989. Potassium sorbate
Schut, J. H. 2008. Close-up on technology: Extrusion permeability of polysaccharide films: Chitosan,
foamed PLA shows promise. In Biodegradable Meat meth-ylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose.
Trays. Plastics Technology. www.PTonline.com. Journal of Food Process Engineering 121:33–48.
Seyfert, M., R. A. Mancini, M. C. Hunt, J. Tang, and C. Wilkinson, B. H. P., J. A. M. Janz, P. C. H. Morel, R.
Faustman. 2007. Influence of carbon monoxide in W. Purchas, and W. H. Hendriks. 2006. The effect of
package atmospheres containing oxygen on colour, modified atmosphere packaging with carbon monox-
reducing activity, and oxygen consumption of five ide on the storage quality of master packaged fresh
bovine muscles. Meat Science 75(3):432–442. pork. Meat Science 75(4):605–610.
Sherbeck, J. A., D. M. Wulf, J. B. Morgan, J. D. Tatum, Wolfe, S. K. 1980. Use of CO- and CO2 enriched atmo-
G. C. Smith, and S. N. Williams. 1995. Dietary sup- spheres for meats, fish, and produce. Food
plementation of vitamin E to feedlot cattle affects Technology 34(3):55–63.
retail display properties. Journal of Food Science Xiong, Y. L. 2000. Protein oxidation and implications
60:250–252. for muscle food quality. In Antioxidants in Muscle
Smiddy, M., N. Papkovskaia, D. B. Papkovsky, and J. Foods, edited by E. A. Decker, C. Faustman, and C.
P. Kerry. 2002 . Use of oxygen sensors for the non- J. Lopez-Bote. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
destructive measurement of the oxygen content in Young, L. L., R. D. Reviere, and A. B. Cole. 1983.
modified atmosphere and vacuum packs of cooked Fresh red meats: A place to apply modified
chicken patties: Impact of oxygen content on lipid atmospheres. Food Technology 42:65–69.
oxidation. Food Research International 35:577–584. Zakrys, P. I., S. A. Hogan, M. G. O’Sullivan, P. Allan,
Sørheim, O., T. Aune, and T. Nesbakken. 1997. and J. P. Kerry. 2008. Effects of oxygen
Technological, hygienic and toxicological aspects of concentration on the sensory evaluation and quality
carbon monoxide used in modified-atmosphere pack- indicators of beef muscle packed under modified
aging of meat. Trends in Food Science & atmosphere. Meat Science 79:648–655.
Technology 8(9):307–312. Zakrys, P. I., M. G. O’Sullivan, P. Allan, and J. P.
Sørheim, O., H. Nissen, and T. Nesbakken. 1999. The Kerry. 2009. Consumer acceptability and shelf life of
storage life of beef and pork packaged in an atmo- modi-fied atmosphere packed beef steaks. Meat
Science 81:720–725.
Zhao, Y., J. H. Wells, and K. W. McMillin. 1995.
Dynamic changes of headspace gases in CO 2 and N2
packaged fresh beef. Journal of Food Science
603:571–575, 591.
Chapter 14
263
Chapter 14 With conventional MAP, the headspace gas
originally introduced changes during product
storage. For example, carbon dioxide dissolves
(<0.15%) or high (80%) oxygen level in MAP in liquids at refrigerated tempera-tures, and its
is to prevent rapid browning of red meats due permeability as with most plastic films is three
to metmyoglobin formation (MacDougall and to five times greater than that of oxygen, so it
Taylor 1975; Mancini and Hunt 2005). is difficult to continu-ously maintain its
Complete removal of oxygen is desirable to concentration during shelf life (Ozdemir and
prevent meat oxidation but results in a purplish Floros 2004). Also, any residual or acquired
meat color (Cornforth and Hunt 2008 ). In the oxygen may lead to Brochothrix growth and
remainder of this section we briefly summarize undesirable changes in meat color. As a result
the antimicro-bial and commercial aspects of of these changes, a new generation of active
these systems. packaging systems has emerged. To extend
Anaerobic CO- MAP, which uses low meat product shelf life, active packaging
levels of carbon monoxide (CO, 0.4%), CO 2 involves the incorpora-tion of certain additives
(20% to 30%), and nitrogen (remainder), into packaging systems, such as antimicrobial
inhibits growth of aerobic spoilage psychro- agents, oxygen scavengers, carbon dioxide
trophic bacteria due to the absence of oxygen. emitters, or chlo-rine dioxide emitters (Kerry
Carbon monoxide fixes a strong red color et al. 2006).
associated with fresh red meats, resulting in Oxygen scavengers are mostly available as
longer freshness perception by consumers. sachets attached to the package and utilize one
Consumers have historical familiarity with the of several technologies: ascorbic acid
red color of fresh meats as an indicator of oxidation, iron powder oxidation, photosen-
freshness. Because CO fixes this red color, sitive dye oxidation, or biological scavenging
products stored beyond their useful shelf life systems (Coma 2008). Carbon dioxide emitters
may visually appear fresh yet have high bac- usually rely on either ferrous car-bonate or
terial counts resulting in spoilage. Consumers ascorbic acid/sodium bicarbonate mixture. Not
also may be concerned with the use of CO for surprisingly, commercially available systems
this application because of the well-known often contain both an O2 scavenger and a CO2
association of this gas with human fatalities emitter (Table 14.1 ).
following inhalation exposure from faulty
combustion systems (Cornforth and Hunt
2008).
Phage Technology
Figure 14.1. Radura logo (international and U.S. Bacteriophages (also known as phages), from
FDA versions). “bacteria” and Greek phagin, “to eat,” are
viruses that infect bacteria. Phages consist of
an outer protein shell with enclosed DNA or
Use of irradiation of up to 4.5 kGy for RNA. Phages infect, grow, and multiply only
refrigerated red meats, up to 7 kGy for frozen inside bacterial cells. Lytic phages cause bac-
meats, and up to 3 kGy for poultry is permit- terial lysis (cell death), which leads to the
ted in the United States (FDA 1999) and is spread of more phage in the environment.
reflected in the U.S. Code of Federal Some phages lyse only a fraction of infected
Regulations (9 CFR Parts 381 and 424). cells and keep other cells alive while continu-
Unfortunately, this technology has not been ously shedding new phages. Phages capable of
widely accepted due to logistics challenges, lysogeny integrate phage DNA into the
opposition by activist groups, and resistance bacterial host DNA without causing cell death.
from processors (Lazar 2006b). In the United Most reports on the use of phage tech-nology
States, the main reason for lack of use is focus on applications to control meat-derived
logistics, with few irradiation facilities avail- bacterial pathogens. For example, specific
able with sufficient capacity for large-scale phages have been investigated against
processing. For example, Food Technology Escherichia coli O157:H7, Listeria
Service runs a Cobalt-60 facility in Florida, monocytogenes, Campylobacter jejuni, and
which is far removed from major animal pro- Salmonella enterica Typhimurium (Bigwood
duction areas in the Great Plains. SureBeam in et al. 2008). In 2006, L. monocytogenes phage
Iowa ran an e-beam facility in the heart of was approved by the FDA as a food
animal production areas but went bankrupt in antimicrobial (Stahl 2007).
2004. Sadex Corp. now manages the former
Surebeam facility. Smaller research irradia-
tion facilities are housed at Iowa State
Several advantages of phage technology for otic cells. To our knowledge, sensory data
meat spoilage control are described by others demonstrating that phage treatments do not
(Greer 2005; Hudson et al. 2005). For alter the appearance or flavor of foods have
example, phages are self-reproducible and not been published.
release more phage after bacterial lysis. Phage Among the many potential drawbacks of
specificity may be an advantage if selective for phage technology, limited host range is con-
spoilage microflora only. On the other hand, sidered most important. Most reported studies
specificity may diminish phage activity against were performed on experimentally inocu-lated
broad-spectrum spoilage microflora. Whitman refrigerated meats and demonstrated efficacy
and Marshall (1971a) noticed that phages from against spoilage psychrotrophs and
bacteriophage-host systems isolated from psychrophiles (Greer 1986, 1988; Greer and
refrigerated food prod-ucts usually attacked Dilts 2002; Greer et al. 2007). Greer (1988)
only those hosts upon which they were showed that homologous phage can replicate
isolated. Phages are gener-ally more stable and limit bacterial growth on inoculated and
than their hosts and can survive processing refrigerated phage -treated beef. Maximum
(Koo et al. 2000). Greer (1988) showed that shelf life extension was seen with an initial
phage concentration remained stable (5 to 6 bacteria density in excess of 3 log 10 CFU/cm2
log10 PFU/cm2) on the surface of refrigerated and phage concentrations above 7 log 10 PFU/
(4°C) beef rib-eye steaks during 14 days of cm2 . Greer and Dilts (2002) were able to
storage in air. Whitman and Marshall (1971b) extend the shelf life of inoculated (B. ther-
showed that some Pseudomonas phages mosphacta) and homologous phage -treated
isolated from beef may remain infectious after refrigerated pork adipose tissue from 4 to 8
heating to 60°C, pH change to 4.0, and days. Leuconostoc gelidum phage isolated
exposure to 4 M NaCl. Phages are naturally from vacuum- packaged pork loin was able to
present entities and constitute part of the limit growth of the corresponding host on
environment. Whitman and Marshall (1971a) inoculated pork adipose tissue stored at 4°C in
isolated a total of 38 host-phage pairings from air or vacuum (Greer et al. 2007). However,
ground beef, sausage, chicken, raw milk, and the same research group (Greer and Dilts
oysters. Phage concentration as high as 6.3 × 1990) showed that a pool of seven phage
106 PFU/g was found on chicken skin. Not strains failed to lyse 43.8% of 1,023 strains of
surprisingly, most isolated were invaders of naturally isolated pseudomonads from beef,
Pseudomonas spp., followed by Gram-positive pork, and lamb. When added to refrig-erated,
cocci and members of the Enterobacteriacea naturally contaminated beef rib-eye steaks, the
family. Similarly, Atterbury et al. (2003) same phage pool remained viable throughout
isolated 34 Campylobacter phages from retail the study and significantly reduced
chicken meat. Pseudomonas growth, but did not significantly
affect shelf-life duration. The authors
Because of the naturally wide prevalence concluded that phage inability to prolong shelf
of phages on raw meats, one may conclude life of meat was caused by the narrow host
that phage addition to food products is not range of the phage pool.
adding a foreign entity. Phages used to Development of phage-resistant bacterial
control food spoilage bacteria can be derived mutants is another point of concern that may
from corresponding foods and food- be overcome using a pool of phage strains,
processing environments. Because phages with each targeting different receptors on the
are highly specific to prokaryotes, it is bacterial cell-wall surface. On the other hand,
unlikely that they can target human eukary- phages continuously co-evolve with bacteria,
Chapter 14 and selective breeding may be tools to
decrease phage specificity, which would
increase the range of bacteria susceptible to
adjusting themselves to regain ability to infect control. Further steps may also include
mutated bacteria (Weitz et al. 2005). Another devel-opment of multistrain phage cocktails
major drawback of phage technol-ogy is the with complementary activity aimed at
difficulty of getting phages to kill mesophilic different cell structure targets. In addition,
and psychrotrophic microorgan-isms in a food little infor-mation is available on lactic acid
product stored at refrigeration temperatures. bacteria spoilage control with phage. This
Phage activity requires actively growing and bacterial group contains common spoilers of
dividing hosts, which for many mesophiles vacuum-packaged products. Most current
generally does not occur in a chilled stored research focuses on Pseudomonas spp. and
product. Although psychotro-phs can grow at B. thermosphacta.
chill temperatures, their growth rate is slow.
For phage to be effective against spoilers their
activity must be certain at low storage
High Pressure Processing
temperatures.
Another issue is that large initial bacterial High hydrostatic pressure (HHP) treatment
populations (3 to 5 log10 CFU/g) are needed involves placing packaged meat in a
for phage activity (Greer 2005; Hudson et al. pressure vessel and applying isostatic water
2005). Since phage attack on bacteria initi- pressure of 100 to 900 MPa. HHP
ates upon contact, the probability of this processing is considered nonthermal, since
encounter increases if populations of both
temperatures increase only 3°C for every
counterparts are large. If spoilage bacterial
numbers are low on a product due to the 100 MPa applied (Aymerich et al. 2008).
effectiveness of other control measures, then Equipment for HHP is commercially
phage treatment may not be valuable. available, including manu-facturers Avure
However, in the case of refrigerated meat Technologies (United States) and Nicolas
spoilage, where generally large population Correa Hyperbaric (Spain). HHP kills
numbers are present, phage technology may bacterial cells through a combination of
have merit. actions, with the bacterial membrane the
The nature of the environment can play a primary site of damage. Gram-negative
significant role in phage attack, with viscous
bacteria are more susceptible, followed by
product physically reducing the possibility
of phage-host interaction. Other drawbacks Gram-positive bacteria and spores (Hugas et
include the possibility of phage-mediated al. 2002). Linton et al. (2004) reported that
virulence gene transfer between bacteria. the microflora of chicken mince became
Lysogenic conversion of lytic phage to less diverse and shifted to Gram- positive
temperate phage could result in host protec- bacteria after HHP treatment. Regarding cell
tion from other phages. As a last argument, shape, rods (elongated) are more
the average consumer associates viruses susceptible than cocci (round). It is
with disease, and their perception of adding
generally believed that HHP does not
viruses to foods has yet to be investigated.
significantly change the sensory quality of
To summarize, the biggest challenge in
utilizing phage technology in modern meat meats, although cooked color (at 150 MPa),
spoilage control might be high phage speci- oxidation of ferrous myo-globin (at 400
ficity, which makes it difficult to achieve the MPa), and lipid oxidation has been reported
desired results of shelf life extension for in fresh and marinated meats (Hugas et al.
naturally contaminated meat products. 2002). Results of studies showing
Genetic manipulation of available phages prevention of meat spoilage with HHP
treatment are summarized in Table 14.3.
Novel Technologies for Microbial Spoilage Prevention 269
due to nonspecific mechanisms of action (Kim instead of their salts is lowered pH and the
et al. 1995a, b; Marshall and Kim 1996; Bal’a pale/watery appearance of fresh meats
and Marshall 1998; Kim and Marshall 2000 ). (Kotula and Thelappurate 1994; Lin and
Numerous publications have docu-mented the Chuang 2001). A summary of organic acid
effectiveness of these compounds against L. applications (with an emphasis on lactate)
monocytogenes, E. coli O157:H7, Clostridium for meat product shelf life extension is
perfringens , and Salmonella spp. (Glass et al. presented in Table 14.5.
2002; Porto et al. 2002; Juneja 2006; A suggested alternative to lactic acid, low
Michaelsen et al. 2006 ; Paulson et al. 2007). molecular weight polylactic acid, was capable
Lactate efficacy can be improved by of releasing free lactic acid for extended
combining with diacetate (Jensen et al. 2003; periods of time, which helped maintain and
Serdengecti et al. 2006 ). The main drawback resist pH change better than free lactic acid
of using straight organic acids (Mustapha et al. 2002). Their results showed
Likewise, Skandamis and Nychas (2002) 1.0 log10 CFU/g difference on day 13 of
found that oregano essential oil extract storage at 3°C.
extended shelf life of refrigerated MAP- We believe essential oils and plant
stored fresh meat. extracts probably have limited application
Allyl isothiocyanate is one of many vola- for shelf life extension of fresh meats due to
tile natural antimicrobials found in cruci- flavor changes associated with the quantities
ferous plants, such as horseradish, black needed to achieve meaningful results. On the
mustard, cabbage, and turnip. Nadarajah et al. other hand, in applications where flavoring
(2005a) prepared paper disks containing 1 ml is expected, such as with seasoned or
of 65% allyl isothiocyanate mixed with corn marinated products, use of essential oils may
oil. They then applied the paper disks to be benefi-cial to extend shelf life.
ground beef patties that were then vacuum
packaged and stored for 15 days at 4°C.
Enzymes
Results showed a delay in natural microflora
growth and significant population reduction in Lysozyme is a naturally occurring (human
inoculated E. coli O157:H7. They argued that saliva, egg white), 14.6 kDa, single-peptide
the antimicrobial might have use as a vapor. protein that has antimicrobial activity due to
When 5% to 20% mustard flour was used as a its enzymatic ability to hydrolyze β(1–4)
natural source of allyl isothiocya-nate in gly-cosidic linkages in bacterial cell walls
ground beef, inoculated E. coli O157:H7 (Proctor and Cunningham 1988). It is more
population declined but no effect on spoilage active against Gram-positive bacteria, and
microflora was noted (Nadarajah et al. 2005b). activity against Gram-negatives can be
Sensory evaluation results showed that increased by use of membrane disrupting
panelists could detect mustard treatment, but agents (detergents and chelators), such as
considered mustard-treated meat to be EDTA (Padgett et al. 1998). Because of this
acceptable. narrow activity range, most studies use
The influence of various herb decoctions to lysozyme in combination with other
control the major poultry spoiler Yarrowia antimicrobials.
lipolytica was investigated by Ismail et al. Gill and Holley (2000) showed that com-
(2001) . Basil, marjoram, oregano, or rose- bined lysozyme, nisin, and EDTA treatment
mary decoction -saturated cellulose disks of ham and bologna sausages reduced popu-
showed no inhibition zones on lawn-inoculated lations of B. thermosphacta to nondetectable
Y. lipolytica agar plates, compared with sage levels for up to 4 weeks, while during
and thyme decoctions. These latter decoctions storage at 8° C, growth of Lactobacillus
were capable of initial 0.45 log 10 CFU/g Y. curvatus, Leuconostoc mesenteroides, and
lipolytica reduction on chicken wings, Listeria monocytogenes was slowed for up
although the effect was diminished after 3 days to 3, 2, and 2 weeks, respectively. Cannarsi
of storage. No effect on aerobic plate count et al. (2008) showed that the combination of
was observed. 0.5% lysozyme and 2% EDTA extended the
Ha et al. (2001) incorporated 0.5 to 1.0% shelf life of chilled buffalo meat, with an
grapefruit seed extract in multilayered antimicrobial affect on all microflora
polyethylene films and investigated its present, including B. thermosphacta.
activity against spoilage microflora of Nattress and Baker (2003) combined nisin
wrapped ground beef. The authors observed and lyso-zyme as an antimicrobial treatment
that total plate count was lower in grapefruit on pork loins, with successful inhibition of
seed extract wrapped beef compared to lactic acid bacteria and preferential growth
wrapped beef throughout the study, with a of Enterobacteriacea. However, the authors
Chapter 14 They found that peroxyacetic acid and acidi-
fied sodium chlorite were less effective than
4% lactic acid against aerobes and
noticed that aerobically displayed nisin- coliforms. They also found that activity was
lysozyme treated meat spoiled sooner than influenced by plant location. Acidified
untreated meat. They attributed this to inhibi- sodium chlorite is approved by the USDA
tion of lactic acid bacteria and a resultant shift for poultry and red meat applications at 500
to putrefactive bacterial spoilers. In summary, to 1200 ppm (21CFR173.325).
a combined lysozyme/nisin/EDTA mixture Phosphates are known to inhibit spoilage
may be a promising tool for exten-sion of the microorganisms (Marshall and Jindal 1997;
shelf life of anaerobically pack-aged meats by Kim and Marshall 1999). Castillo et al.
inhibiting lactic acid bacteria, which is the (2005) showed that a 7.6% trisodium phos-
predominant bacterial spoilage group capable phate dip reduced initial aerobic mesophilic
of growth in such conditions. count of chicken wings by 1.5 log10 CFU/g,
resulting in a shelf life extension of 2 to 3
Other Antimicrobials days during storage at 4°C. Numerous other
investigations showed mixed results for tri-
There are a few other novel antimicrobial sodium phosphate effectiveness, both
agents that have been reported to eliminate against meat spoilers and pathogens (Ismail
food-borne pathogens and prevent meat et al. 2001 ; Lin and Lin 2002; Pohlman et
spoilage. Examples include acidified sodium al. 2002; Fabrizio and Cutter 2005; Özdemir
chlorite, trisodium phosphate, ozonated water, et al. 2006; del Rio et al. 2007). Because
and electrolyzed water. Acidified sodium trisodium phosphate requires high concen-
chlorite solution is a mixture of sodium trations for effectiveness, the resultant cost
chlorite and a GRAS food-grade organic acid. and soapy meat surface and flavor may limit
A chemical reaction between the two produces its use.
chlorous acid, which is the main active agent. Ozone is a highly oxidative gas that easily
Numerous studies have shown acidified decomposes (especially under UV light) to
sodium chlorite activity against L.
produce oxygen. Ozone is on the FDA GRAS
monocytogenes, S. aureus, Bacillus cereus,
Salmonella Enteritidis, E. coli, C. jejuni, and
list and its current use in meat processing is
Yersinia enterocolitica (Castillo et al. 1999; limited to water and surface sanitizer
Beverly et al. 2006; Özdemir et al. 2006; del (oxida-tive power) and degreaser roles.
Rio et al. 2007). Bosilevac et al. (2004b) According to Lazar (2006a), the ability of
evaluated the influence of 300 ppm acidified ozonated water to both continuously clean
sodium chlorite spray in 50/50 and 90/10 lean and sanitize eliminates the need for a
beef trimmings and ground beef made from sanitation shift break during production,
those trimmings on aerobic plate count. They
making meat pro-cessing plants productive
found that acidified sodium chlorite was most
24/7. Several researchers investigated the
effective on 50/50 lean trimmings, reducing
possibility of using ozonated water to
counts by 1.1 log10 CFU/g. Counts in ground
decontaminate meat (Kim et al. 1999 ;
beef chubs were reduced by 1.0 to 1.5 log 10
Castillo et al. 2003; Kalchayanand et al.
CFU/g until day 20 at 2°C, while maintaining
acceptable sensory ground beef quality. Gill 2008), although most agree that a major
and Badoni (2004) compared 0.02% drawback is its ineffective-ness in the
peroxyacetic acid, 0.16% acidified sodium presence of organic matter (Moore et al.
chlorite, 2% lactic acid, and 4% lactic acid on 2000). The inactivity of ozone in the
the natural flora of beef brisket from two presence of organics and its short half-life
slaughtering plants. makes meat decontamination difficult.
These
Novel Technologies for Microbial Spoilage Prevention 275
drawbacks coupled with worker safety issues Table 14.6. Types of active antimicrobial
related to ozone inhalation hazards limit packaging
widespread adoption of ozone technology. Addition of sachets/pads containing volatile
Electrolyzed water is produced by passing antimicrobial agents (contact with product
through headspace)
12% NaCl solution across a bipolar mem- Incorporation of volatile/non-volatile compounds
brane with an electrode on each side, result-ing directly into packaging
Coating or absorbing antimicrobials onto polymer
in an acidic solution called electrolyzed surfaces
oxidizing water and an alkaline solution Chemical bonds (ion or covalent linkages)
(Fabrizio and Cutter 2004). Electrolyzed between antimicrobials and packaging material
Using polymers that are inherently antimicrobial
oxidizing water has a low pH (2.3 to 2.7), high Edible packaging containing antimicrobials
oxidation-reduction potential (ORP, >1000
mV), and free chlorine (25 to 80 ppm) (Huang From Appendini and Hotchkiss (2002)
et al. 2008). Thus, electrolyzed oxi-dizing
water antimicrobial effect is due to the
combined action of low pH, high ORP, and
free chlorine. Fabrizio and Cutter (2005) could be protective for antimicrobials, allow-
investigated the influence of electrolyzed ing them to slowly migrate to the product
oxidizing water (pH 2.3 to 2.7, 1150 mV ORP, surface over extended periods of time without
∼50 ppm free chlorine) on L. monocy-togenes deactivating them. Siragusa and Dickson
inoculated on beef frankfurters stored for 7 (1992) investigated the possibility of organic
days at 4°C. Electrolyzed oxidiz-ing water acid use in bioactive edible packaging in the
caused only a slight reduction (<0.5 log10 form of calcium alginate gels. On lean beef
CFU/g) in pathogen numbers, but was more tissues inoculated with L. monocytogenes, they
showed that lactic acid (1.7% v/v) immobilized
effective than 2% acetic acid and 10%
in alginate reduced pathogen counts by 1.3 log
trisodium phosphate. Similarly, Fabrizio and
Cutter (2004) showed no sig-nificant influence 10 CFU/g compared to a 0.03 log decrease
of electrolyzed oxidizing water applied to fresh from the acid treatment alone. Similarly, acetic
pork inoculated with L. monocytogenes and acid (2% v/v) reduced counts by 1.5 (alginate)
Salmonella Typhimurium. As with most and 0.25 log 10 CFU/g, respectively. Cutter and
antimicrobials, complex organic composition Siragusa (1996, 1997) investigated the impact
of meat tends to lessen the ability to inactivate of nisin alone and nisin in calcium alginate
bacteria. Novel approaches are needed to gels as a surface treatment antimicrobial on
retain the antimicrobial activity of these agents refrigerated beef lean and adipose tissues
in meat matrices. inoculated with the spoiler B. thermosphacta .
Untreated, algi-nate-treated, or nisin alone did
not suppress bacterial growth (>6 log10
CFU/cm2 by day 7), while treatment with
Active Antimicrobial Packaging
nisin-alginate did suppress growth (2.4 log 10
Antimicrobial packaging can involve utiliza- CFU/cm2 by day 7). Bacteriocin titers from
tion of several concepts (Table 14.6 ). both tissues were greater in nisin-alginate vs.
Quintavalla and Vicini (2002) noticed that nisin-only samples after day 7 of incubation.
microbial contamination of intact fresh muscle Active packaging in the form of edible films is
occurs mostly at the surface and anti- advantageous because it retains antimicrobial
microbials applied directly on the surface activity and steadily delivers the antimicro-bial
could be easily inactivated by meat compo- to the contaminated meat surface.
nents. Therefore, antimicrobial packaging
Chapter 14
Commercial antimicrobial packaging is acids and their slow release into bologna,
available (Table 14.7). Silver-substituted cooked ham, and pastrami. Chitosan films
zeolite technology developed in Japan intro- inhibited indigenous Enterobacteriaceae and
duces a thin layer (3 to 6 μm) of Ag-zeolite on surface-inoculated Serratia liquefaciens, but
the surface of common food contact poly- failed to affect growth of lactic acid bacteria.
mers. Zeolite slowly releases antimicrobially
active silver in the food, provoking an Scannell et al. (2000) investigated the
antimicrobial effect. AgION® Silver Ion immobilization of lacticin and nisin in
Technology received U.S. FDA approval for cellulose-based paper and polyethylene/
use on all food-contact surfaces (FDA 2008). polyamide plastic for spoilage prevention of
Triclosan -impregnated food packaging mate- cooked sliced ham. Lacticin was unsuccess-ful
rials recently have been approved in the in binding to plastic, while nisin bound well
European Union as long as migration into food and retained its activity for 3 months. Nisin-
products does not exceed 5 mg per 1 kg treated cellulose paper applied to cooked sliced
(Quintavalla and Vicini 2002). Triclosan is a ham packaged in MAP and stored at 4°C had a
nonionic, broad-spectrum antimicrobial agent slight influence on total plate count over a 24-
commonly used in personal hygiene items, day storage period (1 log10 CFU/g lower counts
such as soaps and detergents. Cutter (1999) compared to control at the end of the trial). In
investigated triclosan-incorporated plastic contrast, this treatment successfully controlled
(1,500 ppm triclosan, Microban ®, Microban lactic acid bacteria (not detectable for nisin-
Products Co., United States) against bacteria treated vs. 4 log10 CFU/g increase for control at
the end of the trial). Ming et al. (1997) used
on irradiated, inoculated, and vacuum-
pediocin-coated cellulose casings to control L.
packaged beef surfaces. Except slight
mono-cytogenes growth on surface-inoculated
reduction in B. thermosphacta, triclo-san failed
fresh turkey breast, fresh beef, and ham. L.
to control populations of Salmonella,
mono-cytogenes counts on pediocin- treated
Escherichia, or Bacillus. The lack of triclosan
casing did not increase (3 log 10 CFU/ml in
activity was speculated to be due to triclosan
rinsates) over a 12-week storage time, but
inactivation by fatty acids and adipose tissues.
increased to 5.5, 6.0, and 4.0 log 10 CFU/ml on
untreated casing for ham, turkey breasts, and
Some inherently antimicrobial polymers beef, respectively. Franklin et al. (2004)
include chitosan (discussed previously) and showed that packaging films coated with
irradiated nylon (Quintavalla and Vicini cellulose-based solution containing 7,500 and
2002; Yingyuad et al. 2006). Irradiated 10,000 IU/ml nisin significantly inhibited L.
nylon has surface-bound amine groups that monocytogenes growth in vacuum-packaged,
are effective against numerous pathogens, surface-inoculated hot dogs. Counts remained
although we are unaware of its use in meat at a constant 3 log10 CFU/package level com-
applications. Ouattara et al. (2000) investi- pared to controls, which increased to 9 logs
gated chitosan as a food -packaging matrix
for the incorporation of acetic and propionic
Novel Technologies for Microbial Spoilage Prevention 277
Floros, J. D., L. L. Dock, and J. H. Han. 1997. Active Huang, Y.-R., Y.-C. Hung, S.-Y. Hsu, Y.-W. Huang,
packaging technologies and applications. Food and D. F. Hwang. 2008. Application of electrolyzed
Cosmetics and Drug Packaging 20:10–17. water in food industry. Food Control 19:329–345.
Franklin, N. B., K. D. Cooksey, and K. J. K. Getty. Hugas, M. 1998. Bacteriocinogenic lactic acid bacteria
2004. Inhibition of Listeria monocytogenes on the for the biopreservation of meat and meat products.
surface of individually packaged hot dogs with a Meat Science 49:S139–S150.
packaging film coating containing nisin. Journal of Hugas, M., M. Garriga, and J. M. Monfort. 2002. New
Food Protection 67:480–485. mild technologies in meat processing: High pressure
Galvez, A., H. Abriouel, R. L. Lopez, and N. B. Omar. as a model technology. Meat Science 62:359–371.
2007. Bacteriocin-based strategies for food preserva- Hudson, J. A., C. Billington, G. Carey-Smith, and G.
tion. International Journal of Food Microbiology Greening. 2005. Bacteriophages as biocontrol agents
120:51–70. in food. Journal of Food Protection 68:426–437.
Garriga, M., N. Grebol, M. T. Aymerich, J. M. Monfort, Ismail, S. A. S., T. Deak, H. A. Abd El-Rahman, M. A.
and M. Hugas. 2004. Microbial inactivation after high- M. Yassien, and L. R. Beuchat. 2001. Effectiveness
pressure processing at 600 MPa in commercial meat of immersion treatments with acids, trisodium phos-
products over its shelf life . Innovative Food Science and phate, and herb decoctions in reducing populations of
Emerging Technologies 5:451–457. Yarrowia lipolytica and naturally occurring aerobic
Gill, A. O., and R. A. Holley. 2000. Inhibition of bacte- microorganisms on raw chicken . International
rial growth on ham and bologna by lysozyme, nisin, Journal of Food Microbiology 64:13–19.
and EDTA. Food Research International 33:83– 90. Javanmard, M., N. Rokni, S. Bokaie, and G. Shahhosseini.
2006. Effects of gamma irradiation and frozen storage on
Gill, C. O., and M. Badoni. 2004. Effects of microbial, chemical and sensory quality of chicken meat
peroxyacetic acid, acidified sodium chlorite or lactic in Iran. Food Control 17:469–473.
acid solutions on the microflora of chilled beef Jensen, J. M., K. L. Robbins, K. J. Ryan, C. Homco-
carcasses. International Journal of Food Ryan, F. K. McKeith, and M. S. Brewer. 2003.
Microbiology 91: 43–50. Effects of lactic and acetic acid salts on quality
Glass, K. A., D. A. Granberg, A. L. Smith, A. M. characteristics of enhanced pork during retail display.
McNamara, M. Hardin, and J. Mattias. 2002. Meat Science 63:501–508.
Inhibition of Listeria monocytogenes by sodium Jo, C., N. Y. Lee, H. J. Hang, D. H. Shin, and M. W.
diac-etate and sodium lactate on wieners and cooked Byun. 2004. Inactivation of foodborne pathogens in
brat-wurst. Journal of Food Protection 65:116–123. marinated beef rib by ionizing irradiation. Food
Goddard, B. L., W. B. Mikel, D. E. Conner, and W. R. Microbiology 21:543–548.
Jones. 1996. Use of organic acids to improve the Juneja, V. K. 2006. Delayed Clostridium perfringens
chemical, physical, and microbial attributes of beef growth from a spore inocula by sodium lactate in
strip loins stored at 1°C for 112 days . Journal of sous-vide chicken products. Food Microbiology
Food Protection 59:849–853. 23:105–111.
Gosmann, B., and H. J. Rehem. 1986. Oxygen uptake Juneja, V. K., H. Thippareddi, L. Bari, Y. Inatsu, and S.
of microorganims entrapped in Ca-alginate. Applied Kawamoto. 2006. Chitosan protects cooked ground
Microbiology and Biotechnology 23:163–167. beef and turkey against Clostridium perfringens
Greer, G. G. 1986. Homologous bacteriophage control spores during chilling . Journal of Food Science
of Pseudomonas growth and beef spoilage. Journal 71:M236–M240.
of Food Protection 49:104–109. Kalchayanand, N., T. M. Arthur, J. M. Bosilevac, D. M.
Greer, G. G. 1988. Effect of phage concentration, bacte-rial Brichta-Harhay, M. N. Guerini, T. L. Wheeler, and
density, and temperature on phage control of beef M. Koohmaraie. 2008. Evaluation of various antimi-
spoilage. Journal of Food Science 53:1226–1227. crobial interventions for the reduction of Escherichia
Greer, G. G. 2005. Bacteriophage control of foodborne coli O157:H7 on bovine heads during processing.
bacteria. Journal of Food Protection 68:1102–1111. Journal of Food Protection 71:621–624.
Greer, G. G., and B. D. Dilts. 1990. Inability of a bac- Kerry, J. P., M. N. O’Grady, and S. A. Hogan. 2006.
teriophage pool to control beef spoilage. International Past, current and potential utilization of active and
Journal of Food Microbiology 10:331–342. intelligent packaging systems for meat and muscle-
Greer, G. G., and B. D. Dilts. 2002. Control of based products: a review. Meat Science 74:113–130.
Brochothrix thermosphacta spoilage of pork adipose Kim, J. W., and M. F. Slavik. 1996. Cetylpyridinium
tissue using bacteriophages . Journal of Food chloride (CPC) treatment on poultry skin to reduce
Protection 65:861–863. attached Salmonella. Journal of Food Protection
Greer, G. G., B. D. Dilts, and H. W. Ackermann. 2007. 59:322–326.
Characterization of a Leuconostoc gelidum bacterio- Kim, C. R., and D. L. Marshall. 1999. Microbiological,
phage from pork. International Journal of Food colour, and sensory changes of refrigerated chicken
Microbiology 114:370–375. legs treated with selected phosphates. Food Research
Ha, J-U., Y.-M. Kim, and D. S. Lee. 2001. Multilayered International 32:209–215.
antimicrobial polyethylene films applied to the pack- Kim, C. R., and D. L. Marshall. 2000. Quality
aging of ground beef. Packaging Technology and evaluation of refrigerated chicken wings treated with
Science 15:55–62. organic acids. Journal of Food Quality 23:327–335.
Chapter 14 Marshall, D. L., and V. Jindal. 1997. Microbiological
quality of catfish frames treated with selected
phosphates. Journal of Food Protection 60:1081–
1083.
Kim, C. R., J. O. Hearnsberger, A. P. Vickery, C. H. Marshall, D. L., and C. R. Kim. 1996. Microbiological
White, and D. L. Marshall. 1995a. Sodium acetate and sensory analyses of refrigerated catfish fillets
and bifidobacteria increase shelf life of refrigerated treated with acetic and lactic acids. Journal of Food
catfish fillets. Journal of Food Science 60:25–27. Quality 19:317–329.
Kim, C. R., J. O. Hearnsberger, A. P. Vickery, C. H. Marshall, D. L., P. L. Wiese-Lehigh, J. H. Wells, and
White, and D. L. Marshall. 1995b. Extending shelf A. J. Farr. 1991. Comparative growth of Listeria
life of refrigerated catfish fillets using sodium acetate mono-cytogenes and Pseudomonas fluorescens on
and monopotassium phosphate. Journal of Food pre-cooked chicken nuggets stored under modified
Protection 58:644–647. atmospheres. Journal of Food Protection 54:841–
Kim, J. G., A. E. Yousef, and S. Dave. 1999. 843,851.
Application of ozone for enhancing the Marshall, D. L., L. S. Andrews, J. H. Wells, and A. J.
microbiological safety and quality of foods: a review. Farr. 1992. Influence of modified atmosphere
Journal of Food Protection 62:1071–1087. packag-ing on the competitive growth of Listeria
Koo, J., A. DePaola, and D. L. Marshall. 2000. Impact monocyto-genes and Pseudomonas fluorescens on
of acid on survival of Vibrio vulnificus and Vibrio precooked chicken. Food Microbiology 9:303–309.
vulnificus phage. Journal of Food Protection Marth, E. H. 1998. Extended shelf life refrigerated
63:1049–1052. foods: Microbiological quality and safety. Food
Kotula, K. L., and R.Thelappurate. 1994. Technology 52(2):57–62.
Microbiological and sensory attributes of retail cuts Michaelsen, A. R., J. G. Sebranek, and J. S. Dickson.
of beef treated with acetic and lactic acid solutions . 2006. Effects of microbial inhibitors and modified
Journal of Food Protection 57:665–670. atmosphere packaging on growth of Listeria
Kozempel, M. F., D. L. Marshall, E. R. Radewonuk, O. monocy-togenes and Salmonella enterica
J. Scullen, N. Goldberg, and M. F. A. Bal’a. 2001. A Typhimurium and on quality attributes of injected
rapid surface intervention process to kill Listeria pork chops and sliced cured ham. Journal of Food
innocua on catfish using cycles of vacuum and Protection 69:2671–2680.
steam. Journal of Food Science 66:1012–1016. Millette, M., C. Le Tien, W. Smoragiewicz, and M.
Lazar, V. 2006a. Shhhh … ! Ozone’s too good to share. Lacroix. 2007. Inhibition of Staphylococcus aureus
Meat Processing 45(6):78–82. on beef by nisin-containing modified alginate films
Lazar, V. 2006b. New life for meat irradiation? Meat and beads. Food Control 18:878–884.
Processing 45(7):40–43. Min, J. S., S. O. Lee, A. Jang, C. Jo, and M. Lee. 2007.
Lin, K. W., and C. H. Chuang. 2001. Effectiveness of Control of microorganisms and reduction of biogenic
dipping with phosphate, lactate and acetic acid solu- amines in chicken breast and thigh by irradiation and
tions on the quality and shelf life of pork loin chop. organic acids. Poultry Science 86:2034–2041.
Journal of Food Science 66:494–499. Ming, X., G. H. Weber, J. W. Ayres, and W. E. Sandine.
Lin, K. W., and S. N. Lin. 2002. Effects of sodium 1997. Bacteriocins applied to food packaging materi-als
lactate and trisodium phosphate on the to inhibit Listeria monocytogenes on meats. Journal of
physicochemi-cal properties and shelf life of low-fat Food Science 62:413–415.
Chinese-style sausage. Meat Science 60:147–154. Moeller, S., D. Wulf, D. Meeker, M. Ndife, N.
Linton, M., J. M. J. McClements, and M. F. Patterson. Sundararajan, and M. B. Solomon. 1999. Impact of
2004. Changes in microbiological quality of vacuum- the hydrodyne process on tenderness, microbial load,
packaged, minced chicken treated with high hydro- and sensory characteristics of pork longissimus
static pressure. Innovative Food Science and muscle. Journal of Animal Science 77:2119–2123.
Emerging Technologies 5:151–159. Monk, J. D., L. R. Beuchat, and M. P. Doyle. 1995.
Maca, J. V., R. K. Miller, M. E. Bigner, L. M. Lucia, Irradiation inactivation of food-borne microorgan-
and G. R. Acuff. 1999. Sodium lactate and storage isms. Journal of Food Protection 58:197–208.
temperature effects on shelf life of vacuum packaged Moore, G., C. Griffith, and A. Peters. 2000.
beef top rounds. Meat Science 53:23–29. Bactericidal properties of ozone and its potential
MacDougall, D. D., and A. A. Taylor. 1975. Colour application as a terminal disinfectant. Journal of
retention in fresh meat stored in oxygen—a commer- Food Protection 63:1100–1106.
cial scale trial. Journal of Food Technology 10:339– Mustapha, A., T. Ariyapitipun, and A. D. Clarke. 2002.
347. Survival of Escherichia coli O157:H7 on vacuum-
Mancini, R. A., and M. C. Hunt. 2005. Current research packaged raw beef treated with polylactic acid, lactic
in meat color. Meat Science 71:100–121. acid, and nisin. Journal of Food Science 67:262–267.
Marcos, B., T. Aymerich, J. M. Monfort, and M.
Garriga. 2007. Use of antimicrobial biodegradable Murano, P. 2003. Understanding Food Science and
packaging to control Listeria monocytogenes during Technology. Belmont, Calif.: Thompson Wadsworth.
storage of a cooked ham. International Journal of Murray, M., and J. A. Richards. 1998.
Food Microbiology 120:152–158.
Marshall, D. L., and M. F. A. Bal’a. 2001. Microbiology of Comparative study on the antilisterial
meats. In Meat Science and Applications, edited by Y. activity of nisin A and pedio-
H. Hui, W. K. Nip, R. W. Rogers, and O. A. Young.
New York: Marcel Dekker.
Novel Technologies for Microbial Spoilage Prevention 285
cin AcH in fresh ground pork stored aerobically at into biodegradable packaging films. Journal of Food
5°C. Journal of Food Protection 60:1534–1540. Protection 61:1330–1335.
Nadarajah, D., J. H. Han, and R. A. Holley. 2005a. Use Paulson, D. D., R. A. Wicklund, M. C. Rojas, and M. S.
of mustard flour to inactivate Escherichia coli Brewer. 2007. Effects of shelf life enhancers and
O157:H7 in ground beef under nitrogen flushed microbial load on Escherichia coli K12 survival in
pack-aging. International Journal of Food injected beef strip steaks. Journal of Muscle Foods
Microbiology 99:257–267. 18:194–206.
Nadarajah, D., J. H. Han, and R. A. Holley. 2005b. Pawar, D. D., S. V. S. Malik, K. N. Bhilegaonkar, and
Inactivation of Escherichia coli O157:H7 in packaged S. B. Barbuddhe. 2000. Effect of nisin and its combi-
ground beef by allyl isothiocyanate. International nation with sodium chloride on the survival of
Journal of Food Microbiology 99:269–279. Listeria monocytogenes added to raw buffalo meat
Naidu, A. S. 2002. Activated lactoferrin—A new mince. Meat Science 56:215–219.
approach to meat safety. Food Technology 56(3): 40– Payne, S. R., C. J. Durham, S. M. Scott, and C. E.
45. Devine. 1998. The effects of non-vacuum packaging
systems on drip loss from chilled beef. Meat Science
Natrajan, N., and B. W. Sheldon. 2000a. Efficacy of 49:277–287.
nisin-coated polymer films to inactivate Salmonella Piette, G., M. E. Buteau, D. de Halleux, L. Chiu, Y.
typhimurium on fresh broiler skin. Journal of Food Raymond, H. S. Ramaswamy, and M. Dostie. 2004.
Protection 63:1189–1196. Ohmic cooking of processed meats and its effects on
Natrajan, N., and B. W. Sheldon. 2000b. Inhibition of product quality. Journal of Food Science 69:FEP71–
Salmonella on poultry skin using protein- and poly- FEP78.
saccharide-based films containing nisin formulation. Pohlman, F. W., M. R. Stivarius, K. S. McElya, and A.
Journal of Food Protection 63:1268–1272. L. Waldroup. 2002. Reduction of E. coli, Salmonella
Nattress F., and L. P. Baker. 2003. Effects of treatment typhimurium, coliforms, aerobic bacteria, and
with lysozyme and nisin on the microflora and improvement of ground beef color using triso-dium
sensory properties of commercial pork. International phosphate or cetylpyridinium chloride before
Journal of Food Microbiology 85:259–267. grinding. Meat Science 60:349–356.
Newsome, R. L. 1987. Perspective on food irradiation. Porto, A. C. S., B. D. G. M. Franco, E. S. Sant’Anna, J.
Food Technology 41(2):100–101. E. Call, A. Piva, and J. B. Luchansky. 2002. Viability
Niemira, B. A., and J. Sites. 2008. Cold plasma inacti- of five-strain mixture of Listeria monocyto-genes in
vates Salmonella stanley and Escherichia coli vacuum-sealed packages of frankfurters,
O157:H7 inoculated on golden delicious apples. commercially prepared with or without 2.0 or 3.0 %
Journal of Food Protection 71:1357–1365. added potassium lactate, during extended storage at 4
Nychas, G. J. E., D. L. Marshall, and J. N. Sofos. 2007. and 10°C. Journal of Food Protection 65:308–315.
Meat, poultry, and seafood. In Food Microbiology: Proctor, V. A., and F. F. Cunningham. 1988. The chem-
Fundamentals and Frontiers, 3rd ed., edited by M. P. istry of lysozyme and its use as a food preservative
Doyle and L. R. Beuchat. Washington, D.C.: ASM and a pharmaceutical. Critical Reviews in Food
Press. Science and Nutrition 26:359–395.
Ouattara, B., R. E. Simard, G. Piette, A. Bégin, and R. Quintavalla, S., and L. Vicini. 2002. Antimicrobial food
A. Holley. 2000. Inhibition of surface spoilage bacte- packaging in meat industry. Meat Science 62:373–
ria in processed meats by application of antimicrobial 380.
films prepared with chitosan. International Journal Raloff, J. 1998. Ka-boom! A shockingly unconventional
of Food Microbiology 62:139–148. meat tenderizer. Science News 23:366–369.
Oussalah, M., S. Caillet, S. Salmieri, L. Saucier, and M. Rhoades, J., and S. Roller. 2000. Antimicrobial actions
Lacroix. 2004. Antimicrobial and antioxidant effects of degraded and native chitosan against spoilage
of milk protein-based film containing essential oils organisms in laboratory media and foods. Applied
for the preservation of whole beef muscle. Journal of and Environmental Microbiology 66:80–86.
Agricultural and Food Chemistry 52:5598–5605. Rose, N. L., P. Sporns, M. E. Stiles, and L. M.
Oussalah, M., S. Caillet, S. Salmieri, L. Saucier, and M. McMullen. 1999. Inactivation of nisin by glutathione
Lacroix. 2006. Antimicrobial effects of alginate- in fresh meat. Journal of Food Science 64:759–762.
based film containing essential oils for the Sagoo, S., R. Board, and S. Roller. 2002. Chitosan inhib-its
preservation of whole beef muscle. Journal of Food growth of spoilage microorganisms in chilled pork
Protection 69:2364–2369. products. Food Microbiology 19:175–182.
Ozdemir, M., and J. D. Floros. 2004. Active food pack- Samelis, J., J. N. Sofos, P. A. Kendall, and G. C. Smith.
aging technologies . Critical Reviews in Food 2002. Effect of acid adaptation on survival of
Science and Nutrition 44:185–193. Escherichia coli O157:H7 in meat decontamination
Özdemir, H., A. Gücükoglu, and A. Koluman. 2006. washing fluids and potential effects of organic acids
Acidified sodium chlorite, trisodium phosphate and interventions on the microbial ecology of the meat
populations of Campylobacter jejuni on chicken plant environment. Journal of Food Protection
breast skin. Journal of Food Processing and 65:33–40.
Preservation 30:608–615. Scannell, A. G. M., C. Hill, D. J. Buckley, and E. K.
Padgett, T., I. Y. Han, and P. L. Dawson, P.L. 1998. Arendt. 1997. Determination of the influence of
Incorporation of food-grade antimicrobial compounds
Chapter 14 microbiological safety of processed meats. Food
Technology 40(4):159–162.
Tramper, J., K. C. A. M. Luyben, and W. J. J. van den
Tweel. 1983. Kinetic aspects of glucose oxidation by
organic acids and nisin on shelf life and Gluconobacter oxydans cells immobilized in Ca-
microbiologi-cal safety aspects of fresh pork. alginate. European Journal of Applied Microbiology
Journal of Applied Microbiology 83:407–412. 17:13–18.
Scannell, A. G. M., C. Hill, R. P. Ross, S. Marx, W. USDA-FSIS. 1996. Notice of policy change: Achieving
Hartmeier, and E. K. Arendt. 2000. Development of the zero tolerance performance standard for beef car-
bioactive food packaging materials using immo- casses by knife trimming and vacuuming with hot
bilized bacteriocins Lacticin 3147 and Nisaplin ®. water or steam; use of acceptable carcass interven-
International Journal of Food Microbiology 60: tions for reducing carcass contamination without
241–249. prior agency approval. United States Department of
Schilling, M. W., N. G. Marriot, and H. Wang. 2003. Agriculture, Food Safety and Inspection Service.
Characteristics of USDA utility cow beef subjected Federal Register 61:15024–15027.
to blade tenderization and hydrodynamic Weitz, J. S., H. Hartman, and S. A. Levin. 2005.
shockwaves. Journal of Muscle Foods 14:131–142. Coevolutionary arm races between bacteria and bac-
Scott, V. N., and S. L. Taylor. 1981. Temperature, pH, teriophage. Proceedings of National Academy of
and spore load effects on the ability of nisin to Sciences USA 102:9535–9540.
prevent the outgrowth of C. botulinum spores. Whitman, P. A., and R. T. Marshall. 1971a. Isolation of
Journal of Food Science 46:121–126. psychrophilic bacteriophage-host systems from
Seydim, A. C., and G. Sarikus. 2006. Antimicrobial refrigerated food products. Applied Microbiology
activity of whey protein based edible films incorpo- 22:220–223.
rated with oregano, rosemary, and garlic essential Whitman P. A., and R. T. Marshall. 1971b.
oils . Food Research International 39:639–644. Characterization of two psychrophilic Pseudomonas
Serdengecti, N., I. Yildirim, and N. Gokoglu. 2006. bacteriophages isolated from ground beef. Applied
Effects of sodium lactate, sodium acetate and sodium Microbiology 22:463–468.
diacetate on microbiological quality of vacuum- Williams-Campbell, A. M., and M. B. Solomon. 2002.
packed beef during refrigerated storage. Journal of Reduction of spoilage microorganisms in fresh beef
Food Safety 26:62–71. using hydrodynamic pressure processing. Journal of
Shahidi, F., J. Arachchi, and Y.-J. Jeon. 1999. Food Food Protection 65:571–574.
applications of chitin and chitosans . Trends in Food Yilmaz, I., M. Arici, and T. Gümüs. 2005. Changes of
Science and Technology 10:37–51. microbiological quality in meatballs after heat treat-
Shimoni, E., E. M. Anderson, and T. P. Labuza. 2001. ment. European Food Research and Technology
Reliability of time temperature indicators under tem- 221:281–283.
perature abuse. Journal of Food Science 66:1337– Yingyuad, S., S. Ruamsin, D. Reekprkhon, S. Douglas,
1340. S. Pongamphai, and U. Siripatrawan. 2006. Effect of
Siragusa, G. R., and J. S. Dickson. 1992. Inhibition of chitosan coating and vacuum packaging on the
Listeria monocytogenes on beef tissue by application quality of refrigerated grilled pork. Packaging
of organic acids immobilized in a calcium alginate Technology and Science 19:149–157.
gel. Journal of Food Science 57:293–296. Yuk, H. G., and D. L. Marshall. 2004. Adaptation of
Siragusa, G. R., C. N. Cutter, and J. L. Willet. 1999. Escherichia coli O157:H7 to pH alters membrane
Incorporation of bacteriocin in plastic retains activity lipid composition, verotoxin secretion, and resistance
and inhibits surface growth of bacteria on meat. to simulated gastric fluid acid. Applied and
Food Microbiology 16:229–235. Environmental Microbiology 70:3500–3505.
Skandamis, P. N., and G. J. Nychas. 2002. Preservation Yuk, H. G., and D. L. Marshall. 2005. Influence of
of fresh meat with active and modified atmosphere acetic, citric, and lactic acid on Escherichia coli
packaging conditions. International Journal of Food O157:H7 membrane lipid composition, verotoxin
Microbiology 79:35–45. secretion, and acid resistance in simulated gastric
Snijders, J. M. A., J. G. van Logtestijin, D. A. A. fluid. Journal of Food Protection 68:673–679.
Mossel, and F. J. M. Smulders . 1985. Lactic acid as Yuste, J., R. Pla, M. Capellas, E. Sendra, E. Beltran,
a decon-taminate in slaughter and processing and M. Mor-Mur. 2001. Oscillatory high pressure
procedures. The Veterinary Quarterly 7:277–282. pro-cessing applied to mechanically recovered
Stahl, N. Z. 2007. Antimicrobials move in new direc- poultry meat for bacterial inactivation. Journal of
tions: A quick look at product debuts and reformula- Food Science 66:482–484.
tions. Meat Processing 46(4):46–48. Zhao, Y. Y., J. H. Wells, and D. L. Marshall. 1992.
Suppakul, P., J. Miltz, K. Sonneveld, and S. W. Bigger. Description of log phase growth for selected microor-
2003. Active packaging technologies with an empha- ganisms during modified atmosphere storage. Journal of
sis on antimicrobial packaging and its applications. Food Process Engineering 15:299–317.
Journal of Food Science 68:408–420.
Tewari, G., D. C. Jayas, L. E. Jeremiah, and R. A.
Holley. 2001. Prevention of transient discoloration of
beef. Journal of Food Science 66:506–510.
Thayer, D. W., R. W. Lachica, C. N. Huhtanen, and E.
Wierbicki. 1986. Use of irradiation to ensure the
Chapter 15
287
Chapter 15 meats. Water may contain enteric pathogens
(bacteria, viruses, and parasites), as well as
chemicals and other toxic substances that
introduction of microorganisms on the food- can be transmitted to humans through food
contact surfaces in operations performed prod-ucts. The importance of water quality
during slaughtering, cutting, processing, will be outlined later in this chapter.
storage, and distribution of meat.
Cleaning and
Equipment Disinfection Procedures
Contamination of equipment occurs during Cleaning is the removal of dirt and organic
production; even with hygienic design fea- substances such as fat and protein particles
tures, equipment may collect microorgan- (commonly called soil) from surfaces of walls,
isms and other debris from the air, as well as ßoors (nonfood-contact surfaces), and tools
from employees and materials during and equipment (food-contact sur-faces),
production. leaving surfaces clean. With cleaning
procedures, high numbers of microorganisms
(90% or more) will be removed. However,
Employees many microorganisms can persist on these
Plant personnel are among the most signiÞ- surfaces, and their inactivation requires anti-
cant reservoirs and vectors of microorgan- microbial treatments, carried out through
isms, chemical residues, and foreign material physical means (hot water, steam, UV) or with
in a food facility. The skin, hands, hair, nose, the application of chemical substances
and mouth harbor microorganisms that can be (sanitizers or disinfectants), which should be
transmitted through direct routes to food- effective against microorganisms but should
contact surfaces during processing, packaging, not affect human health through haz-ardous
and preparation. The transfer of contaminants residues or cause corrosion of the equipment.
can also occur indirectly via personal
equipment, such as clothing, foot-wear, and Cleaning and sanitation (or disinfection)
tools used in daily tasks. procedures in the meat industries are complex
processes depending on the surfaces to be
treated and the kind of contamination to be
Air and Water removed. Selection of suitable chemicals for
Dust, pollen, and mold spores, as well as cleaning or for sanitation may require special
airborne microorganisms, are present in knowledge and could represent a difÞcult task
ambient air, and these contaminants can for the personnel involved. However, staff
easily Þnd their way into the product. Air must be made aware that efÞcient clean-ing
withdrawn from the room to use in food- and disinfection is of utmost importance for
processing areas, such as preparation and product safety and quality.
packaging areas, should require Þltration or Detailed Standard Operating Procedures
some other means of removing particulates. (SOP) should be prepared to describe speciÞc
Moreover, the reduction of airborne mold methods, types of cleaning/sanitizing solu-
spores content in ripening and aging rooms tions to be used, the timeline for performing
typical of dry-meat and fermented dry-meat the tasks on different pieces of equipment, and
products processing plants is of paramount areas for routine cleaning and sanitation
importance. operations. Records should be kept to show
Water is used as a cleaning medium during
the sanitation operation and as an ingredient
added in the formulation of various processed
that each step has been performed according Plant Cleaning and Sanitation 289
to the procedure.
The level and frequency required for addi-
tional periodic cleaning and sanitation pri- Step A: Preparatory Work
marily depends upon the effectiveness of the
In this phase, the processing area should be
routine program. Even with a rigorous routine
cleared of remaining products, containers, and
program, food residues can accumulate over
other loose items. Machines and con-veyors
time, particularly in hard to reach areas. SOP
should be dismantled so that all loca-tions
documentation needs to clearly describe
where microorganisms can accumulate become
methods for each piece of equipment or work
accessible for cleaning and disinfec-tion. All
area. When needed, periodic cleaning and
electrical connections and other sen-sitive
sanitizing should follow the same steps as the
systems should be protected against water and
routine procedures, except for changes to
the chemical used. Before use of the cleaning
detergent and sanitizer use.
agent, food debris should be removed
For the whole process, a few distinct oper-
manually with a dry brush or broom or shovel.
ations are involved. These are clearly distinct
In this step, using large amounts of water to
operations but are linked together in such a
remove this material would be extremely
way that the Þnal result will not be accept-
wasteful and eventually cause the clogging of
able, unless all are carried out correctly.
the drains and the overloading of waste-water
Figure 15.1 shows the different
treatment facilities.
operations that should be included in a
complete clean-ing procedure.
Step B: Pre-Rinse with Water
All surfaces should be further prepared for the
A Preparatory work use of cleaning agents for pre-rinse activ-ity,
preferably with water at 43¡Ð55¡C, start-ing at
the top of all processing equipment and
B Pre-rinse with directing all soil down to the ßoor.
water
Step C: Application
C Application of
cleaning agent
of Cleaning Agent
D The effectiveness of a cleaning procedure in
Rinse with water general depends upon: (1) the type and amount
of material to be removed; (2) the chemical
Check
and physicochemical properties of the cleaning
E Application of agent at the concentration, tem-perature, and
sanitizer
exposure time used; (3) the mechanical energy
applied (impact of water-jet, manual work,
F Post-rinse with
water stirring effect, etc); and (4) the condition of the
Check
surface to be cleaned.
Remove excess In meat plants, the type of residues to be
water (dry) removed are mainly organic matter (proteins
and fats) and, to a lesser extent, inorganic
Figure 15.1. Recommended operations for an
effec-tive cleaning and sanitizing procedure.
matter such as salts and additives. The Þrst
are most effectively removed by strongly
alkaline detergents (especially caustic soda,
NaOH). In addition, combinations of acidic
detergents (especially phosphoric acid) and
Chapter 15 ide, are used to remove heavy burnt-on soil,
encountered in high-temperature processing
such as ovens and smokehouses. These com-
nonionic surfactants have proved to be pounds are very corrosive, and inhalation of
effec-tive against organic matter. Inorganic the vapors can cause respiratory damage, so
matter is most effectively removed by acid they are used in specialized cleaning opera-
cleaning agents. tions such as CIP (Cleaning-In-Place) proce-
Cleaner application can be handled by dures. The moderately alkaline compounds
using brushes or scrapers for dismantled (pH 10Ð12), such as sodium metasilicate,
equipment, or in general, for smaller have good dissolving powers and are formu-
surfaces to be cleaned. Application through lated in detergents to aid the removal of fats
a central-ized or portable high pressure-low and grease. Mildly alkaline compounds (pH
volume system, using 50¡ to 55 ¡C water 7Ð 10) are used for manual cleaning. An
could be a solution for large surfaces such as example is sodium carbonate, which is used
ßoor and wall areas, as well as working in many manual and heavy-duty detergent
tables, con-tainers, and equipment. The mixtures as a buffering agent and for its
pressure should be between 30Ð70 bar and water softening capabilities.
the spraying nozzle ≤15 cm from the Acid cleaning agents are used particularly
surface to be cleaned; otherwise, the for removal of encrusted residues of dirt or
pressure being applied decreases rapidly. If protein, or inorganic deposits (ÒscalingÓ).
hot water is used, the temperature should be Strong inorganic acids, hydroßuoride and
55¡C at the nozzle, in order to achieve hydrochloride, because of their corrosiveness
sufÞciently high tempera-tures at the to stainless steel, are usually used to remove
surfaces, in particular for fat removal. heavy scale deposits found on steam-produc-
Soak time prior to rinse -down should not ing equipment or boilers. Organic acids, such
exceed 20 minutes. as citric and hydroxyacetic acid, are less
To be effective, detergents should be able corrosive and are used in manual cleaning
to wet and penetrate soil, emulsify fat, dis- formulations.
perse and suspend soil, and counteract water In practice, alkaline and acid cleaning
hardness. In addition, they should prevent substances should be used alternatively. The
soil from redepositing on clean surfaces and alkaline agent should be the substance used
be noncorrosive to equipment. No single for routine cleaning, but every few days an
detergent combines all these traits, so acid substance should be employed instead
formu-lations of compounds are tailored for in order to remove encrusted residues,
each type of cleaning operation. scaling, etc.
Commercially available cleaning agents in A relatively new cleaning method in the
modern cleaning practices are complex food industry, in particular for larger- scale
compositions of alka-line, acid, or neutral plants, is foam or gel cleaning. Water foam
chemical substances. In order to improve containing detergents and other cleaning
their soil-loosening proper-ties, surface- agents is sprayed on wetted walls, ßoors,
active agents, also called surfac-tants or and surfaces of equipment. The foam does
detergents, are added. Detergents decrease not immediately run off but clings to the sur-
the surface tension of water, so water can faces. It allows a longer-term contact on the
penetrate into the small spaces between soil surfaces to be cleaned. After a sufÞcient
particles and surfaces, where those particles contact time (min. 15 min), the foam is
are attached, thus facilitating their removal. washed down with water (usually low-pres-
Alkaline cleaning compounds are used for sure water spray).
the removal of organic soil, protein residues,
and fats. Strongly alkaline compounds (pH
greater than 13), for example sodium hydrox-
Plant Cleaning and Sanitation 291
Step D: Rinse with Water
Complete removal of cleaning agents is
important, since residues may completely alent alternative procedures to 82¡C dipping to
inhibit the effect of the sanitizer that is be used (Eustace et al. 2007; USDA 2004). A
applied next. All equipment should be rinsed 15 -second immersion time in water at 82¡ C or
within 20 to 25 minutes after cleaning warm water (approximately 50¡ C) containing
compound application, using the same quaternary ammonium com-pounds was
pattern as the pre-rinse and detergent suggested as being effective in reducing
applica-tion. A common procedure may
bacterial numbers by about 3 log CFU/cm 2
consist in the use of water at 45¡Ð55¡C with
(Taormina and Dorsa 2007).
a pressure of 30 bar and 20 L water per
A recent study (Goulter et al. 2008 ) dem-
minute. After this step, a Þrst inspection of
onstrated that dipping knives in water for
the equipment surfaces, even touching as
shorter times at higher temperatures, for
necessary, is recommended.
example, 82 ¡C for 20 seconds, or for longer
times at lower temperatures (70 ¡C for 45 s),
Step E: Application of
can produce equivalent inactivation of the
Sanitizer (Disinfection)
tested bacteria (more than 5-log reduction
Cleaning reduces a substantial amount of against Escherichia coli and Listeria mono-
microorganisms but it does not have the cytogenes). Pre-rinsing knives at 40¡C
potential to eliminate all surface contamina- increased the performance of the subsequent
tion. Persistent microorganisms will continue dipping step. As such, a pre-rinse should be
to grow in number by using the remaining implemented where possible to increase the
protein as nutrients, and they pose a further general status of knives in those meat-
risk to the foods to be processed. Following processing operations in which it is
the initial rinse that removes gross soil, deter- recommended.
gent application, mechanical scrubbing, and a Hot-water sanitation is easy to apply,
Þnal wash to remove detergent, sanitiz-ers (or readily available, effective for a broad range
ÒdisinfectantsÓ) are applied to com-plete the of microorganisms, and noncorrosive.
procedure. This step is called Ò disinfectionÓ However, it can contribute to the formation
and can be accomplished with physical of bioÞlms.
treatments such as hot water, steam, or UV In meat-processing plants, chemical sani-
irradiation, or by means of chemical tizers are preferred; concentration, exposure
compounds. time, temperature, pH, water hardness,
Hot-water sanitizing is commonly used surface cleanliness, and bacterial attachment
where immersing the contact surfaces is are the most important factors affecting sani-
practical (e.g., small parts, utensils). Both tizer activity (Marriott 1999). Important
time and temperature are important. properties of a sanitizer are: ability to
Depending upon the application, sanitation provide rapid antimicrobial activity against a
may be achieved by the immersion of parts range of organisms; easy availability,
or utensils in 77¡C to 85¡C water for 5 inexpensive cost, and readiness to use;
minutes to 45 seconds, respectively. stability and resis-tance to the presence of
For example, many countries still require organic matter, deter-gent, and soap
the sanitation of knives used in meat process- residues; ability to work in a wide range of
ing by brief immersion in water at no less than pH, water hardness, and tem-peratures; lack
82 ¡C. However, many current interna-tional of toxicity to humans; and noncorrosive and
regulations allow science-based equiv- water-soluble action (Guthrie 1988).
The following table (Table 15.1) provides
information about appropriate chemicals for
sanitizing in meat-processing facilities.
292
Table 15.3. Meat-processing area and fre- agents, and peroxides . In Antimicrobial in Foods,
quency of cleaning 3rd ed., edited by P. M. Davidson, J. N. Sofos, and
A. L. Branen. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press, Taylor &
Area Frequency
Francis Group.
All processing equipment Daily Eustace, I., J. Midgley, C. Giarrusso, C. Laurent, I.
Floors/Drains Daily Jenson, and J. Summer. 2007. An alternative process
Waste containers Daily for cleaning knives used on meat slaughter ßoors.
Storage areas Daily International Journal of Food Microbiology 113(1):
Wall Weekly 23Ð27.
Condensate drip pans Weekly/monthly Fatemi, P., and J. F. Frank. 1999. Inactivation of
Coolers Weekly/monthly Listeria monocytogenes/Pseudomonas bioÞlms by
Freezers Semiannually peracid sanitizers. Journal of Food Protection
62(7):761Ð 765.
Source: Henning and Cutter, 2001
Giese, J. H. 1991. Sanitation: The key to food safety
and public health. Food Technology 45(12):74Ð80.
Goulter, R. M., G. A. Dykes, and A. Small. 2008.
Decontamination of knives used in the meat industry:
and disinfecting hands. Utensils for cleaning Effect of different water temperature and treatment
drains should be easily distinguishable and time combinations on the reduction of bacterial
be dedicated to that purpose to minimize the numbers on knife surfaces. Journal of Food
Protection 71(7):1338Ð1342.
potential for contamination. Guthrie, R. K. 1988. Food Sanitation. Westport, Conn.:
AVI Pub. Co., Inc.
Henning, W. R., and C. Cutter. 2001. Controlling Listeria
References monocytogenes in small and very small meat and poultry
plants. The Pennsylvania State University. Available at
Beørzinš, A., A. Hšrman, J. LundŽn, and H. Korkeala. http://www.fsis.usda.gov/OPPDE/NIS/
2007. Factors associated with Listeria monocytogenes Outreach/Docs/Listeria.pdf (September 2008).
contamination of cold-smoked pork products pro-duced Hoffman, A. D., K. L. Gall, D. M. Norton, and M.
in Latvia and Lithuania . International Journal of Food Wiedmann. 2003. Listeria monocytogenes
Microbiology 115(2):173Ð179. contamina-tion patterns for the smoked Þsh
Best, M., M. E. Kennedy, and F. Coates. 1990. EfÞcacy processing environ-ment and for raw Þsh. Journal of
of a variety of disinfectants against Listeria spp. Food Protection 66(1):52Ð60.
Applied and Environmental Microbiology 56(2): Holah, J. T., C. Higgs, S. Robinson, D. Worthington,
377Ð380. and H. Spenceley. 1990a. A conductance-based
Carpentier, B., and O. Cerf. 1993. BioÞlms and their surface disinfection test for food hygiene. Letters in
consequences, with particular reference to hygiene in Applied Microbiology 11(5):255Ð259.
the food industry. Journal of Applied Bacteriology Holah, J. T., A. W. Timperley, and J. S. Holder. 1990b.
75(6):499Ð511. The spread of Listeria by cleaning systems. Technical
Cords, B. R., S. L. Burnett, J. Hilgren, M. Finley, and J. Memorandum no. 590. Chipping Campden: The
Magnuson. 2005. Sanitizers: Halogens, surface-active Campden Food and Drink Research Association.
Hood, S. K., and E. A. Zottola. 1995. BioÞlms in food Plant Cleaning and Sanitation 297
processing. Food Control 6(1):9Ð18.
Lopes, J. A. 1986. Evaluation of dairy and food plant
sanitizers against Salmonella typhimurium and
Listeria monocytogenes. Journal of Dairy Science agents in simulated food processing environment.
69(11):2791Ð2796. Applied and Environmental
LundŽn, J. M., T. J. Autio, and H. J. Korkeala. 2002. Microbiology72(12):7711Ð 7717.
Transfer of persistent Listeria monocytogenes con- Quintavalla, S., and S. Barbuti. 2007. Basic sanitation.
tamination between food processing plants associated In Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited
with a dicing machine. Journal of Food Protection by F. Toldr‡. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
65(7):1129Ð1133.
LundŽn, J. M., T. J. Autio, A.-M. Sjšberg, and H. J. Senczek, D., R. Stephan, and F. Untermann. 2000.
Korkeala. 2003. Persistent and nonpersistent Listeria Pulsed-Þeld gel electrophoresis (PFGE) typing of
monocytogenes contamination in meat and poultry Listeria strains isolated from a meat processing plant
processing plants. Journal of Food Protection over 2-year period. International Journal of Food
66(11): 2062Ð2069. Microbiology 62(1-2):155Ð159.
Marriott, N. G. 1999. Principles of food sanitation, 4th Stone, L. S., and E. A. Zottola. 1985. Scanning electron
Ed. Gaithersburg, Md.: Aspen Publishers, Inc. microscopy study of stainless- steel Þnishes used in
Mustapha, A., and M. B. Liewen. 1989. Destruction of food processing equipment. Food Technology
Listeria monocyogenes by sodium hypochlorite and 39(5):110Ð114.
quaternary ammonium sanitizers. Journal of Food Stopforth, J. D., J. Samelis, J. N. Sofos, P. A. Kendall,
Protection 52(5):306Ð311. and G. C. Smith, 2002. BioÞlm formation by acid-
Norton, D. M., M. A. McCamey, K. L. Gall, J. M. adapted and non-adapted Listeria monocytogenes in
Scarlett, K. J. Boor, and M. Wiedmann. 2001. fresh beef decontamination washing and its subse-
Molecular studies on the ecology of Listeria quent inactivation with sanitizers. Journal of Food
monocy-togenes in the smoked Þsh processing Protection 65(11):1717Ð1727.
industry. Applied and Environmental Microbiology Taormina, P. J., and W. J. Dorsa. 2007. Evaluation of
67(1):198Ð 205. hot water and sanitizer dip treatment of knives con-
Pan, Y., F. Breidt Jr., and S. Kathariou. 2006. Resistance of taminated with bacteria and meat residue. Journal of
Listeria monocytogenes bioÞlms to sanitizing Food Protection 70(3):648Ð654.
U.S. Department of Agriculture. 2004. Sanitation
perfor-mance standards compliance guide. Available
at http://www.fsis.usda.gov/OPPDE/rdad/FRPubs/
SanitationGuide.htm (September 2008).
Part II
Products
Chapter 16
Cooked Ham
Fidel Toldrá, Leticia Mora, and Mónica Flores
301
Chapter 16 fat is very important for flavor development,
while the composition in fatty acids mainly
depends on the feed given to pigs (Jiménez-
water, although the final quality mainly Colmenero et al. 2006) and the crossbreed
depends on the raw material and the used (Armero et al. 2002). Any undesirable
process-ing conditions used. aroma or oxidative development (i.e., ran-
Generally, modern tumbled hams are cidity) must be detected before processing.
manufactured by injecting the pork meat with Hams are usually boned before brine
brine, after which the ham is tumbled and then injection.
cooked. The Wiltshire method consists of an The salt added in the brine may reach a
old, traditional method of curing, whereby the final content of around 2% in the ham. Salt
pork leg is immersed for several days in brine, contributes to a reduction in water activity,
which yields a high-quality product partial solubilization of myofibrillar proteins,
(Delahunty et al. 1997 ). In addition, there is a and typical salty taste. Nitrite is also added at
method for producing sweet-cure hams that levels of 120–150 mg/kg and contributes to
have a low salt content and a blander flavor, typical light pink color formation, antioxi-dant
where sugar is generally added to the brine activity, and preservation effect against
(Delahunty et al. 1997). pathogens (Pegg and Shahidi 2000 ). In order
Many other cooked hams are manufac- to avoid risks of nitrosamine formation, the
tured in, and receive the name of, the region addition of ascorbates or erythorbates at levels
where they are produced. This is the case of of 200–400 mg/kg is recommended. Some
Italian prosciutto cotto or French hams sugar (dextrose) may be added for taste
(Jambon de Bourgogne, Jambon de Reims, purposes. Phosphates, at levels from 0.15% to
etc.) (Frentz 1982). 0.3%, given as P2O5, may be allowed in some
countries, depending on the quality of the
product. Polyphosphates contribute to
Raw Materials
improvements in ham ’s water retention. Poor-
Refrigerated hams or frozen/thawed hams quality hams may also contain some nonmeat
must be carefully controlled when received at ingredients like milk powder, caseinate, soy
the factory and before further processing. proteins, potato flour, or car-rageenan, to act as
These hams must be hygienically manipu-lated thickeners and to improve water retention.
and controlled in order to have a product with
a good shelf life. The water-holding capacity
of the hams used as raw material is essential in
Processing Technology
order to minimize the cooking losses. Water-
holding capacity is linked to the pH of the Cooked ham is also known as canned ham.
ham; pH values within the range 5.8 to 6.2 The scheme for the main processing stages
may assure good water retention. Incidence of is shown in Figure 16.1. Main stages are the
PSE (pale, soft, exu-dative) and DFD (dark, reception of hams, the brine injection, tum-
firm, dry) hams must be registered. In the case bling and massaging, cooking, and cooling.
of PSE hams, they have a low pH value and a All these stages are described below.
low water-holding capacity that will give
higher cooking losses and drier hams. DFD
hams may be used; their high pH can facilitate
Reception
water reten-tion but makes them prone to Refrigerated hams or frozen/thawed hams are
microbial growth. These hams are heat-treated, received and controlled by weight. The pH is
avoid-ing risks for microbial growth, but they measured in order to detect any PSE or DFD
may present some preservation problems com-
pared with normal hams (Toldrá 2006a). The
Cooked Ham 303
Refrigerated ham
Frozen/thawed ham
70 Water bath
60 Cooking
Temperature (ºC)
50 Cooling
70 ºC
40
30
20
10
B)
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Time (minutes)
90
Temperature (ºC)
80
70 Water bath
60 Cooking
50 Cooling
70ºC
40
30
20
10
Heating and cooling curve for a piece of ham cooked under constant temperature (A)
and T (B) method conditions.
Figure 16.2. Heating and cooling profiles, as measured by temperature in the center of the ham, through
cooking under two different conditions: (A) heating under constant temperature and (B) heating by steps, T
method.
305
Chapter 16 In Europe, all muscles of the ham are kept
in the product, even though they may have
different color intensities. Examples of high-
rates as compared with air blast, water and low- quality cooked hams are shown in
immersion, or cold room, but it affected the Figures 16.3A and 16.3B, respectively. The
yield and quality, especially toughening uniformity of color is very important in the
(Desmond et al. 2000). United States, where some muscles with darker
and more intense color are removed, and
silverside and topside muscles are pre-ferred.
Final Product The color of smoked hams may be darker due
Once cooled, hams are taken out of the to the deposition of dark colors from the
molds and packaged. Hams may be smoked pyrolytic decomposition of wood.
to acquire a typical color and smoke flavor
(Ellis 2001). Cooked hams may be sold as Texture
either entire pieces for slicing at the retailer
shop at consumer request or as packaged The texture of cooked hams depends on
slices ready to be consumed. A wide variety several factors, such as the extent of heating
of vacuum and modified atmosphere pack- (structure breakdown), the moisture content,
ages containing different numbers of slices the extent of proteolysis (degree of myofibril-
are typically found in supermarkets. lar protein breakdown), and the content of
connective tissue. The content of intramuscu-
lar fat also exerts a positive influence on some
Quality Aspects of the texture and appearance traits.
Finished Product There are different types of starches that
can be added to hams. Commercial starches
Color are usually modified by pregelatinization to
Cooked ham has a typical light pink cured be cold-water swellable, cross-linking to
color as a consequence of nitrite addition. impart stability for cooked ham processing,
Nitrite is reduced to nitric oxide that reacts increasing the water-holding capacity
with myoglobin, forming nitrosylmyoglobin (Martin 2001). They will enhance texture
that gives a reddish color. This color changes and bind water, as well as improve the
from red to pink during the heating process, mouth feel of the cooked product.
especially at temperatures above 65° C, However, several processing factors such
because the generation of nitrosylhemo- as the different cooling methods may affect
chrome has a typical light pink cured meat the tenderness, juiciness, overall texture,
color. This color is also known as cooked acceptability, and cured color (Desmond et
cured-meat pigment (Pegg and Shahidi 2000). al. 2000). Also, the pigs’ genotype can affect
Of course, the intensity of the color depends cooked ham quality. For instance, cooked
on the initial content of myoglobin, which is hams produced from nn pigs were reported
associated with the type of muscle and the age to be drier, tougher, stringier, and less
of the animal, being higher in older animals smooth than those produced from NN and
and in muscles with oxidative pattern (Aristoy Nn pigs (Fernandez et al. 2002).
and Toldrá 1998). The color coordinate
characterizes the red color and color stability.
Flavor
It was reported to be nega-tively correlated
with sensory analysis by consumers so that Cooked ham experiences some biochemical
more redness was consid-ered less acceptable changes as a consequence of enzymatic reac-
(Válková et al. 2007). This means consumers
prefer cooked hams with light color and less
red color.
Cooked Ham 307
Figure 16.3. Cross-section of cooked ham: (A) high-quality cooked ham in which the muscular integrity
has been respected and (B) low-quality where muscle integrity has been partly lost.
tions, mainly through proteolysis and lipoly- taste (Toldrá et al. 1995; Flores et al. 1998),
sis, even though these enzymes have a but the amount of released amino acids
reduced time for action. Muscle proteases depends on the extent of resting before
and lipases contribute to the generation of cooking.
free amino acids and fatty acids, which have Lipolysis is also favored by conditions prior
some influence on taste and aroma. to cooking, especially when the the pH is near
The conditions within the hams (high water neutral conditions. Fatty acids are released
activity, low salt content) are favorable for during resting and initial cooking of hams
proteolysis, but muscle protease enzymes are (Toldr á 2007). One or two days of resting,
sensitive to temperatures above 50°C and thus, prior to cooking, allows longer enzy-matic
are rapidly inactivated during cooking because action and larger amounts of released amino
their stability decreases rapidly (Toldrá et al. acids and fatty acids that will act as substrates
1992). In any case, there is some generation of for further chemical reactions (i.e., Strecker
free amino acids by muscle aminopeptidases reactions) responsible for the gen-eration of
that contribute to volatile compounds. As in the case
Chapter 16 cinnamaldehyde, menthol) derived from
spices; also, sulfur-compounds (methional,
dimethyl disulfide, allyl isothiocyanate) and
of proteases, lipases are also inactivated a branched acid (3-methyl-butanoic acid)
during cooking. It must be taken into originated from the Strecker degradation of
account that fatty acid composition is a key amino acids (Guillard et al. 1997). However,
aspect in flavor generation. An excess of of the many volatile compounds detected,
linoleic acid may impart some off-flavor none had an aroma similar to the aroma of
during cooking. Further chemical reactions cooked ham.
(i.e., Maillard reactions) are accelerated On the other side, microorganisms do not
during cooking and contribute to the contribute to the desirable flavor of cooked
generation of aroma volatile compounds. ham as occurs in other meat products, such as
The extent and characteristics of flavor will fermented sausages (Toldr á and Flores
depend on the time and intensity of heating. 2007b). The contribution of microorganisms to
Cooked ham has a highly appreciated the flavor of cooked ham is insignificant, but
flavor, which is mostly due to the processing they are responsible for acidification and
conditions, brining, and spices added. The formation of off-flavors generally during
flavor of cured cooked pork is completely storage (Samelis et al. 1998). The refriger-ated
different from that of uncured cooked pork storage of sliced cooked ham under vacuum or
(Ramarathnam et al. 1991, 1993) due to the modified atmospheres leads to alterations in
lower generation of carbonyl compounds in the sensory characteristics of the product, such
cured cooked pork. However, no unique as color defects, off -odors, and slime
compound has been identified as responsible formation. Therefore, the refriger-ated storage
for the characteristic cured aroma in cooked of cooked ham modifies the volatile
ham. Therefore, the cured cooked aroma is composition due to the metabolism of lactic
reported to be a mixture of many volatile acid bacteria that generates typical
compounds. In this sense, the flavor of fermentation products, such as methyl
cooked ham was studied by the extraction branched alcohols and aldehydes (Leroy et al.
and identification of its volatile compounds 2009). In addition, lipid oxidation is another
(Baloga et al. 1990; De Winne and Dirinck phenomenon that generates oxida-tion
1997; Guillard et al. 1997; Leroy et al. products, such as unsaturated aldehydes (De
2009). Although many volatile compounds Winne and Dirinck 1997) that are not present
such as alkanes, alkenes, aldehydes, ketones, in fresh cooked ham.
alco-hols, aromatic hydrocarbons,
carboxylic acids, esters, terpenes, sulfur Safety Aspects
compounds, furans, pyrazines, amines, and
chloride have been identified, only a few of The use of nitrite in meat products, and there-
them directly contribute to cooked ham fore in cooked ham, is due to its antimicro-bial
aroma (Toldrá and Flores 2007a). effect, which prevents the growth of
In order to determine the impact of a spe- Clostrodium botulinum; in addition, nitrite is
cific volatile compound on the total aroma, it responsible for the characteristic pink color
is necessary to study several factors, such as and prevents lipid oxidation, increasing meat
odor threshold, concentration, interaction with stability (Pegg and Shahidi 2000). However,
the food matrix, and temperature. The the post-heat handling of cooked ham is
contribution of the volatile compounds to the essential to avoid recontamination, because
aroma of cooked ham was studied through this will determine its shelf life. The slicing of
olfactometry techniques (Guillard et al. 1997). cooked ham prior to packaging recontami-
Several compounds were described as odor-
active compounds in cooked ham, such as
terpenes (1,8-cineole, linalool, L-carvone,
nates the product mainly with lactic acid bac- Cooked Ham 309
teria (Samelis et al. 2000). The metabolic
activity of lactic acid bacteria under vacuum or
modified atmosphere produces acidifica-tion injection level and pork breeding country. LWT
40:164–169.
or sourness, slime, gas, and generates off- Delahunty, C. M., A. McCord, E. E. O’Neill, and P. A.
odors and color deterioration (Samelis et al. Morrisey. 1997. Sensory characterisation of cooked
2000). Generally, the dominant LAB are hams by untrained consumers using free-choice pro-
filing. Food Quality and Preference 8:381–388.
Lactobacillus, Carnobacterium, and
Desmond, E. M., and T. A. Kenny. 2005. Effect of
Leuconostoc; when oxygen is present in pelvic suspension and cooking method on the
modified atmosphere packages, Brochotrhrix processing and sensory properties of hams prepared
from two pork muscles. Meat Science 69:425–431.
termosphacta is also detected (Vasilopoulos et
Desmond, E. M., T. A. Kenny, P. Ward, and D. W. Sun.
al. 2008). Moreover, the pathogen Lysteria 2000. Effect of rapid and conventional cooling
monocytogenes is able to develop in cooked methods on the quality of cooked ham joints. Meat
ham under refrigerated storage (Cabedo et al. Science 56:271–277.
De Winne, A., and P. Dirinck. 1997. Studies on vitamin
2008). In the past few years, many different E and meat quality. 3. Effect of feeding high vitamin
strategies have been developed to protect E levels to pigs on the sensory and keeping quality of
cooked ham and extend its shelf life, such as cooked ham. Journal of Agricultural and Food
Chemistry 45:4309–4317.
the use of protective cultures (Vermeiren et al. Ellis, D. F. 2001. Meat smoking technology. In Meat
2004), the use of additives such as lactate and Science and Applications, edited by Y. H. Hui, W. K.
salts (Stekelenburg & Kant-Muermans 2001), Nip, R. W. Rogers, and O. A. Young. New York:
Marcel Dekker.
and antimicrobial packaging (Marcos et al. Fernandez, X., S. Gilbert, and J. L. Vendeuvre. 2002.
2007, 2008 ; Jofré et al. 2008a, b). In addition, Effects of halothane genotype and pre-slaughter
several authors have used microbial treat-ment on pig meat quality. Part 2. Physico-
chemical traits of cured-cooked ham and sensory
metabolites or chemical compounds as indi- traits of cured - cooked and dry-cured hams. Meat
cators of cooked ham spoilage (Laursen et al. Science 62:439– 446.
2009 ). Also, traditional cooked hams are more Flores, M., Y. Sanz, A. M. Spanier, M. C. Aristoy, and
F. Toldrá. 1998. Contribution of muscle and
sensitive to spoilage, due to their lower salt microbial aminopeptidases to flavor development in
content and lower additive content, than are dry-cured meat products. In Developments in Food
conventional cooked hams (Vasilopoulos et al. Science. Food Flavor: Generation, Analysis and
Process Influence, edited by E. T. Contis, C. T. Ho,
2008). C. J. Mussinan, T. H. Parliament, F. Shahidi, and A.
M. Spanier. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science BV.
Frentz, J.-C. 1982. Jambon Cuit. In L’Enciclopedie de
References la charcuterie. Paris: Sousanna.
Guerrero-Legarreta, I. 2001. Meat canning technology.
Aristoy, M. C., and F. Toldrá. 1998. Concentration of In Meat Science and Applications, edited by Y. H.
free amino acids and dipeptides in porcine skeletal Hui, W. K. Nip, R. W. Rogers, and O. A. Young.
muscles with different oxidative patterns. Meat New York: Marcel-Dekker.
Science 50:327–332. Guerrero-Legarreta, I. 2006. Thermal processing of meats.
Armero, E., J. L. Navarro, M. I. Nadal, M. Baselga, and In Handbook of Food Science, Technology and
F. Toldrá. 2002. Lipid composition of pork muscle as Engineering, vol. 4, edited by Y. H. Hui, J. D.
affected by sire genetic type. Journal of Food Culbertson, S. Duncan, I. Guerrero-Legarreta, E. C. Y.
Biochemistry 26:91–102. Li-Chan, C. Y. Ma, C. H. Manley, T. A. McMeekin, W.
Baloga, D. W., G. A. Reineccius, and J. W. Miller. K. Nip, L. M. L. Nollet, M. S. Rahman, F. Toldrá, and
1990. Characterization of ham flavor using an atomic Y. L. Xiong. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
emission detector. Journal of Agricultural and Food Guillard, A. S., J. L. LeQuere, and J. L. Vendeuvre.
Chemistry 38:2021–2026. 1997. Emerging research approaches benefit to the
Cabedo, L., I. B. Picart, and I. C. Teixidó. 2008. study of cooked cured ham flavour. Food Chemistry
Prevalence of Listeria monocytogenes and 59:567–572.
Salmonella in ready-to-eat food in Catalonia, Spain. Jiménez-Colmenero, F., M. Reig, and F. Toldrá. 2006.
Journal of Food Protection 71:855–859. New approaches for the development of functional
Casiraghi, E., C. Alamprese, and C. Pompei. 2007. meat products. In Advanced Technologies for Meat
Cooked ham classification on the basis of brine Processing, edited by L. M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá.
Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Jofré A., T. Aymerich, and M. Garriga. 2008a.
Assessment of the effectiveness of antimicrobial
packaging combined with high pressure to control
Chapter 16 differences in uncured and cured pork . Journal of
Agriculture and Food Chemistry 39:344–350.
Ramarathnam, N., L. J. Rubin, and L. L. Diosady. 1993.
Studies on meat flavor. 3. A novel method for
Salmonella sp. in cooked ham. Food Control trapping volatile components from uncured and cured
19:634–638. pork. Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry 41:
Jofré, A., M. Garriga, and T. Aymerich. 2008b. 933–938.
Inhibition of Salmonella sp. Listeria monocytogenes Samelis, J., A. Kakouri, K. G. Georgiadou, and J.
and Staphylococcus aureus in cooked ham by Metaxopoulos. 1998. Evaluation of the extent and
combining antimicrobials, high hydrostatic pressure type of bacterial contamination at different stages of
and refrig-eration. Meat Science 78:53–59. processing of cooked ham. Journal of Applied
Laursen, B. G., D. V. Byrne, J. B. Kirkkegard, and J. J. Microbiology 84:649–660.
Leisner. 2009. Lactic acid bacteria associated with a Samelis, J., A. Kakouri, and J. Rementzis. 2000.
heat-processed pork product and sources of variation Selective effect of the product type and the
affecting chemical indices of spoilage and sensory packaging conditions on the species of lactic acid
characteristics. Journal of Applied Microbiology bacteria domi-nating the spoilage microbial
106:543–553. association of cooked meats at 4C. Food
Leroy, F., C. Vasilopoulos, S. Van Helmelryck, G. Microbiology 17:329–340.
Falony, and L. De Vuyst. 2009. Volatile análisis of Schilling, M. W., C. Z. Alvarado, and N. G. Marriott.
spoiled, artisan-type, modified-atmosphere-packaged 2004. Particle size and non meat adjunct effects on
cooked ham stored under different temperatures. the protein functionality of boneless cured pork for-
Food Microbiology 26:94–102. mulated with PSE and RFN raw material. Journal of
Marcos, B., T. Aymerich, J. M. Monfort, and M. Muscle Foods 15:57–68
Garriga. 2007. Use of antimicrobial biodegradable Stekelenburg, F. K., and M. L. T. Kant-Muermans.
packaging to control Listeria monocytogenes during 2001. Effects of sodium lactate and other additives in
storage of cooked ham. International Journal of a cooked ham product on sensory quality and
Food Microbiology 120:152–158. develop-ment of a strain of Lactobacillus curvatus
Marcos, B., T. Aymerich, J. M. Monfort, and M. and Listeria monocytogenes. International Journal of
Garriga. 2008. High-pressure processing and Food Microbiology 66:197–203.
antimicrobial biodegradable packaging to control Toldrá, F. 2006a. Biochemistry of processing meat and
Listeria monocy-togenes during storage of cooked poultry. In Food Biochemistry and Food Processing,
ham. Food Microbiology 25:177–182 edited by Y. H. Hui, W. K. Nip, L. M. L. Nollet, G.
Martin, M. 2001. Meat curing technology. In Meat Paliyath, and B. K. Simpson. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell
Science and Applications, edited by Y. H. Hui, W. K. Publishing.
Nip, R. W. Rogers, and O. A. Young. New York: Toldrá, F. 2006b. Meat: Chemistry and biochemistry. In
Marcel-Dekker. Handbook of Food Science, Technology and
Mora, L., M. A. Sentandreu, and F. Toldrá. 2008a. Engineering, vol. 1, edited by Y. H. Hui, J. D.
Contents of creatine, creatinine and carnosine in pork Culbertson, S. Duncan, I. Guerrero-Legarreta, E. C. Y.
muscles of different metabolic type. Meat Science Li-Chan, C. Y. Ma, C. H. Manley, T. A. McMeekin, W.
79:709–715. K. Nip, L. M. L. Nollet, M. S. Rahman, F. Toldrá, and
Mora, L., M. A. Sentandreu, and F. Toldrá. 2008b. Y. L. Xiong. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Effect of cooking conditions on creatinine formation Toldrá, F. 2007. Ham. In Handbook of Food Product
in cooked ham. Journal of Agricultural & Food Manufacturing, vol. 2, edited by Y. H. Hui, R.
Chemistry 56:11279–11284 Chandan, S. Clark, N. Cross, J. Dobbs, W. J. Hurst,
Motzer, E. A., J. A. Carpenter, A. E. Reynolds, and C. L. M. L. Nollet, E. Shimoni, N. Sinha, E. B. Smith,
E. Lyon. 1998. Quality of restructured hams manu- S. Surapat, A. Titchenal, and F. Toldrá. New York:
factured with PSE pork as affected by water binders. John Wiley Interscience.
Journal of Food Science 63:1007–1011. Toldrá, F., and M. Flores. 2007a. Processed pork meat
Nute, G. R., R. C. D. Jones, E. Dransfield, and O. P. flavours, In Handbook of Food Product
Whelehan. 1987. Sensory characteristics of hm and Manufacturing, vol. 2, edited by Y. H. Hui, R.
their relationships with composition, visco –elsticity Chandan, S. Clark, N. Cross, J. Dobbs, W. J. Hurst,
and strength. International Journal of Food Science L. M. L. Nollet, E. Shimoni, N. Sinha, E. B. Smith,
and Technology 22:461–476. S. Surapat, A. Titchenal, and F. Toldrá. New York:
Pegg, R. B., and F. Shahidi. 2000. Nitrite Curing of John Wiley Interscience.
Meat. Trumbull, Conn.: Food & Nutrition Press. Toldrá, F., and M. Flores. 2007b. Sensory quality of
meat products. In Handbook of Food Product
Ponce-Alquicira, E. 2005. Canned poultry products: Manufacturing, vol. 2, edited by Y. H. Hui, R.
Turkey ham. In Handbook of Food Science, Chandan, S. Clark, N. Cross, J. Dobbs, W. J. Hurst,
Technology and Engineering, vol. 4, edited by Y. H. L. M. L. Nollet, E. Shimoni, N. Sinha, E.B. Smith, S.
Hui, J. D. Culbertson, S. Duncan, I. Guerrero- Surapat, A. Titchenal, and F. Toldrá. New York:
Legarreta, E. C. Y. Li-Chan, C. Y. Ma, C. H. John Wiley Interscience.
Manley, T. A. McMeekin, W. K. Nip, L. M. L. Toldrá, F., M. Flores, and M. C. Aristoy. 1995. Enzyme
Nollet, M. S. Rahman, F. Toldrá, and Y. L. Xiong. generation of free amino acids and its nutritional
Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Ramarathnam, N., L. J. Rubin, and L. L. Diosady. 1991.
Studies on meat flavor. 1. Qualitative and quantitative
significance in processed pork meats. In Food Cooked Ham 311
Flavors: Generation, Analysis and Process
Influence, edited by G. Charalambous. Amsterdam:
Elsevier Science Publishers.
Toldrá, F., E. Rico, and J. Flores. 1992. Activities of Evaluation of the spoilage lactic acid bacteria in
pork muscle proteases in model cured meat systems. modified-atmosphere-packaged artyan-type cooked
Biochimie 74:291–296. ham using culture-dependent and culture independent
Válková, V., A. Saláková, H. Buchtová, and B. approaches. Journal of Applied Microbiology
Tremlová. 2007. Chemical, instrumental and sensory 104:1341–1353.
characteristics of cooked pork ham. Meat Science Vermeiren, L., F. Devlieghere, and J. Debevere. 2004.
77:608–615. Evaluation of meat borne lactic acid bacteria as pro-
Vasilopoulos, C., F. Ravyts, H. De Maere, E. De Mey, tective cultures for the biopreservation of cooked
H. Paelinck, L. De Vuyst, and F. Leroy. 2008. meat products. International Journal of Food
Microbiology 96:149–164.
Chapter 17
Cooked Sausages
Eero Puolanne
313
Chapter 17
stuffed into 18–22 mm natural casings, but methods of preparation. Bratwurst are
artificial casings are also widely used. usually grilled and sometimes cooked in
Sometimes an artificial casing is removed broth or beer.
before packaging (skinless products). Usually, The original probably comes from the
products are smoked. There have been many region of Thuringia, where it is traditionally
attempts to prepare nonmeat frankfurters of known as Thüringer Rostbratwurst. The oldest
soya or other nonmeat ingredients, but they known recipe is from 1432. In Germany, there
have not been very successful. are also other regional variations. In
Nuremberg, the bratwurst are considerably
smaller, approximately the length and
Grill Sausages
thickness of an adult’s thumb. Perhaps the
Sausages similar to frankfurters but of larger most popular sausage in Germany is
diameter (25–40 mm) are made especially Nürnberger Bratwürste (Nürnberger
for grilling. The formulas may or may not Rostbratwürste). Traditionally soaked in milk,
contain potato starch or other extenders. roasted, and served three abreast on a bun with
Grill sausages are eaten hot. mustard, this pork-based wurst is recognized in
markets and restaurants across Germany and
prepared according to taste (boiled, smoked,
Bratwurst grilled, etc.). Fresh marjo-ram is often
A bratwurst is a sausage composed of pork, attributed as one of the important flavors in
beef, or veal. The name is German, derived this distinctive sausage. In the Franconia
from Old High German brätwurst, from brät-, region, the bratwurst are long and thin, often
which is finely chopped meat, and -wurst, served in pairs.
sausage. Though the “brat” in brat-wurst How the sausage is served varies by
describes the way the sausages are made, it is region. In Thuringia, the sausage is often
often misconstrued to be derived from the eaten with hot German mustard in a bread
German verb “braten,” which means “to pan roll or Brötchen. There and farther south, the
fry or roast.” Etymology aside, frying and bratwurst are often served “pinched” in a
roasting are far from the most common bread roll, much like a forerunner of the
American hot dog bun. It is a very popular Cooked Sausages 315
form of “fast food” in German-speaking
countries, cooked and sold from small stands
and street vendors. Recipes for the sausage can Mortadella
also vary; some sources list over forty different
varieties of German bratwurst. In other Mortadella is a large Italian sausage or cold
countries bratwurst is also popular, for cut made of finely chopped pork sausage
example, in the United States, where brat- that incorporates at least 15% small cubes of
wurst are typically grilled, rather than boiled. pork fat (principally the hard fat from the
Sometimes they are boiled in beer prior to neck of the pig). It is delicately flavored
grilling. They are usually eaten on a hot dog with spices, including whole or ground black
bun, brat bun, or a hard roll, topped with pepper, myrtle berries, nutmeg, coriander,
mustard or many of the other condiments often and pista-chios. Traditionally, the pork
eaten with hot dogs. These may include filling was ground to a paste using a large
ketchup, onions (grilled or raw), sauerkraut, mortar and pestle (Wikipedia).
pickle relish, shredded cheese, and mayon-
naise. The bratwurst is occasionally served as a
pair of links nestled in a buttered hard roll with Mettwurst
these same toppings; this is called a “double Mettwurst is a strongly flavored German
brat” (Wikipedia). sausage made from raw minced pork, which
is preserved by curing and smoking. The
Bologna southern German variety is soft and similar
to Teewurst. Braunschweiger mettwurst is
Bologna sausage is a finely chopped pork smoked somewhat but still soft and spread-
sausage with no visible pieces of fat. able, while other northern German varieties
Bologna can alternatively be made out of such as the Holsteiner are harder and more
chicken, turkey, beef, or pork. similar to salami, due to longer smoking.
In addition to meats, nonmeat binders The Low German word mett, meaning
and extenders (such as nonfat dry milk, minced pork without bacon, is derived from
cereal, or dried whole milk) or isolated soy the Old Saxon word meti (meaning food)
protein may be used. Bologna is usually and is related to the English word “meat.”
served in round uniform slices pre-cut in a Mettwurst can be cooked or fried or spread
package or sliced at a deli. There are many on rye bread with onions and eaten raw
bologna producers, including local delis and (Wikipedia). In some countries, mettwurst
grocery store meat counters. means sausage where meat has been
Ring bologna or ring sausage is an ambig- chopped still frozen to get a grainy structure,
uous term with regional dependencies. One but the sausage is cooked in steam or in hot
form is produced in 2-inch (5-cm) diameter smoke rather than fermented (Wikipedia).
sausages that are normally about a foot long
(30 cm). These can often be found pickled in a
combination of vinegar, salt, sugar, and spices.
Breakfast Sausage
One typical national variety is sauna ring
sausage that is most popular in Finland. A breakfast sausage (or country sausage) is a
Bologna type sausages can be made by type of fresh pork sausage found in the United
mixing coarsely ground cured meat particles States, usually served at breakfast. Breakfast
(usually pork) into the batter at the very end sausage is not cured or smoked. It is essentially
of chopping (Wikipedia). highly seasoned ground meat, so it does not
keep and should be stored and handled
appropriately. Variations made from pork and
beef mixtures as well as poultry can
Chapter 17
Liver Sausage
Liverwurst is an anglicization of the German
Leberwurst (Dutch leverworst, Hungarian
now be found. There are also vegetarian
ken_májas, Swedish leverkorv, Finnish
vari-eties that use textured vegetable protein
maksamakkara), literally meaning “liver
in place of meat. In America, the
sausage.” It is a typical sausage served in
predominant spices used for seasoning are
Germany, Hungary, the Netherlands,
pepper and sage. Some breakfast sausage is
Finland, and Sweden.
flavored with ham (Wikipedia).
Most liverwurst varieties are spreadable.
The sausage is usually made with pork. Only
about 10%–20% of the sausage is actually pork
Blood Sausage
liver, which is enough to give it a dis-tinctive
Black pudding or (less often) blood pudding is liver taste. Other ingredients are meat, fat, and
an English term for sausage made by cooking spices, such as ground black pepper, marjoram,
blood with a filler until it is thick enough to allspice, thyme, ground mustard, or nutmeg.
congeal when cooled. It is also called blood Many regions in Germany have their own
sausage (in German, Blutwurst). Blood recipes for liver-wurst, often adding
sausage is also a useful term for similar blood- ingredients like pieces of onion or bacon.
based solid foods around the world. Recently, more exotic addi-tions such as
Pig or cattle blood is most often used; cowberries and mushrooms have gained in
sheep and goat blood is used to a lesser popularity. Though the German name
extent. Blood from poultry, horses, and Kalbsleberwurst is translated as “calf liver
other animals is used more rarely. Typically, sausage,” it normally contains pigs’ livers,
fillers include meat, fat, suet, bread, sweet rather than calves’ livers. It also contains veal.
potato, barley, and oatmeal (Wikipedia). Braunschweiger is a spread-able liver sausage
that is sometimes called liverwurst, or just
liver sausage, in North America (Wikipedia).
Weisswurst
Weisswurst, literally, “white sausage,” is a
traditional Bavarian sausage made from very Processing Stages
finely minced veal and fresh pork bacon. It
is usually flavored with parsley, lemon, The processing of cooked sausages is basi-
mace, onions, ginger, and cardamom, cally very similar all around the world. The
though there are some variations. The level of technology and the size of industrial
mixture is then stuffed into fresh, clean pork plants naturally differ from country to
casings and separated into individual country and plant to plant. The basic
sausages about 10 to 12 cm in length and processing stages are given in Figure 17.2.
about 2 cm in thickness. As it is very perish-
able, Weisswurst is traditionally manufac-
Ingredients and Additives
tured early in the morning and prepared and
eaten as a snack between breakfast and The main ingredient of sausages is always
lunch; there is a saying that the sausages meat that is derived from the deboning of
should not be allowed to hear the church carcasses. Other carcass-derived materials
bells’ noon chime. The sausages are heated include edible byproducts, pork skin emul-
in water, broth, or white wine just short of sion, and also sometimes blood or plasma.
boiling, for about 10 minutes, which will The deboned meat is sorted based on fat
turn them grayish white because no
preserving nitrite is used in Weisswurst
preparation (Wikipedia).
Cooked Sausages 317
Pre-blending Blending
Constant Dynamic
(Slicing)
Cutting Consumption
content and connective tissue content, which product is calculated on the basis of the
may or may not be positively correlated. actual (varying) fat contents of the assort-
According to industrial practices, usually five ments. Water (ice) is a substantial
to ten different assortments (trimmings) are ingredient. It is added at a level of 20% –
sorted out from one carcass type. They differ 30% of the total weight of the batter.
from each other based on connective tissue The ideology of making sausages has
content and/or fat content, starting from lean always required a wide range of ingredients
meat without thicker connective tissue to be added to the sausage. The booklet
membranes, to fat trimmings, in many cases compiled by Donald Kinsman (1980) lists a
also containing much connective tissue. This great variety of different ingredients: meat
allows the preparation of a wide range of from different species, edible byproducts,
different types of sausages just by varying the milk constituents, vegetables, mushrooms,
relative proportions of different assort-ments cereals, potato starch, and spices are used,
from different animals and carcass types. depending on cultural traditions and the role
When carcasses are deboned, usually the of sausages in the diet. In some coun-tries,
largest and most valuable muscles (like loins there are mainly all-meat sausages, and their
and rounds) are not included in sausage prices are higher than average carcass meat
assortments but sold as such in raw state or price, but in many other countries, sau-sages
used in whole-meat products like hams. contain lower-quality meats and nonmeat
The varieties have previously only been ingredients as extenders, and those sausages
visually sorted, but modern large-scale pro- offer an inexpensive option for meat
duction requires standardized ingredients. consumption.
Therefore, batches of assortments are first About a fifth (salt only) or a third (salt
coarsely ground, mixed in large blenders, and and phosphates) of salt- soluble myofibrillar
the fat content is quickly determined. The fat proteins become solubilized (Grabowska
content can then be adjusted to the standard and Hamm 1979), and the remaining myofi-
value by adding fat or lean. Alternatively, the brillar system swells and keeps much of the
fat content given will be used in dynamic water provided by the ingredients and water
formulation, and the fat content of the final added in formulation (Hamm 1972). Salt,
Chapter 17 level of ascorbates ranges from 200 to 400
mg/kg. In most countries, the use of
phosphates is allowed and the levels used
pH, and phosphates play a central role in this vary from 0.15% to 0.3%, given as P 2O5 (in
(Ruusunen and Puolanne 2005). When cooked, the EU, the maximum is 0.5%). Lactate and
these ingredients coagulate (dis-solved acetate are used for microbial safety (Bedie
proteins) or aggregate (proteins in the et al. 2001), and citrate can replace phos-
remaining myofibrils) to form a gel (Tornberg phate. Sodium glutamate is also frequently
2005). In contrast, connective tissue mem- used as a taste enhancer. Glucono-delta-
brane proteins partly dissolve at around 65°C, lactone is used as a color enhancer.
partly swell during cooking, and the For economical reasons, nonmeat ingredi-
solubilized collagen forms a gel only when ents are also added to sausages. There is also a
cooled. The same occurs with connective wide range of other ingredients that are added
tissue that can be added as homogenized rind to increase water and fat holding; some of
or dried powder. It should be noted, however, them are gelling agents, while others are
that collagen, once dissolved, slowly forms a thickeners. Milk powder, caseinate, and soy
gel at lower temperatures (20–30°C), but the protein hold water as well as have emul-sifying
gel melts at 45–59°C (hysteresis) (Puolanne properties. Potato flour, carrageenan, and other
and Ruusunen 1981). This behavior is polymers are added to hold water. Various
somewhat similar for fat, but other proteins do plant materials are added for flavor or as
not behave like this. extenders, such as mushrooms, beans, onions,
Sausages may also contain edible cheese, vegetables, and spices. They do not
byprod-ucts, like liver, tongue, blood or have a technological function but may require
blood plasma, meat that is not included in some extra measures to be incorpo-rated into
the carcass (e.g., masseter, diaphragm), and the sausage batter production.
organ fat. Other organs are also used, but the
use of all meats and edible byproducts is tied
to cultural aspects as well as to possible uses
Formulation
for the edible byproducts elsewhere (e.g., as Sausage preparation starts in the carcass
animal feed). cutting line or when meat assortments are
Cooked sausages contain salt (NaCl), which purchased from the market. Formulations of
is not an additive, according to EU regulations, sausages were originally designed for optimal
but an ingredient, which can be, due to health use of all the carcass meat and edible byprod-
reasons, partly replaced by other salts (for ucts. In practical terms, the prices/values of
instance, potassium chloride) (Desmond 2005; different assortments were determined by the
Puolanne and Ruusunen 2005). The salt technological and sensory properties, that is,
content is usually between 1.5% and 2.5%, but how the sausage quality resulted from their
lower and higher con-tents are frequently seen. relative proportions in the formulation.
Salt contributes to water/fat binding, gel Therefore, as the customer pays for quality, the
formation, taste, and keepability. Nitrite is also assortment prices are calculated on the basis of
added to most cooked sausages at levels of the prices of the sausages sold, and not vice
120–150 mg/kg, but there is a constant trend to versa. Later, in the long run, when the
reduce these levels. There are also, however, formulations have become stable, the relative
sausages made without nitrite, like German assortment of prices also hardens in the
Bratwurst. It is recommended that when nitrite market. Therefore, it is also possible to use
is used, ascorbates should be added to reduce stable formulation and stable prices, although
the risk of nitrosamine formation. Nitrite also most modern factories utilize
has antioxidative capacity and improves color
stability (Pegg and Shahidi 2000). The usual
dynamic linear programming, in which the Cooked Sausages 319
availability of assortments and their daily
prices are used as variables, and the detailed
chemical composition of the product is such factors as the proportion of the ingredi-
fixed. The optimal target function is that the ent in the formulation, added water and fat
end-product price will be minimized. levels, other ingredients, salt content,
When linear programming is used, there are whether or not phosphates are added, and
also technological limitations involved. Within freeze storage of assortments, in addition to
the set chemical composition, the batter should the natural variation of a biological material
hold all the formulation water and fat and (Pouttu and Puolanne 2005). Therefore,
maintain firmness within the acceptable limits. certain safety margins for water/fat holding
Usually, the bind values have been determined must always be used. Regardless, the
using meat, fat, and water mixtures. Since quality, indicated as desired firmness rather
Hansen (1960) pre-sented the emulsion than water/fat- holding, is usually the most
hypothesis for finely chopped cooked critical characteristic.
sausages, salt-solubilized protein content and
the emulsifying capacity of proteins have been
used as technolo - gical traits for meat
Comminution
trimming (Carpenter and Saffle 1964). The The main determinant of structure in sau-sages
bind value is also determined by firmness is the extent of comminution, that is, the size
(Tuominen and Honkavaara 1982) or by added of the meat particles in batter. The batter is
fat or water binding using centrifuging or prepared by chopping with a bowl cutter (Fig.
cooking (Grabowska and Hamm 1978). Pouttu 17.3) or by an emulsifier-type continuously
and Puolanne (2005) presented a method to working cutter (Fig. 17.4). The phrase
deter-mine the water-holding capacity of “emulsion” is incorrect in this context, as there
sausage ingredients in a multicomponent is not a liquid-liquid situation; actu-ally, the
system. Whatever method is used, it should be batter structure is a “suspension, ” a mixture of
kept in mind that the ingredients do not have a protein particles and solid fat par-ticles that are
constant bind value, as it will vary along with dispersed in a continuous water phase with
solubilized protein. The particle size varies
from coarsely ground (kidney blade) to finely
comminuted batter. These are not regarded as
sausages in all cases, although
and water into immediate contact with the coarsely ground products, brine injection,
myofibrillar system, which results in a curing of the meat prior to mincing, and
swelling of myofibrils as well as a partial tum-bling are required, since the diffusion of
solubilization of myofibrillar proteins (Hamm curing ingredients is so slow in meat. The
1972 ; Offer and Knight 1988). When the curing solution dissolves some myofibrillar
batter has been stuffed into casings for proteins from the cut surfaces, and they form
cooking, the solubilized myofibrillar proteins a gel, on heating, which glues the particles
form a gel structure that glues the meat together.
particles together and encases the fat. With
cooking, the solubilized proteins form a gel
that traps the fat, as well as the muscle fiber
Smoking/Cooking
and myofibril particles, making the batter a According to industrial practices, when the
homogeneous structure (Tornberg 2005). In sausage batter has been prepared, it will be
Figure 17.6. Sausage cooking and the measurement of end temperature. (Photograph courtesy of Pertti Leino.)
Chapter 17 almost infinite number of possible formula-
tion combinations allows the designing of
the sausages according to needs: sometimes
stuffed into natural or artificial casings and strong-tasting and firm sausages are
linked (Fig. 17.5). Then the sausages are required, while other times milder and softer
moved to a smoking chamber, where they are needed.
first are dried at 50–60°C. Excessively high Microbes also exert a substantial effect
temperatures or long times must not be used on the sensory properties of meat, although
in order to avoid temperatures >60°C, which the hygienic quality of sausages has
may reduce smoke absorption or cause fat improved tremendously. It is not possible to
separation in the surface layer. Immediately cover the microbial effects exclusively. Salt
after drying, sausages are smoked at 65– (NaCl) decisively influences the microbial
70°C until the desired surface color and pattern in meat, as it strongly reduces the
aroma have been reached, and the proteolytic metabolism of the flora. The
temperature is about 50°C (Bøgh-Sørensen inhibitory effect of salt is based on its
et al. 1981). Then the sausages are cooked in content in the water phase of the product. In
steam (75°C) until a core temperature of 72– countries where the product has a high fat
73°C is reached (Fig. 17.6). content and phosphate is not added, the salt
content in the water phase ranges from 4%
to 5%; but with lower fat and higher levels
of water (with phos-phates), the content in
Quality Aspects of the the water phase could be even as low as
Finished Product 2.5%. It should be remembered that about 10
Quality includes taste and flavor, structure, percentage units of lean meat water is
color, nutritional value, and microbial quality. strongly bound to the polar parts of proteins
The taste and flavor of sausage is a combina- and thus not included in the free water phase
tion of the savory taste of cooked cured meat of the product (3%– 6% units of the product
and spices. The flavor is influenced by the water, depending on the lean meat content of
formulation (what meat animals have been product; Hamm 1972).
used, what the proportions are, and especially Nitrite also has a very strong inhibitory
the content of fat from the various sources). effect on microbes, but the effect is strain
An integral part of the flavor is the effect of specific. The effect is especially important
nitrite, which is based not on the direct taste of against the most pathogenic bacteria within
the salt itself but on an indirect effect on the contents used in cooked meat products.
various components of the meat (Pegg and As the pKa-value of the effective form,
Shahidi 2000). Much chemical research has nitrous acid (HNO2) is 3.4, nitrite is more
been performed on the effects of nitrite on efficient at lower pH values, but on the other
flavor, but this extremely complex system is hand, low pH values increase the
still far from fully elucidated. degradation of nitrite (Honikel 2007).
The sensory and nutritional quality is The nutritional quality of sausages directly
mainly based on lean meat content, fat content, reflects the formulations of the sausages,
and the amount of water added. In addition, if which can be most variable. As the maximum
other foodstuffs are added, they may improve temperature used in cooking is 72–74 °C, meat
the overall nutritional quality, or as extenders, proteins do not lose their nutritive value, but
they may dilute the nutri-tional density and on the contrary, collagen turns digestible via
taste. The use of phos-phates facilitates the use denaturation (Bailey and Light 1989). Since
of less lean meat and more water and fat, thus sausage does not lose liquid by
exerting a negative effect on nutritional value
(unless low-fat/ low-sodium products are
targeted). The
cooking, minerals and vitamins remain in Cooked Sausages 323
the batter. The vitamins are destroyed to a
certain extent, depending on the vitamin and
the process. About 10% –20% of the excludes oxygen can reduce oxidation.
vitamins of the B group are destroyed during Consequently, sausages are not, or they need
the prepara-tion. Vitamin A is quite resistant not be, susceptible for rancidity, provided
to cooking, but about one-third can be lost that nitrite and ascorbates are used, and
by chopping (Niinivaara and Antila 1972; even-tually phosphates. Also, by avoiding a
Lawrie and Ledward 2006). Smoking may long freeze storage of meat raw materials,
reduce the biological value of proteins, the using appropriate packaging, and avoiding
significance of which depends on the micro-bial spoilage, the risk of rancidity can
relative surface area and the intensity and be reduced (Pegg and Shahidi 2000).
length of smoking. In most cases however,
the reduction is not substantial.
Connective tissue proteins (collagens) Safety Aspects
denature when sausage is cooked, and they are
With a hygienically well-organized produc-
also largely comminuted by chopping,
tion process and a satisfactorily cooked
especially in finely chopped sausages. Ninety
product, the sausage contains only a few
percent of the denatured collagen will be
hundred living microbes per gram, and those
hydrolyzed in the human digestive track and,
usually are not particularly capable of prolif-
consequently, used as energy or for protein
erating at cold storage temperatures. Common
synthesis (Bailey and Light 1989). The bio-
salt inhibits proteolysis, and nitrite and other
logical value of collagen is, however, very low
antioxidative agents inhibit oxidation. The
as such, but in combination with other
main role of nitrite, however, is to inhibit
proteins, it may have some value. A protein
pathogenic bacteria. Most of these bacteria are
efficiency ratio (PER) of 2.5 for good- quality
strongly influenced by nitrite at the levels used
proteins allows for a collagen content of up to
in sausages (Pegg and Shahidi 2000). The
30% of the meat proteins (Bailey and Light
primary reason for the use of nitrite in meat
1989). Therefore, most cooked sausages fulfill
products is its specific capacity to inhibit the
this requirement.
growth of Clostridium botuli-num. This is
The oxidative changes in fats or mem-brane
increasingly important, as the trends are for the
phospholipids can cause rancidity. Also,
use of vacuum packaging (anaerobic),
oxidative changes may cause polymer-ization
lowering the salt content, improved hygiene
of fats as well as proteins. Heme iron is a
(less competing flora), and in-package
strong prooxidant, and particularly in freeze-
pasteurization (hardly any vege-tative flora). In
stored meat and cooked meat, the oxi-dation
these circumstances, the strictly anaerobic
may be very fast (the worst combina-tion is
spore-forming C. botuli-num may start
food prepared from freeze-stored meat).
growing and become toxic, if the packages are
Microbes may also increase oxidative changes
stored for longer period of times, and
in meat. In sausages, however, there are
especially if temperature abuse is involved
efficient antioxidative agents. Nitrite sta-
(Korkeala 2006). However, nitrite is by no
bilizes heme iron, which results in a much
means a guarantee for full safety.
lower oxidation rate. Phosphates also have an
antioxidative effect as they chelate prooxida-
tive cations. Ascorbates are also antioxidants,
although they are primarily used as color
Recent and Future Trends
enhancers. Finally, the use of packaging that The salt intake in modern industrialized
countries has been connected to elevated
blood pressure and consequently to an
increase in coronary heart disease. Only the
Chapter 17 gated linoleic acid (Martin et al. 2008).
Vegetable fats usually melt at lower
tempera-tures than meat fats, and they are
salt that is detected by the taste receptors liquid at chopping temperatures. This causes
will be considered salty. Therefore, there a fat separation during preparation and also
have been considerable efforts to reduce salt during cooking. This separation can be
(i.e., sodium) intakes, especially via reduced by making a preemulsion using an
industrial food. This reduction cannot be emulsifier (e.g., soy protein or caseinate). As
achieved quickly, but over a period of years, most sausage fat is pork fat or poultry fat,
so that consumers gradually get used to which are close to or within the dietary
lower salt content in their foods. In Finland, recommen-dations, the real benefit of the
for example, the reduction of the average replacement could be questioned.
salt content in cooked sausages from 2.3%– Sodium has been targeted by replacing
2.4% to 1.5%–1.7 % took about twenty sodium chloride with different mineral salt
years (Ruusunen and Puolanne 2005). In mixtures. Most of them contain potassium
many countries the same development has chloride. The bitterness of potassium ion
been experienced, but all countries have not limits the total replacement of sodium with
done it yet. potassium. Also, lactate as potassium salt
The use of nitrite has been debated for more has been used as a partial salt replacer. As
than thirty years, and during that period, the the contents required are rather high (from
levels added have been lowered through 1%– 2%), the bitterness caused by
legislative actions and voluntary decisions in potassium is a limiting factor.
the industry from about 200 mg/kg to 80– 120 Accelerated processing (i.e., prerigor
mg/kg. The industry is still looking for curing) has been extensively studied over
possibilities for further reductions, and the the years. Hot boning with prerigor curing
number of nitrite-free cooked sausages is even allows a very fast processing of carcass
increasing. However, no single sub-stance that without cooling of sausage meats. Salt is
would replace all the positive effects of nitrite required at levels of 1.5% or more (in
(inhibition of pathogenic bacteria and spoilage prerigor curing as well as in the sausage
flora, color formation, antioxidant capacity, batter) in order to achieve the desired
effects on taste) has been found (Cassens water/fat binding (Puolanne and Terrell
1990). In-package pas-teurization would allow 1983). Prerigor curing would replace the use
a reduction of nitrite, but then extra measures of phosphates. Despite the research and
for pathogen safety must be performed. In- demonstrated positive results, the practice
package pasteuriza-tion might increase the risk has not been widely adopted in the industry.
of spore -forming C. botulinum, as it is not
competitive when high numbers of other References
bacteria are present (Korkeala 2006).
Aberle, E.D., J. C. Forrest, D. E. Gerrard, E. W. Mills.
2001. Principles of Meat Science, 4th ed. Dubuque,
Health food, or even functional food, is a Iowa: Kendall/Hunt.
worldwide trend, and there have been Bailey, A., and N. D. Light. 1989. Connective Tissue in
attempts to use sausages as vectors for func- Meat and Meat Products. London and New York:
Elsevier Applied Science.
tional ingredients, including several methods Bedie, G. K., J. Samelis, J. N. Sofos, K. E. Belk, J. A.
for manipulating sausage properties. Making Scanga, G. C. Smith. 2001. Antimicrobials in the for-
changes in the lipid portion of sausages does mulation to control Listeria monocytogenes post pro-
cessing contamination on frankfurters stored at 4°C
not necessarily fulfill the criteria of in vacuum packages. Journal of Food Protection
functional food, but it belongs to the same 64:1949–1955.
trend. There are low-fat varieties, down to
6%–10% fat. Also animal fat has been
replaced with vegetable fat or even conju-
Bøgh-Sørensen, L., J. Heimerke, M. Jul. 1981. Røgning Cooked Sausages 325
(Smoking). In Konserveringsteknik (Preservation
Technology). Copenhagen: DSR Forlag.
Carpenter, J., and R. Saffle. 1964. A simple method of
estimating the emulsifying capacity of various Martin, D., J. Ruiz, R. Kivikari, and E. Puolanne. 2008.
sausage meats. Journal of Food Science 26:774–781. Partial replacement of pork fat by conjugated linoleic
Cassens, R. G. 1990. Nitrite-Cured Meat. A Food acid and/or olive oil in liver pâtés: Effect on physico-
Safety Issue in Perspective. Trumbull, Conn.: Food chemical characteristics and oxidative stability. Meat
and Nutrition Press. Science 80:496–504.
Desmond, E. 2005. Reducing salt: A challenge for the Niinivaara, F. P., and P. Antila. 1972. Der Nährwert
meat industry. Meat Science 74:188–196. des Fleisches. Alzey, Germany: E. Dietel & Co.
Feiner, G. 2006. Cooked sausage. In Meat Products Offer, P., and P. Knight. 1988. Structural basis of
Handbook. Practical Science and Technology. Boca water-holding in meat. Part 1. In Developments of
Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Meat Science, edited by R. A. Lawrie. London and
Grabowska, J., and R. Hamm. 1978. Proteinlöslichkeit New York: Elsevier Applied Science.
und Wasserbindung unter den in den Br Pegg, R. B., and F. Shahidi. 2000. Nitrite Curing of
ühwurstbräten gegebenen Bedingungen. III. Meat. The Nitrosamine Problem and Nitrite
Mitteilung: Einfluss des Fleisches: Wasser- Alternatives. Trumbull, Conn.: Food and Nutrition
Verhältnisse und der Zerklein-erungsbedingungen. Press.
Fleischwirtschaft 58:1529– 1534. Pouttu, P., and E. Puolanne. 2005. A procedure to deter-
Grabowska, J., and R. Hamm. 1979. Proteinlöslichkeit und mine the water-binding capacity of meat trimmings
Wasserbindung unter den in den Br ühwurstbräten for cooked sausage formulation. Meat Science
gegebenen Bedingungen. IV. Mitteilung: Einflüsse von 66:329–334.
NaCl-Konzentration, pH-Wert und Diphosphat. Puolanne, E. 1999. Cooked meat products. Review.
Fleischwirtschaft 59:1166–1172. Proceedings og ICoMST 45, Yokohama, Japan,
Hamm, R. 1972. Kolloidchemie des Fleisches. Berlin 1999, 116–120.
and Hamburg: Paul Parey. Puolanne, E., and M. Ruusunen. 1981. The properties of
Hansen, L. 1960. Emulsion formation in finely chopped connective tissue membrane and pig skin as raw mate-
comminuted sausages. Food Technology 14:565– rials for cooked sausage. Meat Science 5:371–382.
569. Puolanne, E., and R. N. Terrell. 1983. Effects of rigor-
Honikel, K. O. 2007. Principles of curing. In Handbook state, levels of salt and sodium tripo-lyphosphate on
of Fermented Meat and Poultry Products, edited by physical, chemical and sensory properties of
F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing. frankfurter-type sausages. Journal of Food Science
Kinsman, D. M. 1980. Principal Characteristics of 48:1036–1038.
Sausages of the World Listed by Country of Origin. Ruusunen, M., and E. Puolanne. 2005. Reducing sodium
Storrs, Conn.: University of Connecticut Press. intake in meat products. Meat Science 70:531–542.
Korkeala, H. 2006. Personal communication. Tuominen, R., and M. Honkavaara. 1982. Effect of
University of Helsinki, Department of Food and electrically stimulated meat on processing properties
Environmental Hygiene. Helsinki, Finland. of cooked sausage. Proceedings of 28th European
Lawrie, R. A., and D. A. Ledward. 2006. Lawrie’s Meeting of Meat Research Workers (ICoMST),
Meat Science, 7th ed. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Madrid, Spain, 4.18.
Tornberg, E. 2005. Effects of heat on meat proteins—
Implications on structure and quality of meat prod-
ucts. Meat Science 70:493–508.
Wikipedia (2009). The free encyclopedia. http://en.
wikipedia.org/wiki/. Accessed on January 2009.
Chapter 18
Bacon
Peter R. Sheard
327
Chapter 18
Figure 18.1. Traditional Wiltshire curing as practiced 50 years ago involved the manual injection of a brine
into pork sides, followed by immersion in a “live brine” and maturation for about 10 days. The process was
slow and labor intensive.
Maturation
Following immersion, the sides were
removed, stacked, and allowed to mature for
10 to 14 days before further processing. The Figure 18.2. Whole sides were cured in traditional
maturation period was believed to be impor- Wiltshire curing, but most modern bacon derives from
the loin and belly, which produce back bacon and
tant for flavor development and to improve streaky bacon, respectively. Often the shoulders are
sliceability. used for sausages and the hindlimb for ham.
Bacon 329
Singe/scrape/polish Mature
Evisceration/washing (smoke)
Splitting Temper
Retail packing
(vacuum or MA)
Figure 18.3. Diagram illustrating the major operations in bacon processing. After unloading, the pigs are
killed, dressed, and processed in modern, large throughput abattoirs. Most bacon is produced from
boneless, rindless backs (loins) and bellies that are immersion or bag cured, tempered, high-speed sliced,
and packaged in a modified atmosphere (MA) or vacuum packed.
Chapter 18 pieces, covered with fresh immersion brine,
and held for up to 3 days. The cured pieces
are then removed, stacked, and matured just
point of slaughter is important to reduce pre- long enough to dry the surface. They are
slaughter stress that might otherwise cause a then ready for slicing.
high incidence of PSE. The poor water-
holding capacity of the latter can adversely
affect brine uptake and retention (Kauffman Bag Curing
et al. 1978; Fisher et al. 2000).
This process differs in that it has no immer-
The pigs are killed humanely and dressed
sion stage. Instead, the boneless pieces are
hygienically. Electrical stunning, followed
injected and, after a short drainage period,
by prompt sticking, has been the usual
placed in a moisture- and oxygen-
method, although this is being superseded
impermeable bag, vacuum sealed, and held
by carbon dioxide stunning throughout
for a minimum of two days to allow time for
Europe. Singeing the carcass improves the
equilibration and the development of the
sliceability of rind-on product.
characteristic cured color. As there is no
Toughness is not a problem in bacon, so immersion stage, all the necessary salt, pre-
interventions to improve tenderness (e.g., servative, and other ingredients have to be
hip suspension, electrical stimulation, and introduced into the injection brine. The final
long aging periods) are unnecessary. salt content is typically 3%.
Butchery normally commences immediately
after overnight chilling. The other parts of
the carcass are sold fresh or used for
Dry Curing
processing (shoulders for sausages and the
hindlimb for ham). Most plants employ a Some bacon is dry cured, but the process is
traceability system that can trace product quite different and much shorter than that used
back to the day of slaughter. in the dry curing of hams (e.g., Parma or
Iberian), which can take up to two years to
develop the characteristic aroma and flavor
Immersion Curing (Tank Curing)
(Toldrá 2002). Often the process takes no more
The pieces to be cured, whether boneless loins than a couple of weeks, which does not allow
or bellies, are first injected mechani-cally with sufficient time for the proteolytic and lipolytic
a brine containing salt and preser-vative changes that occur in the production of dry-
(sodium nitrite alone or in combination with cured hams. The major contributors to flavor
nitrate). Sodium polyphosphate, where and odor in dry-cured bacon, therefore, are
included, will improve the water- holding those derived from the curing ingredients and
capacity but its use is less common than for- generated during cooking.
merly, due to consumer concerns. Sodium Production involves rubbing the dry -cur-
ascorbate may be added to promote develop- ing ingredients manually into the surfaces of
ment of the cured meat pigment and improve exposed lean tissue. The treated pork is
the color shelf life (Ranken 1981). Sugar is vacuum packed and stored under chill condi-
used in the production of sweet-cured bacon, tions for about 10 to 14 days (depending on
which helps to mask the salty flavor. The the thickness of the product), after which it
target weight gain, typically 10%, is based on is ready to slice. A sweet cure can be
the total weight of the piece(s) to be injected, obtained by rubbing in sugar after 7 days
although it will be appreciated that propor- before re-packing and leaving the product
tionally more brine is taken up by muscle for another 7 days.
rather than adipose tissue.
Following injection, the pieces are stacked
in small tanks, with a capacity for 30 to >50
Dry-cured bacon is drier and has a higher Bacon 331
meat content, about 97%, than that produced
using a brine, but the flavor is similar in both.
can be achieved using a one- stage system by
placing the bacon in a cold room operating at
Smoking
the target temperature, or, more commonly, by
Traditional methods of smoking use natural a two-stage system employing a blast freezer
wood smoke generated under controlled and a separate cold room to achieve
tem-perature and humidity conditions from equilibration (Brown et al. 2003).
hard-woods such as oak, beech, and hickory. The amount and composition of the
The center of the product never rises above adipose tissue can also affect the firmness of
30 °C, so the product remains uncooked, the bacon to be sliced (Enser et al. 1984;
albeit with an altered flavor, odor and color Shackelford et al. 1990; Rentfrow et al.
due to the action of the smoking process. 2003; Teye et al. 2006), depending on the
Smoked bacon accounts for approximately degree of unsaturation of the component
25% –30% of the UK market (Fisher 2006). fatty acids, which can vary widely. A high
proportion of saturated fatty acids results in
adipose tissue that is relatively firm, which,
Tempering and High-Speed Slicing
in turn, affects sliceability.
Most bacon is sold pre-sliced. This is achieved
using high-speed slicers operating at 800–1400
Packaging
revolutions per minute (i.e., ∼10– 20
revolutions per s). This requires bacon to be Two systems are used for packing pre-sliced
sliced in a tempered (partly frozen) condition bacon: vacuum packing and modified
to maximize the yield of high-quality slices. atmosphere packing. Various studies have
The optimal conditions for slicing depend on shown that the cured meat pigment nitric
both the bacon (its tem-perature, salt content, oxide myoglobin (NOMb) is unstable when
and the amount and composition of the adipose exposed to light and air. A major concern,
tissue) and the slicer (its design and slicing therefore, in both pack types is to exclude
speed) (James and Bailey 1987; Brown et al. oxygen, which is detrimental to the stability
2003). High-speed photography has of the cured meat pigment. This is quite dif-
demonstrated the importance of correct slicing ferent from fresh meats, where the predomi-
temperature. If the temperature is too high, the nant pigment, oxymyoglobin, is favored by
bacon is too soft and distorts when presented high oxygen concentrations.
to the slicing blade, resulting in a low yield of
high- quality (well-defined) slices. If the
Vacuum Packing
temperature is too low, the bacon is more
brittle and tends to shatter, again reducing the Twenty years ago, the majority of pre-sliced
slicing yield. The optimal temperature varies bacon in the UK was vacuum packed. Vacuum
with salt content. For bacon containing 3% packing’s use continues but less commonly
salt, the optimal slicing temperature is about than formerly. Packing under vacuum extracts
−7°C (Brown et al. 2003). The optimal the air, and the package col-lapses around the
temperature varies because salt lowers the meat. Any residual oxygen is depleted by
initial freezing point (ifp), which, in turn, tissue respiration, and carbon dioxide is
affects the ice content and the resulting produced. The resulting pattern of microbial
mechanical properties of the semifrozen growth is quite different from that which
product. The temper temperature occurs in air. The growth of pseudo-monads is
inhibited, while lactic acid bacte-ria dominate
and can reach high numbers without causing
objectionable spoilage.
Chapter 18 Agency has set voluntary targets for the food
industry aimed at reducing the average salt
intake to 6 g/day from the current level of
Modified Atmosphere Packing about 9 g/day (Matthews and Strong 2005).
Meat and meat products currently contribute
Most retail-packed bacon employs a modi- about 25% to the total dietary salt intake; this
fied atmosphere having an initial composi- derives mainly from salt added to meat prod-
tion of 70%–75% nitrogen and 25%–30% ucts (Henderson et al. 2003). Cured meats
carbon dioxide. The residual oxygen level (bacon and ham) are a significant contributor
must be less than 1% to ensure a long color to the total because of their high salt content
shelf life. Carbon dioxide, employed as a and their popularity. However, reducing the
pre-servative, is highly soluble in meat salt content in cured meats is difficult to
(Jakobsen and Bertelsen 2004), forming achieve without altering the shelf life. For
carbonic acid. The acid is able to pass example, Applegate (1989) demonstrated that
through bacterial cell walls into the cell, reducing the salt content from 3% to 2% in
where it dissociates and interferes with vacuum-packed bacon resulted in unac-
normal cell metabolism. Lactic acid bacteria ceptably high levels of Enterobacteriaceae
are less susceptible to the action of carbon during the six-week storage period. The
dioxide and, therefore, con-stitute the microbial flora was dominated by lactic acid
predominant microflora. The other main gas, bacteria, which were present at similar levels
nitrogen, is inert and prevents pack collapse.
of about 108 in the low -salt bacon as well as
the 3% -salt bacon. Reducing salt from 3% to
Storage Instructions 2% also influenced the amount and appear-
Once opened, the bacon should be kept ance of drip, the color of the product, and meat
refrigerated and consumed within three or pH, as well as flavor. The study pro-vides a
four days. Although the microbiological good example of the multiple proper-ties that
quality cannot be guaranteed beyond about can be affected in products where salt content
four days, anecdotal evidence suggests that is reduced.
some consumers may use bacon for up to a Some low-salt bacon is available commer-
week after opening. Microbiological deterio- cially. This can be achieved by replacing up to
ration after opening may also be accompa- a third of the sodium chloride with potas-sium
nied by color fading, especially on the chloride, or by incorporating potassium lactate
surface of slices exposed to oxygen. as a shelf-life extender. Potassium chloride has
similar properties to sodium chloride in terms
Industry Standards of water holding (Hamm 1960 ) and
antimicrobial efficacy (Bidlas and Lambert
Most bacon producers in the UK are members 2008), but higher replacement levels are
of the Charter Quality British Bacon scheme associated with a bitter flavor (Gou et al.
run by the British Meat Processors Associa- 1996). The use of either additive would, of
tion (BMPA). The BMPA standard (BMPA course, require a declaration in the list of
2006), available from the association’s ingredients.
website, lays down various standards and
specifications that must be adhered to by the
scheme’s members.
EU legislation aimed at minimizing the for- during cooking. There is no evidence that this
mation of potentially carcinogenic nitrosa- affects eating quality, but the exudate none-
mines while maintaining microbiological theless adversely affects appearance during
safety. Concern about the use of nitrite and cooking. Studies at the University of Bristol
nitrate in cured meats stems from research in demonstrated that the exudate had a similar
the 1970s showing that nitrosamines were composition to drip (Sheard et al. 2001). It
generated during the frying of bacon (e.g., consists mainly of water, proteins derived from
Patterson et al. 1976) and could also be the sarcoplasm, and a relatively high level of
formed in vivo in the acidic conditions salt. The amount of exudate was assessed
present in the stomach. Despite attempts to subjectively by ranking photographs following
find safer alternatives (see Pegg and Shahidi “dry-frying” or objectively by col-lecting
2000), nitrite continues to be used in curing, exudate in an ice-cooled tray during grilling. It
albeit at much lower levels than those was demonstrated that dry-cured bacon
employed 30 to 40 years ago when nitrite produced less exudate than that pro-duced by
levels in bacon could be as high as 1000 mg/ Wiltshire cured bacon; the greatest amount of
kg (Ingram 1971 ), well above current exudate was produced by rapidly cured bacon.
permit-ted levels (Table 18.1). Tempering increased the amount of exudate. It
In North America, a demand for natural and was also noticed that higher amounts of
organically cured meats has led to the use of exudate resulted from pigs with the lowest
natural sources of nitrate (e.g., sea salt, raw ultimate pH, with least exu-dates at the highest
sugar, and celery) rather than using con- pHs. Although interven-tions to reduce the
ventional curing ingredients. This approach amount of exudate were not investigated, it
can deliver the typical quality characteristics seems likely that improv-ing the water-holding
expected of cured meats, provided that suf- capacity (WHC)—by using phosphate, for
ficient nitrite is formed from the nitrate source, example— would lead to less exudate.
although, in practice, residual nitrite levels are
often less than in conventionally cured product
(Sebranek and Bacus 2007).
“Tiger Stripe”
Modern bacon sometimes exhibits a regular
White Exudate in Cooked Bacon
alternating pattern of light and dark bands,
Though bacon remains a popular product, which was described as “tiger stripe ” when
one of the frequent complaints heard about it was first reported (Voyle et al. 1986). The
modern bacon concerns the unsightly white alternating pattern had a regular periodicity
liquor that sometimes exudes from bacon that seemed to coincide with the injection
Table 18.1. Changes in maximum permitted levels of nitrate and nitrite in bacon
Legislation Ingoing amount (mg/kg) Residual amount (mg/kg)
Preservatives Regs 19791 200 nitrite, 500 nitrite + nitrate
Food Additives Regs 19952 300 nitrate 175 nitrite, 250 nitrate
Food Additives Regs 20073 150 nitrite and 150 nitrate*
Preservatives in Food Regulations 1979 (amended 1982)
Miscellaneous Food Additives Regulations 1995 (implementing Directive 95/2/EC)
Miscellaneous Food Additives & Sweeteners (Amendment) (England) Regulations 2007 (implementing Directive
2006/52/EC)
* exemptions for immersion and dry cured bacon where maximum residual amounts of 175 mg/kg nitrite and 250
mg/kg nitrate apply
Chapter 18 quite different from those used today and at a
time when less was known about boar taint. A
French study on bacon lardons (bacon cubes)
marks caused by the needles of a mechanical prepared from gilts and boars at three different
injector during the curing process. Micro- combinations of skatole (S) and androstenone
scopic investigations revealed that the dark (A) (low S/low A, low S/high A and high
bands showed ordered myofibrillar structure S/high A) and assessed by 96 consumers
(i.e., myofibrils with overlapping thick and demonstrated that the combina-tion of high
thin filaments and well- defined Z lines), while skatole and high androstenone was
the light bands exhibited a disordered structure significantly worse for several odor descriptors
in which the usual structural fea-tures were (Beague et al. 1997). This is to be expected,
obscured by amorphous material which the since androstenone and skatole are both
authors attributed to denatured sar-coplasmic volatile, particularly at the high tem-peratures
protein or denatured myofibrillar material. The attained during frying (a common method of
phenomenon was attributed to localized cooking). Off-flavors during con-sumption
variations in brine concentration around the may be less marked due to the partial
injection sites. At the time, some affected volatilization of the taint compounds during
batches of bacon were returned to the cooking (Bonneau et al. 1992) and any
manufacturer, but the condition now appears to abnormal flavors partially masked by the
be accepted as a normal feature of modern curing ingredients, especially salt.
bacon production. A similar phe-nomenon can Immuno -castration appears to be an
also occur in moisture -enhanced pork effec-tive way to reduce the incidence of
(Gooding et al. 2009), suggesting a common boar taint in fresh pork (Prunier et al. 2006;
mechanism in both types of product. Pearce et al. 2008), and its adoption could
have a marked effect in reducing the volume
of tainted bacon. This reduces both taint
Boar Taint
com-pounds because high levels of
The compounds responsible for boar taint, androstenone act naturally to increase
androstenone and skatole, were identified skatole in the liver. The use of different fiber
many years ago, but boar taint remains a sources in the diet before slaughter (e.g.,
persistent problem for the pork industry. chicory) is effective in reducing skatole.
However, quantifying the occurrence of off-
odors or off-flavors in cooked bacon is
PSE and DFD
difficult, partly because individuals are
highly variable in their sensitivity, particu- The incidence of the PSE condition in the UK
larly in their response to the pheromone, pork industry has risen from 6% in the 1970s,
androstenone (Annor-Frempong et al. 1997). to 13% in the 1980s, and 15% in the 1990s
Castration of entire male pigs is a common (Table 18.2). This is probably due to changes
method of preventing boar taint, but, even in abattoir operation (fewer plants with higher
here, taint could arise due to high levels of throughputs and greater pre-slaughter stress)
skatole. The latter is produced by fermenta- and breeding programs that have resulted in
tion of the amino acid tryptophan in the hind pork with a higher incidence of white fibers
gut. and a greater tendency to PSE. The adverse
Most of the studies investigating boar effects of using PSE meat in cured meats are
taint in bacon were carried out more than 25 well documented (Kauffman et al. 1978 ;
years ago (Rhodes 1971; Lesser et al. 1977; Honkavaara 1988; Clarke 1998; Fisher et al.
Mottram et al. 1982; Smith et al. 1983; 2000; O’Neill et al. 2003). Using
Lundstrom et al. 1983, cited by Malmfors
and Lundstrom 1983), when slaughter
weights were lower and pig genetics were
Table 18.2. Incidence of the PSE condition in Bacon 335
pork longissimus muscle: reports from three
large UK-based surveys over the last 30 years
1970s1 1980s2 1990s3 the cooking odour of lardons produced from pork
N 6015 5383 5598 with different androstenone and skatole contents. In
Mean pH45 6.55 6.38 6.39 Boar Taint in Entire Pigs, EAAP Publication 92.
% PSE 5.7 12.8 15.1 Stockholm, Sweden.
(pH45 < 6.0) Bidlas, E., and R. J. W. Lambert. 2008. Comparing the
antimicrobial effectiveness of NaCl and KCl with a
Kempster & Cuthbertson, 1975 view to salt/sodium replacement . International
Chadwick & Kempster, 1983 Journal of Food Microbiology 124:98–102.
Homer & Matthews, 1998
BMPA 2006. BMPA standard for Charter Quality
British Bacon. British Meat Processors Association,
London.
halothane-positive pigs, Fisher et al. (2000)
BPEX 2008. Pig Yearbook 2008. Milton Keynes:
demonstrated that brine take- up by PSE British Pig Executive.
pork is almost half that of normal pork Bonneau, M., M. Denmat, C. Vaudelet, J. R. Veloso-
(halothane-negative pigs), resulting in a net Nunes, A. B. Mortensen, and H. P. Mortensen. 1992.
Contribution of androstenone and skatole to boar taint
increase in yield of just 3% compared with Sensory eating quality of cooked hams. Livestock
10% for normal pork. The use of PSE in Production Science 32:81–87.
curing also results in increased drip at raw Brown, T., A. J. Gigiel, M. V. L. Swain, and C. James.
2003. Practical investigations of two-stage bacon
material intake and may result in more white tempering. International Journal of Refrigeration 26:
exudate during cooking. 690–697.
If the ultimate pH of muscle remains high Chadwick, J. P., and A. J. Kempster. 1983. A repeat
national survey (ten years on) of muscle pH values in
(≥6.0) because of glycogen depletion commercial bacon carcasses. Meat Science 9:101–
through stress before slaughter, DFD muscle 111.
results. This has increased water retention, Clarke, H. 1998. Incidence of pale, soft exudative
(PSE) and dark, firm dry conditions in pork primals
but the high pH results in a shorter microbial and the implications of PSE for ham manufacture.
shelf life. However, if the ultimate pH of the MSc thesis, University of Bristol.
loin muscle remains slightly above the Enser, M., E. Dransfield, P. D. Jolley, R. C. D. Jones,
and M. Leedham. 1984. The composition and con-
“normal” value of 5.5 but is not high enough sistency of pig backfat as it affects the quality of
to cause the problems associated with DFD, vacuum-packed rindless bacon rashers. Journal of
the muscle retains more water during the Science of Food and Agriculture 35:1230–124.
Feiner, G. 2006. Meat Products Handbook. Cambridge,
processing, resulting in more tender and UK: Woodhead Publishing.
juicy bacon. Some plants use very rapid Fisher, S. 2006. The UK bacon market. Meat Demand
chilling to achieve these “high” pH values. Trends 2006 (1):3–11.
Fisher, P., F. D. Mellet, and L. C. Hoffman. 2000.
Halothane genotype and pork quality. 2. Cured meat
products of three halothane genotypes. Meat Science
References 54:107–111.
Gooding, J. P., S. F. Holmer, S. N. Carr, P. Rincker, T.
Andersen, H. J. 2004. Bacon production: Other bacon.
R. Carr, M. S. Brewer, F. K. McKeith, and J.
In Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, 3 vols., edited by
Killefer. 2009. Characterization of striping in fresh,
W. K. Jensen, C. Devine, and M. Dikeman. London:
enhanced pork loins. Meat Science 81:364–371.
Elsevier Academic Press.
Gou, P., L. Guerrero, J. Gelabert, and J. Arnau. 1996.
Annor-Frempong, I. E., G. R. Nute, F. W. Whittington,
and J. W. Wood. 1997. The problem of taint in pork Potassium chloride, potassium lactate and glycine as
Detection thresholds and odour profiles of andro- sodium chloride substitutes in fermented sausages
stenone and skatole in a model system. Meat Science and in dry-cured pork loin. Meat Science 42:37– 48.
46:45–45.
Hamm, R. 1960. Biochemistry of meat hydration.
Applegate, J. 1989. Storage stability of low salt bacon.
Advances in Food Research 10:355–463.
PhD Thesis. University of Bristol.
Henderson, L., K. Irving, J. Gregory, C. J. Bates, A.
Beague, M. P., F. Siret, K. Fischer, and P. Chevillon.
1997. Consumer acceptability and characterization of Prentice, J. Perks, G. Swan, and M. Farron. 2003.
The National Diet and Nutrition Survey: Adults aged
19–64 years. Vol. 3 Vitamin and mineral intake and
urinary analytes. Food Standards Agency.
Homer, D. B., and K. R. Matthews. 1998. A repeat
national survey of muscle pH values in commercial
pig carcasses. Meat Science 49:425–433.
Chapter 18 pork loin steaks from light slaughter weight boars
and boars vaccinated with Improvac. EEAP 26–27.
Pegg, R. B., and F. Shahidi. 2000. Nitrite Curing of
Meat. New Haven, Conn.: Food and Nutrition Press.
Honkavaara, M. 1988. Influence of PSE pork on the Prunier, A., M. Bonneau, E. H. von Borell, S. Cinotti,
quality and economics of cooked, cured ham and M. Gunn, B. Fredriksen, M. Giersing, D. B. Morton,
fermented dry sausage manufacture. Meat Science F. A. M. Tuyttens, and A. Velarde. 2006. A review of
24:201–207. the welfare consequences of surgical castration in
Honikel, K.-O. 2008. The use and control of nitrate and piglets and the evaluation of nonsurgical methods.
nitrite for the processing of meat products. Meat Animal Welfare 15:277–289.
Science 78:68–76. Ranken, M. D. 1981. The use of ascorbic acid in meat
Hughes, R. B. 1988. Bacon technology—Or bringing processing. In Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid), edited by
home the bacon. Food Technology International, J. N. Counsell and D. H. Corning. New York:
Europe. Applied Science Publishers.
Ingram, M. 1971. Bacon curing. Food Industries of Ranken, M. D. 2000. Handbook of Meat Product
South Africa Feb:29–32. Technology. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Science.
Jakobsen, M., and G. Bertelsen. 2004. Predicting the Rentfrow, G., T. E. Sauber, G. L. Allee, and E. P. Berg.
amount of carbon dioxide absorbed in meat. Meat 2003. The influence of diets containing either
Science 68:603–610. conven-tional corn, conventional corn with choice
James, S. J., and C. Bailey. 1987. Bacon tempering for white grease, high oil corn or high oil high oleic corn
high speed slicing. Proceedings of the XVII on belly bacon quality. Meat Science 64:459–466.
International Congress of Refrigeration, Vienna Rhodes, D. N. 1971. Consumer testing of bacon from
C2:258–264. boar and gilt pigs. Journal of Science of Food and
Kauffman, R. G., D. Wachholz, D. Henderson, and J. Agriculture 22:1485–490.
V. Lochner. 1978. Shrinkage of PSE, normal and Sebranek, J., and J. Bacus. 2007. Natural and organic
DFD hams during transit and processing. Journal of cured meat products: Regulatory, manufacturing,
Animal Science 46:1236–1240. marketing, quality and safety issues. American Meat
Kempster, A. J., and A. Cuthbertson. 1975. A national Science Association White Paper Series No. 1.
survey of muscle pH values in commercial pig Shackelford, S. D., M. F. Miller, K. D. Haydon, N. V.
carcasses. Journal of Food Technology 10:73– 80. Lovegren, C. E. Lyon, and J. O. Reagan. 1990.
Acceptability of bacon as influenced by the feeding
Lawrie, R. A., and D. A. Ledward. 2006. Lawrie’s Meat of elevated levels of monounsaturated fats to
Science. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing. growing-finishing swine. Journal of Food Science
Lesser, D., P. J. Baron, and J. D. Robb. 1977. Boar 55:621– 624.
bacon: A consumer survey. Journal of the Science of Sheard, P. R., A. A. Taylor, A. W. J. Savage, A. M.
Food and Agriculture 28:1120–1131. Robinson, R. I. Richardson, and G. R. Nute. 2001.
Lundstrom, K., B. Malmfors, S. Fjelkner-Modig, and Factors affecting the composition and amount of
A. Szatek. 1983. Consumer testing of boar meat in “white exudate” from cooked bacon. Meat Science
Sweden. Swedish Journal of Agricultural Research 59:423–435.
13:39–46. Smith, W. C., M. Ellis, J. B. K. Clark, and N. Innes.
Malmfors, B., and K. Lundstrom. 1983. Consumer 1983. A comparison of boars, gilts and castrates for
reac-tions to boar taint—A review. Livestock bacon manufacture. 3. Consumer reaction to bacon
Production Science 10:187–196. from boars and castrates and an economic evaluation
Matthews, K., and M. Strong. 2005. Salt—Its role in of a noncastration policy for bacon manufacture.
meat products and the industry’s action plan to Animal Production 37:17–23.
reduce it. Nutrition Bulletin 30:55–61. Teye, G. A., J. D. Wood, F. M. Whittington, A.
Mottram, D. S., J. D. Wood, and R. L. S. Patterson. Stewart, and P. R. Sheard. 2006. Influence of dietary
1982. Comparison of boars and castrates for bacon oils and protein level on pork quality 2. Effects on
production 3. Composition and eating quality of properties of fat and processing characteristics of
bacon. Animal Production 35:75–80. bacon and frankfurter-style sausages. Meat Science
Offer, G., and J. Trinick. 1983. On the mechanism of 73:166– 177.
water holding in meat: The swelling and shrinking of Toldrá, F. 2002. Dry Cured Meat Products. New
myofibrils. Meat Science 8:245–281. Haven, Conn.: Food and Nutrition Press.
O’Neill, D. J., P. B. Lynch, D. J. Troy, D. J. Buckley, Varnam, A. H., and J. P. Sutherland. 1995. Meat and
and J. P. Kerry. 2003. Effects of PSE on the quality Meat Products. London: Chapman and Hall.
of cooked hams. Meat Science 64:113–118. Voyle, C. A., P. D. Jolley, and G. W. Offer. 1986.
Patterson, R. L. S., A. A. Taylor, D. S. Mottram, and T. Microscopical observations on the structure of bacon .
A. Gough. 1976. Localised occurrence of N Food Microstructure 5:63–70.
-nitrosopyrroldine in fried bacon . Journal of the
Science of Food and Agriculture 27:257–260.
Pearce, M. C., A. Baker, S. I. Hughes, G. R. Nute, F. M.
Whittington, and J. D. Wood. 2008. Eating quality of
Chapter 19
337
Chapter 19 salt). Raw meat redox potential is −50
mV; this value is reduced when the meat is
heated: in sausages, it decreases from +20
“hurdle” theory (Leistner 1985). In the case of to −100 mV, depending on grinding condi-
canning, although various treatment sever-ities tions and additives (Zamudio 2006).
can be applied depending on the expected shelf Oxygen tension is decisive for the prolif-
life, alternative preservation methods in eration of certain strains. This is the case
addition to heat are often used. For instance, with strict anaerobes such as Clostridium
canned sausages also include the previous spp. or microaerophiles such as lactic acid
addition of curing salts or the inclusion of bacteria, which are present in very low
antioxidants such as phenols in smoked sau- numbers or even absent in the presence of
sages. According to the hurdle theory, it is not oxygen. However, canned meat is a
necessary to apply more hurdles than system totally void of oxygen.
necessary to obtain microbiologically safe
Food composition and structure also deter-
products with a considerable long shelf life.
mine microbial colonization. Whereas
The net effect of the applied hurdles is an
meat cuts are mainly contaminated on the
interaction of individual effects; therefore, if
surface, microorganisms find their way to
the ecology of a given food requires it, a more
the inner part of the muscle, following the
severe heat treatment must be applied due to
muscle structure, mainly through the peri-
intrinsic and extrinsic characteristics, such as
mysial layers. Ground products or those
high pH and low conductivity com-ponents added with other food components allow
(fat, carbohydrates, etc.), among others. microorganisms to colonize the inner as
well as the surface food structures.
However, product susceptibility to dete- Carbohydrates, fats, and proteins act as
rioration of complex systems, such as that of protectors against microbial destruction by
canned meat products, depends on a wide heat.
variety of extrinsic and intrinsic characteris-
tics. The most important are the following: In the striated muscle, caloric flux is also
affected by the muscle fiber orientation.
pH of most canned meats is relatively high Conductivity, if this flux is perpendicular to
(pH > 6.5); a more severe heat treatment is the muscle fibers, is 1.72 kJ/h m °C at 78%
necessary to destroy potentially present relative humidity, 0°C; at the same conditions
pathogens. A pH of 4.5 is the growth limit parallel to the muscle fibers, conductivity is
for Clostridium botulinum , a strict anaer- 1.76 kJ/h m °C (Pérez and Calvelo 1984).
obe widely present in nature and seldom Several additives act as antimicrobial agents:
found in canned foods. At this pH, C. several medium- chain fatty acids, essential
botu-linum can grow and produce toxins oils (cinnamon, clove, garlic, onion, and
and heat-resistant spores; processing oregano), or proteins such as conalbumin.
condi-tions to destroy this microorganism
is the calculation basis for thermal
processing of many foods. Toxins
Water activity (aw) is also a criterion for The pathogenicity of several microorganisms
processing calculations; the limit value for present in foods depends on their infection or
Cl. botulinum is 0.97 for psychrotrophic intoxication ability. Infection is due to micro-
species, and 0.95 for mesophile species. bial colonization on the human organism;
Unfortunately, aw in most canned meats is intoxication is a condition caused by the intake
above this value. of a toxin, produced by the secondary
Redox potential: there is a correlation
between redox potential, heating, and the
presence of additives (nitrates, phosphates,
metabolism of certain microorganisms. Several Canned Products and Pâté 339
of these toxins are thermostable, whereas
others can be destroyed by heat treatments.
The toxin Aeromonas hydrophila is heat temperatures; this is the case with tropical
sensitive; Escherichia coli 0157:H7 and C. preserves (Manev 1983). Heat treatment
botulinum (proteolytic types A, B, F, and conditions destroying C. botulinum and
nonproteolytic types B, E, F) toxins are Clostridium sporogenes result in a thermo-
medium heat resistant; Vibrio sp. (V. cholera stable food, with considerably long shelf life
and V. parahaemolyticus) and Staphyloccocus and without the need of other preserva-tion
aureus toxins are highly heat resistant. processing. Inactivation of either patho-gen
or spoilage-causing microorganisms is
calculated by the heat penetration rate.
Microbial and Enzyme
Vegetative cells are destroyed at tempera-
Destruction in Canned Foods
tures slightly higher than optimum growth
As stated before, heat treatment’s first aim is temperatures, whereas spores can survive at
to destroy pathogens, spoilage microorgan- higher temperatures (Zamudio 2006 ). Heat
isms, and enzymes. Theoretical consider-ations treatments depend on a time-temperature
for microbial destruction are also valid for relationship.
enzyme inactivation (Dziezak 1991). The main Traditionally, process calculations con-
criteria for thermal destruction are: (1) all sider that, since heat application involves the
spores and viable cells able to grow and destruction of at least one microbial enzyme
produce toxins must be eliminated, taking as a necessary to the bacterial metabolism, vege-
calculation basis C. botulinum, the most tative cells and spores are inhibited according
dangerous microorganism from the public to a first-order reaction rate equation (Baranyi
health point of view; (2) spoilage microor- and Roberts 1995), even though Peleg (2006)
ganisms must be reduced to a limit that ensures stated that there is evidence bacterial spore
food quality for a given time. From a inactivation, including C. botulinum spores,
commercial point of view, a food can be does not follow first-order kinetics. The author
considered sterile if it is free from Bacillus states that the exponential inacti-vation rate
stearothermophilus or Clostridium depends on the spores’ previous thermal
perfringens. history, which is not considered in the
In general, the strict anaerobe C. botuli- exponential inactivation rate equations that
num is taken as the target microorganism follow a log-linear Arrhenius model. However,
due to its pathogenicity; however, other the author concluded canning operations are
target microorganisms are B. generally a safe procedure due to over-
stearothermophilus, B. thermoacidurans, B. processing.
macerans, and B. polymyxa (Guerrero When microbial populations are treated
Legarreta 2001), in addition to specific with humid heat at a temperature slightly
pathogens most likely to colonize a specific higher than the maximum for growth,
food. In the case of raw poultry meat and vegeta-tive cells and spores are destroyed
poultry products, these are C. prefringens, according to the equation:
Salmonella spp., Staphylococcus spp., and − dc = kc (19.1)
Campylobacter spp. Microbial inactivation
calculations are based on how long the food dt
shelf life must be extended. This means that cell concentration (dc)
Sporulated thermophiles must also be decreases (hence, the negative sign) with
considered if the food will be stored at high time (dt) in a direct proportion to viable cell
concentration (c). This is a logarithmic cell
destruction rate (for example: 10 3 to 102),
but time increases linearly.
Chapter 19 A = area of transference
T = temperature difference L
= thickness of the material
As mentioned before, another heat treat- k = thermal conductivity coefficient
ment objective is enzyme inactivation; meat
The coefficient k depends on the food-
enzymes (endogenous and exogenous) play
intrinsic properties; it actually defines how
an important role in meat spoilage, and it is,
heating is facilitated or prevented by the
therefore, necessary to inactivate them.
treated material. Comparing k for stainless
Enzyme inactivation depends on several steel versus k for meats makes clear the low
factors and practically the same affecting conduction rate in foods. In stainless steel, k
microorganisms. However, in mixed -food
= 45.872 kg cal/h m2 °C (Green and
products, several heat-resistant isoenzymes
Maloney 1997), whereas on the average,
can be present, especially if plant material is
added to the formulation, as peroxidases = 1.464 kg cal/h m2 for meat (Mittal and
may be present; the process parameters are Usborne 1985). Conduction may differ even
calculated taking into account the most heat- in different cuts of the same animal, due to
resistant enzyme (Braun et al. 1999). the particular chemical composition. Siripon
et al. (2007) reported different average
thermal conductivity for white and dark
Heat Transfer Mechanisms poultry meat.
In all thermal operations, the amount of
transferred heat is necessary for calculations.
Convection
Thermal processing is basically an operation
in which heat flows from a hot element—the Convection is carried out in fluids, due to
heating medium—to a cold element— the density differences. It is the mechanism
food. As it is a dynamic process, the heat occurring in homogenous soups, brines,
flux is proportional to the driving force and sauces, and syrups. This mechanism is based
inverse to the flow resistance. Heat transfer on Newtons’s law:
obeys one of the following mechanisms:
q = hA T (19.3)
con-duction, convection, or radiation. In
canning operations, only conduction and where:
convection mechanisms take place.
Radiation occurs in heating systems such as A = area of transference
microwaves and infrared heating. T = temperature difference
h = heat transfer coefficient
The heat diffusion rate is higher if an
Conduction
external force is applied; can rotation
In conduction, heat is transmitted by vibra- decreases the temperature difference ( T) to a
tions of adjacent molecules; this mechanism minimum (Welti-Chanes et al. 2003). The
occurs in solids. This is the heating mecha- coefficient h describes the heating potential of
nism that takes place in canned products a given medium; it depends on flow prop-
such as brines containing solid chunks (e.g., erties, surface type, and flow velocity of the
in soups containing meat pieces, canned heating medium. For instance, for boiling
sausage in brine, and products that gel water, h = 1.464 kg cal/h m 2 °C; for condens-
during heating, such as luncheon meats and ing steam, h = 2.928 to 19.520 kg cal/h m2 °C
paté; Mittal and Blaisdell 1984). Conduction (Green and Maloney 1997). Therefore, to
follows the Fourier law: obtain the maximum heating rate during
q = k ( A T L) (19.2)
where:
canning, condensed steam is the most effi- Canned Products and Pâté 341
cient heating medium through a barrier (the
can) to the cold fluid inside the can.
Heating mechanisms may change in prod- instance, 90% of a C. progenies population is
ucts that modify their physical characteristics destroyed if heating at 110°C is maintained for
during processing. For instance, in canned 10 minutes; D value in this case is D 110°C = 10
emulsions, such as luncheon meats and pâtés, min. At 115°C, the necessary time for the same
where the product changes from semifluid to microbial reduction is 3 minutes (i.e., D 115°C =
solid, the heating mechanisms change from 3 min); at 120°C, 1 min is neces-sary to obtain
convection to conduction. Process calcula- the same population reduction (D120°C = 1
tions must be carried out accordingly. min). On the other hand, at differ-ent heating
Finally, in products such as soups contain- times, the number of destroyed
ing meat pieces or in sausages in brine, a microorganisms increases with time of expo-
combined heat and mass transfer mechanism sure. For example, in order to destroy 6 log
takes place: heat transfer between fluids within cycles (6D) of a given microbial population,
the meat and between the product and the the required heating times are: 120°C for 6
heating medium, and mass transfer as water minutes (D120°C = 6), or 115°C for 18 minutes
and nutrients diffuse within the can. (D115°C = 18), or 110°C for 60 minutes (D110°C
= 60) (ICMSF 1996). D-values allow
comparisons of the necessary heat treatment
Thermal Inactivation Parameters severity among different microorganisms or
In order to calculate the time- temperature among temperatures.
relationship for a given heat process, several
parameters have been developed that accu- z-Value
rately describe the necessary time at a given
temperature to achieve a given microbial Heat resistance of a given microbial popula-
destruction. Severe heat treatment can tion is given by a z-value, which indicates
destroy all viable cells, and possibly all the required temperature to reduce D-values
spores, although other food characteristics by 1/10. The thermal death- time curve gives
such as physicochemical (texture, color, the heating time (x-axis) versus log number
water reten-tion) and sensory quality can of survivors per ml or per g (y-axis); in this
curve, the slope is the z-value, showing the
also be altered. Therefore, there must be a
temperature (in ° C) required to reduce a
compromise between destruction of most
given microbial population by 1 log cycle.
undesirable microorganisms (pathogens and
For instance, if z = 10°C, then D100°C = 50
spoilage-related) and food quality.
minutes, therefore D110°C = 5 minutes, and
D120°C = 0.5 minutes. This is shown in
Figure 19.1.
D-Value F-value
According to Equation 19.1, 90% of the F-value represents the thermal death extent of
microbial population is destroyed (1 log a given microbial strain, as well as treat-ment
cycle) at a given time interval, provided a severity. It allows predictions con-cerning the
constant temperature is applied. This time product shelf life, as well as comparisons
interval differs from one microbial strain to between different heat treat-ment conditions.
another and is called decimal reduction time As it is impossible to instan-taneously reach
(D). It is given by the time in minutes neces- the processing temperature in every part of a
sary to destroy 90% of a given microbial container or a can, the F-value is the sum of
population at a constant temperature. For heat treatments in every
Chapter 19 (Guerrero Legarreta 2001). D and F are
related through the equation:
F = D ( log a − log b) (19.4)
106
where:
g
5 110°C
10
per mL or
4 D=19 min
10 a = initial viable cell load
b = final viable cell load
2
10
ofsurvivors
1 120°C
10 destruction is necessary, a “botulinum cook”
is applied. This is a process, generally
applied only to low -acid foods such as
10o
meats, fish, or dairy products, where cell
number is reduced from 101 to 10 0, a 12
0 10 20 log-cycle reduction or 12D. Heat treatment
ensures the probability of finding 1 spore in
Figure 19.1. Thermal death time curve. (Adapted
from Stiebing 1992.) 1012 cans. Processing parameters in
botulinum cook are (for C. botulinum):
D120°C = 2.52 minutes and z = 10°C.
moment of the process: heating up, tempera-
ture holding, and cooling down. A
hypotheti-cal situation occurs assuming F =
Process Lethality Calculations
1; this is the lethality effect when heating at When a new thermal process is designed or
120°C for 1 minute. F s is the sum of all F applied for the first time to a food, F-values are
values in each point of the container analyzed using thermocouples at various
Heating in not homogenous in a food positions on the container, mainly at the cold
material, even less in canned meats or meat point. Recently, the use of thermocouples has
products, where fat, connective tissue, and been substituted by radiotelemetry.
other compounds such as carbohydrates and The rate at which a microbial population
other additives are present, each with a wide is destroyed and the total processed severity
range of heat-transfer capacities. Calculations, can be calculated by several methods; the
therefore, are carried out in ref-erence to the easiest ones use the area under a curve that
point where heating occurs at the slowest rate represents lethality versus time. Lethality is
or the “cold point”; at this point, the sum of all calculated by the equation:
lethal effects is denoted as Fc. The cold-point
log ( t F) = ( 250 − T) z (19.5)
position depends, there-fore, on the food
composition and the leading heating where:
mechanisms. If convection is the main
t = time at any given minute
mechanism, the cold point is located along the
T = temperature in the process
vertical can axis. Can agitation, for instance
when cans are rotated, increases the heat- Another method for calculating the overall
transfer rate; in this case, the cold point is process lethality is by adding the F-value at
located approximately one-third up from the every moment during the heating and cooling
can bottom. This is the case with meat chunks phases. Manev (1983) describes in detail the
in brine or canned sausages. If con-duction is process for a tropical preserve expected to
the main mechanism, the cold point is in the have a shelf life up to 1 year at 40°C; in this
geometric can center. Fc is lower than Fs, as
heating in the center is always lower than in
the rest of the container
case, F must be between 12 and 15. This Canned Products and Pâté 343
type of preserves is intended for regions
with extreme heat and humid weather, such
as the humid tropics, with no other maximum for bacterial growth destroy all
preservation facility. Total F-value for the viable cells; however, spores may survive in
heating phase is 9.4589, and for the cooling this condition.
is 5.1602; the overall value is F = 14.6191. In food-processing operations, the term
“sterilization” is incorrect, as sterility is not
Commercial Sterilization fully achieved. This means that, although all
pathogens are destroyed, some nonpathogens
The general principles underlying heat-transfer
can survive, although environmental condi-
mechanisms and the response of foods to the
tions are such that they cannot proliferate.
caloric flow are the same for all processes.
Under this situation, it is said that foods are
However, specific thermal pro-cesses have
“commercially sterile,” “microbiologically
particular objectives. The objec-tive of
inactive,” or “partially sterile.”
cooking (roasting, grilling, boiling, and
There are two methods of commercial
steaming) and frying is mostly to destroy heat-
sterilization: placing the food in a container,
sensitive organisms and toxins, to improve
with further heating; or heating and cooling
sensory characteristics, and to make the
the foods, then placing it in a container. The
product more digestable; it is carried out at
first method is the conventional canning
around 85°C, although frying can be done at
operation, developed by Appert in the eigh-
160° to 190°C. Scalding is applied in order to
teenth century (therefore, it is also called
inactivate enzymes, remove gas trapped in the
“appertization”). The second method is
tissues, and clean the food material; it is
called aseptic processing.
carried out at around 65°C. Pasteurization
In aseptic processing, the food is com-
destroys only part of the vegetative cell pop-
mercially sterilized before packaging; it is
ulations; therefore, further preservation
based on the same principles as pasteuriza-
methods must be applied. In most cases, the
tion, although the process is more severe. As
objective of pasteurization is to destroy
the temperature applied is between 132° and
pathogens, as is the case with milk. The high-
175° C, this process is similar to HTST. It is
temperature, short-time (HTST) pasteuriza-
mainly based on enzyme inactivation, rather
tion method involves temperatures around 70°
than microbial destruction. Once the con-
to 73°C for 15 to 20 seconds, or 140 ° to 150°
tainer is filled with the food, a hot fluid such
C for 1 to 45 seconds for fluid milk, whereas
as brine is injected and the container sealed.
in the low-temperature, long-time method,
This method is efficient only if further
heating is at 62°C for 30 minutes (for fluid
refrig-eration is applied (Thumel 1995).
milk).
Spices, herbs,
Liver (poultry, pork, game, etc.)
other additives
Heat treatment
time-temperature relationship
depends on the can or casing
diameter
58 minutes at the product center; in large and spreadability in particular are the most
formats (150 mm diameter), 68° to 70°C for important physicochemical characteristics.
314 to 360 minutes are necessary for a fully Spreadability, a subjective texture charac-
processed material (Totosaus and P érez- teristic of semisolid foods, is related to the
Chabela 2005). Figure 19.2 depicts the material yield stress, the minimum shear stress
general process to obtain liver pâté. In addi- required to initiate flow (σo); it is inversely
tion to ensuring product microbial safety, proportional to σo. Kryscio and others (2008)
heating develops sensory characteristics developed a method to measure spreadability
such as flavor and texture; the emulsion of pharmaceutical topical for-mulations, based
turns into a gel, stabilizing the product, on a torque exerted by a vane. It involves the
although the high fat content also immersion of vane blades into a sample,
contributes to the desir-able spreadability followed by slow rota-tion at a constant speed
characteristic of this meat product. until the torque exerted on the vane reaches a
In the case of pât é foie gras, the high fat maximum value and the sample begins to flow.
content (44%, Table 19.1) makes this product Torque versus time curves are used to
melt too easily, so it is served chilled; liver determine yield stress, and the maximum
pâtés can be served warm or hot. Chefs rec- torque exerted on the vane by the fluid is
ommend that canned pâté age for three months measured. Daubert and others (2007) reported
before opening, to develop flavor. a method for rapid and quantitative
measurement of spreadability based on the
yield point of food items. The authors
Physicochemical Characteristics
concluded that this textural property has been
Since pâté is a semisolid food that is expected linked to the yield stress of a material, but
to be consumed as a spread, texture in general observations
Table 19.1. Nutritional content of pork liver pâté and pâté de foie-gras (100 g)
energy protein fat(g) Cholesterol sodium Iron
(kcal) (g) (mg) (mg) (mg)
pork liver pâté 305 10 28 96 660 3.5
pâté de foie-gras 448 10 44 380 740 6.4
http://www.consumer.es/web/es/alimentacion/aprender_a_comer_bien/curiosidades/2008/01/19/145977.php
Chapter 19 includes 40% to 80% ground lean meats
(3%–8% fat), up to 15% fat substitute, 15%–
50% added water, 1.2%–2.4% nitrite salts,
support that strain at yielding may also be and up to 0.3% phosphates. The authors
important. reported that the meat emulsion undergoes
proteolytic digestion and cooking, and when
later subjected to hydrostatic pressure
Low-Fat Pâté (>400,000 kPa) for enough time, obtains
In emulsified low-fat meat, the disperse phase <4.5 protease units/g pâté. The product
is partially or totally replaced by other spreads better than traditional pâtés.
materials that contribute to the formation of a
similar two-phase physical system. Fat sub-
References
stitutes are substances such as starch, hydro-
colloids, nonfat dry milk, gums (pectin, Baranyi, J., and T. A. Roberts. 1995. Mathematics of
carrageenan, gellan, xanthan, locust bean, predictive food microbiology. International Journal
of Food Microbiology 26:199–218.
etc.), and plant proteins. Other carbohydrates, Braun, P., K. Fehlhaber, C. Klug, and K. Kop. 1999.
such as starches (preferably pregelatized Investigations into the activity of enzymes produced
starch), develop instant and stable viscosity; by spoilage-causing bacteria: A possible basis for
improved shelf-life estimation. Food Microbiology
konjac flour also acts as a substitute for fat 16:531–540.
particles. These ingredients also provide Consumer Eroski. http://www.consumer.es/web/es/
gelling and texturizing properties; they bind alimentacion/aprender_a_comer_bien/curiosidades/
2008/01/19/145977.php. Site describing commercial
juice and brine, control syneresis, improve characteristics of liver pâté and pâté de foie gras.
sliceability, and increase product yield. Crang, A., M. Sturdy, and J. Bowcott. 2006. Bottled
Protein-polysaccharide co-gelling allows a and canned meat products. II. Processing
requirements for domestic methods . Journal of the
reduction in lipid content. Kaack and others Science of Food and Agriculture 9(9):565–575.
(2006) studied the effect of fiber with high Daubert, C. R., J. A. Tkachuk, V. D. Truong. 2007.
cellulose content in reduced-fat pig liver paté , Quantitative measurement of food spreadability using
the vane method. Journal of Texture Studies
and found that this product had better flavor 29(4):427–435.
and texture than the original product. Dziezak, J. D. 1991. Enzymes in food and beverage
One of the main problems with low-fat processing. Food Technology 45(1):77–85.
Green, D. W., and J. O. Maloney. 1997. Perry’s Chemical
pastes is developing good spreading charac- Engineers’ Handbook. New York: McGraw Hill.
teristics. Patel and Gupta (2006) describe a Guerrero Legarreta, I. 2001. Meat canning technology.
low-fat spread based on soy. The formulation In Meat Science and Applications, edited by Y. H.
Hui, W. K. Nip, R. W. Rogers, and O. A. Young.
also included skim-milk powder; sodium New York: Marcel Dekker.
citrate to increase flowability and decreased ICMSF (International Commission on Microbiological
oiling-off of the finished product; carra-geenan Specifications for Foods). 1996. Microorganisms in
Foods. 5. Microbiological Specifications of Food
and guar gum to effectively enhance Pathogens. London: Blackie Academic and
spreadability; plasticizers (sorbitol and Professional.
glycerol) that favored viscosity, texture, and Kaack, K., H. N. Lærke, and A. S. Meyer. 2006. Liver
paté enriched with dietary fibre extracted from potato
flavor characteristics; and annatto and β- fibre as fat substitutes. European Food Research and
carotene as colorants. The spread had Technology 223(2):1438–2377.
distinctly superior spreadability properties, Kryscio, D. R., P. M. Sathe, R. Lionberger, L. Yu, M.
A. Bell, M. Jay, and J. Z. Hiltl. 2008. Spreadability
keeping for about three months at refrigera- measurements to assess structural equivalence (Q3)
tion temperature. of topical formulations. A technical note. AAPS
A U.S. patent (5693350) describes a Pharmaceutical Science and Technology 9(1):84–
86.
process for the preparation of a meat pâté Leistner, L. 1985. Hurdle technology applied to meat
having low-fat content. In the patent descrip- products of the shelf stable product and intermediate
tion, the expression “pâté having a low-fat
content” designates pâtés having a total fat
content of less than 10%. The formulation
moisture food types. In Properties of Water in Canned Products and Pâté 349
Foods, NATO ASI Series, Series E: Applied
Sciences, No. 90, edited by D. Simatos and J. L.
Multon. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Martinus
Nijhoff Publishers. Ray, B. 1996. Fundamental Food Microbiology. Boca
Manev, G. 1983. La Carne y Su Elaboración, vol. 2. Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Habana, Cuba: Editorial Científica y Técnica. Siripon, K., A. Tansakul, and G. S. Mittal. 2007. Heat
Mathlouthi, M. 1986. Food Packaging and transfer modeling of chicken cooking in hot water.
Preservation: Theory and Practice. London: Elsevier Food Research International 40(7):923–930.
Applied Science Publishers. Stiebing,A.1992.Tratamientoporcalor:Conservabilidad.
McClemens, D. J. 1999. Emulsion ingredients. In Food In Tecnolog ía de Productos Embutidos Escaldados,
Emulsions: Principles, Practices, and Techniques. edited by F. Wirth. Zaragoza, Spain: Editorial Acribia.
Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Thumel, H. 1995. Preserving meat and meat products:
Mittal, G. S., and W. R. Usborne. 1985. Moisture iso- Possible methods. Fleischwirt International 3:3–8.
therms for uncooked meat emulsions of different Totosaus, A., and M. Pérez-Chabela. 2005. Processed
compositions. Journal of Food Science 50:1576– poultry products: Nuggets and pâté. In Handbook of
1579. Food Science, Technology and Engineering, vol. 4,
Mittal, G. S., and J. L. Blaisdell. 1984. Heat and mass edited by Y. H. Hui, J. D. Culbertson, S. Duncan, I.
transfer properties of meat emulsions. Lebensmittel- Guerrero Legarreta, C. Y. Li-Chan, C. Y. Ma, C. H.
Wissenschaft und Technologie 17(2):94–98. Manley, T. A., McMeekin, W. K. Nip, L. M. L.
Patel, A. A., and S. K. Gupta, 2006. Studies on a soy- Nollet, M. S. Rahman, F. Toldrá, and Y. L. Xiong.
based low-fat spread. Journal of Food Science New York: Marcel Dekker.
53(2):455–459. U.S. Patent 5693350. Process for preparing a meat pate
Peleg, M. 2006. It’s time to revise thermal processing having a low fat content. U.S. Patent issued on
theories. Food Technology 60(7):92. December 2, 1997.
Pérez, M. G. R., and A. Calvelo. 1984. Modeling the Welti-Chanes, J., J. F. Velez-Ruiz, G. V. Barbosa-
thermal conductivity of cooked meat. Journal of Canovas. 2003. Transport Phenomena in Food
Food Science 49:152–156. Processing. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Zamudio, M. 2006. Microorganismos patógenos y alter-
nantes. In Ciencia y Tecnología de Carnes, edited by
Y. H. Hui, I. Guerrero-Legarreta, and M. Rosmini.
Mexico City: Noriega Editores.
Chapter 20
Dry-Cured Ham
Fidel Toldrá and M. Concepción Aristoy
351
Chapter 20 carefully controlled under the Consortium
specifications, since these hams have a PDO.
Processing time may take 12 months or longer.
intense flavor of the product (Toldrá et al. Italian San Daniele hams also have a PDO and
1996; Carrapiso et al. 2003; Cava et al. are produced in the northeast of Italy in a
2004). The four PDOs of Iberian ham in minimum of 12 months.
Spain are Dehesa de Extremadura, Guijuelo,
los Pedroches, and Jabugo. An Iberian ham
ready for consumption is shown in Figure Hams in Northern Europe
20.1. Spanish Serrano hams are produced
Hams in northern Europe are usually pro-
throughout Spain from standard light pigs,
cessed for shorter times than Mediterranean
mostly intensively reared. These hams are
hams and are smoked and cooked before con-
produced in one- half to 2 years, depending
sumption. Some examples are the Fenalâr ham,
on the final quality of the ham, which has
which is produced from lamb or mutton in
three levels: reserva, gran reserva, and
Norway. Another Norwegian ham is the
bodega. Other good- quality hams are pro-
Spekeskinke ham, which is ripened for 12 or
duced under the PDO Teruel, from rustic
more months (Haseth et al. 2007). Other tra-
pigs and under strict processing conditions
ditional European hams are the German
of the Consortium, or the TSG of Trévelez.
Westphalian ham, the Katenschinken (cold
Corsican hams are produced in Corsica
smoked ham), and the Finnish “sauna” hams.
(France) from autochthonous heavy pigs
bred in an extensive system and fattened
with chestnuts. The processing may take up
Hams in America
to 18 months, but the total production is
very short. Bayonne hams hold a PGI and American hams, known as country-style
are produced in up to 12 months. hams or country hams, are salted and post-
Parma hams are produced in the northwest salted and then aged for about 1 month and
of Italy from specific crossbreeds of white pigs then smoked. These hams are typically con-
(basically Landrace and Large White),
slaughtered at about 160 kg live weight. The
raw materials and processing conditions are
Pre-Salting
Reception The main goal of this stage is the incorpora-
tion of nitrate on the surface of the ham.
Hams are weighed and then rubbed on their
Cure salt Pre-salting external surface with the curing salt (a
mixture of sodium chloride and potassium
Salt Salting
nitrate) to get a final nitrate concentration of
150 mg kg−1 inside the ham. Some nitrite
may also be added. In some cases, the curing
Drying
salt may be directly applied in the salting
stage (i.e., for French and country-style
Smoking hams). Nitrate is not a preservative but is
(optional) slowly reduced to nitrite by the enzyme
nitrate reductase, a bacterial enzyme present
in the natural flora (i.e., Micrococcaceae) of
Extended ripening ham, and thus serves as a slow source for the
gen-eration of nitrite inside the ham. Nitrite
Boning/slicing is very effective as a protective agent against
botulism (Cassens 1995). The European
Union allows a maximum addition of 150
Packaging ppm potassium nitrate or 300 ppm for the
combination of potassium nitrate + sodium
Final product to consumer
nitrite, while the United States allows 156
ppm sodium nitrite (1/4 ounce per 100
Figure 20.2. Process flow diagram for the process-ing pounds of meat).
of dry-cured hams. Reproduced from F. Toldrá, Ham,
in Food Product Manufacturing Handbook of Food
Product Manufacturing , vol. 2, edited by Y. H. Hui, R. Salting
Chandan, S. Clark, N. Cross, J. Dobbs, W. J. Hurst,
L. M. L. Nollet, E. Shimoni, N. Sinha, E. B. Smith, S. This stage is carried out to assure the penetra-
Surapat, A. Titchenal, F. Toldrá (New York: John tion of salt into the ham. Salt exerts important
Wiley Interscience, 2007).
functions in the ham, such as an initial reduc-
tion of a w and inhibition of the growth of
Reception spoilage microorganisms; it facilitates the
This step is crucial because the entire partial solubilization of myofibrillar proteins
process depends on the quality of raw hams. and gives a characteristic salty taste to hams.
Refrigerated hams are stored for 1–2 days The incorporation of salt depends on the
at 2–4°C to reach a uniform temperature. type of ham and the country of origin. For
Frozen hams are allowed to thaw till they instance, in the case of Parma hams, the
also reach an internal temperature of about amount of salt to be added is proportional to
2–4°C. Hams are registered on their surfaces the weight of the ham. Salt is applied on the
to facilitate traceability and are subjected to external surface of the hams, spread evenly
pressing rollers for bleeding. Just before
salting, part of the skin is removed, in order
to allow salt penetration and water evapora-
or hand-rubbed, and left for 2–3 weeks. Dry-Cured Ham 355
Typical amounts may be 20–30 g medium-
grain salt per kg on the lean surface and 10–
20 g of wet salt per kg on the skin (Parolari Ripening-Drying
1996 ). In other cases, as in Spain, hams are
placed in large containers, fat side down, There are two main objectives for this stage:
and surrounded by dry salt (usually rough to dry the hams till they reach about 32% of
sea salt), and time of salting is strictly weight loss, and (2) to provide enough
controlled to 1.1 day per kg (Toldrá 2002). ripening time for enzymes to react and con-
Temperature is kept at about 2 –4°C and tribute to flavor. This stage, therefore, is very
relative humidity at 90–95%. Salting is important for the final quality of dry-cured
shorter for thawed hams in order to avoid an ham, and the conditions in the drying chamber
excess of salt intake. must be controlled and verified. A typical view
Hams experience a slight weight reduc- of hams in a drying chamber is shown in
tion due to moisture loss, about 3–4%, in Figure 20.3. Air speed, temperature, and
this stage. It is important to remove the relative humidity are usually computer-
excess salt by rinsing and brushing the hams controlled in modern drying chambers, but
at the end of this stage. they must be checked periodically. Water has
to diffuse from the inner part of the ham to the
surface and then it is evaporated to the
Post-Salting
chamber environment. Both rates, diffusion
The main goal is to equilibrate the salt and and evaporation, should proceed in a similar
nitrate content inside the hams. This stage is fashion. Thus, an excess of evaporation, when
also known as equalization. Salt and nitrate, the relative humidity has a lower value than
once they have penetrated into the ham, normal, may cause excessive evapora-tion on
have to diffuse to the inner area. Diffusion the surface of the ham and produce
rate is very slow and usually takes around 40 dehydration. A prolonged dehydration, known
to 60 days, depending on the size of the as hardening, gives a dry, hard texture and
ham, pH, amount of intramuscular fat, and dark color to the external area of the ham
tempera-ture. The temperature is kept below (Toldrá 2006b). Once the ham has been
6°C and the relative humidity within the dehydrated in this way, it is very difficult to
range of 80–90%; temperature may slightly get further diffusion of water to the surface.
increase toward the last days of this stage. Ripening and drying conditions are very
There are some additional weight losses in different for each type of ham and country, and
this stage, around 4–6%. may also vary depending on the salt content
(Andrés et al. 2005). Drying tem-peratures
normally range from 16° to 25°C, depending
Smoking
on the processing time; longer times require
The use of smoke is optional and depends on lower temperatures, with the relative humidity
the typical traditions and location (i.e., between 65% and 80%. The length of the
north-ern countries). As a result, smoking is process has large varia-tions, from 3 to 36
used in short processes like American months. Usually, at least 6 to 9 months of
country-style ham or German Westphalia process are necessary to get a ham of an
ham. These hams have a particular smoky acceptable quality. However, those hams with
flavor. In addi-tion, smoke compounds acted better quality may have several months of
as a kind of preservative due to their extended ripening. They are covered with a
bactericidal effect (Ellis 2001). layer of lard to prevent further dehydration and
allow a longer enzyme action and more intense
flavor devel-opment (see Fig. 20.4). The
reduction in
Chapter 20
Figure 20.3. Hams in a dry -curing salt due to their initial lower pH and exces-
chamber. sive moisture (Arnau et al. 1995).
The quality of hams (texture, appearance,
color, and flavor) is monitored and evaluated
water activity experienced during drying by experts. There is a traditional sniffing test,
affects enzymatic hydrolysis reactions, like still in use, for the rapid evaluation of the
proteolysis, slowing its rate. On the other hand, flavor quality of the ham and/or the detection
the pH range is quite limited for the full of any spoilage inside the ham. This tech-nique
process, starting at a pH of about 5.6–5.8 at the consists of the insertion of a small
beginning and reaching values near 6.4 for the
final product. PSE hams have a pH evolution
similar to normal ones, after the initial few
days, even though they take more
Figure 20.4. Dry-cured ham at the end of drying and before submission to the cellar. Ham is completely
covered by a fat layer.
probe to the bones’ junction and then a rapid Dry-Cured Ham 357
sniffing detects the flavor or any off-flavor
inside the ham (Parolari 1996).
More recently, hams have been distributed
as boned pieces, where the bones have been
Extended Ripening
excised and removed and the piece com-
In some cases, as in the case of Iberian pressed in molds. Boned hams can be sliced
hams, hams are submitted to ripening cellars at the retailer shop or directly by consumers
at mild temperatures for long periods of at home. The commercial distribution, which
time, up to 24 months at temperatures 10– is growing very rapidly in the market, con-
20°C and rela-tive humidity of 65% to 82% sists of slices packaged under vacuum or
(Estévez et al. 2007). This long ripening modified atmosphere (Toldrá et al. 2004).
time allows the development of exquisite
and intense flavors generated through
further chemical and enzy-matic reactions. Quality of the Product
The proteolysis phenomena is very intense
and large amounts of free amino acids are
Color
generated; in most cases, tyrosine crystals, The typical bright red cured color is due to the
which are quite insoluble, may be observed formation of nitrosomyoglobin, which is
as white spots on the cut surface. These generated by the reaction of nitric oxide with
crystals, as well as typical marbling, can be myoglobin. Of course, the intensity of color
observed in Figure 20.5 where a cut section increases with the concentration of myoglo-
of dry-cured ham is shown. bin, which is larger in muscles with an oxida-
tive pattern (Aristoy and Toldrá 1998), and
also tends to be larger in muscles from older
Final Product animals (Rosell and Toldrá 1998). Those hams
Hams may be commercialized in several without added nitrate or nitrite present a pinky
ways. The traditional distribution was as an -red color, which is assumed to be due to a Zn
entire piece (including the bone and foot). protoporphyrin IX complex that con-stitutes a
major chromophore in dry- cured ham (Moller
et al., 2007). The polymeriza-tion of this
pigment is suggested to be due
Figure 20.5. Cut section of dry-cured ham. Tyrosine crystals can be observed as a small white spots.
Chapter 20 free amino acids, and small peptides that are
accumulated by the end of the process, while
aroma is linked to the generation of volatile
to initial protein denaturation or partial compounds with important aromatic
degradation of myoglobin, which associates characteristics.
through noncovalent binding to zinc porphy- Protein and lipid hydrolysis, also known
rin (Adamsen et al. 2006a). In fact, the use respectively as proteolysis and lipolysis,
of nitrite as a curing agent has been reported constitute two of the most important enzy-
to inhibit completely the formation of Zn- matic phenomena, responsible for the gen-
porphyrin in hams (Adamsen et al. 2006b). eration of compounds with direct influence on
When the product is smoked, some surface taste and aroma (Toldrá 1992, 2006c). Peptides
dark colors may appear as a consequence of and free amino acids are generated in large
the pyrolytic decomposition of wood. amounts from the progressive enzy-matic
degradation of major sarcoplasmic and
myofibrillar proteins (Toldrá and Etherington
Texture 1988; Toldrá 2007b). Most of the muscle
Texture of the product depends not only on the proteases show very good stability in long dry-
extent of myofibrillar protein break-down but cured ham processes (Toldrá 2004b), and the
also on other factors, such as the extent of generation rate for free amino acids is very
drying, the degradation of the connective high, especially up to 9 months (Toldrá et al.
tissue, and the content in intra-muscular fat, 2000). Some free amino acids, such as
which also exerts a positive influence on some glutamic acid, glycine, alanine, valine, proline,
texture and appearance traits. Proteolysis of histidine, and leucine, have been found in
key myofibrillar and associated proteins is savory fractions of ham. More spe-cifically,
responsible for tender-ization. An intense lysine and tyrosine have been cor-related with
degradation of the myofi-brillar structure is aged taste, and glutamic acid, aspartic acid,
observed during dry curing. Major structural methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, lysine,
proteins, such as titin, nebulin, and troponin T, leucine, and isoleucine have been correlated
as well as heavy and light chains of myosin with the length of the drying and the fully
and α-actinin, are severely proteolyzed (Toldrá ripened ham taste. Bitter tastes are found in
et al. 1993). Two clear fragments hams with excessive amounts of tryptophan,
corresponding to 150 and 85 KDa appear tyrosine, and phenyl-alanine (Toldrá 2002).
during processing. A large number of peptides
resulting from actin and titin breakdown have Free fatty acids are generated from the
been recently iden-tified in dry -cured ham progressive enzymatic breakdown of triacyl-
(Sentandreu et al. 2007; Mora et al. 2009). glycerols and phospholipids (Motilva et al.
Hams produced from PSE meats show an 1992; Buscailhon et al. 1994a). Such lipo-lytic
absence of these fragments when compared enzymes are located in muscle and adipose
with normal hams, and there is a trend toward tissue and also show very good stability
softer hams. In fact, the application of a texture (Motilva et al. 1993a, b; Toldrá 1998, 2007b).
analysis shows that PSE hams have lower The released free fatty acids are then partly
hardness, springiness, cohesiveness, and oxidized, generating a large number of volatile
chewiness (Tabilo et al. 1999). compounds with particu-lar aroma
characteristics (Berdagué et al. 1991;
Buscailhon et al. 1993; Coutron-Gambetti and
Gandemer 1999). These vola-tile compounds,
Flavor nearly two hundred of them,
The term flavor represents the overall percep-
tion of taste and aroma. Taste is mainly asso-
ciated with nonvolatile compounds, such as
are representative of most classes of organic Dry-Cured Ham 359
compounds, such as aldehydes, alcohols,
hydrocarbons, pyrazines, ketones, esters, lac-
tones, furans, sulfur, chloride compounds, and decarboxylase activity. Some molds (usually
carboxylic acids (Buscailhon et al. 1994b; Penicillium) and yeasts (mainly Candida
Flores et al. 1998). Some volatile compounds zeylanoides and Debaryomices hansenii)
with important aroma character-istics, such as may grow and develop on the outer surface
pyrazines, sulfide compounds, and branched- of the ham if it is stored in high humidity
chain aldehydes, may also originate from and high temperatures (Toldrá 2004, 2006b).
amino acids degradation reac-tions, but their
generation rates may depend on the processing
conditions (Flores et al. 1997). The final flavor
Recent and Future Trends
of the ham depends on the specific aroma and Dry-curing of hams is a very long and slow
odor thresholds for each particular volatile process, and for this reason there have been
compound. many proposals to accelerate it (Marriott et
al. 1987, 1992). Initial strategies were based
on boning and skinning of hams for better
Safety Aspects
penetration and diffusion of salt into them
Dry-cured hams usually present low bacterial (Montgomery et al. 1976; Kemp et al. 1980;
counts due to limiting factors, such as its high Marriott et al. 1983); in other cases, better
salt content; the use of nitrate, which is diffusion was achieved by tumbling of hams
reduced to nitrite inside the ham; and the in rotating drums, even though some
progressive reduction in water activity. Nitrite physical damage did occur (Leak et al.
is a powerful inhibitor of the growth of 1984). Freezing and thawing of hams
Clostridium botulinum, but sometimes it may produces a membrane disruption that can
not reach all the areas inside the ham. Main also facilitate salt diffusion (Kemp et al.
spoilage or putrefaction is detected with a 1982), and an accelerated protein and lipid
sniffing test, usually performed by the end of hydrolysis during the initial months has been
the process. This test consists of the insertion reported, even though differences tend to
of a small probe to the bones’ junc-tion. Any minimize with time (Motilva et al. 1994).
off-flavor is rapidly sniffed and detected, Other recent proposals have been based
indicating some type of spoilage inside the on the simultaneous vacuum brine
ham, and thus it must be rejected for impregna-tion method that can be applied
consumption (Parolari 1996). with fresh hams or while frozen hams are
The natural flora of ham is composed of thawed (Flores et al. 2009). This process
certain lactic acid bacteria, such as L. sakei, L. gives a sub-stantial reduction in the time
curvatus , and P. pentosaceus , but the counts needed for thawing and salting, without
are below 104. These bacteria have good exo- affecting the biochemical reactions taking
proteolytic activity, but their con-tribution to place during the processing (Barat et al.
proteolysis is minimal due to their low counts. 2006) or the sensory quality of the final
Other bacteria, such as S. xylosus, have nitrate product (Flores et al. 2006). The control of
reductase activity, which is an important proteolysis in dry-cured ham is an important
enzyme for the reduc-tion of nitrate to nitrite. development that has been recently proposed
Amines levels are usually low or even (Toldrá 2006b). This uses the process
negligible in normal dry-cured hams, but these parameters (pH, salt content, water activity,
levels could rise in case of spoilage with etc.) to control the muscle endoproteases,
microorganisms with mainly involved in texture degradation, and
exoproteases, directly involved in the
generation of small peptides and free amino
acids related to flavor.
Chapter 20 Buscailhon, S., J. L. Berdagué, J. Bousset, M. Cornet,
G. Gandemer, C. Touraille, and G. Monin. 1994b.
Relations between compositional traits and sensory
qualities of French dry-cured ham. Meat Science
Another relevant trend is salt reduction in 37:229–243.
Carrapiso, A., F. Bonilla, and C. García. 2003. Effect of
dry-cured ham, especially since high salt
crossbreeding and rearing system on sensory charac-
content raises blood pressure in salt- teristics of Iberian ham. Meat Science 65:623– 629.
sensitive hypertensive consumers. Most
Cassens, R. G. 1995. Use of sodium nitrite in cured
strategies consist of the partial substitution meats today. Food Technology 49:72–81.
of sodium chloride with mixtures of other Cava, R., J. M. Ferrer, M. Estévez, D. Morcuende, and
chloride salts (Armenteros et al. 2009) or F. Toldrá. 2004. Composition and proteolytic and
alternative salts such as potassium lactate lipolytic enzyme activity in muscle Longissimus
dorsi from Iberian pigs and industrial genotype pigs.
(Costa -Corredor et al. 2009). Food Chemistry 88:25–33.
Costa-Corredor A., X. Serra, J. Arnau, and P. Gou.
References 2009. Reduction of NaCl content in restructured dry
-cured hams: Post-resting temperature and drying
Adamsen C. E., J. K. S. Moller, G. Parolari, L. Gabba, level effects on physicochemical and sensory
and L. H. Skibsted. 2006a. Changes in Zn-porphyrin parameters. Meat Science 83:390–397.
and proteinous pigments in Italian dry-cured ham Coutron-Gambetti, C., and G. Gandemer. 1999.
during processing and maturation. Meat Science Lipolysis and oxidation in subcutaneous adipose
74:373–379. tissue during dry-cured ham processing. Food
Adamsen C. E., J. K. S. Moller, K. Laursen, K. Olsen, Chemistry 64:95–101.
and L. H. Skibsted. 2006b. Zn-porphyrin formation
in cured meat products: Effect of added salt and Du, M., and D. U. Ahn. 2001. Volatile substances of
nitrite. Meat Science 72:672–679. Chinese traditional Jinhua ham and Cantonese
Andrés, A. I., S. Ventanas, J. Ventanas, and R. Cava. sausage. Journal of Food Science 66:827–831.
2005. Physicochemical changes throughout the ripen- Ellis, D. F. 2001. Meat smoking technology. Meat
ing of dry -cured hams with different salt content and fermentation technology. In Meat Science and
processing conditions. European Food Research and Applications, edited by Y. H. Hui, W. K. Nip, R. W.
Technology 221:30–35. Rogers, and O. A. Young. New York: Marcel Dekker.
Aristoy, M. C., and F. Toldrá. 1998. Concentration of Estévez, M., D. Morcuende, J. Ventanas, and S.
free amino acids and dipeptides in porcine skeletal Ventanas. 2007. Mediterranean products. In
muscles with different oxidative patterns. Meat Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by
Science 50:327–332. F. Toldrá, Y. H. Hui, I. Astiasarán, W. K. Nip, J. G.
Armenteros, M., M. C. Aristoy, and F. Toldrá. 2009. Sebranek, E. T. G. Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and R.
Biochemical changes in dry- cured loins salted with Talon. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell.
partial replacements of NaCl by KCl. Food Flores, M., M. C. Aristoy, T. Antequera, J. M. Barat, and F.
Chemistry 117:627–633. Toldrá. 2009. Effect of prefreezing hams on endog-enous
Armero, E., J. L. Navarro, M. I. Nadal, M. Baselga, and enzyme activity during the processing of Iberian dry-
F. Toldrá. 2002. Lipid composition of pork muscle as cured hams. Meat Science 82:241–246.
affected by sire genetic type. Journal of Food Flores, M., J. M. Barat, M. C. Aristoy, M. M. Peris, R.
Biochemistry 26:91–102. Grau, and F. Toldrá. 2006. Accelerated processing of
Arnau, J., L. Guerrero, G. Casademont, and P. Gou. dry-cured ham. Part 2: Influence of brine thawing/
1995. Physical and chemical changes in different salting operation on proteolysis and sensory accept-
zones of normal and PSE dry cured ham during ability. Meat Science 72:766–772.
processing. Food Chemistry 52:63–69. Flores, M., C. C. Grimm, F. Toldrá, and A. M. Spanier.
Barat, J. M., R. Grau, J. B. Ibáñez, M. J. Pagán, M. 1997. Correlations of sensory and volatile
Flores, F. Toldrá, and P. Fito. 2006. Accelerated pro- compounds of Spanish Serrano dry-cured ham as a
cessing of dry-cured ham. Part I. Viability of the use function of two processing times. Journal of
of brine thawing/salting operation. Meat Science Agricultural and Food Chemistry 45:2178–2186.
72:757–765. Flores, M., A. M. Spanier, and F. Toldrá. 1998. Flavour
Berdagué, J. L., C. Denoyer, J. C. le Queré, and E. analysis of dry-cured ham. In Flavor of Meat, Meat
Semon. 1991. Volatile compounds of dry-cured ham. Products and Seafoods, edited by F. Shahidi.
Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry London: Blackie Academic & Professional.
39:1257–1261. Haseth, T. T., G. Thorkelsson, and M. S. Sidhu. 2007.
Buscailhon, S., J. L. Berdagué, and G. Monin. 1993. North European products. In Handbook of
Time-related changes in volatile compounds of lean Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá, Y.
tissue during processing of French dry-cured ham. H. Hui, I. Astiasarán, W. K. Nip, J. G. Sebranek, E.
Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture T. G. Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and R. Talon. Ames,
63:69–75. Iowa: Blackwell.
Buscailhon, S., G. Gandemer, and G. Monin. 1994a.
Time-related changes in intramuscular lipids of
French dry-cured ham. Meat Science 37:245–255.
Jiménez-Colmenero, F., M. Reig, and F. Toldrá. 2006. Dry-Cured Ham 361
New approaches for the development of functional
meat products. In Advanced Technologies for Meat
Processing, edited by L. M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá.
Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Rosell, C. M., and F. Toldrá. 1998. Comparison of
Kemp, J. D., D. F. O. Abidoye, B. E. Langlois, J. B. muscle proteolytic and lipolytic enzyme levels in raw
Franklin, and J. D. Fox. 1980. Effect of curing ingre- hams from Iberian and White pigs. Journal of the
dients, skinning, and boning on yield, quality, and Science of Food and Agriculture 76:117–122.
microflora of country hams. Journal of Food Science Sentandreu, M. A., M. Armenteros, J. J. Calvete, A.
45:174–177. Ouali, M. C. Aristoy, and F. Toldrá. 2007. Proteomic
Kemp, J. D., B. E. Langlois, A. E. Johnson. 1982. identification of actin-derived oligopeptides in dry-
Effect of pre-cure freezing and thawing on the cured ham. Journal of Agricultural and Food
microflora, fat characteristics and palatability of dry- Chemistry 55:3613–3619.
cured ham . Journal of Food Protection 45:244–248. Stalder, K. J., N. L. Berry, D. J. Hanson, and W. Mikel.
Leak, F. W., J. D. Kemp, B. E. Langlois, and J. D. Fox. 2007. U.S. products. In Handbook of Fermented
1984. Effect of tumbling and tumbling time on Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá, Y. H. Hui, I.
quality and microflora of dry-cured hams. Journal of Astiasarán, W. K. Nip, J. G. Sebranek, E. T. G.
Food Science 49:695–698. Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and R. Talon. Ames, Iowa:
Marriott, N. G., P. P. Graham, and J. R. Claus. 1992. Blackwell.
Accelerated dry curing of pork legs (hams): A review. Tabilo, G., M. Flores, S. Fiszman, and F. Toldrá. 1999.
Journal of Muscle Foods 3:159–168. Postmortem meat quality and sex affect textural
Marriott, N. G., P. P. Graham, C. K. Shaer, and S. K. prop-erties and protein breakdown of dry-cured ham.
Phelps. 1987. Accelerated production of dry cured Meat Science 51:255–260
hams. Meat Science 19:53–64. Toldrá, F. 1992. The enzymology of dry-curing of meat
Marriott, N. G., J. B. Tracy, R. F. Kelly, and P. P. products. In New Technologies for Meat and Meat
Graham. 1983. Accelerated processing of boneless Products, edited by F. J. M. Smulders, F. Toldrá, J.
hams to dry cured state. Journal of Food Protection Flores, and M. Prieto. Nijmegen, The Netherlands:
46:717–721. Audet.
Moller J. K. S., C. E. Adamsen, R. R. Catharino, L. H. Toldrá, F. 1998. Proteolysis and lipolysis in flavour
Skibsted, and M. N. Eberlin. 2007. Mass spectromet- development of dry-cured meat products. Meat
ric evidence for a zinc-porphyrin complex as the red Science 49:S101–110.
pigment in dry-cured Iberian and Parma ham. Meat Toldrá, F. 2002. Dry-Cured Meat Products. Trumbull,
Science 75:203–210. Conn.: Food & Nutrition Press.
Montgomery, R. E., J. D. Kemp, and J. D. Fox. 1976. Toldrá, F. 2004a. Curing: (b) Dry. In Encyclopedia of
Shrinkage, palatability, and chemical characteristics Meat Sciences, edited by W. Jensen, C. Devine, and
of dry-cured country ham as affected by skinning M. Dikemann. London: Elsevier Science Ltd.
pro-cedure. Journal of Food Science 41:1110–1115. Toldrá, F. 2004b. Ethnic meat products: Mediterranean.
Mora, L., M. A. Sentandreu, K. M. Koistinen, P. D. Fraser, In Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, edited by W.
F. Toldrá, and P. M. Bramley. 2009. Naturally generated Jensen, C. Devine, and M. Dikemann. London:
small peptides derived from myofibrillar proteins in Elsevier Science Ltd.
serrano dry-cured ham. Journal of Agricultural and Toldrá, F. 2006a. Dry-cured ham. In Handbook of Food
Food Chemistry 57:3228–3234. Science, Technology and Engineering, vol. 4, edited
Motilva, M. J., F. Toldrá, and J. Flores. 1992. Assay of by Y. H. Hui, E. Castell-Perez, L. M. Cunha, I.
lipase and esterase activities in fresh pork meat and Guerrero-Legarreta, H. H. Liang, Y. M. Lo, D. L.
dry-cured ham. Z Lebensmitel Untersuchung und Marshall, W. K. Nip, F. Shahidi, F. Sherkat, R. J.
Forschung 195:446–450. Winger, and K. L. Yam. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC
Motilva, M. J., F. Toldrá, M. C. Aristoy, and J. Flores. Press.
1993a. Subcutaneous adipose tissue lipolysis in the Toldrá, F. 2006b. Biochemistry of processing meat and
processing of dry-cured ham. Journal of Food poultry. In Food Biochemistry and Food Processing,
Biochemistry 16:323–335. edited by Y. H. Hui, W. K. Nip, L. M. L. Nollet, G.
Motilva, M. J., F. Toldrá, P. Nieto, and J. Flores. Paliyath, and B. K. Simpson. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell
1993b. Muscle lipolysis phenomena in the processing Publishing.
of dry-cured ham. Food Chemistry 48:121–125. Toldrá, F. 2006c. Biochemical proteolysis basis for
Motilva, M. J., F. Toldrá, M. I. Nadal, and J. Flores improved processing of dry- cured meats. In
1994. Pre-freezing hams affects hydrolysis during Advanced Technologies for Meat Processing, edited
dry curing. Journal of Food Science 59:303–305. by L. M. L. Nollet, and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, Fla.:
Parolari, G. 1996. Review: Achievements, needs and CRC Press.
perspectives in dry-cured ham technology: The Toldrá, F. 2007a. Ham. In Handbook of Food Product
example of Parma ham. Food Science and Manufacturing, vol. 2, edited by Y. H. Hui, R.
Technology International 2:69–78. Chandan, S. Clark, N. Cross, J. Dobbs, W. J. Hurst,
Pegg, R. B., and F. Shahidi. 2000. Nitrite Curing of L. M. L. Nollet, E. Shimoni, N. Sinha, E. B. Smith,
Meat. Trumbull, Conn.: Food & Nutrition Press. S. Surapat, A. Titchenal, and F. Toldrá. New York:
John Wiley Interscience.
Toldrá, F. 2007b. Biochemistry of muscle and fat. In
Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by
F. Toldrá, Y. H. Hui, I. Astiasarán, W. K. Nip,
Chapter 20 Toldrá, F., M. Flores, and Y. Sanz. 1997b. Dry-cured
ham flavour: Enzymatic generation and process
influ-ence. Food Chemistry 59:523–530.
Toldrá, F., R. Gavara, and J. M. Lagarón. 2004.
J. G. Sebranek, E. T. F. Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and Packaging and quality control. In Handbook of Food
R. Talon. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing. and Beverage Fermentation Technology, edited by
Toldrá, F., and D. J. Etherington. 1988. Examination of Y. H. Hui, L. M. Goddik, J. Josephsen, P. S.
cathepsins B, D, H and L activities in dry cured Stanfield, A. S. Hansen, W. K. Nip, and F. Toldrá.
hams. Meat Science 23:1–7. New York: Marcel-Dekker.
Toldrá, F., and M. Flores. 1998. The role of muscle Toldrá, F., E. Rico, and J. Flores. 1993. Cathepsin B, D,
proteases and lipases in flavor development during H and L activity in the processing of dry-cured-ham.
the processing of dry-cured ham. CRC Critical Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture
Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition 38:331–352. 62:157–161.
Toldrá, F., M. C. Aristoy, and M. Flores. 2000. Yang, H. J., C. W. Ma, F. D. Qiao, Y. Song, and M.
Contribution of muscle aminopeptidases to flavor Du. 2005. Lipolysis in intramuscular lipids during
development in dry-cured ham. Food Research pro-cessing of traditional Xuanwei ham. Meat
International 33:181–185. Science 71:670–675.
Toldrá, F., M. Flores, M. C. Aristoy, R. Virgili, and G. Zhou, G. H., and G. M. Zhao. 2007. Asian products. In
Parolari. 1996. Pattern of muscle proteolytic and Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by
lipolytic enzymes from light and heavy pigs. Journal F. Toldrá, Y. H. Hui, I. Astiasarán, W. K. Nip, J. G.
of the Science of Food and Agriculture 71:124– 128. Sebranek, E. T. G. Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and R.
Talon. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Toldrá, F., J. Flores, J. L. Navarro, M. C. Aristoy, and
M. Flores. 1997a. New developments in dry-cured
ham. In Chemistry of Novel Foods, edited by H.
Okai, O. Mills, A. M. Spanier, M. Tamura. Carol
Stream, Ill.: Allured Publishing.
Chapter 21
Mold-Ripened Sausages
Kálmán Incze
363
Chapter 21
technology without application of any kind staphylococci and/or lactobacilli and yeasts
of starter culture (Hungarian salami, for can contribute to aroma formation as well as to
example, where staphylococci, lactobacilli, the reduction of ripening-drying time. This
yeasts, and molds are not applied; Incze time reduction can be achieved with the help
1987). of acidification as a consequence of carbohy-
drate breakdown and lactic acid production by
lactobacilli. The reason for time reduction is
Classification of Mold- the well-known fact that muscle protein
Ripened Sausages moisture is loosely bound and can be given off
Mold-ripened sausages can be classified sim- more easily when it is close to the iso-electric
ilarly to fermented raw sausages without mold, point. A clear distinction can gener-ally be
with only a few differences. Mold growth made between traditional and starter culture
needs time and a supporting environ-ment with fermented sausages (low-acid and high- acid
adequate temperature and relative humidity; sausages), yet this is not so unequivocal when
mold needs to be present either in the form of the original low pH of starter fermented
native house mycoflora or more often as sausage increases by the end of the process
artificial inoculation with a mold starter because of a long drying time. Usually no
culture. These parameters in ripening rooms difference in terms of pH can be detected
are different from those in systems for between the two types of sausages if other
sausages without mold, but this difference starters are added instead of lactobacilli. It has
applies only to a few days or weeks, depend- to be emphasized that low aw-value as a
ing on the speed of the molds’ growth and on consequence of a longer drying time is of vital
the diameter of the sausage. Mold growth and importance in order to avoid or at least to
changes in ripening parameters and other inhibit rapid breakdown of lactic acid by molds
measurable features are the basic differences when aw is high, in this way losing the
between sausages with and without mold inhibitory activity against pathogenic bacteria
(Table 21.1). (e.g., staphylococci).
Mold-ripened sausages can be manufac-
tured entirely traditionally (no starter culture in
Technology of Mold-Ripened
and on the sausage), semitraditionally (either
Sausages: Raw Materials
no bacterial or no mold starter culture), or with
bacterial and mold starter culture Since dry-sausage manufacture, unlike the
simultaneously; this latter technology is dairy industry, does not have the advantage
becoming the most widespread. Applying of pasteurization for reducing undesired
Figure 21.1. Characteristic curves for temperature pattern during ripening-drying of sausages
manufacturated traditionally or with starter cultures.
through at a much later stage because of the thus higher aw-value) in combination with
saline concentration. The early sliceability lowered pH-value ensure safety in terms of
of lactic starter fermented sausages and the hygiene and spoilage prevention. Although
special taste are characteristic features of intensive metabolic activity of microflora
these commodities, while shorter ripening- and tissue enzymic activity take place during
drying time is a further benefit. The reason the first part of ripening- drying, these
for the shorter ripening-drying time is not processes slow down to a minimum later on,
only the more rapid drying but also the fact with the aw-value reduction to around 0.85.
that relatively higher moisture content (and For a detailed discussion of the drying of
sausages see Chapter 11.
379
Chapter 22 stuffed in medium- and large-diameter natural
casings; the length of fermentation and
drying/smoking depends on their type but
ture : protein ratio (M : P), weight loss, a w, rarely exceeds several days. The final pH of
surface treatment, meat and fat comminution semidry sausages is explicitly acid (4.7 to 5.2–
degree, and geographical region. Semidry and 5.4), with a lactic acid content of 0.5% to
dry fermented sausages can be distin-guished 1.3%; although they are often finely chopped
on the basis of aw value (Incze 2004) or M : P and spreadable, many of them can be sliced,
ratio (Sebranek 2004). These param-eters are their moisture being 35% or higher. Semidry
mainly applied in Europe or in the United sausages are often smoked and slightly cooked
States, respectively. In terms of shelf life and by the heat used in the smokehouse, which
safety, moisture content alone is not occasionally reaches nearly 60°C for a strictly
sufficiently informative compared with a w and limited time. After smoking, the sausages may
pH values. The combination of initial be air dried for a relatively short time.
moisture/salt and moisture/protein contents, as Compared with dry sau-sages, these products
well as the extent of drying, will determine show higher a w values (>0.90– 0.91), so that a
final aw and M : P ratio, respectively. More lower pH is needed for satisfactory protection
specifically, M : P ratio provides information against undesired microorganisms. However,
about the extent of drying of the lean meat due to their M : P ratio ranging from 2.3 : 1 to
portion. Nevertheless, final values of 0.90 to 3.7 : 1, semidry sausages require refrigeration.
0.91 for aw and 2.0 : 1 for M : P ratio can be This category of sausages is popular in
considered as the borderline defining dry and Northern European countries and in North
semidry fermented sausages. Even when sau- America. The use of starter cultures to produce
sages with similar names are very different semidry fermented sausages has proved to be
according to the region in which they are particularly suc-cessful to keep their stability.
produced, a general classification based on
final moisture content, aw level, and M : P ratio
was attempted by Ockerman and Basu (2007). Dry Fermented Sausages
In this chapter, a description based on two
groups of fermented sausages, semidry or In general, these products have a final pH
quickly fermented and dry or slowly fermented ranging between 5.2 and 5.8, which is con-
sausages, is reported. sistent with the lower lactic acid content
(0.5%– 1.0%), a moisture lower than 30%, and
an M : P lower than 2.3 : 1. The main dif-
Semidry Fermented Sausages ference with semidry fermented sausages is the
These sausages differ greatly from dry sau- long ripening and drying process, during which
sages because of their pronounced tangy flavor biochemical and physical changes occur that
from forced fermentation, resulting in lactic strongly influence their stability and safety.
acid accumulation and a bulk of other products Due to aw, which ranges from 0.85 to 0.91, dry
from fermentation breakdown. The term fermented sausages exhibit high shelf stability
“semidry” is unequivocal; these prod-ucts are and can be kept without refrigeration. The
dryer than water-added cooked meat products typical lower aw values of these products is
but have a higher moisture content than dry achieved by air-drying in Mediterranean
sausages (Incze 2007). In the United States, countries and by smoking in northern
semidry sausages are fermented and cooked countries. The long ripening process of dry
but are not usually dried (Sebranek 2004), fermented sausages promotes the growth of
while in Europe they involve a broader range starter cultures, which contributes
of products, most of them experiencing weight
loss after fermentation because of cooking or
hot smoking. They are usually
largely to their sensory quality, while safety is Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 381
mainly ensured by drying and low a w. Even
when dry fermented sausages are mainly made
with pork meat, the formulation, degree of quality. Moreover, due to beef availability
grinding, level of fermentation, smoking (Argentina) and religious reasons (Muslim
intensity, temperature of ripening, and type countries), beef and lamb in sausage formu-
and size of casing will determine final product lation are used. The functional characteristics
characteristics. of meat, such as composition, pH, and binding
properties, are major criteria when selecting
meat for fermented sausages pro-duction. Meat
and fat composition is vari-able, depending on
Fermented Sausage Manufacture
the species used and the anatomical region of
Fermented sausages can be defined as a the animal. Although the percentage of fat may
meat product made of a mixture of mainly vary (10%–40%), it must be firm, white, and
beef and pork meat, and less often of fresh, with a high melting point and a low
poultry, mutton, lamb, goat, horse, ostrich, content of poly-unsaturated fatty acids to avoid
and game meat (Vural and Özvural 2007); rancidity and fat exudation and for a clear-cut
pork fat, salt, curing agents, sugar, spices, surface of sausages (Demeyer 2004; Lebert et
and in many cases starter cultures are added. al. 2007). As a rule, meat with a pH above 5.9
The mix, including as little oxygen as contains low lactate and sugar levels; water is
possible, is placed into steam-permeable tightly retained, resulting in poor binding
casings and subjected to a fermentation and conditions and possible contamination.
drying process. Selection of meat that has minimum microbial
loads is critical; safety risks and unwanted
flavors and texture may be introduced. For
Ingredients and Additives beef, optimal pH is 5.4 to 5.5, while pork meat
usually acidifies faster, with a final pH of 5.7
Meat and Fat to 5.8. PSE (pale, soft, and exudative) pork
Meat from adult, well-fed animals is pre- meat and DFD (dry, firm and dark) beef
ferred, owing to its higher myoglobin content, muscle with pH > 6.2 should be avoided. The
which favors stable color formation. Since meat : fat ratio is generally 2 : 1 in the mix of
meat and meat products featured prominently most industrial sausages, whereas in tradi-
in recent food scandals, meat wholesomeness tional sausage, this ratio is variable. Beef and
and safety must be guaranteed; this involves pork are somewhat preferred for semidry
emerging pathogens, parasites, BSE, avian sausages and northern-type products, while
influenza, and chemical residues hazards pork seems to be more suitable for dry sausage
(Skandamis and Nychas 2007; Nørrung and manufacture and for Mediterranean products
Buncic 2008). Although the meat used (Demeyer 2004).
depends on eating habits, customs, and animal
species availability in the geographi-cal region,
pork meat is mostly used, some-times mixed
Additives
with beef or mutton meat (Vural and Özvural
2007). Pork is used for top - grade raw NaCl is normally added at levels ranging from
sausages in Mediterranean coun-tries, as the 2% to 4%, depending on technology and
flavor and appearance of such products is market demands. Salt performs many
preferred, while in Germany, the addition of functions, including microbial growth sup-
beef is not considered to diminish pression, aw reduction, salt-soluble protein
release, and prooxidant effects. Nitrite and/or
nitrate are added to the meat batter at a level of
150 to 250 ppm, depending on the meat
Chapter 22 (Chi and Wu 2007). Spices have also proved
to act as effective antioxidants, to stimulate
LAB activity by supplying Mn, and to
product and country regulations (Honikel inhibit undesirable organisms (Arora and
2008). Potassium nitrate (saltpeter) was the Kaur 1999; Aguirrezábal et al. 2000; Hagen
original curing agent and was added to meat et al. 2000; Chi and Wu 2007). In
unintentionally as a salt contaminant. Nitrate is industrially produced fermented sausages, a
very stable and must be converted to nitrite by variable number of other additives are also
nitrate-reducing bacteria (Micrococcaceae). included, among which natural (cochineal
Nitrites added to the meat or converted from and paprika extracts) and artificial colorants
nitrates undergo chemical reductions to NO at are added to improve cured red pigment
pH 5.4 to 5.5; this binding to meat myoglobin stability (Roncalés 2007). Variable amounts
to form the heat stable NO- myoglobin is (0.5%–3%) of exogenous proteins are often
responsible for the typical cured red color of used to assure protein gellation and
fermented sausages (Honikel 2008). The use of phosphates to act as thickeners, humectants,
ascorbates has become a common practice, the and gelling agents. To achieve consumer
main objec-tive being the improvement of the demands for extremely savory products,
stability of the red nitrosylated pigment and flavor enhancers (glutamic and guanylic
the preven-tion of lipid oxidation (Balev et al. acids), and flavoring agents (protein
2005). Sugars are also commonly added to fer- hydrolysates, herbs, and smoke extracts) are
mented sausages, among which the most often also added (Roncalés 2007). For a rapid pH
used are dextrose, glucose, sucrose, and drop, chemical acidulants such as lactic or
lactose, as well as corn syrup and different citric acid or glucono-delta lactone may be
starches (Rust 2007). The main role of sugars used, although different flavors in the final
in fermented meat products is to act as sub- products may be obtained (Rust 2007).
strates for LAB to produce lactic acid, the type
of sugar influencing the rate of pH decline.
Dextrose and glucose promote a more rapid Starter Cultures
acidification rate compared with the The need for process standardization as well as
disaccharides lactose and sucrose (Demeyer quality assurance strategies has led to the use
2004). Short-processed fermented products are of starter cultures, thus overcoming the need to
usually supplemented with 0.5% to 0.7% rely on the “in-house” flora or “back-sloping ”
glucose or sucrose or 1% lactose, while for for the fermentation process. The breakthrough
long-ripening dry sausages, common levels are in the use of starter cultures in the United
around 0.3% glucose or sucrose or 0.5% States was achieved as a result of the work of
lactose (Ruiz 2007). However, some semidry Deibel and Niven (1957), while in Europe,
products like Lebanon bologna, which is micrococci were introduced as starters by
fermented to a very low pH, may actually Niinivaara (1955) to prevent color and flavor
require higher (2%–4%) sugar levels (Rust defects. After these first experiences, Nurmi
2007). Spices are mostly what differentiate (1966) developed a mixed culture composed of
fermented sau-sages. Ground pepper (0.2%– lactobacilli and micrococci. Studies on the
0.3%) is usually present in all types of ecology of fer-mented sausages showed that
sausages, particularly in Mediterranean LAB, mainly Lactobacillus and coagulase-
fermented sausages; they also may contain negative cocci (CNC) represented by
high levels (1%– 3%) of paprika and/or garlic. Micrococcaceae, are the two main bacterial
Whole mustard seed, coriander, ginger, groups technologi-cally important in the
cardamom, nutmeg, and cloves, among other fermentation and
spices, are also used in semidry fermented
sausage formulation
ripening of sausage. During the last decade, Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 383
the diversity of LAB and CNC in traditional
fermented sausages has been extensively
investigated (Lebert et al. 2007). The most Toldrá 2002; Talon et al. 2002). Indeed, the
common LAB species identified are complete genome sequence of L. sakei
Lactobacillus sakei, Lactobacillus curvatus, revealed its competitiveness to grow on meat,
and Lactobacillus plantarum, with L. sakei resisting adverse environmental conditions
prevailing. Among CNC, Staphylococcus during fermentation, such as high salt and low
xylosus and Staphylococcus carnosum are glucose levels and changing redox conditions
the most common species identified from (Chaillou et al. 2005). On the other hand, CNC
traditional products. Pediococci and entero- organisms, in particular Staphylococcus,
cocci have also been often identified from contribute to flavor by catabolizing amino acid
fermented sausages. Fast acidification and and free fatty acids, and producing a range of
lower pH values can be ensured by volatile compounds that enhance cured meat
Pediococcus in semidry sausages in which aroma (Stahnke 2002; Beck 2005) and play a
they grow and metabolize carbohydrates at role in color formation through their nitrate
higher temperatures (Incze 2007), while reductase. Yeasts and molds also contribute to
Lactobacillus are mostly used in dry sausage flavor through lipolytic and proteolytic
production. activities and lactic acid degradation (Spotti
The earliest production of fermented sau- and Berni 2007). From a safety point of view,
sages was based on spontaneous fermenta-tion the use of bacteriocinogenic LAB as
due to the development of the microbiota bioprotective cultures for naturally controlling
naturally present in the raw material. the shelf life and safety of fermented meat
Indigenous LAB usually present in raw meat at products has been extensively reported
low numbers (102–103 cfu/g) rapidly domi- (Vignolo and Fadda 2007 ; Castellano et al.
nate fermentation, NaCl, nitrate/nitrite, and an 2008). Starter cultures may be associated with
anaerobic environment favoring LAB growth potential risk factors, such as the production of
and establishment in the meat fer-mentation biogenic amines, the presence of acquired
ecosystem. During this process, two basic genes for antimicrobial resistance, and
microbiological reactions occur enterotoxin production (Cocconcelli 2007;
simultaneously and interdependently: a Vidal-Carou et al. 2007).
decrease in meat batter pH via glycolysis by
LAB and nitric oxide production by CNC With a view to starter culture selection for
through nitrate/nitrite reduction. Due to the semidry and dry fermented sausages, LAB and
acid production by carbohydrates, LAB are CNC strains with useful metabolic activ-ities
responsible for the “tangy” flavor of sausages and benefits during sausage fermenta-tion must
(Demeyer 2004). Acidification also induces be selected (Table 22.1). Although these
meat proteins’ denaturation and coagulation requirements may be fulfilled, final product
that, along with the drying process, favor characteristics determining the uniqueness of
sausage texture development (Barbut 2007). the fermented sausage will be highly
During ripening, degradation of meat pro-teins dependent on the particular strains involved.
is carried out by endogenous and bacte-rial During the past few decades, the use of
enzymes (Sanz et al. 2002). It has been commercial starter cultures in meat
demonstrated that L. sakei and L. curvatus fermentation has led to process stabilization
isolated from meat possess proteolytic activ-ity and reduction in product variability, causing a
on muscle proteins and play an important role loss of bacterial biodiversity. Pure cultures
in amino acid generation (Sanz and isolated from traditional fermented meats
exhibit a diversity of metabolic activities that
diverge strongly from industrial bulk starters.
They are often more dependent on their own
Chapter 22
Table 22.1. Requirements of LAB and CNC strains to be used as starter cultures for semidry
and dry fermented sausages
Microbial group Metabolic activity Benefits during sausage fermentation
LAB Acidification (rate and extent) Modulation of acid/tangy flavor
Inhibition of pathogen and contaminants
Texture development
Acceleration of color formation and drying
Proteolytic (aminopeptidasic Flavor development (nonvolatile taste
and peptidasic) activity compounds)
Antimicrobial (bacteriocins) Inhibition of pathogen and contaminants
activity Shelf-life extension
Antioxidant activity (catalase Protection of color
CNC production)
Nitrate-reductase activity Formation of cured-red typical color
Removal of excess nitrate
Catabolism of branched-chain Flavor development (volatile aroma
Yeasts and Molds amino acids/free fatty acids compounds)
Antioxidant activity Prevents rancidity
Proteolytic activity Flavor development
Antioxidant activity Prevents rancidity
Improvement of color
biosynthetic capacities, harboring more amino semidry fermented sausage are shown in the
acid converting enzymes that play a key role in flow chart (Fig. 22.1).
the flavor characteristics of tradi-tional
products (Leroy and De Vuyst 2004). A recent
Meat Selection, Grinding, or Chopping
trend exists in the isolation of wild-type strains
to be used as autochthonous starter cultures Meat from healthy animals, mostly pork
toward safety improvement and preservation and beef, is used in fermented sausage
of typical sensory qualities. The isolation and produc-tion. Animal species, anatomical
selection of these wild strains is of great
region of the animal, composition, and
interest to standardize quality and limit unsafe
microbiologi-cal quality have a great
compound formation while preserving product
specificity (Benito et al. 2007; Villani et al. influence on the functional characteristics
2007; Di Cagno et al. 2008; Talon et al. 2008). of meat. Bones should be removed,
In addition, the selection of appropriate starter connective tissue mem-branes trimmed off,
cultures and barrier microflora from the “in- and soft intermuscular fatty tissue
house” flora of small-scale producers would be detached. Meat and fat are chilled (grinding
a way to improve safety without affecting their technology) or frozen (bowl chopper
typic-ity (Chevallier et al. 2006). technology) and comminuted to the desired
particle size. The cutter (a rapid rotat-ing set
of knives in a slowly rotating bowl) has
Processing Technology become the established means of chop-
Since the basic principles for the main opera- ping. Warming of the meat batter is pre-
tions of the manufacturing process are amply vented by using chilled meat and frozen fat,
described in the corresponding chapters else- and chopping is usually carried out under
where in this book, only a brief consideration vacuum to avoid oxygen interference with
on each stage will be made. Essential sequen- drying and color development. The relative
tial steps for the manufacture of dry and rotation speeds of the bowl and knives
deter-mine the particle size of meat and fat,
and are optimized to minimize fat tissue
damage and batter temperature increase.
Both lean and fat
Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 385
Figure 22.1. Flow diagram of the processing of dry and semidry fermented sausages
colors are important; a discrete red color for Mixing and Stuffing
lean and white for fat, allowing a particle
distinction, is important. In general, the finer Once meat and fat have been comminuted,
the degree of grinding and chopping, the curing salts (NaCl, nitrates/nitrites), addi-
more complete the protein extraction, while tives (ascorbic acid, colorants), other ingre-
the spreading or slicing properties of dients (sugars, spices/aromatic herbs), and
finished products are improved. starter cultures (LAB and/or CNC bacteria)
Chapter 22 shorten fermentation time, which is fre-quently
one day or less. Even when these products
undergo a shorter ripening period than dry
are added to the meat batter and thoroughly fermented sausages, fermentation of raw
mixed in the bowl chopper. Mixing should be sliceable semidry sausages lasts longer if no
sufficient to uniformly distribute ingredi-ents; heat treatment is applied (Incze 2007).
over- mixing must be avoided. After thorough
mixing, the meat batter should be either
Air-Drying or Smoking
immediately stuffed or kept under refrigeration
and protected from air to enable optimal color After the fermentation stage, sausages are
development and microbiota stabilization. either air dried or smoked. Drying is a key
Stuffing of the meat batter into natural or operation, especially for dry fermented sausage
synthetic casings is carried out under vacuum, production; the drying rate should be as low as
thus preventing abnormal color or flavors. The possible. A crucial aspect is avoid-ing the
casing diameters (and the sausages) vary pronounced surface coagulation of proteins so
considerably; small diam-eters (35–40 mm) that water diffusion from the center outward is
are generally used for spreadable sausages, hindered (Andrés et al. 2007). Drying kinetics
while sliceable sau-sages are usually marketed and duration vary, depending on temperature
in large-diameter casings. For mold -fermented and air velocity. These parameters are less
raw sausages, a small diameter is required to important than for the fermentation stage and
ensure a suffi-cient oxygen supply for the full range from 10° to 15°C for 4 to 12 weeks for
development of aroma (Spotti and Berni French, Italian, Spanish, Argentinean, and
2007). Greek dry fer-mented sausages. Higher drying
tempera-tures (16–18°C) were reported for dry
sausages produced in Greece and East Europe,
Fermentation accompanied by shorter ripening. The RH
Stuffed sausages are placed in ripening during fermentation varies from a minimum of
chambers under controlled temperature, rela- 63% to 75%, to maximum values of 86% to
tive humidity (RH), and air speed conditions, 95% in dry fermented sau-sages, leading to
depending on the sausage type to be pro- variable aw in traditional sausages at the end of
duced. For traditional fermented sausages, drying (Lebert et al. 2007). At the beginning of
natural and less controlled conditions are drying, RH can be as high as 98%, which leads
applied (Lebert et al. 2007). Conditions of to a distinctive surface colonization by mold
fermentation vary in terms of temperature and and yeasts. It was reported that yeasts are the
duration (Tables 22.2 and 22.3). In general, the predominant organisms on the surface (95%)
higher the fermentation tempera-ture, the faster during the first two weeks, and then molds and
the lactic acid production. In Europe, yeasts are present in equal amounts (Samelis
fermentation may be carried out at relatively and Sofos 2003). On the surface of dry fer-
high temperatures (18–24°C) for 1 to 2 days mented sausages, mold growth is desirable as
for German and Italian dry fer-mented it prevents excessive drying, protects from
sausages, while fermentation for 7 days has oxidative reactions, and contributes to flavor
been reported for Greek, Argentinean, and development (Spotti and Berni 2007).
certain Italian dry sausages. Fermentation at Selection of fungal starter cultures among the
lower temperatures (10–17°C) for approxi- naturally occurring molds on the sausages’
mately one week is usually used for tradi-
tional French, Spanish, and Portuguese dry
fermented sausages. For semidry sausages,
particularly in the United States, temperature is
usually raised slowly to over 35°C to
surface enables control of molding at the first Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 387
stages, making the starter presence predomi-
nant. In central and northern European coun-
tries, smoking is a common technology. in the town of Lebanon, Pennsylvania. It is
Smoke contributes to the antimicrobial and produced entirely from beef and is a moist,
antioxidant effect, besides generating spe-cific heavily smoked, fermented, ready-to-eat
flavor and color components. Smoking sausage with an M : P of 3.5 : 1 that is often
technology has experienced an important not processed above 48.9°C (Chikthimmah et
evolution in the last few years; smoking al. 2001). The starter culture involving L.
chambers in which a controlled combustion of plantarum, P. acidilactici, and micrococci was
wood (300–600°C) to minimize the pro- specifically developed to obtain a very low pH
duction of polycyclic hydrocarbons have been (4.4–4.7), and it ferments the meat batter at
developed. In American semidry fer-mented 35–38°C (Smith and Palumbo 1973). In
sausages, a brief drying stage after traditional processes, black pepper is added as
fermentation precedes smoking (Rust 2007). seasoning, and the coarse ground meat is pre-
salted and aged for several days under
refrigeration. Sweet bologna is pro-duced with
Types of Semidry and Dry 10% to 12% of sugar instead of the 2% to 4%
Fermented Sausages Worldwide in Lebanon bologna. Snack sticks are shelf-
stable semidry sausages that include hot
A description of types and distribution of seasonings and edible collagen casings. The
semidry and dry fermented sausages world-
production technology of dry sausages in the
wide is presented. Technological features
United States has borrowed heavily from
are also shown in Tables 22.2 and 22.3.
European knowledge and expe-rience. These
products are small-diameter, moderately
chopped, and cold smoked or not. American
American dry sausages tend to be milder and usually
Since fermented sausages’ manufacturing have less smoked flavor and salt than in
practices in the United States and in many Europe, and P. acidilactici or direct acidu-
Latin American countries were introduced by lation is used to reach a pH of 5.4 or less.
European immigrants, many typical European Other popular dry sausages are salami made
fermented sausages can be found in the from pork and small amounts of beef, sea-
Americas. American semidry sausages are soned with garlic; pepperoni are also made of
considered to be acidified processed meat pork and beef, and are usually smoked; and
products with an M : P ranging from 3.7 : 1 to chorizo is highly spiced and smoked. About
2.3 : 1 and a pH below 5.0. Summer sausages 90% of the pepperoni produced (115,000
are a loosely defined variety of semidry tons/year) is sold in stick form for pizza
sausages and are usually a mix of beef and topping (Faith et al. 1997).
pork, the predominant seasonings being black Although fermented sausages are pro-
pepper, mustard, coriander, and garlic. duced in different Latin American countries,
Summer sausages stuffed in different casing their manufacture has a long history in
types (40–120 mm) and smoked are very Argentina, Brazil, and Uruguay, mainly due
popular in the United States (Rust 2007). to Iberian and Italian traditions, as well as to
Among semidry fermented sausages, Lebanon the quality and availability of meat. Many
bologna is a unique product origi-nated by salami-style sausages made of beef and/or
Pennsylvania German immigrants pork meat are produced in Argentina, among
them Salame de Mil án, which is produced
in different regions, and Salame Tandilero,
from the town of Tandil (Buenos Aires),
388
using local artisanal techniques (Fontana et et al. 2007; Bonomo et al. 2008). Naples-type
al. 2005; Fadda and Vignolo 2007). salami is also a popular Southern Italian dry
fermented sausage made of coarsely minced
pork meat (Coppola et al. 2000). In Northeast
Mediterranean Italy, traditional dry fermented sausages made
The Mediterranean region has a wide variety of fresh pork display unique organolep-tic
of fermented meat products due to the varia- sensory profiles characterized by accented
tion in the use of raw materials, acidity, slight sourness, and elastic semihard
formulations, and manufacturing processes consistency (Comi et al. 2005; Rantsiou et al.
that originate in the habits and customs of 2005; Spaziani et al. 2008), while in Northern
the different coun-tries and regions. Two Italy, Protected Designation of Origin (PDO)
technologies can be clearly distinguished: fermented dry sausages are produced exclu-
dry-curing, southern, or Mediterranean; and sively from local pig breeds (Di Cagno et al.
wet/pickled curing or northern (Talon et al. 2008).
2004 ). A brief description of the main
fermented sausages produced in South
Spain and Portugal
European countries is presented.
In Spain, around one -fifth of the total meat
manufactured products are dry-cured sau-
Italy
sages. Spanish chorizo, Salchichón, and Fuet
Unsmoked dry fermented sausages made are dry fermented sausages produced in the
mostly of pork are by far the most popular central-west region of Extremadura, with wide
products in Italy. In Southern Italy, there is a acceptance among consumers. Chorizo, with a
wide variety of typical dry fermented total annual production of more than 80,000
sausages prepared according to traditional tons, is made of minced pork meat, cayenne
methods, Salciccia and Soppressata among pepper, paprika, and garlic, stuffed in natural
the most appreciated ones. In particular, or artificial casings, and ripened at low
Soppressata of Vallo di Diano and Molisana temperatures (García-Varona et al. 2000),
are pork meat sausages produced in the while Salchichón and Fuet, to which black and
Campania region in a large number of small white pepper is added, undergo ripening for
artisanal plants (Parente et al. 2001; Villani four months (Aymerich et al.
Chapter 22 either raw or heat treated. Some well -known
semidry products are saucisse de Montbeliard
and Morteau, both from the Franche-Compté
2003; Benito et al. 2007). Other Spanish tra- Eastern France region. Saucisson sec, typical
ditional dry-cured sausages are Androlla and pork dry fermented sausages produced in
Botillo, produced in the Galicia region using central and southern France, are important
low-quality pork meat seasoned with paprika, products in the meat industry, with a produc-
garlic, and sometimes onion; these sausages tion of 10,0000 tons in 2002 (Lebert et al.
are subjected to a smoking-heating process 2007). There is a wide variety of saucisson sec
followed by drying- ripening and are con- produced in small-scale processing units
sumed after cooking (Lorenzo et al. 2000). In without starter cultures (Chevallier et al.
Portugal, traditional fermented sausages are 2006). Due to their great economic signifi-
mostly made of pork meat from autochtho- cance, safety improvement with preservation
nous pig breeds. Since the eighteenth century, of typical qualities of these traditional sau-
in the northern part of the country, traditional sages were recently carried out, and autoch-
Salpicão de Vinhais and Chouriça de Vinhais thonous starter cultures have been developed
are produced and consumed without further (Lebert et al. 2007; Talon et al. 2008).
cooking. Both smoked products are made from
raw pork meat to which wine and spices are
added; in the production of Chouriça, Central European
horseshoe-shaped small pieces of meat and fat
Germany
are used, while in Salpicão, bigger lean meat
pieces are used (Ferreira et al. 2007). Alheiras, Sausage quality is characterized by the use of
a traditional, smoked, semidry fer-mented valuable parts of the carcass, so that the drying
sausage produced from pork and other types of stage is not an obligately important feature for
meat whose origin dates back to the fifteenth quality. Although the manufacture of
century, is an important eco-nomic resource fermented sausages began only 160 years ago,
with a production of more than 500 tons/year Germany is a major producer of fer-mented
(Ferreira et al. 2006). Painho de Portalegre is meat products that accounts for 40% of
a smoked dry sausage containing paprika and European production. Most semidry fer-
garlic produced using pork meat from the mented sausages are produced from pork and
Alentejano pig breed (Roseiro et al. 2008). beef meat, the wide range of products depend-
Most of these products have been entered ing on the extent of drying and regional tradi-
successfully into the reg-ister of Protected tions (Schwing and Neidhardt 2007). In the
Geographic Indication (PGI). northwestern region, sausages are strongly
smoked, soft, sliceable, or spreadable with a
mild acid flavor, typical products being
Greece Bregenwurst, a semidry spreadable pork
sausage originally from Lower Saxony, and
Dry fermented sausages ( salami aeros) are
Frankfurter Rindswurt, a smoked sausage
typical Greek products, with a production of
made of pure pork. Westphalian salami, made
more than 10,000 tons/year (Samelis et al.
with fast technology from pork meat, pepper,
1998). Most of them are produced using pork
garlic, and sometimes mustard seeds, is a
and beef meat, and they are smoked before
smoked, firm, sliceable product with a distinct
they are ripened (Papamanoli et al. 2003;
fermentation/sour flavor. The sau-sages are
Rantsiou et al. 2005; Drosinos et al. 2007).
stuffed into large-diameter casings and ripened
by lowering the temperature
France
In France, semidry fermented sausages are
only moderately dried, smoked, and eaten
from 24°C to 12–14°C until a water loss of Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 391
25% is obtained. In the central region of
Turingia, a wide variety of fermented sau-
sages has been produced for hundreds of years, a weight loss of about 35%. Cervelat, made
among them Brätwurst, which is made using of beef and pork, is the typical Switzerland
finely minced pork, beef, or veal to which sausage.
caraway, marjoram, and garlic are added.
Teewurst, which originated during the
nineteenth century in the Pomerania region, is The Netherlands
a high-quality, spreadable sausage from pork Dutch semidry sausages are manufactured
meat with a high fat content (30%–40%) that is from pork and/or beef, and, in some products,
smoked and ripened. Feldkieker sausage, cooked pork rind. The most popular Dutch
based on freshly slaughtered pork meat with products are finely chopped salami, Cervelat,
the addition of syrup or honey and red wine, is Snijworst (with high fat content and rind
ripened for 8 to 12 months and either air dried added), Farmersmetworst (which is coarsely
or smoked. In Southern Germany, mildly chopped), and chorizo (which is less spicy than
smoked and acid, well-dried sausages are the Spanish product).
produced. Landjäger, typical of the Black
Forest region, is a dry fermented sausage made
of roughly equal amounts of pork and beef Eastern European
meat, spiced with pepper and cumin, and
Hungary
usually produced as links 15 to 20 cm in length
and pressed before drying (14–16°C; weight Hungarian salami is one of the world’s two
loss of 35%) to give a rectangular cross trade names for salami, Milano salami being
section. Weisswurst (white sausage) is a the other. These fermented sausages
typical Bavarian sausage made of finely combine smoke and mold application. The
minced veal meat. Most of these traditional traditional technology is based on the Italian
German fermented meat products have pre-drying technique developed during the
acquired PGI status. Although they have nineteenth century, but sausages are smoked
several regional differences (meat type and and pH does not drop below 5.5, so the final
seasonings), other popular sausage varieties flavor of the product does not contain acidic
within Germany include Schlackwurst, notes (Incze 1986). Many PDO dry
Metwurst, and Cervelatwurst. Metwurst are fermented sau-sages are produced, among
strongly flavored sausages made from minced them Szegedi téliszalámi (winter salami),
pork, cured and smoked, soft in the south and which is made of mangalitsa pork breed,
firmer in the north (Holsteiner sausage) due to with horse large intestine traditionally used
longer smoking. Cervelatwurst, which has its as a casing. It acquires a grey mold cover
origin in the Italian Milan-type sausage, is and has a firm texture and excellent keeping
made of beef and pork meat, and has a fine quality after a 30% weight loss reached in 3
particle size. to 4 months. Hot Kolbász is also a very
popular smoked, dry fermented sausage
seasoned with hot paprika and not mold
Austria and Switzerland covered (Schwing and Neidhardt 2007).
In these countries, fermented sausages are very
similar to German salamis. However, a typical
Bulgaria
Austrian product is the square-shaped
Kantwurst that is cured for 7 weeks, reaching Due to naturally good climatic conditions,
Bulgaria has a long tradition of fermented
sausage making. Loukanka is one of the out-
standing Bulgarian products, with a particu-
Chapter 22 color (cochineal) and finely minced meat.
Produced from pork, it is smoked and has a
final pH of 4.7 to 4.9. It can be produced by
lar flat shape, very dry texture, extremely direct curing or tank curing, wherein sau-
mild flavor, and a typical final pH not below sages are put in brine, causing salt enrich-
5.3. It is a finely grained pork sausage with a ment and moisture removal. The high fat
typical cumin-pepper and garlic flavor (49%), high salt (4.5%), low moisture
whose flat shape is obtained by pressing (36%), and moderate drying loss (13%),
during the fermentation process. together with a low pH, ensure a safe final
product. Sønderjysk spegepølse, produced in
South Jutland, is made from pork and beef
Slovakia and Czech Republic meat, and starter cultures are generally used.
Fermented sausages in this region are
similar to German-type sausages, fermented Sweden
to a mild acidity and having a typical
rounded flavor profile. Slovakian sausages Swedish Medwurst is made from pork meat
are lightly smoked, while traditional Czech and contains boiled potatoes, in addition to
fermented sausages are heavily smoked and spices and seasonings. High fermentation
produced with relatively fatty meat batters. temperatures (30–35°C) and smoke are
A special-ity is Lovecky salami, which has a applied. The sausages are often heat-treated
character-istic rectangular shape due to its after fermentation.
particular pressing.
Norway and Finland
Poland Typical Norwegian fermented sausages are
made using “unusual” meats, among them
A typical Polish sausage (kielbasa) is Polska,
mutton, lamb, horse, and reindeer. The use
which is made from pork meat, stuffed in
of wild animal meat is a common practice
natural casings, ripened at a low temperature
all over Scandinavia. A large range of so-
(6°C), and smoked. This semidry fermented
called Morr sausages based on old
sausage has a soft texture due to limited drying
traditional methods is produced, including
(total weight loss of 12%–17%) and is eaten
Fårepølse and Stabbur. In these products,
cooked (Pisula 2004). the presence of meat from free-ranging
animals and some-times blood gives a
Russia special strong flavor to the final product.
Two typical Finnish fermented sausages are
Russian fermented sausage must lose 40% Kotimainen and Venäläinen, which are often
of its weight, and final pH must reach 5.0. quite sour and acidic (pH 4.6–4.9) with a
Typical products are Moscow-type and strong smoky taste and low fat content.
Russian-type salamis made from pork and
beef meat. A particular feature of Moscow-
type salami is the large size of fat particles Asian
(7–8 mm) that give the sausage a rough Middle Eastern
surface.
Due to religious concerns, pork meat is not
used in Middle Eastern countries, but a variety
Scandinavian of meats (mutton, beef, goat, camel, and horse)
is used for fermented sausage pro-
Denmark
Dansk spegepølse is a typical Danish semidry
fermented sausage characterized by added
duction. Turkish style sausages, Soudjouk or Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 393
sucuk, are the most popular meat product in
Turkey, and they are mostly produced using
traditional methods in small-scale facilities traditional dry fermented sausage prepared
with air- drying. These sausages are made from lean pork and various kinds of spices,
from mutton and/or beef meat, fat (18%), is fermented under warm conditions at tem-
garlic, spices (black and red pepper, cumin, peratures from 25° to 50°C during sun
and cinnamon), and vegetable oil (Erkmen drying (Antara et al. 2004). Korean popular
and Bozkurt 2004). Traditional sucuk are prod-ucts, Sundae and Soonday, are stuffed
widely produced in Turkey; more than sau-sages made with pig or beef blood, rice,
60,000 tons are manufactured yearly. In and a wide variety of seasonings and spices
Lebanon, fermented beef sausages that are that are steamed before consumption.
strongly smoked are produced (El Magoli
and Abd-Allach 2004). Sausages often
contain rice, wheat, and corn flour, and African
different flavors are obtained depending on Boerewors are traditional, small -caliber, fresh
the addition of olive oil, garlic, onion, sausages from South Africa made of game and
paprika, and black pepper. beef, usually mixed with pork or lamb and
spices (usually coriander seeds, black pepper,
and nutmeg). When these sau-sages undergo a
East Asian
warm drying process after being flattened, they
Lap Cheong is a general term for Chinese become Dröewors, a typical snack food. Other
sausages, which are traditionally made during fermented products from Northeastern Africa
the winter months. The ingredients used vary (Miriss, Mussram) are made from fat, goat
among regions, but basically pork meat and fat meat, and offal.
are used, and spices, soy sauce, and alco-holic
beverages are often added. Other prod-ucts
Safety of Semidry and Dry
made in a way similar to Lap Cheong but
replacing pork meat with duck, chicken, or pig
Fermented Sausages
liver are Cantonese speciality prod-ucts. Nham Semidry and dry fermented sausages are con-
is a typical Thai fermented pork sausage with a sidered ready-to-eat products, referring to
NaCl content of 2% to 3%, normally made of those products that do not undergo thermal
minced pork, shredded cooked pork rind, treatments before consumption. These prod-
cooked rice, garlic, and nitrite, which is tightly ucts become stable and safe through a
wrapped in banana leaves after mixing. sequence of hurdles, some of which are spe-
Fermentation of Nham usually takes 3 to 5 cifically included (NaCl, NaNO2/NaNO3,
days at 30 °C; a final pH of 4.4 to 4.8 is ascorbate), while others are indirectly created
achieved, after which it is cooked and in the stuffed mix (low Eh, antagonistic sub-
consumed (Visessanguan et al. 2006). Goon stances, low aw). By means of these hurdles,
Chiang is also a Thai sausage in which pork is spoilage and food-poisoning bacteria are
marinated with nitrite at low temperatures, inhibited, whereas the desirable organisms,
followed by grinding and mixing with sugar especially LAB, are hardly affected. Apart
before stuffing in pork casings and dried at from LAB, GCC, molds, and yeasts involved
60°C. In the Philippines, Longamisa is a pork in sausage fermentation, beef and pork meat as
sweet-sour sausage con-taining vinegar, soy the major components of cured sausages
sauce, and sugar that can be smoked after regularly contain pathogenic bacteria and are
stuffing. Urutan, a Balinese often implicated in the spread of food-borne
diseases. Raw materials (meat and casings) are
the main vehicles for food-borne patho-gens
and contaminants. Chilling inhibits the
Chapter 22 cultures (Vignolo and Fadda 2007; Castellano
et al. 2008). Differences in the production
technology of dry and semidry fermented
growth of a selection of pathogens, from sausages highly influence their safety, the
mesophilic to psychrotrophic organisms, and degree of drying and the ripening time being
since most pathogens are mesophiles, meat the most important features. Hurdles that
obtained in good hygienic conditions would combine a pH/aw drop, pH/aw drop and heat
presumably not be implicated as sanitary risks. treatment, and aw drop and heat treatment will
Still, the growth of pathogenic bacteria, ensure safety of both dry and semidry
overcoming the existent natural hurdles, can products. Nevertheless, these conditions are
occur. Food poisoning from Staphylococcus seldom found in either dry (relatively higher
aureus, Salmonellae, and Clostridium has been pH and lower aw) or semidry (relatively lower
traditionally implicated in fermented dry
pH and higher aw) fermented sausages. Since
sausage (Mataragas et al. 2008). On the other
the effect of hurdles works well at pH values
hand, emergent pathogens within the genera
of ≤5.3 and parallel aw values at ≤0.95, there
Campylobacter, Yersinia, Listeria
monocytogenes, and enterohemorrhagic E. coli is a rather limited opportunity to meet food
safety requirements with short- or medium-
(EHEC) have also been involved in out-breaks
time ripened semidry sausages, while
caused by fermented sausage (CDC 1995 ;
traditionally long-time ripened dry sausages
Sofos 2008). Since there is no epide-
are in a much better position. Experimental
miological evidence for the involvement of
data suggest that heating semidry sausages is
fermented sausages in recent outbreaks of
the only effective method for a 5-log reduction
listeriosis, up to 100 cells of L. monocytogens
of EHEC and L. mono-cytogenes, and is a
per gram can be tolerated (ICMSF 2002).
further safety-improving solution
Fermented sausage conditions, curing addi- (Chikthimmah et al. 2001). During fermented
tives, and the presence of LAB starter cul-tures sausages’ production and storage, meat
may act as significant hurdles for the control of undergoes major chemical changes, leading to
these pathogens (Table 22.4). However, they the formation of harmful biologi-cal
are not sufficient to prevent the survival of L. compounds, such as polycyclic aromatic
monocytogenes or EHEC during the hydrocarbons and lipid oxidation products,
manufacturing process; preva-lence, survival, nitrosamines being hardly ever formed, since
and growth in traditional meat products have high temperatures and secondary amines nec-
recently been reported by Skandamis and essary to react with nitrite are not present
Nychas (2007). An additional hurdle to reduce (Honikel 2008). On the other hand, the risk for
the risk of L. monocytogenes would be the use biogenic amines and micotoxin produc-tion,
of competitive bacteriocin-producing starter either by starter organisms (LAB, CNC, and
cultures or bioprotective molds) or spoilage microbiota, is higher for
dry fermented sausages due to the intense
Table 22.4. Main hurdles inhibitory to patho- aminogenesis that occurs during fermenta-tion
gens present in dry and semidry fermented (Vidal-Carou et al. 2007) and surface molding.
sausages
Pathogen Hurdles
Staphylococcus aureus pH < 5.1; aw < 0.86;
bacteriocins Trends in Fermented
Salmonella pH < 5.0; aw < 0.95; Sausage Production
NaCl/NaNO2
Clostridium perfringes LAB (acid and The history of meat products during the last
bacteriocins) twenty-five years can be divided in terms of
Yersinia enterocolitica LAB (acid)
Campylobacter jejuni LAB (acid)
Listeria monocytogenes aw < 0.90; bacteriocins
Escherichia coli (ECEH) LAB (acid)
realizations, threats, and opportunities into Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 395
three consecutive and complementary periods
in which quality, food safety, and nutrition/
health were successively emphasized crobial compounds and also provide sensorial,
(Vandendriessche 2008). The “nutrition and technological, nutritional, and/or health
health” period has only just started. Answers to advantages. Recently, new starter cultures of
the meat industry’s questions as to how to LAB and CNC bacteria with important func-
develop new healthier meat and meat prod-ucts tionalities have been developed. The control
will undoubtedly come through func-tional over proteolytic and lipolytic activities of
gene- and protein-expression studies in the starter cultures ’ bacteria during meat fermen-
different meat ecosystems; hence the tation has led to improved aroma and flavor
implementation of “omics” technologies characteristics, as well as improved physio-
within integrated programs of environmental logical functions of the generated peptides.
microbiology (Nelson et al. 2007). The Emphasizing bioactive metabolites’ produc-
concept of health products includes what is tion (vitamins, bioactive peptides, and organic
known as “functional foods,” defined as foods and fatty acids) in meat is a step toward
that are used to prevent and treat certain improving its health image and devel-oping
disorders in addition to their nutritional value functional meat products (Arihara 2006). Since
per se (Jiménez–Colmenero et al. 2001). most fermented sausages are usually not
Regrettably, meat has an unfortunate image heated, they are adequate for the carriage of
related to fat, saturated fatty acids, choles- probiotic strains, either selected among
terol, salt, and nitrate/nitrite content; these are naturally present bacteria or from existing
associated with cardiovascular diseases, some probiotic strains (De Vuyst and Leroy 2008).
types of cancer, and obesity. However, such a In addition, functional starters have also been
view disregards the fact that meat plays a used for technological advan-tages, such as the
critical role in the maintenance of human acceleration of fermented sausage processing
health as a source of proteins, vita-mins, and by means of high tem-peratures and enzyme
minerals. Different strategies for the addition (Fernandez et al. 2000).
development of healthier meat products have
been suggested. These include reduc-tion of The consumer’s behavior toward typical
sodium, nitrites, fat, and cholesterol content, as dry fermented sausages in a recent survey in
well as incorporation of func-tional ingredients Italy indicated that these sausages are part of
(Fernández-Ginés et al. 2005). On the other consumption habits, reinforcing the impres-
hand, the performance of commercial starter sion that food consumption is neither an iso-
cultures has been ques-tioned, since their lated phenomenon nor exclusively focused on
behavior is different when applied to different food products per se, but is part of a wider
types of fermented meat products. It is crucial, social context (Conter et al. 2008). Traditional
therefore, to provide traditional producers with fermented sausages constitute a highly appre-
the means to produce safe and standardized ciated specialty with gastronomic value and
products while preserving their typical sensory are a rich source of bacterial biodiversity, the
quality. As a response to these needs and to the deliberate use of which in industrial pro-cesses
demands for health products, the use of a new could help to enhance the quality of the final
genera-tion of starter cultures has already been product and offer health, marketing, and
sug-gested (Leroy and De Vuyst 2004). The technological advantages.
so-called “functional starter cultures” con-
tribute to food safety by producing antimi-
References
Aguirrezábal, M., J. Mateo, M. Domínguez, and J.
Zumalacárregui. 2000. The effect of paprika, garlic
and salt on rancidity in dry sausages. Meat Science
54:77–81.
Chapter 22 Chi, S-P., and Y-C. Wu. 2007. Spices and seasonings.
In Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited
by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Andrés, A., J. Barat, R. Grau, and P. Fito. 2007. Chikthimmah, N., R. Guyer, and S. Knabel. 2001.
Principles of drying and smoking. In Handbook of Validation of a 5-Log reduction of Listeria monocy-
Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. togenes following simulated commercial processing
Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing. of Lebanon Bologna in a model system. Journal of
Antara, N., I. Sujaya, A. Yolota, K. Asano, and F. Food Protection 64:873–876.
Tomita. 2004. Effects of indigenous starter cultures Cocconcelli, P. S. 2007. Starter culture: Bacteria. In
on the microbial and physicochemical characteristics Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry , edited by
of Urutan, a Balinese fermented sausage. Journal of F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Bioscience and Bioengineering 89:92–98. Comi, G., R. Urso, L. Iacumin, K. Rantasiou, P.
Arihara, K. 2006. Strategies for designing novel func- Cattaneo, C. Cantoni, and L. Cocolin. 2005.
tional meat products. Meat Science 74:219–229. Characterization of naturally fermented sausages pro-
Arora, D., and J. Kaur. 1999. Antimicrobial activity of duced in the North East of Italy. Meat Science
species. International Journal of Antimicrobial 69:381–392.
Agents 12:257–262. Conter, M., E. Zanardi, S. Ghidini, L. Pennisi, A.
Aymerich, T., B. Martin, M. Garriga, and M. Hugas. Vergara, G. Campanini, and A. Ianeri. 2008.
2003. Microbial quality and direct PCR identification Consumers’ behaviour toward typical Italian dry
of lactic acid bacteria and non-pathogenic staphylo- sausages. Food Control 19:609–615.
cocci from artisanal low-acid sausages. Applied and Coppola, R., G. Mauriello, M. Aponte, G. Moschetti,
Environmental Microbiology 69:4583–4594. and F. Villani. 2000. Microbial succession during
Balev, D., T. Vulkova, S. Dragoev, M. Zlatanov, and S. ripening of Naples-type salami, a southern Italian fer-
Bahtchevanska. 2005. A comparative study on the mented sausage. Meat Science 56:321–329.
effect of some antioxidants on the lipid and pigment Deibel, R., and F. Niven. 1957. Pediococcus cerevicieae:
oxidation in dry-fermented sausage. International A starter culture for summer sausage. Bacteriological
Journal of Food Science Technology 40:977–983. Proceedings 14–15.
Barbut, S. 2007. Texture. In Handbook of Fermented Demeyer, D. 2004. Meat fermentation: Principles and
Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: applications. In Handbook of Food and Beverage
Blackwell Publishing. Fermentation Technology, edited by H. Hui, L.
Beck, H. 2005. Branched-chain fatty acids biosynthesis Meunier-Goddik, A. Hansen, J. Josephsen, W.-K.
in a branched-chain amino acid aminotransferase Nip, P. Stanfield, and F. Toldrá. New York: Marcel
mutant of Staphylococcus carnosum. FEMS Micro- Dekker.
biology Letters 243:37–44. De Vuyst, L., and F. Leroy. 2008. Probiotics in fer-
Benito, M., A. Martin, E. Aranda, F. Pérez-Nevado, S. mented sausages. Meat Science 80:75–78.
Ruiz-Moyano and M. Córdoba. 2007. Di Cagno, R., C. Cháves López, R. Tofalo, G. Gallo,
Characterization and selection of autochthonous M. De Angelis, A. Paparella, W. Hammes, and M.
lactic acid bacteria isolated from traditionally Iberian Gobbetti. 2008. Comparison of the compositional,
dry-fermented sal-chichón and chorizo sausages. microbiological, biochemical and volatile profile
Food Microbiology and Safety 72:M193–M201. characteristics of three Italian PDO fermented sau-
Bonomo, M., A. Ricciardi, T. Zotta, E. Parente, and G. sages. Meat Science 79:224–235.
Salzano. 2008. Molecular and technological charac- Drosinos, E., S. Paramithiotis, G. Kolovos, I. Tsikouras,
terization of lactic acid bacteria from traditional fer- and I. Metaxopoulos. 2007. Phenotypic and techno-
mented sausages of Basilicata region (Southern logical diversity of lactic acid bacteria and staphylo-
Italy). Meat Science 80:1238. cocci isolated from traditionally fermented sausages
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). in Southern Greece. Food Microbiology 24:260–
1995. Escherichia coli O157:H7 outbreak linked to 270.
commercially distributed dry cured salami— Erkmen, O., and H. Bozkurt. 2004. Quality characteris-
Washington and California. Morbidity and Mortality tics of retailed sucuk (Turkish dry -fermented
Weekly Report 44:157–160. sausages). Food Technology and Biotechnoloy 42:
Castellano, P., C. Belfiore, C. Fadda, and G. Vignolo. 63–69.
2008. A review of bacteriocinogenic lactic acid El Magoli, S., and M. Abd-Allach. 2004. Ethnic meat
bacteria used as bioprotective cultures in fresh meat products: Middle East. In Encyclopedia of Meat
produced in Argentina. Meat Science 79:483– 499. Sciences, edited by W. Jensen, C. Devine, and M.
Dikemann. London: Elsevier Science.
Chaillou, M., M. Champomier-Vergés, M. Cornet, A. Fadda, S., and G. Vignolo. 2007. Central and South
Crutz-Le Coq, A. Dudez, V. Martin, S. Beaufils, E. American products. In Handbook of Fermented Meat
Darbon-Rongére, R. Bossy, V. Loux, and M. and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa:
Zagorec. 2005. The complete genome sequence of Blackwell Publishing.
the meat-borne lactic acid bacterium Lactobacillus Faith, N., N. Parnieri, T. Larson, T. Lorang, and
sakei 23K. Nature Biotechnology 23:1527–1533. J. Luchansky. 1997. Viability of Escherichia coli
Chevallier, I., S. Ammor, A. Laguet, S. Labayle, V.
Castanet, E. Dufour, and R. Talon. 2006. Microbial
ecology of a small-scale facility producing traditional
dry sausage. Food Control 17:446–453.
O157:H7 during the manufacture of sticks and the Semidry and Dry Fermented Sausages 397
subsequent storage of slices at 21, 4 and -20°C under
air, vacuum and CO 2. International Journal Food
Microbiology 37:47–54.
Fernández-Ginés, J., J. Fernández-López, E. Sayas- Incze, K. 2007. European products. In Handbook of
Barberá, and J. Pérez-Alvarez. 2005. Meat products Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá.
as functional foods: A review. Journal of Food Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Science 70:37–43. Jiménez-Colmenero, F., J. Carballo, and S. Cofrades.
Fernandez, M., J. Ordoñez, J. Bruna, B. Herranz, and L. 2001. Helthier meat and meat products: Their role as
de la Hoz. 2000. Accelerated ripening of dry fer- functional foods. Meat Science 59:5–13.
ˇ
mented sausages. Trends in Food Science and Kozacˇinski, L., E. Drosinos, F. Caklovica, L. Cocolin,
Technology 11:201–209. J. Gasparik-Reichard, and S. Veskovic. 2008.
Ferreira, B., J. Barboza, S. Vendeiro, A. Mota, J. Silva, Investigation of microbial association of traditionally
M. Monteiro, T. Hogg, P. Gibbs, and P. Teixeira. fermented sausages. Food Technology Biotechnology
2006. Chemical and microbiological characterization 46:93–106.
of alheira: A typical Portuguese fermented sausage Lebert, I., S. Leroy, and R. Talon. 2007.
with particular reference to factors related to food Microorganisms in traditional fermented meats. In
safety. Meat Science 73:570–575. Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by
Ferreira, B., J. Barboza, J. Silva, S. Vendeiro, A. Mota, F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
F. Silva, M. Monteiro, T. Hogg, P. Gibbs, and P. Leroy, F., and L. De Vuyst. 2004. Lactic acid bacteria
Teixeira. 2007. Chemical and microbiological as functional starter cultures for the food
charac-terization of “Salpicão de Vinhais” and fermentation industry. Trends in Food Science &
“Chouriça de Vinhais”: Traditional dry sausages Technology 15:67–78.
produced in the North of Portugal. Food Liepe, H.-U. 1983. Starter cultures in meat production.
Microbiological 24:618– 623. In Biotechnology, edited by H.-J. Rehm, and G. Reed.
FICT. 2002. Production Industrielle Française. http:// Weinheim, Germany: Verlag Chemie.
www.fict.fr. Lorenzo, J., M. Michinel, M. López, and J. Carballo.
Fontana, C., P. Cocconcelli, and G. Vignolo. 2005. 2000. Biochemical characteristics of two Spanish tra-
Monitoring the bacterial population dynamics during ditional dry-cured sausages varieties: Androlla and
fermentation of artisanal Argentinean sausages. Botillo. Journal of Food Composition and Analysis
International Journal of Food Microbiology 103: 13:809–817.
131–142. Lücke, F.-K. 1998. Fermented meat products. Food
García-Varona, M., E. Santos, I. Jaime, and J. Rovira. Research International 27:199–307.
2000. Characterization of Micrococcaceae isolated Maddock, R. 2007. U.S. products. In Handbook of
from different varieties of chorizo. International Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá.
Journal Food Microbiology 54:189–195. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Hagen, B., H. Næs, and A. Holck. 2000. Meat starters Mataragas, M., P. Skandamis, and E. Drosinos. 2008.
have individual requirements for Mn2+. Meat Science Risk profiles of pork and poultry and risks ratings of
55:161–168. various pathogen/products combinations.
Honikel, K-O. 2008. The use and control of nitrate and International Journal Food Microbiology 126:1–12.
nitrite for the processing of meat products. Meat Nelson, K., B. Methé, and G. Kowalchuk. 2007.
Science 78:68–76. Environmental microbial ecology in an “Omics” era.
Houben, J., and B. van’t Hooft. 2005. Variations in Microbial Ecology 53:369–370.
product-related parameters during the standardised Niinivaara, F. 1955. Über den einfluss von bacterien-
manufacture of a semi-dry fermented sausages. Meat reinkulturen auf die reinfung und umrötung der
Science 69:283–287. rohwurst. Acta Agraria Fennica 85:1–128.
Hughes, M., J. Kerry, E. Arendt, P. Kenneally, P. Nørrung, B., and S. Buncic. 2008. Microbial safety of
McSweeney, and E. O’Neill. 2002. Charcaterization meat in the European Union. Meat Science 78:14–24.
of proteolysis during the ripening of semidry
fermented suasages. Meat Science 62:205–216. Nurmi, E. 1966. Effect of bacterial inoculation on char-
International Commission on Mirobiological Speci- acteristics and microbial flora of dry sausage. Acta
fications for Foods (ICMSF). 2002. Microorganisms Agraria Fennica 108:1–77.
in Foods, vol. 7: Microbiological Testing in Food Ockerman, H., and L. Basu. 2007. Production and con-
Safety Management. New York: Kluwer Academic/ sumption of fermented meat products. In Handbook
Plenum Publishers. of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá.
Incze, K. 1986. Technologie und Mikrobiologie der Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Ungarisches Salami . Fleischwirtsch 66:1305– 1311. Papamanoli, E., N. Tzanetakis, E. Litopoulou-
Tzanetaki, and P. Kotzekidou. 2003. Characterization
Incze, K. 2004. Dry and semidry sausages. In of lactic acid bacteria isolated from a Greek dry-
Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, edited by K. Jensen, fermented sausage in respect of their technological
C. Devine, and M. Dikeman. London: Elsevier Ltd. and probiotic properties. Meat Science 65:859–867.
Academic Press. Parente, E., S. Grieco, and M. Crudele. 2001.
Phenotypic diversity of lactic acid bacteria isolated
from fer-mented sausages produced in Basilicata
(Southern Italy). Journal Applied Microbiology
90:943– 952.
Chapter 22 Spaziani, M., M. Del Torre, and Stecchini, M. 2008.
Changes of physicochemical, microbiological, and
textural properties during ripening of Italian low-acid
sausages. Proteolysis, sensory and volatile profiles.
Pisula, A. 2004. Ethnic meat products: Poland. In Meat Science 81:77–85.
Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, edited by Jensen, Spotti, E., and E. Berni. 2007. Starter cultures: Molds.
W., C. Devine, and M. Dikemann. London: Elsevier In Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited
Science. by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Rantsiou, K., E. Drosinos, M. Gialitaki, R. Urso, J.
Krommer, J. Gasparik-Reichardt, S. Tóth, I. Stahnke, L. 2002. Flavor formation in fermented sau-
Metaxopoulos, G. Comi, and L. Cocolin. 2005. sages. In Research Advances in the Quality of Meat
Molecular characterization of Lactobacillus species and Meat Products, edited by F. Todrá. Trivandrum,
isolated from naturally fermented sausages produced India: Research Signpost.
in Greece, Hungary and Italy. Food Microbiology Talon, R., S. Leroy-Setrin, and S. Fadda. 2002.
22:19–28. Bacterial starters involved in the quality of fermented
Roncalés, P. 2007. Additives. In Handbook of meat products. In Research Advances in the Quality
Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. of Meat and Meat Products, edited by F. Toldrá.
Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing. Trivandrum, India: Research Signpost.
Roseiro, L., C. Santos, M. Sol, M. Borges, M. Anjos, Talon, R., S. Leroy-Setrin, and S. Fadda. 2004. Dry
H. Gonçalvez, and A. Carvalho. 2008. Proteolysis of fermented sausages. In Handbook of Food and
Painho de Portalegre dry fermented sausage in rela- Beverage Fermentation Technology, edited by Y.
tion to ripening time and salt content. Meat Science Hui, L. Meunier-Goddik. A. Hansen, J. Josephsen,
79:784–794. W.-K. Nip, P. Stanfield, and F. Toldrá. New York:
Ruiz, J. 2007. Ingredients. In Handbook of Fermented Marcel Dekker.
Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Iowa: Talon, R., S. Leroy, I. Lebert, P. Giammarinaro, J.
Blackwell Publishing. Chacornac, M. Latorre-Moratala, C. Vidal-Carou, E.
Rust, R. 2007. U.S. products. In Handbook of Zanardi, M. Conter, and A. Lebecque. 2008. Safety
Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. improvement and preservation of typical sensory
Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing. qualities of traditional dry fermented sausages using
Samelis, J., J. Metaxopoulos, M. Vlassi, and A. Pappa. autochthonous starter cultures. Intenational Journal
1998. Stability and safety of traditional Greek salami of Food Microbiology 126:227–234.
—an microbiological ecology study. International Vandendriessche, F. 2008. Meat products in the past,
Journal Food Microbiology 44:69–82. today and in the future. Meat Science 78:104– 113.
Samelis, J., and J. Sofos. 2003. Yeasts in meat and meat
products. In Yeasts in Foods. Cambridge, UK: Vidal-Carou, C., M. Veciana-Nogués, M. Latorre-
Woodhead Publishing Limited. Moratala, and S. Bover-Cid. 2007. Biogenic amines:
Sanz, Y., M. Sentandreu, and F. Toldrá. 2002. Role of Risks and control. In Handbook of Fermented Meat
muscle and bacterial exo-peptidases in meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa:
fermenta-tion. In Research Advances in the Quality Blackwell Publishing.
of Meat and Meat Products, edited by F. Toldrá. Vignolo, G., and S. Fadda. 2007. Starter cultures:
Trivandrum, India: Research Signpost. Bioprotective cultures. In Handbook of Fermented
Sanz, Y., and F. Toldrá. 2002. Purification and charac- Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa:
terization of an arginine aminopeptidase from Blackwell Publishing.
Lactobacillus sakei. Applied Environmental Villani, F., A. Casaburi, C. Pennacchia, L. Filosa, F.
Microbiology 68:1980–1987. Russo, and D. Ercolini. 2007. Microbial ecology of
Schwing, J., and R. Neidhardt. 2007. North European the Soppressata of Vallo di Diano, a traditional dry
products . In Handbook of Fermented Meat and fermented sausage from Southern Italy, and in vitro
Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell and in situ selection of autochthonous starter culture.
Publishing. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 73:5453–
Sebranek, J. 2004. Semidry fermented sausages. In 5463.
Handbook of Food and Beverage Fermentation Visessanguan, W., S. Benjakul, S. Riebroy, M. Yarchai,
Technology, edited by Y. Hui, L. Meunier-Goddik, and W. Tapingkae. 2006. Changes in lipid composi-
A. Hansen, J. Josephsen, W.-K. Nip, P. Stanfield, tion and fatty acid profile of Nham, a Thai fermented
and F. Toldrá. New York: Marcel Dekker. pork sausage, during fermentation. Food Chemistry
Skandamis, P., and G.-J. Nychas. 2007. Pathogens: 94:580–588.
Risks and control. In Handbook of Fermented Meat Vural, H., and E. Özvural. 2007. Fermented sausages
and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa: from other meats. In Handbook of Fermented Meat
Blackwell Publishing. and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. Ames, Iowa:
Smith, J., and S. Palumbo. 1973. Microbiology of Blackwell Publishing.
Lebanon Bologna. Applied Microbiology 26:489–
496.
Sofos, J. 2008. Challenges to meat safety in the 21st
century. Meat Science 78:3–13.
Chapter 23
399
Chapter 23 readily molded or shaped to meet a particular
demand, and they can be manufactured to
resemble higher-priced cuts. Another advan-
Data on the current production of whole- tage of restructuring is that hot-boned pre-rigor
tissue restructured meat products is difficult to meat can be cold-set restructured without the
obtain or estimate. This is because most of the need to wait for the meat to go into rigor to be
products are not identified as restructured firm enough to be sliced, resulting in cost
during merchandizing. The difficulty of savings in time and space to the processor
obtaining data on restructured meats was (Farouk et al. 2005b).
raised earlier by Secrist (1987) and more than The disadvantages of whole- tissue restruc-
a decade later by Pearson and Gillett (1999). turing relative to intact meat is that major
Some of the terminology used to describe investment is required to produce certain
restructured meats includes boneless beef fillet products, processing requires a high input of
(heat-and-serve restructured micro-waveable both energy and labor, fiber alignment is still
steak), sandwich steaks, joysteak, ribsteak, done manually as no equipment is available to
grillsteak, sandwich meat, reformed steaks, automate the process, and the final prod-ucts
reformed roast/joints, lamb medal-lion, and may have poorer color, higher levels of
meat cutlets (Pork McRibs). Restructured oxidation, and excessive connective tissue.
meats are also included as ingredients in ready
meals and are catego-rized as processed meats,
too. For example, the Roast Lamb and Roast
Raw Materials for Restructuring
Beef Dinners marketed by Unilever’s Birds Whole-Tissue Meats
Eye (2008)— a major UK ready meals When producing restructured whole -tissue
manufacturer— contained 15% restructured meats, a wide selection of meat cuts and pro-
beef or lamb. Therefore, considering that the cessing aids are available to the processor;
global ready-meals market reached a value of which material is used would depend on the
USD 46.9 billion, one can gauge the method used in the restructuring, the end use
importance of restructured meats by the or market outlet of the product, and the pro-
volume and value of ready meals and cessing cost. The selection of raw material
processed meats in the market today of high quality and functionality is of
(Datamonitor 2007). The total West European primary importance in the manufacture of
processed meat market alone, which includes any type of processed meat product,
delicatessen, frozen conve-nience meat, including restruc-tured meats. Meat that is
canned meat, cured meat, and bacon and ham, microbiologically safe and free from flavor,
was worth Euros 116.5 billion (FFT 2007). odor, color and other aesthetic defects
should be used in producing whole-tissue
restructured meats. Depending on the
method of restructuring and the binders to be
Advantages and Disadvantages employed, pre- or post-rigor, hot- or cold-
The advantages of restructured meat products boned, and chilled-never-frozen or frozen-
include ease of slicing; more accurate portion thawed meat are suitable for use.
control; lower cooking losses; uniformity of
color, texture, and fat distribution; minimum
waste to consumer and processor; accurate
Coarsely Diced/Sliced Muscle Strips
prediction of yield; and programming for For the manufacture of whole-tissue restruc-
nutritive value (Secrist 1987). According to tured meats from coarsely diced or sliced
Pearson and Gillett (1999) , sectioned and muscle strips, lean skeletal muscles from the
formed products have the added advantage in
that cheaper cuts can be utilized in producing
attractive bonded products, they can be
fore- or hindquarter of the carcass can be used. Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 401
Some of the muscles and cuts from beef and
lamb carcasses that were successfully
restructured into whole-tissue steaks or free- allows the needed quantity of cubes to be
flow individually quick- frozen cubes (meat poured out of the package, leaving the
cubes with individual cubes separated, which remaining cubes in the package until needed)
are shown in Figure 23.1. Beef middle cuts
such as the tenderloin, strip loin, and cube roll
(rib-eye roll) are considered premium
Figure 23.1. Whole-tissue restructured products from the intact muscles/cuts of beef and lamb carcasses.
Chapter 23
Table 23.1. Mean scores of the consumer sensory evaluation of restructured steaks from whole
muscle tissues. Venison (Farouk, 2001b); Beef (Farouk, 2000; 2001b); Lamb (Farouk 2002)
Species Muscle restructured Method of restructuring Overall acceptability
Venison
Denver leg muscles Cold-set 6.4
Denver leg muscles Hot-set 6.0
Clods Cold-set 6.7
Chuck Cold-set 6.4
Beef Infraspinatus Cold-set 5.7
Triceps brachii Cold-set 5.9
Gluteus medius Cold-set 7.2
Vastus lateralis Cold-set 6.4
Lamb Strip loin Cold-set 7.2
Tenderloin Cold-set 7.2
Venison Controls Intact strip loin Not restructured 5.9
Intact tenderloin Not restructured 7.1
cuts and are rarely restructured. Off- cuts from tured steaks were produced (Table 23.1 and
premium cuts and lean trimmings are suitable Fig. 23.2).
raw materials for restructuring into whole-
tissue meat products. We have previ-ously
restructured steaks (hot - and cold- set) using
Intact Muscles/Cuts
muscle strips from the fore- and hind-quarter Intact whole muscles and primal or sub-pri-
of beef (Farouk 2000, 2001a), lamb (Farouk mal cuts from beef, veal, lamb/mutton,
2002), and venison (2001b) that were rated by venison, pork, and chevon can be restruc-
consumers as similar in their eating quality to tured into whole-tissue products. Whole ten-
intact strip loin steaks from the same carcasses derloins from lamb/mutton, entire boneless
from which the restruc- lamb shoulder, and tunnel-boned or whole
Figure 23.2. A photograph of venison products. Intact tenderloin steaks (A); intact strip loin steaks (B); and
whole-tissue restructured steaks from Denver leg muscles (C).
boneless lamb legs (Fig. 23.1; Farouk et al. Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 403
2002) or boneless hams (Huang et al. 1997)
have been restructured to look like intact
muscles. glutamyltransferase, EC 2.3.2.13) have been
used to bind muscle pieces (Akamittath and
Ball 1992; Kuraishi et al. 1997).
Hot- and Cold-Set Binders Transglutaminase catalyzes an acyl transfer
In hot-set restructuring, myofibrillar proteins reaction between the γ-carboxylamide group
are extracted by the combined effect of salt, of a peptide-bound residue and a primary
phosphate, and mechanical action to form a amine (Dickinson 1997 ). ACTIVA TM
surface protein matrix; heat is then applied to (Ajinomoto 2004) TG-S is a transglutamin-
set the proteins (Trout and Schmidt 1987). The ase preparation for meat processing that is
surface- binding matrix can be created by the used in many countries for restructuring
use of various starches and proteins, such as meat. Activa TG-S is derived from microor-
milk proteins, soy protein, blood plasma ganisms and does not require Ca2+ for
protein, tapioca, and potato starch and car- binding activity (Ajinomoto 2004). The
rageenan (Fraser et al. 1993). Other hot-set optimum temperature and pH for ActivaTM
binders include whey proteins; wheat gluten transgluta-minase are 55°C and 6 to 7,
and surimi; egg white powder; raw egg white; respectively (Ajinomoto 2004). Reviews of
bovine, porcine, lamb, and broiler plasma transgluta-minase catalyzed reactions and
powders; and gelatine (Chen and Trout 1991; use for food processing have been published
Lu and Chen 1999). The major drawback of (Motoki and Seguro 1998; De Jong and
the hot-set method is that the product must be Koppelman 2002).
marketed pre-cooked and/or frozen. Fibrimex (Harimex Inc., Alberta, Canada)
Several cold-set techniques have been is a blood-based cold binding system that
developed to meet the demand for restruc-tured binds meat pieces based on the blood clotting
meats that can be sold in the raw chilled state action between fibrinogen and thrombin,
(Clarke et al. 1988; Esguerra 1994; Nielsen et resulting in the conversion of fibrinogen to
al. 1996). Alginate, a polysaccha-ride extracted fibrin which cross-link with collagen and gel,
from brown seaweed, can be used for cold -set thereby binding the meat pieces being
binding comminuted or diced pieces of meat restructured (Boles and Shand 1998).
(Clarke et al. 1988; Al-Joher and Clarke 1993; Pearl Meat cold-set binders are a
Schaake et al. 1993; Boles and Shand 1998). carbohy-drate, protein, and bone ash mix.
Ingredients com-monly used in alginate Pearl F is a fine white powder manufactured
binding systems include alginate salt, a by Chiba Flour Milling Co. Ltd, Japan, and
calcium source, an acidulant, and a sequestrant used to bind seam-boned muscle and large
(FMC Biopolymer 2001). Sodium alginate, meat pieces (Esguerra 1994), and Pearl E is
calcium carbonate, and GDL (glucon-delta- a pro-tein- active meat binder developed by
lactone) are the forms of alginate, calcium, and Earlee Products Qld, Australia, and used in
acidulant sources mostly used in meat binding odd-sized pieces of raw meat
applications. A thermo- irreversible gel is (http://www. earlee.com.au/contact.htm).
formed when calcium ions are introduced into Various types of hot- and cold-set binding
an alginate solution. Gelation using alginate- systems were compared in previous studies
binding system is time and concentration using meat from different species of animals.
dependent. Fraser et al. (1993) compared several hot-set
Both mammalian and microbial trans- binders, including salt and phosphate, dairy
glutaminase (Tgase, protein-glutamine γ- protein, tapioca starch, soy protein, potato
starch, and carrageenan, for restructur-ing
whole-tissue lamb products. Alginate,
Fibrimex, and Pearl F binding systems were
Chapter 23 reiterate, the choice of raw materials is
crucial in the manufacture of restructured
meats. Although restructuring is supposed to
compared in the whole-tissue restructuring add value to cheaper cuts, the starting raw
of beef (Esguerra 1994 ). Gutzke and Tobin materials have to be of high quality in order
(1998) evaluated the use of commercially to be turned into an acceptable end product.
available cold-set binders, including Pearl F, An excerpt of the National Meats Groups ’
Alginate, ACTIVA, and Protein Activated raw material specification (Table 23.2) pro-
Meat Binder in restructuring venison. vides a good example of these
Farouk (2005b) compared Alginate and considerations. National Meats is a New
Activa in restructuring beef; and Activa and Zealand-based man-ufacturer of restructured
Fibrimex were compared in the restructuring whole-tissue lamb products for retail, H &R,
of pork (Flores et al. 2007). Outcomes of and ready- meal outlets around the world.
these and other studies indicate that the Their specification clearly shows that very
choice of binder depends on the end use of stringent require-ments for raw material are
the product and on the processing cost. imposed on suppliers in order to ensure that
the quality and integrity of the finished
products are maintained.
Processing of Whole-
If frozen meat is to be used in whole-tis-sue
Tissue Restructured Meats restructuring, the meat should be tem-pered to
The three basic methods of restructuring meats approximately −1.5° to 2°C before use.
include chunking and forming, flaking and Sinews, tendons, glands, and excessive
forming, and tearing and forming. Excellent amounts of connective tissues and fat should
reviews of these methods and of the be trimmed from the meat before restructur-ing
manufacture of UK- style grillsteaks have been (Pearson and Gillett 1999). Depending on the
previously published (Secrist 1987; Pearson type of whole-tissue restructured meat to be
and Gillett 1999; Sheard 2002). In this chapter, produced, the meat cut may be sectioned, cut
the manufacturing of restruc-tured meats from into strips of varying sizes, or left intact. If the
intact muscles or whole-tissue meats is meat is to be diced into long strips, the cutting
emphasized. In this method of restructuring, should be done along the meat fibers/ grains
grinding, chopping, and emul-sification are not whenever possible. When making steaks,
used except for the prepara-tion of binders; the cutting along the fiber is done in order to align
raw materials used in the products are section the fibers to be perpendicular to the cut surface
of muscles or muscle strips that are bound by (Farouk et al. 2005c ). High con-nective tissue
hot- or cold-set binders. cuts could be tenderized using a mechanical
tenderizer before restructuring. Mechanical
tenderization, also known as blade
tenderization or pinning, is the process of
Hot-Set Whole-Tissue Restructuring physically disrupting the muscle structure by
The basic steps involved in hot-set restructur- penetrating the meat with closely spaced thin,
ing include: (1) raw material selection and sharp blades, which disrupt the fibers and
preparation; (2) creating a surface protein sever the connective tissue. This method has
matrix; (3) molding or shaping; (4) hot-setting been applied to successfully improve the
of surface protein matrix; (5) portion-ing; and overall tenderness and tenderness vari-ability,
(6) packaging and storage. especially of lower-value cuts of beef
(Jeremiah et al. 1999; Kolle et al. 2004;
Pietrasik and Shand 2004; Rosenvold et al.
Raw Material Selection and Preparation
All the considerations alluded to in the previ-
ous section on raw materials apply here. To
Table 23.2. Example of raw material specifications. Courtesy National Meats NZ Ltd., Taupo,
New Zealand. A manufacturer of restructured whole boneless lamb shoulder roll
1. SPECIFICATION DETAILS: Description: Boneless Lamb Shoulder 90VL; Grade: YL-PM grade carcass;
State: Chilled
2. RAW MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS: Carcass grade YL-PX (9.0–16.0kg, cold weight). Carcasses must
be electrically stimulated within 30 minutes of slaughter, then hung on a cooling floor at 6–10°C for
8 hours before chilling. Marino lamb will not be accepted. Halal certification may be requested.
3. PREPARATION: The shoulder is removed from the rack. The boning is done by the shank, foreleg and
blade bones being flensed from the rib cage by first marking down either side of the feather bones at the neck
end and flensing from the brisket across the ribs to the spine. The shank, foreleg and blade bones are then
removed by tunnel boning or slash boning methods. Ensure the shank (including meat) is removed at elbow
joint. Remove internal fat and trim excessive outer fat. The prescapular gland and associated fat must be
removed. When removing the gland and fat, the knife cut should be continued to remove the adjoining
intermuscular fat at the same time. Surface fat must not exceed 5mm thickness. The neck end should be
lightly trimmed. All bone pieces, excess fat, paddywack, sinew, blood stains, abscesses, loose pieces, faecal,
ingesta, hide, wool fibers and other fine matter must be removed. Product must achieve 90% visual lean
content.
Physical Properties:
Property Target Maximum Minimum Units % Within Limits
Chemical Lean 90 95 85 CL 100%
4. PACKAGING DETAILS: Bulk packed into lined cartons / bulk bins or vacuum packed (to maximise
shelf-life).
5. DATE REQUIREMENTS: Slaughter Date; Production Date; Use By Date; Min. Shelf Life at Sale:
3 days (chilled).
6. LABEL DETAILS: Minimum requirements—Product description and code; Country of origin; Packers
name and address; ME/PH number; Dates of slaughter, production and use by; Traceability bar code; Net
weight (Kg); Storage instructions; Visual lean
7. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Product Defect Tolerance:
Issue Defect Tolerance
Foreign Material Any material other than the natural ingredient e.g. glass, wood, plastic, Nil
hair etc.
Trimming All bone pieces, excess fat, paddywack, sinew, blood stains, abscesses, Nil
loose pieces, faecal, ingesta, hide, wool fibers and other fine matter
must be removed.
Microbiological standards (log10CFU/g):
Microorganism Target n C m* M*
APC (35°C) <3.63 5 2 4.20 4.92
E.coli <0.11 5 2 0.70 1.65
Salmonella Absent 5 0 Absent Absent
Based on 80th and 95th percentiles, respectively, for bulk products, NZFSA National Microbiological
Database: National Profile, All data February 1997 to end of April 2006.
Metal detection
Ferrous Non-ferrous Stainless Steel
≤5.0 mm ≤6.0 mm ≤6.35 mm
405
Chapter 23 MacFarlane 1987). Zhang et al. (2005)
reported that high pH meat possesses supe-rior
functional attributes compared with normal pH
2006). Enzymes such as collagenase, papain, meat, regardless of the degree of comminution
and ficin have also been used to reduce or storage time. Meat inher-ently high in pH
connective tissue toughness in beef for possesses superior function-ality relative to
restructuring (Miller et al. 1988, 1989). meat whose pH was raised using phosphates
Mechanical and enzyme tenderization may (Young et al. 2005 ). Previous studies in our
have negative effects on the shelf life, color, laboratory indicate that protein extractability
and drip loss of restructured meats in the generally dimin-ishes over time with some
raw, and the yield and sensory properties in deviations, in that protein extractability in beef
the cooked states (Miller et al. 1988 ). and venison stored frozen for 1 month or
Prerigor muscles can be stretched to chilled for 2 to 3 weeks is higher than that of
improve the tenderness of the resultant meat fresh beef just after rigor attainment (Farouk
and the restructured whole-tissue products. and Wieliczko 2002; Zhang et al. 2005; Farouk
A mus-cle-stretching device (Sarcostretch) et al. 2007; Farouk and Freke 2008). In other
was used by Farouk et al. (2005a) to stretch words, the optimum time postmortem to
prerigor bovine Mm. semitendinosus, maximize the extraction of meat proteins in
semimembrano-sus, and bicep femoris, and chilled meat for use in hot- set restructuring is
the authors found that the muscles were 2 to 3 weeks postmortem. The role of the
lengthened by 43% to 97%; overall, extracted protein in hot-set restructuring has
stretching improved tender-ness, uniformity, been discussed in detail by King and
presentation, and portion control of the MacFarlane (1987). It is widely accepted that
meat, and reduced its drip loss. myofibrillar proteins, particularly myosin, are
responsible for the bind strength of extracted
muscle proteins and that sarcoplasmic proteins
Creating a Surface Protein Matrix contribute very little to this process.
In hot- set restructuring using large pieces or
intact cuts, the surface protein can be obtained The surface protein matrix can also be
by solubilizing the natural proteins in the meat created by the use of nonmeat protein binders
with salt or by adding nonmeat proteins at the or by the use of pressure, alone or in combi-
surface. If the natural proteins in the meat are nation with meat homogenates. The use of
to provide the matrix needed for binding, their pressure is based on the results of a number of
extraction can be achieved by mixing, studies that indicate that pressure can be used
tumbling, or massaging the meat pieces with to alter the properties of muscle proteins
salt alone or with polyphos-phates. The salt (Cheftel and Culioli 1997; Colmenero 2002),
can also be sprinkled very lightly on the including increased solubility, aggregation,
surface of the muscles without any form of and gelation of the proteins (Elgasim et al.
agitation, particularly in restruc-turing large 1982; Macfarlane et al. 1984). Pressure also
pieces of cuts with minimum surface-binding affects the physical properties of meat, such as
area. Some of the equipment used in the the disruption of myofibrillar structures and
extraction process has been dis-cussed by increased tenderness and cohesion between
Booren and Mandigo (1987). Extraction of the meat particles. Farouk and Zhang (2005)
proteins from meat is affected by, among other described a process of pressure-binding beef
factors, the state of rigor development in the steaks and cubes for hot-set restructuring: in
meat; the ionic environment and the pH of the this process, semimembra-nosus muscles were
system; the temperature history of the meat sliced parallel to fiber
during rigor onset; the temperature of the mix
during extraction; and the age of the meat
(King and
Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 407
length into 2 cm2 strips; a portion of the mixed
strips was minced twice through a 3-mm plate
to form a homogenate; the meat strips and
homogenate (2.4 kg) were mixed together for to force the pieces of meat into close contact to
one minute and stuffed into a pressure mold enable the protein matrix on the surface of the
with the muscles fibers running along the meat pieces to cross-link or bind upon the
length of the mold to obtain 12 treatment application of heat. Shaping can be done by
combinations [3 pressures (1380, 4137, and forcing the meat pieces into a casing or a mold.
6895 kPa) × 4 homogenates (0%, 2.5%, 5%, The mold could be a simple vacuum bag in
and 10% wt of meat strips)]. A manual which the meat pieces are stuffed and then
hydraulic press machine was used to apply the shaped manually by hand, or a more rigid
required pressures to the mixture of meat container made of plastic or metal. Pressure
homogenate and strips in the mold, and the can be applied to the meat pieces during
whole setup was transferred to a −30°C freezer shaping using different press methods,
for 3 hours to freeze the molded mixture of including evacuating the air in the mold using
meat and homogenate, with the pressure in the a vacuum machine or by using a hydraulic
mold maintained during the freezing process. press in order to improve the contact between
The frozen molded meat (logs) were then meat pieces and the overall binding. Farouk et
removed from the mold and sliced into 1-cm al. (2005c) used a steel mold and a 240 × 300
thick steaks and 2-cm 3 cubes (sliced to mm plastic vacuum bag to shape strips of beef
maintain fiber length in one direc-tion) using a into round and steak-shaped restructured logs,
band saw. Results obtained using the process respectively. An important consideration
indicate that binding of meat pieces for hot- during shaping, par-ticularly when
setting could be obtained when pressure restructuring strips of meat or intact
≥1,380 kPa alone was used without binders in muscles/cuts, is to ensure that the fibers in the
restructuring strips of 100 VL beef, which meat strips/cuts are aligned in the direction that
were then sliced into steaks or frozen free-flow gives the final product the desired look and
cubes; and that the use of meat homogenate texture when portioned. In shaping and
using pressure tended to increase bind strength deciding on the size of a restruc-tured log,
in restruc-tured steaks and cubes. consideration should be given to the method to
be used in portioning the final products in
Regardless of whether the surface protein order to minimize off-cuts. For instance, the
matrix is inherent to the meat or added from shape and size of a restructured block to be
outside sources, sufficient amounts of the ultimately diced into cubes should reflect the
binding protein in its optimum functionality type and the dimensions of the dicer;
should be present at the bind junctions of the otherwise, a significant proportion of off-cuts
meat pieces to provide the binding strength could be generated that may be unable to be
needed to prevent the bound pieces from reworked.
pulling apart during subsequent processing
steps.
Hot-Setting/Binding
Heating the protein matrix created on the
Molding or Shaping surface of the meat pieces will coagulate/
Once the surface protein matrix has been cross-link the proteins and thereby bind the
created, the meat to be restructured is molded meat pieces together. The meat pieces should
or shaped. The main function of molding is to be heated to a final internal temperature of 57°
give the final product its desired shape and to 68°C to achieve proper binding (Pearson
and Gillett 1999 ). Restructured logs can be
hot-set either in their mold or after portioning.
To bind the meat pieces together
Chapter 23 a band saw to slice frozen raw restructured
hot-set logs of beef into steaks and cubes.
When cubes with a more natural rather than
for portioning and to hold the portioned pieces mechanically diced appearance are required,
together for hot -setting, the shaped frozen logs should be tempered to –2° to
restructured log should be portioned and −3°C and hand diced using a knife. The por-
cooked while frozen. If the portioned pieces tioned pieces can be utilized immediately
are not held together sufficiently to enable the without the need for further storage, but if
protein matrix at the bind junctures to be merchandized frozen, the raw or cooked por-
heated to the desired binding temperatures, tioned pieces can be individually quick
restructured individual pieces of meat in the frozen and made to free-flow before packag-
portion will fall apart due to shape distortions ing. The product should be rapidly frozen to
caused by the shrinkage of the meat proteins. ≤–18°C and held at that temperature during
The bind strength at the juncture between meat storage and distribution (Booren and
pieces depends on the nature, amount, and Mandigo 1987).
functionality of the protein at the junc-ture Cooked portioned restructured meats can be
prior to heating. Purslow and his associ-ates packed in overwrapped trays or vacuumed
(Purslow et al. 1987; Lewis and Purslow 1990; and/or gas-flushed in form/fill/sealed pouches,
Savage et al. 1990) demonstrated in a series of blisters, shrink packs, and skin packs; their
model studies that the binding of pieces in frozen counterparts, including steaks, strips, or
heated restructured meat was affected by the cubes, can be packaged in bags, pouches, trays,
muscle fiber alignment with respect to the overwraps, and PE-coated paperboards (Harte
adhesive junction and the size of the meat 1987). In a previ-ous study (Farouk 2001b),
pieces. The authors observed that the tensile hot-set restructured cubes were manufactured
adhesive strength of restructured meat with the from beef clods, boneless lamb, and venison
fibers at a right angle to the junction in both shoulders, and packaged as follows: bulk
pieces of meat was three times higher than packaged in a polyethylene bag (to imitate
when one or both pieces of meat contained poly-lined cartons); impermeable vacuum bags
fibers running parallel to the adhesive junction. without vacuum; impermeable vacuum bags
with partial vacuum; and impermeable vacuum
bags, under a modified atmosphere of nitro-
gen. They were then stored for one year with
Portioning, Packaging, and Storage no significant deterioration in the physical,
of Hot-Set Products chemical, and sensory attributes of the
Restructured logs can be portioned into dif- products.
ferent shapes and sizes using a range of
equipment, including slicers, dicers, and saws.
The portioning can also be done manu-ally
Cold-Set Whole-Tissue Restructuring
using handheld knives. As mentioned in the
previous section, uncooked restructured logs The basic steps involved in cold -set restruc-
must be deep or surface crust frozen for turing include: (1) raw material selection and
portioning to maintain the shape of the por- preparation; (2) application of cold-set binder;
tioned pieces and to hold the pieces together (3) molding or shaping; (4) cold-setting; (5)
until hot-set. Restructured logs can be por- portioning; and (6) packaging and storage.
tioned to look like steaks, cubes, or strips like Steps 1, 3, and 5 are mostly similar to hot-set
stir-fries. Regardless of the form the portions restructuring. The major difference is that
are to assume, it is important to use appropri- cold-set binding systems do not need
ate equipment to obtain clean-cut surfaces and
to avoid pulling apart the bound pieces in the
process. Farouk and Zhang (2005) used
cooking to set. Cold-set products can be sold Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 409
raw in chilled or frozen forms.
dioxide was 63 and 105 days for alginate impart desired attributes to the final product.
and Pearl bound products respectively. Binders can be used singly or in combination
Frozen portioned, raw, cold-set restruc- to achieve a required level of bind; cold- and
tured steaks can be packaged in bags, hot-set binders can even be used together to
pouches, trays, overwraps, and paperboards reinforce the binding effect. For instance, in
similar to their hot-set counterparts. hot-set restructuring, Activa may be added to
increase the bind strength of the protein matrix
extracted during mixing with salt. In this
Formulations for Restructured chapter, the alginate and transglutamin-ase
Whole-Tissue Meats (ActivaTM) cold binding systems are dis-cussed
Generalized procedures for the manufacture of to provide examples of two methods of cold
restructured whole-tissue meats using hot-and binding involving gelation and enzy-matic
cold-set binding systems are shown as flow cross-linking.
diagrams in Figures 23.3 and 23.4. The An example of a large- scale manufacture
procedures have been simplified to show the of whole-tissue restructured meat is that of
fundamental steps involved. The manufac-ture Bernard Matthews New Zealand (BMNZ,
can be up-scaled using various types of 2008 ). Bernard Matthews New Zealand is an
equipment, and ingredients can be added to added-value further processor and marketer
A B C
Boneless whole lamb Beef strips (90–95% CL) Tunnel boned whole
Figure 23.3. Flow diagrams of whole-tissue restructuring using salt as hot-set binder (A), Alginate (B), and
ActivaTM (C) cold-binding systems.
Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 411
Figure 23.4. Top to bottom = pictorial flow chart of hot-set restructuring of whole boneless lamb leg (A)
and shoulder (B) to obtain free-flow cubes; C = Bind strength measurement of restructured lamb loins.
of New Zealand lamb. The company pro-duces food company, Bernard Matthews, which
a restructured whole-tissue lamb product holds a patent (Matthews et al. 1989) for the
branded as a Lamb Medallion using a hot-set process used to produce the Lamb Medallion.
binding process. Bernard Matthews New The patented process involves the continuous
Zealand was aligned with the UK-based manufacturing of a restructured lamb product
Chapter 23 beneficial effect on color; and (3) processing
factors, such as boning time (hot versus cold),
rigor state (pre- versus postrigor), particle size
comprised of a lean meat core and a fatty reduction, blade tenderization, tempera-ture,
outer layer through the following steps: (1) pressure, and packaging (Hunt and Kropf
slicing whole-muscle meat into small, thin 1987). Color problems in restructured meats
slices (the slices should be held just below are related to the method of restructur-ing and
0°C); (2) the thin slices are then agitated and the type of binder used. The color and overall
mixed with a hot-set binder (meat-based appearance of raw slices of beef rolls
adhesive liquid) for about two minutes; (3) restructured using ActivaTM binding system
the binder-coated slices are then loaded into were preferred over those restructured using
a coextrusion machine and pumped through the alginate binding system (Farouk et al.
to the extrusion head; fat-forming fluid 2005b). Color and appearance problems may
(emulsified mixture of fat and meat) is also not be as important in hot -set restruc-tured
loaded into the extruder and pumped to products, since they are likely to be sold in
another region of the extrusion head; (4) the cooked or frozen form compared with cold-set
coated slices and the fat-forming fluid are restructured products that could be sold
coextruded in the desired shape onto a uncooked and/or chilled. For instance,
moving conveyor; (5) the coextrudate is then consumers in a previous study found the color
conveyed through an elongate freezer to be of cooked hot- set restructured roast beef
crust frozen into a partially frozen log that is prepared from nonuniform colored raw
cut into pieces of desired thickness; (6) the material (including prerigor, postrigor, grass-
sliced pieces are then finally frozen. and grain-finished beef) equally acceptable
(Farouk and Swan 1997). The use of nonuni-
form-colored meats, as in the study by Farouk
Quality Problems of Restructured
and Swan (1997), or mixing high- and nor-
Whole-Tissue Meats
mal-pH meats or muscles with predominantly
The common objective of restructuring is to white fibers and those with red fibers, or
achieve a product that not only imitates but restructuring meats with fibers aligned at dif-
also possesses the attributes of a whole ferent directions to the cut surface of steaks,
-tissue product, including: aesthetic-related can all result in the reduced acceptability of
attri-butes (color, appearance, and overall cold-set raw restructured meat products. The
visual appeal); oral-related attributes appearance of the steaks shown in Figure 23.5
(texture and tenderness); and other sensory is a good example of an aesthetic-related
related attri-butes (flavor and aroma/odor). problem. The cooked beefsteak does not look
natural because of the cross striations on the
steak caused by the alignment of muscle fibers
Aesthetic-Related Quality Problems parallel instead of perpendicular to the surface
Color and appearance are important factors in of the steak during restructuring. The offal
consumers’ point-of-purchase decisions. An steak had a mottled appearance and looked like
undesirable color reduces the acceptabil-ity of a jigsaw puzzle, due to the use of raw materials
restructured meats and is a major problem for of nonuniform texture and color during
manufacturers (Hunt and Kropf 1987). The restructuring.
factors that affect the color of restructured The effect of fiber alignment on the
meats include: (1) raw material condition, such appearance of restructured steaks was
as the oxidative-reductive state of the meat dem-onstrated by Farouk et al. (2005c) in a
used in restructuring, meat pH, and study in which raw restructured beef steaks
microbiological condition; (2) ingre-dients, with
such as the level of salt and its nega-tive effect
on color, and phosphates and their
Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 413
Figure 23.5. Aesthetic-related appearance problems in whole tissue restructured cooked beef steak (top)
and raw offal steak (bottom), depicting the improper alignment of muscle fibers and the nonuniformity of
meat pieces during restructuring, respectively.
fibers aligned parallel to the cut steak surface preferred raw steak were influenced by the
were ranked highest in acceptability by a color and the appearance of the cut steak
consumer panel compared with steaks with surface. Five of the representative comments
fibers aligned perpendicularly or mixed; the used by the panelists for the most preferred
panelists ranked the raw steaks in the follow- raw steak with fibers parallel to the cut surface
ing order of acceptability: parallel > perpen- include “most uniform appearance,” “the most
dicular > equal mixture of parallel and consistent color,” “least obviously
perpendicular. The panelists’ comments indi- restructured,” “looks more natural,” and
cated the reasons for their choice of the most “closest to real meat.” The five comments for
Chapter 23 spongy, soft, mushy, crumbly, chewy, loose,
and aerated (Mikkelsen and Esguerra 1996;
Flores et al. 2007).
the least preferred raw steak with mixed fiber According to Berry (1987), texture prob-
alignment include “too patchy,” “looks like a lems of restructured meats may be related to
mosaic,” “mottled appearance and chunky excessive or insufficient bind, lack of unifor-
looking,” “looks like a jigsaw,” and “more mity of texture, excessive connective tissue,
obviously processed/processed looking.” The distortion of cooked product, excessive crust
panelist ranking of the visual accept-ability of formation, layering, and/or formation of
the restructured steaks changed on cooking. In pockets inside the product during cooking.
cooked steaks, those with fibers running Sheard (2002) suggested three factors might
parallel to the cut surface of the steak were affect the eating quality of restructured meats:
ranked lowest compared with the per- (1) the nature of the meat pieces’ ori-entation
pendicular and mixed steaks, which did not and composition (such as their size, shape,
differ in visual appeal. The reason for the surface morphology, and fiber direc-tion); (2)
change in the visual appeal of the parallel the amount and composition of the surface
steaks from being the highest ranked in the raw protein matrix; and (3) the relative proportion
state to the lowest in the cooked state is of the meat pieces to the surface matrix. Boles
because, in the raw state, color had more and Shand (1998) determined the effect of
influence on the decision of the panelists, as it particle size on the acceptance of restructured
was more difficult to see the direction of the beefsteaks produced using alginate-binding
fibers in relation to the cut steak surface. systems and found that par-ticle size had no
However, due to the shrinkage and the thick- effect on the consumer acceptability of the
ening of the fibers in the cooked steaks, the texture of the restructured steaks. Flores et al.
effect of the fiber alignment became more (2007) found no effect of binders on the
obvious and the parallel steaks lost their nat- consumer acceptability of the texture of pork
ural-look appeal. The comments of the panel- restructured with ActivaTM, FibrimexTM, or
ists regarding the cooked parallel steaks phosphates. However, Esguerra (1994)
include “the least natural,” “looked patch- reported that algi-nate-bound steaks were more
work,” “looks very restructured,” “slightly tender than Pearl F-bound steaks. Farouk et al.
strange,” or “lots of crossed grain bits” (see (2005b) also reported that consumers preferred
Fig. 23.5). the tenderness of beef rolls restructured using
Other visual appearance issues may arise alginate binding system relative to ActivaTM-
from the poor dispersion of binders during bound ones. Previous studies indicated that
restructuring. Esguerra (1994) and Mikkelsen muscle fiber alignment in whole- tissue steaks
and Esguerra (1996) restructured beef steaks from different species of animals affected the
and cubes using alginate and found that texture of the steaks measured objectively or
undissolved encapsulated acid appeared as subjectively (Guenther 1989; Poste et al. 1993;
small white spots in the steaks, and poorly Otremba et al. 1999). Results of these studies
dispersed alginate appeared as red gel spots in show that cooked intact whole-tissue meat
raw chilled or thawed restructured cubes. samples sheared longitudinal/parallel to the
direction of meat fiber or masticated with the
grain were more tender (lower shearforce
Texture/Tenderness
values) than those sheared tranverse/perpen-
The texture of restructured whole- tissue dicular to fiber direction or masticated across
steaks should simulate that of a real steak; the grain. Purslow and his associates (Purslow
otherwise, they will be rejected by the con-
sumer. Some of the common terminologies
used by consumers to describe texture prob-
lems in restructured meats include rubbery,
et al. 1987; Lewis and Purslow 1990; Savage Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 415
et al. 1990) demonstrated in a series of model
studies that the texture of cooked restructured
meat was affected by: the muscle fiber align- gluten, soy protein isolates, carrageenan, and
ment with respect to the adhesive junction; the tenderizing enzymes in meat restructuring has
degree of adhesion between meat pieces; and been reported to affect the finished product
the size of the meat pieces in the restruc-tured flavor (Miller et al. 1988; Chen and Trout
meat. Farouk et al. (2005c) cold-set 1991; Demos et al. 1994). Fraser et al. (1993)
restructured beefsteaks with the meat fibers used a variety of hot-set binders in
aligned parallel, perpendicular, or an equal restructuring lamb roast and found that unde-
mixture of parallel and perpendicular (mixed) sirable flavors increased with increased storage
in relation to the cut steak surface. The authors time. Esguerra (1994) reported the presence of
subjected the steaks to sensory evalu-ation and slight liver-like foreign flavors in beefsteaks
found that consumers preferred the texture and restructured using FibrimexTM. Similarly,
tenderness of the steaks with fibers running Flores et al. (2007) reported that the flavor of
perpendicular or an equal mixture of parallel pork restructured with ActivaTM and
and perpendicular to the face of the steaks FibrimexTM were described by some con-
compared with those with fibers running sumers as having a “bad after-taste” or “liver-
parallel only. The steaks with fibers running taste off-flavor,” and one consumer in
parallel also ranked signifi-cantly lower than particular described the flavor as having an
the others (perpendicular or mixed) in overall “iron flavor” or “strong pig flavor.” The pres-
eating quality. ence of high numbers of spoilage microor-
ganisms will lead to the development of off-
odors in chilled restructured meat prod-ucts
Flavor and Odor
before any flavor changes are detected by the
One of the major causes of deterioration in the consumer (Kotula et al. 1987).
flavor of restructured meats is lipid oxida-tion.
There are a number of terms, such as “stale,”
“rancid,” “musty,” and “barnyard,” used to
Improving Product Quality
characterize oxidized flavor and odor. The There are a number of ways to improve the
oxidized or rancid flavor that develops rapidly quality of restructured meat products. The use
during refrigerated or frozen storage of of any process or additive must be bal-anced
precooked or partially cooked meat prod-ucts with the need to maintain the overall quality of
or meats in which the membranes are broken the final product and not just a few attributes at
down such as in restructuring is termed the expense of the others. Factors such as cost,
warmed-over flavor (Pearson and Gray 1983). potential risk to health, environ-mental effect,
Love (1988) reported that warmed-over flavor and even carbon and energy footprint should
can develop in fresh meats. According to Gray be considered while decid-ing on ways to
and Pearson (1987) , lipid oxidation and improve product quality.
warmed-over flavor development in
restructured meats is influenced by the raw
materials used in restructuring, reduction in Visual Appeal
particle size, and cooking and/or heating of the For whole-tissue restructured steaks to have
product. Undesirable flavors and odors can the appearance that closely resembles that of
also arise due the ingredients and additives a real steak, the muscle fibers/fiber bundles
used in restructuring. The use of whey protein, in the restructured steaks should be aligned
wheat (Guenther 1989), and the color and other
visual attributes of the meat should be as
uniform as possible. To achieve this, the
meat fibers/fiber bundles should be aligned
Chapter 23 et al. 1997; Vote et al. 2000; Hoogenkamp
2003; Robbins et al. 2003). Vote et al. (2000)
injected intact U.S. choice and select strip loins
so that the fibers are perpendicular to the cut with up to 15% solution containing phosphate,
steak surface. This is very important, as the lactate, and chlorides, and then subjected the
aim of the restructuring is to produce restruc- steaks to sensory evaluation using a trained
tured steaks that imitate steaks from the more panel, and found that injecting the loins with
expensive cuts, such as the cuberoll, strip-loin, the solution improved the ten-derness,
or tenderloin, especially when the con-sumer juiciness, and cooked beef flavor. In a more
will have the opportunity to view the cooked recent study, Robbins et al. (2003) injected
steak before consumption. A number of the strip loins and rounds up to 10% with a
muscles in the fore - and hind-quarters of solution containing sodium tripoly-phosphates
carcasses, with fibers running parallel to the and sodium chloride, then evalu-ated the steaks
length of the muscle or with mixed fibers, using a consumer panel, and found that the
could be used to produce acceptable looking injected steaks were more acceptable than the
steaks (Farouk et al. 2002). The use of larger controls. The addition of 3% or 8% water in
pieces of meat or intact muscles will improve restructured beef cubes formulation improved
the appearance of restructured meats relative to the tenderness and texture of the cubes
the use of smaller-sized meat pieces. To significantly over that of control with no added
minimize distortion of cooked whole-tissue water (Mikkelsen and Esguerra 1996).
restructured products, muscles skinned of
surface connective tissue should be used or
high connective tissue cuts should be tender-
Flavor/Aroma Appeal
ized using a mechanical tenderizer before The control of flavor deterioration in restruc-
restructuring. tured meats due to lipid oxidation can be
accomplished to varying degrees of success by
using chemical compounds such as anti-
Oral Appeal oxidants and chelating agents, as well as by the
The texture and tenderness of restructured exclusion of oxygen. The following were
whole- tissue meats can be improved by shown to inhibit or retard oxidation: EDTA
reducing the amount of connective tissue in the and ascorbic acid (Liu and Watts 1970); 156
meat to be restructured. Berry et al. (1988) ppm nitrite, 0.5% tripolyphosphate, and 2%
restructured beefsteaks to have extra-high, EDTA (Igene and Pearson 1979 ); extract of
high, or low levels of connective tissue and eggplant tissue and yellow onion peels
subjected the steaks to consumer sensory (Younathan et al. 1980); catechol, EDTA,
analysis, and found that the texture and DTPA, sodium polyphosphate, and sodium
toughness of extra-high connective tissue tripolyphosphate (Shahidi et al. 1986); rice
steaks was undesirable. Texture and tender- bran oil (Kim et al. 2000 ); the aqueous extract
ness can be improved by aligning the muscle of rosemary, sage, and thyme (Mielnik et al.
fibers or fiber bundles to be perpendicular or a 2008); grape seed extract and pine bark extract
mixture of 50:50 perpendicular and parallel (Ahn et al. 2002); and Chinese five-spice
fibers relative to the face of the steak (Farouk ingredients composed of cinnamon, cloves,
et al. 2005c). The use of enhanced meat in hot- fennel, pepper, and star anize (Dwivedi et al.
set restructuring will improve tenderness and 2006). Reverte et al. (2003) and more recently
juiciness of the final product. The injec-tion of Stika et al. (2008) added
beef with up to 20% marinade (mostly a
solution of salt and phosphates) to enhance
tenderness and palatability is becoming a
common practice in many countries (Maca
propyl gallate and a beef flavoring in the for- Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 417
mulation of restructured beef steaks from
forage- and grain-fed cattle and matured cows
respectively, and demonstrated that the strong pieces. Research into technologies that can
grassy flavor of forage-finished beef steaks slice chilled, raw, restructured meats should
detected by a sensory panel was masked by the be undertaken. Success in this regard will
beef flavoring agent, thereby improving ensure better appearance for restructured
consumer acceptance of the restructured products and a saving in cost.
steaks. The use of propyl gallate retarded lipid Current trends indicate consumers are
oxidation and the development of rancid demanding more natural products with no
flavors in restructured steaks from matured additives of any kind if possible. This chal-
cows, but was unable to overcome the low lenge should be taken up by the industry and
acceptability of steaks with inherent off- researchers to produce restructured whole-
flavors. The use of propyl gallate in com- tissue meats that meet this requirement.
bination with the beef flavoring agent helped There are indications (Farouk and Zhang
mask mature forage-fed off-flavors. 2005) that pressure alone without any binder
can be used to create enough surface protein
matrices on whole-tissue meat to achieve
Future Trends
rea-sonable bind strength on hot-setting.
To achieve a more natural look in restruc-tured More research should be done to explore this
whole-tissue products, meat fibers must be and other possibilities of achieving binding
aligned so that they are perpendicular to the of whole- tissue meats without the use of
face of the steak. Currently, the alignment is exter-nal binders.
achieved manually, and we are not aware of Enhancement of meat and the stretching
any equipment that automates the process. If of prerigor muscles are recent techniques
the process of fiber alignment during employed to improve the eating quality and
restructuring can be mechanized, it will reduce consistency of meat from whole-tissue
the cost of producing restructured meat muscles. Research should be done to deter-
products and help the industry to capture the mine if these techniques can be used to
current trend in the increased consump-tion of improve the texture and tenderness of the
steaks and the demand for conve-nience by the raw materials used for whole-tissue
consumer. Meat and Livestock Australia has restructuring.
taken out a provisional patent on a “meat strip The problem of warmed-over flavor and
alignment technology” and indicated in their aroma in restructured meats has been recog-
2006–07 annual report (MLA 2008) that they nized for a long time. The use of natural
were trialing the tech-nology in conjunction antioxidants to control warmed-over flavor
with an Australian added-value meat and lipid oxidation is promising. However,
processor. The outcome of this trial has not yet research that seeks to combine natural anti-
been reported in the public domain for the oxidants and packaging to solve flavor and
technology to be assessed. odor issues in whole-tissue restructured
meats is not being given the attention it
Cold-set restructured whole-tissue meats deserves and should be encouraged.
currently have to be crust or deep frozen More whole-tissue restructured meats are
before fabrication in order to get a clean- produced in shapes and sizes that are differ-
looking steak surface or shaped product, and ent from the traditional steak products. For
also to avoid breaking the bind between meat example, restructured free-flow individually
quick-frozen cubes from whole muscles or
boneless cuts are manufactured for use in
ready meals and stroganoff-type products.
Chapter 23 tured beef steaks made with various binders. Journal
of Food Science 56(6):1457–1460.
Clarke, A. D., J. N. Sofos, and G. R. Schmidt. 1988.
Influence of varying pH and algin/calcium binders on
While objective methods of measuring the selected physical and sensory characteristics of struc-
tured beef. Journal of Food Science 53:1266–1269,
binding strength of steak-type restructured
1277.
products have been developed, it appears that Colmenero, J. F. 2002. Muscle protein gelation by com-
little research effort is going into developing bined use of high pressure/temperature. Trends in
Food Science and Technology 13:22–30.
methods to evaluate the new products that are
Datamonitor. 2007. Ready Meals: Global Industry
being produced. This work is needed for the Guide. http://www.datamonitor.com.
proper quality control of these products. De Jong, G. A. H., and S. J. Koppelman. 2002.
Transglutaminase catalyzed reactions: Impact on
food applications. Journal of Food Science
67(8):2798– 2806.
References Demos, B. P., J. C. Forrest, A. L. Grant, M. D. Judge,
and L. F. Chen. 1994. Low-fat, no added salt in
Ajinomoto. 2004. ACTIVATM TG-S transglutaminase restructured beef steaks with various binders.
preparation for meat processing. Technical bulletin Journal of Muscle Foods 5:407–418.
published by Ajinomoto Co., Tokyo. Dickinson, E. 1997. Enzymatic crosslinking as a tool
Akamittath, J. G., and J. R. Ball. 1992. for food colloid rheology control and interfacial
Transglutaminase mediated polymerization of crude stabiliza-tion. Trends in Food Science and
actomyosin refined from mechanically deboned Technology 8:334–339.
poultry meat. Journal of Muscle Foods 3:1–14. Dwivedi, S, M. N. Vasavada, and D. Cornforth. 2006.
Ahn, J., I. U. Grun, and L. N. Fernando. 2002. Evaluation of antioxidant effects and sensory attri-
Antioxidant properties of natural plant extracts con- butes of Chinese 5-spice ingredients in cooked
taining polyphenolic compounds in cooked ground ground beef. Journal of Food Science 71:12–17.
beef. Journal of Food Science 67:1364–1369. Elgasim, E. A., W. H. Kennick, A. F. Anglemier, E. A.
Al-Joher, M. A., and A. D. Clarke. 1993. Effect of hot Elkhalifa, and M. Koohmaraie. 1982. Effects of pre-
processing on the properties of restructured beef with rigor pressurization on the emulsifying capacity of
algin/calcium binders. Journal of Muscle Foods muscle protein. Journal of Food Science 47:861–
4:13–25. 863.
Bell, R. G., A. Ben, C. M. Fitzgerald, and S. M. Scott. Esguerra, C. M. 1994. Quality of cold-set restructured
1994. Chilled product life of raw cold- bound beef steaks: effects of various binders, marination
restruc-tured beef steaks packaged under vacuum or and frozen storage. AgResearch MIRINZ Technical
carbon dioxide . AgResearch MIRINZ Technical Report 945. Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ
Report 934. Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ Centre, AgResearch Ltd.
Centre, AgResearch Ltd. Farouk, M. M. 2000. Added-value products from beef
Berry, B. W. 1987. Texture in restructured meats. In forequarter muscles. AgResearch MIRINZ Technical
Advances in Meat Research, vol. 3, Restructured Report 766. Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ
Meat and Poultry Products, edited by A. M. Pearson Centre, AgResearch Ltd.
and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van Nostrand Farouk, M. M. 2001a. Added-value products from beef
Reinhold Company. hindquarter muscles. AgResearch MIRINZ Technical
Berry, B. W., J. J. Smith, J. L. Secrist, and L. A. Report 828. Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ
Douglass. 1988. Consumer response to restructured Centre, AgResearch Ltd.
beef steaks processed to have varying levels of con- Farouk, M. M. 2001b. Effect of packaging and storage
nective tissue. Journal of Food Quality 11:15–25. on the quality of frozen free-flow cubes. AgResearch
Birds Eye. 2008. http://www.birdseye.co.uk/our-food/ MIRINZ Technical Report 822. Hamilton, New
product/roast-beef-dinner/. Zealand: MIRINZ Centre, AgResearch Ltd.
BMNZ. 2008. Bernard Matthews New Zealand. http://
www.bernardmatthews.co.nz/ (accessed July 11, Farouk, M. M. 2001c. Report on adding value to
2008). venison cuts. MIRINZ Internal Report. Hamilton,
Boles, J. A., and P. J. Shand. 1998. Effect of comminu- New Zealand: MIRINZ Centre, AgResearch Ltd.
tion method and raw binder system in restructured Farouk, M. M. 2002. Adding value to lamb. AgResearch
beef. Meat Science 49(3):297–307. MIRINZ Technical Report 885. Hamilton, New Zealand:
Booren, A. M., and R. W. Mandigo. 1987. MIRINZ Centre, AgResearch Ltd.
Fundamentals of production . In Advances in Meat Farouk, M. M., and C. Freke. 2008. Packaging and
Research, Volume 3, Restructured Meat and Poultry storage effect on the functionality of frozen venison.
Products, edited by A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. Journal of Muscle Foods 19:275–287.
New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. Farouk, M. M., and J. E. Swan. 1997. Acceptability and
Cheftel, J. C., and J. Culioli. 1997. Effects of high functional properties of restructured roast from
pressure on meat: A review. Meat Science 46:211–
236.
Chen, C. M., and G. R. Trout. 1991. Sensory, instrumen-tal
texture profile and cooking properties of restruc-
frozen prerigor injected beef. Meat Science 46(1): Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 419
57–66.
Farouk, M. M., and K. J. Wieliczko. 2002. Optimal
postrigor time for using chilled beef for gelled prod-
ucts. Journal of Food Science 68(1):164–169. restructured normal and pale, soft and exudative
Farouk, M. M., and S. X. Zhang. 2005. Pressure hams. Journal of Muscle Foods 8:85–93.
binding of restructured beef steaks and cubes. Hunt, M. C., and D. H. Kropf. 1987. Color and appear-
Journal of Muscle Foods 16:243–255. ance. In Advances in Meat Research, vol. 3:
Farouk, M. M., R. M. Kemp, and K. R. Taukiri. 2002. Restructured Meat and Poultry Products, edited by
Adding value to beef and lamb. www.mirinz.com. A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van
Farouk, M. M., D. M. Graham, T. Wood, I. I. Hafegee, Nostrand Reinhold Company.
M. M. Collinson, and N. J. Simmons. 2005a. Igene, J. O., and A. M. Pearson. 1979. Role of phospho-
Development of a muscle stretching device: Effect lipid and triglycerides in warmed over flavor
on meat quality. AgResearch MIRINZ Technical develop-ment in meat model system. Journal of
Report 1039. Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ Food Science 44:1285–1290.
Centre, AgResearch Ltd. Jeremiah, L. E., L. L. Gibson, and B. Cunningham.
Farouk, M. M., W. K. Hall, K. J. Wieliczko, and J. E. 1999. The influence of mechanical tenderization on
Swan. 2005b . Processing time and binder effects on the palatability of certain bovine muscles. Food
the quality of restructured rolls from hot-boned beef. Research International 32:585–591.
Journal of Muscle Foods 16:318–329. King, N. L., and J. J. MacFarlane. 1987. Muscle pro-
Farouk, M. M., S. X. Zhang, and T. Cummings. 2005c. teins. In Advances in Meat Research , vol. 3:
Effect of muscle-fiber/fiber-bundle alignment on Restructured Meat and Poultry Products, edited by
physical and sensory properties of restructured beef A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van
steaks. Journal of Muscle Foods 16:256–273. Nostrand Reinhold Company.
Farouk, M. M., M. Beggan, I. I. Hafejee, C. Freke, and Kim, J. S., J. S. Godber, and W. Prinaywiwatkul. 2000.
A. E. D. Bekhit. 2007. Manufacturing functionality Restructured beef roasts containing rice bran oil and
of chilled venison and beef. Journal of Food Quality fiber influences cholesterol oxidation and nutritional
30:764–782. profile. Journal of Muscle Foods 11:111–127.
FFT. 2007. Food for thought: The processed meat Kolle, B. K., D. R. McKenna, and J. W. Savell. 2004.
markets in western Europe. http://www.fft.com. Methods to increase tenderness of individual muscles
Flores, N. C., E. A. E. Boyle, and C. L. Kastner. 2007. from beef rounds when cooked with dry or moist
Instrumental and consumer evaluation of pork heat. Meat Science 68:145–154.
restructured with Activatm or with Fibrimextm formu- Kotula, A. W., B. W. Berry, and B. S. Emswiler-Rose.
lated with and without phosphate. LWT 40:179– 185. 1987. Microbiology of restructured meat and poultry
products. In Advances in Meat Research, vol. 3:
FMC Biopolymer. 2001. Restructured Food Applications. Restructured Meat and Poultry Products, edited by
Singapore: FMC Corporation, The Cavendish. A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van
Fraser, E. M., A. C. Clegg, and A. H. Martin. 1993. The Nostrand Reinhold Company.
use of hot- set binders in restructured lamb roasts. Kuraishi, C., J. Sakamoto, K. Yamazaki, Y. Susa, C.
AgResearch MIRINZ Technical Report 930. Kahura, and T. Soeda. 1997. Production of restruc-
Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ Centre, tured meat using microbial transglutaminase without
AgResearch Ltd. salt or cooking. Journal of Food Science 62(3):488–
Gray, J. I., and A. M. Pearson. 1987. Rancidity and 490.
warmed-over flavor. In Advances in Meat Research, Lewis, G. J., and P. P. Purslow. 1990. Connective tissue
vol. 3: Restructured Meat and Poultry Products, differences in the strength of cooked meat across the
edited by A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. New muscle fiber direction due to test specimen size.
York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. Meat Science 28:183–194.
Gutzke, D., and A. Tobin. 1998. Adding value to Liu, P., and B. M. Watts. 1970. Catalyst of lipid oxida-
venison forequarters and trimmings. A report for tion in meats. 3 Catalyst of oxidative rancidity in
Rural Industries Research & Development meats. Journal of Food Science 35:596–598.
Corporation Australia. Love, J. 1988. Sensory analysis of warmed over flavor
Guenther, J. J. 1989. Method of realigning fibers in in meat. Food Technology 42:140–143.
manufacturing meat products. US Patent 4810514. Lu, G. H., and T. C. Chen. 1999. Application of egg
Harte, B. R. 1987. Packaging restructured meats. In white and plasma powders as muscle food binding
Advances in Meat Research , vol. 3, Restructured agents. Journal of Food Engineering 42:147–151.
Meat and Poultry Products, edited by A. M. Pearson Maca, J. V., R. K. Miller, J. D. Maca, and G. R. Acuff.
and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van Nostrand 1997. Microbiological, sensory and chemical charac-
Reinhold Company. teristics of vacuum-packaged cooked beef top rounds
Hoogenkamp, H. W. 2003. The case for enhancement. treated with sodium lactate and sodium propionate.
Asia Pacific Food Industry 15:40–41. Journal of Food Science 62:586–590, 596.
Huang, C. Y., W. B. Mikel, and W. R. Jones. 1997. MacFarlane, J. J., I. J. MacFarlane, and R. H. Turner.
Carrageenan influences on the characteristics of 1984 . Binding of comminuted meat: Effect of high
pressure. Meat Science 10:307–320.
Matthews, B. T., D. J. Joll, and H. M. Ziauddin. 1989.
Method for making a coextruded meat product. US
Patent 4874623.
Chapter 23 sodium alginate/calcium lactate. Journal of Food
Science 59(3):471–473.
Reverte, D., X. L. Xiong, and W. G. Moody. 2003.
Properties of restructured beef steaks from forage-
Mielnik, M. B., S. Sem, B. Egelandsdal, and G. Skrede. and grain-fed cattle as affected by antioxidant and
2008. By-products from herbs essential oil production as flavoring agents. Meat Science 65:539–546.
ingredient in marinade for turkey thighs. LWT— Food Robbins, K., J. Jensen, K. J. Ryan, C. Homco-Ryan, F.
Science and Technology 41:93–100. K. McKeith, and M. S. Brewer. 2003. Consumer atti-
Mikkelsen, V. L., and C. M. Esguerra. 1996. tudes towards beef and acceptability of enhanced
Restructured beef cubes manufactured from alginate- beef. Meat Science 65:721–729.
bound meat. AgResearch MIRINZ Technical Report Rosenvold, K., I. Clausen, and N. T. Madsen. 2006.
965. Hamilton, New Zealand: MIRINZ Centre, Mechanical tenderisation and enhancement improve
AgResearch Ltd. eating quality of beef form dairy cows . 52nd
Miller, M. F., G. W. Davis, C. B. Seindeman, C. B. International Conference of Meat Science and
Ramsey, and T. L. Rolan. 1988. Effects of papain, Technology, Dublin, Ireland.
ficin and spleen enzymes on textural, visual, cooking RTS. 2006. Western Europe Ready Meals 2010. www.
and sensory properties of beef bullock restructured rts-resource.com.
steaks. Journal of Food Quality 11:321–330. Savage, A. W. J., S. M. Donnelly, P. D. Jolley, P. P. Purslo,
Miller, A. J., E. D. Strange, and R. C. Whiting. 1989. and G. R. Nute. 1990. The influence of varying degrees
Improved tenderness of restructured beef steaks by a of adhesion as determined by mechanical tests on the
microbial collagenase derived from Vibrio B-30. sensory and consumer acceptance of a meat product.
Journal of Food Science 54(4):855–857. Meat Science 28:141–158.
MLA. 2008. Meat and Livestock Australia 2006-07 Schaake, S. L., W. J. Means, W. G. Moody, E. A. Boyle,
Annual Report. Sydney, Australia. and D. K. Aaron. 1993. Boning methods and binders
Motoki, M., and K. Seguro. 1998. Transglutaminase affect bind and sensory characteristics of structured beef.
and its use for food processing. Trends in Food Journal of Food Science 58(6):1231–1234.
Science & Technology 9:204–210. Secrist, J. L. 1987. Restructured meats—The past and
Nielsen, H. T., L. Hoegh, and A. J. Moller. 1996. Effect present. In Advances in Meat Research, vol. 3:
of a kappa carrageenan/locust bean gum mixture on Restructured Meat and Poultry Products, edited by
bind and cooking loss in high mannuorate alginate A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van
restructured beef . Journal of Muscle Foods 7:413– Nostrand Reinhold Company.
424. Shahidi, F., C. J. Rubin, L. L. Diosady, N. Kassam, and
Otremba, M. M., M. E. Dikeman, G. A. Milliken, S. L. J. C. Li Sui Fong. 1986. Effect of sequestering agents
Stroda, J. A. Unruh, and E. Chambers IV. 1999. on lipid oxidation in cooked meats. Food Chemistry
Interrelationships among evaluations of beef longis- 21:145–152.
simus and semitendinosus muscle tenderness by Sheard, P. 2002. Processing and quality control of
Warner-Bratzler shearforce, a descriptive-texture restructured meat. In Meat Processing: Improving
profile sensory panel, and a descriptive attribute Quality, edited by Joseph Kerry, John Kerry , and
sensory panel. Journal of Animal Science 77:865– David Ledward. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead
873. Publishing Limited.
Pearson, A. M., and T. R. Dutson (eds.). 1987. Sloan, A. E. 2000. Beefing it up. Food Technology
Advances in Meat Research, vol. 3: Restructured 54(3):22.
Meat and Poultry Products. New York: Van Stika, J. F., S. P. Suman, and Y. L. Xiong. 2008. Frozen
Nostrand Reinhold Company. storage stability of vacuum-packaged precooked
Pearson, A. M., and T. A. Gillett. 1999. Processed restructured steaks manufactured from mature cow
Meats, 3rd ed. Gaithersburg, Md.: Aspen Publishers. beef. LWT—Food Science and Technology.
Pearson, A. M., and J. I. Gray. 1983. Mechanisms doi:10.1016/j.lwt.2007.11.002.
responsible for warmed over flavor (WOF) in cooked Trout, G. R., and G. R. Schmidt. 1987. Non protein
meats. A.C.S. Symposium Series 215. additives. In Advances in Meat Research, vol. 3:
Pietrasik, Z., and P. J. Shand. 2004. Effect of blade Restructured Meat and Poultry Products, edited by
tenderization and tumbling time on the processing A. M. Pearson and T. R. Dutson. New York: Van
characteristics and tenderness of injected cooked Nostrand Reinhold Company.
roast beef. Meat Science 66:871–879. Vote, D. J., W. J. Platter, J. D. Tatum, G. R. Schmidt,
Poste, L. M., G. Butler, D. Mackie, V. E. Agar, and B. K. E. Belk, G. C. Smith, and N. C. Speer. 2000.
K. Thompson. 1993. Correlations of sensory and Injection of beef strip loins with solutions containing
instrumental meat tenderness values as affected by sodium tripolyphosphate, sodium lactate, and sodium
sampling techniques. Food Quality and Preference chloride to enhance palatability. Journal of Animal
4:207–214. Science 78:952–957.
Purslow, P. P., S. M. Donnelly, and A. W. J. Savage. Younathan, M. T., Z. M. Marjan, and F. B. Arshad.
1987. Variations in the tensile adhesive strength of 1980. Oxidative rancidity in stored ground turkey
meat-myosin junctions due to test configurations. and beef. Journal of Food Science 45:274–278.
Meat Science 19:227–242.
Raharjo, S., D. R. Dexter, R. C. Worfel, J. N. Sofos, M.
B. Solomon, G. W. Shults, and G. R. Schmidt. 1994.
Restructuring veal steaks with salt/phosphate and
Young, O. A., S. X. Zhang, M. M. Farouk, and C. Restructured Whole-Tissue Meats 421
Podmore. 2005. Effect of pH adjustment with phos-
phates on attributes and functionalities of normal and
high pH beef. Meat Science 70:133–139.
Zhang, S. X., M. M. Farouk, O. A. Young, K. J.
Wieliczko, and C. Podmore. 2005. Functional stabil-
ity of frozen normal and high pH beef. Meat Science
69:765–772.
Chapter 24
423
Chapter 24
foods, functional meat products, and bioac- using them may expect to obtain that health
tive compounds in meat. The development use through the consumption of these foods.
of novel functional meat products is also The majority of FOSHU products utilize
discussed. functional ingredients to maintain the health
of the human body. Such functional food
ingredients are listed in Table 24.1 . As of
Functional Foods and August 2009, 894 FOSHU products have
Functional Meat Products been approved in Japan. The market scale of
FOSHU in Japan in 2007 was about seven
Functional Foods billion US$.
Although there is no universal definition of Regulations for functional foods have not
“functional food, ” a typical and simple yet been established in many countries.
definition is “processed foods having dis-ease- International considerations of functional
preventing and/or health-promoting benefits in foods were reviewed by Fitzpatrick (2007).
addition to their nutritive value” (Arihara Also, a recent book (Bagchi 2008) provides
2004). The term functional food was coined in the regulations of functional foods in many
Japan in the early 1980s (Arihara 2006b). countries, including the United States,
Japan is also the first country to have European Union, Australia, and Japan.
formulated a specific regula-tory approval
process for functional foods. In 1991, the
concept of foods for specified health use
Functional Meat Products
(FOSHU) was established by the Japanese Numerous low-fat or fat-free meat products
Ministry of Health and Welfare. FOSHU are have been developed in many countries,
foods that, based on the knowl-edge of the with the United States at the head of the list
relationship between foods or food (Jiménez-Colmenero et al. 2006). Recently,
components and health, are expected to have sugar-free meat products, such as roast ham
certain health benefits and have been licensed and sausages, have been developed in Japan
to bear a label claiming that a person (Fig. 24.1). In addition to these “free” and
Figure 24.1. Sugar-free meat products “Zero” (Nippon Meat Packers, Inc., Japan). Left, sliced roast ham;
right, sliced half bacon.
“low ” type of products, meat products with have beneficial effects on intestinal disor-ders.
additional physiologically functional proper- Another product is a sausage containing soy
ties have been introduced in some countries. proteins. It is claimed that acceptable blood
Such functional ingredients, including vege- cholesterol levels can be maintained by
table proteins, fibers (e.g., oats, sugar beet, consuming this product. In addition to the
soy beans, apples, peas), antioxidants, and approved FOSHU products, meat products
probiotics (intestinal Lactobacillus and with additional functional food ingredients,
Bifidobacterium), have been utilized for such as fibers, vegetable proteins, and miner-
meat products (Jiménez-Colmenero 2007a; als (e.g., calcium), have been developed in
Fernández-Ginés et al. 2005; Jiménez- Japan. Soy proteins are popular vegetable
Colmenero et al. 2006). Research articles proteins for their various health-enhancing
about meat and meat products with func- activities (e.g., prevention of cardiovascular
tional ingredients have been summarized by diseases, cancer, and osteoporosis). A sausage
Fernández-Ginés et al. (2005). Other func- with additional potato starch was developed in
tional food ingredients have also been the United States (Pszczola et al. 2002). Such
reviewed (Playne et al. 2003; Chandan and dietary fibers improve intestinal microflora as
Shah 2007; Jackson and Paliyath 2007). prebiotics, as described in a later section, and
Dietary fibers and soy proteins have been they contrib-ute to the reduction of fat intake.
utilized as functional ingredients in FOSHU Healthier lipid formulation is also a critical
meat products in Japan (Arihara 2004). For approach for developing meat-based functional
example, pork sausage products containing foods. Technological options for replacement
indigestible dextrin, a water-soluble dietary of meat fats with various nonmeat fats (i.e.,
fiber prepared from potato, are claimed to
Chapter 24 Japanese children with food allergies, the
prevalence of chicken allergy was the highest
(4.5%) among various meats (Iikura et al.
plant and fish fats) were reviewed exten- 1999). It has also been reported that beef
sively by Jiménez-Colmenero (2007b). allergy occurs with an incidence of 3.3% to
Although meat is less allergenic than 6.5% in children with atopic dermatitis
common allergy-inducing foods, such as milk, (Fiocchi et al. 2000). Heat and enzymatic
eggs, and soy (Tanabe and Nishimura 2006), treatments have been shown to be effective
meat products (e.g., sausages) often contain methods for reducing the allergenicity of meat
vegetable, egg, and/or milk proteins. People allergens (Tanabe and Nishimura 2006). It has
with allergies are often affected by allergens in also been shown that antigenicity of beef
such ingredients. A series of meat products proteins can be changed by high-pres-sure
named Apilight (including sausages, treatment (Han et al. 2002).
hamburger steak, and meat balls, Fig. 24.2) are
beneficial for such people. These products are
Approaches for Designing
made with a formulation that eliminates
Functional Meat Products
ingredients causing allergic symptoms and
have been approved as aller-gen-free products Various possible strategies for developing
by the Japanese Ministry of Health and healthier meat and meat products, including
Welfare. Also, gluten-free and/ or lactose-free functional foods, are listed in Table 24.2. All
meat products have been pro-duced in some aspects of animal production and product
countries (Jiménez-Colmenero et al. 2006). On processing have to be considered for devel-
the other hand, there is increasing evidence
that even meat can cause allergic symptoms in
sensitized patients. In
Figure 24.2. Allergen-free meat products “Apilight” (Nippon Meat Packers, Inc., Japan). Left, hamburger
steak; right, meatballs.
Table 24.2. Diverse possible strategies for Functional Meat Products 427
developing healthier meat and meat products
Modification of Carcass Composition
Manipulation of Meat Raw Materials
Reformulation of Meat Products Reduction of
Bioactive Compounds in Meat
contents (e.g., fat) Modification of
components (e.g., fatty acid) Addition of
Utilizing or emphasizing physiological
functional ingredients activ-ities originating from meat is a
promising approach for developing
functional meat products. Attractive meat-
based bioactive substances have been
oping functional meat products. As described studied for their physiological properties.
later, through modification of animal feed, the Such substances include conjugated linoleic
composition (e.g., conjugated linoleic acid) of acid (CLA), histidyl dipeptides (carnosine
animal products can be improved. Also, the and anserine), L-carnitine, glutathione,
functional characteristics of meat products can taurine, coenzyme Q10, and creatine. These
be changed by introducing food ingredients bioactive com-pounds in meat have recently
considered to be beneficial for health or by been reviewed by Arihara and Ohata (2008).
eliminating components that are considered Since studies have shown that feeding
harmful. Possible approaches for functional conditions of animals affect the contents of
modification in meat products suggested by CLA and L-carnitine in meat (Krajcovicova-
Fernández-Ginés et al. (2005), Jiménez- Kudlackova et al. 2000; Mir et al. 2004),
Colmenero et al. (2006), and Jiménez- healthier meat and meat products could be
Colmenero (2007a) are summarized in Table created through modification of animal feed.
24.3. As representative meat-based bioactive com-
pounds, CLA and histidyl dipeptides are
described here.
COOH
COOH
Figure 24.3. Structures of conjugated linoleic acid isomers. Top: c9, t11-isomer; bottom: t10, c12-isomer.
this CLA isomer due to its anticarcinogenic a role in the control of obesity, reduction of
activity. Commercially available supple- the risk of diabetes, and modulation of bone
ments utilized for many studies are usually metabolism.
mixtures of several CLA isomers (e.g.,
c9,t11: 41%; t10,c12: 44%; t9,t11/t10,t12:
7%). Some studies have shown that the
Histidyl Dipeptides
t10,c12 isomer (Fig. 24.3, bottom) exhibits Various endogenous antioxidants, including
stronger physiological activities than those tocopherols, ubiquinone, cartenoids, ascorbic
of the c9,t11-isomer. However, most animal acid, glutathione, lipoic acid, uric acid,
products such as beef and cow’s milk spermine, carnosine, and anserine, have been
contain only trace amounts of the t10,c12 found in skeletal muscle (Decker et al. 2000).
CLA isomer. Both carnosine (β-alanyl-L-histidine) and
The CLA content of animal products is anserine (N-β-alanyl-1-methyl-L-histidine) are
changed by several factors, such as breed, antioxidative histidyl dipeptides (Fig. 24.4)
age, and feed composition (Dhiman et al. and are the most abundant antioxida-tives in
2005). CLA content in grass-fed animal meats. Consumption of antioxidant-rich foods
products is more than three times greater prevents oxidative damage in our body
than that in products from animals fed a diet (Lindsay 2000). This action is attrib-uted to
of 50% hay and silage with 50% grain. CLA neutralization and reduced release of free
content was also reported to be higher in radicals by antioxidants (Langseth 2000).
beef from cattle fed a diet containing soy oil Antioxidant activities of carnosine and
(Lorenzen et al. 2007). CLA content of anserine may result from their ability to chelate
foods is increased by heat treatments, such transition metals such as copper (Brown 1981).
as cooking and processing (Herzallah et al. The concentrations of carnosine and
2005). Also, lactic acid bacteria promote the anserine vary depending on animal species
formation of CLA. The effect of lactic acid and the parts of the meat. The concentration
bacteria on the formation of CLA in media of carnosine in meat ranges from 500 mg/kg
and fermented dairy products has been in chicken thigh to 2,700 mg/kg in pork
studied (Alonso et al. 2003; Coakley et al. shoulder. Anserine is especially abundant in
2003; Sieber et al. 2004; Xu et al. 2005).
Such bacterial conversion would be
expected in fermented meat products. H O H O
Epidemiological studies have suggested H 2N N OH H 2N N OH
that high intakes of high-fat dairy foods and O O
CLA may reduce the risk of colorectal cancer N N
HN N
(Larsson et al. 2005 ). Besides anticarcino-
genic activities, CLA has anti-artherioscle-
Figure 24.4. Structures of carnosine (left) and
rotic, antioxidative, and immunomodulative anser-ine (right).
activities (Azain 2003). CLA may also play
chicken muscle (e.g., 980 mg/kg in skeletal Functional Meat Products 429
muscle). These peptides have been reported to
play roles in wound healing, recovery from
fatigue, and prevention of diseases related to Table 24.4. Representative functions of bioac-
oxidative stress. Since anserine is more resis- tive peptides derived from food proteins
tant to digestion than is carnosine, the physi- Body systems Bioactive peptides
ological function of anserine would be more Cardiovascular ACE-inhibitory
effective than carnosine in the human body. Antihypertensive
Antioxidative
For this reason, functional food ingredients Antithrombotic
with high concentrations of anserine (approx. Hypercholesterolemic
98%) purified from fish extracts have been Digestion Antimicrobial
developed in Japan. Mineral binding
Prebiotic
Park et al. (2005) demonstrated the bio- Immune Immunomodulatory
availability of carnosine by determining its
Cytomodulatory
concentration in human plasma after inges- Nerve Opioid agonist
tion of beef. Also, increasing attention to Opioid antagonist
these meat -based bioactive compounds has
resulted in the development of a new sensi-
tive procedure for determining these com-
pounds (Mora et al. 2007).
Table 24.5. Bioactive peptides derived from meat and meat-related proteins
Bioactivity Protein source Sequencea References
Antihypertensive (ACE Chicken muscle IKW Fujita et al., 2000
inhibitory) Chicken muscle creatine kinase LKA Fujita et al., 2000
Chicken muscle aldolase LKP Fujita et al., 2000
Chicken muscle LAP Fujita et al., 2000
Porcine muscle actin VWI Arihara et al., 2005a
Porcine myosin ITTNP Nakashima et al., 2002
Porcine myosin MNPPK Nakashima et al., 2002
Chicken muscle myosin FQKPKR Fujita et al., 2000
Bovine muscle VLAQYK Jang & Lee, 2005
Chicken muscle creatine kinase FKGRYYP Fujita et al., 2000
Fermented pork myosin VFPMNPPK Arihara et al., 2004
Chicken muscle actin IVGRPRHQG Fujita et al., 2000
Porcine muscle troponin C RMLGQTPTK Katayama et al.,
2003b; 2004
Chicken muscle collagen GFXGTXGLXGF Saiga et al., 2003a
Antioxidative Porcine muscle VW Arihara et al., 2005b
Porcine muscle DLYA Arihara et al., 2005b
Porcine muscle SLYA Arihara et al., 2005b
Porcine muscle actin DLQEKLE Saiga et al., 2003b
Opioid Bovine blood hemoglobin VVYPWTQRF Zhao, et al., 1997
Bovine blood hemoglobin LVVYPWTQRF Zhao, et al., 1997
Savory taste-enhancing Beef treated with papain KGDEESLA Hau, et al., 1997
Sourness-suppressing Cooked pork loins APPPPAEVHEV Okumura et al., 2004
Figure 24.6. Fermented meat spread product “Breadton,” utilizing the intestinal lactobacilli (Prima Meat
Packers, Ltd., Japan).
Chapter 24
SYNBIOTICS
PROBIOTICS PREBIOTICS
affect the host by selectively stimulating the Lactobacillus Oligosaccharides
growth and/or activity of one or a limited Bifidobacterium Dietary fibers
number of bacteria in the colon and thus
improve the health of the host” (Gibson and
Roberfroid 1995). Later, this definition was Intestinal Microflora
updated as “ a selectively fermented ingredi-
Pathogen inhibition,
ent that allows specific changes, both in the
Immune modulation,
composition and/or activity in the gastroin- Mineral absorption, etc.
testinal microflora that confers benefits”
(Gibson et al. 2004). As representative pre- Figure 24.7. Concept of probiotics, prebiotics, and
synbiotics.
biotic substances, oligosaccharides and dietary
fibers have been utilized to enhance the growth
of probiotic bacteria (Holzapfel and Gibson and Roberfroid (1995) also pro-
Schillinger 2002; Tanaka and Sako 2003; posed the concept of synbiotics, which is a
Roberfroid 2008). In addition to oligosac- mixture of probiotics and prebiotics (Fig.
charides and dietary fibers, the presence of 24.7). Synbiotics are foods containing both
prebiotic peptides has been reported (Liepke et probiotic bacteria and prebiotic substances
al. 2002; Arihara 2006a). Arihara et al. (2006) to provide a diet in which the growth of the
found that the hydrolyzate of porcine skeletal probiotic bacteria is enhanced by the
muscle proteins enhanced the growth of prebiot-ics, thus promoting the chance of the
Bifidobacterium strains. One of the cor- probi-otic bacteria becoming established in
responding prebiotic peptides was identified as the gut and conferring a health benefit
Glu-Leu-Met. (Ziemer and Gibson 1998). Along with
Alteration of the gut microflora by the probiotics, the concepts of prebiotics and
ingestion of prebiotics has the following synbiotics are expected to be utilized for the
ben-eficial effects on health status (Tanaka development of novel meat products.
and Sako 2003):
suppression of harmful bacteria Concluding Remarks
reduction of putrefactive substances Increasing attention has been paid to the
reduction of carcinogenetic substances physiological functions of meat and func-tional
stimulation of bowel movement meat products in recent years (Jiménez-
optimization of immune responses Colmenero et al. 2001, 2006; Arihara 2004,
improvement of mineral absorption 2006a, b; Fernández-Ginés et al. 2005;
activation of colonocytes Jiménez-Colmenero 2007a, b; Arihara and
Ohata 2008). Since meat and meat products are
acidification of caecal and faecal contents
important in the diet in most developed
improvement of lipid metabolism countries, healthier meat and meat products
Also, desirable attributes of functionally would contribute to human health. Although
enhanced prebiotics listed by Rastall (2000) development of novel functional meat prod-
are: (1) targeting specific probiotics ucts is still limited, scientific information for
(Lactobacillus and/or Bifidobacterium), (2) designing functional meat products has been
active at low dosage with lack of side effects, accumulating, and it has become technically
persistence through the colon, (4) protec- possible to produce various meat products.
tion against colon cancer, (5) enhancement
of the barrier effect against pathogens, and
(6) inhibition of adhesion of pathogens.
Utilization of meat-based bioactive com- Functional Meat Products 435
pounds, including bioactive peptides, is a
possible approach for the development of
such products. Also, probiotics and prebiot- Arihara, K., K. Tomita, S. Ishikawa, M. Itoh, M.
Akimoto, and T. Sameshima. 2005b. Anti-fatigue
ics are promising food ingredients for fer- peptides derived from meat proteins. Japan patent
mented functional meat products. Such (No. 2005-34407).
novel meat products would open up a new Azain, M. J. 2003. Conjugated linoleic acid and its
effects on animal products and health in single-stom-
market in the meat industry. ached animals. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society
62:319–328.
Bagchi, D. 2008. Nutraceutical and Functional Food
References Regulations in the United States and Around the
World. Burlington, Vt.: Academic Press.
Agrawal, R. 2005. Probiotics: An emerging food Biesalski, H.-K. 2005. Meat as a component of a
supple-ment with health benefits. Food healthy diet—Are there any risks or benefits if meat
Biotechnology 19:227–246. is avoided in the diet? Meat Science 70:509–524.
Alonso, L., E. P. Cuesta, and S. E. Gilliland. 2003. Brassart, D., and E. J. Schiffrin. 2000. Pre- and probiot-
Production of free linoleic acid by Lactobacillus aci- ics. In Essentials of Functional Foods. Gaithersburg,
dophilus and Lactobacillus casei of human intestinal Fla.: Aspen Publications.
origin. Journal of Dairy Science 86:1941–1946. Brown, C. E. 1981. Interactions among carnosine, anser-
Ammor, M. S., and B. Mayo. 2007. Selection criteria ine, ophidine and copper in biochemical adaptation.
for lactic acid bacteria to be used as functional starter Journal of Theoretical Biology 88:245–256.
cultures in dry sausage production: An update. Meat Bruna, J. M., M. Fernandez, E. M. Hierro, J. A. Ordonez,
Science 76:138–146. and L. de la Hoz. 2000. Combined use of pronase E and
Ansorena, D., and I. Astiasarán. 2007. Functional meat a fungal extract (Penicillium aurantiogriseum) to
products . In Handbook of Fermented Meat and potentiate the sensory characteristics of dry fermented
Poultry. Hoboken, N.J.: Wiley-Blackwell. sausages. Meat Science 54:135–145.
Arihara, K. 2004. Functional foods. In Encyclopedia of Bunte, C., C. Hertel, and W. P. Hammes. 2000.
Meat Sciences. Oxford, UK: Elsevier. Monitoring and survival of Lactobacillus paracasei
Arihara, K. 2006a. Functional properties of bioactive LTH2579 in food and the human intestinal tract.
peptides derived from meat proteins. In Advanced Systematic and Applied Microbiology 23:260–266.
Technologies for Meat Processing. Boca Raton, Fla.: Chan, W. 2004. Macronutrients in meat. In Encyclopedia
CRC Press. of Meat Sciences. Oxford, UK: Elsevier.
Arihara, K. 2006b. Strategies for designing novel func- Chandan, R. C. 2007. Functional properties of milk
tional meat products. Meat Science 74:219–229. constituents. In Handbook of Food Products
Arihara, K., S. Ishikawa, and M. Itoh. 2006. Manufacturing—Principles, Bakery, Beverages,
Bifidobacterium growth promoting peptides derived Cereals, Cheese, Confectionary, Fats, Fruits, and
from meat proteins. Japan patent (No. 2006-8738). Functional Foods. Hoboken, N.J.: John Wiley and
Arihara, K., S. Ishikawa, M. Itoh, M. Akimoto, Y. Sons.
Nakashima, and S. Kanai. 2005a. Antihypertensive Chandan, R. C., and N. P. Shah. 2007. Functional foods
peptides derived from meat proteins. Japan patent based on dairy ingredients . In Handbook of Food
(No. 2005-175085). Products Manufacturing—Principles, Bakery,
Arihara, K., Y. Nakashima, S. Ishikawa, and M. Itoh. 2004. Beverages, Cereals, Cheese, Confectionary, Fats,
Antihypertensive activities generated from porcine Fruits, and Functional Foods. Hoboken, N.J.: John
skeletal muscle proteins by lactic acid bacte-ria. In Wiley and Sons.
Abstracts of 50th International Congress of Meat Coakley, M., R. P. Ross, M. Nordgren, G. Fitzerald, R.
Science and Technology. Helsinki: International Devery, and C. Stanton. 2003. Conjugated linoleic
Congress of Meat Science and Technology. acid biosynthesis by human-derived Bifidobacterium
Arihara, K., Y. Nakashima, T. Mukai, S. Ishikawa, and species. Journal of Applied Microbiology 94:138–
M. Itoh. 2001. Peptide inhibitors for angiotensin I- 145.
converting enzyme from enzymatic hydrolysates of Cocconcelli, P. S., and C. Fontana. 2008. Characteristics
porcine skeletal muscle proteins. Meat Science and applications of microbial starters in meat fermen-
57:319–324. tation. In Meat Biotechnology. New York: Springer.
Arihara, K., and M. Ohata. 2008. Bioactive compounds in Decker, E. A., S. A. Livisay, and S. Zhou. 2000.
meat. In Meat Biotechnology. New York: Springer. Mechanisms of endogenous skeletal muscle antioxi-
Arihara, K., H. Ota, M. Itoh, Y. Kondo, T. Sameshima, dants: Chemical and physical aspects. In Antioxidants in
H. Yamanaka, M. Akimoto, S. Kanai, and T. Miki. Muscle Foods. New York: Wiley-Interscience.
1998. Lactobacillus acidophilus group lactic acid Dentali, S. 2002. Regulation of functional foods and
bac-teria applied to meat fermentation . Journal of dietary supplements. Food Technology 56(6):89– 94.
Food Science 63:544–547.
De Vuyst, L., G. Falony, and F. Leroy. 2008. Probiotics
in fermented sausages. Meat Science 80:75–78.
Dhiman, T. R., S. H. Nam, and A. L. Ure. 2005. Factors
affecting conjugated linoleic acid content in milk and
Chapter 24 pressure treatments on antigenicity of beef extract.
Bioscience, Biotechnology and Biochemistry 66:202–
205.
Hasler, C. M. 1988. Functional foods: Their role in
meat. Critical Reviews of Food Science and disease prevention and health promotion. Food
Nutrition 45:463–482. Technology 52(10):63–70.
Dransfield, E., and D. Etherington. 1981. Enzymes in Hau, J., D. Cazes, and L. B. Fay. 1997. Comprehensive
the tenderization of meat. In Enzymes and Food study of the “beefy meaty peptide.” Journal of
Processing. London: Applied Science Publishers. Agricultural and Food Chemistry 45:1351–1355.
Erkkilä, S., M. Venäläinen, S. Hielm, E. Petäjä, E. Heasman, M., and J. Mellentin. 2001. The Functional
Puolanne, and T. Mattila-Sandholm. 2000. Survival Foods Revolution. London: Earthscan Publications.
of Escherichia coli O157:H7 in dry sausage fer- Herzallah, S. M., M. A. Humeid, and K. M. Al-Ismail.
mented by probiotic lactic acid bacteria. Journal of 2005. Effects of heating and processing methods of
the Science of Food and Agriculture 80:2101–2104. milk and dairy products on conjugated linoleic acid
Erkkilä, S., M.–L. Suihko, S. Eerola, E. Petäjä, and T. and trans fatty acid isomer content. Journal of Dairy
Mattila-Sandholm. 2001a. Dry sausages fermented Science 88:1301–1310.
by Lactobacillus rhamnosus strains. International Hierro, E., L. de la Hoz, and J. A. Ordonez. 1999.
Journal of Food Microbiology 64:205–210. Contribution of the microbial and meat endogenous
Erkkilä, S., E. Petäjä, S. Eerola, L. Lilleberg, T. Mattila- enzymes to the free amino acid and amine contents of
Sandholm, and M.-L. Suihko. 2001b. Flavour profiles of dry fermented sausages. Journal of Agricultural and
dry sausages fermented by selected novel meat starter Food Chemistry 47:1156–1161.
cultures. Meat Science 58:111–116. Holzapfel, W. H., and U. Schillinger. 2002.
Etherington, D. J. 1984. The contribution of proteolytic Introduction to pre- and probiotics. Food Research
enzymes to postmortem changes in muscle. Journal International 35:109–116.
of Animal Science 59:1644–1650. Iikura, Y., Y. Imai, A. Akasawa, K. Fujita, K. Hoshiyama,
Farnworth, E. R. 2003. Handbook of Fermented H. Nakura, Y. Kohno, K. Koike, H. Okudaira, and E.
Functional Foods. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Iwasaki. 1999. Frequency of immediate-type food
Fernández-Ginés, J. M., J. Fernández-López, E. Sayas- allergy in children in Japan. International Archives of
Barberá, and J. A. Pérez-Alvarez. 2005. Meat prod- Allergy and Immunology 16:454–457.
ucts as functional foods: A review. Journal of Food Jackson, C.-J. C., and G. Paliyath. 2007. Functional
Science 70:R37–R43. foods and ingredients. In Handbook of Food
Fiocchi, A., P. Restani, and E. Riva. 2000. Beef allergy Products Manufacturing—Principles, Bakery,
in children. Nutrition 16:454–457. Beverages, Cereals, Cheese, Confectionary, Fats,
Fitzpatrick, K. 2007. Functional foods: International Fruits, and Functional Foods. Hoboken, N.J.: John
considerations . In Handbook of Food Manufacturing— Wiley and Sons.
Principles, Bakery, Beverages, Cereals, Cheese, Jahreis, G., H. Vogelsang, G. Kiessling, R. Schubert, C.
Confectionary, Fats, Fruits, and Functional Foods. Bunte, and W. P. Hammes. 2002. Influence of probi-otic
Hoboken, N.J.: John Wiley and Sons. sausage (Lactobacillus paracasei ) on blood lipids and
Fujita, H., K. Yokoyama, and M. Yoshikawa. 2000. immunological parameters of healthy volunteers. Food
Classification and antihypertensive activity of angio- Research International 35:133–138.
tensin I-converting enzyme inhibitory peptides Jang, A., and M. Lee. 2005. Purification and identifica-
derived from food proteins. Journal of Food Science tion of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitory
65:564–569. peptides from beef hydrolysates. Meat Science
Gibson, G. R., H. M. Probert, J. A. E. Van Loo, R. A. 69:653–661.
Rastall, and M. B. Roberfroid. 2004. Dietary modula- Jiménez-Colmenero, F. 2007a. Functional foods based
tion of the human colonic microflora: Updating the on meat products. In Handbook of Food Products
concept of prebiotics. Nutrition Research Reviews Manufacturing—Principles, Bakery, Beverages,
17:259–275. Cereals, Cheese, Confectionary, Fats, Fruits, and
Gibson, G. R., and M. B. Roberfroid. 1995. Dietary Functional Foods. Hoboken, N.J.: John Wiley and
modulation of the human colonic microbiota: Sons.
Introducing the concept of prebiotics. Journal of Jiménez-Colmenero, F. 2007b. Healthier lipid formula-
Nutrition 125:1401–1412. tion approaches in meat -based functional foods.
Gnadig, S., Y. Xue, O. Berdeaux, J. M. Chardigny, and Technological options for replacement of meat fats
J.-L. Sebedio. 2000. Conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) by non-meat fats. Trends in Food Science and
as a functional ingredient. In Functional Dairy Technology 18:567–578.
Products. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Jiménez-Colmenero, F., J. Carballo, and S. Cofrades.
Gobbetti, M., F. Minervini, and C. G. Rizzello. 2007. 2001. Healthier meat and meat products: Their role
Bioactive peptides in dairy products. In Handbook of as functional foods. Meat Science 59:5–13.
Food Products Manufacturing—Health, Meat, Milk, Jiménez-Colmenero, F., M. Reig, and F. Toldrá. 2006.
Poultry, Seafood, and Vegetables. Hoboken, N.J.: New approaches for the development of functional
John Wiley and Sons. meat products. In Advanced Technologies for Meat
Hammes, W. P., D. Haller, and M. G. Gänzle. 2003. Processing. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Fermented meat. In Handbook of Fermented
Functional Foods. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Han, G. D., M. Matsuo, Y. Ikeuchi, and A. Suzuki. 2002.
Effects of heat and high-pressure treatments on high-
Katayama, K., H. Fuchu, A. Sakata, S. Kawahara, K. Functional Meat Products 437
Yamauchi, Y. Kawahara, and M. Muguruma. 2003a.
Angiotensin I-converting enzyme inhibitory activities
of porcine skeletal muscle proteins following enzyme
digestion. Asian-Australian Journal of Animal fermentation. International Journal of Food
Science 16:417–424. Microbiology 106:270–285.
Katayama, K., M. Tomatsu, H. Fuchu, M. Sugiyama, S. Liepke, C., K. Adermann, M. Raida, H.-J. Magert, W.-
Kawahara, K. Yamauchi, Y. Kawamura, and M. G. Forssman, and H.-D. Zucht. 2002. Human milk
Muguruma. 2003b. Purification and characterization provides peptides highly stimulating the growth of
of an angiotensin I-converting enzyme inhibitory bifidobacteria. European Journal of Biochemistry
peptide derived from porcine troponin C. Animal 269:712–718.
Science Journal 74:53–58. Lindsay, D. G. 2000. Maximizing the functional
Katayama, K., M. Tomatsu, S. Kawahara, K. benefits of plants foods. In Functional Foods. Boca
Yamauchi, H. Fuchu, Y. Kodama, Y. Kawamura, and Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
M. Muguruma. 2004. Inhibitory profile of Lorenzen, C. L., J. W. Golden, F. A. Martz, I. U. Grün,
nonapeptide derived from porcine troponin C against M. R. Ellersieck, J. R. Gerrish, and K. C. Moore.
angiotensin I-converting enzyme. Journal of 2007. Conjugated linoleic acid content of beef differs
Agricultural and Food Chemistry 52:771–775. by feeding regime and muscle. Meat Science 75:159–
Klingberg, T. D., L. Axelsson, K. Naterstad, D. Elsser, 167.
and B. B. Budde. 2005. Identification of potential Meisel, H., D. J. Walsh, B. Murry, and R. J. FitzGerald.
probiotic starter cultures for Scandinavian-type fer- 2005. ACE inhibitory peptides. In Nutraceutical
mented sausages. International Journal of Food Proteins and Peptides in Health and Disease. Boca
Microbiology 105:419–431. Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Klingberg, T. D., and B. B. Budde. 2006. The survival Mikami, M., M. Nagao, M. Sekikawa, and H. Miura.
and persistence in the human gastrointestinal tract of 1995. Changes in peptide and free amino acid con-
five potential probiotic lactobacilli consumed as tents of different bovine muscle homogenate during
freeze-dried cultures or as probiotic sausage. storage. Animal Science and Technology (Japan)
International Journal of Food Microbiology 66:630–638.
109:157–159. Mine, Y., and F. Shahidi. 2005. Nutraceutical Proteins
Koohmaraie, M. 1994. Muscle proteinases and meat and Peptides in Health and Disease. Boca Raton,
aging. Meat Science 36:93–104. Fla.: CRC Press.
Korhonen, H., and A. Pihlanto. 2003. Food-derived Mir, P. S., T. A. McAllister, S. Scott, J. Aalhus, V.
bioactive peptides: Opportunities for designing future Baron, D. McCartney, E. Charmley, L.
foods. Current Pharmaceutical Design 9:1297–1308. Goonewardene, J. Basarab, E. Okine, R. J. Weselake,
and Z. Mir. 2004. Conjugated linoleic acid-enriched
Korhonen, H., and A. Pihlanto. 2007. Bioactive beef produc-tion. American Journal of Clinical
peptides from food proteins. In Handbook of Food Nutrition 79:1207S–1211S.
Products Manufacturing—Health, Meat, Milk, Mora, L., M. A. Sentandreu, and F. Toldrá. 2007.
Poultry, Seafood, and Vegetables. Hoboken, N.J.: Hydrophilic chromatographic determination of
John Wiley and Sons. carno-sine, anserine, balenine, creatine, and
Krajcovicova-Kudlackova, M., R. Simoncic, A. creatinine. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry
Bederova, K. Babinska, and I. Beder. 2000. 55:4664– 4669.
Correlation of carnitine levels to methionine and Morimatsu, F., M. Ito, S. Budijanto, I. Watanabe, Y.
lysine intake. Physiological Research 49:399–402. Furukawa, and S. Kimura. 1996. Plasma cholesterol-
Kröckel, L. 2006. Use of probiotic bacteria in meat suppressing effect of papain -hydrolyzed pork meat
prod-ucts. Fleischwirtschaft 86:109–113. in rats fed hypercholesterolemic diet. Journal of
Lachance, P. A., and M. C. Fisher. 2005. Reinvention Nutritional Science and Vitaminology 42:145–153.
of the food guide pyramid to promote health. Mulvihill, B. 2004. Micronutrients in meat. In
Advances in Food and Nutrition Research 49:1–39. Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences. Oxford, UK:
Langseth, L. 2000. Antioxidants and their effect on Elsevier.
health. In Essentials of Functional Foods. Muthukumarasamy, P., and R. A. Holley. 2006.
Gaithersburg, Fla.: Aspen Publication. Microbiological and sensory quality of dry fermented
Larsson, S. C., L. Bergkvist, and A. Wolk. 2005. High- sausages containing alginate-microencapsulated
fat dairy food and conjugated linoleic acid intakes in Lactobacillus reuteri. International Journal of Food
relation to colorectal cancer incidence in the Swedish Microbiology 111:164–169.
Mammography Cohort. American Journal of Muthukumarasamy, P., and R. A. Holley. 2007. Survival of
Clinical Nutrition 82:894–900. Escherichia coli O157:H7 in dry fermented sau-sages
Leroy, F., G. Falony, and L. De Vuyst. 2008. Latest containing micro-encapsulated probiotic lactic acid
developments in probiotics. In Meat Biotechnology. bacteria. Food Microbiology 24:82–88.
New York: Springer. Nagao, K., and T. Yanagita. 2005. Conjugated fatty
Leroy, F., L. Verluyten, and L. De Vuyst. 2006. acids in food and their health benefits. Journal of
Functional meat starter cultures for improved sausage Bioscience and Bioengineering 100:152–157.
Nakashima, Y., K. Arihara, A. Sasaki, S. Ishikawa, and
M. Itoh. 2002. Antihypertensive activities of peptides
derived from porcine skeletal muscle myosin in spon-
taneously hypertensive rats. Journal of Food Science
67:434–437.
Chapter 24 Saiga, A., T. Okumura, T. Makihara, S. Katsuta, T.
Shimizu, R. Yamada, and T. Nishimura. 2003a.
Angiotensin I-converting enzyme inhibitory peptides
in a hydrolyzed chicken breast muscle extract.
Nishimura, T., and H. Kato. 1988. Mechanisms Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 51:
involved in the improvement of meat taste during 1741–1745.
postmortem aging. Food Science and Technology Saiga, A., S. Tanabe, and T. Nishimura. 2003b.
International Tokyo 4:241–249. Antioxidant activity of peptides obtained from
Nishimura, T., M. R. Rhue, A. Okitani, and H. Kato. porcine myofibrillar proteins by protease treatment.
1988. Components contributing to the improvement Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry
of meat taste during storage. Agricultural and 51:3661– 3667.
Biological Chemistry 52:2323–2330.
Okumura, T., R. Yamada, and T. Nishimura. 2004. Sameshima, T., C. Magome, K. Takeshita, K. Arihara,
Sourness-suppressing peptides in cooked pork loins. M. Itoh, and Y. Kondo. 1998. Effect of intestinal
Bioscience, Biotechnology and Biochemistry 68: Lactobacillus starter cultures on the behaviour of
1657–1662. Staphylococcus aureus in fermented sausage.
Ovesen, L. 2004a. Cardiovascular and obesity health International Journal of Food Microbiology 41: 1–7.
concerns. In Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences. Oxford,
UK: Elsevier. Sentandreu, M. A., and F. Toldrá. 2007a. Oligopeptides
Ovesen, L. 2004b. Cancer health concerns. In hydrolysed by muscle dipeptidyl peptidases can gen-
Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences. Oxford, UK: erate angiotensin-I converting enzyme inhibitory
Elsevier. dipeptides. European Food Research and
Pariza, M. W., L. J. Loretz, J. M. Storkson, and N. C. Technology 224:785–790.
Holland. 1983. Mutagens and modulator of mutagen- Sentandreu, M. A., and F. Toldrá. 2007b. Evaluation of
esis in fried ground beef. Cancer Research ACE inhibitory activity of dipeptides generated by
43(Suppl.):2444S–2446S. the action of porcine muscle dipeptidyl peptidases.
Park, Y. J., S. L. Volpe, and E. A. Decker. 2005. Food Chemistry 102:511–515.
Quantitation of carnosine in human plasma after Sentandreu, M. A., S. Stoeva, M. C. Aristoy, K. Laib,
dietary consumption of beef. Journal of Agricultural W. Voelter, and F. Toldrá. 2003. Identification of
and Food Chemistry 53:736–4739. small peptides generated in Spanish dry-cured ham.
Pennacchia, C., D. Ercolini, G. Blaiotta, O. Pepe, G. Journal of Food Science 68:64–69.
Mauriello, and F. Villani. 2004. Selection of Sieber, R., M. Collomb, A. Aeschlimann, P. Jelen, and
Lactobacillus strains from fermented sausages for H. Eyer. 2004. Impact of microbial cultures on con-
their potential use as probiotics. Meat Science jugated linoleic acid in dairy products—A review.
67:309–317. International Dairy Journal 14:1–15.
Pennacchia, C., E. E. Vaughan, and F. Villani. 2006. Sloan, A. E. 2008. The top 10 functional food trends.
Potential probiotic Lactobacillus strains from fer- Food Technology 62(4):25–44.
mented sausages: Further investigations on their pro- Stanton, C., C. Desmond, M. Coakley, J. K. Collins, G.
biotic properties. Meat Science 73:90–101. Fitzgerald, and P. Ross. 2003. Challenges facing
Pihlanto, A., and H. Korhonen. 2003. Bioactive development of probiotic-containing functional
peptides and proteins. Advances in Food and foods. In Handbook of Fermented Functional Foods.
Nutrition Research 47:175–276. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Playne, M. J., L. E. Bennett, and G. W. Smithers. 2003. Tanabe, S., and T. Nishimura. 2006. Meat allergy. In
Functional dairy foods and ingredients. Australian Nutraceutical Proteins and Peptides in Health and
Journal of Dairy Technology 58:242–263. Disease. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Pszczola, D. E., F. Katz, and J. Giese. 2002. Research Tanaka, R., and T. Sako. 2003. Prebiotics. In
trends in healthful foods. Food Technology Encyclopedia of Dairy Sciences. London: Academic
54(10):45–52. Press.
Rastall, R. 2000. Enhancing the functionality of
prebiot-ics and probiotics. In Functional Dairy Toldrá, F. 2004. Dry. In Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences.
Foods. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Oxford, UK: Elsevier.
Rebucci, R., L. Sangalli, M. Fava, C. Bersani, C. Toldrá, F. 2007. Biochemistry of meat and fat. In
Cantoni, and A. Baldi. 2007. Evaluation of functional Handbook of Fermented Meat and Poultry. Hoboken,
aspects in Lactobacillus strains isolated from dry N.J.: Wiley-Blackwell.
fermented sausages. Journal of Food Quality Työppönen, S., E. Petäjä, and T. Mattila-Sandholm.
30:187–201. 2003. Bioprotectives and probiotics for dry sausages
Roberfroid, M. B. 2008. Prebiotics: Concept, definition, (review). International Journal of Food
criteria, methodologies, and products. In Handbook Microbiology 83:233–244.
of Prebiotics. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Valsta, L. M., H. Tapanainen, and S. Mannisto. 2005.
Ruiz-Moyano, S., A. Martin, M. J. Benito, F. P. Meat fats in nutrition. Meat Science 70:525–530.
Nevado, and B. A. M. De Guia Coordo. 2008. Vercruysse, L., J. Van Camp, and G. Smagghe. 2005.
Screening of lactic acid bacteria and bifidobacteria ACE inhibitory peptides derived from enzymatic
for potential probiotic use in Iberian dry fermented hydrolysates of animal protein: A review. Journal of
sausages. Meat Science 80:715–721. Agricultural and Food Chemistry 53:8106–8115.
Ruusunen, M., and E. Puolanne. 2005. Reducing
sodium intake from meat products. Meat Science
70:531–541.
Vermeirssen, V., J. V. Camp, and W. Verstraete. 2004. Functional Meat Products 439
Bioavailability of angiotensin I converting enzyme
inhibitory peptide (review article). British Journal of
Nutrition 92:357–366.
Watkins, B. A., and L. Yong. 2001. Conjugated linoleic fermented milk products produced with probiotic
acid: The present state of knowledge. In Handbook bac-teria. Journal of Agricultural and Food
of Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods. Boca Chemistry 53:9064–9072.
Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Zhao, Q., I. Garreau, F. Sannier, and J. M. Piot. 1997.
Williams, P. G. 2007. Nutritional composition of red Opioid peptides derived from hemoglobin:hemorphins.
meat. Nutrition and Dietetics 64(supplement 4): Biopolymers 43:75–98.
S113–S119. Ziemer, C. J., and G. R. Gibson. 1998. An overview of
Xu, S., T. D. Boylston, and B. A. Glatz. 2005. Conjugated probiotics, prebiotics and synbiotics in the functional
linoleic acid content and organoleptic attributes of food concept: Perspectives and future strategies.
International Dairy Journal 8:473–479.
Part III
Controls
Chapter 25
443
Chapter 25
Figure 25.1 presents the electromagnetic relatives to air, and for this reason, the vari-
spectrum, which is characterized by able is dimensionless (Eq. 25.2).
different types of radiation on the basis of εr=ε*ε0 (25.2)
wavelength and frequency.
Electromagnetic waves are composed of In this equation ε0 represents the air per-
an electric and a magnetic field. Due to the mittivity (8,8542 × 10−12 F/m).
fact that foods do not present components When complex permittivity is drawn as a
that can interact with the magnetic field, it is vector (Fig. 25.2), real and imaginary parts
possible to assume that food permeability is are diphase 90°. The sum vector forms a δ
similar to that of free space (μ0 = μ = 4π angle with real axis (ε′). The ratio between
10−7 H/m) (Regier and Schubert 2005) and real and imaginary parts of permittivity rep-
to consider only the complex permittivity resents another important parameter, the loss
(εr) as the dielectric property that describes tangent (Eq. 25.3 , which represents a
the behavior of the food when it is subjected measure of the food ability to the energy
to an electromagnetic field (Metaxas and dissipation (Ponne and Bartels 1995; Içier
Meredith 1993; Nelson and Datta 2001). and Baysal 2004).
Complex permittivity is defined by the next tan δ = ε ′′ = D = 1 (25.3)
equation:
ε′ Q
ε r = ε ′ − j ⋅ ε ′′ (25.1) In Equation 25.3, D is called the dissipa-
tion factor, and Q the quality factor. Tan δ
In this equation,
can be defined as the energy lost per cycle
j = −1 divided by energy stored per cycle (Grimnes
and Grøttem-Martinsen 2008).
the real part of complex permittivity is called
the dielectric constant (ε′) and the imaginary
part is called the loss factor (ε″). The dielectric
constant is related with the capacitance of the
material and its ability to store energy
(polarization). Foods are nonideal dielectrics
and polarization has associated dissipation
phenomena, producing energy absorptions and
the decay of the dielectric constant. The
parameter that reflects the absorption and
dissipation of electromagnetic energy is the
loss factor. The subscript “r ” indicates that the
values are Figure 25.2. Diagram of loss tangent vector.
Physical Sensors for Quality Control during Processing 445
H –
O –
H2 N
+ C + –
C
R –
– –
-
O
Figure 25.3. Ideal representation of dielectric constant spectrum in biological systems. The four relaxation
regions that can be presented in these systems are also represented: α, β, δ and γ. (Adapted from Castro-
Giráldez et al. 2008.)
Chapter 25
The conductivity of most tissues rises 1980 ; Stuchly and Stuchly 1980; Schwan
from a low value at low frequencies that 1981; Foster and Schwan 1986; Pethig and
depend strongly on the volume fraction of Kell 1987; Duck 1990; Foster and Schwan
extracellular fluid up to a plateau in the 10– 1996 ; Gabriel 1996, 2006 ; Gabriel and
100MHz frequency range, which mainly Gabriel 1996; Gabriel et al. 1996a, b, c).
corresponds to the conductivity of intra-and The γ-dispersion, also called orientation
extracellular ions. Conductivity then rises polarization, is located at the GHz region, and
dramatically, due to the dielectric relax-ation it is due to the polarization dipoles,
of water (Rigaud et al. 1996) (Fig. 25.4). fundamentally free water molecules. The β-
dispersion or interfacial polarization is mainly
This increase in conductivity is associated due to the Maxwell -Wagner effect. This effect
with a decrease in permittivity, from very high is produced due to interfacial phe-nomena on
values at low frequencies in different steps heterogeneous materials (Feldman et al. 2003).
called dispersions. It is important to highlight Other dispersions can be pro-duced by proteins
that these dispersions are not pro-duced or other macromolecules at frequencies
instantaneously and are characterized by the between the β and γ diper-sions, depending on
correspondent relaxation phenomena (Schwan the size and charge of the molecules (Gabriel
1988). In biological systems, there are four 2006). Another addi-tional relaxation (δ) is
main relaxation regions: α, β, δ and located between the β and γ dispersions. This
(Fig. 25.3). Each of these steps character- relaxation is caused by the rotation of amino
izes a type of relaxation that occurs in a spe- acids, the rotation of charged side groups of
cific frequency range and which allows the proteins, and the relaxation of protein-bound
identification of different phenomena. The water (Schwan 1981). The α-dispersion
dispersions of biological systems have been dominates between millihertz and a few
widely studied by many authors (Grant et al. kilohertz, and is not yet completely
1978; Schanne and P-Ceretti 1978; Pethig understood. Some hypotheses remark the
1979; Stuchly 1979; Schwan and Foster counter-ion effects near the mem-
1,00E+08
1,00E+07
1,00E+06 e¢
1,00E+05
1,00E+04
1,00E+03
1,00E+02
1,00E+01
1,00E+00
1,00E–01 s (S/m)
1,00E–02
1,00E 1,00E 1,00E 3,00E 1,00E 1,00E 1,00E 1,00E
–01 +01 +03 +05 +07 +09 +11 +13
¶ (Hz)
Figure 25.4. Ideal representation of electric conductivity and dielectric constant spectra.
Physical Sensors for Quality Control during Processing 447
brane surfaces, the active cell membrane εd″ represents the loss factor caused by the
effects, and gated channels, caused mainly by dipolar orientation or dipolar relaxation.
the intracellular structures or the ionic diffu- εMW″ represents the loss factor due to the
sion (Grimnes and Grøttem-Martinsen 2008). Maxwell-Wagner effect.
In some cases, it could be useful to analyze
εe″ represents the loss factor relative to
the energy dissipation of these relaxation
elec-tronic polarization.
phenomena in terms of loss factor spectra
instead of conductivity spectra (Fig. 25.5 ). εa″ represents the loss factor caused by
Loss factor can be expressed by Equation 25.4, atomic polarization.
which reflects the different phenomena σ/ε0ω represents the loss factor due to the
contributing to the loss factor spectrum, effect of ionic conductivity, where σ, ε0
depending on the frequency range. It is and ω are the conductivity of the material,
important to highlight that ionic conductivity the dielectric constant in vacuum, and the
only introduces losses into the material when angular frequency, respectively.
exposed to electromagnetic energy.
ε ′′ = ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε 0ω
σ Electric Impedance
dMW ea
(25.4)
Spectroscopy (Bioimpedance)
where: The application of bioelectrical impedance
(electrical impedance in the medical field)
ionization
e≤
Counterion + + – – – –
effect i + – + –
+ –
– – + – – – –
–
–
– – –
MW + –
– – –
d e Electronic
fw
db a level
changes
6 9 12 15 f (Hz)
10 10 10 10
wave
Figure 25.5. Schematic representation of the electromagnetic spectrum (in logarithm scale) of the different
effects that contribute to effective loss factor (adapted from Castro-Giráldez et al. 2008), where i represent
the ionic losses; MW means Maxwell-Wagner effect; d fw is related to the dipolar losses of free water; d b is
related to the dipolar losses of bound water; a is related to the atomic losses; and e is related to the
electronic losses.
Chapter 25 Chemical, physical, and structural transfor-
mations produce changes in the electrical
properties of the muscle tissue, and the
was developed in the sixties and mainly con- impedance variation permits the control of
cerned the follow -up of variations in the some quality aspects, such as types of fresh
composition of the human body (Charnet et pork meat (freshness, tenderness, fat content)
al. 1999). Bioimpedance was used for the or the detection of frozen meat, and safety
first time in the control of meat products and aspects, such as a microbial detection or
processes in the eighties (Damez and chemical contaminations. As was explained in
Clerjon 2008). the beginning of this chapter, the dielectric
The principle of the impedancemetry is dispersions measured in the impedance of meat
based on the ability of a medium to pass an with capacitor equipment (Fig. 25.6 ) are
alternating electrical current. When the produced at different ranges of the frequency
impedance is not depending on the frequency, of the electric field imposed on a meat sample.
the system works as a resistive media; other- At high frequency, the dispersion produced is
wise, as in the biological tissue and colloidal in the dipolar mechanisms (such as water
systems, the impedance has resistive, capaci- molecules), which consist of the orientation of
tive, and inductive components (Damez and the molecules, spin rotation, and transport of
Clerjon 2008). Meat tissue is composed of charges in the way of the field, increasing the
cells with an internal liquid phase (cyto- conductivity of the media. Next affected is the
plasm), surrounded by the external liquid ionic motion of the charged molecules (anions
phase with a different composition than the and cations). At medium frequency, the
internal liquid phase, because the cell mem- dispersion produced is the Maxwell-Wagner
brane is between both phases (Chenoll et al. effect, which depends on the varia-
2007). Cell membrane is a dielectric material,
working at a low frequency as an isolator,
behaving like a capacitor (Damez et al. 2007).
– +
electron flow E
direction cations anions Ionic conductivity
kHz-GHz
γ-dispersion
Dipolar mechanisms
0.1–100 GHz
β-dispersion
Maxwell-Wagner effects
0.001–100 MHz
α-dispersion
Counterion effects
1Hz-1kHz
Figure 25.6. Basic capacitor equipment and different dispersion in the dielectric properties of meat.
Physical Sensors for Quality Control during Processing 449
tion of the intensity of the electric field by the oping a method to determine the freshness of
passive cell membrane capacitance, intracel- pork meat using the β-dispersion measure,
lular organelle membranes, and protein mol- because Maxwell-Wagner dispersion is
ecules. At low frequency, the dispersion affected by the structural protein’s degrada-
produced is the counter-ion effect, where the tion throughout meat maturation. The inter-
electric field produces changes in the trans- action of the protein degradation in the β-
port channels of the cell membrane to acti-vate dispersion has been used to determine the
the anion inflow through the membrane, tenderness of pork meat (Byrne et al. 2000)
changing the polarity of the extra- and intra- and bovine meat (Lepetit et al. 2002).
cellular liquid phase of cells (Grimnes and Some chemical compounds or group of
Grøttem-Martinsen 2008). compounds have been related to the dielec-tric
In assessing meat quality, some authors properties as fat content, analyzed with
used bioimpedance spectroscopy to separate electrodes inserted in the muscle before rigor
the PSE (pale, soft, exudative) meat, DFD mortis, in reference to the a-dispersion varia-
(dark, firm, dry) meat, and RFN (red, firm, tion (Madsen et al. 1999). In salted and cured
nonexudative) meat (Swatland 1999; Castro- pork meat, some authors have developed
Giráldez et al. 2007a). Castro-Giráldez et al. methods to control the salting level and mois-
(2007a) published that an amount of ATP ture. Castro-Giráldez et al. (2007b, c) explain a
variation exists in storage for each type of pork thermodynamic model coupled with dielec-tric
meat and related the ion activity of ATP with measures in the range of the g-dispersion to
the ionic dispersion in the dielec-tric spectra. control the shear out of salt and water, and
Figure 25.7 shows the three dis-persions of establish the water adsorbed in meat matrix
normal pork meat and the electric conductivity and the salt involved in the protein meat
variation. Castro-Giráldez et al. (2007a) degradation. Some commercial sensors have
showed the variation of the dielectric spectra been developed recently to control phy-sical
before and after rigor mortis, devel- and chemical properties, such as the
conductivity 1,E+08
(S/m) α-dispersion (counterion effect)
Permittivity 1,E+07
(dimensionless
) 1,E+06
1,E+05
permittivity β-dispersion (maxwell-wagner effect)
1,E+04
1,E+03
γ-dispersion (dipolar effect)
1,E+02
1,E+01
1,E+00 conductivity
1,E–01
1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E 1,E
+00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +10 +11
frequency (Hz)
Figure 25.7. Dispersions of meat tissue with fibers in transversal direction (Castro-Giráldez et al. 2007a).
Chapter 25 application is to detect the fraudulent addi-
tion of water in meat products (Kent et al.
2000, 2001, 2002). It was also employed to
Meat Qualitymeter® from Tecpro (U.S.), measure water activity in proteic gels
which analyzes some chemical and physical (Clerjon et al. 2003). A microwave sensor
properties as an ATP content using low-fre- for control-ling meat and fish freshness was
quencies or RFM1000 from Process-sensor developed, based on the change in dielectric
Corporation, which uses high frequencies to properties due to the reduction of muscle
analyze chemical properties as moisture. anisotropy during meat and fish aging
On the safety side, bioimpedance spec- (Clerjon and Damez 2007). It is also
troscopy has been used to determine micro-bial possible to predict the fat content in fish or
levels in meat. Kim et al. (2008) developed an minced meat (Kent 1990; Kent et al. 1993;
interdigitated microelectrode sensor that works Boggaard et al. 2003). A nondestructive
at low frequencies to detect salmonella meter for measuring fat in fish (Kent 1990 ),
enteritidis in pork meat. Ong et al. (2002) fat in meat (Kent et al. 1993), and fish
developed an electrical conductiv-ity sensor freshness (Boggaard et al. 2003; Tejada et
that works at low frequencies to control E. al. 2007) is already on the market (Distell
Coli, Pseudomonas putida, and Bacilus Company ®, West Lothian, Scotland). A
subtilis. Radke and Alocilja (2005) developed Guided Microwave Spectometer® (Thermo
a conductivity sensor to control E. Coli counts Electron Corporation, U.S.) has been
in pork meat pieces, with the new developed for on-line mea-surements of
methodology previously published (Radke and moisture and fat content in ground meat.
Alocilja 2003). There exists also an on-line sensor for
measuring the fat-to-lean ratio in pork
Microwave Spectrometry middles (Keam Holden Ltd., New Zealand).
scopic structural changes of meat (Damez 2004; Hildrum et al. 2006; Reddy-Gangidi
and Clerjon 2008). and Proctor 2008) was reported.
More efforts have been made in order to Some commercialized sensors based on
investigate the ability of NIR to predict meat infrared spectroscopy techniques already exist.
quality and composition: in pork (Brøndum et For example, the QualitySpec® BT system
al. 2000; Forrest et al. 2000; Chan et al. 2002; (ASD Inc, U.S.) utilizes NIR technol-ogy in
Geesink et al. 2003; Meulemans et al. 2003; order to analyze beef carcasses for predicting
González-Martin et al. 2005; Barlocco et al. tenderness on-line. Other exam-ples are the
2006; Savenije et al. 2006; Ortiz-Somovilla et APIS Meat Optimizer® (Prediktor AS,
al. 2007), in beef (Hildrum et al. 1994, 1995; Norway) or the DA7200 multi-purpose NIR
Thyholt and Isaksson, 1997; Byrne et al. 1998; Analyser (Perten Instruments AB, Sweden),
Park et al. 1998; Rødbotten et al. 2000, 2001; which allow on -line analysis of meat and meat
Liu et al. 2001, 2003; Leroy et al. 2004 ; product composition by using NIR technology.
Shackelford et al. 2004, 2005; Andrés et al. Other sensors use the FT-NIR to analyze the
2008; Naganathan et al. 2008a, b; Ripoll et al. composition of meat and poultry (Quadra
2008; Sierra et al. 2008; ), in poultry meat Chem Lavoratories, Ltd., U. K.). The FOP
(Valdes and Summers 1986; Cozzolino et al. analyzer® (Tecnilab, Spain) utilizes the NIR
1996; Rannou and Downey 1997; Ding et al. with a fiber-optic probe for measuring
1999; Fumière et al. 2000; Lyon et al. 2001), proteins, moisture, and fat in processed meats.
in lamb (Cozzolino et al. 2000; Andrés et al. Other sensors avail-able for real-time
2007), in oxen (Prieto et al. 2006, 2008a, b ), measurements of fat, mois-ture, and protein in
and in kangaroo (Ding and Xu 1999). The meat products are the in-line Foods Gauge
main applications of this technique are for (NDC Infrared Engineering, U.S.) and the
deter-mining moisture, fat, protein, and in MCT 360 (Process Sensors Corporation, U.S.).
some cases, minerals in meat and meat
products (Gonzalez-Martin et al. 2002a, b, In conclusion, NIR spectroscopy offers a
2005; Alomar et al. 2003; Realini et al. 2004; number of important advantages with regard
Barlocco et al. 2006; Sierra et al. 2008). It is to traditional methods of determining meat
also used to determine meat quality, pH, and meat product quality. This technique
appearance and color, and muscle character- allows for a fast, simple, nondestructive, and
istics, such as water-holding capacity, intra- noninvasive analysis (Büning-Pfaue 2003).
muscular fat, tenderness, and microbial It requires minimal or no sample preparation
spoilage (Byrne et al. 1998; Brøndum et al. and offers accurate results (Niemöller and
2000; Geesink et al. 2003; Liu et al. 2003; Behmer 2008). Its greatest disadvantage is a
Garcia-Rey et al. 2005; Hoving -Bolink et al. weak sensitivity to minor constituents and
2005; Shackelford et al. 2005; Barlocco et al. the complicated spectra data interpretation
2006; Savenije et al. 2006; Andrés et al. 2007; (Prevolnik et al. 2004).
Rust et al. 2008). Moreover, NIR is used to
detect the adulteration of meat and meat
products and to identify frozen/thawed meats
(Downey and Beauchêne 1997a, b; Conclusions
McElhinney et al. 1999a, b; Ding and Xu 2000 The improvement of meat products’ quality
; Lyon et al. 2001). An extensive over-view of is one of the most important challenges for
the applications of infrared spectros-copy in the industry in order to satisfy human
foods (Ozaky et al. 2007) and in meat and desires, to minimize economic losses, and to
meat products (Prevolnik et al. opti-mize meat plant processes. Meat quality
can be based on technological, sensory, and
Chapter 25 49th International Congress of Meat Science and
Technology. 31 August–5 September in Campinas,
Brazil.
Brøndum, J., L. Munck, P. Henckel, A. Karlsson, E.
safety aspects. These quality factors are Tornberg, and S. B. Engelsen. 2000. Prediction of
water- holding capacity and composition of porcine
directly or indirectly related to the composi-
meat by comparative spectroscopy. Meat Science
tion or structural aspects of the meat and, for 55:177–185.
this reason, can be well predicted by physical Byrne, C. E., G. Downey, D. J. Troy, and D. J. Buckley.
sensors. These sensors are mainly based on 1998. Nondestructive prediction of selected quality
attributes of beef by near infrared reflectance spec-
novel technologies, such as spectroscopic troscopy between 750 and 1098 nm. Meat Science
methods, nuclear magnetic resonance, ultra- 49(4):399–409.
sounds, or electrical measurements, and they Byrne, C. E., D. J. Troy, and D. J. Buckely. 2000.
Postmortem changes in muscle electrical properties
present several advantages when compared of bovine M-longissimus dorsi and their relationship
with traditional laboratory assessment. The to meat quality attributes and pH fall . Meat Science
main advantages are that these measurements 54(1):23–34.
Büning-Pfaue, H. 2003. Analysis of water in food by
are nondestructive and very fast, and some of near infrared spectroscopy. Food Chemistry 82:107–
these techniques can even be noncontact. 115.
Moreover, these measurements can be imple- Castro-Giráldez, M., P. Fito, and F. Toldrá. 2007a.
Dielectric spectroscopy studies as a tool for quality
mented in the production line, allowing control in meat industry. In Proceedings, Food—New
product information to be obtained in real Options for the Industry. EFFoST/EHEDG Joint
Conference 2007—Practical application of research
time.
results, celebrated from 14th to 16th of November in
In summary, the use of physical sensors Lisbon (Portugal).
has high potential and real possibilities for Castro-Giráldez, M., P. J. Fito, C. Chenoll, F. Toldrá,
and P. Fito. 2007b. Dielectric spectroscopy studies to
controlling meat quality in the industry. control meat salting processes. In Proceedings, Food
Some of these sensors have already been —New Options for the Industry. EFFoST/ EHEDG
adopted in process lines, but others need Joint Conference 2007—Practical applica-tion of
research results, celebrated from 14th to 16th of
further research to be implemented in-line November in Lisbon (Portugal).
and commercialized. Castro-Giráldez, M., C. Chenoll, P. J. Fito, F. Toldrá,
and P. Fito. 2007c. Analysis of water-NaCl-solid
matrix relationships in pork meat by dielectric spec-
troscopy. New approach to develop salted meat iso-
References therms . In book of proceedings, Food—New
Options for the Industry. EFFoST/EHEDG Joint
Alomar, D., C. Gallo, M. Castañeda, and R. Conference 2007- Practical application of research
Fuschslocher. 2003. Chemical and discriminant results, cele-brated from 14th to 16th of November in
analysis in bovine meat by near infrared reflectance Lisbon (Portugal).
spectroscopy (NIRS). Meat Science 63:441–450. Castro-Giráldez, M., P. J. Fito, F. Toldrá, and P. Fito.
Andrés, S., I. Murray, E. A. Navajas, A. V. Fisher, N. 2008. Physical sensors and techniques. In Handbook
R. Lambe, and L. Bünger. 2007. Prediction of of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis, edited by
sensory characteristics of lamb meat samples by near Leo M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, Fla.:
infrared reflectance spectroscopy. Meat Science CRC Press.
76(3): 509–516. Chan, D. E., P. N. Walker, and E. W. Mills. 2002.
Andrés, S., A. Silva, A. L. Soares-Pereira, C. Martins, Prediction of pork quality characteristics using
A. M. Bruno-Soares, and I. Murray. 2008. The use of visible and near-infrared spectroscopy. Transactions
visible and near infrared reflectance spectroscopy to of the ASABE 45:1519–1527.
predict beef M. longissimus thoracis et lumborum Charnet, M., C. Riviere, and P. Eynard. 1999. Electrical
quality attributes. Meat Science 78(3):217–224. impedance spectroscopy for control of manufacturing
Barlocco, N., A. Vadell, F. Ballesteros, G. Galietta, and process of comminuted meat products. Journal of
D. Cozzolino. 2006. Predicting intramuscular fat, Food Engineering 42:153–159.
moisture and Warner-Bratzler shear force in pork Chenoll, C., N. Betoret, P. J. Fito, and P. Fito. 2007.
muscle using near infrared reflectance spectroscopy. Application of the SAFES (Systematic Approach to
Animal Science 82:111–116. Food Engineering Systems) methodology to the sorp-
Belton, P. S. 1997. Spectroscopic approaches to the tion of water by salted proteins. Journal of Food
mea-surement of food quality. Pure and Applied Engineering 83:250–257.
Chemistry 69(1):47–50.
Boggaard, C., L. B. Christensen, and Bo L. Jespersen.
2003. Reflection mode microwave spectroscopy for on-
line measurement of fat in trimmings. Presented at
Physical Sensors for Quality Control during Processing 453
Clerjon, S., and J. L. Damez. 2007. Microwave sensing Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation, edited by C.
for meat and fish structure evaluation. Meat Science Polk and E. Postow. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
and Technology 18(4):1038–1045. Foster, K. R., and H. P. Schwan. 1996. Dielectric
Clerjon, S., J. D. Daudina, and J. L. Damez. 2003. proper-ties of tissues. In Handbook of Biological
Water activity and dielectric properties of gels in the Effects of Electromagnetic Fields, edited by C. Polk
frequency range 200 MHz–6 GHz. Food Chemistry and E. Postow. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
82(1):87–97. Fumière, O., G. Sinnaeve, and P. Dardenne. 2000.
Cozzolino, D., I. Murray, and R. Paterson. 1996. Attempted authentication of cut pieces of chicken
Visible and near infrared reflectance spectroscopy for meat from certified production using near infrared
the determination of moisture, fat and protein in spectroscopy. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy
chicken breast and thigh muscle. Journal of Near 8:27–34.
Infrared Spectroscopy 4:213–223. Gabriel, C. 1996. Compilation of the Dielectric
Cozzolino, D., I. Murray, J. R. Scaife, and R. Paterson. Properties of Body Tissues at RF and Microwave
2000. Study of dissected lamb muscles by visible and Frequencies. Report N. AL/OE-TR-1996-0037,
near infrared reflectance spectroscopy for composi- Occupational and Environmental Health Directorate,
tion assessment. Animal Science 70:417–423. Radiofrequency Radiation Division. Brooks Air
Damez, J. L., S. Clerjon, S. Abouelkaram, and J. Force Base, Texas.
Lepetit. 2007. Dielectric behavior of beef meat in the
1–1500 kHz range: Simulation with the Fricke/Cole– Gabriel, C. 2006. Dielectric properties of biological
Cole model. Meat Science 77(4):512–519. materials. In Bioengineering and Biophysical
Damez, J. L., and S. Clerjon. 2008. Meat quality assess- Aspects of Electromagnetic Fields, Handbook of
ment using biophysical methods related to meat Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields, edited
struc-ture. Meat Science 80(1):132–149. by F. S. Barnes and B. Greenebaum. Boca Raton,
Datta, A. K., and M. Almeida. 2005. Properties relevant to Fla.: CRC Press.
infrared heating of foods . In Engineering Properties of Gabriel, C., and S. Gabriel. 1996. Compilation of the
Foods, edited by M. A. Rao, S. S. H. Rizvi, and A. K. Dielectric Properties of Body Tissues at RF and
Datta. Boca Raton, Fla.: Taylor & Francis Group. Microwave Frequencies. http://www.emfdosimetry.
Ding, H. B., and R. J. Xu. 1999. Differentiation of beef org/dielectric/Report/Report.html.
and kangaroo meat by visible/near infrared Gabriel, C., S. Gabriel, and E. Corthout. 1996a. The
reflectance spectroscopy. Journal of Food Science dielectric properties of biological tissues: I. Literature
64:814– 817. survey. Physics in Medicine and Biology
Ding, H. B., and R. J. Xu. 2000. Near-infrared spectro- 41(11):2231–2249.
scopic technique for detection of beef hamburger
adulteration. Journal of Agricultural and Food Gabriel, S., R. W. Lau, and C. Gabriel. 1996b.
Chemistry 48(6):2193–2198.
Ding, H., R. J. Xu, and D. K. O. Chan. 1999. Identification The
of broiler chicken meat using a visible/near-infrared dielectric properties of biological tissues: II.
spectroscopic technique. Journal of the Science of Food Measurements in the frequency range 10 Hz to
and Agriculture 79:1382–1388. 20 GHz. Physics in Medicine and Biology
Downey, G., and D. Beauchêne. 1997a. Authentication 41(11):2251–2269.
of fresh vs. frozen-then-thawed beef by near infrared Gabriel, S., R. W. Lau, and C. Gabriel. 1996c. The
reflectance spectroscopy of dried drip juice. dielectric properties of biological tissues: III.
Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft und-Technologie 30(7): Parametric models for the dielectric spectrum
721–726. of tissues. Physics in Medicine and Biology
Downey, G., and D. Beauchêne. 1997b. Discrimination 41(11):2271–2293.
between fresh and frozen-then-thawed beef m. Garcia-Rey, R. M., J. García-Olmo, E. De Pedro, R.
longis-simus dorsi by combined visible-near infrared Quiles-Zafra, and M. D. Luque de Castro. 2005.
reflec-tance spectroscopy: A feasibility study. Meat Prediction of texture and color of dry-cured ham by
Science 45(3):353–363. visible and near infrared spectroscopy using fiber
Duck, F. A. 1990. Physical Properties of Tissue. optic probe. Meat Science 70(2):357–363.
London: Academic Press. Geesink, G. H., F. H. Schreutelkamp, R. Frankhuizen,
Feldman, Y., I. Ermolina, and Y. Hayashi. 2003. Time H. W. Vedder, N. M. Faber, R. W. Kranen, and M.
domain dielectric spectroscopy study of biological A. Gerritzen. 2003. Prediction of pork quality attri-
systems. IEEE Transactions on Dielectrics and butes from near infrared reflectance spectra. Meat
Electrical Insulation 10(5):728–753. Science 65(1):661–668.
Forrest, J. C., M. T. Morgan, C. Borggaard, A. J. González-Martin, I., C. González-Pérez, N. Hernández-
Rasmussen, B. L. Jespersen, and J. R. Andersen. Méndez, N. Álvarez-García, and J. L. Hernández-
2000. Development of technology for the early post Andaluz. 2002a. On-line nondestructive
mortem prediction of water holding capacity and drip determination of proteins and infiltrated fat in Iberian
loss in fresh pork. Meat Science 55:115–122. pork loin by near infrared spectrometry with a remote
Foster, K. R., and H. P. Schwan. 1986. Dielectric proper- reflec-tance fibre optic probe. Analytica Chimica
ties of tissues—a review. In Handbook of Biological Acta 453(2):281–288.
González-Martin, I., C. González-Pérez, J. Hernández-
Méndez, and N. Álvarez-García. 2002b. Mineral
analysis (Fe, Zn, Ca, Na, K) of fresh Iberian pork loin
by near infrared reflectance spectrometry:
Chapter 25 Kent, M., A. Lees, and A. Roger. 1993. Estimation of
the fat content of minced meat using a portable
micro-wave fat meter. Food Control 4:222–227.
Kent, M., R. Knökel, F. Daschner, and U. K. Berger.
Determination of Fe, Na and K with a remote fibre- 2000. Composition of foods using microwave dielec-
optic reflectance probe. Analytica Chimica Acta tric spectra . European Food Research and
468(2):293–301. Technology 210:359–366.
González-Martin, I., C. González-Pérez, N. Álvarez- Kent, M., R. Knökel, F. Daschner, and U. K. Berger.
García, and J. M. González-Cabrera. 2005. On-line 2001 Composition of foods including added water
determination of fatty acid composition in intramus- using microwave dielectric spectra. Food Control
cular fat of Iberian pork loin by NIRs with a remote 12:467–482.
reflectance fibre optic probe. Meat Science 69:243– Kent, M., A. Peymann, C. Gabriel, and A. Knight.
248. 2002. Determination of added water in pork products
Grant, E. H., R. J. Sheppard, and G. P. South. 1978. using microwave dielectric spectroscopy. Food
Dielectric Behavior of Biological Molecules in Control 13(3):143–149.
Solutions. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Kim, G., M. Morgan, B. K. Hahm, A. Bhunia, J. H.
Grimnes, S., and O. Grøttem-Martinsen. 2008. Mun, and A. S. Om. 2008. Interdigitated
Dielectrics. In Bioimpedance and Bioelectricity microelectrode based impedance biosensor for
Basics, edited by S. Grimnes and O. Grøttem- detection of salmo-nella enteritidis in food samples.
Martinsen. London: Academic Press. Journal of Physics: Conference Series 100:1–4.
Hildrum, I., B. N. Nilsen, M. Mielnik, and T. Naes. Kraszewski, A. W. 1991. Microwave aquametry—
1994. Prediction of sensory characteristics of beef by Needs and perspectives. IEE Trans. Microw. Theory
near-infrared spectroscopy. Meat Science 38(1):67– Tech 39(5):828–835.
80. Kraszewski, A. W. 1996. Microwave Aquametry:
Hildrum, K. I., T. Isaksson, T. Naes, B. N. Nilsen, M. Electromagnetic Wave Interactions with Water
Rødbotten, and P. Lea. 1995. Near infrared reflec- Containing Materials. New York: IEE Press.
tance spectroscopy in the prediction of sensory prop- Kraszewski, A. W., and S. O. Nelson. 1992. Wheat
erties of beef. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy moisture content and bulk density determination by
3:81–87. microwave parameters measurement. Canadian
Hildrum, K. I., J. P. Wold, V. H. Segtnan, J. Renou, and Agricultural Engineering 34(4):327–335.
E. Dufour. 2006. New spectroscopic techniques for Kraszewski, A. W., and S. O. Nelson. 1993a. Microwave
online monitoring meat quality. In Advanced permittivity of pecan nuts . Journal of Microwave Power
Technologies for Meat Processing , edited by L. M. and Electromagnetic Energy 28(3):165–173.
L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC, Kraszewski, A. W., and S. O. Nelson. 1993b.
Taylor & Francis Group. Nondestructive microwave measurement of moisture
Holm, F. 2003. Food Quality Sensors. Flair-Flow 4 content and mass of single peanut kernels.
synthesis report. Paris. http://www.nutrition.org.uk/ Transactions of the ASABE. 36(1):127–134.
upload/FF4foodqualitysensors.pdf Kraszewski, A. W., and S. O. Nelson. 1994.
Hoving-Bolink, A. H., H. W. Vedder, J. W. M. Merks, Determination of moisture content and bulk density
W. J. H. de Klein, H. G. M. Reimert, R. Frankhuizen, of shelled corn by measurement of microwave
W. H. A. M. van den Broek, and E. Lambooij. 2005. param-eters. Journal of Agricultural Engineering
Perspective of NIRS measurements early post Research 58:37–46.
mortem for prediction of pork quality. Meat Science
69(3):417–423. Kraszewski, A. W., S. Trabelsi, and S. O. Nelson. 1998.
Içier, F., and T. Baysal. 2004. Dielectrical properties of Simple grain moisture content determination from
food materials-1: Factors affecting and industrial microwave measurements. Transactions of the
uses. Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition ASABE 41(1):129–134.
44:465–471. Kress-Rogers, E., and M. Kent. 1987. Microwave mea-
Kao, K. C. 2004. Electric polarization and relaxation. In surement of powder moisture and density. Journal of
Dielectric Phenomena in Solids, edited by K. C. Kao. Food Engineering 6(55):345–376.
San Diego, Calif.: Elsevier Academic Press. Kröger, C., C. M. Bartle, J. G. West, R. W. Purchas,
Kent, M. 1990. Hand-held instrument for fat/water and C. E. Devine. 2006. Meat tenderness evaluation
determination in whole fish. Food Control 1:47– 53. using dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA).
Computers and Electronics in Agriculture 54:93–
Kent, M. 2001. Microwave measurements of product 100.
variables. In Instrumentations and Sensors for the Lepetit, J., P. Sale, R. Favier, and R. Dalle. 2002.
Food Industry, edited by E. Kress-Rogers and C. J. Electrical impedance and tenderisation in bovine
B. Brimelow. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. meat. Meat Science 60(1):51–62.
Kent, M. 2003. Measurement of added water in food- Leroy, B., S. Lambotte, O. Dotreppe, H. Lecocq, L.
stuffs. In Rapid and On-Line Instrumentation for Istasse, and A. Clinquart. 2004. Prediction of
Food Quality Assurance, edited by I. Tothill. technological and organoleptic properties of beef
Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing. Longissimus thoracis from near-infrared reflectance
Kent, M., and A. C. Jason. 1975. Dielectric properties and transmission spectra. Meat Science 66(1):45–
of foods in relation to interactions between water and
the substrate. In Water Relations of Foods , edited by 54.
R. B. Duckworth. New York: Academic Press.
Physical Sensors for Quality Control during Processing 455
Liu, Y., C. Venel, A. M. Mullen, G. Downey, and D. J. Nelson, S. O., W. R. Forbus, and K. C. Lawrence. 1994.
Troy. 2001. Prediction of tenderness and other Permittivities of fresh fruits and vegetables from 0.2
quality attributes of beef by near infrared reflectance to 20 GHz. Journal of Microwave Power and
spec-troscopy between 750 and 1100 nm; further Electromagnetic Energy 29(2):81–93.
studies. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy Nelson, S. O., W. R. Forbus Jr., and K. C. Lawrence.
9:185– 198. 1995. Assessment of microwave permittivity for
Liu, Y., B. G. Lyon, W. R. Windham, C. E. Realini, T. sensing peach maturity. Transactions of the ASABE
D. D. Pringle, and S. Duckett. 2003. Prediction of 38(2):579–585.
color, texture, and sensory characteristics of beef Nelson, S. O., S. Trabelsi, and S. J. Kays. 2006.
steaks by visible and near infrared reflectance Dielectric spectroscopy of honeydew melons from
spectroscopy: A feasibility study. Meat Science 10MHz to 1.8 GHz for quality sensing. Transactions
65(3):1107–1115. of the ASABE 49(6):1977–1982.
Lyon, B. G., W. R. Windham, C. E. Lyon, and F. E. Nelson, S. O., W. Guo, S. Trabelsi, and S. J. Kays.
Barton. 2001. Sensory characteristics and near-infra- 2007. Dielectric spectroscopy of watermelons for
red spectroscopy of broiles breast meat from various quality sensing. Measurement Science and
chill-storage regimes. Journal of Food Quality Technology 18:1887–1892.
24(5):435–452. Niemöller, A., and D. Behmer. 2008. Use of near infra-red
Madsen, N. T., A. J. Rasmussen, C. Borggaard, and T. spectroscopy in the food industry. In Nondestructive
Nielsen. 1999. Apparatus and method for measuring Testing of Food Quality, edited by J. Irudayaraj and C.
the content of intramuscular fat in carcasses or parts Reh. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
thereof. PCT. International Patent Application DK Ong, K. G., J. S. Bitler, C. A. Grimes, L. G. Puckett, and L.
97-0779 (19970701). G. Bachas. 2002. Remote query resonant-circuit sensors
McElhinney, J., G. Downey, and C. O’Donnell. 1999a. for monitoring of bacteria growth: Application to food
Quantitation of lamb content in mictures with raw quality control. Sensors 2:219–232.
minced beef using visible, near and mid -infrared spec- Ortiz-Somovilla, V., F. España-España, A. J. Gaitán-
troscopy. Journal of Food Science 64(4):587–591. Jurado, J. Pérez-Aparicio, and E. J. De-Pedro-Sanz.
McElhinney, J., G. Downey, and T. Fearn. 1999b. 2007. Proximate analysis of homogenized and
Chemometric processing of visible and near infrared minced mass of pork sausages by NIRS. Food
reflectance spectra for species identification in Chemistry 101:1031–1040.
selected raw homogenised meats. Journal of Near Osborne, B. J. 2000. Near-infrared spectroscopy in food
Infrared Spectroscopy 7:145–154. analysis. In Encyclopedia of Analytical Chemistry.
Metaxas, A. C., and R. J. Meredith. 1993. Industrial London: John Wiley & Sons.
Microwave Heating (IEE Power Engineering series Ozaky, Y., W. F. McClure, and A. A. Christy. 2007.
4). London: Peter Peregrinus LTD. Near-infrared spectroscopy in food science and tech-
Meulemans, A., O. Dotreppe, B. Leroy, L. Istase, and nology. Hoboken, N.J.: John Wiley & Sons.
A. Clinquart. 2003. Prediction of organoleptic and Park, B., R. Chen, W. R. Hruschka, S. D. Shackelford,
technological characteristics of pork meat by near and M. Koohmaraie. 1998. Near-infrared reflectance
infrared spectroscopy. Sciences des Aliments 23:159– analysis for predicting beef longissimus tenderness.
162. Journal of Animal Science 76(8):2115–2120.
Naganathan, G. K., L. M. Grimes, J. Subbiah, C. R. Pethig, R. 1979. Dielectric and Electrical Properties of
Calkins, A. Samal, and G. E. Meyer. 2008a. Visible/ Biological Materials. Oxford, UK: John Wiley and
near-infrared hyperspectral imaging for beef tender- Sons.
ness prediction. Computers and Electronics in Pethig, R., and D. B. Kell. 1987. The passive electrical
Agriculture 64(2):225–233. properties of biological systems: Their significance
Naganathan, G. K., L. M. Grimes, J. Subbiah, C. R. in physiology, biophysics and biotechnology.
Calkins, A. Samal, and G. E. Meyer. 2008b. Partial Physics in Medicine and Biology 32:933–937.
least squares analysis of near- infrared hyperspectral Ponne, C. T., and P. V. Bartels. 1995. Interaction of
images for beef tenderness prediction. Sensing & electromagnetic energy with biological material-
Instrumentation Food Quality and Safety 2:178–188. relation to food processing. Radiation Physical
Nelson, S. O., and P. G. Bartley. 2000. Measuring fre- Chemistry 45(4):591–607.
quency and temperature dependent dielectric proper- Prevolnik, M., M. Candek-Protokar, and D. Skorjanc.
ties of food materials. Transactions of the ASABE 2004. Ability of NIR spectroscopy to predict meat
43(6):1733–1736. chemical composition and quality-a review. Czech
Nelson, S. O., and A. K. Datta. 2001. Dielectric proper- Journal of Animal Science 49:500–510.
ties of food materials and electric field interactions. Prieto, N., S. Andrés, F. J. Giráldez, A. R. Mantecón, P.
In Handbook of Microwave Technology for Food Lavín. 2006. Potential use of near infrared
Applications, edited by A. K. Datta and R. C. reflectance spectroscopy (NIRS) for the estimation of
Anantheswaran. New York: Marcel Dekker. chemical composition of oxen meat samples . Meat
Nelson, S. O., W. R. Forbus, and K. C. Lawrence. Science 74(3):487–496.
1993. Microwave permittivities of fresh fruits and Prieto, N., S. Andrés, F. J. Giráldez, A. R. Mantecón,
vegeta-bles from 0.2 to 20 GHz. Transactions of the and P. Lavín. 2008a. Discrimination of adult steers
ASABE 37(1):183–189. (oxen) and young cattle ground meat samples by near
Chapter 25 Schanne, O. F., and E. R. P-Ceretti. 1978. Impedance
measurements in Biological Cells. New York: John
Wiley & Sons.
Schwan, H. P. 1981. Dielectric properties of biological
infrared reflectance spectroscopy (NIRS). Meat tissue and physical mechanisms of electromagnetic
Science 79:198–201. field interaction. In Biological Effects of Nonionizing
Prieto, N., S. Andrés, F. J. Giráldez, A. R. Mantecón, Radiation, edited by K. H. Illinger. Washington,
and P. Lavín. 2008b. Ability of near infrared reflec- D.C.: American Chemical Society.
tance spectroscopy (NIRS) to estimate physical Schwan, H. P. 1988. Biological effects of nonionizing
parameters of adult steers (oxen) and young cattle radiations: Cellular properties and interactions.
meat samples. Meat Science 79:692–699. Annals of Biomedical Engineering 16:245–263.
Radke, S., and E. Alocilja. 2003. Impedimetric biosen- Schwan, H. P., and K. R. Foster. 1980. R-F field
sor for the rapid detection of Escherichia coli interac-tions with biological systems: Electrical
O157:H7. Paper number 037060. Paper presented at properties and biophysical mechanisms. Proceedings
2003 ASABE Annual Meeting. IEEE 68:104–106.
Radke, S. M., and E. C. Alocilja. 2005. A high density Shackelford, S. D., T. L. Wheeler, and M. Koohmaraie.
microelectrode array biosensor for detection of E. 2004. Development of optimal protocol for visible and
coli O157:H7. Biosensors and Bioelectronics near-infrared reflectance spectroscopic evaluation of
20:1662–1667. meat quality. Meat Science 68(3):371–381.
Rannou, H., and G. Downey. 1997. Discrimination of Shackelford, S. D., T. L. Wheeler, and M. Koohmaraie.
raw pork, chicken and turkey meat by spectroscopy 2005. On-line classification of US Select beef car-
in the visible, near and mid-infrared ranges. casses for longissimus tenderness using visible and
Analytical Communications 34:401–404. near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. Meat Science
Realini, C. E., S. K. Duckett, and W. R. Windham. 69(3):409–415.
2004. Effect of vitamin C addition to ground beef Sierra, V., N. Aldai, P. Castro, K. Osoro, A. Coto-
from grass-fed or grain-fed sources on color and lipid Montes, and M. Oliván. 2008. Prediction of the fatty
sta-bility, and prediction of fatty acid composition by acid composition of beef by near infrared transmit-
near-infrared reflectance analysis. Meat Science tance spectroscopy. Meat Science 78(3):248–255.
68:35–43. Stuchly, M. A. 1979. Interaction of radiofrequency and
Reddy-Gangidi, R., and A. Proctor. 2008. Meat and microwave radiation with living systems. Radiation
meat products. In Infrared Spectroscopy for Food and Environmental Biophysics 16:1–5.
Quality Analysis and Control, edited by D.-W. Sun. Stuchly, M. A., and S. S. Stuchly. 1980. Dielectric
San Diego, Calif.: Academic Press. prop-erties of biological substances- tabulated .
Regier, M., and H. Schubert. 2005. Introducing micro-wave Journal of Microwave Power 15:19–23.
processing of food: Principles and technologies. In Swatland, H. J. 1999. Feasibility of measuring meat texture
Microwave Processing of Foods, edited by H. Schubert. and exudates using paired hypodermic needles for
Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing. rheology, spectrophotometry and electrical imped-ance.
Rigaud, B., J. P. Morucci, and N. Chauveau. 1996. Journal of Texture Studies 30(2):217–230.
Bioelectrical impedance techniques in medicine. Part Tejada, M., C. De las Heras, and M. Kent. 2007.
Bioimpedance measurement. Critical Reviews in Changes in the quality indices during ice storage of
Biomedical Engineering 24(4–6):257–351. farmed Senegaleses ole (Solea senegalensis).
Ripoll, G., P. Albertí, B. Panea, J. L. Olleta, and C. Sañudo. European Food Research Technology 225:225–232.
2008. Near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy for Thyholt, K., and T. Isaksson. 1997. Differentiation of
predicting chemical, instrumental and sensory quality of frozen and unfrozen beef using near-infrared
beef. Meat Science 80(3):697–702. spectros-copy. Journal of the Science of Food and
Rødbotten, R., B. N. Nilsen, and K. I. Hildrum. 2000. Agriculture 73:525–532.
Prediction of beef quality attributes for early post Valdes, E. V., and J. D. Summers. 1986. Determination
mortem near infrared reflectance spectra. Food of crude protein in carcass and breast muscle samples
Chemistry 69(4):42–436. of poultry by near infrared reflectance spectroscopy.
Rødbotten, R., B. H. Mevik, and K. I. Hildrum. 2001. Poultry Science 65:485–490.
Prediction and classification of tenderness in beef Van Kempen, L. 2001. Infrared technology in animal
from noninvasive diode array detected NIR spectra. production. World’s Poultry Science Journal 57:29–
Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy 9:199–210. 48.
Rust, S. R., D. M. Price, J. Subbiah, G. Kranzler, G. G. von Hippel, A. R. 1954. Dielectric and Waves. New
Hilton, D. L. Vanoverbeke, and J. B. Morgan. 2008. York: Wiley.
Predicting beef tenderness using near-infrared spec-
troscopy. Journal of Animal Science 86:211–219.
Savenije, B., G. H. Geesink, J. G. P. Van der Palen, and
G. Hemke. 2006. Prediction of pork quality using
visible/near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. Meat
Science 73(1):181–184.
Chapter 26
457
Chapter 26 total variation and showed that preferred
hams were firmer and meaty.
469
Chapter 27
Table 27.1. Potential sources of exposure to contaminants and conditions affecting their
presence in meat and processed meat
Group of compounds Exposure source Conditions affecting
Nitrosamines Cured meats Available residual nitrite in cured meats with
presence of secondary amines and catalyzed by
temperature
Biogenic amines Fermented meats or Hygiene and/or type of microbial flora:
non-hygienic meats decarboxylation of certain amino acids
Heterocyclic amines Cooked meats at high Type of cooking of meat, heating temperature and
temperature time
Polycyclic aromatic Smoked meats Smoking, especially traditional smoking at high
hydrocarbons temperature for long time.
Smoke flavorings if not adequately treated
Lipid oxidation Cooked or processed Chemical reactions during storage or processing
meats catalyzed by oxygen, salt, hydrogen peroxide,
radiations, lypoxigenase, temperature.
Protein oxidation Cooked or processed Chemical reactions during processing catalyzed by
meats oxygen reactive species and temperature
Veterinary drugs All meats Intentional addition to feed or water given to animals
Growth promoters All meats Intentional addition to feed or water given to animals
Environmental All meats Contaminants already present in primary ingredients
contaminants formulated in feeds given to animals
molecular weight and more polar, have also nitrous acid (pKa = 3.36). The amount of N-
been reported. Some of the most important nitrosamines in meat products depends on
are N-nitrosoaminoacids, such as N- many variables, such as the amount of added
nitrososarcosine and N-nitrosothiazo-lidine- and residual nitrite, processing condi-tions,
4-carboxylic acid; hydroxylated N- the amount of lean meat in the product,
nitrosamines; N-nitroso sugar amino acids; heating if any, and the presence of catalysts
and N- nitrosamides, such as N-nitrosoureas, or inhibitors (Hotchkiss and Vecchio 1985;
N-nitrosoguanidines, and N-nitrosopeptides Walker 1990). A database with the nitrosa-
(Pegg and Shahidi 2000). mine content in 297 food items from 23
Nitrite is the main additive used as a pre- countries was recently created with the aim
servative in cured meats because of its pow- of facilitating the quantification of dietary
erful inhibition of the outgrowth of spores of exposure to potential carcinogens and their
putrefactive and pathogenic bacteria such as relation to certain types of cancer (Jakszyn
Clostridium botulinum. Nitrite has other et al. 2004).
additional advantages, including the genera- There was intense discussion in the 1970s
tion of nitrosylmyoglobin that gives the about residual nitrite in cured meats and the
typical pink cured color formation and its generation of N-nitrosamines in certain cured
contribution to the oxidative stability of meat products. The generation rate of nitro-
lipids and indirectly to cured meat flavor samines depends on many variables, such as
(Ramarathnam 1998). the amount of remaining nitrite, presence of
However, the main concern is related to the nitrosation catalysts or inhibitors, the pro-
residual nitrite remaining in the meat product, cessing temperature, pH of the product, time,
because it can be a source of nitrous acid and storage conditions, and the addition of
thus of nitrosamines if secondary amines are reducing substances like ascorbate or iso-
also present (Toldrá et al. 2009). The amount ascorbate. The presence of microorganisms
of nitrous acid increases when the pH of the able to generate nitrite from nitrate via nitrate
product approaches the pKa of reductase activity or able to produce amines
can also contribute. In general, nitrite rapidly Detection of Chemical Hazards 471
decreases during processing and thus remains
at low residual content in the final product
(Hill et al. 1973). It was recommended to are analyzed with liquid chromatography
reduce the levels of nitrites and add ascorbate atmospheric pressure chemical ionization
or erythorbate to favor the reduction of nitrite mass spectrometry and tandem mass spec-
to nitric oxide and thus, the inhibition of trometry (Eerola et al. 1998; Rath and Reyes
nitrosamines formation (Cassens 1997). 2009).
Ascorbate is better than ascorbic acid because
it reacts with nitrite 240 times faster (Pegg and
Shahidi 2000). As an example, the resid-ual
nitrite content in fermented sausages was
Biogenic Amines
found to be below 20 mg/kg in most of the Biogenic amines are produced through
products surveyed in the late 1990s and early microbial decarboxylase activity against pre-
2000s in Europe (EFSA 2003). cursor amino acids. Consequently, tyramine is
Nitrosodimethylamine and nitrosopiperidine produced from tyrosine, tryptamine from
were reported as the main nitrosamines found tyrptophan, histamine from histidine, phenyl-
at levels above 1 μg/kg. The levels of ethylamine from phenylalanine, cadaverine
nitrosamines were found to be rather poor or from lysine, agmatine from arginine, and
even negligible in European fermented putrescine from ornithine. Polyamines
sausages assayed in the framework of a spermine and sperdimine follow a different
European project (Demeyer et al. 2000). Some generation route, usually originated from
N -nitrosamines appear to be generated in putrescine. Low amounts of amines con-sumed
packaged dry -cured ham because of the in meats are generally degraded in humans by
reaction of nitrite with amine additives present the enzyme monoamine oxidase (MAO)
in the rubber nettings (Sen et al. 1987). through oxidative deamination reac-tions.
Regulations on nitrate and nitrite have been However, when significant amounts are
recently modified in the European Union consumed, some risk situations like
according to the Directive 2006/52/EC of 5 hypertensive crisis may appear due to their
July 2006 that modifies previous Directive vasoactive and psychoactive properties.
95/2/EC on additives other than colors and The presence of these amines in meat may
sweeteners. be an indication of its hygienic quality. Thus,
Different types of extraction can be used the presence of cadaverine and/or putrescine
for the separation of nitrosamines from the may indicate the presence of contaminating
meat matrix. These techniques include steam meat flora. In other cases, the processing con-
distillation, liquid-liquid extraction, solvent ditions are very important for the generation of
extraction, solid phase extraction, and biogenic amines, especially in fermented meats
supercritical fluid extraction (Fiddler and where the decarboxylase activity in any of the
Pensabene 1996 ; Raoul et al. 1997; Rath and microorganisms of natural flora or microbial
Reyes 2009). Once extracted, volatile N- starters must be carefully con-trolled. For
nitrosamines, or nonvolatile nitrosamines instance, certain lactic acid bac-teria with
previously derivatized by acylation or tri- decarboxylase activity can generate tyramine
methylsilylation, are usually analyzed by gas from tyrosine (Eerola et al. 1996). The
chromatography coupled to a thermal energy estimated tolerance level for this amine is 100–
analyzer or mass spectrometry detectors in 800 mg/kg (Nout 1994), but larger ingested
case a specific identification and confirma-tion amounts may result in higher blood pressure
is necessary. Nonvolatile nitrosamines and the risk of hypertensive crisis (Shalaby
1996). Other amines like phenyle-thylamine
may cause migraine and increases in blood
pressure.
Chapter 27 formed in oven roasting and baking at low
temperatures. In general, the direct contact
of meat with the heating source facilitates
Ways to control amine generation are the formation of higher levels of HAs than
based on the use of starter cultures unable to when the meat is in less intimate contact
produce amines but competitive against with the heating device.
amine-producing microorganisms; the use of
microorganisms having amine oxidase activ-
Polycyclic Aromatic
ity; the selection of raw materials of high
Hydrocarbons (PAH)
quality; and good manufacturing practices
(Talon et al. 2002; Vidal-Carou et al. 2007). Smoking has been used for centuries as a
The analysis of biogenic amines includes means of meat preservation and more recently
a liquid extraction with acid solutions or it has been mainly used for its sensory effects
organic solvents followed by cleanup of the on the meat. It has traditionally consisted in the
extract. Amines are then analyzed by high exposure of meat products to the smoke
performance liquid chromatography with generated by controlled combustion of certain
either ion-exchange or reverse-phase, with natural hard woods, sometimes accompanied
ion pairs followed by ultraviolet-visible or by aromatic herbs and spices. The pyrolysis of
fluorescence detection. Amines are usually wood generates smoke through different
derivatized either pre- or post-column oxidation routes. Moist wood chips can also be
(Vidal-Carou et al. 2009). used for direct gen-eration of smoke. The
smoke is condensed and adsorbed on the
surface of the meat product. The penetration
Heterocyclic Amines rate into the product depends on the conditions
These amines are formed by the reaction of of the process (temperature, humidity,
amino acids, alone or with creatine or creati- volatility, and veloc-ity of the smoke). Further
nine, under high heating such as that achieved information on smoking, its production and
in certain types of meat cooking. The main two application as well as its sensory and
classes of heterocyclic amines (HAs) are antimicrobial effects on meat, may be read in
aminoimidazol -quinolines and amino- chapter 12.
imidazol-pyridines. The exposure to HAs is There are some flavoring substances that
mostly due to 2-amino-1-methyl-6- exert typical smoke flavor, but the smoke may
phenylimidazol(4,5,b)pyridine (PhIP) and 2- also contain some health-hazardous
amino-3,8-dimethylimidazo(4,5,f)quinoxi-line compounds like polycyclic aromatic hydro-
(MeIQx). Other minor compounds are 2- carbons (PAH), phenols, and formaldehyde
amino-9-H-pyrido(2,3,b)indole (AC); 2- (Bem 1995). Polycyclic aromatic hydrocar-
amino-3,4-dimethylimidazo(4,5,f)quino-line bons are generated during the thermal decom-
(IQ); and 2-amino-3,4,8-trimethylimi- position of the wood (over 500°C) when
dazo(4,5,f)quinoxiline (DiMeIQx) (Jakszyn et oxygen is limited (Simko 2009a). The most
al. 2004). All these amines are closely related important polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
to the development of certain types of cancer are listed in Table 27.2. Some polycyclic
(Bogen 1994; Augustsson et al. 1999). The aromatic hydrocarbons, especially benzo-a-
assessment of the intake of AHs is dif-ficult pyrene, are known to possess cancer-induc-ing
because its content in meat depends on the and carcinogenic properties. Most of the PAH
type of cooking, temperature, and time have been classified as 2A by the International
(Bjeldanes et al. 1983). Frying, broiling, and Agency of Research on Cancer. Information
grilling/barbecuing are the cooking methods about PAH content in 313 food
that produce the largest amounts of HAs
because of the very high temperatures used
(Sinha et al. 1998). Lower levels of HAs are
items in 23 countries was recently created Detection of Chemical Hazards 473
(Jakszyn et al. 2004). Formaldehyde has
been identified as promoting cancerous
tumors. Some smoke phenols could react to ent woods after specific pyrolisis conditions
form highly toxic nitrosophenols that could and extraction protocols. In addition to
further react to form toxic reaction products, forming part of smoke flavorings, these
such as nitrophenols, polymeric nitrosic primary products can be used as such in foods.
compounds, and other toxic compounds, or Smoke flavorings have a wide vari-ability of
even catalyze the formation of nitrosamines compounds, including polycyclic aromatic
(Bem 1995). The worst situations are found hydrocarbons (Jennings 1990; Maga 1987 ).
in heavily smoked meat products with old or The toxicological effects of smoke flavorings
inadequate smokehouses where the PAH can vary significantly among preparations
levels could reach amounts near 100 μg/kg because these effects depend on many factors,
(Simko 2009a). In any case, the content in such as the produc-tion process of the primary
PAH is highly variable because it depends products, the qualitative and quantitative
on many vari-ables, including the use of composition, the concentration used in the
direct or indirect smoking, the type of flavoring, and the final use levels (SCF 1995).
generator used, the type and composition of Recently, the application of smoke-flavored
wood and herbs, the accessibility to oxygen, primary prod-ucts has been controlled in the
and the temperature and time of the process. European Union through the Council
When technology is correctly applied, the Regulation 2065/2003 on smoke flavorings
PAH content is below 1 μg/kg. Benzo-a- used or intended for use in or on foods. Under
pyrene (BaP) is being used as an indicator of this regulation, the use of a primary product in
the presence of PAH in the meat. In fact, the and on foods will be authorized only if it has
EC Regulation limited its amount to 5 μg/kg been sufficiently demonstrated that it does not
in meat and meat products. present risks to human health. The European
Some alternative processes have been Food Safety Authority (EFSA) is in charge of
designed to reduce the contamination of the issuing a list of primary products allowed for
smoked meat products with hazardous com- use as such in/or on food and/or for the
pounds. Some of these strategies that can production of derived smoke flavor-ings.
reduce significantly the PAH content in Studies on subchronic toxicity and
smoked meat products consist of the filtration genotoxicity must be performed to evaluate the
of particles, the use of cooling traps, lower potential toxicological effects of the primary
temperatures, and/or reducing the duration of products used for smoke flavoring.
the process. Alternatively, liquid smoke can be
obtained through distillation and subse-quent Regulation 627/2006 implements
condensation of volatile compounds and then Regulation 2065/2003 regarding quality
applied to the surface of the meat product. This criteria for validated analytical methods for
last strategy with extended use consists of the sampling, identification, and characterization
use of the primary products (primary smoke of primary smoke products (E. C. 2006). The
condensates and primary tar fractions) that detection of PAH compounds can be per-
may be further processed to produce smoke formed with gas chromatography, coupled
flavorings applied in or on foods. These smoke with a flame ionization detector or high -
flavorings can be incor-porated at performance liquid chromatography coupled
concentrations within the range 0.1%–1.0%. with ultraviolet or fluorescence detectors. The
These flavorings are produced from primary identification and confirmation of PAH may be
products obtained from differ- performed by using mass spectrom-etry
detectors coupled with either gas chro-
matography or HPLC chromatography. The
description of methods of analysis for the
Chapter 27 formation as an index of the oxidative status.
This method is not specific and is subject to
some errors. An interesting alternative that is
detection and identification of PAH in meat quite usual is based on the analysis of alde-
products has been recently reviewed (Simko hydes, especially hexanal, by static head-
2009b). space-gas chromatography, dynamic
headspace-gas chromatography, or solid
phase microextraction-gas chromatography
Oxidation (Ross and Smith 2006).
Cholesterol oxidation may occur through an
Lipid-Derived Compounds
autoxidative process or in conjunction with
Lipid oxidation is a cause of major deteriora- fatty acid oxidation (Hotchkiss and Parker
tion in meat and meat products. Triacylg- 1990). Cholesterol oxides are consid-ered to be
lycerols, phospholipids, lipoproteins, and prejudicial for health due to their role in
cholesterol constitute the main lipid com- arteriosclerotic plaque but can also be
pounds in meat that are susceptible to oxida- mutagenic, carcinogenic, and cytotoxic
tion. Phospholipids are very susceptible to (Guardiola et al. 1996). Cholesterol oxides
oxidation due to their high content in poly- may be formed when reheating chilled meat or
unsaturated fatty acids. Oxidation may be during the chilling storage of meat. No
induced by light, metal ions (i.e., iron, copper, cholesterol oxides were reported to be detected
cobalt, manganese, etc.), or enzymes like after the heating of pork sausages (Baggio and
lipoxygenase. In the case of induction by Bragagnolo 2006), but studies made on
lipoxygenase, this enzyme needs activation by European sausages revealed the generation of
a preformed hydroperoxide (Honikel 2009). up to 1.5 μg/g of cholesterol oxides, even
Lipid oxidation may also be induced by though the percentage of cho-lesterol oxidation
hydrogen peroxide generated by peroxide- was below 0.17. The major cholesterol oxide
forming bacteria during meat fermentation. found in an Italian sausage was reported to be
Lipid oxidation follows a free radical mecha- 7-ketocholesterol, while 5,6α-5,6-
nism consisting of 3 steps: initiation, propa- epoxycholesterol was the major end product in
gation, and termination. Hydroperoxides are other analyzed sausages (Demeyer et al. 2000).
the primary products of oxidation, but they are The reported values were below the toxic
relatively unstable and odorless, while the levels, as concluded with assays performed
secondary products of oxidation can con- with laboratory animals (in vivo tests)
tribute to off-flavors, color deterioration, and (Bösinger et al. 1993).
potential generation of toxic compounds
(Kanner 1994). These compounds are alde-
hydes, ketones, alkanes, alkenes, alcohols, Protein-Derived Compounds
esters, acids, and hydrocarbons. The devel- Muscle proteins may be oxidized by reactive
opment of rancid taste is associated with lipid oxygen species—for instance, the hydrogen
oxidation, mainly aldehydes that have low peroxide generated by certain bacteria during
threshold values. Some products of lipid oxi- meat fermentation. Oxidative damage of pro-
dation may be chronic toxicants, and high teins may result in degradation or polymer-
levels have been reported to contribute to ization of myofibrillar proteins and alter their
aging, cancer, and cardiovascular diseases functionality in properties such as gelation,
(Hotchkiss and Parker 1990). emulsification, solubility, and water-holding
There are several methods for the mea- capacity (Ooizumi and Xiong 2004). The main
surement of lipid oxidation in meat products. modifications of amino acids by oxida-
One of the most common methods is the
TBARS that consists of the spectrophotomet-
ric determination of malondialdehyde (MDA)
tion, especially proline, arginine, lysine, Detection of Chemical Hazards 475
methionine, and cysteine residues, consist of
the formation of carbonyl derivatives (Giulivi
et al. 2003). The formation of carbonyl com- 2008). Both semialdehydes are formed as the
pounds can be used as a kind of measurement main carbonyl products from metal-catalyzed
of protein damage by oxygen radicals under oxidized proteins. This method uses liquid
processing conditions. Other oxidative mech- chromatography-electrospray ionization
anisms consist of thiol oxidation and aro-matic mass spectrometry and was recently applied
hydroxylation (Morzel et al. 2006). Sulfur to a survey of protein oxidation in different
amino acids of proteins are those more meat products. The results showed that dry-
susceptible to oxidation by peroxide reagents, cured ham and dry-cured sausages had the
like hydrogen peroxide. Consequently, cystine highest amount of GGS, followed by liver
is oxidized only partly to cysteic acid, while pâté and cooked sausages. Ground meat had
methionine is oxidized to methionine sulfoxide the lowest GGS levels (Armenteros et al.
and methionine sulfone in small amounts 2009).
(Slump and Schreuder 1973 ). Sulfinic and
cysteic acids can also be pro-duced by direct
Veterinary Drugs and Growth
oxidation of cysteine (Finley et al. 1981). The
oxidation of homocystine can generate
Promoters Residues
homolanthionine sulfoxide as a main product Veterinary pharmaceutical drugs have been
(Lipton et al. 1977). Peptides such as reduced used for a long time in animal production as
glutathione can also be oxi-dized by hydrogen therapeutic agents to control infectious dis-
peroxide. The oxidation rates increase with the eases or as prophylactic agents to prevent
pH, and most of the cysteine in the glutathione outbreaks of diseases and control parasitic
is oxidized to the monoxide or dioxide forms. infections (Dixon 2001). Meanwhile,
growth-promoting agents like the anabolic
A method used for the quantification of agents are added to improve the feed
carbonyl compounds in meat and meat conversion efficiency by increasing the lean-
products is based on the derivatization of to- fat ratio, while antimicrobial agents are
carbonyl protein groups with the 2,4- added to make more nutrients available to
dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH) to form the animal and not to the gut bacteria. In
hydrazones, and then the absorbance is mea- recent years, there has been an increasing
sured at 370 nm (Oliver et al. 1987). Another concern regard-ing the development of
method to evaluate protein oxidation is based increased bacterial resistance to certain
on the conjugated fluorophores resulting from antibiotics due to the abuse of antibiotics
reactions between lipid oxidation prod-ucts consumption (Butaye et al. 2001).
(aldehydes) and amino groups. This Most veterinary drugs have been banned in
fluorescence can be detected at excitation and the European Union for use in farm animals
emission wavelengths of 350 and 450 nm, because of fears about health effects (geno-
respectively (Viljanen et al. 2004). But these toxic, immunotoxic, carcinogenic, or endo-
methods are unspecific and may give gross crine) from their residues in animal tissues.
margins of error. Recently, a method based on These substances can only be administered to
the measurement of α-aminoadipic and γ- animals for therapeutic purposes under strict
glutamic semialdehydes (AAS and GGS, control of a responsible veterinarian (Van
respectively) was considered to be a good Peteghem and Daeselaire 2004). Antibiotics
alternative to measure specific bio-markers of were banned due to concerns about the devel-
oxidative damage (Estévez et al. opment of antimicrobial resistance (Reig and
Toldrá 2009a).
The main veterinary drugs and substances
with anabolic effect are listed in Table 27.2 .
Chapter 27
Table 27.2. List of veterinary drugs and substances with anabolic effect according to
classification in Council Directive 96/23/EC (Toldrá and Reig, 2007)
Group A: Substances having anabolic effect Representative substances
1 Stilbenes Diethylstilbestrol
2 Anthithyroid agents Thiouracils, mercaptobenzimidazoles
3 Steroids
Androgens Trenbolone acetate
Gestagens Melengestrol acetate
Estrogens 17-β-estradiol
4 Resorcycilic acid lactones Zeranol
5 β-agonists Clenbuterol, mabuterol, salbutamol
6 Other substances Nitrofurans
Group B: Veterinary drugs
1 Antibacterial substances Sulfonamides, tetracyclines, β-lactam, macrolides (tylosin),
quinolones, aminoglycosides, carbadox and olaquindox
2 Other veterinary drugs
Antihelmintics Benzimidazoles, probenzimidazoles, piperazines,
imidazothiazoles, avermectins, tetrahydropyrimidines,
anilides
Anticoccidials Nitroimidazoles, carbanilides, 4-hydroxyquinolones,
pyridinols, ionophores
Carbamates and pyrethroids Esters of carbamic acid, type 1 and 2 pyrethroids
Sedatives Butyrophenones, promazines, β-blocker carazolol
Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs Salicylates, pyrazolones, nicotinic acids, phenamates,
arylpropionic acids, pyrrolizines
Other pharmacologically active substances Dexamethasone
Group B: Contaminants
3 Environmental contaminants
Organochlorine compounds PCBs, compounds derived from aromatic, cyclodiene or
terpenic hydrocarbons
Organophosphorous compounds Malathion, phorate
Chemical elements Heavy metals
Mycotoxins Aflatoxins, deoxynivalenol, zearalenone
Dyes
Others
The illegal addition of any of these sub-stances ance was given in Decisions 93/256/EEC
to farm animals may imply that their residues and 93/257/EEC. The Council Directive
could remain in the animal-treated derived 96/23/EC was recently implemented by the
foods, constituting a risk. As a result, the Commission Decision 2002/657/EC, which
presence of these substances in farm animals provides rules for the analytical methods to
and foods of animal origin must be monitored be used in testing official samples and spe-
(Croubels et al. 2004 ). The pres-ence of these cific common criteria for the interpretation
substances in foods and the number of samples of the analytical results of official control
to be tested each year is regulated in the labo-ratories for such samples. In the United
European Union by EC Directive 96/23/EC on States, the Food Safety and Inspection
measures to monitor certain substances and Services (FSIS) establishes the surveillance
residues in live animals and animal products. programs, including the National Residue
The analytical methodology for the monitoring Program, the exploratory residue testing pro-
of compli- grams, and inspector-generated in-plant
residue test samples (Croubels et al. 2004). Detection of Chemical Hazards 477
The FDA Center for Veterinary Medicine
issues the analytical criteria. The control of
residues of these substances in meats exported the United Nations Environment Programme
to the European Union was further assured by as those persistent chemical substances that
an Additional Testing Program designed by the can accumulate in foods and cause adverse
USDA (Croubels et al. 2004). effects to consumers. Most of the organo-
The detection of these substances is quite chlorine pesticides were banned during the
complex due to the large number of samples 1970s and 1980s, but they are persistent and
and the low levels of the substances to be stable and may remain in the environment
detected. The control is usually based on for many years, constituting a risk of long-
screening tests like ELISA test kits, anti- term exposure (Moats 1994). These sub-
body-based automatic techniques, or chro- stances tend to be accumulated in the fatty
matographic techniques (Reig and Toldrá tissue of living organisms. Current
2008). In the case of antibiotics, microbio- maximum residue limits in the EU for the
logical tests such as the European Four Plate organochlo-ride pesticides that can be
Test can be used. Screening tests are useful present in animal products are within 0.02
because they are rapid, but they are unable and 1 mg/kg of fat, while in the United
to confirm the results because they can only States they are estab-lished between 0.1 and
give qualitative or semiquantitative data. 7 mg/kg fat (Iamiceli et al. 2009).
The next step for suspicious samples The contaminants described above, as
(suspected of being noncompliant) is a well as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) (a
confirmatory analysis through gas or high family of 209 compounds that were used in
performance liquid chromatography coupled lubricating oils and heat exchange fluids),
with mass spectrometry or other mycotoxins produced by molds and marine
sophisticated method-ologies for accurate toxins, and heavy metals, among others, can
identification and confirmation of the be present in feeds used for farm animals.
substance (Toldrá and Reig 2006). The The reasons for such contamination are
description of methods of analysis for the varied: use of contaminated ingredients, lack
detection and identification of growth of control of the ingredients, inadequate
promoters and veterinary drug residues in processing, growth of molds in feed grains
meat and meat products has been recently and meals, etc. (Croubels et al. 2004).
reviewed (Reig and Toldrá 2009b, c). Environmental contaminants are rather dif-
ficult to control, even though they can exert
potential toxicity in the product (Heggum
Environmental Contaminants 2004). There are recent reviews on the
There are a wide variety of environmental methods of analysis for the detection and
contaminants. The main concern is that they identification of persistent organic pollutants
may be present in the feeds consumed by farm in meat (Iamiceli et al. 2009) and polychlo-
animals and thus contaminate the result-ing rinated byphenils in meat products (García-
meats. Some well-known contaminants are Regueiro and Castellari 2009).
dioxins, organophosphorous, and organo-
chlorine pesticides. These contaminants are
quite extensive worldwide, making their
References
control very difficult. The term “ persistent Armenteros, M., M. Heinonen, V. Ollilainen, F. Toldrá, and
organic pollutants ” (POPs) was defined by M. Estévez. 2009. Analysis of protein carbonyls in meat
products by using the DNPH method, fluores-cence
spectroscopy and liquid chromatography-electrospray
ionisation-mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS). Meat
Science 83:104–112.
Chapter 27 volatile nitrosamines in dry sausages. Food Additives
and Contaminants 15:270–279.
EFSA. 2003. The Effects of Nitrites/Nitrates on the
Microbiological Safety of Meat Products. The EFSA
Augustsson, K., K. Skog, M. Jagerstad, P. W. Dickman, Journal 14:1–21
and G. Steineck. 1999. Dietary heterocyclic amines Estévez, M., V. Ollilainen, and M. Heinonen. 2008. α-
and cancer of the colon, rectum, bladder, and kidney: Aminoadipic and γ-glutamic semialdehydes as
A population-based study. Lancet 353:686–687. indica-tors of protein oxidation in myofibrillar
Baggio, S. R., and N. Bragagnolo. 2006. The effect of proteins. In Proceedings of 54th ICoMST. Cape
heat treatment on the cholesterol oxides, cholesterol, Town, South Africa.
total lipid and fatty acid contents of processed meat Fiddler, W., and J. W. Pensabene. 1996. Supercritical
products. Food Chemistry 95:611–619. fluid extraction of volatile N-nitrosamines in fried
Bjeldanes, L. F., M. M. Morris, H. Timourian, and F. T. bacon and its drippings: Method comparison.
Hatch. 1983. Effects of meat composition and Journal of AOAC International 79:895–901.
cooking conditions on mutagen formation in fried Finley, J. W., E. L. Wheeler, and S. C. Witt. 1981.
ground beef. Journal of Agricultural and Food Oxidation of glutathione by hydrogen peroxide and
Chemistry 31: 18–21. other oxidizing agents. Journal of Agricultural and
Bem, Z. 1995. Desirable and undesirable effects of Food Chemistry 29:404–407.
smoking meat products. Die Fleischerei 3:3–8. García-Regueiro, J. A., and M. Castellari. 2009.
Bogen, K. T. 1994. Cancer potencies of heterocyclic Polychlorinated byphenyls: Environmental chemical
amines found in cooked foods. Food and Chemical contaminants. In Handbook of Processed Meats and
Toxicology 32:505–515. Poultry Analysis, edited by L. M. L. Nollet and T.
Bösinger, S., W. Luf, and E. Brandl. 1993. Oxysterols: Fidel. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Their occurrence and biological effects. Giulivi, C., N. J. Traaseth, and K. J. A. Davies. 2003.
International Dairy Journal 3:1–33. Tyrosine oxidation products: Analysis and biological
Butaye, P., L. A. Devriese, and F. Haesebrouck. 2001. relevance. Amino Acids 25:227–232.
Differences in antibiotic resistance patterns of Guardiola, F., R. Codony, P. B. Addis, M. Rafecas, and
Enterococcus faecalis and Enterococcus faecium P. Boatella. 1996. Biological effects of oxysterols:
strains isolated from farm and pet animals. Current status. Food Chemistry and Toxicology
Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 45:1374– 34:193–198.
1378. Heggum, C. 2004. Risk analysis and quantitative risk
Cassens, R. G. 1997. Composition and safety of cured management. In Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences,
meats in the USA. Food Chemistry 59:561– 566. edited by W. Jensen, C. Devine, and M. Dikemann.
London, UK: Elsevier.
Croubels, S., E. Daeselaire, S. De Baere, P. De Backer, Hill, L. H., N. B. Webb, L. D. Mongol, and A. T.
and D. Courtheyn. 2004. Feed and drug residues. In Adams. 1973. Changes in residual nitrite in sausages
Encyclopedia of Meat Sciences, edited by W. Jensen, and lun-cheon meat products during storage. Journal
C. Devine, and M. Dikemann. London, UK: Elsevier. of Milk Food Technology 36:515–519.
Demeyer, D. I., M. Raemakers, A. Rizzo, A. Holck, A. Honikel, K. O. 2009. Oxidative changes and their
De Smedt, B. Ten Brink, B. Hagen, C. Montel, E. control in meat and meat products. In Safety of Meat
Zanardi, E. Murbrek, F. Leroy, F. Vanderdriessche, and Processed Meat, edited by F. Toldrá. New York:
K. Lorentsen, K. Venema, L. Sunesen, L. Stahnke, L. Springer.
De Vuyst, R. Talon, R. Chizzolini, and S. Eerola. Hotchkiss, J. H., and R. S. Parker. 1990. Toxic com-
2000. Control of bioflavor and safety in fermented pounds formed during processing and cooking. In
sausages: First results of a European project. Food Meat and Health, edited by A. M. Pearson and T. R.
Research International 33:171–180. Dutson. London: Elsevier Applied Science.
E. C. 2006. Commission Regulation (EC) No 627/2006 Hotchkiss, J. H., and A. L. Vecchio. 1985.
of 21 April 2006 implementing Regulation (EC) No Nitrosamines in fired-out bacon fat and its use as a
2065/2003 of the European Parliament and of the cooking oil. Food Technology 39:67–73.
Council as regards quality criteria for validated Iamiceli, A. L., I. Fochi, G. Brambilla, and A. Di
analytical methods for sampling, identification and Domenico. 2009. Determination of persistant organic
characterisation of primary smoke products. Official pollutants in meat. In Handbook of Processed Meats
Journal of the European Union L 109:3–6. and Poultry Analysis, edited by L. M. L. Nollet and
Dixon, S. N. 2001. Veterinary drug residues. In Food F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press.
Chemical Safety, vol. 1: Contaminants , edited by D. Jakszyn, P., A. Agudo, R. Ibañez, R. García-Closas, G.
H. Watson. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing Pera, P. Amiano, and C. A. González. 2004.
Ltd. Development of a food database of nitrosamines,
Eerola, S., R. Maijala, A. X. Roig-Sangués, M. heterocyclic amines, and polyccyclic aromatic hydro-
Salminen, and T. Hirvi. 1996. Biogenic amines in dry carbons. Journal of Nutrition 134:2011–2014.
sausages as affected by starter culture and Jennings, W. G. 1990. Analysis of liquid smoke and
contaminant amine-positive Lactobacillus. Journal smoked meat volatiles by headspace gas chromatog-
of Food Science 61:1243–1246. raphy. Food Chemistry 37:135–144.
Eerola, S., I. Otegui, L. Saari, and A. Rizzo. 1998.
Application of liquid chromatography atmospheric
pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry and
tandem mass spectrometry to the determination of
Kanner, J. 1994. Oxidative processes in meat and meat Detection of Chemical Hazards 479
products: Quality implications . Meat Science
36:169– 189.
Lipton, S. H., C. E. Bodwell, and A. H. Coleman Jr.
1977. Amino acid analyzer studies of the products of Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Safety
peroxide oxidation of cystine, lanthionine and homo- 5:18–25.
cystine. Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry SCF. 1995. Smoke flavorings: Report of the Scientific
25:624–628. Committee for Food, opinion adopted on 23 June
Maga, J. A. 1987. The flavour chemistry of wood smoke. 1993. 34 series Food Science Techniques. European
Food Reviews International 3:139–183. Commission.
Moats, W. A. 1994. Chemical residues in muscle foods. Sen, N. P., P. A. Baddoo, and S. W. Seaman. 1987.
In Muscle Foods: Meat, Poultry and Seafood Volatile nitrosamines in cured meats packaged in
Technology, edited by D. M. Kinsman, A. W. Kotula, elastic rubber nettings. Journal of Agricultural and
and B. C. Breidenstein. New York: Chapman and Food Chemistry 35:346–350.
Hall. Shalaby, A. R. 1996. Significance of biogenic amines to
Morzel, M., P. Gatellier, T. Sayd, M. Renerre, and E. food safety and human health. Food Research
Laville. 2006. Chemical oxidation decreases proteo- International 29:675–690.
lytic susceptibility of skeletal muscle myofibrillar Simko, P. 2009a. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in
proteins. Meat Science 73:536–543. smoked meats. In Safety of Meat and Processed
Nout, M. J. R. 1994. Fermented foods and food safety. Meat, edited by F. Toldrá. New York: Springer.
Food Research International 27:291–296. Simko, P. 2009b. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. In
Oliver, C. N., B. W. Ahn, E. J. Moerman, S. Goldstein, Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis,
and E. R. Stadtman. 1987. Age-related changes in edited by L. M. L. Nollet and T. Fidel. Boca Raton,
oxidized proteins. Journal of Biological Chemistry Fla.: CRC Press.
262:5488–5491. Sinha, R., N. Rothman, C. P. Salmon, M. G. Knize, E.
Ooizumi, T., and Y. L. Xiong. 2004. Biochemical D. Brown, C. A. Swanson, D. Rhodes, S. Rossi, J. S.
susceptibility of myosin in chicken myofibrils sub- Felton, and O. A. Levander. 1998. Heterocyclic
jected to hydroxyl radical oxidizing systems. Journal amine content in beef cooked by different methods to
of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 52:4303– 4307. varying degrees of doneness and gravy made from
beef drippings. Food Chemical Toxicology 36:279–
Pegg, R. B., and F. Shahidi. 2000. Nitrite Curing of 287.
Meat. Trumbull, Conn.: Food & Nutrition Press. Slump, P., and H. A. W. Schreuder. 1973. Oxidation of
Ramarathnam, N. 1998. The flavour of cured meat. In methionine and cystine in foods treated with
Flavor of Meat, Meat Products and Seafood, edited hydrogen peroxide. Journal of the Science of Food
by F. Shahidi. London, UK: Blackie Academic & and Agriculture 24:657–661.
Professional. Talon, R., S. Leroy-Sétrin, and S. Fadda. 2002.
Raoul, S., E. Gremaud, H. Biaudet, and R. J. Turesky. Bacterial starters involved in the quality of fermented
1997. Rapid solid-phase extraction method for the meat products . In Research Advances in the Quality
detection of volatile nitrosamines in food. Journal of of Meat and Meat Products, edited by F. Toldrá.
Agricultural and Food Chemistry 45:4706–4713. Trivandrum, India: Research Signpost.
Rath, S., and F. G. Reyes. 2009. Nitrosamines. In
Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis, Toldrá, F., and M. Reig. 2006. Methods for rapid detec-
edited by L. M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, tion of chemical and veterinary drug residues in
Fla.: CRC Press. animal foods. Trends in Food Science and
Reig, M., and F. Toldrá. 2008. Immunology-based tech- Technology 17:482–489.
niques for the detection of veterinary drugs residues Toldrá, F., and M. Reig. 2007. Chemical origin toxic
in foods. In Meat Biotechnology, edited by F. Toldrá. compounds. In Handbook of Fermented Meat and
New York: Springer. Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá, Y. H. Hui, I. Astiasarán,
Reig, M., and F. Toldrá. 2009a. Veterinary drugs and W. K. Nip, J. G. Sebranek, E. T. F. Silveira, L. H.
growth promoters residues in meat and processed Stahnke, and R. Talon. Ames, Iowa: Wiley-
meats. In Safety of Meat and Processed Meat, edited Blackwell.
by F. Toldrá. New York: Springer. Toldrá, F., M. C. Aristoy, and M. Flores. 2009.
Reig, M., and F. Toldrá. 2009b. Growth promoters. In Relevance of nitrate and nitrite in dry-cured ham and
Handbook of Analysis of Muscle Foods, edited by L. their effects on aroma development . Grasas y
M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Aceites 60:291–296.
Press. Van Peteghem, C., and E. Daeselaire. 2004. Residues of
Reig, M., and F. Toldrá. 2009c. Veterinary drug resi- growth promoters. In Handbook of Food Analysis,
dues. In Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry 2nd ed., edited by L. M. L. Nollet. New York:
Analysis, edited by L. M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Marcel Dekker.
Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press. Vidal-Carou, M. C., M. Veciana-Nogués, M. L.
Ross, C. F., and D. M. Smith. 2006. Use of volatiles as Latorre-Moratalla, and S. Bover-Cid. 2007. Biogenic
indicators of lipid oxidation in muscle foods. amines: Risk and control. In Handbook of Fermented
Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá, Y. H. Hui, I.
Astiasarán, W. K. Nip, J. G. Sebranek, E. T. F.
Silveira, L. H. Stahnke, and R. Talon. Ames, Iowa:
Wiley-Blackwell.
Chapter 27 somes by berry phenolics. Journal of Agricultural
and Food Chemistry 52:7419–7424.
Walker, R. 1990. Nitrates, nitrites and nitrosocom-
pounds: A review of the occurrence in food and diet
Vidal-Carou, M. C., M. L. Latorre-Moratalla, and S. and the toxicological implications. Food Additives
Bover-Cid. 2009. Biogenic amines. In Handbook of and Contaminants 7:717–768.
Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis, edited by L.
M. L. Nollet and F. Toldrá. Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC
Press.
Viljanen, K., P. Kylli, R. Kivikari, and M. Heinonen. 2004.
Inhibition of protein and lipid oxidation in lipo-
Chapter 28
481
Chapter 28 are too small to be seen without a micro-
scope. On the one hand, microorganisms can
be beneficial to humans because of their role
emerging or reemerging in the food supply, in various geochemical cycles, such as the
which makes tracking and controlling these phosphorous cycle, carbon and oxygen
organisms more difficult. In addition, the cycles, nitrogen cycle, and sulfur cycle;
out-breaks can transcend national without them, the earth would not be livable
boundaries. In 2008 in the United States, an for humans. They are also important in
outbreak of food-borne illness involving various fermented foods, such as wine,
spinach con-sumption resulted in an cheese, beer, vinegar, bread, and soybean
international effort to trace the origin of the products, and in the production of industri-
disease, which was eventually tracked back ally important acids, solvents, antibiotics,
to Mexico. Peanut products also became a steroids, enzymes, etc. They can even be
national sensational case and many products eaten as foods such as yeasts and single-cell
were recalled in the United States in 2008. proteins. On the other hand, microorganisms
Salmonella was the culprit in that particular can spoil our food supplies and cause devas-
case. The list is long; suffice it to say that tating disease in animals and humans; if
outbreaks are constantly evolving, while unchecked, they could even destroy the
microbiologists are kept busy tracking down human race.
these food-borne diseases. From the standpoint of the microorgan-
Fortunately, new developments in micro- isms, however, they are simply trying to
bial detection offer new methods and systems fulfill their biological need to grow and per-
to detect these organisms. Also, there are petuate themselves via sexual and asexual
better and more efficient intervention strate- reproduction. Like humans, they need water,
gies and food-processing methods to con-trol carbohydrates, protein, fat, mineral, vita-
unwanted microorganisms. Thus, food mins, and the right combinations of gases,
microbiologists, food scientists, epidemiolo- temperature, pH, and other conditions in
gists, medical personnel, public health order to grow and multiply and survive.
workers, and consumer educators are charged Therefore, there are no “good” microorgan-
with the responsibility of studying the occur- isms or “bad” microorganisms in nature; we
rence, enumeration, isolation, detection, can consider them harmful or beneficial
characterization, prevention, reporting, and according to how they affect us.
control of food-borne microorganisms in food,
water, and the environment—and then
Definitions
educating the public in order to reduce
microbial hazards in food nationally and There are three major microbial hazards in
internationally. food: spoilage microorganisms, food-borne
intoxications, and food-borne infections.
Synopsis of Introduction to Food
Microbiology by Fung (2009b) Spoilage Microorganisms
Microorganisms are ubiquitous in our envi- When large numbers of undesirable microor-
ronment, and they affect our daily lives ganisms are present in raw, contaminated
through their prolific biochemical activities cooked, or fermented food supplies, they
under ideal growth conditions. All living compete with the space and utilization of the
things less than 0.1 mm in diameter fall into food’s nutrients; these are considered to be
the microscopic world of microbes. The spoilage microorganisms. Occasionally, the
microbial world includes viruses, bacteria,
yeasts, molds, protozoa, algae, and other
organisms that at different growth stages
Microbial Hazards in Foods: Food-Borne Infections and Intoxications 483
produced by a biologic system. It has been be found on human skin, nose, hair, and
estimated that one pure ounce of toxin can many food items. The organisms, when
kill 200 million people. Treatment is by the allowed to grow in food, may produce a
administration of monovalent E, bivalent class of low molecular weight (ca 30,000
AB, trivalent ABE, or polyvalent ABCDEF daltons) protein toxins called staphylococcal
antisera. entero-toxins (A, B, C1, C2, C3, D, E, and
The toxins can be detected by animal maybe others). These toxins, when ingested
tests using mice, as well as immunologic by a susceptible person, will cause severe
tests using specific antibodies (gel diffusion nausea, vomiting, abdominal cramps,
tests, ELISA, RIA tests, etc). Recently, a diarrhea, and prostration about 4 to 6 hours
rapid Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) after consump-tion. Recovery is about 24 to
method has been employed to detect the 72 hours. Victims usually will not die, but
botulin gene harbored by cultures isolated they may wish they had, as the reactions are
from foods. The information, however, does very violent. Also, there is no immunity
not directly imply that the food is toxigenic against the toxins; thus a person can have
and harbors the toxin. staphylo-coccal intoxication repeatedly.
Fortunately, the toxins are heat sensitive. Along with Salmonella and Clostridium
Boiling of the toxin for 10 minutes will destroy perfringens, staphylococcal intoxication has
it. The key to preventing botulism is to know ranked among the top-three agents of food-
the composition (pH, Aw oxidation-reduction borne disease in the past 40 years. In 2002,
potential, presence of inhibitory compounds, there were 42 outbreaks, involving 1,413
etc.) of the food and to utilize proper time and cases and 1 death. Since this is a
temperature for processing as well as correct nonreportable disease, many more outbreaks
packaging and storage of the processed food. and cases occur regu-larly without being
All high-moisture, low-acid foods processed known to public health officials.
and then stored under anaerobic conditions, These toxins are heat stable. Once formed
whether in cans, glass bottles, or pouches, in food, the toxin is very hard to destroy.
should be subject to close scrutiny to avoid the Heating the toxins at 80°C for 5 hours will
possibility of C. botuli-num surviving and later not destroy the toxin. Boiling for 3 hours
germinating and pro-ducing the toxins. Since will destroy the toxin, and cooking under
there are proteolytic and nonproteolytic strains pressure (121° C) will inactivate the toxin in
of C. botulinum, the absence of off-odor from 30 minutes. For practical purposes, these
a suspected canned food cannot guarantee the toxins are not inactivated by normal cooking
safety of the food. Never taste a suspected procedures.
food or use food from swollen, dented, or Due to the fact that the enterotoxins are
deformed cans. When in doubt, always boil the heat stable, detection of live Staphylococcus
suspected food for 10 minutes before aureus in foods has only limited value in
discarding it. The use of nitrites in fermented terms of assessing the potential of the food
meat such as sau-sages is to prevent the to cause staphylococcal food intoxication.
germination of the Clostridium botulinum For example, if a food is contaminated with
spores. a toxigenic strain of S. aureus and the organ-
isms grow to 1 million cells, they will then
release large amounts of enterotoxins (in
Staphylococcus aureus micrograms) into the food. When the food is
Staphylococcus aureus is a Gram-positive, subsequently cooked, even though live S.
facultative anaerobic coccus occurring in aureus cannot be found in it, the food is still
clusters. The organism is ubiquitous and can capable of causing a case of staphylococcal
Chapter 28 England, 100,000 turkeys died of unknown
causes, and the disease was called Turkey X
disease. After much work, the contaminant
intoxication due to the heat-stable toxins in the was found to have originated from peanut meal
food. Several years ago in the United States, from Brazil. The organisms responsible for
imported canned mushrooms caused a great producing the toxic compounds were identified
deal of concern. No live S. aureus were found as A. flavus. Later, A. parasiticus was also
in the canned mushrooms, yet the preformed found to be able to produce the toxin.
enterotoxins in the mushrooms caused many Recently, A. nomius has also been added to the
cases of food intoxication. list of cultures producing the aflatoxin. The
The value of monitoring live S. aureus is mold can grow between 7.5°C and 43°C, with
to ascertain the hygienic quality of the food optimal temperatures at 24° to 28°C. The
and the potential of the live organisms to minimal water activity for growth is 0.82 and
the optimal is 0.99. The pH range for growth is
grow and produce the enterotoxins in foods.
from 2 to near 11. Production of the toxins
Detection of staphylococcal enterotoxins has
generally parallels the growth of the
been a subject of much research in the past
organisms. Research data from the author’s
35 years. Monkeys, cats, and other animals
laboratory suggested that sporulation of the
have been used to detect toxins, but using
cultures seems to be a pre-requisite for toxin
these animals is not practical for routine
production. In 1 to 3 days of growth, the
testing. Immunological methods such as
organism can produce the toxins. The primary
ELISA test, Latex agglutination tests, and
toxins are B1, B2, G1, and G2. B and G indicate
gel diffusion tests are used to detect the
toxin in foods. The commercial kits can that the toxins fluoresce blue or green under
ultraviolet light, respec-tively. When cows
detect entero-toxin A, B, C, D, and/or E.
either singularly or in combination. consume B1 and B2 toxins, they can modify the
Fortunately, the organism is not a good toxins and excrete the toxins as M 1 and M2 in
competitor compared with other spoilage milk.
organisms (e.g., Pseudomonas) in raw foods Spores of these molds are ubiquitous; the
such as ground beef and fish. However, in the organisms have been found to grow in rice,
absence of competitors, such as in salty food sorghum, peanut, corn, wheat, and soybean
(e.g., ham) or processed foods (e.g., pro-cessed crops, as well as animal feed. Human food
cheese), the organism can grow and produce shown to support growth and toxin produc-
the heat-stable toxins. They can produce tion of this mold include peanuts, peanut
enough toxins in 4 hours at room temperature butter, pecans, beans, dried fruits, fish, and
to cause a problem. That is the reason why this even cheese. Because the toxins are carcino-
intoxication is called picnic food poisoning genic, they are under strict government scru-
because during a picnic, food may be left tiny, since the Delaney Clause of 1958
nonrefrigerated for hours before consumption prohibits the presence of carcinogenic com-
by partygoers. It is, therefore, essential to use pounds in U.S. foods. Currently, the allowed
proper refrigeration (4° C) to prevent S. aureus limit is 20 ppb for animal feed and all foods,
from growing in the food or by keeping hot except milk, which has an action level of 0.5
food hot (60°C). This advice is applicable to aflatoxin M1. Although no direct food-
all subsequent discus-sions on food related aflatoxin cases have been reported
intoxication and infections. in the United States, there are concerns
that aflatoxin can affect the immune
systems of patients. Aflatoxin fatality cases
Aspergillus
were reported in Southeast Asia when
Aspergillus flavus and A. parasiticus are people con-
molds that can produce a group of carcino-
genic toxins called aflatoxins. In 1960 in
Microbial Hazards in Foods: Food-Borne Infections and Intoxications 487
sumed food heavily contaminated with Unlike exotoxins, antibodies will not neutral-
molds. The toxins can be detected by animal ize toxicity because the toxic part is the lipid.
tests using ducklings or chick embryo. Thin- All endotoxins have the same action and are
layer chromatography and high-performance released when the Gram-negative bacterium
liquid chromatography can also be used to undergoes lysis. These endotoxins cause fever
detect these toxins. Recently, monoclonal by acting as exogenous pyrogens. The
antibodies have been employed to detect exogenous pyrogen, when absorbed into the
these toxins with great rapidity (10 to 30 bloodstream, causes injury to the leukocytes,
min) and sensitivity (1 ppb and lower). which in turn release an endogenous pyrogen.
Attempts to detoxify aflatoxin by ozone, This endogenous pyrogen stimulates the ther-
peroxides, and ammonia have met with moregulatory center of the brain at the hypo-
limited success. Thus, the best preventive thalamus and causes fever. Therefore, fever in
measure is not to allow the mold to a patient is indicative of a food -borne
contaminate the food and feed, and keep infection case.
these commodities in a dry environment Endotoxins can be detected by the limulus
unfavorable for mold growth. amebocyte lysate (LAL) test. In the presence
of endotoxins, the LAL will form a gel. The
reaction takes about 1 hour. Hospital materi-als
Exotoxins versus Endotoxins
should be pyrogen-free, and LAL is the
It is necessary to differentiate these toxins standard test for pyrogens in hospital sup-plies
before having a discussion on food-borne and environment. Because endotoxins are
infections. released upon lysis of the cell, it is advis-able
Exotoxins are toxins produced by an in certain cases that antibiotics not be
organism and later released into the environ- administered in mild food infection cases.
ment. The cell remains alive and intact. Lysis of cells by antibiotics intended for other
Ingestion of these preformed toxins causes infections such as Escherichia coli O157 : H7
food- borne intoxication. These toxins are may allow the release of other harmful toxins
protein toxins, mainly produced by Gram- in the intestinal tract, causing a more severe
positive organisms. Because they are pro- infection case.
teins, they can be neutralized by
corresponding antibodies and detected by a
variety of immu-nologic methods. These Bacterial Infection
toxins are relatively heat sensitive (except
Clostridium perfringens
the staphylococcal enterotoxins described
earlier). These toxins also have a distinct Clostridium perfringens occupies an interest-
pharmacology. Examples of exotoxins are ing position, since it is both a food- borne
staphylococcal enterotoxins (affecting the infection agent as well as a food-borne intox-
intestinal tracts) and botulinum neurotoxins ication agent. On the one hand, the suscep-tible
(affecting the nervous system). person has to ingest large numbers of viable C.
Endotoxins are part of the cell wall mate- perfringens before coming down with a food
rial of Gram-negative cells. Every Gram- -poisoning case, and on the other hand, the
negative bacterium examined has endotoxins. organism produces an enterotoxin to cause the
These are complex molecules containing illness. In 2002 in the United States, there were
protein, carbohydrate, and lipid. The protein 57 outbreaks and 2,772 cases, with no deaths
moiety determines antigenicity, the carbohy- reported. It is estimated, however, that 250,000
drate moiety determines immunologic speci- cases occur annually, with an average of 7.6
ficity, and the lipid moiety causes toxicity. deaths per year at an
Chapter 28 indicator of fecal contamination in recre-
ational water. Fung et al. (2007) developed the
Fung Double Tube (FDT) system, which can
annual cost of $123 million to the U.S. detect live C. perfringens in the tubes about 5
economy. C. perfringens is a Gram-positive hour after sampling the seawater. The
anaerobic spore-forming rod and produces at generation time (time for doubling of a popu-
least 13 different toxins, which can cause lation of cells) of C. perfringens in ideal con-
diseases such as gas gangrene. One of the ditions, such as in the FDT, is as short as 7.1
toxins is named Clostridium perfringens min at 42°C. This is the fastest method known
enterotoxin (CPE), which is released in the to obtain visible colony-forming units of any
intestinal tract and causes infection/intoxica- bacteria in an agar system. More recently, in
tion by this organism. Spores of this organ- 2009, by adding the phosphatase test to the
ism naturally distribute widely and can agar system, the black presumptive C.
easily contaminate foods. perfringens colonies can be confirmed as C.
Most of the incidents of C. perfringens food perfringens in the FDT, due to the fluo-resces
poisoning involve meats prepared in large surrounding the black colony. With more
quantities one day and consumed the next day, confirmation, this test will help authori-ties
after the food has been kept at luke-warm determine when to close beaches to protect the
temperatures. In such conditions, most public from contamination by fecal microbes
vegetative cells of competitors die off, while in recreational waters.
the spores of C. perfringens have a chance to
survive, germinate, and grow into large
numbers (about 10,000 to 1 million per gram).
Salmonella
When ingested by a susceptible person, these Salmonella is the classic example of food-
will start to sporulate in the small intestine due borne infection. Salmonella enteritidis was
to the favorable anaerobic environment there. isolated in 1884 and still is an important food-
The gene coded for spor-ulation also controls borne organism. In 2002, there were 357
the release of an entero-toxin that is outbreaks, with 32,610 cases and 13 deaths due
responsible for the diarrhea characteristics of to Salmonella reported in the United States.
C. perfringens food poison-ing. It is The organism is a Gram-negative, facultative
noteworthy that C. perfringens does not anaerobic, non-spore-forming rod, motile by
sporulate in foods, and therefore, the CPE is peritrichous flagella. It does not ferment
not preformed in food to cause food-poi- lactose and sucrose but ferments dulcitol,
soning cases. mannitol, and glucose. There are exceptions to
Symptoms occur between 8 and 20 hours the general charac-teristics. For example,
after ingestion of a large number of viable lactose-positive cul-tures have been found, and
C. perfringens and include acute abdominal nonmotile species exist, such as S. pullorum
pain, diarrhea, and nausea, with rare vomit- and S. gallinarum. The organism is heat
ing. The symptoms are milder than those sensitive but can toler-ate a variety of
caused by Salmonella. Detection of this chemicals, such as brilliant green, sodium
organism is by anaerobic cultivation of food lauryl sulfite, selenite, and tetrathionate. These
using differential anaerobic agar, such as compounds have been used for the selective
tryptose sulfite cycloserine agar. C. perfrin- isolation of this organ-ism from food and
gens forms black colonies in this agar water. To confirm the isolate as Salmonella,
medium. Immunologic methods such as one must perform serologic tests using
reverse-passive agglutination assay and polyvalent anti-O anti-serum (against cell
ELISA test have been developed to detect surface antigens) or
the CPE in food, culture fluid, and feces.
Recently, in the State of Hawaii, there has
been interest in using C. perfringens as the
Microbial Hazards in Foods: Food-Borne Infections and Intoxications 489
laboratory, the enzyme Oxyrase was found to not think of E. coli as a food-borne pathogen;
greatly stimulate the growth of this organism however, recent research and information
even in the absence of special gas mixtures, indicates that some strains of E. coli can
thus facilitating its rapid and convenient indeed cause severe food-borne diseases. The
detection and isolation. The incubation time of sensational outbreak of E. coli O157 : H7 in
C. jejuni food poisoning ranges from 2 to 5 1993 in the United States, involving hun-dreds
days; the duration of the sickness may be up to of people and resulting in four deaths, was
10 days. The patient will exhibit enteri-tis, caused by the consumption of under-cooked
fever, malaise, abdominal pain, and head-ache. hamburger served by a fast-food chain; it
The stools become liquid and foul smelling. awakened the general public to the realization
Blood, bile, and mucus discharge may occur in of the importance of food safety. Food
serious cases. The organism has a worldwide industries, academic communities, reg-ulatory
distribution, with outbreaks related to milk, agencies, and consumer groups have been
poultry, eggs, red meat, pork, and water actively working on solving the problem of E.
reported. It has been isolated in 50% to almost coli O157 : H7 ever since that outbreak.
100% of poultry carcasses in several studies. Although much has been learned about this
Competitive exclusion proto-cols have been organism, far more needs to be done to deter-
devised to prevent the attach-ment and growth mine its habitat, detection, and control.
of C. jejuni by inoculating large numbers of E. coli is a Gram-negative, facultative
natural intestine microor-ganisms in newly anaerobic, non-spore-forming rod that
hatched chicks. Detection of this organism is occurs widely in nature as well as in the
by suitable liquid and solid growth media intestines of humans and animals. It is
designed for the organ-ism and rapid tests glucose- and lactose-positive and indole and
involving ELISA, PCR, Ribotyping, etc. One methyl red positive but Voges-Proskauer
complication in study-ing this organism is the and citrate negative. The most useful way to
presence of viable but nonculturable classify the species is by serotyping, using
populations of C. jejuni in the environment. antibodies against O, H, and K antigens of
various strains of E. coli.
Proper food-processing techniques (heat- Most E. coli isolated from the environ-
ing, cooling, chemical treatment of foods, ment are not pathogenic. However, there are
etc.) will control this fragile organism. Its six classes of pathogenic and diarrheagenic
prevalence as a food-borne pathogen can be E. coli. They are enterohemorrhagic
attributed to post- processing contamina- (EHEC), enterotoxigenic (ETEC),
tions of food. Again, good sanitation and enteroinvasive (EIEC), enteroaggregative
hygiene should reduce the incidence of this (EaggEC), entero-pathogenic (EPEC), and
organism in our food supplies. Because of diffusely adherent (DAEC) E. coli.
increased outbreaks and cases related to this EHEC or enterohemorrhagic E.coli was
organism, much research is being conducted first identified as a human pathogen in 1982.
worldwide to monitor the organism. C. The most important serotype is O157 : H7.
jejuni may be the next major food-borne Other serotypes in this group are O26 : H11,
disease-causing organism to be faced by O103, O104, O111, and others. E. coli O157 :
food micro-biologists around the world. H7 causes the most concern world-wide
because of its unusual cultural charac-teristics
and pathogenicity. Unlike most E. coli, this
Escherichia coli
serotype does not ferment sorbitol within 24
Escherichia coli is one of the most common hours, does not possess beta-glucuronidase
bacteria in our environment. Most people do activity, and does not have the
Chapter 28 attaching to the epitheleal cells before E.
coli O157 : H7 can have a chance to interact
with them. Much research on this organism
ability to hydrolyze 4-methylumbelliferyl- is being conducted around the world. In
beta-D-glucuronide (MUG), which is an 2002, there were 84 outbreaks, 3,260 cases,
important diagnostic characteristic of most and 8 deaths reported that were attributed to
other E. coli strains. Because of these differ- Escherichia coli (the serotype was not speci-
ences in routine microbiological manipula- fied, but it was probably O157 : H7).
tions, E. coli O157 : H7 has been excluded in Much is now known about the character-
the protocol for common E. coli. The organ- istics of this organism. It grows well at 37 °C
ism produces one or more Shiga-like toxins but poorly at 44–45°C, a temperature usually
(SLT; also known as verotoxin, VT) and it used to isolate E. coli. It can grow between 8–
possesses an attaching and effacing gene (eae 45 °C and can survive in ground beef at −20°C
gene) and a large plasmid (60 MDA). The for nine months. It can grow in neutral pH
organism causes several illness, especially in ranges of 5.5 to 7.5 but can also grow in pH
children and immunocompromised patients. 4.0 to 4.5 range, and more recent data
There are three manifestations of the disease: indicated that it can survive in apple cider in
hemorrhagic colitis (HC), hemolytic uremic the range of pH 3.6 to 4.0. The organism is
syndrome (HUS), and thrombotic thrombo- heat sensitive. Proper cooking temperatures of
cytogenic purpura (TTP). Symptoms of HC 71° C will destroy the organism in foods. The
occur within 1 to 2 days after consuming organism is quite salt tolerant, with the ability
contaminated foods. The initial symptoms are to grow at 8% NaCl at 37°C; however, at a
mild, nonbloody diarrhea followed by severe lower incubation temperature of 10°C, growth
abdominal pain and a short fever or no fever. was inhibited to 4% to 6%. This organism
The watery diarrhea will last for 24 to 48 grows well in water activity around 0.99, with
hours, followed by 4 to 10 days of bloody a minimum at 0.95.
diarrhea, severe abdominal pain, and Outbreaks of E. coli O157 : H7 have been
dehydration. Patients with HC may develop reported from water, meat, poultry, dairy
more severe life-threatening complications products, salad, apple cider, and even fer-
such as HUS or TTP. HUS symptoms are mented meats and mayonnaise. Detection
characterized by microangiopathic hemolytic methods include conventional culture pro-
anemia (pallor, intravascular destruction of red cedures designed specifically for E. coli
blood cells), thrombocytopenia (depressed O157 : H7, a variety of diagnostic kits, sero-
platelet counts), and acute renal failure that logic tests, ELISA. PCR, and Ribotyping. The
may lead to death. TTP affects mostly adults aim is to accurately and rapidly screen for the
and is a rare syndrome of E. coli O157 : H7 presence or absence of the organisms in 25
infection. It causes neurological abnormali-ties grams of food. A 24-hour negative screening
such as nervous system deterioration, seizures, protocol is now available. Some commercial
and strokes. Patients will often develop blood companies developed an 8-hour protocol.
clots in the brain and may die. The infectious Research from Fung’s laboratory perfected a
dose of E. coli O157 : H7 is between 2 and 200 5.25-hour test to detect this organism using the
cells. Pathatrix system. This involved a short
Adhesion of the organisms to the intesti- incubation period, followed by a circulating
nal walls is important, but it does not enter system to concentrate the target E. coli O157 :
the circulatory system. The organism colo- H7 by immunomagnetic separation
nizes the intestinal tract, where toxins are technology and complete the pro-cedure by
produced and then become active in the using a 25-minute ELISA test.
colon. For this reason, much research is
being conducted to achieve competitive
exclusion by nonpathogenic organisms
Microbial Hazards in Foods: Food-Borne Infections and Intoxications 495
This method is now used extensively for Kalamaki, Price, and Fung (1997) sum-
large-scale detection of E. coli O157 : H7 marized screening and identification test kits
and other pathogens. This organism will for Escherichia coli in Table 1 of their
continue to be very important in food article. Similar tables for the detection of
microbiology for the foreseeable future. Entero-bacteriaceae, Campylobacter,
ETEC or enterotoxigenic E. coli are the Salmonella, Listeria, Rotavirus,
major causes of infantile diarrhea in Staphylococcus aureus, Vibrio cholerae, and
develop-ing countries and are most V. vulnificus are pre-sented in the same
frequently respon-sible for traveler’s publication. Due to these developments, it is
diarrhea. The serotypes involved include possible now to have a negative screening of
O8, O15, O20, O25, and others. Escherichia coli 0157 : H7 in about one day.
EIEC or enteroinvasive E. coli are strains However, when a food sample shows a
that cause nonbloody diarrhea and dysentery positive screening result, the conventional
by invading and multiplying within colonic methods must be used to confirm the
epithelial cells. Serotypes include O28ac, presence or absence of E. coli 0157 : H7.
O112, O124, and others. From a food industry point of view, E.
EAggEC—enteroaggregative E. coli— coli O157 : H7 has an even more important
cells affect infants and children with persis- role in food safety and commerce because in
tent diarrhea. They have the characteristic 1994, this was the only microbe to be
pattern of aggregative adherence on Hep-2 declared a “food adulterant” by officials of
cells. the U.S. government. This implies that if E.
EPEC or enterotoxigenic E. coli has been coli O157 : H7 is found in a batch of ground
defined as “diarrheagenic E. coli, belonging beef, the producer has violated the law.
to serogroups epidemiologically incrimi- Thus, mil-lions of pounds of ground beef
nated as pathogens but whose pathogenic have been recalled and destroyed in the past
mechanisms have not been proven to be several years because of this ruling in the
related to heat -liable enterotoxins (LT), heat United States.
- stable enterotoxins (ST), or to Shigella-like
invasiveness. The serotypes included in
Yersinia enterocolitica
EPEC are O55, O86, O111ab, O119,
O125ac, o126, and others. Yersinia enterocolitica is a Gram-negative,
DAEC or diffusely adherent E. coli have facultative anaerobic, non-spore-forming
been associated with diarrhea in children in bacterium; it is sucrose-positive, rhamnose-
Mexico and can produce mild diarrhea negative, indole-positive, motile at 20°C but
without blood or fecal leukocytes. not at 37°C, and highly virulent to mice.
A comprehensive treatment of E. coli Serotyping is very important in separating this
O157 : H7 and other E. coli strains, as well organism from other closely related Gram-
as many food-borne pathogens, can be found negative bacteria. Although Y. entero-colitica
in the book by Doyle, Beuchat, and has an optimal growth temperature at around
Montville (1997). 32 ° to 34° C, it is often isolated on enteric
Prevention and control of pathogenic E. agars at 22° to 25°C. It grows slowly in simple
coli is best done by educating food- glucose-salts medium but grows much better
handlers, who should adhere to strict with supplements such as methi-onine or
hygienic prac-tices. Fecal and other waste cysteine and thiamine. One impor-tant aspect
materials from humans and animals should of this organism is that it can grow in
be decontami-nated and not allowed to be in refrigerated vacuum-packaged meat because it
contact with water and food supplies. is a facultative anaerobe and is a
Chapter 28 The organism grows on simple laboratory
media in the pH range between 5 and 9. On
solid agar, the colonies are translucent, dew-
psychrotroph. After ingestion of large numbers drop-like, and bluish when viewed by 45°
of this organism, the susceptible person can incident transmitted light (Henry’s illumina-
develop fever, abdominal pain, and diarrhea, tion step). Biochemically, this organism can be
with nausea and vomiting occurring less confused with such organisms as
frequently. More serious intes-tinal disorders Lactobacillus, Brochothrix, Erysipelohrix, and
include enteritis, terminal ileitis, and Kurthia. A variety of biochemical tests have
mesenteric lymphadenitis. Extr-aintestinal been devised to separate L. monocyto-genes
infections of Y. enterocolitica have been from other Listeria species, such as L. innocua,
reported, including septicemia, arthritis, L. welshimeri, and L. murrayi. Serotyping is
erythema nodosum, sarcoidosis, skin infection, also important in the identifica-tion of this
and eye infection. organism, the most important ones being 1/2a,
Foods suspected of being a source of yer- 1/2b, 1/2c, 3a, 3b, 3c, and 4b. Listeria is a
siniosis in the United States include choco- psychrotroph capable of growing at
late milk, milk powder, chow mein, tofu, temperatures as low as 2.5°C and as high as 44
and pasteurized milk. Pork products have °C. Because dairy products have been
also been suspected. implicated in outbreaks of listeriosis, much
Isolation of this organism typically goes research has been directed toward cheese and
through an enrichment step using nutrient milk products. The organism has been found to
broth or Rappaport broth and then through a survive the processing of cottage cheese,
plating medium using an enteric agar (SS, cheddar cheese, and Colby cheese. A question
XLD, DCL, etc). The CIN agar (cefsulodin- of great concern is whether L. monocytogenes
irgasan-novobiocin agar) is commercially can survive the current pasteurization
available for the isolation of this pathogen; temperature of milk (i.e., 63°C for 30 min or
however many other organisms, such as 72°C for 15 s). Data on this issue are still
Salmonella and Serratia, also grow on this inconclusive, and research on this topic is still
agar. In the author’s laboratory, a new agar ongoing. It is important to note that at present,
named KV202 has been developed that allows the time and temperature regulation for
Salmonella and Serratia colonies to be pasteurization of milk has not been affected by
separated from Yersinia by the develop-ment the possible heat resistance of L.
of black colonies. Control of yersiniosis monocytogenes.
depends on the proper handling of raw and The disease starts with infection of the
cooked food of all types, especially pork intestine, though the infective dose is cur-
products, as well as water for food process-ing. rently unknown. Patients may develop
There have been no reported outbreaks of transi-tory flu-like symptoms such as
Yersinia enterocolitica between 1988 and malaise, diarrhea, and mild fever. In severe
1992, but in 2002 there were 2 outbreaks, 27 cases, virulent strains are capable of
cases and 1 death reported. multiplying in macrophages and later
producing septicemia. When this occurs, the
bacteria can affect the central nervous
Listeria monocytogenes system, the heart, the eyes, and may invade
Listeria monocytogenes has developed into a the fetus of pregnant women and result in
very important food pathogen in the past 20 abortion, stillbirth, or neonatal sepsis.
years from the standpoint of economic and Several well-documented cases of
public health impact. The organism is a listerio-sis have been reported in Nova
small, short, Gram-positive non-spore- Scotia (1981),
forming rod. It is motile by a characteristic
tumbling motion or slightly rotating fashion.
Microbial Hazards in Foods: Food-Borne Infections and Intoxications 497
400,000 people and caused several deaths in tion strategies and preservation methods. The
Milwaukee in 1993. Cyclospora cayetanen- food industry uses this basic knowledge and
sis from imported fruits was also in the news applies it to good manufacturing prac-tices to
for causing a food-borne outbreak. These produce wholesome, nutritious, and safe foods
organisms have complex life cycles and are by utilizing modern equipment, systems,
studied by specialists in this area. Recently, processing techniques, and distribu-tion
an organism named Pfiesteria piscicida was systems. Government agents are charged with
responsible for killing a million fish on the the responsibility of monitoring the safety of
eastern shores of the United States. The food supplies and enforcing regula-tions to
organism has 24 life stages, ranging from a ensure the production, distribution, and sale of
cyst stage to a toxic zoospore phase to an wholesome foods. The consumer must also be
amoeba stage. People in contact with water educated in the handling of raw and cooked
infected with this organism complained of food at the point of purchase, as well as
vomiting and liver problems, but no conclu- preparation of the food and final con-sumption.
sive data are available on the pathogenicity All parties are responsible for the food safety
of this organism to humans. of all involved.
The delightful book Safe Eating by
Acheson and Levinson (1998) detailed the
Nonmicrobial Food-Borne
problems involved in food safety and offered
Disease Agents
solutions to protect consumers in laymen’s
Consumption of food containing other living terms that nevertheless provide much scien-
organisms can directly and indirectly cause tific information about the entire issue of food
food-borne diseases as well. Among safety and consumer protection. It is a book
nonmicrobial food-borne disease agents are worth reading and studying by consum-ers
scombroid fish (associated with high levels concerned about food safety.
of histamine), cestodes (flatworms such as The book Food Microbiology:
Taenia saginata, T. solium, and Fundaments and Frontiers by Doyle and
Diphyllobothrium latum), nematodes (hook- Beuchet (2007) should be studied for an in-
worms such as Trichinella spiralis), trema- depth understanding of the subject of food
todes (flukes such as Clonorchis sinensis), micro-biology and safety. Updated
shellfish (indirect toxin from the dinoflagel- information on rapid Methods and
late Gonyaulax catenella ), ciguatera (from automation in microbiol-ogy are also
eating fish such as barracudas, groupers, and provided in a CD edited by Fung (2009a).
sea basses that feed on toxic algae), and There is no doubt that microorganisms
other poisonous fish (such as puffer fish and and their toxins and byproducts can be haz-
moray eel). ardous to our food supplies. Much more
work on this topic needs to be done in the
near and far future.
Summary
Food safety is everybody’s responsibility.
Scientists are charged with identifying the References
agents causing food-borne infections and
Acheson, D. W. K., and R. K. Levinson. 1998. Safe
intoxications; studying the mechanisms of Eating. New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell
intoxication and infection; and working on Publishing Company.
the isolation, enumeration, characterization, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
2002. Number of reported foodborne disease out-
and identification of the causative agents breaks, cases, and deaths by etiology United States
and on their control by developing interven- 1992–1997. Atlanta, Ga.: CDC.
Chapter 28 Fung, D. Y. C., R. Fujioka, K. Vijayael, D. Sato, and D.
Bischop. 2007. Evaluation of Fung Double Tube Test
for Clostridium perfringens and Easyphage Test for
F-Specific RNA Cloiphages as rapid screening tests
Doyle, M. P., and L. R. Beuchet. 2007. Food for fecal contamination in recreational waters in
Microbiology. Fundamentals and Frontiers, 3rd ed. Hawaii. Journal of Rapid Methods and Automation
Washington, D.C.: ASM Press. in Microbiology 15:217–229.
Doyle, M. P., L. R. Beuchat, and T. J. Montville. 1997. Kalamaki, M., R. Price, and D. Y. C. Fung. 1997. Rapid
Food Microbiology: Fundamentals and Frontiers. methods for identifying seafood microbial pathogens
Washington, D.C.: ASM Press. and toxins. Journal of Rapid Methods and
Fung, D. Y. C. 2009a. Handbook of Rapid Methods and Automation in Microbiology 5:87–138.
Automationin Microbiology Workshop (in CD
format). Manhattan: Kansas State University.
Fung, D. Y. C. 2009b. Introduction to Food Microbiology.
Manhattan: Kansas State University.
Chapter 29
501
Chapter 29 articles have been published regarding the
detection of GMOs in meat products. For
example, Taski-Ajdukovic et al. (2008) ana-
compulsory labeling requirements. This lyzed 50 processed meat products containing
policy has been introduced to carry out com- soybean and found 12 positive within a 35S
mercial regulations for the use of GMOs in promoter. In order to fulÞl regulations and to
the food chain and guarantee consumersÕ ensure consumersÕ rights to information, as
rights to information for making an well as to introduce new insights for per-
informed choice. forming traceability and coexistent GMO
The European Union (EU) made labeling studies (Aarts et al. 2002), several analytical
mandatory since 1997 in food and feed prod- approaches have been developed, mostly based
ucts containing, consisting of, or produced on molecular methodologies that rely on the
from GMOs in a proportion higher than 0.9% detection of either protein or DNA. Protein-
of authorized GMO, 0.5% for nonauthorized based methods employ western blots, enzyme-
GMOs, and compulsory at any level if the linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), or
GMO presence could not be demonstrated to lateral ßow strips, while DNA-based methods
be adventitious or technically unavoidable use traditional, hybridization techniques such
(European Commission 2003a, b). In addi-tion, as southern blotting, qualita-tive- and
all GM additives and GM ßavorings have to be quantitative-PCR, or new hybrid-ization
labeled according to Regulation (EC) 50/2000 techniques such as microarrays.
(European Commission 2000). Prepackaged This chapter summarizes the current
products containing GMO delivered to the available DNA- based methodologies for the
Þnal consumer or to mass caterers are required detection, identiÞcation, and quantiÞcation
to state on the label ÒThis product contains of GMOs, as well as their uses, limitations,
genetically modiÞed organisms,Ó and in non- and key issues in implementation.
prepackaged prod-ucts, the words must appear
in the display of the product (European
DNA-Based Methodologies for
Commission 2003a, b). Norway and
Switzerland, which are not members of the
GMO Analysis
European Union, also demand the labeling of The current methodologies for GMO
GMOs in their food. Competent authorities of analysis are based on the detection of
different countries (Australia, New Zealand, nucleic acids (DNA by PCR, or RNA by RT-
Brazil, Chile, China, Croatia, Ecuador, El
PCR or NASBA). DNA is a ubiquitous
Salvador, Indonesia, Japan, Mauritius, Mexico,
molecule in living organisms with chemical
Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, South
Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Ukraine, Thailand, properties that confer resistance to the
and Vietnam) have also established a labeling harsh treatments performed by food
policy for products containing detectable industries, and therefore, the analytical
ingredients produced from GMOs, and in other methods based on its detection are
countries, such as the United States or Canada, nowadays the methodologies of choice in
voluntary labeling of bioengineered foods is GMO analysis. Consequently, the analytical
recommended (Marmiroli et al. 2008). strategy is based on the detection and
identi-Þcation of the introduced DNA (the
analyti-cal result is the presence/absence of
Model studies to detect GMOs in animal
a given GMO), and/or its quantiÞcation (the
products have been carried out, showing that
analysis of milk, muscle, or blood cannot analyti-cal result is the exact GMO
serve as an indicator of the use of GMOs for percentage). However, prior to handling
feeding animals (Poms et al. 2003; Nemeth and processing any sample in the
et al. 2004; Bertheau et al. 2009), and a few laboratory, a critical aspect that must be
carefully addressed in any meth-
Assessment of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) in Meat Products by PCR 503
odological approach focused on food safety, However, particle size, composition, or heat
especially in GMO analysis, is the selection of and pressure processing might induce distor-
a sound and rational sampling strategy tions in the results of GMO quantiÞcation due
(Michelini et al. 2008). The sample taken for to their inßuence on DNA degradation
analysis must be statistically representative of (Moreano et al. 2005 ; Hird et al. 2006). Then,
the original population or batch. This issue is cell membrane lysis by enzymatic activity
of particular importance for validation studies and/or mechanical disruption is performed,
where protocol performance is assessed. mostly in the presence of detergents (guani-
Intimately related with this is the selection of dinium isothiocyanate, SDS, CTAB) and
the correct weight or volume that must be chelating agents (EDTA); cleanup steps come
processed from each sample. Generally, a next, using organic solvents (chloro-form,
portion about 0.1 to 1 g from the received phenol); and Þnally, DNA is separated and
sample is considered sufÞcient for processing concentrated by alcohol/salt precipita-tion
(Pietsch et al. 1997; Zimmermann et al. 1998a, (ethanol or isopropanol), afÞnity, or ion/
b, c; van Duijn et al. 2002). exchange puriÞcation columns (Hernandez et
The DNA-based methods, especially al. 2005). One of the most commonly used
those based on its ampliÞcation, rely on dif- procedures for DNA extraction in GMO
ferent analytical steps: the DNA extraction, analysis is the CTAB-based protocol (Rogers
the DNA ampliÞcation by PCR, and Þnally, and Bendich 1985) or its variations (Meyer and
the detection of the speciÞc ampliÞcation Jaccaud 1997). Binding and elution from silica
products. In the case of the use of real-time has also become the procedure of choice for
PCR-based methods, the two later steps can most nucleic acid extraction procedures (Smith
be combined into a single one, as the ampli- et al. 2003). In addition, many different
Þcation and detection occurs simultaneously commercial kits and auto-mated procedures for
in a single analytical step. food samples are cur-rently available
(Marmiroli et al. 2008), although the
automation is restricted nowa-days to a limited
DNA Extraction from Food Matrices number of food samples (Hahnen et al. 2002).
The Þrst step of PCR-based methods in food Several papers compare different extraction
analysis relies on a careful DNA-extraction methods (Zimmermann et al. 1998a; Peano et
procedure, since components of food al. 2004).
samples and nucleic acid extraction reagents After DNA extraction, quantity and quality
can reduce or even block the PCR must be evaluated by means of UV
ampliÞcation, and DNA may be degraded. spectrophotometry at 260 nm; by ßuorimetry
Food components that can act as PCR using ßuorescent ds-DNA-speciÞc dyes; or by
inhibi-tors are proteins, fatty acids, and other visualization under UV light of DNA separated
sec-ondary compounds such as polyphenols. in agarose gels stained with ethid-ium bromide.
Consequently, adequate nucleic acid puriÞ- Before DNA estimation, RNA must be
cation is crucial to convert food samples into carefully eliminated in order to avoid an
samples amenable for ampliÞcation by adap- overestimation of yield. For this purpose a
tation of extraction procedures to each food straightforward treatment with RNAase A is
matrix. The Þrst stage is homogenization to recommended. Then, it is simple to cor-relate
reduce the sample particles to an appropriate the amount of DNA (ng) with copy number by
size by grinding in homogenizers, such as using the C-value (Arumuganathan and Earle
blenders, stomacher, polytron, ultra- turrax, 1991; Bennett and Leitch 2003). Purity of
mills, and mortars, which reduce consider- DNA can be evaluated by assessing the degree
ably the sampling error (Begg et al. 2007 ). of degradation using agarose
Chapter 29 on nested PCR are available in the bibliogra-
phy (see Table 29.1).
505
Chapter 29
Table 29.1. GMO specific PCR methods for GMO analysis. cPCR: conventional PCR; RTi-PCR:
real-time PCR; dc-PCR: double competitive PCR; qc-PCR: quantitative competitive PCR.
Modifi ed from Hernandez et al. (2005) (cont.)
GMO Target sequence Technique Reference
Rapeseed Falcon6/Ac, EPSPS, pat, P-35S y PEPC RTi-PCR Zeitler et al., 2002
HCN10, Liberator6/
Ac, HCN28, HCN92
Potato B33 nptII, gbss-as; B33, T-DNA cPCR Hassan-Hauser et al.,
1998
Potato B33-INV aphIV cPCR Anonymous et al.,
1997
Potato NewLeaf Plus PLRV-rep gene cPCR Hernandez et al.,
2004b
Potato NL Russet P-35S and cry3A cPCR MelÕnychuk et al.,
Burbank and NL 2002
Superior
Tomato FlavrSavrª nptII, d-P-35S/ cPCR Meyer 1995a, b
polygalacturonase
Tomato Zeneca T-nos, polygalacturonase cPCR Busch et al., 1999
Maize Bt176, MON810, Different junctions RTi-PCR Þve GMO Kuribara et al., 2002
Bt11, GA21 and T25)
and soybean Roundup
Ready
Maize Bt176, MON810, Cp4EPSP/NOS terminator, RTi-PCR Þve GMO Peano et al., 2005
Bt11, GA21 and 35SCamV/BAR, 35ScaMV/
soybean Roundup adh, 35ScaMV/hsp70, actin
Ready promoter/CTP
Maize Bt176, Bt11, Different junctions RTi-PCR four Taverniers et al.,
GA21, and soybean GMO 2005
GT73
Maize Bt176, MON810, Different junctions RTi-PCR four Greiner et al., 2005
Bt11, and soybean GMO
Roundup Ready
Maize Roundup ready CTP/EPSPS RTi-PCR Lerat et al., 2005
and soybean Roundup
ready
probe or speciÞc DNA polymerases. However, FRET hybridization probes. Among the dif-
the speciÞcity is determined entirely by the ferent types of probes currently available in
primers, as in conventional PCR, and thus the the market, the TaqMan probes are
risk of amplifying nonspeciÞc PCR products nowadays the probes of choice.
increases (Simpson et al. 2000). It is possible The ßuorescence is determined cycle -by-
to verify the correct production of a given PCR cycle by the RTi-PCR platform, and the
product by means of plotting ßuores-cence as a result is an ampliÞcation plot. A typical
function of temperature to generate a melting ampliÞcation curve presents three different
curve of the amplicon at the end point (Ririe et phases. The initiation phase occurs during
al. 1997). Another nonspeciÞc detection the Þrst PCR cycles when the emitted ßuo-
system is the Sunrise primers (AmpliFluorª rescence cannot be distinguished from the
system) developed by Intergen Co. It uses a baseline. During the exponential or log
universal, energy-transfer hairpin primer phase there is an exponential increase in
(UniPrimerª) that emits a ßuorescent signal ßuores-cence, and Þnally, during the plateau
when unfolded during its incorporation into an phase, the reagents are exhausted, and no
ampliÞcation product (Nazarenko et al. 1997). increase in ßuorescence is observed.
QuantiÞcation is only possible, therefore, at
The Òsequence-speciÞc ßuorescent the beginning of the exponential phase when
probesÓ can be classiÞed into two major the reaction is totally efÞcient and all the
groups: hydrolysis and hybridization probes. reagents are available. The most important
Both types consist of an oligonucleotide, parameter in the RTi-PCR is the threshold
homologous to the internal region of the cycle (CT value) (Higuchi et al. 1992),
amplicon, that is double-labeled, with a ßuo- which is used for the quantiÞcation of the
rophore or reporter dye (donor of ßuores- sample. It corresponds to the cycle at which
cence) at the 5′-end and a quenching moiety a statistically signiÞcant increase in
(acceptor of ßuorescence) at the 3′-end. The ampliÞcation-associated ßores-cence is Þrst
distance between the ßuorophores is a key detected, and is inversely cor-related to the
factor in generating sequence-speciÞc signals concentration of DNA present in the original
(Fšrster 1948; Clegg 1992), and a change in sample (Walker 2002). The initial DNA
the distance between them is used to produce concentration of the sample can then be
the RTi- PCR signals. The hydrolysis probes determined by interpolation of the resulting
such as TaqMan¨ probes and TaqMan¨ MGB CT value in a linear standard curve of
probes are cleaved by the 5′-3′ exonuclease serially diluted, known-amount standards.
activity of several DNA polymerases during
the primersÕ elongation phase (Holland et al.
1991 ), yielding a real- time, measurable ßuo-
Other DNA Techniques
rescence emission directly proportional to the Other modiÞcations and techniques based on
concentration of the target sequence. In con- DNA detection are continuously appearing in
trast, hybridization probes are not hydrolyzed the scientiÞc literature (Garcia-Canas et al.
during PCR. The ßuorescence is generated by 2002; Burns et al. 2003; Feriotto et al. 2003;
a change in its secondary structure during the Rudi et al. 2003 ; Glynou et al. 2004; Obeid et
hybridization phase, which results in an al. 2004; Fantozzi et al. 2008; Morisset et al.
increase of the distance that separates the 2008). Recently, a novel DNA-based
reporter ßuorophore from the quencher moiety. technology has been developed, the NASBA
The most relevant hybridization probes are Implemented Microarray Analysis (NAIMA)
those containing hairpins such as Molecular (Morisset et al. 2008). In this technology, a
Beacons, Scorpion primers, and cRNA product is obtained from a consecu-
Chapter 29 junction regions of DNA from different
origins, and ßanking regions of the intro-
duced construction, which aims to determine
tive Þrst primer extension reaction, using tailed which GMO is present in the sample, and
primers, and a subsequent transcrip-tion-based therefore, if it is authorized or not; and
ampliÞcation, using universal primers. The Þnally, (3) GMO-quantiÞcation that targets
NAIMA product is directly ligated to the speciÞc gene, or the border sequences,
ßuorescent dyes labeled 3DNA dendrimers, and accurately quantiÞes the percentage of
allowing signal ampliÞcation and hybridized GMO in the food product as a necessary step
without further puriÞcation on an for labeling if required by the norm in force
oligonucleotide probe-based microar-ray for (HŸbner et al. 1999). In any case, DNA
multiplex detection. Another inge-nious hybrid from the plant species should be analyzed by
protocol has been published aimed at the using an endogenous gene in the
simultaneous quantiÞcation of multiple nucleic ampliÞcation reactions that can be used as a
acid targets (Rudi et al. 2003). This approach, reference to normalize the GMO content.
named MQDA-PCR, is based on two-step
multiplex ampliÞcation of target sequences,
Analysis of Regulatory Sequences
followed by sequence-speciÞc labeling of the
and Marker Genes
probes to be used for DNA-array
hybridization. The approach has been tested Screening methodologies exploit the detec-tion
using diluted mixtures of certiÞed GMO of common elements present in GMOs, such as
material, as well as with commercial food marker genes or regulatory sequences (i.e.,
samples with similar success. Fantozzi et al. promoters and terminators). Most com-
(2008) have developed a screening pro-tocol mercially approved GMOs have been trans-
for the detection of the regulatory sequence formed using constructs containing sequences
p35S and the speciÞc event epsps. It is based from the Caulißower Mosaic Virus (CaMV,
on the Luminex xMAP technol-ogy, and two i.e., 35S promoter [P-35S] and/or 35S termi-
different sets of ßuorescent beads are cross- nator [T-35S]) or from Agrobacterium tume-
linked to the speciÞc oligo-nucleotide probes faciens (i.e., nopaline synthetase terminator
previously ampliÞed and labeled by [T-nos]). Screening methodologies have also
polymerase chain reaction (PCR) in the traditionally used selectable marker genes that
presence of a biotinylated nucleotide. encode proteins that confer herbicide or
However, an important aspect that must antibiotic resistance (Draper and Scout 1991;
be considered prior to routine use of these Flavell et al. 1992; Kok et al. 1994;
techniques in food analysis is the validation MacCormick et al. 1998 ). The most accepted
of their performance through use by the sci- marker gene has been nptII, encoding resis-
entiÞc community as has occurred with the tance to aminoglicosidic antibiotics (neomi-
real-time PCR methods. cin/kanamicin). The bla gene, encoding
ampicilin resistance, and the bar gene, encod-
ing phosphinothricin tolerance, have also been
Strategies for Detection, widely employed (DÕHalluin et al. 1992).
Identification, and Quantification Therefore, most of the screening methods are
of GMOs based on the detection of P-35S, T-nos, and
Different analytical strategies have been bla and nptII genes. Another strategy is the
exploited in GMO analysis: (1) screening use of regions from cloning vectors regularly
methodology that commonly detects regula- used for transformation (i.e., plasmid
tory sequences or marker genes, and which sequences derived from pBR322
aims to detect the presence or absence of
GM-material; (2) GMO identiÞcation via the
identiÞcation of speciÞc genes, detection of
Assessment of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) in Meat Products by PCR 509
Table 29.2. PCR screening methods for GMO analysis. cPCR: conventional PCR; RTi-PCR:
real-time PCR Modified from Hernandez et al. (2005)
Target sequence Technique Reference
T-nos cPCR Depicker et al., 1982
nptII cPCR Beck et al., 1982
T-ocs cPCR DeGreeve et al., 1983
pat cPCR Tšpfer et al., 1987
T-CaMV cPCR Tšpfer et al., 1987
nptII, P-35S, T-nos cPCR Pietsch et al., 1997
P-35S, T-nos cPCR Brodman et al., 1997
P-35S, T-nos cPCR Lipp et al., 1999
P-35S, T-nos, nptII, lec and ivr cPCR Vollenhofer et al., 1999
P-35S, T-nos qc-PCR Hardegger et al., 1999
P-35S, T-35S, P-nos, T-nos, Multiplex-PCR coupled with Xu et al., 2006
P-FMV35S, nptII oligonucleotide microarray
P-35S cPCR (validation) Weighardt et al., 2004
P-35S, zeine RTi-PCR duplex Hšhne et al., 2002
bar RTi-PCR Lipp et al., 2001
Table 29.3. PCR methods for analysis of endogenous reference genes. cPCR: conventional PCR.
RTi-PCR: real -time PCR. Modified from Hernandez et al. (2005)
Plant species Endogenous reference genes Technique Reference
Eggplant β-fructosidase RTi-PCR Chaouchi et al., 2008
Maize Zeine cPCR Studer et al., 1997
Invertase (ivr1) cPCR Ehlers et al., 1997
Zeine RTi-PCR Va•tilingom et al., 1999
High mobility group protein (hmg) cPCR Zimmermann et al., 1998a
Adh1, hmga, ivr1, zeine RTi-PCR Hernandez et al., 2004b
Pepper β-fructosidase RTi-PCR Chaouchi et al., 2008
Potato Sucrose-synthase cPCR Akiyama et al., 2002
Metallo-carboxypeptidase (pci) RTi-PCR Hernandez et al., 2003b
β-fructosidase RTi-PCR Chaouchi et al., 2008
Rapeseed Acetyl CoA carboxylase (acc1) RTi-PCR Hernandez et al., 2001
Acetyl CoA carboxylase (acc1) RTi-PCR Schmidt and Rott, 2006
Rice Sucrose phosphate synthase RTi-PCR Ding et al., 2004
Soybean Lectin (le1) cPCR Meyer et al., 1996
Heat-shock protein (HSP) cPCR Krech, 1997
Lectin (le1) cPCR Wurz et al., 1998
Tomato Metallo-carboxypeptidase (mpci) RTi-PCR Hernandez et al., 2003b
LAT52 RTi-PCR Yang et al., 2005
β-fructosidase RTi-PCR Chaouchi et al., 2008
Wheat 25SÐ18S ARNr cPCR Allmann et al., 1993
Low Molecular Weight glutenin RTi-PCR Terzi et al., 2003
Waxy-D1 RTi-PCR Ida et al., 2005
Commonly used techniques for plant these junctions is present in the genome of
transformation introduce a randomized and the di- or polyploid transformant, as com-
unknown copy number of the construct into mercialized GMO lines are generally hetero-
the host plant, and it may be difÞcult to zygous (Berdal and Holst-Jensen 2001).
accurately determine the copy number of the
integrated sequence as well as the location in
the nuclear genome. If the detection method
Relative and Absolute Quantification
targets a certain part of the gene con-struct, Absolute quantiÞcation is the determination of
exact absolute quantiÞcation becomes the amount or copy number of the target DNA
uncertain if the inserted copy number is not sequence in the analyzed sample, while
known. Consequently, the ideal DNA target relative quantiÞcation is the determination of
sequence for GMO quantiÞcation is a sequence GMO percentage referred to the endogenous
found only once in a stable and known copy reference gene. Relative quantiÞcation is
number per genome. For this reason, several achieved by the ratio of two quantiÞcation
works describe the character-ization of values: the GMO-speciÞc gene versus the
junction regions between the host plant endogenous reference control gene. The ratio
genome and the transgene (Zimmermann et al. is expressed in percentage of genome/genome
2000 ; Holck et al. 2002; Hernandez et al. (g/g%) or of weight/weight (w/w%). A criti-cal
2003a; Windels et al. 2003; Nielsen et al. point for the relative quantiÞcation is that PCR
2004; Taverniers et al. 2004) that are unique efÞciencies of each PCR system must be
for a single transforma-tion event (event- comparable. Another analytical strategy is the
speciÞc). Only one copy of
use of the 2 − CT analysis (Livak and
Assessment of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) in Meat Products by PCR 511
Schmittgen 2001); recently, for example, a evant issues such as the use of certiÞed mate-
validated quantitative RTi-PCR method for rial and the validation and implementation of
MON 810 has been assessed using this useful methodologies in food-industrial pro-
approach (Aguilera et al. 2009). cesses must be carefully considered. The
The lowest serial dilution allows the Community Reference Laboratory for GM
determination of absolute detection and Food and Feed of the Joint Research Centre
quantiÞcation limits of the method, while a (JRC) of the European Commission has
correct determination of the practical quanti- deÞned minimum performance requirements
Þcation limits requires a thorough statistical for analytical methods of GMO testing
examination of the sampling procedure (http://gmo-crl.jrc.ec.europa.eu/doc/Min_
when preparing the serial dilutions, based on Perf_Requir_Analyt_methods_131008.pdf).
bino-mial distributions and Monte-Carlo
simula-tions (Hernandez et al. 2003a).
Use of Certified Reference Materials
Finally, careful analysis and interpretation of
data from the real-time PCR method have to The use of certiÞed reference materials (CRM)
be performed properly, with the use of the is needed in RTi-PCR systems for assessment
correct calculation and interpretation of cor- of GMO quantiÞcation. The ref-erence
relation coefÞcients and regression tech- materials used are either GM raw materials
niques, especially when traces are analyzed (i.e., ßour where DNA must be puriÞed) or
(Burns et al. 2004). plasmids (that contain the required targets)
(Taverniers et al. 2001, 2004; Kuribara et al.
2002). Ideally, the refer-ence material should
Multiplex PCR simulate the sample under study as much as
The number of commercialized GMOs is possible, although this is not always feasible
constantly increasing in the market; there- due to the wide range of food matrices (Yates
fore, routine methodologies for GMO 1999 ). Furthermore, DNA content per mass
detection adapted to multiple analyses are must be considered because it ßuctuates among
convenient. Multiplex PCR requires several dif-ferent cultivars of the same species due to
primers that lead to ampliÞcation of unique the variation of the DNA content of
DNA regions under a single reaction (Atlas endosperm, embryo, and teguments of kernels
and Bej 1994; Elnifro et al. 2000; Wittwer et (Trifa and Zhang 2004). Currently, only high-
al. 2001). This approach is cheaper and less quality DNA samples puriÞed from certiÞed
labor intensive, saving time and effort. raw materials or plasmids are being used as
However, the use of many PCR primers in a refer-ence controls to determine the ratio of
single tube can cause some problems, such trans-genic DNA to total. It is still a matter of
as the increased formation of misprimed debate whether genomic DNA extracted from
PCR products or Òprimer dimers,Ó and the certiÞed raw materials better qualiÞes as a
ampli-Þcation discrimination of longer DNA standard compared with the use of plas-mids
frag-ments (Higuchi et al. 1992; Atlas and containing the target sequences. While the
Bej 1994). genomic certiÞed material better mimics the
target of detection in the real sample, it is
sometimes difÞcult to obtain and is expen-sive.
Application of Current The use of plasmids as standards has been
Methodologies to GMO Analysis recently introduced (Hernandez et al. 2003a;
The ultimate purpose of the development of Taverniers et al. 2004, 2005; Toyota et al.
any method for GMO analysis is its practical 2006), with the advantages of being
application in food analysis. Therefore, rel-
Chapter 29
FAPAS¨- FEPAS¨-GeMMa (Food Analysis
Performance Assessment Scheme, Central
Science Laboratory, York, UK) promote
cost-effective, reliable, and having a wider rounds of quantitative proÞciency testing
linear range of detection compared with and qualitative (presence/absence) detection,
genomic reference material in which any food laboratory is encouraged
A new strategy for construction of refer- to participate to test its performance.
ence material has been devised (Roth et al. A common set of criteria for performance
2008). This technique is based on the genome of GMO detection methods should be evalu-
ampliÞcation by multiple displacement ated (Bertheau et al. 2002; Bellocchi et al.
ampliÞcation (MDA). It is based on the use of 2008; Žel et al. 2008). Recommendations for
a speciÞc DNA polymerase, phi29 DNA the validation of quantitative PCR methods are
polymerase, and random hexamer primers for presented by HŸbner and coworkers (2001),
the replication of genomic DNA in an and currently there is an international standard
isothermal reaction at 30¡C, leading to the that deÞnes the PCR performance parameters
synthesis of large amounts of DNA with for GMO analysis (ISO 2006).
fragments >70 kb in size.
Implementation of Methodologies
Validation of Analytical Methods in the Food and Feed Chains
Methods for the detection, identiÞcation, and GMO quality-control programs are increas-
quantiÞcation of GMOs have become widely ingly applied throughout food-chain produc-
used by enforcement laboratories, and the tion under the framework of legislative control
number of published systems has increased measures. Thus, the availability of reliable,
considerably in recent years. Nowadays, a rapid, and accepted test systems to detect the
wide range of methods is available, which can presence or absence, or even the degree of
generate confusion for Þnal users. In order to contamination of GMO, becomes increasingly
determine the suitability of each method for important for the agricultural and food
providing reliable analytical data, every industry. However, the implementa-tion of
method should be validated (Anklam et al. GMO detection methodologies in the food and
2002). The concept of validation implies that animal feed chains is not a simple issue. For a
the application of a given method must provide realistic implementation in food laboratories,
similar analytical results in different several important aspects, such as the sampling
laboratories using different reagents and procedure and the use of adequate reference
operators. For this reason, the validation materials for controls and standards, as well as
process must involve several laboratories, the selection of the ana-lytical methods, must
which have to be coordinated by a principal be seriously consid-ered. In addition, in the
one, usually different from the laboratory that GMO analysis scenario, two main limitations
developed the method. In Europe, there are are still present: (1) the important restrictions
institutes that coordinate GMO validation for access to protected transgene sequences,
studies, such as the Federal Institute for Health and
Protection of Consumers and Veterinary the scarce availability of GM certiÞed
Medicine (BgVV) in Germany, or the material usually provided by the biotech
Community Reference Laboratory (CRL) companies only under strict conÞdentiality
through the Biotechnology and GMOs Unit of agreements. In this context, nowadays, certi-
the Joint Research Centre (JRC) in Italy Þed reference material (CRM) is only avail-
(http://gmo-crl.jrc.it). The Gipsa Grain able for the following GMOs: GTS40-3-2,
Inspection, Packers and Stockyards
Administration (GIPSA) of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture (USDA) and
Assessment of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) in Meat Products by PCR 513
356043 and 305423 soybean, Bt11 event protocol based on highly sensitive PCR
176, CBH-351, GA21, NK-603, MON810 methodologies.
MON863xMON810, 1507, 3272, MIR604,
59122 maize lines, EH92-527-1 potato, 281-
High Throughput Detection.
24-236 x 3006-210-23 cotton seed, and H7-
1 sugar beet (http://irmm.jrc.ec.europa. The methodology for reliable GMO detec-tion,
eu/html/reference_materials_catalogue/cata- based on real -time PCR, is rather well
logue/RM_Catalogue.pdf). established under laboratory conditions. This
Finally, the selection of the analytical validated technology needs to be compliant
method to be used must consider three prem- with EU mandatory rules governing the
ises: (1) the scientiÞc knowledge in the Þeld; labeling of food products with over 0.9% of
the principal performance features of the authorized GMO (European Commission
available methodologies (e.g., speciÞcity, 2003b). However, two practical limitations
sensitivity, accuracy, and precision); and (3) offer hurdles to its adjustment to the expected
practical aspects, such as cost per analysis, growing requirements: the number of GMO
time to achieve conclusive results, and ease authorizations is expected to increase in the
of sample handling and processing (Auer future (Golden Rice will be available for
2003 ). The CRL publish validated methods farmers in 2011), and subsequently, the
for detection of authorized GMOs (http:// number of agronomical traits and transgene
gmo-crl.jrc.ec.europa.eu/statusofdoss.htm). events should parallel such an increment; and
During recent years, molecular approaches the economical cost for GM food analysis,
have signiÞcantly contributed to the Þeld of based on real-time PCR methods, is still far
GMO detection. However there are several from being affordable due to the large number
limitations that prevent the total implementa- of samples to be analyzed in the future.
tion of these methodologies into food labora- A promising approach that could bypass
tories. The major inconvenience is the cost of both limitations is the application of microar-
the required devices and reagents, and the need ray technology, which enables the simultane-
for qualiÞed personnel. Even though the ous detection of a large number of different
demand for RTi -PCR instruments has targets (Elenis et al. 2008). The development
constantly decreased in recent years with a of colorimetric-based detection methods in the
parallel decline in their cost, the expense-per- microarray system would also help reduce the
analysis is still too high to be practical for cost of expensive current ßuorescent
routine analysis in food laboratories. Other methodologies for detection. In spite of its
potential problems facing the imple-mentation great potential to become the standard GMO
of molecular-based methodologies include the detection methodology, microarray technol-
risk of contamination and the difÞculties in the ogy suffers a severe restriction related to the
extraction process of certain types of food needs of efÞcient quantiÞcation as required for
sample. As instrumental tech-niques, the GMO labeling, which may hamper its apparent
molecular-based methods have a tendency to superiority. The possible solution to this
produce false-negative and -positive results. drawback is to perform quantitative
The main cause of false-positive results is the ampliÞcation and detection after hybridiza-tion
accidental contamina-tion of the samples or the on the chip, which could be achieved with
reagents with positive samples (cross available techniques.
contamination) and with ampliÞcation Some microarray-based methods have
products and plasmid clones (carry-over already been developed. Germini et al. (2005)
contamination). This is a central issue for any developed a PNA microarray for the detec-tion
GMO-detection of four GM maizes, one GM soybean,
Chapter 29 nous reference genes, and donor organisms
(Mano et al. 2009). There are also other plat-
forms reported for high-throughput detection
and two endogenous controls, the zein gene for based on multiplex assays on the basis of
maize and lectin gene for soybean. A previous SNPlex technology (Applied Biosystems),
step of multiplex PCR was used, and one which allows the simultaneous detection of
primer of each set was labeled. The detection up to 79 SNPs in two panels containing 47
limit was below the EU recommen-dation and 48 probes, respectively (Chaouachi et al.
(0.25%) for each GMO. Xu et al. (2006) 2008).
designed three different microarrays, the Þrst While the quantiÞcation obstacles for the
for the most used regulatory sequences microarray approaches are surmounted, its
including the 35S promoter, 35S terminator, practical application in GMO analysis will
nos promoter, nos terminator, nptII terminator, probably be restricted to an initial step for
and the FMV 35S promoter, while the second detection and identiÞcation that may be
microarray treated speciÞc gene inserts com-bined with subsequent speciÞc
(soybean, cotton, and rapeseed), and the third quantitative approaches with validated real-
one was for endogenous con-trols. A previous time PCR procedures.
step of multiplex PCR was done in which the
ampliÞed fragments were labeled with Cy5-
dCTP. The detection ranged from 0.5% References
(soybean) to 1% (maize). The same research
Aarts, H. J., J. P. van Rie, and E. J. Kok. 2002. Expert
group has also developed a multiplex PCR- Rev Mol Diagnos 2:69Ð76.
microarray for the detection of GM soybean Aguilera, M., M. Querci, S. Pastor, G. Bellocchi, A.
and six GM maizes. AmpliÞed fragments were Milcamps, and G. Van den Eede. 2009. Food Anal.
Methods 2:73Ð79.
labeled with Cy5-dCTP; the limit of detection Ahl Goy, P. 1998. In PCR Method for the Identification
was similar to the other microarray (0.5 Ð1%) of the Genetically Modified (Bt11) Maize. Basel,
(Xu et al. 2007). Leimanis et al. developed Switzerland: Novartis Seeds, AG.
Ahmed, F. E. 2002. Trends Biotechnol 20:215Ð223.
(2006, 2008) a PCR- Microarray for the Akiyama, H., T. Watanabe, and C. J. Wakui. 2002. Food
detection of Þve plant species and three Hyg Soc Japan 43:301Ð305.
screening sequences (35S promoter, T-nos, Alary, R., A. Serin, D. Maury, H. B. Jouira, J. Sirve, M.
F. Gautier, and P. Joudrier. 2002. Food Control
and the nptII gene) that has been validated 13:235Ð244.
(Leimanis et al. 2008). The detection was Allmann, M., U. Candrian, C. Hofelein, and J. Z. Luthy.
based on streptav-idin-conjugated gold 1993. Lebensm Unters Forsch A 196:248Ð251.
Anonymous. 1997. Untersuchung von Lebensmitteln:
nanoparticles, and the limit of detection was Nachweis einer gentechnischen VerŠnderung von
below 0.3%. Schmidt et al. (2008) have Kartoffeln durch AmpliÞzierung der verŠnderten
developed a rapid multi-plex PCR-microarray DNA-Sequenz mit Hilfe der PCR (Polymerase Chain
Reaction) und Hybridisierung des PCR-Produktes
method for screening GM canola. It contains mit einer DNA-sonde. In Amtliche Sammlung von
probes that are con-struct-speciÞc to the 12 Untersuchungsverfahren nach 35 LMBBG;
approved GM canola lines in Canada, Verfahren zur Probenahme und Untersuchung von
Lebensmitteln, Tabakerzeugnissen, Kosmetishen
regulatory elements (CaMV 35S promoter, T- Mitteln und Bedarfsgegenst änden/BgVV, Loseblatt-
nos, and nptII), a canola - speciÞc endogenous ausgabe. Berlin, Kšln: Beuth Verlag GmbH.
gene, and endogenous genes from Anklam, E., P. Heinze, S. Kay, E. G. van Den, and B.
J. Popping. 2002. AOAC International 85:809Ð815.
heterologous crops. The limit of detection was Arumuganathan, K., and E. D. Earle. 1991. Plant
determined to range from 0.1% to 0.5%. In Molecular Biology Report 9:208Ð218.
addition, a real-time PCR array has been Atlas, R. M., and A. K. Bej. In Method for General and
developed for universal detection and E.
Molecular Bacteriology, edited by P. Gerhardt, R. G.
identiÞcation of unapproved GMOs that Murrey, W. A. Wood, and N. R. Krieg.
consists of 30 primer-probe sets distrib-uted in Washington, D.C.: American Society for
a 96-well plate for detection of GM lines, Microbiology.
recombinant DNA segments, endoge-
Assessment of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) in Meat Products by PCR 515
Auer, C. A. 2003. Trends in Plant Science 8:591Ð 597. Ding, J., J. Jia, L. Yang, H. Wen, C. Zhang, W. Liu, and
D. Zhang. 2004. Journal of Agricultural Food
Beck, E., E. A. Ludwig, B. Auerswald, and H. Schaller. Chemistry 52:3372Ð3377.
1982. Gene 19:327Ð336. Draper, J., and R. Scout. 1991. Gene transfer to plants.
Begg, G. S., D. W. Cullen, P. P. Iannetta, and G. R. In Plant Biotechnology, vol. 1, edited by D. P.
Squire. 2007. Transgenic Research 6:51Ð63 Grierson. New York: Blackie and Son, Chapman and
Bellocchi, G., M. Acutis, C. Paoletti, R. Confalonieri, Hall.
P. Trevisiol, E. Grazioli, C. Delobel, C. Savini, M. Dupont, M., A. Goldsborough, T. Levayer, J. Savare, J.
Mazzara, and G. Van den Eede. 2008. Food Analysis M. Rey, J. F. Rossi, J. Demaille, and T. Lavabre-
Methods 1:126Ð135. Bertrand. 2002. Biotechniques 33:158Ð164.
Bennett, M. D., and I. J. Leitch. 2003. Plant DNA C- EFSA GMO Panel. 2008. Food Chemistry and
values database (release 2.0, January 2003) http:// Toxicology 46:S2ÐS70.
www.rbgkew.org.uk/cval/homepage.html. Ehlers, V. B., E. Strauch, M. Goltz, D. Kubsch, H.
Berdal, K. G., and A. Holst-Jensen. 2001. European Wagner, H. Maidhof, J. Bendiek, and B. Appel. 1997.
Food Research and Technology 213:432Ð438. Bundesgesundhbl 4:118Ð121.
Bernard, P. S., R. S. Ajioka, J. P. Kushner, and C. T. Elenis, D. S., D. P. Kalogianni, K. Glynou, P. C.
Wittwer. 1998. American Journal of Pathololgy Ioannou, and T. K. Christopoulos. 2008. Annals of
153:1055Ð1061. Bioanalytic Chemistry 392:347Ð354.
Bertheau, Y., A. Diolez, A. Kobilinsky, and K. Magin. Elnifro, E. M., A. M. Ashshi, R. J. Cooper, and P. E.
2002. Journal of AOAC International 85:801Ð 808. Klapper. 2000. Clinical Microbiology Review
13:559Ð570.
Bertheau, Y., J. C. Helbling, M. N. Fortabat, S. European Commission. Regulation (EC) No 50/2000 of
Makhzami, I. Sotinel, C. AudŽon, A. C. Nignol, A. 10 January 2000 on the labelling of foodstuffs and
Kobilinsky, L. Petit, P. Fach, P. Brunschwig, K. food ingredients containing additives and ßavour-
Duhem, and P. Martin. 2009. Journal of Agricultural ings that have been genetically modiÞed or have been
Food Chemistry 57:509Ð516. produced from genetically modiÞed organisms. 2000.
Brodman, P., A. Eugster, P. HŸbner, R., Meyer, U. Official Journal of the European Union L 6:15.
Pauli, U. Všgeli, and J. LŸtby, J. 1997. Mitt Gebeite
Lebensm Hyg 88:722Ð731. European Commission. Regulation (EC) No 1830/2003
Broothaerts, W., P. Corbisier, H. Schimmel, S. of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22
Trapmann, S. Vincent, and H. Emons. 2008. Journal September 2003 concerning the traceability and
of Agricultural Food Chemistry 56:8825Ð8831. label-ling of genetically modiÞed organisms and the
Burns, M., D. Sanan, H. Valdivia, and N. Harris. 2003. trace-ability of food and feed products produced from
European Food Research and Technology genetically modiÞed organisms and amending
216:428Ð433. Directive 2001/18/EC. 2003a. Official Journal of the
Burns, M. J., H. Valdivia, and N. Harris. 2004. Annals European Union L 268:24.
of Bioanalytical Chemistry 378:1616Ð1623. European Commission. Regulation (EC) No 1829/2003
Busch, U., B. MŸhlbauer, M. Schulze, and D. Zagon. of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22
1999. Journal of Lebensm H 2:52Ð56. September 2003 on genetically modiÞed food and
Cankar, K., M. Ravnikar, J. Zel, K. Gruden, and N. feed. 2003b. Official Journal of the European
Toplak. 2005. Journal of AOAC International Commission L 268:1.
88:814Ð822. Fantozzi, A., M. Ermolli, M. Marini, B. Balla, M.
Chaouchi, M., R. El Malki, A. Berard, M. Romaniuk, Querci, and G. Van den Eede. 2008. Food Analysis
V. Laval, D. Brunel, and Y. Bertheau. 2008. Journal and Methods 1:10Ð17.
of Agricultural Food Chemistry 56:1818Ð1828. Feriotto, G., S. Gardenghi, N. Bianchi, and R. Gambari.
Clegg, R. M. 1992. Methods in Enzymology 2003. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry
211:353Ð388. 51:4640Ð4646.
Flavell, R. B., E. Dart, R. L. Fuchs, and R. T. Fraley.
Corbisier, P., S. Trapmann, D. Gancberg, L. Hannes, P. 1992. Biotechnology 10:141Ð144.
Van Iwaarden, G. Berben, H. Schimmel, and H. Frewer, L., J. Lassen, B. Kettlitz, J. Scholderer, V.
Emons. 2005. Annals of Bioanalytic Chemistry Beekman, and K. G. Berdal. 2004. Food Chemistry
383:282Ð290. and Toxicology 42:1181Ð1193.
DÕHalluin, K., M. De Block, J. Denecke, J. Janssens, J. Fšrster, T. 1948. Ann. Phys. 6:55Ð75.
Leemans, A. Reynaerts, and J. Botterman. 1992. Garcia-Canas, V., R. Gonzalez, and A. Cifuentes. 2002.
Methods in Enzymology 216:415Ð426. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry
Dale, P. J. 1999. Current Opinions in Biotechnology 50:4497Ð4502.
10:203Ð208. Germini, A., S. Rossi, A. Zanetti, R. Corradini, C.
DeGreeve, H., P. Dhaese, J. Seurinck, M. Lemmers, M. Fogher, and R. Marchelli. 2005. Journal of
van Montagu, and J. Schell. 1983. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry 53:3958Ð3962
Molecular Applied Genetics 1:499Ð511. Glynou, K., P. C. Ioannou, and T. K. Christopoulos.
Depicker, A., S. Stachel, P. Dhaese, P. Zambryski, and 2004. Annals of Bioanalytical Chemistry 378:
H. M. Goodman. 1982. Journal of Molecular 1748Ð1753.
Applied Genetics 1:563Ð573.
Chapter 29 HŸbner, P., H. Waiblinger, K. Pietsch, and P.
Brodmann. 2001. Food Composition and Additives
84:1855Ð1864.
Hupfer, C., H. Hotzel, K. Sachse, and K. H. Z. Engel.
Greiner, R., U. Konietzny, and A. L. C. H. Villavicencio. 1997. Lebensm Unters Forsch A 205:442Ð445.
2005. Food Control 16:753Ð759. Hupfer, C., H. Hotzel, K. Sachse, and K. H. Z. Engel.
Hahnen, S., S. Offermann, B. Miedl, B. RŸger, and C. 1998. Lebensm Unters Forsch A 206:203Ð207.
PeterhŠnsel. 2002. European Food Research and Ida, M., S. Yamashiro, H. Yamakawa, K. Hayakawa, H.
Technology 215:443Ð446. Kuribara, T. Kodama, S. Furui, H. Akiyama, T.
Hardegger, M., P. Brodmann, and A. Herrmann. 1999. Maitani, and A. Hino. 2005. Journal of Agricultural
European Food Research and Technology Food Chemistry 53:6294Ð6300.
209:83Ð87. International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO)
Hassan-Hauser, C., W. Mayer, and H. Z. Hšrtner. 1998. 2006. ISO 24276:2006: Foodstuffs—Methods of
Lebensm. Unters Forsch A 206:83Ð87. Analysis for the Detection of Genetically Modified
Heid, C. A., J. Stevens, K. J. Livak, and P. M. Williams. Organisms and Derived Products—General
1996. Genome Research 6:986Ð994. Requirements and Definitions. Geneva, Switzerland:
Hernandez, M., A. Rio, T. Esteve, S. Prat, and M. Pla. ISO.
2001. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry Ishiguro, T., J. Saitoh, H. Yawata, H. Yamagishi, S.
49:3622Ð3627. Iwasaki, and Y. Mitoma. 1995. Anal. Biochemistry
Hernandez, M., M. Pla, T. Esteve, S. Prat, P. 229:207Ð213.
Puigdomenech, and A. Ferrando. 2003a. Transgenic James, C. 2008. Global status of commercialized
Research 12:179Ð189. biotech/GM crops: 2008. In ISAAA Briefs, 39. Ithaca,
Hernandez, M.,A. Ferrando, T. Esteve, P. N.Y.: ISAAA.
Puigdomenech, S. Prat, and M. Pla. 2003b. Journal Jankiewicz, A., H. Broll, and J. Zagon. 1999. European
of Food Protection 66:1063Ð1070. Food Research and Technology 209:77Ð82.
Hernandez, M., D. Rodr’guez-L‡zaro, T. Esteve, S. Kok, E. J., H. P. J. M. Noteborn, and H. A. Kuiper.
Prat, and M. Pla. 2003c. Análisis of Biochemistry 1994. Trends in Food Science Technology 5:294Ð
323:164Ð170. 298.
Hernandez, M., T. Esteve, S. Prat, and M. Pla. 2004a. Kšppel, E., M. Stadler, J. LŸthy, and P. HŸbner. 1997.
Journal of Cereal Science 39:99Ð107. Mitt Gebiete Lebensm Hyg 88:164Ð175.
Hernandez, M., M. N. Duplan, G. Berthier, M. Krech, A. 1997. Mais Òhigh mobility groupÓ proteine:
Va•tilingom, W. Hauser, R. Freyer, M. Pla, and Y. isolierung und analyse von genkonstrukten. PhD diss.,
Bertheau. 2004b. Journal of Agricultural Food Albert-Ludwigs UniversitŠt, Freiburg, Germany.
Chemistry 52:4632Ð4637. Kuribara, H., Y. Shindo, T. Matsuoka, K. Takubo, S.
Hernandez, M., D. Rodriguez-Lazaro, and A. Ferrando. Futo, N. Aoki, T. Hirao, H. Akiyama, Y. Goda, M.
2005. Current Análisis in Chemistry 1:203Ð221 Toyoda, and A. Hino. 2002. Journal of AOAC
International 85:1077Ð81.
Higuchi, R., G. Dollinger, P. S. Walsh, and R. GrifÞth. Leimanis, S., M. Hern‡ndez, S. Fern‡ndez, F. Boyer, M.
1992. Biotechnology 10:413Ð417. Burns, S. Bruderer, T. Glouden, N. Harris, O.
Higuchi, R., C. Fockler, G. Dollinger, and R. Watson. Kaeppeli, P. Philipp, M. Pla, P. Puigdom•nech, M.
1993. Biotechnology 11:1026Ð1030. Vaitilingom, Y. Bertheau, and J. Remacle. 2006.
Hird, H., J. Powell, M. L. Johnson, and S. J. Oehlschlager. Plant Molecular Biology 61:123Ð139.
2003. Journal of AOAC International 86:66Ð71. Leimanis, S., S. Hamels, F. NazŽ, G. M. Mbella, M.
Hird, H., J. Chisholm, A. Sanchez, M. Hernandez, R. Sneyers, R. Hochegger, H. Broll, L. Roth, K.
Goodier, K. Schneede, C. Boltz, and B. Popping. Dallmann, A. Micsinai, J. L. La Paz, M. Pla, C.
2006. Food Additives and Contaminates BrŸnen-Nieweler, N. Papazova, I. Taverniers, N.
23:645Ð650. Hess, B. Kirschneit, Y. Bertheau, C. Audeon, V.
Hšchst, Schering and AgrEvo GmbH, Germany. 1998. Laval, U. Busch, S. Pecoraro, K. Neumann, S. Ršsell,
In PCR Primers for the Identification of the J. van Dijk, E. Kok, G. Bellocchi, N. Foti, M.
Genetically Modified T25 Maize Plants. Mazzara, W. Moens, J. Remacle, and G. Van Den
Holck, A., M. Va•tilingom, L. Didierjean, and K. Rudi. Eede. 2008. European Food Research and
2002. European Food Research and Technology Technology 227:1621Ð 1632.
214:449Ð453. Le Pecq, J. B., and C. Paoletti. 1996. Annals of
Holland, P. M., R. D. Abramson, R. Watson, and D. H. Biochemistry 17:100Ð107.
Gelfand. 1991. Proceedings of the National Academy Lee, S. H., D. M. Min, and J. K. Kim. 2006. Journal of
of Sciences 88:7276Ð7280. Agricultural Food Chemistry 54:1124Ð1129.
Holst-Jensen, A., S. B. Ronning, A. Lovseth, and K. G. Lerat, S., L. S. England, M. L. Vincent, K. P. Pauls, C.
Berdal. 2003. Anal. Bioanalytic Chemistry J. Swanton, J. N. Klironomos, and J. T. Trevors.
375:985Ð993. 2005. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry
Hšhne, M., C. Santisi, and R. Meyer. 2002. European 53:1337Ð 1342.
Food Research and Technology 215:59Ð64. Lipp, M., P. Brodmann, K. Pietsch, J.
Hšrtner, H. 1997. Lebensm. Ernäh/Nutr 21:443Ð446.
Huang, C. C., and T. M. Pan. 2005. Journal of Pauwels, E. Anklam, T. Borchers, G.
Agricultural Food Chemistry 53:3833Ð3839. Braunschweiger, U. Busch,
HŸbner, P., E. Studer, and J. LŸthy. 1999. Natural
Biotechnology 17:1137Ð1138.
Assessment of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) in Meat Products by PCR 517
E. Eklund, F. D. Eriksen, J. Fagan, A. Fellinger, H. Pietsch, K., H. Waiblinger, P. Brodmann, and A. Wurz.
Gaugitsch, D. Hayes, C. Hertel, H. Hortner, P. Joudrier, 1997. Deuts Leben Rund 93:35Ð38.
L. Kruse, R. Meyer, M. Miraglia, W. Muller, P. Phillipp, Poms, R. E., W. Hochsteiner, K. Luger, J. Glšssl, and
B. Popping, R. Rentsch, and A. Wurtz. 1999. Journal of H. Foissy. 2003. Journal of Food Protection
AOAC International 82:923Ð928. 66:304Ð310.
Lipp, M., A. Bluth, F. Eyquem, L. Kruse, H. Schimmel, Ririe, K. M., R. P. Rasmussen, and C. T. Wittwer. 1997.
G. Van den Eede, and E. Anklam. 2001. European Anal Biochemistry 245:154Ð160.
Food Research and Technology 212:497Ð504. Rodr’guez-L‡zaro, D., B. Lombard, H. Smith, A.
Livak, K. J., and T. D. Schmittgen. 2001. Methods Rzezutka, M. DÕ Agostino, R. Helmuth, A.
25:402Ð408. Schroeter, B. Malorny, A. Miko, B. Guerra, J.
MacCormick, C. A., H. G. GrifÞn, H. M. Underwood, Davison, A. Kobilinsky, M. Hern‡ndez, Y. Bertheau,
and M. J. Gasson. 1998. Journal of Applied and N. Cook. 2007. Trends in Food Science and
Microbiology 84:969Ð980. Technology 18:306Ð319.
Mano, J., T. Oguchi, H. Akiyama, R. Teshima, A.
Hino, S. Furui, and K. Kitta. 2009. Journal of Rogers, S. O., and A. J. Bendich. 1985. Plant
Agricultural Food Chemistry 57:2640Ð2646. Molecular Biology 5:69Ð76.
Mao, D., W. Mu, and X. Yang. 2002. Wei Sheng Yan R¿nning, S. B., M. Va•tilingom, K. G. Berdal, and A.
Jiu 31:184Ð87. Holst-Jensen. 2003. European Food Research and
Marmiroli, N., E. Maestri, M. Gull“, A. Malcevschi, C. Technology 216:347Ð354.
Peano, R. Bordoni, and G. De Bellis. 2008. Anal Roth, L., J. Zagon, I. Laube, A. Holst-Jensen, and H.
Bioanalytic Chemistry 392:369Ð384. Broll. 2008. Food Analysis Methods 1:181Ð189
Matsuoka, T., H. Kuribara, S. Suefuji, H. Miura, Y. Rudi, K., I. Rud, and A. Holck. 2003. Nucleic Acids
Kusakabe, H. Akiyama, Y. Goda, K. Isshiki, M. Research 31:e62.
Toyoda, and A. Hino. 2001. Shok Eisei Zasshi Saiki, R. K., D. H. Gelfand, S. Stoffel, S. J. Scharf, R.
42:197Ð201. Higuchi, G. T. Horn, K. B. Mullis, and H. A. Erlich.
MelÕnychuk, M. D., A. V. Dubin, V. H. Spyrydonov, 1988. Science 239:487Ð491.
and S. D. MelÕnychuk. 2002. Mikrobiol Z 64:26Ð32. Schmittgen, T. D., B. A. Zakrajsek, A. G. Mills, V.
Meyer, R. Z. 1995a. Lebesnsm. Unters. Forsch. A. Gorn, M. J. Singer, and M. W. Reed. 2000. Anal.
201:583Ð586. Biochemistry 285:194Ð204.
Meyer, R. 1995b. Mitt Gebiete Lebensm Hyg Simpson, D. A. C., S. Feeney, C. Boyle, and A. W. Stitt.
86:648Ð656. 2000. Mol Vis 6:178Ð183.
Schmidt, A. M., and M. E. Rott. 2006. Journal of
Meyer, R., F. Chardonnens, P. HŸbner, and J. Z. LŸthy. Agricultural Food Chemistry 54:1158Ð1165.
1996. Lebensm Unters Forsch A 203:339Ð344. Schmidt, A. M., R. Sahota, D. S. Pope, T. S. Lawrence,
Meyer, R., and E. Jaccaud. 1997. In Authenticity and M. P. Belton, and M. E. Rott. 2008. Journal of
Adulteration of Food—The Analytical Approach, Agricultural Food Chemistry 56:6791Ð6800.
edited by R. Y. Amad˜ and R. Battaglia. Interlaken, Smith, K., M. A. Diggle, and S. C. Clarke. 2003.
Switzerland: Proceedings of European Food Journal of Clinical Microbiology 41:2440Ð2443.
Chemistry Congress IX. Studer, E., I. Dahinden, J. LŸthy, and P. HŸbner. 1997.
Michelini, E., P. Simoni, L. Cevenini, L. Mezzanotte, Mitt Lebensmitt Hyg 10:515Ð524.
and A. Roda. 2008. Anal Bioanalytic Chemistry Studer, E. R., C. Rhyner, J. LŸthy, and P. HŸbner. 1998.
392:355Ð367. Lebensm Unters Forsch A 207:207Ð213.
Moreano, F., U. Busch, and K. H. Engel. 2005. Journal Taski-Ajdukovic, K., Z. Nikolic, M. Vujakovic, M.
of Agricultural Food Chemistry 53:9971Ð9979. Milosevic, M. Ignjatov, and D. Petrovic. 2008. Meat
Morisset, D., D. Dobnik, S. Hamels, J. Zel, and K. Science 81:230Ð232.
Gruden. 2008. Nucleic Acids Research 36:e118 Taverniers, I., P. Windels, E. Van Bockstaele, and M.
Nazarenko, I., S. K. Bhatnagar, and R. J. Hohman. 1997. DeLoose. 2001. European Food Research and
Nucleic Acids Research 25:2516Ð2521. Technology 213:417Ð424.
Nemeth, A., A. Wurz, L. Artim, S. Charlton, G. Dana, Taverniers, I., E. Van Bockstaele, and M. De Loose.
K. Glenn, P. Hunst, J. Jennings, R. Shilito, and P. 2004. Annals of Bioanalytic Chemistry 378:
Song. 2004. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry 1198Ð1207.
52:6129Ð6135. Taverniers, I., P. Windels, M. Va•tilingom, A.
Nielsen, C. R., K. G. Berdal, and A. Holst-Jensen. Milcamps, E. Van Bockstaele, G. Van den Eede, and
2004. European Food Research and Technology M. De Loose. 2005. Journal of Agricultural Food
219:421Ð427. Chemistry 53:3041Ð3052.
Obeid, P. J., T. K. Christopoulos, and P. C. Ioannou. Tengel, C., P. Schussler, E. Setzke, J. Balles, and M.
2004. Electrophoresis 25:922Ð930. Sprenger-Haussels. 2001. Biotechniques 31:
Peano, C., M. C. Samson, L. Palmieri, M. Gulli, and N. 426Ð429.
Marmiroli. 2004. Journal of Agricultural Food Terry, C. F., and N. Harris. 2001. European Food
Chemistry 52:6962Ð6968. Research and Technology 213:425Ð431.
Peano, C., F. Lesignoli, M. Gulli, R. Corradini, M. C. Terry, C. F., D. J. Shanahan, L. D. Ballam, N. Harris,
Samson, R. Marchelli, and N. Marmiroli. 2005. Anal D. G. McDowell, and H. C. Parkes. 2002. Journal of
Biochemistry 344:174Ð182. AOAC International 85:938Ð944.
Chapter 29
Terzi, V., B. Ferrari, F. Finocchiaro, N. Di Fonzo, A. M. Wurz, A., and R. Willmund. 1997. IdentiÞcation of
Stanca, C. Lamacchia, J. Napier, P. R. Shewry, transgenic glyphosate-resistant soybeans. In Food
and P. Faccioli. 2003. Journal of Cereal Science Produced by Means of Genetic Engineering, 2nd
37:157Ð163. status report, edited by G. A. Schreiber and K. W.
Tšpfer, R., V. Matzeit, B. Gronenborn, J. Schell, and Bšg. Berlin: Bundesinstitut fŸr gesundheitlichen
H.ÐH. Steinbiss. 1987. Nucleic Acids Research Verbraucherschutz und VeterinŠrmedizin (BgVV).
15:5890. Wurz, A., H. RŸggeberg, P. Broadmann, H. U.
Toyota, A., H. Akiyama, M. Sugimura, T. Watanabe, Waiblinger, and K. Pietsch. 1998. Deuts Lebensm
H. Kikuchi, H. Kanamori, A. Hino, M. Esaka, and Rund 94:159Ð161.
T. Maitani. 2006. Bioscience, Biotechnology, and Wurz, A., A. Bluth, P. Zeltz, C. Pfeifer, and R. Willmund.
Biochemistry 70:821Ð827. 1999. Food Control 10:385Ð389.
Trifa, Y., and D. Zhang. 2004. Journal of Agricultural Xu, J., H. Miao, H. Wu, W. Huang, R. Tang, M. Qiu, J.
Food Chemistry 52:1044Ð1048. Wen, S. Zhu, and Y. Li. 2006. Biosens Bioelectron
Tseng, S. Y., D. Macool, V. Elliott, G. Tice, R. Jackson, 22:71Ð77.
M. Barbour, and D. Amorese. 1997. Annals of Xu, J., S. Zhu, H. Miao, W. Huang, M. Qiu, Y. Huang,
Biochemistry 245:207Ð212. X. Fu, and Y. Li. 2007. Journal of Agricultural Food
Va•tilingom, M., H. Pijnenburg, F. Gendre, and Chemistry 55:5575Ð5579.
P. Brignon. 1999. Journal of Agricultural Food Yang, L., A. Pan, J. Jia, J. Ding, J. Chen, H. Cheng, C.
Chemistry 47:5261Ð5266. Zhang, and D. Zhang. 2005. Journal of Agricultural
van Duijn, G. J., R. van Biert, H. Bleeker-Marcelis, Food Chemistry 53:183Ð190.
B. I. Van, A. J. Adan, S. Jhakrie, and M. Hessing. Yates, K. (ed.). 1999. Detection Methods for Novel
2002. Journal of AOAC International 85:787Ð791. Foods Derived from Genetically Modified Organisms.
Vollenhofer, S., K. Burg, J. Schmidt, and H. Kroath. Brussels: ILSI-Europe.
1999. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry Zeitler, R., K. Pietsch, and H. Waiblinger. 2002.
47:5038Ð5043. European Food Research and Technology
Weighardt, F., M. De Beuckeleer, and G. Van den Eed. 214:346Ð351.
2004. Journal of AOAC International 87:1342Ð Žel, J., M. Mazzara, C. Savini, S. Cordeil, M. Camloh,
1355. D. Štebih, K. Cankar, K. Gruden, D. Morisset, and G.
Walker, N. 2002. Science 296:557Ð559. Van den Eede. 2008. Food Analysis Methods
Weiblinger, H. U., A. Wurz, R. Freyer, and K. Pietsch. 1:61Ð72.
1999. Deuts Lebensm Rund 95:44Ð48. Zimmermann, A., R. Zehner, and D. Mebs. 1998a.
Windels, P., S. Bertrand, A. Depicker, W. Moens, Fleischwirts 78:530Ð533.
E. Bockstaele, and M. DeLoose. 2003. European Zimmermann, A., J. LŸthy, and U. Pauli. 1998b. Z.
Food Research and Technology 216:259Ð263. Lebensm Unters Forsch A 207:81Ð90.
Wittwer, C. T., M. G. Herrmann, A. A. Moss, and R. P. Zimmermann, A., W. Hemmer, M. Liniger, J. LŸthy,
Rasmussen. 1997. Biotechniques 22:130Ð138. and U. Pauli. 1998c. Lebensm Wiss u Technol
Wittwer, C. T., M. G. Herrmann, C. N. Gundry, and 31:664Ð667.
K. S. Elenitoba-Johnson. 2001. Methods 4:430Ð Zimmermann, A., J. LŸthy, and U. Pauli. 2000. Lebens
442. Wiss u Technol 33:210Ð216.
Chapter 30
Food Safety and Hazard fidence in the food system, and to provide a
Analysis Critical Control Point sound regulatory foundation for national and
international trade in food, in order to
Food safety is one of the concerns and objec- support economic development.
tives of the current policy of several develop- In the past few years, there has been some
ing and developed countries. It aims to reinforcement for these efforts from new
improve the life quality (increasing quality and legislation and regulations by interna-tional
years of healthy life, and eliminating health food safety authorities and national and
disparities) of their citizens and is considered international governments (examples being the
to be one of the challenging goals for the Codex Alimentarius standards [FAO/WHO
twenty-first century (COM 2000; USDHHS 2005], the General Food Law [EC 2002/178 ],
2000; WHO 2004; PAHO 2008). Food safety and all legal documents based on the General
has increasingly become a current issue, owing Food Law [Trienekens and Zuurbier 2008]),
to changing consumer eating habits, changing where there is a definite move away from the
products and produc-tion practices, changing old end-of-line pro-duct inspection approach to
population (aging of the population and the a new quality-assurance approach where the
increased number of immunocompromized suppliers or food operators in the chain assume
individuals), and increased food infections. In responsi-bility for safety. The General Food
fact, the global incidence of food -borne Law (EC 2002/178 ) provided a solid base
diseases is difficult to estimate, but it has been upon which further important food safety rules,
reported that in 2005 alone, 1.8 million people such as the so-called “Hygiene Package” (EC
died from diarrhoeal diseases (WHO 2007). 2004/852; EC 2004/853; EC 2004/854), were
The prior-ity is to reduce food-borne diseases. then built at the EU level. The industrialized
nations are adopting a common approach to
In addition, in a global market, food safety food safety regulation.
is a priority for food trade and is an economic
issue. Food trade growth and food marketing Elements of this common approach include
changes lead to exposure to new risks and use of Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point
greater potential consequences of food-borne (HACCP) methodology, farm-to- table risk
illness outbreaks. Consumers in industrial-ized assessment, and greater use of policies to
countries have become more aware of the create incentives for safety. In several
potential food safety hazards through media countries, new food safety regulatory agencies
reports and increased availability of scientific have been created with the express purpose of
knowledge. The challenge is to develop integrating and focusing expertise from both
integrated effective food safety systems, agriculture and public health (EC 2007). These
essential to maintain consumer con- common trends should lead to
519
Chapter 30 other food chain interveners, and govern-
ments to improve methods for identifying
and preventing hazards and to minimize the
greater fundamental agreement about food risk of illness.
safety standards.
Hazard analysis and critical control points
Preparing Development and
are considered worldwide to be essential to an
Implementation of an HACCP Plan
effective and rational proactive methodol-ogy,
which must be integrated into every step of the The development and implementation of an
food chain, from primary production to final HACCP system in a meat-processing estab-
consumption, in order to assure food safety. lishment or other food plant is a major task and
“Food safety from farm to fork” is an depends on the commitment and motiva-tion
expression frequently used and stated in the of the upper administration; workforce
White Paper (COM 2000), reinforcing the acceptance and understanding of the impor-
integration of all participants and interactive tance of each individual activity to assure
communication between them. This commu- safety is also fundamental. Development and
nication represents an essential key for the implementation of a HACCP system sup-
clarification and the accomplishment of safety ported only by middle management or tech-
objectives through suppliers and direct nical personnel is an impossible mission.
consumers. A team leader should be designated who
Before being enforced by law and praised has organizational and communication skills,
by global free trade, HACCP was, and is, familiarity with plant processes, and absolute
recognized by food operators as the most authority to track the program in the company.
reliable system to assure food safety (Scott The team leader’s work starts by organizing a
et al. 2009). The terms of reference for food team of workers who have been previously
safety include biological, chemical, and selected and trained in hazard food analysis
physical agents that may be present in a food and HACCP principles. The team should
and are hazards likely to cause illness or
include operational staff who know all the
injury to consumers if not put under control
(Mortimore and Wallace 1997). particularities of the practical tasks; a
The risk (probability for a hazard to occur) theoretical team must be avoided. HACCP
of food-borne illness associated with meat team personnel should have compe-tence
products is very high (CDC 2008 ; EFSA in different areas, such as quality, com-
2009). Meat products head the list of food modities purchasing, production,
most frequently associated with safety hazards engineering, distribution, microbiology,
and human illness. This risk could be reduced toxicology, and auditing. Most of the meat
to the maximum extent possible only by
industries, large or small units, need help to
ensuring that appropriate and feasible pre-
construct and implement the plan because
ventive and corrective measures are taken at
each stage of the production process where all the above-mentioned competences are
safety hazards occur, for which a possible difficult to put together and might not be
strategy is the implementation of HACCP available. Expert advice should be obtained
systems in every establishment. This strategy from outside sources, such as trade and
has become mandatory in several countries industry associa-tions, independent experts,
(the final rule HACCP, FSIS/USDA 1996; EC regulatory author-ities, and assisted HACCP
2004/852; EC 2004/853). However, there is no training, with the workforce guided by
single technological or regulatory solu-tion to
sector-specific opera-tive manuals.
the problem of food-borne illness. Continuous
However, consultants could be used to
efforts are required by industry,
provide advice rather than write
HACCP: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 521
the whole plan. If consultants provide the (e.g., ingredients, specific risk material
plan with minimal food business operator disposal). The flow diagram must be
input, the team can have difficulty during verified in the plant to confirm its
audits, since they are not identified with the accuracy.
plan. Prepare a HACCP plan with a hazard
A strategy approach to HACCP program analysis based on stated terms of refer-
development must be previously defined and ence, while assessing the critical control
decided; the approach could be defined points (CCPs) to put them under
either by product or by process, as an control. The HACCP plan must be
individual plan or one by sector (sectorial) coupled to the operating instructions
(Mortimore 2001). and updated with it.
The initial steps that the HACCP
program will include are: The construction and implementation of
this system is a big, expensive task, the
The description of all products that are success and financial return of which
produced in the plant and the means of implies both the support and full
distribution. This is particularly impor- involvement of upper management as was
tant to product formulation and screen- stated above. HACCP implementation
ing of potential abuse through problems associ-ated primarily with plant
distribution or by consumers. size come up consistently in the literature.
Identification of projected uses and con- The smaller operators have the greatest
sumers of the products. According to difficulty with HACCP implementation. On
the diversity of the meat products, con- the industry side, the transition to HACCP is
sumption can take place after culinary most chal-lenging for small and very small
operations (cooking, frying, or grilling) plants, most of which do not have the
or they can be presented as ready to eat. technical and other resources that large
It is also vital to identify if the product plants have (Stafko 2008).
will be consumed by segments of the HACCP requirements should take into
population who are at increased risk, account the principles contained in the Codex
such as infants, the elderly, and the Alimentarius. They should provide sufficient
immunocompromised. flexibility to be applicable in all situations,
Construction of a flow diagram for each including small businesses. In particular, it is
process, providing a brief description of necessary to recognize that in certain food
all operative steps involved, from the businesses, it is not easy to identify those
reception of raw meat and other materi-als critical control points that make implementa-
to finished product distribution. It may tion of the plan difficult and also that, in some
seem like a simple process to draw up a cases, good hygienic practices are essential to
flow diagram, but most processors seem assure safety. Similarly, the requirement of
to miss some of the process steps, establishing “critical limits” does not imply
particularly significant delays, or routine that it is necessary to fix a numerical limit in
variations (e.g., the handling of part-filled every case. In addition, the require-ment of
cartons at the end of a production shift or retaining documents needs to be flex-ible, in
a product waiting for cooking or cooling order to avoid undue burdens for very small
steps). Inputs and outputs to normal flows businesses (EC 2004/852). However,
should also be described, as these can flexibility should not compromise food
produce their own hazards hygiene and safety objectives.
Chapter 30 Principle 5
Create corrective actions to be immediately
applied to restore control when a deviation
HACCP Principles from the outlined limits occurs at a CCP.
Food business operators shall put in place,
implement, and maintain a permanent proce-
dure or procedures based on the seven Principle 6
HACCP principles. Set up verification procedures to test compli-
ance of the plan with the HACCP system.
Principle 1
Perform a hazard analysis based on terms of Principle 7
reference. The terms of reference for food
Produce documents and establish records of
safety include biological, chemical, or physi- operations, including procedures for moni-
cal agents that may be present in a food and toring, corrective actions, and verification to
are hazards likely to cause illness or injury to provide an effective demonstration of the
consumers if not put under control (Mortimore system as it works.
and Wallace 1997). Hazard analysis consists of
The final element for HACCP develop-
two distinct parts: the first is hazard iden-
ment is to update the plan when changes in
tification and the second is hazard evaluation the process or new legal or trade require-
(risk assessment of that hazard at each process ments are introduced.
step until the point at which the hazard is
The HACCP plan is specific to a certain
controlled). If the correct signifi-cant hazards
product or process and enterprise. Never-
aren ’t identified, then the HACCP plan that is
theless, in many cases, several product lines
developed cannot pos-sibly be valid. This is
are so similar that they can be grouped
where a “whole-chain” approach can help with
together in generic models. Due to the diver-
defining the hazards. Operators should use a
sity of meat products that can be produced
formal approach to hazard analysis, such as a
with similar process steps, one HACCP plan
matrix, to ensure a more disciplined approach
can cover a process that is used for a number
to the process (FAO 1997; Mortimore and
of similar products with different
Wallace 1997). commercial codes (e.g., Toulouse sausage,
barbecue sausage, fresh sausage, longanissa,
Principle 2 merguez pork, chipolata, white wine
sausage). It is not necessary to have a
Identify adequate critical control points separate HACCP plan for each product if the
(CCPs) in materials and process steps to hazard analysis shows that the products
control the hazards. share the same potential hazards, risks,
CCPs, and critical limits (Tompkin 1996).
Principle 3 The use of a generic HACCP model to
develop specific HACCP plans always
Define critical limits for each CCP. The criti- needs creative adaptation and tuning. In this
cal limits are associated with the preventive case, system validation is always needed for
measures that control hazards and are mea- each specific plan.
surable. Deviation tolerance must be defined. To accomplish with success the imple-
mentation of HACCP plans, some pre-
requirements need to be fulfilled. These are
Principle 4
Establish monitoring requirements to warrant
fulfilment of procedures at each stated CCP.
HACCP: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 523
mandatory for food safety. In small food provided and updated with regard to good-
workshops, they can per se be the foundation hygiene practices and fundamental process-
of so-called light HACCP. It may be assumed ing steps; understanding of their role as part
in extremis that a well-trained person with of a safety system is fundamental.
access to guidance is able to implement in- General GHP and GMP codes for differ-
house HACCP methods. ent food process categories have already
been provided by regulatory food standard
organizations (FAO/WHO 2005a).
On the Pathway to a Generic However, enterprises must define and
HACCP Model for Processed elaborate their own GHP and GMP codes as
Meat Products operative guides. If not, the HACCP plans
developed will either try to control too many
Pre-Requirements issues through the use of critical limits or
HACCP plans must be supported by compre- just will not control them at all.
hensive prerequisite programs. They are the Where possible, these prerequisite pro-
groundwork for successful HACCP plan grams should have definite outcomes speci-
implementation. The operator should estab- fied, in order to verify and validate operations
lish, implement, and maintain a cluster of (e.g., Enterobacteriaceae counts and total
procedures to control the introduction of counts for food contact surfaces after sanita-
hazards through the environment and cross- tion has been completed)(Gonzalez-Miret et al.
contamination. These practical procedures or 2001 ). Also, a checklist designed to evaluate
processes, known as good hygiene practices pre-requirements should be included in audits
(GHP) and good manufacturing practices for their verification.
(GMP) programs, are critical for small meat- According to data from a checklist
and poultry -processing plants, and are designed to evaluate pre-requirements for
required to fulfil a HACCP plan for meat GHP and GMP presented in the
products. GHP and GMP return the process-ing Tradisausage project (2006), approximately
environment to its original condition (dis- 80% of the small meat-processing units
infection or sanitation programs); keep (regarding essentially traditional products)
building and equipment in efficient operation in Southern Europe (including France,
(maintenance program); control employees’ Greece, Italy, Spain, Portugal, and Slovakia)
security and hygiene; control cross-contami- have the main pre-requirements essential to
nation during manufacture (usually related to implement the HACCP system. However,
people, surfaces, the air, and the segregation of they have to over-come the problem relating
raw and processed products); provide potable to documented evidence and validation of
water; control pests; control chemi-cals; and GHP (Fraqueza et al. 2007).
calibrate equipment (FDA 2005 ; Raspor The application of a validated Code of
2008). The definition of raw material Hygiene practice will be effective to reduce
specifications and its agreement with suppli-ers the risk of hazards and is fundamental for
is one of the fundamental pre-require-ments for subsequent implementation of a HACCP-
prevention of hazards that should be based approach.
introduced in a meat-processing plant. The
traceability of meat and any other ingre-dient
Product Definition and Intended Uses
used in a meat product must be estab-lished
and guaranteed at all stages of production and A great diversity of meat products with sin-
distribution. Training for all meat product gular organoleptic characteristics are found
handlers should be routinely in the meat industries (large or small) in dif-
Chapter 30 It is important for an HACCP team to
know what kind of product or products they
are actually dealing with to develop their
ferent countries. To achieve the best profit- HACCP plans (Table 30.1), and how and by
ability, a meat-processing industry usually tries whom they will be consumed (Mortimore
to get the best valorization from all pieces of a and Wallace 1997).
pork carcass and other ingredients by
producing a diversity of meat products that
could be classified in different groups, Technology: Process Description
according to the particular technology used, as and Flow Diagram
fresh, cooked (cured or meat emulsions or
Before initiating the design of an HACCP
finely comminuted meat), fermented/dry/
plan, a technological flow diagram for each
smoked, and cured/dry meat products (Raken
product, depicting all pertinent manufactur-
2000). Regarding these different products,
ing steps from the reception of raw materials
different HACCP plans specific to a certain
to final product, from receiving to shipping,
product, process, and enterprise need to be
should be outlined by the HACCP team.
developed. Even so, in many cases, several
This diagram is a simple schematic picture
product lines are so similar that they can be
of the process used in the plant to produce
grouped together in generic models. A generic
the product. It does not need to be complex.
HACCP model for fermented meat sausages
has been presented in a previous work
The best way to make sure that your spe-
(Fraqueza et al. 2007); so to avoid rep-etition,
cific flow diagram is accurate (correct and
complete) is to verify it carefully by the
generic models of HACCP plans for a fresh
HACCP team walking through the plant and
meat product (fresh sausage) and for a cooked
making sure all the steps in the process are
meat product (cooked ham) will be presented
included in the flow diagram (Blumberg
as examples here.
2008). The flow diagram will be used for
There is a great diversity of fresh sau-sages,
hazard analysis after being validated on the
with different recipes and different
premises.
denominations in different countries. Never-
The technology of process description
theless, these sausages have in common a
must comply with all specified good hygiene
sequence of process steps. Thus, fresh sau-
and manufacturing practices for the elabora-
sages (Table 30.1) are the end product of
tion of a specific fresh sausage (Fig. 30.1) or
ground pork meat mixed with fat, salt, pre-
cooked ham (Fig. 30.2 ), as defined in the
servatives (sulphite), and seasonings (pepper,
pre-requirements.
garlic, or other spices) and stuffed into natural
or collagen casings. These sausages are mar-
keted without the assurance of a lethal heat
treatment. Other types of meat such as poultry,
Hazards Identification and Analysis
beef, or lamb can be used with similar A hazard is defined as a biological,
seasoning and processing. chemical, or physical agent that is
Cooked ham is an international meat reasonably likely to cause illness or injury in
product consumed by many people and very the absence of its control (FAO 1997).
popular among children and young people. A hazard analysis is conducted to develop a
This product (Table 30.1) is made from leg list of hazards that may be reasonably expected
or shoulder deboned meat, injected with a to occur at each step of the food process and,
brine (prepared with cold water, salt, in the present case, in a meat product process
flavors, polyphosphates, and nitrite) and from the reception of all
cooked for a specific time period to assure
completed protein coagulation and color
development.
Table 30.1. Product definition and intended use for fresh pork sausages and cooked ham in pieces
Product names Fresh sausage, Toulouse sausage, Cooked Ham
barbecue sausage, longanissa, merguez
pork, chipolata, white wine sausage
Product composition Pork lean meat and fat trimmings, Pork leg or shoulder, water, sugar,
(depends on the recipes water, salt, sugar, dextrose, lactose, salt, nitrite, ascorbate, phosphates,
of different countries) condiments (pepper, nutmeg, ginger, flavours, vegetable protein
garlic, coriander, other spices), hydrolyzed, yeast extracts,
additives (sulphite, ascorbic or citric lactose, starches, hydrocolloids
acid, carminic acid (cochineal) or (carrageenans), dry blood powder,
Ponceau 4R, polyphosphates, smoke extracts
Product characteristics monosodium L-glutamate), casings
Size and weight: 10-15 cm, 1.5–2 cm Ø, Size and weight: 4–6 kg
pH: 5–6.5 pH: 6.0
aw ≥ 0.98 aw ≥ 0.98
How it is to be used After culinary operation T ≥ 68°C: Ready to eat
Packaging cooked, fried, grilled
Aerobic package or under modified Vacuum package
Shelf life atmosphere package
7 days 6 months
Places/premises of Hypermarkets and butcher’s shops, but Hypermarkets, and butcher’s shops,
commercialization or also in restaurants, retail dealers but also in restaurants, retail
marketing dealers
Storage conditions Under refrigeration Under refrigeration
Labeling instructions According to legal labeling According to legal labeling
Commercialisation or requirements requirements
Keep in a refrigerated place Keep in a refrigerated place
marketing conditions
Storage
Unfreezing
Weighing
Grinding
Casing
preparation
Mixing (removing salt)
Stuffing
MAP packaging
Storage
Distribution
525
Chapter 30
Filling/Vacuum Weighing/Labeling
packaging
Packaging
Molding
Storage
Cooking
Distribution
Cooling
ingredients, storage, etc., to the end product After considering the probability of occur-
and its distribution. rence and severity of a hazard, its risk must
In Table 30.2, potential biological, be assessed, which then determines which
chemi-cal, and physical hazards are shown hazards are to be addressed in the HACCP
for incoming materials common to several plan.
meat products, with the process for fresh The justification for why a hazard is or is
sausage and cooked ham taken as examples not reasonably likely to occur based on epi-
for this presentation. Table 30.3 presents demiological data or referenced works is
hazards identified in the processing steps for important and can also be viewed as a form
fresh sausage, while Table 30.4 shows those of validation (Scott 2005).
iden-tified for the cooked ham process. The The microbial hazards in meat-processing
hazard list is usually based on experimental industries depend on the prevalence of
and epi-demiological historic data and pathogens in raw meat and premises, taking
literature references. into consideration their specific microbial
This task must then consider what control ecology (Tompkin 2002). The occurrence of
measures, if any, exist that can be applied to potential microbial hazards (E. coli,
each hazard. Finally, the hazards associated Salmonella spp., S. aureus, Listeria monocy-
with each step should be listed along with the togenes, Campylobacter spp.) associated with
measures necessary to control the hazards meat products has been reported (Doyle and
(Tables 30.5 and 30.6). More than one control Erickson 2006; CDC 2008; EFSA 2009).
measure may be required to control a specific These pathogens can be present in meat-
hazard, and more than one hazard may be processing environments (machines, cutting
controlled by a specified control measure. tables, knives), and inadequate hygiene prac-
HACCP: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 527
Table 30.2. List of potential biological, chemical and physical hazards to be addressed in
incoming materials for meat products such as fresh sausages and cooked ham (Oiye and
Muroki, 2002; Roy et al., 2003; Pearce et al., 2004; FDA/CFSAN, 2009; CDC, 2008 and 2009;
Bonardi et al., 2003; Doyle and Erickson, 2006; Toldrá and Reig, 2007; Mc Dowell et al., 2007;
Fredriksson-ahomaa et al., 2007; Nørrung & Buncic, 2008; EFSA, 2009)
Potential Hazards Identification
Biological (bacteria, Chemical Physical
parasites, virus)
Raw meat: Non-sporulating bacteria: E. coli, Antibiotic/drug residues. Bone, plastic, wood,
pork Salmonella spp., S. aureus, Hormones. Pesticides. metal particles
Listeria monocytogenes, Biogenic amines of
Campylobacter spp, Yersinea microbial origin.
enterocolitica. Dioxines.
Sporulating bacteria: C. Micotoxines
botulinum, C. perfringens
Parasites: Trichinella;
Cysticercus cellulosae,
Toxoplasma gondii
Spices B. cereus, C. botulinum, Non-food chemical. Plastic, sand and
Salmonella spp., Listeria Pesticides Micotoxines wood particles,
monocytogenes stones
Additives Non-food chemical. Metal, sand and soil
Incom Polycyclic aromatic particles, stones
ing hydrocarbons (PAH),
mater
ials heavy metals
Salt E. coli, Salmonella spp., Vibrio Non-food chemical. Metal, sand and soil
spp., Staphylococcus aureus; particles, stones
Clostridia
Natural E. coli, Salmonella spp., Listeria Micotoxines
Casings monocytogenes, Clostridia
salt
Water Not potable, E. coli, Salmonella Non-food chemical
spp., Vibrio spp., Clostridia,
Cryptosporidium, virus
(Hepatitis A and E virus,
Rotavirus, Noravirus)
Packages Chemical migration of non
food grade packaging
material or improper
printed labels,
inaccurate labeling by
supplier
tices may result in a loss of control, thereby processing (Kan and Meijer 2007; Toldrá and
creating a hazard (Mexaopoulos et al. 2003). Reig 2007; Demeyer et al. 2008). The use of
Practices pre-required by HACCP methodol- veterinary drugs in animals for therapeutic or
ogy, coupled with monitoring, will prevent prophylactic reasons must be under the strict
introduction of microbial hazards in the control of a responsible veterinarian. The
meat-processing system or will control their probability of veterinary drug contaminants in
presence in the environment. raw meat, however, is not excluded, due to bad
According to several authors, some toxic management of animal production practices or
chemical compounds may be present on raw illegal practices. Programs for monitoring drug
meats or generated in certain types of meat residue in live animals
528
Table 30.3. List of potential biological, chemical and physical hazards to be addressed in fresh sausage processing steps
Potential Hazards Identification
Biological (bacteria, parasites, virus) Chemical Physical
Reception Reception of noncompliant material with legal or predefined Non food grade packaging material Reception of noncompliant material
requirements or improper printed labels with legal or predefined
Growth of pathogens on frozen meat due to time/temperature requirements
abuse
Storage Growth of pathogens on meat due to time/temperature abuse Micotoxines
Bacterial contamination of spices during storage, growth of
fungi producers of micotoxines due to humidity abuse
Unfrozen: pork Contamination and growth of pathogens due to time/
trimmings temperature abuse
Grinding Contamination and growth of pathogens due to time/ Detergent, disinfectant and Bone and metal particles falling into
Fresh temperature abuse lubricant residue meat during grinding
Sausage Contamination due to poor sanitizing of equipment
Process
Steps
Casings desalting Growth of pathogens due to time/temperature abuse
Weighing ingredients Excess of nitrites/nitrates or other
and additives additives due to weighing errors
Mixing Growth of pathogens due to time/temperature abuse Detergent, disinfectant and
lubricant residue
Stuffing Contamination with pathogens by poor hygiene practices Detergent, disinfectant and Casing bursts, bone particles, metal
lubricant residue clips, cotton string falling into
meat during stuffing.
MAP Packaging and Pathogen bacterial contamination by environment or Allergies to an ingredient due to Metal clips or fragments, bone
labeling handling during packaging wrong labelling of a product or particles falling into the packages
Growth of pathogens by improper package sealing or gases lack of advice on allergenic during packaging
concentration substances
Storage end product Growth of pathogens due to improper time/temperature/
humidity
Distribution Pathogenic bacterial contamination through damaged Non food chemical residue Plastic, wood, metal particles in
packages cross-contamination through damaged packages
Growth of pathogens due to improper time/temperature/ damaged packages
humidity
Table 30.4. List of potential biological, chemical and physical hazards to be addressed in cooked ham processing steps
Potential Hazards Identification
Biological (bacteria, parasites, virus) Chemical Physical
Reception Reception of noncompliant material with legal or predefined Non food grade packaging material or Reception of noncompliant
requirements improper printed labels material with legal or predefined
Growth of pathogens on fresh meat due to time/temperature requirements
abuse
Storage Growth of pathogens on meat due to time/temperature abuse
Pork leg or shoulder Contamination and growth of pathogens due to time/ Bone and metal particles falling
deboning and temperature abuse into meat during cutting
preparation
Weighing ingredients Excess of nitrites, phosphates or other
Cooked
Ham and additives additives due to weighing errors
Process
Steps Brine preparation Contamination and growth of pathogens due to time/ Foreign material falling into the
temperature abuse pickle solution
Injection/tenderization Contamination and growth of pathogens due to time/ Excess of nitrite or other additives Bone and metal particles Broken
temperature abuse, pathogens biofilms (overaddition) needles
Detergent, disinfectant and lubricant Metal fragments from damaged
residue inadequately maintained
equipment
Tumbling Growth of pathogens due to time/temperature abuse Metal fragments from damaged
inadequately maintained
equipment
Filling/vacuum package Bacterial pathogens growth due to time/temperature abuse Detergent, disinfectant and lubricant Package bursts, bone particles,
Contamination with pathogens by poor hygiene practices residue metal clips, falling into meat
during filling.
Metal fragments from damaged
inadequately maintained
equipment
Molding Contamination with pathogens by rupture of vacuum bag
and poor hygiene practices
(continued)
529
530
Table 30.4. List of potential biological, chemical and physical hazards to be addressed in cooked ham processing steps. (cont.)
Potential Hazards Identification
Biological (bacteria, parasites, virus) Chemical Physical
Cooking Survival of pathogens due to inadequate temperature or
+ cooking time
Cooling Spores of C. perfringens sporulation & growth due to
inadequate chilling rate
Unmolding Bacterial contamination from poor handling of bags with
contamination of the outside of the cook & strip bag
Cross-contamination with pathogens (e.g., Salmonella sp.,
L. monocytogenes, S. aureus, etc.) by employee
Cooked inadequate handling/unclean equipment
Ham
Process *Repackaging/High Care Cross-contamination with pathogens (e.g., Salmonella sp.,
Steps
area L. monocytogenes, S. aureus, etc.) by employee
inadequate handling/unclean equipment
*Postpasteurization Survival of pathogens due to inadequate temperature/time of
pasteurization
Weighing and labeling Pathogen bacterial contamination by environment or Allergies to an ingredient due to
handling during packaging wrong labeling of a product or lack
Growth of pathogens by improper package sealing or gas of advice on allergenic substances
concentration and to improper coding (best before)
Packaging Growth of pathogens due to improper time/temperature/
Storage end product Growth of pathogens due to improper time/temperature/
humidity
Distribution Pathogenic bacterial contamination through damaged Non food chemical residues Plastic, wood, metal
packages cross-contamination through
Growth of pathogens due to improper time/temperature/ damaged packages particles in damaged
humidity packages
HACCP: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 531
Table 30.5. Preventive measures to control potential hazards identified in the production of
fresh sausages
Process steps Hazard Identification Preventive measure
Reception:
Frozen Pork trimming Biological Suppliers selected and homologated and/or certified
Chemical Correct temperature of delivery (<−12°C)
Physical Visual control
Other ingredients Suppliers selected homologated and/or certified
Visual control of shelf life dates according to
specified requirements
Water According to specified and legal requirements of
potability
Package materials Suppliers selected homologated and/or certified,
according to specified legal requirements
Storage Biological GHP and GMP
Corrected temperature and relative humidity
Unfrozen Pork trimming Biological GHP and GMP
Corrected temperature and relative humidity
Casing desalting Biological GHP, GMP
Corrected time/temperature
Grinding Biological GHP, GMP
Chemical Preventive equipment maintenance
Physical Use of nontoxic food compatible cleaning
compounds
Weighing of ingredients Chemical Adequate weighing control, safe operating
and additives practices according to additive instructions and
legal requirements, calibration of scales
Mixing Biological GHP, correct time/temperature, preventive
Chemical equipment maintenance, use of nontoxic food
compatible cleaning compounds
Stuffing Biological GHP, GMP, correct time/temperature, use of non
Chemical toxic food compatible cleaning compounds,
Physical preventive equipment maintenance, correct
stuffing pressure machine
Visual check
Packaging (MAP) and Biological GHP, GMP, preventive equipment maintenance,
labeling Chemical control of sealing and CO2/O2 concentration into
Physical packages
Label monitoring by photoelectric cell or visual
check, metal detector
Storage end product Biological GHP, GMP
Correct time/temperature/humidity
Distribution Biological GHP, GMP
Chemical Correct time/temperature/humidity
Physical
532
HACCP: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 533
attractive rose color. However, if an overdose has been identified at a step where control is
of this additive occurs, it can cause hazardous necessary for safety, and no control measure
situations, such as the formation of carcino- exists at that step, or any other, then the
genic nitrosamines (Toldrá and Reig 2007). process should be modified at that step, or at
The sulphite used as a preservative in fresh any earlier or later step, to include a control
sausages is also referred to as an allergen measure. Therefore, the added step would be
substance. Other ingredients frequently used in the CCP in such a case.
meat processing, such as milk, wheat, soy, egg, In general, the CCP consists of two basic
lupin, and pea protein, can provide hidden elements: the control system itself that imple-
exposure to allergic people (Björksté n et al. ments the control measures, and the monitor-
2008). ing system. Control systems are usually
Contaminants from the environment could practices/procedures that, when not done cor-
occur in meat used for processing. Dioxins, rectly, are the leading causes of food-borne
organophosphorous and organocloride com- illness outbreaks (i.e., hazards for consum-ers’
pounds, mycotoxins, and heavy metals are health). Examples of CCPs may include
mentioned. These contaminants can be present thermal processing, chilling, chemical residue
in animal feed or in the ingredients of the feed and metal control, and product formulation
(Kan and Meijer 2007). With the integration of control. Effective monitoring systems of these
HACCP-based methodologies and Good practices that control hazards are crucial to the
Practices in animal production, it is important safety of the product.
to reduce the occurrence of these hazards. CCPs can be found by using the HACCP
team’s knowledge of meat products for only
Epidemiological data is unknown for real and likely hazards and where preventive
chemical residues of products used in sanita- measures are available for their control. A
tion and maintenance programs in meat tool provided by FAO/WHO (2005) can be
prod-ucts or raw meat (Alaña et al. 1996). used for structured thinking and to ensure a
The GHP and GMP implemented prevent consistent approach to CCP finding in the
their occurrence, so they are not considered process steps: the Decision Tree (Fig. 30.3).
to be an actual risk. The same reasoning can be used for raw
There is hardly any data regarding the materials. Table 30.7 summarizes CCP iden-
assessment of physical hazards (bone, glass, tification in fresh sausage processing steps,
plastic, and metal fragments) occurring in meat using the CCP Decision Tree. The same
products. In spite of the low frequency of brainstorming was undertaken for cooked
occurrence, there are high social repercus- ham (Table 30.8 ). For the purpose of the
sions with economic losses to the producer Decision Tree reasoning, steps where
when this type of hazard is detected. hazards are controlled by GHP and GMP are
consid-ered Control Point-GHP/GMP.
Critical Control Points Identifi cation
Critical Limits
A critical control point (CCP) is defined as a
step in the flow diagram of the meat product Critical limits are specified for controlling the
process at which control measures can be preventive measures at each CCP identi-fied,
applied. A CCP is essential to prevent or which will define if a product is safe or unsafe.
eliminate a hazard or reduce it to an accept- A critical limit is a maximum and/or minimum
able level (FAO 1997). Complete and accu- value to which a biological, chemi-cal, or
rate determination of CCPs is fundamental to physical parameter must be controlled at a
the control of food safety hazards. If a hazard CCP to prevent, eliminate, or reduce to
Chapter 30
YES NO
Figure 30.3. CCP Decision Tree for establishing critical control points, adapted from FAO/WHO (2005).
an acceptable level the occurrence of a food- expert advice, and mathematical modeling
safety hazard. (Mortimore and Wallace 1997). In fact,
In meat products’ processing steps, there these critical limits must be established not
are external or intrinsic factors, such as tem- only for monitoring actions (measurements
perature, time, pH, moisture or aw, salt and sensorial quotable observations) but also
concentration, additives concentration, and for verification procedures. Validation of
acidity, that can be measured (quantitative critical limits is essential in an industry,
parameters) and routinely monitored accord- confirming that control measures at critical
ing to a fixed schedule. The maximum level points are capable of controlling the
of tolerance at a CCP will be defined as the identified hazards (Scott 2005). So-called
critical limit. These critical limits are estab- target limits are often established to act
lished based on published data (scientific lit- before a deviation CCP occurs.
erature, in-house and supplier specifications, According to Hoornstra et al. (2001),
regulatory guidelines), experimental data, quantitative risk assessment is a powerful
Table 30.7. Critical control points identification in the production of fresh sausages
Process steps Is there a Hazard Do preventive measure(s) Does this step Could contamination Will a subsequent step Final answer
at this process step exist at this step or eliminate or reduce occur at or increase to or action eliminate or
of fresh sausages? subsequent steps for the the likely occurrence unacceptable level(s)? reduce the hazard to
—what is it? identified hazard? of a hazard to an an acceptable level?
acceptable level?
Reception Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Storage Yes-Bi. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Unfrozen pork meat Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
trimmings
Casing desalting Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Grinding Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Weighing of ingredients Yes-Ch. Yes Yes — — Yes a CCP
and additives
Mixing Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Stuffing Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Bi. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No No — Not a CCP
MAP Packaging Yes-Bi. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes No Yes a CCP
Labeling Yes-Ch. Yes Yes — — Yes a CCP
Storage end product Yes-Bi. Yes Yes Yes No Yes a CCP
Distribution Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes No Yes a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Process steps Is there a Hazard at Do preventive Does this step Could contamination Will a subsequent Final answer
this process step of measure(s) exist eliminate or occur at or increase step or action
fermented sausages? at this step or reduce the likely to unacceptable eliminate or reduce
—what is it? subsequent steps occurrence of a level(s)? the hazard to an
for the identified hazard to an acceptable level?
hazard? acceptable level?
Reception Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Storage Yes-Bi. Yes yes Yes Yes Not a CCP
Deboning of pork leg or shoulder Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Weighing of ingredients and additives Yes-Ch. Yes Yes — — Yes a CCP
Brine preparation Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Bi. Yes No
Injection/ Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Tenderization Yes-Ch. Yes No No No Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Tumbling Yes-Bi. Yes No Yes Yes Not a CCP
Yes-Ph. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Filling/Packaging Yes-Ph. Yes No Yes No Yes CCP
Yes-Bi. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Yes-Ch. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Molding Yes-Bi. Yes No No — Not a CCP
Thermaltreatment
tool that could be used by food companies batch or could create information gaps about
for critical limits’ validation at critical the process.
control points. Objective methods that provide a rapid
In Europe, food microbial criteria used for answer to control the fresh-sausage or
verification actions at CCPs were recently cooked-ham process according to the CCPs
discussed and defined by the European established (Tables 30.9 and 30.10 ) are the
Commission (EC 1441/2007). There were measurement of temperature, air circulation,
specified criteria for the evaluation of prod- time, residual CO2/O2 concentration, and
ucts and process hygiene and safety. It is relative humidity; the sealing package test;
assumed, as a starting point, that values below and metal detectors. Scheduled visual
the fixed criteria limit do not result in inspec-tion can also be used for monitoring
significant health effects and those above that some preventive measures at CCPs, despite
limit lead to an increased probability of an their being criticized because the
adverse health effect. All legal requirements impartiality and accuracy of human sensorial
are criteria used as monitoring or verification evaluation are influenced by various factors.
action of control measures at CCPs. However, this subjectivity can be reduced
and avoided with training. Records of
monitoring measure-ments are essential to
The HACCP Control Chart provide a pool of data that the process is
Accomplishing the practical application of under control. Over a period of time and
the seven HACCP principles leads to the after the application of statistical methods
cre-ation of a control chart, which is the and critical analysis, these records will
main document in each specific HACCP contribute to the establish-ment of new
plan (Tables 30.9 and 30.10). This criteria and new safety objec-tives, thereby
document, which is elaborated according to improving the implemented system.
the plan conception and development,
contains any essential detail of actions to be
Corrective Actions
carried out in relation to the process steps
where CCPs have been identified. When there is a deviation from critical limits
at a CCP following a monitoring action, it is
mandatory to act quickly and take corrective
Monitoring Actions actions.
Factor measurements or sensorial quotable There are different types and levels of
observations at a CCP are monitoring actions corrective actions, including the adjustment of
able to detect if the process is operating within the process to bring it back under control and
the critical limits (Mortimore and Wallace the amount of product that can be non-
1997). Methods of analysis used in monitoring compliant with hygiene and safety require-
must produce rapid answers to understand if ments. Corrective actions can include the
there is loss of control at a CCP and to set and correction of temperature and/or time of a
run the stated corrective action. cooking step or the segregation of suspect
Monitoring procedure could be a continu- product, holding it during the time needed to
ous on-line measurement where critical data obtain advice from the HACCP team or
are continuously recorded, or a discontinuous outside experts, and performing analysis to
off- line monitoring system. There are disad- assess safety. All this information will lead to
vantages related to discontinuous off-line different decisions: rejection and destruc-tion
measurements because sampling size and fre- of product, product reworking, or product
quency may not be fully representative of the release. The analysis of cause regarding the
538
Process steps
Weighing of
MAP Packaging
Labeling
Storage end
Distribution
540
deviation from critical limits at a CCP is analyses performed are also examples of
crucial in order to implement corrective verification.
actions that will prevent further deviations. Microbial analysis of processed meat end
Running records of all actions must be kept. products, namely the quantification of
certain microbial groups that are indicators
More examples of corrective actions can of process hygiene and also the
be seen in Tables 30.9 and 30.10 in rela-tion detection/quan-tification of pathogens,
to fresh sausages and cooked ham processes. provides data to eval-uate if the system is
achieving the safety aims. The HACCP team
must be careful with the selection of each
analytical parameter, taking into account any
Verification new safety informa-tion about the product or
The HACCP system must provide evidence when it was impli-cated as a disease vehicle,
that will assure product safety. The system in order to avoid wasting time and money
must be tested periodically to ensure that and to improve veri-fication efficiency.
appropriate control measures and related All planned verification actions must be
monitoring procedures at critical control stated in the HACCP system; however,
points are working effectively, according to others can be taken without any previous
the plan. communi-cation. Reports and records from
Verification can be carried out by differ- verification actions must be written.
ent procedures (other than those used in
monitoring) that guarantee the effectiveness Records of HACCP Plan Data
of the HACCP plan implementation.
and Other Extraordinary Actions
Tables 30.9 and 30.10 present possible
verification actions related to an HACCP All data produced by the HACCP plan must
plan for fresh sausages and cooked ham. be kept on file for easy consultation by the
Suppliers’ or distribution operators’ team, auditors, and government food inspec-
safety systems (GHP/GMP and HACCP) tion authority agents to provide evidence of
should be regularly audited if control points appropriate safety control. This is extremely
are associ-ated with them. valuable in order to prove existing effective
Verification actions include checking HACCP practices and due diligence for
pro-cedures to assure CCPs are under court trials.
control, examining metrology certificates for Also, all records that can provide evidence
all equipment used for measurements, and that preventive measures are effective to
inspecting CCPs’ monitoring records and eliminate or reduce hazards to an acceptable
corrective actions records. The check of level in the HACCP plan at CCPs, GHP/ GMP,
GHP/GMP control points and training or other preventive measures are used for
records, examination of data from microbial HACCP plan validation. Revalidation will be
analysis performed on environmental plant required when there are failures or when new
samples (equipment, air, water), and investi- information becomes available that suggests
gation of clients/consumers’ complaints are the HACCP plan may be inad-equate, or when
also mentioned as verification procedures. significant changes occur in an operation
Sampling of raw materials and end (Scott 2005).
products for physicochemical, sensorial, or All data from records must be treated and
microbiological analysis, the examination of analyzed afterward to improve the HACCP
the sampling plan, and the results of any plan.
Chapter 30 All procedures for safety-management
system certification imply costs that small
companies cannot afford. However, the
HACCP Plan Updating stated standard can be used by small, devel-
oped meat industries to evaluate their own
In meat-processing industries, as in other safety-management system.
industrial activities, there are constant
changes over the years regarding products
and new products produced, the environ- Conclusions
ment, people, and expected hazards. It is
The main purpose of generic HACCP plans
important that the effects of changes are
is to assist with the creation and
evaluated and effectively introduced into the
implementa-tion of a specific HACCP-based
food- safety management system. Making
food safety management system by any
advances in the meat products business and
business whose dimensions (small or less-
introducing production innovation without
developed compa-nies) do not allow it to
matching these to the safety system will be
have the critical mass necessary to undertake
catastrophic.
by itself the objective development of a
Internal and external audit reports and HACCP system adapted to its own reality.
records of corrective actions and client com-
In fact, following the administration’s
plaints provide output for an HACCP plan
agreement and commitment to food safety,
revision. HACCP plan requirements must be
the main difficulty involved with
revised when any modification in production
implement-ing a HACCP-based food safety
or equipment occurs.
management system in a food company is a
Revision will contribute to the constant lack of knowl-edge or understanding of
improvement of the plan, with the main HACCP and a real desire to do it.
responsibility being held by the industry
itself. Also, regulatory agencies in many
countries will provide useful additional veri- References
fication when assessing the HACCP system,
Alãna, G. H., J. C. Crespo, A. H. Marteache, M.
thereby contributing their input to improving Aguado, and J. G. Gonzalez. 1996. Implantacion del
the system. sistema HACCP en la industria cárnica. Servicio
Central de Publicationes del Gobierno Vasco.
Vitoria-Gasteiz, Spain: Gubierno de España.
Björkstén, B., R. Crevel, C. Hischenhuber, M. Løvik, F.
Recognition of a Food Samuels, S. Strobel, S. L. Taylor, J. M. Wal, and R.
Safety Management Ward. 2008. Criteria for identifying allergenic foods
of public health importance. Regulatory Toxicology
System Implemented in and Pharmacology 51:42–52.
a Food Industry Blumberg, E. 2008. Take the preliminary steps to
design your HACCP plan. Small Plant News
Compliance of a food-safety management USDA/FSIS 2:6–4.
system, with a specific reference, such as Bonardi, S., F. Brindani, G. Pizzin, L. Lucidi, M.
D’Incau, E. Liebana, and S. Morabito. 2003.
ISO/FDIS 22000:2005 or other normative Detection of salmonella spp., yersinia enterocolitica
references, given by an independent and and verocy-totoxin-producing Escherichia coli O157
qualified institution, certifies the system and in pigs at slaughter in Italy. International Journal of
Food Microbiology 85:101–110.
confers recognition to clients and consumers CDC. 2008. Preliminary foodNet data on the incidence
that that producer is able to control food of infection with pathogens transmitted commonly
safety hazards. through food—10 states, United States, 2007.
Department of Health and Human Services. Centers
External audits, to check agreement with for Disease Control and Prevention. Morbility and
the standard of all data recorded and direct Mortality Weekly Report 57(14):366–370.
measurements produced in a HACCP
working system, are performed by experi-
enced, trained audit teams.
HACCP: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 545
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), FAO/WHO. 2005. Codex Alimentarius, Food Hygiene.
Department of Health and Human Services. 2009. Basic Texts, 3rd ed. Codex Alimentarius
Summary of notifiable diseases—United states, 2007. Commission. Food and Agriculture Organization of
Morbility and Mortality Weekly Report 56(53):1–94. the United States, World Health Organization.
COM. 2000. White paper on food safety. Commission of FAO/WHO. 2005a. Code of Hygiene Practice for Meat.
the European Communities. http://ec.europa.eu/dgs/ Codex Alimentarius Commission. Food and
health_consumer/library/pub/pub06_en.pdf. Agriculture Organization of the United States, World
Demeyer, D., K. Honikel, and S. De Smet. 2008. The Health Organization, CAC/RCP.
World Cancer Research Fund report 2007: A chal- FDA. 2005. Food Code 2005. Recommendations of the
lenge for the meat processing industry. Meat Science United States Public Health Services, Food and Drug
80:953–959. Administration. Springfield, Va.: National Technical
Doyle, M. P., and M. C. Erickson. 2006. Emerging Information Service Publication PB-2005-102200.
microbiological food safety issues related to meat. http://www.cfsan.fda.gov/∼dms/fc05-toc.html.
Meat Science 74:98–112. FDA/CFSAN. 2009. Bad Bug Book. Foodborne
EC 1441/2007. 2007. Commission regulation (EC) No. Pathogenic Microorganisms and Natural Toxins
1441/2007 of 5 December 2007 amending Handbook. The “Bad Bug Book”. Center for Food
Regulation (EC) No. 2073/2005 on microbiological Safety and Applied Nutrition. U.S. Food and Drug
criteria for foodstuffs. Official Journal of the Administration. http://www.fda.gov/Food/
European Union L 322. FoodSafety/FoodborneIllness/FoodborneIllness
EC 2002/178. 2002. Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 of FoodbornePathogensNaturalToxins/BadBugBook/
the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 default.htm
January 2002 laying down the general principles and FDIS/USDA. 1996. 9 CFR Part 304, et al. Pathogen
requirements of food law, establishing the European Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control
Food Safety Authority and laying down procedures Point (HACCP) Systems; Final Rule. Food Safety
in matters of food safety. Official Journal of the and Inspection Service, USDA.
European Union, L 31. Fraqueza, M. J., A. S. Barreto, and A. M. Ribeiro.
EC 2004/852. 2004. Regulation (EC) No 852/2004 of 2007. HACCP. In Handbook of Fermented Meat and
the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. London: Blackwell
April 2004 on the hygiene of foodstuffs . Official Publishing.
Journal of the European Union L 139. Fredriksoon-Ahomaa, M., A. Stolle, and R. Stephan. 2007.
EC 2004/853. 2004. Regulation (EC) No 853/2004 of Prevalence of pathogenic Yersinia enterocolit-ica in pigs
the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 slaughtered at a Swiss abattoir. International Journal of
April 2004 laying down specific hygiene rules for Food Microbiology 119:207–212.
food of animal origin. Official Journal of the FSIS. 2007. FSIS National Residue Program (NRP) for
European Union L 226. the year 2007. Food Safety and Inspection Service,
EC 2004/854. 2004. Regulation (EC) No 854/2004 of USDA. http://www.fsis.usda.gov/PDF/2007_Blue_
the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 Book.pdf.
April 2004 laying down specific rules for the organi- Gonzalez-Miret, M. L., M. T. Coello, and F. J. Heredia.
sation of official controls on products of animal 2001. Validation of parameters in HACCP verifica-
origin intended for human consumption. Official tion using univariate and multivariate statistics.
Journal of the European Union L 155/206. Application to the final phases of poultry meat pro-
EC Directive 96/23/EC. 1996. Council Directive 96/23/ EC duction. Food Control 12:261–268.
of 29 April 1996 on measures to monitor certain Hoornstra, E., M. D. Northolt, S. Notermans, and A. W.
substances and residues thereof in live animals and Barendsz. 2001. The use of quantitative risk assess-
animal products and repealing Directives 85/358/EEC ment in HACCP. Food Control 12:229–234.
and 86/469/EEC and Decisions 89/187/EEC and ISO/FDIS 22000. 2005. Food Safety Management
91/664/EEC. Official Journal of the European Union Systems—Requirements for any Organization in the
125:0–32. Food Chain. Geneva, Switzerland: International
EFSA. 2009. The Community Summary Report on Standard Organization.
Trends and Sources of Zoonoses, Zoonotic Agents, Kan, C. A., and G. A. L. Meijer. 2007. The risk of
Antimicrobial Resistance and Foodborne Outbreaks contamination of food with toxic substances present
in the European Union in 2007. Parma, Italy: in animal feed. Animal Feed Science and Technology
European Food Safety Authority. 133:84–108.
European Commission (EC). 2007. 50 Years of Food McDowell, S. W. J., R. Porter, R. Madden, B. Cooper,
Safety in the European Union. Luxembourg: Office for and S. D. Neill. 2007. Salmonella in slaughter pigs in
Official Publications of the European Communities. Northern Ireland: Prevalence and use of statistical
FAO. 1997. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control modelling to investigate simple and abattoir effects.
Point Principles and Application Guidelines. Food International Journal of Food Microbiology
and Agriculture Organization of the United States, 118:116– 125.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, National Advisory Mexaopoulos, J., D. Kritikos, and E. H. Drosinos. 2003.
Committee on Microbiological Criteria for Foods. Examination of microbial parameters relevant to the
http://www.cfsan.fda.gov/∼comm/nacmcfp.html. implementation of GMP and HACCP system in Greek
Chapter 30 Scott, V. N. 2005. How does industry validate elements
of HACCP plans? Food Control 16:497–503.
Stafko, R. 2008. 10 years later: Reflecting on HACCP.
Small Plant News USDA/FSIS 2(6):1–3.
meat industry in the production of cooked sausages Toldrá, F., and M. Reig. 2007. Chemical origin toxic
and cooked cured meat products. Food Control compounds. In Handbook of Fermented Meat and
14:323–332. Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá. London: Blackwell
Mortimore, S. 2001. How to make HACCP really work Publishing.
in practice. Food Control 12:209–215. Tompkin, R. B. 1996. The use of HACCP for producing
Mortimore, S., and C. Wallace. 1997. HACCP: A and distributing processed meat and poultry products. In
Practical Approach. London: Chapman & Hall. HACCP in Meat, Poultry and Fish Processing.
Nørrung, B., and S. Buncic. 2008. Microbial safety of Advances in Meat Research, vol. 10, edited by A. M.
meat in the European Union. Meat Science 78:14– Pearson and T. R. Dutson. London: Blackie Academic &
24. Professional, Chapman & Hall.
Oiye, S. O., and N. M. Muroki. 2002. Use of spices in Tompkin, R. B. 2002. Control of Listeria monocyto-
foods. Journal of Food Technology in Africa 7:33– genes in the food processing environment. Journal of
44. Food Protection 65:709–725.
Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). 2008. Trienekens, J., and P. Zuurbier. 2008. Quality and
Strategic Plan 2008–2012. Official Document No. safety standards in the food industry, developments
328. A PAHO Planning Series Document. and challenges. International Journal of Production
Pearce, R. A., D. J. Bolton, J. J. Sheridan, D. A. Economics 113:107–122.
McDowell, I. S. Blair, and D. Harrison. 2004. USDHHS. 2000. Healthy People 2010: Understanding
Studies to determine the critical control points in and Improving Health, 2nd ed. Washington, D.C.:
pork slaugh-ter hazard analysis and critical control U.S. Government Printing Office.
point systems. International Journal of Food WHO. 2004. Health Topics. 10-Point Regional
Microbiology 90:331– 339. Strategy for Food Safety in the South-East Asian
Raken, M. D. 2000. Handbook of Meat Product Region. World Health Organization Regional Office
Technology. Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Science. for South East Asia. http://www.searo.who.int/EN/
Raspor, P. 2008. Total food chain safety: How good Section314_4300.htm.
practices can contribute. Trends in Food Science & WHO. 2007. Food Safety and Foodborne Illness. Fact
Technology 19:405–412. sheet No. 237. World Health Organization. http://
Roy, S. L., A. S. Lopez, and P. M. Schantz. 2003. www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs237/en/
Trichinellosis surveillance—United States 1997–
2001. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 52:SS-
6, 1–12.
Scott, B. S., A. E. Wilcock, and V. Kanetkar. 2009. A
survey of structured continuous improvement pro-
grams in the Canadian food sector. Food Control
20(3):209–217.
Chapter 31
Quality Assurance
Friedrich-Karl Lücke
547
Chapter 31 work is necessary. The purpose of records
on the processes is to provide evidence of
appropriate process control (e.g., compliance
see also the chapter on HACCP in this with “due diligence” as defined in product
volume). liability legislation). Statistical process
This chapter provides the key elements of control and records such as the Shewhart
quality assurance plans specific for the pro- control charts also serve as tools to identify
cessing of meat (primal cuts and trimmings) problems and initiate corrective actions
into products that are either ready to cook or before critical limits are exceeded and the
ready to eat. Measures to assure the quality batch may have to be rejected.
of the slaughtering and butchering processes On the other hand, over-documentation
and the resulting (primal) meat cuts are not and problems related to information flow
considered here. Moreover, the chapter will and distribution of documents are a major
not review current legislation in different cause of staff frustration and of noncompli-
countries. Rather, it gives general informa- ance with the system. In particular, over-
tion, combined with details based on (and documentation prevents effective use of
biased toward) products, regulations, and documents (by increasing the time required
standards important to meat processors in for searching), increases the workload
Germany. These documents include, among neces-sary for updating, and reduces
others, the regulations of the European flexibility. Hence, each document should be
Union on food safety (in particular, checked as to whether it is really necessary
Regulation [EC] nos. 178/2002, 852/2004 or whether its purpose could also be reached
and 853/2004), and the requirements by other means (training and education,
specified in the International Food Standard using other existing documents, etc.).
(IFS, a standard accredited by the Global Moreover, many documents are not concise
Food Safety Initiative) and in the guidelines enough, and their style and layout is not
for meat processors given by the German suitable for use by its target group.
“Qualität und Sicherheit” program (2008). To avoid confusion, it is also essential
that documents are paginated (page x of y)
and that every page of a document has a
Organization of Quality
header or footer indicating the title, the
Assurance Activities
author, the approving person, and the date
Quality assurance, being an essential part of and number of the version.
total quality management, is a task for an It is also important to make sure that
organization’s executive management everyone has exactly the documents avail-
(Vasconcellos 2004). Hence, QA activities able he/she needs, and that any previous ver-
cannot be “outsourced,” and the QA officer sions of the document are removed.
must report directly to the executive manage- Appropriate computer software may be
ment. Documents must be integrated into the very helpful to organize documentation and
“quality manual” of the organization. records, provided that it is easy to use by all
An appropriate documentation is essential employees, with a minimum of training. In
for an effective and efficient quality-assur- particular, it should allow easy construction
ance system. The purpose of process plans is of organigrams, flow sheets, and standard
to ascertain that processes work reliably, even operation procedures. All documents rele-
though the persons responsible for them may vant to a given entry in these diagrams (e.g.,
change. Moreover, they are necessary to to a specific process step) should be acces-
provide evidence that the management has sible after one or two “mouse clicks.”
delegated responsibility in an appropriate
manner. Basically, the better trained and
experienced the workers are, the less paper-
Quality Assurance 549
HACCP
Specific precautional measures to
ensure safety of individual
processes/products
Organisational PRPs
Staff Cleaning Pest Prevention of Control Control
hygiene and dis- control cross- of of
and infection contamination material storage
training flow tempera-
tures
Figure 31.1. The “House of Hygiene.” (Modified from Untermann and Dura 1996.)
Table 31.1. Requirements of the International Food Standard (version 5, 2007) for the approval
of suppliers and checking of incoming raw materials
Number Requirement
4.2.2 (“knock-out Specifications shall be available and in place for all raw materials (…). The
criterion”) specifications shall be up to date, unambiguous, available and always in conformance
with legal requirements
4.4.1 Purchased products and services shall conform to current specifications and contractual
agreements
4.4.2 There shall be records to identify which product is sourced from which supplier
4.4.3 There shall be a procedure for approval and monitoring of suppliers (internal and
external), outsourced production or part of it
4.4.4 The approval and monitoring procedure shall contain clear assessment criteria such as:
audits, certificates of analysis, supplier reliability and complaints, as well as required
performance standards based on a hazard analysis
4.4.5 The results of suppliers’ assessment shall be reviewed regularly. There shall be records
of the reviews and of the actions taken as a consequence of assessment
4.4.6 Risk-based check of purchased products and services on the base of the existing
specifications. The schedule of these checks shall take into account the product
requirements, supplier status and the impact of raw materials on the finished product
4.11.1 Raw materials, semi-processed and finished products, as well as packaging, shall be
checked against the specifications on receipt and in accordance with determined
inspection plan. All results shall be documented
trolled at the level of primary production or foils) migration of monomers into the
slaughter and cannot be eliminated by the product.
processing plant upon receipt or later. Specifications (e.g., of microbiological
Hence, in the aftermath of the BSE crisis and chemical parameters) should always be
and other meat-related scandals, regulations based on scientific evidence and current leg-
were issued to ensure traceability. islation and standards, and should always
Moreover, material flow must be carefully contain a reference to the analytical method
controlled to preserve the identity of the to be applied. All this is essential for a fair
meat if its origin or statements like cooperation between all partners within the
“organic,” “kosher,” “no GMO in feed” are meat supply chain.
put on the label or into the specifications. Norms like ISO 9001:2008 and the IFS
Table 31.2 gives a list of possible specifi- require a careful selection of suppliers on the
cations for meat and fat. basis of clearly documented assessment cri-
Specifications should also be in place for teria “such as: audits, certificates of analysis,
nonmeat ingredients and additives. In addi-tion supplier reliability and complaints, as well as
to suitable chemical and microbiological required performance standards based on a
parameters, these should also address com- hazard analysis” (IFS 2007). Purchasing raw
ponents that have to be labeled on the final materials from reliable suppliers with a func-
product. Such components may include aller- tional quality-management system (verified by
gens (such as celery or mustard seeds), glu- customer or third- party audits) reduces the
tamate, or constituents isolated from costs of testing and dealing with complaints,
genetically modified organisms (e.g., from and is, therefore, usually more economical
soybeans). Specifications for casings and than accepting the cheapest offers.
packaging material should include data on At receipt of raw materials, standards
permeability to gases and moisture, techno- require that checks are carried out to
logical properties (e.g., stability against reduce the risk that goods not complying
mechanical impacts), and (in the case of with the specifications (and/or legal
standards) enter
Quality Assurance 551
Table 31.2. A list of possible specifications for lean meat and fat purchased for further
processing, and suggestions for checks to be carried out at delivery
Category Specification Checks on incoming
material
Basic data Animal species Accompanying
Type of cut/origin of trimmings documents; inspection
Weight Re-weighing
Origin Country Accompanying documents
Region
Abattoir/butchering plant
Supplier
Compliance with legal No residues above permitted levels
requirements Compliance with microbiological standards, e. g.
safety and performance standards according to
Regulation (EC) 1441/2007
Other pH, e.g. ≤5.8 for manufacture of fermented and/or pH measurement or
dried products, ≤6.2 for manufacture of cooked inspection
products
pH above 5.8 one hour after slaughter (to indicate Accompanying
absence of PSE [pale, soft, exudative] deviation documents; visual
pH below 5.8–6.0 24–36 hours after slaughter (to examination
indicate absence of “dark cutting beef” or “dark
firm dry pork” deviations)
Fat content
Fatty acid composition, e.g. polyunsaturated fatty
acid
Content of connective tissue/collagen Visual examination
Odor/flavor: free of off-odors, absence of spoilage Sensory examination;
indicators) reflectometry
Appearance of lean meat (color and/or myoglobin
content)
Appearance of fat (color, texture, no rancid smell)
Residual shelf life Accompanying documents
Transport and storage temperature Inspection; temperature
measurement
Packaging material Inspection of type &
integrity
Special features Organic/conventional Accompanying documents
Feeding regime (e. g. fats and oils in pig diet;
absence of GMO in feed)
Decontamination treatment (if permitted)
Kosher/halal
the processing plant and to monitor the per- the accompanying documents on origin,
formance of the supplier. Methods suitable weight, etc.
for these checks should obviously give
results instantly or within less than one hour. certificates on compliance with legal
According to IFS (2007) , “the schedule of requirements and standards, etc.
these checks shall take into account the temperatures (for chilled lean meat and fat:
product requirements, supplier status and the below 4 °C in core, below 7° C on
impact of raw materials on the finished surface; frozen material: below −15°C)
product.” A typical checklist for lean meat
and fat should comprise (see also Table temperature history (as registered by data
31.2): loggers or similar equipment)
Chapter 31 After receipt, the goods should be stored
at appropriate temperatures. For lean meat
and fat, the temperature must never exceed
temperature and cleanliness within the 7°C, whereas poultry and prepared meats,
transport vehicle edible offal (e.g., liver), and minced meat
integrity of containers (if applicable) must be stored below 4°C, 3°C and 2°C,
overall appearance of the lean meat and fat respectively (see Regulation [EC]
(absence of sensory deviations) 853/2004 , Appendix III). Hence, cold
rooms are usually adjusted to 0° to 2°C. A
Experienced employees are capable of device registering temperature over time
assessing the suitability of the raw material should be installed in cold rooms.
by inspection only (e.g., by checking the
color, odor, surface properties, and texture
of the tissues, parameters that correlate with Quality Assurance Plans for
water-binding capacity, pH1 and pH24 H24 Production: General Aspects
values of lean meat, and with melting point Quality-assurance plans for production may
and PUFA levels in fat, respectively). To be either “ horizontal” (i.e., applicable to all
avoid unnecessary paperwork, it is advisable processes) or “vertical” (i.e., process- and/or
to stamp and fill in a “miniature checklist” product-specific). Typical horizontal docu-
on the delivery note. This list should refer to ments are those on basic hygiene that
the appropriate plan (work instruction) and address factory environment, buildings,
contain the date, batch, inspection results, facilities and equipment, personnel hygiene,
and, if applicable, corrective measures
cleaning and disinfection, pest monitoring
taken.
and control, waste disposal, temperature
Laboratory examination of samples of controls in storage or processing rooms,
raw materials is important to verify and separation between “clean” and “unclean”
monitor the functioning of the quality- processes, and staff training (see earlier in
assurance system of the suppliers, thereby this chapter and Fig. 31.1). Process-specific
enabling their assessment and selection. For plans may include:
example, it may be advisable to test
incoming car-casses for the microbiological recipes for individual products
performance parameters (total viable counts,
detailed flow charts, with links to work
Entero-bacteriaceae, salmonellae) indicated
instructions, critical limits, and relevant
in Regulation (EC) 2073/2005.
standards
It should be clear from the above discus-
sion that purchase of raw materials is a HACCP documents (see previous chapter)
complex process that should involve respon- forms for production plans
sible staff from the processing, purchase, monitoring plans (including forms for
and quality-assurance department. It is recording results and instructions on
essential that experienced, qualified staff control of measurement devices)
perform checks of incoming material, as a plan for corrective actions to be taken if a
well as sort it according to its intended use, process gets out of control
because many parameters can only be
assessed through grading by “subjective” Monitoring of processes is also required
methods (sensory examination) rather than by standards such as ISO 9001:2008.
“objec-tive” measurements. A standard Parameters to be recorded may include
operation procedure (SOP) should be in
output
place to orga-nize the purchase and receipt
of raw materials.
Quality Assurance 553
Table 31.3. Example for the structure of a process documentation: (1) Preparation of sausage
mixture
Input documents: Work instruction and links Process Output documents: Records
Type and preparation of equipment Preparation of Signed check list
Selection of ingredients: Lean meat sausage mixture Weighing protocol
Specifications for Fat
Salt
Curing agents
Spices
Water
Other ...
Recipe
Instruction for comminution Sequence and timing of
and mixing ingredient addition
Target particle size and Final temperature
degree of mixing
Batch identification Batch no.
Table 31.4. Example for the structure of a process documentation: (2) Heat processing
Input documents: Work instruction and links Process Output documents: Records
Equipment Type and preparation Heat processing of Signed check list
Calibration of monitoring sausages in casings Calibration protocol
devices (thermometer,
timer)
Sausages to be heated Diameter No. of batch of mixture
Initial temperature
Critical values for Target F value (70°C, Time-temperature protocol
heating process z = 10)
Adjustments of heating
device (time, temperature)
Core temperature to be
reached before cooling
Cooling rate/method
Smoke application
Relative humidity in chamber
Batch identification Batch no.
Table 31.6. Examples for critical values for the manufacture of heat-processed sausages (modified
from L ücke and Troeger 2007; Lautenschl äger and Troeger 2007; Fischer and Hilmes 2007)
Process step Critical values for
1
Brühwurst Kochwurst2
Selection of raw material (lean pH value between 5.6 and 6.2; temperature below 7°C
meat)
Selection of liver, blood, rinds Temperature below 2°C
and blood (if applicable)
Pre-heating of lean meat and fat Not applicable Temperature above 65°C
Comminution Final temperature below 15°C Final temperature 35–40°C
Filling Adjustment of filling equipment device to avoid air inclusion
Heat treatment Core temperature above 70°C; Core temperature above 75°C;
F70 (z = 10°) above 30 F70 (z = 10°) above 40
Chilling To below 7°C within 12 hours
Storage below 5°C
Bologna- or frankfurter-type sausages.
Liver sausages and pâtés; sausages containing blood and/or rinds (blood sausages, brawns etc.).
Particular attention should be paid to the (below 0°C in the cutter, below 5°C in the
quality and pretreatment of the raw material meat grinder).
(lean meat and fat), because a high load of The exact dosage of nonmeat ingredients,
undesirable microorganisms, polyunsatu-rated such as salt, nitrite, ascorbate, sugars, starter
fatty acids, and derived peroxides markedly cultures, and spices, is also critical for the
affect the safety and quality of the final quality and safety of the final product, and
product. Extended chill storage results in poor must be strictly controlled and recorded. The
microbiological quality, and extended frozen same applies for the casings. These must
storage results in fat deterioration. To inhibit comply with specifications on microbiologi-
fat deterioration and to favor drying of the cal quality, permeability to moisture,
sausages, it is also important that tem- mechanical behavior (stability, shrinkage
peratures during comminution are kept low during drying), and adherence to the sausage
Table 31.7. Examples for critical values for the manufacture of a typical German semi-dry
fermented sausage (modified from Lücke, 2007; Stiebing 2007)
Process step Critical values
Selection of lean meat pH value between 5.6 and 6.2; temperature below 2°C
Selection of fat frozen, white, firm, less than 15% polyunsaturated fatty acids
Weighing of ingredients – Curing salt 2.5–3%, equivalent to 100–150 mg sodium nitrite/kg
– fermentable sugar 0.5–1%
– active starter cultures (lactic acid bacteria, catalase-positive cocci)
– ascorbate 0.05%
– spices
Comminution and mixing (in cutter) Final temperature below 0°C
Filling Adjustment of filling equipment device to avoid air inclusion
Fermentation 20–25°C, 2–3 days, until pH below 5.3
Smoking charring temperature below 700°C
Drying 12–15°C, 70–80% relative humidity, until water activity below 0.93
Storage below 15°C
Chapter 31
mix. Filling is also critical for product sugar addition, fermentation conditions) are
quality, because any holes remaining may be adjusted correctly.
starting points for rancidity, discolorations,
and growth of undesired microorganisms.
Raw Dry Hams
The microbiological quality and safety
depends very much on the correct fermenta- Fraqueza et al. (2007), Lücke (2007), and
tion and drying/aging conditions (tempera- Toldrá et al. (2007) have compiled data on
ture, relative humidity, air velocity), which the safe manufacture of high-quality, raw
should be clearly specified and monitored. dry ham. Table 31.8 gives an example for a
To protect the surface from undesired oxida- product common in Germany.
tive or microbiological changes, most sau- For raw hams, it is even more important
sages are either smoked after fermentation to specify the origin and the quality of the
or surface inoculated with selected mold raw material. For premium quality, the pigs’
(sometimes also yeast) strains. To obtain the feeding regime, breed, and age at slaughter
desired aroma and to minimize the levels of are important and must be specified and con-
toxic residues, the smoking process should trolled. This is only possible within a supply
be well controlled by specifying and record- chain with fair cooperation between all part-
ing the type of the wood (or liquid-smoke ners. At delivery, cuts must be inspected
preparations), the charring temperature, and carefully for integrity and absence of any
the time and temperature during smoking. signs of spoilage and fat deterioration. High
Mold starters should be able to rapidly colo- pH meat has a high water-binding capacity
nize the surface after completion of lactic and needs very long salting times; hence, the
fermentation. pH of the ham before salting should gener-
Process records should include, among ally not exceed 5.8. Only in certain pork
other items, weighing protocols, and the time muscles, may pH values up to 6.0 be
course for temperature, relative humidity, and tolerated.
weight loss. Continuous measurement of pH The presence of spoilage or food -poison-
during fermentation is difficult, but it should ing bacteria (including nonproteolytic strains
be done at regular intervals, to verify that of Clostridium botulinum ) in the interior of
process parameters (activity of starters, the ham can be minimized by appropriate
Table 31.8. Examples for critical values for the manufacture of a typical German raw dry ham
(modified from Lücke, 2007; Lautenschläger 2007)
Process step Critical values
Selection of lean meat pH value (lean meat) between 5.6 and 6.2; fatty tissue white, firm, less than 15%
polyunsaturated fatty acids; temperature below 2°C; defined size, geometry
and integrity of the cut
Weighing of ingredients – Salt 40–50 g/kg meat
– Curing agents, input level sufficiently low to comply with maximum levels for
nitrite and nitrate as specified by law
Dry salting Temperature below 5°C, relative humidity above 80%, until water activity in
Salt equilibration core below 0.96
Preparation for smoking Temperature below 18°C, no longer than 1 day
Smoking Temperature below 22°C; charring temperature below 700°C
Aging Temperature 12–15°C, 70–80% relative humidity, until water activity below 0.93
Storage below 15°C
slaughtering and butchering hygiene, but it Quality Assurance 557
cannot be completely ruled out. Hence, the
need for salting and salt equilibration; these
processes must be carried out at 5 °C or below relative humidity, as well as the intended
and continued until the target water activity of and measured weight loss, should be
0.96 is reached in all parts of the ham. specified and recorded.
The levels of salt must be specified and
carefully controlled, in order to inhibit growth Bacon
of undesired microorganisms while avoiding
over-salting, especially of the surface layers. Bacon differs from other raw cured meats in
The same applies to the levels of curing agents many aspects:
(nitrite, nitrate) in the salt, which should be Other cuts are used for curing (e.g., whole
high enough for the desired sensory properties pork sides or bellies rather than ham).
but low enough to comply with the maximum
Curing is by brine injection.
residual levels specified by official regulations.
Appropriate work instructions should specify Maturing lasts only a few days.
the composition of the salt (in particular, the The product is sometimes heat-treated (hot
levels of nitrite and/or nitrate in the salt), the smoked) after curing and almost always
salt content of the brine (if applicable), the cooked before consumption.
amount of salt and/or brine to be added per kg
For details, see earlier chapters of this
of meat, the size of the cut (maximum distance
volume. For the quality and safety of the
from the surface to the geometric center), the
product, the quality of the raw material
temperature (≤5 °C), and the minimal time for
(espe-cially the fat quality), the composition
salting and salt equilibration. Records should
of the curing brine, the proper maintenance
include weighing and time-temperature
of the multineedle injectors (to ascertain
protocols. Also, the results of visual
even dis-tribution of the brine and to avoid
inspections and/or measurements of the final
introduc-tion of physical hazards), and the
salt content or a w value in the core should be times and temperatures during curing and
recorded, because the salt diffusion rate may further pro-cessing are essential.
vary between indi-vidual cuts.
Quality Assurance during
After salting and salt equilibration, it is
Packaging, Storage, Distribution
important to avoid undesired changes at the
surface of the hams. For quality and safety The climate in the slicing and packaging
of the product, extensive washing should be room should be adjusted so as to avoid
avoided, and the surface should be dried at mois-ture condensation and the undesired
low temperatures. Smoking should be con- surface growth of microorganisms. As a
trolled as in the production of fermented rule, the relative humidity in the slicing and
sau-sages (see above). packag-ing room should be below 60%. The
In particular, Mediterranean-type raw hams tem-perature depends on the type of product
are usually subjected to extensive aging, to and the time the product is held in the
leave enough time for enzymatic processes, packaging room. To avoid contamination of
which makes the hams tender and tasty. Aging the product by psychrotrophic spoilage
normally takes place at tempera-tures above bacteria and by listeriae, hygienic design of
15°C. The hams are stable at ambient the slicing and packaging machinery is
temperatures if the water activity is below essential, and an appropriate cleaning and
0.90. Aging time, temperature, and disinfection plan for it should be in place.
To prevent mold growth and to delay oxi-
dative deterioration, the residual oxygen level
in the package should be kept below 1%
Chapter 31 conformance with legal requirements. … The
recipe mentioned in the customer finished
product specification shall be complied with.
(preferably below 0.5%). This is achieved by There shall be a procedure for the amend-
packaging under vacuum or under a modified ment and approval of specifications” (IFS
atmosphere containing about 70% N2 and 30% 2007). A typical specification for the final
CO2 . Moreover, the oxygen permeabil-ity of products should address:
the packaging material should be below 25 ml
compliance with legal requirements and
m−2 d−1, or even lower if a shelf life of more standards
than 1 month is desired (Stiebing 1992).
However, mold-ripened, raw dry products pH and water activity (or weight loss),
should be packaged in material sufficiently where appropriate (in particular with fer-
permeable to oxygen. mented and/or dried products)
The integrity of the packages should be selected sensory properties (such as color,
checked by testing samples for leakage and/ firmness)
or inspecting their seams. Appropriate label- macronutrients (protein, moisture, fat, car-
ing is important, not only to inform the con- bohydrates, collagen, ash), with tolerances
sumer but also for tracking the batch and methods of analysis
“downstream. ” If problems occur, the batch micronutrients (where appropriate)
concerned may be recalled specifically, and
packaging material
the damage to the processor is limited.
instructions to the customer (intended use,
High-throughput slicing and packaging
shelf life, storage conditions, etc)
lines often include a check weigher and a
metal detector. Both should be regularly Systematic testing of whether the final
checked for proper performance. products meet their specifications is also
The necessary storage temperature required by various standards (e.g., IFS 2007)
depends on the type of products. Retail cuts, and is useful to verify that the produc-tion
minced meat, and ready-to-cook fresh meats process was under control, but end - product
should be stored below 2°C. Cooked perish- testing can never replace control measures and
able products should be stored at 5°C, process monitoring. Sampling plans should be
prefer-ably at 2°C, to extend shelf life. Most risk based, and the parame-ters used for end-
fermented sausages and hams are stored at product testing should be fit for purpose (i.e.,
10° to 15°C; undried fermented sausages provide a maximum of information with
may require a storage temperature at 7°C or minimum input); standards referring to the
below, whereas products dried to lower absence of pathogens (salmo-nellae, Listeria
water activities (e.g., sausages with aw monocytogenes) from the final products are,
below 0.90) or commercially sterile for example, defined in the Regulation (EC)
(canned) products may be stored at ambient 2073/2005 on microbiologi-cal criteria for
temperatures (≤25°C). Illumination in foodstuffs. A product quaran-tine until test
display cabinets may be detrimental to fat results are available may be useful if the
quality, and the light intensity should be product is sufficiently stable and the time for
adjusted to below 600 lux. analysis is sufficiently short.
Stiebing, A. 2007. Rohwurst. In Qualität von Fleisch Vasconcellos, J. A. 2004. Quality Assurance for the
und Fleischwaren, 2nd ed., edited by W. Branscheid, Food Industry—A Practical Approach. Boca Raton,
K. Honikel, G. von Lengerken, and K. Troeger. Fla.: CRC Press.
Frankfurt: Deutscher Fachverlag.
Toldrá, F., M. C. Aristoy, M. Flores, and M.
Sentandreu. 2007. Quality Control. In Handbook of
Fermented Meat and Poultry, edited by F. Toldrá.
Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Publishing.
Index
561
562 Index